Sibly Ebenezer - A New and Complete Illustration of The Celestial Astrology V2

This is a reproduction of a library book that was digitized
by Google as part of an ongoing effort to preserve the

information in books and make it universally accessible.
http://books.google.com
',
M.-llll..-!- ..fill.- llnv:.i ('..
.)/. /.>. /: J:. 77. .'/.
I.-.,.- nf I'livsi.-ianv in \li.-i-.|i
A NEW AND COMPLETE
ILLUSTRATION
OF THE CELESTIAL SCIENCE OF
A S
T R O
LOG
Y;
OR, THE

Art of foretelling future Events and Contingencies

BT .I|
ASPECTS, POSITIONS," and INFLUENCES, of:, tlie HEAVENLY BODIES.

FOUNDED ON
NATURAL PHILOSOPHY, SCRIPTURE, REASON, and the MATHEMATICS.

In which the abftrufe Doftrine of the STARS, of MAGIC, DIVINATION, EXORCISM, and Familiarity
with Spirits, vegetable, aftral, and infernal the Calculation of NativitiesHorary Queftionsand the Aftrological Prefcience of FUTURITYare clearly demonrtrated and proved; and the Ability of doing it made
eafy to the meaneft Capacity ; and wherein all the interefting and important Matter, diffufed throughout the
fcarce and valuable Writings of above five hundred ancient Hiftorians and Philofophers, whofe Works are now
either wholly out of Print, or only 10 be found in the Britilh Mufeum, or in fome few of the public Libraries
of Europe, are fclected and combined.
IN TWO VOLUMES.
ASO-/XOV St
H ^py/uo Pfi-vo{ uvoif{.
Am, or,. Asm. Lib. ii. Cap. 8.
The Sim, Moon, and Stars, hath God diftrituted unto all Nations under Heaven. They declare the Glory of God, andJhtwforth
his Handy-worh: Day and Night do continually tell ofthw, and thtir Voice is heard in all Languages, and their Words are
gone into the Ends ofthe Earth. Deut. iv. 19. Pfal. xix. i4.
By E. SIBLY,
M. D.
OF THE -KING'S COLLEGE IN ABERDEEN; AND FELLOW OF THE HARMONIC PHILOSOPHICAL

SOCIETY IN PARIS.
VOLUME THE SECOND.

The TWELFTH EDITION, corseted. Embelliflied with curious COPPER-PLATES, which exhibit Reprefentations ef the HarmoBy
and Comlruction of the World ; the fee ret Influences of the heavenly Bodies communicating to Human Nature; and their Opera
tion and Effect upon Man, in four curious Prints. The appearance of Herbs and Flowers in full bloom, produced by a fimple
Spirit, extracted from each Herb or Flower. EDWARD KELLY in the Act of railing up theGboftof a dcceafed Perfon in Walton
Church-yard, in Lancamire. Plans and Prints of the exterior and interior Magical Circles, Implements, anil Characters, ufed in
exorcifing or calling up Spirits or Ghofts. Portraits encircled with the Nativities of many extraordioaiy Perfonagesj with a
variety of other Plates equally interefting and valuable.
LONDON: PRINTED BY W. LEWIS, 81, FINCH-LANE, CORNHILL, FOR THE PROPRIETOR; AND SOLD
AT THE ENCYCLOPAEDIA-OFFICE, No. 17, AVE-MARIA-LANE.
M.DCCC.XXII.
THE NEW YORK

PUBLIC LIBRARY
A3TOR. LEN|K AN
TOUtiBATIONS
* '
>,*
Daily
Motions
.ifi-ari Soffit Fort?

O 2.1 0.5.
A S TRONOM E It),
Rot/atAcademy Jbrtrrtunafi.
2 f. $anA
Deli?
25
o. i.ffl O./f^j 6
o. 7 _/7 14-
0..59-8 0.59 -'2
W
0.5,9-8 0.6.37 1
7ii. 38 m. J>.,M:
/J28.
K.'t.O
AUK s. fcolp
BrLftol ,
AN
ILLUSTRATION
Of the CELESTIAL SCIENCE of
'
A S T R O L O G Y.
CALCULATION OF NATIVITIES.
TTAVING, in the former volume, given at large the rudiments of
"* the Aftral Science, I mall now proceed to the real Calculation of
Nativities, according to the Placidian method as laid down and exempli
fied iii this work. 1 (hall begin with that of my learned and very inge
nious friend Mr. Witchell, Mafter of the Royal Academy at Portsmouth,
a gentleman well known in the literary world ; as well on account of his
valuable difcoveries in the longitude, as for his very ufeful mathematical
publications.
For the cafe and inftrution of the reader, I mall go through every cal
culation of this nativity in the moft practical and intelligent manner, in
order that it may afford every neceflary example for directing figiiificators
to promittors, in all cafes whatfoever, as well as to (how the probable
effefts to be deduced therefrom in nativities in general.
The fcheme of Mr. Witchell's nativity, in the annexed plate, was
creeled by himfelf; and, from his great veneration for the fcience, he
gave me leave to publifh it, and to make what obfervations I thought
neceflary in the calculation of it.
On examining the figure, I found it wanted re&ification ; and, there
fore, according to the method pointed out in Vol. I. p. 416, I proceeded
to bring the eftimated time to the -true time of birth.Ît is here to be
obferved, that neither of the luminaries are in the centre of the angles,
nor fortunes in parallel of angles; but, as a nofturnal nativity, the Moon's
fituation with Saturn prefeuted itfelf moft eligibly for the purpofe of rec
tification. My bufinefs therefore was to bring them in a right parallel
from the fourth houfe, which is done thus :
VOL. II, No. 31.
7N
Firft
' ,
^J^s c%?
*" T s'
*~**^ *" **" "*""
~
.,./. .
620
V
^'
AN
ILLUSTRATION
S $>
^'^-^^^..u Firft take the right afcenfion of Saturn (no latitude)

/_ Then the right alcenfion of the Moon (no latitude)
325
288
58
23
Subtracl, and the difference is the diftance of Saturn)

37 35
from the Moon
\
Then feek the'feminoclurnal arch of Saturn and the Moon, in the Table
of the Seminodrurnal Arches for the Latitude of London ; and, by enter
ing the fign Capricorn on the top column with feventeen degrees, on
the left-hand fide, in the common angle of meeting, it is declared that
the feminocturnal arch of th'e Moon is
8h 5"
Which is the fpace of three houfes; but, as the Moon
is not elongated above one houfe, it is to be divided by
three ; the third part is
2l>4im 40'
And is to be turned into degrees of the equator, by
the Table in page 196, and it gives
40" 25'
The fame procefs may be obferved with refpefl to
Saturn. The feminoclurnal arch of Saturn is
7"" n" o'
j(r +**~l a*~t.
Divided by three, the third part gives
2 23 40
Turned into equinoctial degrees by the Table, gives
35 55'
To this third part is to be added that of the Moon
40 25
And their arches make
76
20
Then fay, by the rule of proportion, If feventy-fix degrees twenty mi

nutes give thirty-feven degrees thirty-five minutes, being the diftance of
Saturn to the Moon, what will forty degrees twenty-five minutes, the
third part of the feminoclurnal arch of the Moon, give?
Anfwer, It gives
J953
To which add the Moon's place in the zodiac
16 56
And they make
-36 49
Which, by allowing for Capricorn thirty degrees, makes the cufp of the
fourth to be fix degrees forty-nine minutes of Aquarius ; confequently
there will be fix degrees forty-nine minutes of Leo on the tenth houle,
and twenty-feven degrees thirty- three minutes of Libra afcending. Thus
the figure is brought to a rectified time, having the right afcenfion of the
mid-heaven one hundred and twenty-nine degrees fourteen minutes, the
oblique afcenfion of the afcendant two hundred and nineteen degrees
fourteen minutes; and, by adding thirty to each houfe, the oblique af
cenfion and defcenfion of each of the houfes are obtained.
The
O F
A S T R O L O G Y.
621
The next thing to be obferved in the copper-plate figure is the Part

of Fortune ; which muft alfo be rectified, for it is very incorrectly placed
by Mr. Witchell. Its true pofition, in this nativity, is of the crreateft
confequence, both as rfo its pole and place ; particularly as it is^Hyleg,
aod direded for the native's death; and, as the Part of Fortune in this
/ ,*
figure depends wholly on the Moon for declination, right afcenfion, dif- *~* 7
tances, &c. and hath its diurnal and nocturnal arches increafed ordlmi- **
nifhed as the Moon rifes or fets, it may be truly deemed a lunar horofcope ;
I (hall therefore give the following rules for its rectification, which
will hold good on every fimilar occafion. Firft, find the oblique afcenlion or defcenfion of the Sun, according to his pofition in the figure, under ,x Q; ^ his own pole; fubtract the oblique deicenfion of the Sun from the oblique **" "'"*
afcenfion of the afcendant, and the remainder referve ; then obtain the
pole of the Moon, and under the pole obtain her oblique afcenfion or
deicenfion, with latitude, as before obferved, by the Sun;, and from
the oblique afcenfion of the Moon fubtract the diftance of the Sun
from the afcendant, as above referved, and the remainder will be the
oblique afcenfion or defcenfion of the Part of Fortune; which may b
known by its being a greater or lefs number of degrees than the midheaven ; for, by allowing thirty degrees for each houfe, it will declare
in what houfe the Part of Fortune falls ; and to know what decree of the
zodiac is anfwerable thereto, only requires to find the pole of the Part
of Fortune ; and, by giving it the fame latitude and declination as the
Moon, it (hows its afcenfional difference, which muft be added to or fubtracted from the aforefaid oblique afcenfion as it is found either in a northern or fouthern fjgn, and the right afcenfion is found; and, by looking in the Table of Right Afcenfions, allowing its latitude, if any, thc
degree and minute of the zodiac is pointed out for the place of the Part
of Fortune ; as exemplified in the following figure.
The pole of the Sun is to be obtained thus: The Sun is in twelve
degrees feventeen minutes of Aries ; and his feminocturnal arch, under the
latitude
of
.
_
_
r ,*
rr,
. . birth,
,
' is r , . , - .
53
1 he third part of which is
_
I ra '
Which, turned into degrees of the equator, is
28
o
The pole of the feventh houfe is
~
5* 3i
The pole of the fixth, as may be found by the Table in
page 192 of this work, is
_
.
40 48
Subtracted, leaves the difference of the two poles
10
43
A
Then -
634
AN
ILLUSTRATION
degrees fix minutes for the pole of the Part of Fortune. Let it be obferved, that, if the afcenfional difference is obtained by the Moon's de
clination under the above pole, which is three degrees thirty-five minutes,
,-p j . add to it the oblique afcenfion of the Part of Fortune, thus 3 35
/I**?, ofThe oblique afcenfion of the Part of Fortune
138 20
Makes
55
Which is the right afcenfion, with latitude, of the Part of Fortune ; and,
by looking into the Table of Right Afcenfions, it alcertains the zodiacal
degree of the place of the Part of Fortune, which is in twenty degrees
forty-three minutes of the fign Leo, in the tenth houfe.
Thus this nativity is rectified, according to the following fcheme, and
the Part of Fortune fupputated in its horary circle, by the true doctrine
of Ptolemy ; and, having equal degrees from the afcendant, conftitutes
what is cfteemed a lunar horolcope ; in which the Part of Fortune is prorogator or giver of life.
Right Afcenfion, 129 14
IBBa35SHSa8Rr-??Ee^jB3SSaBB8HB^
MR. G. WITCHELL,
.*
o^
'
AT THE
ROYAL ACADEMY,
D
n
n*
PORTSMOUTH.
Born the Twenty-firft of March,
7h. 52m. P.M. 1728.
ASTRONOMER,
O"
Nor. >
, , .
jjor f aeaifiea Tone.
3
O'
Latitude 51 31'.
>
a9
Sf>
a
S& Mtf* frf
*\S
%?%
sc
\
Right Afcenfion, 309 14
Ptolemy
OF
ASTROLOGY.
625
Ptolemy fays, in his Quadripartite, that the Sun, if he be in an aphetic

place, is to be preferred by day ; if he be not, the Moon (hall be preferred ; but, if (he be not in an aphetic place, that planet (hould be taken
that had three dignities in the place of the Sun at the preceding conjunclion of the Sun and Moon. If no planet hath thofe titles of domi
nion, the horofcope (hall be taken ; but, if it (hould be a Full Moon, and
no fuel) planet in an aphetic place, then the Part of Fortune (hall be
taken.
"*'-fa
/**'
,
7
A SPECULUM OF THE FOREGOING FIGURE.

Planets Lati
tude.
Antifcions, or Zodiacal
Parallels.
Declination.
min. deg.
2O
miti.
24S
Right ACSemidiurnal and Seinicenlion

iKKtunul Arch.
Pofition. with Lat.
Pole of
'leg. min deg.

I I I I 326
mm. h.
21
min-
11107
45
2o 358 19 39N 27 26 q, y 2 24 SI ~ 34 55 57 5i 7 50117

Id 3 iaN 14 i5N 22 2ft ~ 7 58nl 8 1 6 39 '53 58 6 58 104
4 5*N i2i7T^=i743T9iK 43 8 i i 18 5 35 83
00
0
30
hi
6S
d.
m.
(1.
in.
29 io55 vy o 50 j n
in.
**Cifa 4*
(leg.
deg.
$o 5S 8 47S 730^*2230^ T J9 43 337 53 6 49 i 02

23 i?N 12 52N 355 n\26 5^ ft 51 21 22 22 5 Jo 77
30!
45
15
asi f
30
*/ if 0~
26 428
o o
11 45 288 59 8
5 121
15
4 '7s 26 42N
o o
7 6 HI 55 o
o o
D4 '7s
The firft and feventh
51 31
The 2d, 8th, 1 2th, and 6th

The nth, 3d, gth, and 5th
^--r/
23- UY
40
N. B. The oblique Afceufion of tlir

Eleventh is found b? adding 30 to the
1 right Afcenfion of the Medium Coeli j
^ - and in the fame manner is obtained
the oblique Afcenfiun or Defcenfion of
Ilic reft of the Hnuli-s.
23 *?
I
The above exhibits a fpeculum of fome neceflary calculations at one

view ; but, in order to remove every embarrafTment out of the way of the
young ftudent, I (hall now proceed regularly throughout the whole prac
tical part of every calculation in thte nativity, in fo plain a manner, that
the meaneft capacity may foon become a mafter of it. I (hall therefore
proceed to (how how to gain the pole, or circle of pofition, of the other
planets.
To
c++* at
/
r
626
AN
ILLUSTRATION
To GAIN THE POLE OF SATURN.

Saturn being in twenty-three degrees thirty-eight minutes of Aquarius,
enter with this degree and minute in the Tables of Seminoclurnal Arches
for the latitude of birth, which is in London, and it gives feven hours
eleven minutes; which being anfwerable to the fpace of three houfes, or
ninety degrees of the zodiac, 1 divide it by three, and one of thefe three
parts will be the diftance from the cufp of the fourth to the cufp of the
fifth houfe; then by the rule of proportion find the diftance of Saturn
from the fourth houfe, as follows: The third part of feven hours eleven
minutes is two hours twenty-three minutes and forty feconds, which
time convert into degrees by the Table for that purpofe, in page 196;
by which it is found to give thirty-five degrees fifty-five minutes for the
fpace of one houfe. The pole of the fifth, as may be found by the Table
in page 192, is twenty-three degrees twenty-feven minutes.
The right afcenfion of Saturn, with latitude, is 326 21
The right afcenfion of the fourth is
309 14
Subtraft, and there remains
17
7
The diftance of Saturn from the fourth houfe. Then fay, by the rule
of proportion, If thirty-five degrees fifty-five minutes, the fpace of one
houfe, give, for the pole of the fifth, twenty-three degrees twenty-feveu
minutes, what will feventcen degrees feven minutes, being the diftauce
of Saturn from the fourth, give?
To find this proportion, make ufe of the Logiftical Logarithms, as be
fore, and feek the logarithm belonging to the two laft-mentioned num
bers, which add together, and then find the logarithm of the firft, and
fubtract it from them, and the remainder is the proportion required.
Thus, feek in the uppermoft column at the head of the logarithms for
twenty-three, and in the fide column for twenty-feven, and in the angle
of meeting is the logarithm
_____
4080
In the fame manner feek feventeen on the top, and feven
on the fide, and in the angle is -
5447
Add them together, and they give Then feek, the logarithm of thirty-five degrees fifty-five
minutes by the fame rule, and it is
Which is to be fubtrafled from the above
9527
2229
OF
ASTROLOGY.
627
This remainder I feek among the logarithms, and find, by cafting my

eye on the head of the Table (p. 587) for Degrees, atid^ on the firft
column on the left hand, that it gives eleven degrees eleven minutes,
which is the part proportional, and confequently the true pole of Saturn.
To TAKE THE TRUE POLE OF JUPITER.
Jupiter is in twenty-nine degrees fifty-five minutes of Taurus.

His femidiurnal arch under the latitude of birth is
yh 50" O'
Divided by three, and multiplied by two, gives
5 43 40
Turned into degrees of the equator by the Table 78 25'
The pole of the feventh
5131
The pole of the ninth
----33 27
Subtract one from the other, and the difference is
284
The oblique defcenfion of Jupiter with latitude

The oblique defcenfion of the feventh * houfe
Subtract, and Jupiter's diftance from the feventh is
84
33
39
14
45
19
Then by the rule of proportion, If feventy-eight degrees twenty-five

minutes, being two parts of Jupiter's femidiurnal arch, give twenty-eight
degrees four minutes, being the difference of the pole qf the feventh and
ninth houfcs, what will forty-five degrees nineteen minutes, Jupiter's dif
tance, give ? Anfwer, Sixteen degrees thirty-fix minutes ;
Which I fubtrad from the pole of the feventh,
51 31
16 36
And the remainder is the pole of Jupiter
34
55
To FIND THE POLE OF MARS.

Mars is in forty-four minutes of Virgo.The femidiurnal arch of
Mars, under the latitude of the feventh, is
6h 58" o*
Being divided by three, gives for one houfe
2 19 20
* The oblique defcenfion of the feventh houfe is gained thus: Take the right afcenfion of the midheaven, and fubtradl ninety, being a quarter of the circle, and there remains the oblique defcenfion
of the feventh.
No. 31.
7 P
Turned
*'<
^ //f JZ
628
ANILLUST. RATIO'N
Turned into degrees by the Table, gives

The pole of the eleventh houfe
The right afcenfion of Mars, with latitude, The right afcenfion of the mid-heaven,
-
Subtract one from the other, and the remainder is?

the diftance of Mars from the mid-heaven,
i
34
23
153
129
50'
27
58
14
2^
44
Then by the rule of proportion, If thirty-four degrees fifty minutes,

the third part of the femidiurnal arch of Mars, give twenty-three degrees twenty-feven minutes, the, pole of the eleventh, what will twentyfour degrees forty-four minutes, the diftance of Mars from the tenth,
give ? 1 find it gives fixteen degrees thirty-nine minutes, which is the
true pole of Mars required.
The p0ie of the Sun has been akeady obtained, and is forty-three de2. fS
grees eight minutes.
TO GAIN THE TRUE POLE OF VENUS.
Venus is in five degrees twenty-one minutes of Pifces.

The feminoclurnal arch of Venus is
6h 49
Being divided by three, the third part is
2 16 2OS
Turned into degrees of the equator, The pole of the fifth houfe,
The right afcenfion of Venus, with latitude,
The right afcenfion of the fourth,
-
34
23
337
309
5'
27
53
14
28
39
Subtract, and the diftance of Venus from the fourth is

/*,//
Then, by the rule of proportion, If thirty-four degrees five minutes,

tê third part of Venus's femino&urnal arch, give twenty-three degrees
twenty-feven minutes, the pole of the fifth houfe, what will twenty-eight
degrees thirty-nine minutes, being the diftance of Venus from the fourth,
give ?
Anfwer, Nineteen degrees forty-three minutes.
To OBTAIN THE POLE OF MERCURY.

Mercury's place in the zodiac is twenty-five degrees fifteen minutes of
Aries.
His
O F A S T R O L O G Y.
His feminorurnal arch for that point is Being divided by three, the third part will be
Turned into degrees of the equator, by the Table
The pole of the cufp of the feventh,
The circle of petition of the iixth houfe,
Subtract, and the difference of the two poles is
629
$>> 10
i 43 20'
25 50'
51 31
40 48
-
10
43-
39
14
39
Subtract, and the diftance of Mercury from the feventh is o
10
The oblique defcenfion of the feventh, The oblique defcenfion of Mercury, under the pole
of birth
--------
Then, by the rule of proportion, If twenty-five degrees fifty minutes

give ten degrees forty-three minutes, being the difference of poles, what
will ten minutes give, which is the diftance of Mercury from the feventh
houfe ?
Anfwer, it gives four minutes, which is to be thus fubtracled from
the pole of the feventh,
51 31
_^_4
And the remainder is the true pole of Mercury,
51
27
THE METHOD OF OBTAINING THE POLE OF THE MOON.

This figure has been already mown, and was found to be eleven degrees forty-five minutes, as was alfo
^ /? - 4
THE METHOD OF OBTAINING THE POLE OF THE PART OF
FORTUNE-
Which was found to be feven degrees fix minutes.
With a view to make this work entirely complete, I have, in page 132,
given the fyftem laid down by Argol and Morinus, for finding the antifcions of the planets ; but, as that method is now obfolete, I (hall, ac
cording to a former promife, give the Placidian method of taking them ;
which is the true way, and which I recommend to every ftudent to practife.
The
^/'- 34-
630
A/
*
< V^
(n~t*~t
/
tfT
A' ALtHt rf y
/,
1
,;.

' .
*"
'
i
AN ILLUSTRATION
The place of Saturn in the zodiac is twenty-three degrees thirty-eight

minutes of Aquarius, and his declination twenty degrees twenty-four mi
nutes fouth ; now, as there is no table immediately for the declination of
Aquarius in this work, yet, as Leo is fituate oppofite Aquarius in the zo^jac^ jt Qnjy requires to enter Jnto the Table of Declinations under Leo,
(p. 531,) with contrary latitude, that is, north inftead of fouth, and it will
ê found to anfwer exactly< the fame
purpofe
; for Saturn's declination,
.
aniwerable to one degree fix minutes
north.
latitude, is twenty degrees
twenty-four minutes. To find the zodiacal parallel anfwerable to that
declination, I examine the firft column of declination in the Table, under
O latitude, and feek for twenty degrees twenty-four minutes; but, not
nc]ing tnat declination in that column, I trace back into Cancer, p. 539.
where I find it anfwerable to twenty-nine degrees ten minutes of that
planet, which (hows that Saturn's parallel falls in twenty-nine degrees ten
minutes of Cancer and Capricorn, and fifty minutes of Sagittary and
Gemini; and thefe points, being equi-diftant from the tropics, are called
the antifcions, in page 132.
In the fame manner is found the antifcion or zodiacal parallel of Jupi

ter, whofe place is twenty-nine degrees fifty-five minutes of Taurus, and
his declination nineteen degrees thirty-nine minutes, with thirty-five
minutes of fouth latitude. But, as there is no Table of Declination for
Taurus, that of Scorpio, being oppofite, muft be entered under north
' latitude, which is equally the fame as having a Table of Declination for
Taurus, by obferving always to enter with contrary latitude ; and feek in
the firft column under o for nineteen degrees thirty-nine minutes, (p. 537.)
and it will give twenty-feven degrees twenty-fix minutes of Scorpio and
Taurus for Jupiter's zodiacal parallel, and alfo two degrees thirty-four
minutes of Leo and Aquarius, as may be found by the aforenamed Table
of Antifcions.
The pofition of Mars in the heavens is in forty-four minutes of Virgo,
and his declination fourteen degrees fifteen minutes, with three degrees
twelve minutes north latitude. I enter the Table of Declination in Virgo,
p. 533, under the column o; but find no fuch declination, therefore I
leek in the Table of Leo, p. 531, in the fame column under o at the top,
and find it points to twenty-two degrees two minutes of Leo and Aquarius, and feven degrees fifty-eight minutes of Scorpio and Taurus ; which
give the zodiacal parallel of Mars.
The mode of finding the Sun's antifcion, or zodiacal parallel, is exactly
the fame as given by Argol and Morinus; and the reafon is, becaufe the
Sun never varies, but always moves in the fame line throughout all the
figns
OF A S T R O L 0,0 Y.
631
figns of the zodiac. The antifeions of the Sun, therefore, -fall in twelve
degrees (eventeen minutes of Aries and Libra, and feventeen degrees
forty-three minutes of Virgo and Pifces.
The mode of afeertaining the antifeions or zodiacal parallels of Venus
differs from that of the Sun, becaufe Venus has latitude. The place of
Venus in the zodiac is five degrees twenty-one minutes, her declination
is eight degrees forty-feven minutes, and her latitude fifty-two minutes
Ibuth ; and, as there is no table of declination for the fign Pifces, J take
the oppofite fign Virgo, as before, and feek for eight degrees forty-feven
minutes in the column with o on the top, and it will be found anfwerable to feven degrees thirty minutes of Virgo and Pifces, and twenty-two
degrees thirty minutes of Libra and Aries ; thofe places being equi-diftanj
from the two tropics.
The antifcion or zodiacal parallel of Mercury is gained in the fame
manner as the former ; his place being in twenty-five degrees fifteen mi
nutes of Aries, his latitude three degrees feventeen minutes north, and
his declination twelve degrees fifty-two minutes in Aries; but, as there
is no table for Aries, it is to be worked by the contrary fign Libra ; but,
not finding in the column of no latitude that degree of declination, I
enter the fign Scorpio, and find it anfwerable to three degrees fifty-five
minutes of that fign, and three degrees fifty-five minutes of Taurus, and
twenty-fix degrees five minutes of Leo and Aquarius.
The antiicion or parallel of the Moon cannot in any cafe be directed,
(he having twenty-fix degrees forty-two minutes of declination, and the
gjeateft declination of the ecliptic is but twenty-three degrees thirty-two,
minutes, and therefore there can be no zodiacal parallel of the Moon for
direction.
Of M U N D A N E
PARALLELS.
Let it be remembered, that the cufps of the afcendant, feventh, midheaven, and imum coeli, are angles in the world, and are defcribed by
the fpheres to cut the globe of this earth in four equal parts, or quarters,
each quarter containing ninety degrees of the equator. A mundane pa
rallel, therefore, is no other, than when two ftars or planets are equally
diftant from any of thefe four angles; or are brought into that fituation
by the motion of the primum mobile. And, as an exacl method of taking
them is abfolutely neceffary to be known, where any degree of accu-7
racy is required ^ and as they conftitute the moil confulerable directions
No. 32.
**
7 Q
in.
.
>, ^
**&}*
63
ANILLUSTRATION
in human life ; I (hall give the following examples in this nativity, by way
of initiating the beginner in a correct mode of taking them.
The MUNDANE PARALLEL of MARS and VENUS.
Diftance of Mars from the mid-heaven
Semidiurnal arch of StrtHtnSeminoclurnal arch of Mercmy, #>**"'-
24 44*
49
Diftance of Venus from the fourth houfe, by right

afcenfion,
-
28
39
Then, by the rule of proportion, If the femidiurnal arch $f Mars, viz.

fix hours fifty-eight minutes, gives for his diftance twenty-four degrees
forty-four minutes, what will fix hours forty-nine minutes, tfce feminocturnal arch of Venus, give ?
Anfwcr, twenty-four degrees twelve minutes.
Which is to be fubtraded from the diftance of Venus from the fourth
houfe thus ; the diftance of Mercury from the fourth
28 39
The proportional part
-.
*
24 1 2
Remain for the arch of direction
27
To turn this arch of direction into time, add the Sun's

right afcenfion
>
-niS
e*w*L
/
And it is augmented to
15
45
u_
Which feek in the Tables of Right Afcenfions, in order to find what

3> degree and minute of the zodiac anfwers thereto, and on examination
^</ A^t ^ c<**. & w^ De feventeen degrees five minutes of Aries. This being found,
refer to the Ephemeris, and examine what length of time the Sun will
take in going from twelve degrees feventeen minutes of Aries, being his
point at birth, to feventeen degrees five minutes of the fame fign, and it
will be found he is four days and near twenty-one hours ; which be
ing computed according to the doclrine of Ptolemy, by allowing one day's
motion of the Sun for a year, and two hours motion for a month, declares
the native was four years, ten months, and fifteen days, old, when Mars
came to a parallel of Venus in Mundo.
The
OF ASTROLOGY.
633
The SUN to the PARALLEL of JUPITER in MUNDO.

The Sun being in the fixth houfe, and the parallel made from the
feventh, the Sun's diftance is to be taken from the feventh houfe by ob
lique defcenfion, under the pole of the feventh, viz. fifty-one decrees
thirty-one minutes.
Diftance of the Sun from the feventfc
Seminodurnal arch of the Sun
Semidiurnal arch of Jupiter
Diftance of Jupiter from the feventh
.
5h
6
ar
cfi1
3$"
50
*
4.5
*9
Then fay, by the rule of proportion, If five hours thirtyfive minutes, being the noclurnal arch of the Sun, give its
diftance, twenty-one degrees fifty-fix minutes, what will
(even hours fifty minutes give ?
Anfwer
Which is to be fubtracled from Jupiter's diftance, and

the remainder is the arch of direction
-
^ <f"
./& a'*e^
43
13
36
~~- **
Which, by adding the right afcenfion of the Sun, and turning it into
time, as in the foregoing example, points out the native to be fifteen
years, four months, and twenty-one days, old, when the Sun came to the
mundane parallel of Jupiter.
The M O O N to the P A R A L L E L of V E N U S in MUNDO.

Diftance of the Moon from the fourth houfe, by right
afcenfion,
- "
Seminofturnal arch of the Moon

85
Seminoclurnal arch of Venus
6
49
Diftance of Venus from the fourth
'
<*.< &
ao
15
28
39
Then, by the rale of proportion, If eight hours five minutes give

twenty degrees fifteen minutes, being the diftance of the Moon from the
fourth houfe, what will fix hours forty-nine minutes, the femino&urnal
arch of Venus, give ?
Arifwer, feventeen degrees five minutes.
This
634
AN ILLUSTRATION
This proportional part is to be fubtracled from the diftance of Venus,
/.
a/At*-
tâ--^-
Iff
thus :
Diftance of Venus from the fourth
Proportional part lubtracl:
-
28''
17
39
5
t _ - . _,
And there remains for the arch of direction
11
34
Which, being turned into time by the foregoing rules, gives twelve
years, eight months, and about feven days, of the native's life.
.
,
.
The SUN to the MUNDANE PARALLEL of MARS.*

-
Diftance of Mars from the midheaven
Semidiurnal arch of Mars

Seminoaurnal arch of the Sun
24
6
<
44-
58
7c
Then by the rule of proportion, If fix hours fifty-eight minutes give

twenty-four degrees forty-four minutes, what will five hours thirty-five
minu es give .
Anfwer
7,1
40
Which muft be fubtrafted from the diftance of the Sun from the
fourth houfe thus : The diftance of the Sun from the fourth, by right acenfion, is
62
4
The proportional part fubtracl
ar
40'
And the remainder is the arch of direction
40
24
T
Which, by adjufting according to the former examples, gives fortythree years of the native's age.
MERCURY 'to the MUNDANE PARALLEL of JUPITER.

a-2f ^
/'"J^"
/<**}+- oif.5
/
The diftance of Mercury from the feventh houfe, by oblique defcenfion, under the pole of the feventh, is
i
21
Seminoclurnal arch of Mercury
-
$
10
75
* There can be no Mundane Parallels to the Part of Fortune, bccaufc the Part of Fortune emits
no rays.
The
OFASTROLOGY.
63$
The diftance of Jupiter from the feventh, by oblique

defcenfion, under the pole of the feventh, is
-
45
19
43
16
Then, by the rule of proportion, If five hours ten mi

nutes give one degree twenty-one minutes, the diftance
of Mercury, what will feven hours fifty minutes, the feminoclurnal arch of Jupiter, give ?
a r
Anfwer,
"
Which, being fubtracted from Jupiter*s diftance, leaves

for the arch of direction
-
Which, being turned into time by the foregoing rule, gives forty-five
years, ten months, and about twelve days, of the native's life, when
Mercury came to the parallel of Jupiter in mundo.
,
SATURN to the MUNDANE PARALLEL of VENUS.

....
The diftance of Venus from the fourth houfe is
-,
28
39
.' - ... 17
The feminoclurnal arch of Venus

6"
The femiuofturnal arch of Saturn; , . ; - /. ,7 . ; 11
The diftance of Saturn from the fourth houfe
Then fay, by the rule of proportion, If fix hours forty-nine minutes,

the fern i nocturnal arch of Venus, give her diftance from the fourth houfe,
viz. twenty-eight degrees thirty-nine minutes, what will feven hours
eleven minutes give, being the feminocturnal arch of Saturn ?
A
Anfwer,
..-'.'.:
r ':
To which is to be added the diftance of Saturn from

the fourth, becaufe that planet is not paft the cufp,
And the arch of direction will be
30
ift
17
47
15.
'
Which, being turned into time, declares the native to be forty-nine

years and near tea moiuns old, when Saturn comes to the mundane paral
lel of Venus.
!/.'
., .-,
,
.-,'
No. 321.
"''' :-:-. . '
7R
b i^**^- +"*- Ariû^f t^, S
The
AN ILLUSTRATION
TbeMOONto the PAR ALLEL of the SUN in MUNDO,
The diftance of the Moon from the fourth houfe is The feminodurnal arch of the Moon 8h
5"
The feminofturnal arch of the Sun
5
35
The diftance of the Sun from the fourth houfe
-
ao
15'
62
Then, by the rule of proportion, If eight hours five mi

nutes give twenty degrees fifteen minutes, what will five
hours thirty-five minutes, the Iemino6hirnal arch of the
Sun, give? Anfwer,
-
13
59
48
Now, as the Mooii is paft the cufp of the fourth houfe,

the proportional part rmift be fubtrafted from the diftaitce
of the Sun from the fourth)
y J7

vf. Jy %.
.
'
Which arch of direction, turned into time, declares, that, when the
Muudanc Parallel of the Moon and Sun came up, the native was fifty
years, eight months, and about fixteen days, old.
MARS to the PARALLEL of MERCURY in MUNDO.
The diftance of Mars from the midheaven is
The fetnino&urnal arch of Mars
The feminoc~rurnal arch of Mercury
24
44
73
18
23
54
46
58
io
The difttnce of Mercury from the fourth houfe,

Thent by the rule of proportion, If fix hours fifty-eight
minutes give twenty-four degrees forty-four minutes,
what will five degrees ten minutes give ? Anfwer,
^, &*& <^
The part proportional is to be fubtrafted from tb

/*
tance of Mercury from the fourth honfe,
0*4*+**^
Which arch of direction, being turned into time, declares the native
fifty-feven years, five months, and twenty-fix days, old, when Mars came
in parallel with the planet Mercury.
Of
>
OF ASTROLOGY,
637
Of MUNDANE ASPECTS.
Mundane Afpects are formed by the petition of the twelve houfes of
heaven, as they are oppoied to, or afpe&, each other. For inftance, the
cufp of the midheaven beholds the cufp of the ieveivth houfe and the
cufp of the afcendant with a mundane quartile, and the cufp of the
fourth with an oppofition. The cufp of the ninth houfe beholds the
cufp of the eleventh with a fextile, and the cufp of the fifth with a trine ;
fo the cufp of the twelfth beholds the cufp of the fecond with a fextile,
and the cufp of the fourth with a trine. And thus the Mundane Afpects
fo round the twelve houfes, and have a meafure peculiar to themfelves,
eing diftinft from the meafure ufed for bringing up zodiacal afpefts,
where fixty degrees make a textile, and an hundred and twenty make a
trine ; but thete are meafured by their distances' from a given angle, and
by the femidiurnal and feminocturnal arches ; fo that, to proportionate
or limit a Mundane Afpect, it only requires to bring the ftar or planet to
the cufp of any of the houfes, according to the afpecl it is to be directed
to ; which may be done, by looking into the Table of Mundane Afpects,
in pages 501 and 502 of this work, where, by entering with the feoaidiurnal or feminodurnal arch of the ftar or planet, is mown the limited pro
portion of their various afpecls ; as bi the following Examples.
The PART of FORTUNE to the MUNDANE QUARTILE of

MERCURY.
.,
M , /.
The diftance of Mercury from the feventh houfe, under the pole of the - "-*'
feventh, is
3"
17'
>~~ ^
The fern i nocturnal arch of Mercury
.
ip
/*-*/
The femidiurnal arch of the Part of Fortune 85
J . //
[The Part of Fortune hath its diurnal and feminodturnal arches increated or diminiflied in proportion to thofe of the Moon, being wholly
dependeirt on her for declination, latitude, &c. fojthat, in this Nativity
of Mr. Witchell, it forms
----a Lunar Horoicope.]
r
J
Then &y, by the rul of propoiîon, If five hours ten imnutes,
the teminocturnal arch of Mercury, gives his diftance from the feventh,
viz. three degrees feventeen minutes, what will eight hours five minutes,
the diurnal arch of the Part of Fortune, give ? Anivver,
Then take the diftance of the Part of Fortune from the midh'eaven,
thus:
The
638
AK ILLUSTRATION
The right afcenfion of the Part of Fortune with the

Moon's latitude, is
The right afcenfion of the midheaven
-
141
1 2<>
44'
14
And the diftance of the Part of Fortune from the midheaven

-; ,. '/- :.;. -12
30
.., -:,} "; .
To which add the above proportional part
17
38
i;-
And the fum total is the arch of direction
Then, by adding the right afcenfion of the Sun, and turning the arch
of direction into time, as by the former examples, it will be evident that
the Quartile of the Part of Fortune and Mercury in Mundo came up
when the native was nineteen years, two months, and about twenty-three
days, old.
f:, v.j
' c*i
lirnil TO
The QUARTILE of MARS and JUPITER in MUNDO.

y~ fi />^ *1^.. ^L<~
The diftance of Mars from the midheaven, by right

afcenfion, is
--.'
'.-'
* <*>'>>
-
The diftance of Jupiter, by oblique defcenfiou under the

pole of the feventh, is
-.
,, e ...
.
, -..':
.
0.
The femidiurnal arch of Mars
,p.
ob 58*
The femidiurnal arch of Jupiter ""V '
7 50
Then fay, by the rule of proportion, If fix hours fifty^
t minutes eive the diftance of Mars from the midhea, what will feven hours fifty minutes give \ Anfwer,
24
44
45
39
27
51
!.-.
J.
^*
n*
Which
muft be
fubtraded from
Jupiter's diftance from
_
, ,
_
'.,',
.
_
_
the feventh, ,houfe,
A.
<y ^>C.*/
And the arch of direftion is
17
47
. Which, turned into time, points out the native's age, when Mars came
to the Mundane Quartile of Jupiter, to be nineteen years, fix months,
and about five days.
MUNDANE QUARTILE of the PART of

F O RT U N E and J U P I T E R.
The diftance of the Part of Fortune from the midheaven 12
OF ASTROLOGY.
639
The diftance of Jupiter from the feventh
The femidiurnal arch of the Part of Fortune

The femidiurnal arch of Jupiter
-
45
39'
8h 5*
7 50
Then fay, by the rule of proportion, If eight hours five

minutes give twelve degrees thirty minutes, what will
feven hours fifty minutes give ? Anfwer,
-
'
^ /
X* ^* " ^
it,
33
31
Which, is to be fubtrafted from Jupiter's diftance,

And the arch of direction is
Which, turned into time, gives thirty-five years, eleven months, and
about three days.
. ,v
<-' i w. ....
'.'> ' ', '-'- "'"'
" .vrr:.! c. (.
-." .1 .';
' : ."
The MUNDANE QUARTILE of SATURN and JUPITER.

The diftance of Saturn from the fourth houfe
The diftance of Jupiter from the feventh
The feminodurnal arch of Saturn
7
7
*' *
'
. .
17
45
39
18
40
26
59
n
50
."
. ' ii
'. '"
Then fay, by the rule of proportion, If feven hours

eleven minutes give feventeen degrees feven minutes,
what will feven hours fifty minutes give ? Anfwer,
This muft be fubtrafled from the diftance of Jupiter
from the feventh houfe,
Which, being turned into time, gives twenty-nine years and two
months, when Saturn came to the Quartile of Jupiter in Mundo.
The S U N to the S E X T I L E of J U P I T E R in MUNDO.

The diftance of Jupiter from the eighth houfe, by oblique defcenfion,
taken under the pole of the eighth, is
6
34
XT
No32-
7 SC
TU
Tha
/ j3 J^^^
AN ILLUSTRATION
The fcmidiurnal arch of Jupiter
The feminoclurnal arch of the Sun
Add thefe arches together,* and they make

* ,, ' ~t^
x,
Zy
7*
5
13
5Om
35
25
Then,
the rule
proportion,
If thirteen
twenty-five
minutes
^.ê
ê by
diftance
of ofJupiter,
viz. fix
degrees hours
thirty-four
minutes,
what
will five hours thirty-five minutes, the arch of the Sun, give ?
Anfwcr,
- ,.
To which add the diftance of the Sun from the fixth,

taken under the pole of the fixth,
T
-6
And being turned into time, hy adding the right afcenfion of the Sun
to the arch of direction, gives nine years, ten months, and about twentytwo days, when the Sun came to the Mundane Sextile of Jupiter.
The PART of FORTUNE to the SEXTILE of

JUPITER in MUNDO.
.
The diftance of Jupiter from the eighth is
6
34.
7
The femidiurnal arch of the Part of Fortune 8
Being added, make
15
50
c
1
55
Then, by the rule of proportion, If fifteen hours fifty-five minutes give

fix degrees thirty-four minutes, what will eight hours five minutes give ?
_
Anfwer,
20
To which add the diftance of the Part of Fortune from

the tenth houfe
i^
30
15
50
Which, being turned into time, gives feventeen years, three months,
and about four days.
* A Sextile being lefs than a Quartile, and a Trine more, it muft always be remembered to add
the two diurnal or nocturnal arches together ; and thus let the complement of both be the firlt num
ber in all proportional demands, yt.
The
OF ASTROLOGY.
641
The SUN in TRINE of the PART of FORTUNE in MUNDO.

The Sun's diftance from the fixth houfe is
The feminoclurnal arch of the Sun

51,
The fetnidiurnal arch of the Part of Fortune 8
355
Being added, make
40
13
7'
Then by the rule of proportion, If thirteen hours forty minutes give

fix degrees feven minutes, what will eight hours five minutes give ?
Anfwer,
the midheaven,
-
12
30
16
Which, being turned into time, gives feventeen years, four months,
and about twenty-thiee days.
The M O O N to the T R I N E of M E R C U R Y in MUNDO.

The diftance of Mercury from the feventh is
Seminocturnal arch of Mercury
Seminocturnal arch of the Moon
Being added together, make
5
8
10
37
13
47
'**
Then by the rule of proportion, If thirteen hours forty-feven minutes

give three degrees feventeen minutes, what will eight hours thirty-feven
minutes give r Anfwer,
2
3.
To which add the Moon's diftance from the third houfe,
which is obtained by the oblique alcenfion, under the pole
of the third houfe,
-
And it makes the arch of direction
22
21-
24
24
Which, turned into time, gives twenty-fix years, four months, and
near twenty-two days, from the native's birth, when the Moon came to
a Trine of Mercury.
The
.'$>} %
' v .'w
I-
642
A N I L L U S T R A T I O N
Th* MOON to, the, MUNDANE SEXTJLE of VENUS.
,
7 ,
The diftance of Venus from the fifth

S-minofturnal arch of Venus
Seminoturnal arch of the Moon
6h
8
49"
37
Added together, make
15
26
6*
IB*
Then by the rule of proportion, If fifteen hours twenty-fix minutes

give fix degrees twelve minutes, being the diftance of Venus from the
fifth houfe, what will eight hours thirty-leven minutes, the feminofturnal
arch of the Moon, give? Anfwer,
3
21
Add the Moon's diftance from the third
22
21
25
42
And, turned into time, will point to twenty-feven years, nine months,
and about eight days, of the native's age, when the Moon came to the
Sextile of Venus.
The PART of FORTUNE in TRINE of MERCURY

in MUNDO.
T>
The diftance of Mercury from the fixth houfe, by ob
lique deicenfion
Seminodturnal arch of Mercury
Semidiurnal arch of the Part of Fortune
Added together, make
5
8
10
37
13
47
22
44
Then, by the rule of proportion, If thirteen hours forty-fcveh minutes

give twenty-two degrees forty-four minutes, what will eight hours thirtyleven minutes give ? Anfwer,
13
53
the -uudheaven,
^^
"^
And the arch of direction is found
12
30
26
23
Which, turned into time, gives twenty-eight years fix months, from the
time of birth, whea the Part of Fortune came to the Trine of Mercury.
The
OFASTROLOGY.
643
The SUN in TRINE of M A R S in MUNDO.

The diftance of the Sun from the fixth is
Semino6lurnal arch of the Sun
$h
35
58
Being added, make
12
33
/ ./'
'" " ''
^ .
^ u ly 13
Then, by the rule of proportion, If twelve hours thirty-three minutes

give fix degrees feven minutes, what will (ix hours fifty-eight minutes
give ? Anfwer,
3
o
Add the diftance of Mars from the midheaven
And the fum is the arch of direction
-27-44
24
'" ' /
44
Which, being turned into time, by adding the right afcenfion of the
Sun to the arch of direction, it will give, from the time of birth, twentynine years, eleven months, and near feven days, when the Sun qame to
the Trine of Mars.
" : "
"
PART of FORTUNE in SEXTILE of MERCURY in MUNDO.

'"' ;'5 :':
-' '"
Diftance of Mercury from the feventh
- 5-i-f- i** #
Seminoclurnal arch of Mercury
A I ,
1
I
1
Added
together,
make
5
8
IO
37
13
47
^. /.?/
v
,
**?'' "*
Then, If thirteen hours forty-feven minutes give three degrees feven- /v*~~ S*^ J
teen minutes, what will eight hours thirty-feven minutes give?
t*A- /Lp Jjf.
Anfwer,
, To which add the diftance of the Part of Fortune from
the ninth houfe, which is found by taking the oblique af
cenfion under the pole of the ninth houfe>
And the fum of the arch of direction is.
3g
29
54
31
32
Which, turned into time, gives thirty-three years, ten months, and
about fifteen days, of the native's life,
-: i 1 1 ' . . '*
No. 32.
7T
The
644
A N I L L U 3 T tt A T I O N
The PART of FORTUNE in TRINE of VENUS in MUNDO.

Diftance of Venus from the fifth houfe,
!
Semidiurnal arch of he Part of Fortune
6k
8
I'
IMI
15
49*
37
ia'
26
Then, If fifteen hours twenty-fix minutes give fix degrees twelve mi

nutes, what will eight
0 hours thirty-feven minutes give ?
Anfwer,

the ninth houfe. taken under the pole of the ninth, by
i Ic
f '
ioblique
aicennon,
as ibefore
And the Aim total is the arch of dire&ion
26
29
54
33
ao
Which, being turned into time, declares the native was thirty-five years
and nine months old, when the Part of Fortune came to the Trine of VenUS.
'&*****
A*?
The MOON to the SEXTILE of SATURN in MUNDO.
id
The cliftance of Saturn from the fifth houfe, by oblique defcenfion,
u"der the Pole ^ the fifth' is
"
a*
a?
Semino&urnal arch of the Moon
Seminofturnai-^rch of Saturn
8
7
37
n
*5
4<*
Then, fay> by the rule of proportion, If fifteen hour& forty-eight ii*.
nutes give twenty-two degrees twenty-feven minutes, what will eight
hours thirty-feven minutes give ? AniVrefj
rap
#5
Add the Moon's diftance from the third houfc
'"
'
Iz
21
34
36
Which, being turned into time, by adding the right aiceafion of the
5^! to the arch of direction, it &ows Aat the native was thirty-fix yeftrs,
ten months, and twenty-two days,, old, when the MOOR cam* tr the
Sextile or Saturn in Mundo.
.
Th
m)
O F A S T R O JL O G Y,
The M O O N to the TRINB of tho S U N m Mtmno.
^ / s~*.
Diftance of the Sun from the feventh
Seminoc"rurnal arch of the Sun

Seminoclurnal arch of the Moon
Being added, make
21
46
Y
5h 35**
^37
14
^"-^^
_
/
ra
/3*0
/A* A,
.
Then fay, by the rule of proportion, If fourteen hours twelve minutes
givc twenty-one degrees forty-fix minuteS| what will eight hours thirty- , .
feven minutes give ? Anfwer,
-*
c9
fet
'K^*
Add the Moon's diftance from the third houfe
^^
' A***- ^^7" /^
And the arch 6f direction is
3J
4j
. -A
Which, being turned into time, gives thirty-feven years and two
months of rhe native's life, when fhe Moort cdme ttr the Trine of the Sun
in Mutido.
4.
The MOON to the OPPOSITION of JUPITER ill Itotftf*;
The diftance of Jupiter from the ninth

SeminocTufnat arch of the Mo6i
Added, make
Jl
^
16
27
/.
if
Then, by the rule of proportion, If fifteen hours twcnty-feven minutes

give thirty-two degrees nineteen minutes, what will eight hours thirtyleven minutes give? Anfwer,
i6
$6
t
Which muft be added to the diftance of the Moon froth
the third houfe, vi*.>
*
.. -*
Being added to the Part Proportional, makes for th

arch of direction
38
21
^^^
39
17
ji
* '^
Which, being turned into time, gives forty-one years and about ten
months of the native's age, when the Moon came to the Mundane Oppcfitiou of Jupiter.
"
j. -
The
Q -^ &r~
/
_^
646
AN ILLUSTRATION
The PART of FORTUNE in TRINE of SATURN

in MUNDO.
The diftance of Saturn from the fifth
Seminofturnal arch of Saturn
7h
8
n"
37
32*
27'
Added tog-ether,
make
15
48
0
Then, by the rule of proportion, If fifteen hours forty-eight minutei
give twenty-two degrees twenty-feven minutes, what will eight hoursthirty-feven
minutes Ogive ? Anfwer,
ia
ao
J
the ninth houfe, viz.
A
A- XT is
And
the arch ofc direftion
29
54
42
*3
Which, being turned into time, gives forty-four years, eleven months,
and about fifteen days, when the Part of Fortune came to the Mundane
Trine of Saturn .
The MOON in TRINE of the PART of FORTUNE in MUNDO.

The diftance ofthe Part of Fortune from the midbeaven, by right afcenfion, is
-13
30
[jA
Added, make
37
37
17
14
Then, by the rule of proportion,If feventeen hours four

teen minutes give fixty-five degrees thirty-one minutes,
being the diftance of the Moon from the fecond houfe, what
will eight hours thirty-feven minutes give ? Anfwer, -
32
Which being added to the Part of Fortune, the arch

of direction- is
-
45
i$
Which gives forty-feven years, teai months, and about eighteen days,.
of the native's life.
The.
OF
ASTROLOGY.
64;
The MOON in TRINE of MARS in MUNDO.

Pittance of the Moon from the fecond houfc
-
Added together make
8"
6
15
65
31'
37"
58
35
Then, by the rule of proportion, If fifteen hours thirty-five minutes

give fixty-five degrees thirty-one minutes, what will fix hours fifty-eight
minutes give ? Anfwer,
29
26
Diftance of Mars from the midheaven
23
34
Add the diftance of Mars to the proportional part, and

the arch of direction is found
- J
-
52
50
Which, turned into time, gives forty-five years and about five months
of the native's life, when this direction came up.
M A R S to the T R I N E of V E N U S in MUNDO.
Diftance of Venus from the fifth houfe

-
6
6
49
58
Added together
13
47
12
Then, by the rule of proportion, If thirteen hours forty-feven minutes

give fix degrees twelve minutes, what will fix hours fifty-eight minutes
give? Anfwer,
-.
3
57
The diftance of Mars from the ninth houfe, by oblique
afcenfion, under the pole of the ninth, is
48
24
Then add the proportional part to the diftance of Mars,

and the arch of direction is
-
52
21
Which, being turned into time, gives fifty-four years, eleven months,
and about fourteen days, of the native's age, when Mars came to the
T/ine of Venus in Mundo.
. 32.
7U
The
648
ANILLUSTRATION
The M O O N to the Q U I N T I L E of the S U N in MUNDO.

The right afcenfion of the Sun, added to the whole circle
of the zodiac, is
_____
From which fubtracl the quintile,
371 i#
75
And the remainder is

Seek for this fum in the Table of Right Afcenfions, and it
will point in the zodiac to twenty-four degrees twenty-three
minutes of Capricorn, the declination of which point is
twenty-one degrees twenty-nine minutes. Then find the
afcenfional difference under the pole of the Moon, which is
Add it to the right afcenfion, above given,
And the oblique afcenfion of the quintile of the Suu will bs
296
18
30,
300
57
292
14
From which fubtracl the oblique afcenfion of the Moon

taken under her own pole,
-

8 43
Then find the feminoclurnal arch of the Moon, according to her lati
tude, which is eight hours thirty-feven minutes.
[The method of taking the Moon's feminoclurnal arch with latitude,
is thus : Find her declination with latitude, and thereby obtain her af
cenfional difference under the pole of the afcendant, which afcenfional
difference is either to be added to or fubtracled from ninety degrees, ac
cording whether it be a noclurnal or diurnal arch, or a northern or fouthern
fign.]
The feminoclurnal arch of the quintile of the Sun is 7h 54
[The feminoclurnal or femidiurnal arch of an afpecl is thus found :
Find the degree the planet (which is the promittor) pofiefles in the zodiac*
and add or fubtracl what degrees are neceflary for the afpecl, and with
that degree in the zodiac find the femidiurnal or feminoclurnal arch under
the latitude of birth. For example : Suppofe the feminoclurnal arch of
the quintile of the Sun be required as above ; proceed thus : The place
of the Sun in the zodiac, which in this example is promittor, is twelve
degrees feventeen minutes of Aries, from which fubtracl the quintile,
viz. feventy-five degrees, and it points to twenty-feven degrees feventeen
minutes of Capricorn ; find the declination without latitude, viz. twenty
degrees forty-fevert minutes, and then gain its afcenfional difference,
which is twenty-eight degrees thirty-two minutes ; add it to ninety, becaufe the afpc'ct is in a fouthern fign, and nocturnal, and it makes
eighteen
649
eighteen degrees thirty-two minutes; which, by the table for turning de

grees and minutes into time, in page 196, gives feven hours fifty-four
minutes, which is the feminoclurnal arch required. In the fame manner
the femino&urnal or diurnal arch may be obtained for any other afpecl.]
Then fay, by the rule of proportion, If eight hours thirty-feven
minutes, being the femino6rurnal arch of the Moon, give eight degrees
three minutes, the diftance of the Sun's quintile from the Moon, what
will feven hours fifty-four minutes, the nodturnal arch of the quintile,
give ?For the arch of direction
-80
Which is to be turned into time by the foregoing rule, and it will
(how the native was eight years, nine months, and about eighteen days,
old, when the Moon came to the Quintile of the Sun.
The SUN to the SESQUIQUADRATE of MARS in MUNDO.

Right afcenfion of Mars with latitude
Selquiquadrate afpecl from Mars
~-
Subtract, and the right afcenfion of the afpecl: is
..
r.
153 58135
18
58
37
a6
35
15
53
And there remains

Seminoclurnal arch of the Sun
5h 35
Seminoclurnal arch of the fefquiquadrate of Mars,
according to the above rule
5 39
to
43
And, being fought in the Tables of Right Afcenfions, points

to twenty degrees thirty-three minutes of Aries, the decli
nation or which is eight degrees three minutes ; by this, gain
the afcenfional difference under the pole of the Sun, viz.
Add the difference to the right afcenfion above, and the
oblique defcenfion of the fefquiquadrate of Mars is
Subtrad the oblique defcenfion of the Sun
Then fay by the rule of proportion, If five hours thirty-five minutes

give ten degrees forty-three minutes, what will five hours twenty-nine
minutes give I Anfwer,,
-.-.-.
10 32
Add it to the right afcenfion of the Sun, to turn it into time, and it
will give eleven years, fix months, and about fifteen days, of the native's
life, when the Sun came to the Seiquiquadrate of Mars,
The
650
AN ILLUSTRATION
The PART of FORTUNE to the SESQUIQUADRATE of

MERCURY in MUNDO.
Right afcenfion of Mercury, with latitude,
Selquiquadrate of Mercury's afpecl,
22 22'
155
157
22
Which, being fought in the Table of Right Afcenfions,

points to five degrees thirty-five minutes of Scorpio; the
declination thereof is nine degrees thirty minuses, and the
afcenfional difference under the pole of the Part of Fortune is
11
Which, afcenfional difference fubtracl: from the right afcenfion, it being in a northern fign, and the oblique alcenfion of the fefquiquadrate is
-
156
From which fubtracl the oblique afcenfion of the Part of

Fortune
-
138
18
Being added, make the right afcenfion
Remains
Semidiurnal arch of the Part of Fortune, be

ing the fame arch as the Moon,
Semidiurnal arch of the fefquiquadrate of
Mercury,
-
8" 37
6
40
Then fay, by the rule of proportion, If eight hours thirty-feven mi

nutes give eighteen degrees three minutes, what will fix hours forty
minutes give? Anfwer,
~
J3 58
Which is the arch of direction ; and, being turned into time, will give
fifteen years, three months, and about ten days, of the native's life, when
this direction begins to operate.
'
The SUN to the SEMIQUARTILE of VENUS in MUNDO.
. -
Right afcenfion of Venus with latitude is

To which add her femiquartile
Venus's firft diftance is
From which fubtracTt the circle
And the right afceafion will be
33-7
44
^
53
382
53
360
*--
3.2 53
Which
OF ASTROLOGY.
651
Which points in the zodiac to twenty-four degrees forty-five minutes

of Aries ; the declination is nine degrees thirty-ieven minutes ; and the
afcenfional difference, taken under the pole of the Sun, is
9 8'
Which, being added to the above right afcenfion, makes the
oblique declenfion of the femiqilartile of Venus
32
From which fubtracl the oblique defcenfion of the Sun
15
And there remains
Seminoclurnal arch of the Sun
5h 35m
Seminofturnal arch of the femiquartile of Venus 5
20
i
52
169
Then fay, by the rule of proportion, If five hours thirty-five minutes

give fixteen degrees nine minutes, what will five hours twenty minutes
give for the arch of direction ? Anfwer
15 26
Which being turned into time, by adding the right afcenfion of the
Sun, in order to gain its true place in the zodiac, the diurnal motion of
the Sun will meafure fixteen years, eight months, and about twenty-four
days, of the native's life, before the femiquartile of Venus in muado will
begin to operate.
The MOON to the QUINTILE of MERCURY in MUNDO.

Right afcenfion of Mercury, with the circle
From which fubtradl the quintile
-
And the right afcenfion of the point is
382
75
22
307
22
Which anfwers to five degrees of Aquaries, the declination

of which is nineteen degrees five minutes.
Afcenfional difference under the pole of the Moon
48
Which, being added to the above right afcenfion, makes the

oblique afcenfion of the quintile of Venus
And there remains
Semlno6turnal arch of the Moon

Seminoclurnal arch of Mercury's quintile
No. 33.
7 X
8h
7
311
392
30
14.
1916
37">
31
Then,
652
AN
ILLUSTRATION
Then, by the rule of proportion, If eight hours thirty-feven minutes

give nineteen degrees fixteen minutes, what will feven hours thirty-one
minutes give for the arch of direction ? Anfwer
16 49'
Which, turned into time, gives eighteen years and about four months,
when this direction of the Moon in quintile of Mercury comes up.
The MOON to the SEMIQUARTILE of the SUN in MVNDO.

Right afceufion of the Sun, with the circle
371
18
Semiquartile fubtradt
45
326
18
And the afcenfional difference, taken under the pole of the

Moon, is
52
Which fubtradt from the above right afcenfion, and the

oblique defcenfion is
From which fubtract the oblique afcenfion of the Moon
323
292
This right afcenfion anfwers to twenty-three degrees fiftyeight minutes of Aquaries, the declination of which is
thirteen degrees thirty-three minutes.
!..
And there remains

Seminocturnal arch of the Moon
8h 37
Seminocturnal arch of the femiquartile of the Sun 7
5
26
14
.-..,..
31
12,

nutes give thirty-one degrees twelve minutes, what will feven hours five
minutes give for the arch of direction ? Anfwer
25 39
Which, joined to the Sun's right afcenfion, meafures the time of the
co;r>:ng up of this direction to be thirty-three years, two months, and
about eight days.
The MOON to the SEMIQUARTILE of MERCURY in MUNDO.

Right afcenfion of Mercury, with the circle
Semiquartile fubtract
-
382
45
22
o
And the right afcenfion remains
337
12
This
OFASTROLOGY.
653
. This points to five degrees thirty-five minutes of Pifccs, the

declination of which is nine degrees thirty minutes.
The alcenfional difference, under the pole of the Moon, is
Subtract the afcenfional difference from the above right afcenfion, and there remains
From which fubtracl the Moon's oblique afcenfion
And the arch of the difference is
Semino&urnal arch of Luna
Seminocturnal arch of Mercury's femiquartile
8h
6
o'
335
292
22
14
43
^m
40

nutes give forty-three degrees eight minutes, what will fix hours forty
minutes give for the arch of direction ? Aufwer
33 23
Which arch of direction, being turned into time, (hows that it will be
thirty-five years, nine months, and about fifteen days, of the native's life,
before it will come up, or have any effect upon the radix of his nativity.
The PART of FORTUNE to the SESQUI QUADRATE of JUPITER

in MUNDO.
Right afcenfion of Jupiter
Selquiquadrate muft be added
57 5 1
1350
And the right afcenfion of Jupiter's fefquiquadrate is
192
51
42
Being added to the above right afcenfion, makes

193
From which fubtra6t the oblique afcenfion of the Part of
Fortune
-138
33
Which points in the zodiac to thirteen degrees fifty-nine mi

nutes of Libra, the declination of which is five degrees
thirty-three minutes.
The afcenfional difference obtained under the pole of the
Part of Fortune is
-
And the arch of difference will be

Semidiurnal arch of the Part of Fortune,
Semidiurnal arch of the fefquiquadrate of Jupiter
8
5
55
8
25
37
30
Then
654
ANILLUSTRATION

nutes give fifty-five degrees twenty-five minutes, what will five hours
thirty minutes give ? Anfwer
35 30
Which is the arch of direction, to be turned into time, by adding it to
the right afcenfion of the Sun as before; and the refult will give thirtyeight years, one month, and about eight days, of the native's life, when
the Part of Fortune came to the fefquiquadrate of Jupiter.
The MOON to the QUINTILE of JUPITER in MUNDO.

The right afcenfion of Jupiter with the circle
The quintile is
-
417
75
51
o
342
51
Which gives eleven degrees twenty-one minutes of Pifces

in the zodiac. The declination of the point is feven
degrees twenty minutes.
,
The afcenfional difference, under the MOOQ'S pole, is
32
Subtract, and the oblique defcenfion of Jupiter's quintile is

The oblique afcenfion of the Moon fubtra6l
-
441
292
19
14
49
Subtract, and the right afcenfion of Jupiter's quintile is
And there remains for the arch of difference
Semino6turnal arch of the Moon

Seminoclurnal arch of Jupiter's quintile
8h
6
37
30

give forty-nine degrees five minutes, what will fix hours thirty minutes
give for the arch of direction? Anfwer
37
a
Which arch of direction, being turned into time, declares the native
was thirty-nine years, fix months, and about fixteen days, old, when the
Moon came to the quintile of Jupiter.
The MOON to the SEMIQUARTILE of JUPITER in MUNDO.

The right afcenfion of Jupiter, with the circle, is
The femiquartile is
-
417
45
Subtract the femiquartile, and there remains
372 51
Which
* ?'
51
o
OFASTROLO.GY.
655
Which points out thirteen degrees fifty-eight minutes of

Aries in the zodiac.The declination is five degrees
thirty-one minutes.
The afcenfional difference, under the pole of the Moon, is
Add the afcenfional difference to the above right afcenfion,

and the oblique defccnfion is found
From which fubtradt the oblique afcenfion of the Moon
374
292
o
14
81
46
And there remains

Seminoclurnal arch of the femiquintiie of Jupiter
8h 37
5 30

give eighty-one degrees forty-fix minutes, what will five hours thirty mi
nutes give for the arch of direction ? Anfwer
48
o
Which, being turned into time as before, declares the native was fifty
years, fcven months, and about fourteen days, old, when the Moon came
to the femiquartile of Jupiter.
The SUN to the QUINTILE of SATURN in MUNDO.

The right afcenfion of Saturn, with latitude, is
The quintile is
-
336
75
ai
o
Which add to the right afcenfion

Subtract the circle
-
401
360
ai
41
ai
15
33
And the remainder is the right afcenfion of Saturn's quintile

Which points to thirteen degrees forty minutes of Taurus,
the declination of which is fixteen degrees, and
The afcenfional difference under the pole of the Sun is
Which add to the above right afcenfion, and the oblique
defcenfion of Jupiter's quintile is
From which fubtracl the oblique defcenfion of the Sun
And there remains
No, 33.
7Y
5654
15
53
41
Semi
ANIL LUSTRATION
Seminocturnal arch of the Sun
Seminocturnal arch of Jupiter's quintile
5h
7
35*
t6
Then, by the rule of proportion, If five hours thirty-five minutes give

forty-one degrees two minutes, what will feven hours fixteen minutes
give? Anfwer
53 25
Which is the arch of direction, and by the meafure of time gives fiftyfix years and about three days, before the Sun comes to the quintile of
Saturn.
To DIRECT the ANGLES of the FIGURE.

THE angles of the horofcope are directed by the farne rules as all the
other directions in the world are, viz. by the aid of the femidiurnal and
feminocturnal arches ; and, according as the planets have greater or lefs
latitude, fo muft their pofitions be taken ; for a ftar is faid to touch the
horizon, by direction, er by any other motion, when it begins to leave
the fubterranean hemifphere, and is emerging into our's. Andj although,
the meridian and horizon are only two imaginary circles, yet we are
fure there are two fuch points,, which is demonftrated every morning
when the Sun rifes, and equally fo when it fets; and reafon dictates- that
there muft be a half-way between, which we call the meridian. Now a
ftar comes fooner or later to thefe angles, in proportion as it has either
north or fouth latitude ; and may either be directed by the globes, or by
the method following..
M ./p _'' ,
METHOD of direfting the ASCENDANT to the various ASPECTS
of the
PLANETS.
. . a : u. oiiltiii.p i'uiul&Z
'io nWlaPilc
hl'î i jfil ai iibnifirfioiîî L. A
The ASCENDANT to the SEXTILE of the MOON".
Right afccnfion of the Moon without latitude
From which fubti'act the Textile
And there remains
t. From which fubtract the oblique afcenfion of the afcendant
And the diftance of the fextile of the Moon from the af
cendant will be
.
-
288 24
60
228 24
219 14
Q
io
Then
"*ii':***'
..*.._, .V
OF ASTROLOGY.
557
Then obtain the feminoclurnal arch of the Moon thus : Fifft find the
declination of the Moon with latitude, and under the pole of the afcendanr gain her afcenfional difference, and add to it
90
A fcenfional difference
*
39 16
129
16
This fum being turned into hours and minutes, by the Table in page
1.96 of this work, will give eight hours thirty-feven minutes.
The feminoclurnal arch of the afcendant is next to be taken ; and,
byexamining the Table of Seminocturnal Arches in page 491, it will be
found, that twenty-feven degrees thirty-three minutes of Libra will give
fix hours fifty-five minutes.
I take thefe two feminoclurnal arches, and fay, If fix hours fifty-five
minutes (being the feminoclurnal arch of the afcendant) give nine degrees
ten minutes, the diftance of the Moon's fextile, what will eight hours
thirty-feven minutes, the feminocturnal arch of the Moon, give ?
Anfwer
, 1 1 25
Which is to be turned into time, by adding the right afcen
fion of the Sun
-
11
The right afcenfion of Sol being added, makes
22
43
WThich, being fought in the Table of Right Afcenfions, points to twenty*

four degrees thirty minutes of Aries ; to which place the Sun came in **** ****'
twelve days twelve hours; and, by allowing one day of the Sun's mo
tion for a year of the native's life, as before, declares the native to be .
twelve years and fix months oldxwhen the afcendant came to the fextile 7^*' ^
of the Moon.-
*'' <*y?~*~
The ASCENDANT to the QUARTILE of SATURN.
*<->
Firft feek what latitude Saturn has at the quartile from his place, which
is in twenty-three degrees thirty-eight minutes of Virgo, and it will be
found he has for latitude two degrees eight minutes north.
Secondly* take Saturn's right afcenfion with that latitude
From which fubtraft the quartile
' '**
+
And there remains
324
90
55
sA
AN ILLUSTRATION
From which fubtraft the oblique afcenfion of the afcendant
219
14

15 41
And, by adding the right afcenfion of the Sun, and turning it into
time as before, it will produce feventeen years one month and about feven
days, when the afcendant came to the quartile of Saturn.
The ASCENDANT to the OPPOSITION of JUPITER.

The right afcenfion of Jupiter without latitude
The declination of Jupiter, with latitude
19 39'
The afcenfional difference, with latitude
-
237
43
26
42
Add the afcenfional difference and the oblique afcenfion of

the oppofition of Jupiter
264
From which fubtracl the oblique afcenfion of the afcendant 219
25
14

45 1 1
Which, turned into time, by adding the right afcenfion of the Sun, &c.
will produce forty-fcven years and about ten months, when the afcendant
came to the oppofition of Jupiter.
The ASCENDANT to the QUARTILE of MARS.

The quartile of Mars falls in forty-four minutes of Sagittarius ; the
latitude which Mars poflefles at that point is fifty-four minutes fouth.
Right afcenfion of Mars with that latitude
To which add the quartile
-
And the fum is

Subtract the oblique afcenfion of the afcendant
152
90
29
34*
219
29
14
And there remains the arch of direclion

23 15
Add to it the right afcenfion of the Sun, and turn it into time, by which
it will appear to have been twenty-five years and about three months
when the afcendant came to the fquare of Mars.
The ASCENDANT to the QUARTILE of VENUS.

The quartile of Venus falls in five degrees twenty-one minutes of Sa
gittarius, and the latitude Venus poflefles at that point is three degrees
forty-feven minutes north.
The
OF ASTROLOGY.
The right afcenfion of Venus with that latitude
From which fubtrad the quartile
-
335
90
50

From which alfo fubtradl the oblique afcenfion of the
afcendant
-
245
50
219
14
26
36
Which turn into time, by adding the right afcenfion of the Sun, and
it will produce twenty-eight years and about feven months, when the
afcendant came to the quartile of Venus.
The ASCENDANT to the TRINE of the SUN.

Right afcenfion of the Sun with the circle
From which fubtraft the trine
And there remains
Oblique afcenfion of the afcendant
371
1 20
18
251
219
18
14
32
Which fubtraft from the above remainder, and there remains

Seminodhirnal arch of the Sun
Seminoelurnal arch of the afcendant
51*
35
35
Then fay, by the rule of proportion, If fix hours fifty-five mimjtes

give thirty-two degrees four minutes, what will five hours thirty-five
minutes give ? Anfwer, for the arch of direction, twenty-five degrees
fifty-three minutes ; which, being turned into time, produces twentyfeven years and about eleven months, when the afcendant came to the trine
of the Sun.
The ASCENDANT to the SEXTILE of SATURN.

Right afcenfion of Saturn, without latitude
,From which fubtrat the fextile, viz.
-
325
60
58
And there remains

Then fubtrad the oblique afcenfion of the afcendant Which leaves
-
26$
219
46
58
14
44
No. 33.
7Z
Obtain
AN
ILLUSTRATION
Obtain the feminoclurnal arch of Saturn according to the latitude he

has at the Textile place, which is,
-716
Seminoclurnal arch of the afcendant
6 55
Then, by the rule of proportion, If fix hours fifty-five minutes give
forty-fix degrees forty-four minutes, what will (even hours fixteen minutes,
give ? Anfwer (for the arch of direction)
49
6
Turn the arch of direction into time, by adding the right afcenfion of
the Sun, and it will produce fifty-one years, fix months, and feven days,
when the afcendant came to the fextile of Saturn.
The ASCENDANT to the TRINE of MARS.
Right afcenfion of Mars, without latitude

Add the trine
-
152
1 20
49
o
And it makes
From which fubtraft the oblique afcenfion of the afcendant
272 49
319 14
And there remains

53
?c
jj jj
The femidiurnal arch of Mars, according to the latitude hepoffefles at
his trine place, is
6 53
The fern ino&urnal arch of the afcendant
6 55
Then, by the rule of proportion, If fix hours fifty-five minutes give
fifty-three degrees thirty-five minutes, what will fix degrees fifty-three
minutes give ? Anfwer
53 jo
Then, by turning this arch of direction into time, it allows fifty-five
years eleven months, for the afcendant to come to the trine of Mars.
The MIDHEAVEN, or MEDIUM COELI, to the TRINE of the SUN.

Right afcenfion of the Sun
Declination of the Sun is four degrees fifty-two minutes
north
Afcenfional difference under the pole of the fixth
-
11
18
i,
13
The
OF ASTROLOGY.
661
The Sun being in a northern fign, add the afcenfional dif

ference to the right afcenfiou, and the remainder will be the
oblique defeenfion
From which fubtract the oblique defcenfion of the fixth
12
9
31
14
17
Which, being turned into time, declares the native was three years,
feven months, and twenty days, old, when the midheaven came to the
trine of the Sun.
The MIDHEAVEN to the CONJUNCTION of the PART of

FORTUNE.
Right afcenfion of the Part of Fortune
Right afcenfiou of the Midheaven
Subtract, and the arch of direction is
141
129
44
14
12
Which, being turned into time, gives thirteen years, four months, and
about feven days, when the midheaven came to the conjunction of the
Part of Fortune.
The MIDHEAVEN to the OPPOSITION of SATURN.

Right afcenfion of Saturn's oppofite point, with contrary
latitude
Right afcenfion of the Midheaven.
-Subtract, and the remainder is the arch of direction
146
129
ai14
iy
Which, being turned into time, produces nineteen years, eight mouths,
and about fixteen days,, for the completion of this afpect.
The MIDHEAVEN to the CONJUNCTION of COR LEONIS.
The right afcenfion of Cor Leonis, with twenty-fix minutes north
latitude, is
-1489
The right afcenfion of the Midheaven
i:g 41
Subtract, and the remainder is the arch of direction
18
55
Which, .
//^
at*
662
AN ILLUSTRATION
Which, being turned into time, gives twenty years and about feven
months for the coming up of this direction.
The MIDHEAVEN to the TRINE of MERCURY.
Right afcenfion of Mercury, with half-latitude
Declination of Mercury, with latitude, is twelve degrees
fifty-two minutes
Afcenfional difference under the pole of the fixth
And, being in a northern fign, add the afcenfional difference,
and the fame will be the oblique defcenfion of Mercury
From which fubtracl the oblique defcenfion of the fixth,
And there remains, for the arch of direction
22
52
11-3,2
34
9
14
14
25
Which turn into time, by the rules foregoing, and it will mow the
native to be twenty-feven years and about one month old when the midheaven came to the trine of Mercury.
MIDHEAVEN to the QUARTILE of JUPITER.

Right afcenfion of Jupiter, with the latitude he poflefies
at his quartile, viz. fifty-one minutes north
Add its quartile
And it makes
Subtract the right afcenfion of the Midheavcn
57
90
.
H7
129
41
o
18
27
41
14
Which, being turned into time, gives twenty years, one month, and
about feven days, for the completion of this afpeft.
The MIDHEAVEN to the CONJUNCTION of MARS.

Right afcenfion of Mars, with latitude
From which fubtract the right afcenfion of the Midheaven
153
1 29
58
14
24 44
Which,
663
Which, turned into time, produces twenty-fix years, nine months, and
about three days, for the operation of this afpecl.
The MIDHEAVEN to the OPPOSITION of VENUS.
Right afcenfion of the oppofition of Venus, with contrary lati
tude
157 29
Right afcenfion of the midheaven
-,
129 14
28
15
Which, turned into time, will produce thirty years and about fix
months of the native's life.
The MIDHEAVEN to the CONJUNCTION of the DRAGON'S

TAIL.
Right afcenfion of the Dragon's Tail
From which fubtract the right afcenfion of the midheaven
Remains for the arch of direction
162
1 29
18
14
- 33
Which, turned into time, according to the former examples, declares

the native was thirty-five years and fix months old when the midheaven
came to the conjunction of the Dragon's Tail.
The SUN direfted to the QUARTILE of the MOON in the ZODIAC
without LATITUDE.
The quartile of the Moon is fix degrees fifty-fix minutes of Aries.
The declination of that point without latitude is fix degrees forty
minutes.
The pole of the Sun is forty-three degrees eight minutes.
Right afcenfion of the quartile of the Moon
Alcenfional difference under the pole of the Sun
No. 33.
8 A
15 36
617
Oblique
664
AN ILLUSTRATION
Oblique defcenfion of that point, by adding the afcenfional

difference to the right afcenfion
From which fubtracl: the oblique defcenfion of the Sun
11
15
53
59
54
Which, being turned into time, declares the native was fix years, fix
months, and about ten days, old, when the Sun came to the quartile of the
Moon without latitude.
The SUN direfted to the QUARTILE of the MOON in the ZODIAC
with LATITUDE.
:
The quartile of the Moon falls in fixteen degrees fifty-fix minutes of

nes.
Look into the Ephemeris, and find what latitude the Moon has at that
point: and it has three degrees north latitude.
The declination of that point with latitude, is nine degrees twenty-feven.
minutes.
Right afcenfion of the quartile of the Moon with latitude
14
36
The pole of the Sun is forty-three degrees eight minutes.

Afcenfional difference under that pole
Add the right afcenfion ; and the oblique defcenfion of the

Moon's quartile, with latitude, is
Subtract the oblique defcenfion of the Sun
617
20
15
42
59
43
Which, turned into time, gives five years and about two months, when
the Sun came to the fquare of the Moon with latitude.
The SUN directed to the SEXTILE of SATURN in the ZODIAC.

Oblique defcenfion of the fextile of Saturn
Oblique defcenfion of the Sun
-
--.
30
15
36
59
Subtract
OF ASTROLOGY.
665
Subtract the oblique defcenfion of the Sun from the oblique

defcenfion of the iextile of Saturn, and there remains for the
arch of dire&ion
-14
37
Which, being converted into time, declares the native was about fixteeu
years old when the Sua came to the Textile of Saturn.
The SUN to the CONJUNCTION of MERCURY.

Oblique defcenfion of Mercury with latitude, taken under the pole of
the Sun
34 44
15 59
18
45
Which, turned into time, gives twenty years and about five months,
when the Sun came to the conjunction of Mercury.
The SUN to the SEVENTH HOUSE, DIRECT DIRECTION,

Oblique defcenfion of the feventh houfe
Oblique defcenfion of the Sua
-
39
15
14
59
23
15
Which, turned into time, produces twenty-five years, two months, and
twenty-five days, when the Sun came to the feventh houfc.
The SUN direaed to the TRINE of MARS in the ZODIAC,

Oblique defcenfion of the trine of Mars
Oblique defcenfion of the Suri
-
39
15
50
59;
23
51
Which, turned into time, declares the native was twenty-five years,
nine months, and fourteen days, old, when the Sun came to the trine of
Mars.
The
666
AN ILLUSTRATION
The SUN to the SEXTILE of VENUS in the ZODIAC.

The oblique defcenfion of the Textile of Venus
The oblique defcenfion of the Sun
The arch of direction
45
15
53
59
29
54
Which, turned into time, gives thirty-two years, four months, and
about twelve days, when the Sun came to the fextile of Venus.
The SUN to the QUINTILE of SATURN in the ZODIAC.

Thequintile falls in Taurus, eight degrees thirty-five minutes.
The oblique defcenfion of that point under the pole of the
Sun
-50
,vr,n
J5
34
8
59
9
Which, turned into time, produces thirty-fix years and about feven
months, when the Sun came to the quintile of Saturn.
The SUN to the CONJUNCTION of VENUS by CONVERSE MOTION.

The oblique defcenfion of the Sun, with the circle
The obliqite defcenfion of Venus, under the pole of Venus
'ygj -_
373
334
3
43
38
20
Which, turned into time, produces forty-one years and about one
month, when the Sun came to the conjunction of Venus, by converfe
motion.
The SUN direcled to the TRINE of LUNA in the ZODIAC.
The oblique defcenfion of the trine of Luna

61
*5
3
59
45
4
Which,
667
Which, turned into time, produces forty-feven years and about eight
months, when the Sun came to the trine of the Moon in the zodiac.
The SUN direaed to the OPPOSITION of MARS in the ZODIAC,
by CONVERSE MOTION.
Oblique defecation of the Sun, with the circle, under the pole of
Mars
372 46
Oblique defcenfion of Mars at the oppofite point
329 36
43
10
Which, turned into time, gives forty-five years and about nine months,
when Sol came to the oppotition of Mars by converfe motion.
The SUN direaed to the ZODIACAL PARALLEL of VENUS.

A
The parallel of Venus falls in twenty-two degrees thirty minutes

of Aries.
Pole of the Sun
Declination of Venus
43
8
Afcentional difference
Right afcenfion of the parallel of Venus
819
20 48
Add the afcenfional difference to the right afcenfion, and

the fum is the oblique defcenfion s
-
8
47
29
*5
7
52
Subtract the oblique defcenfion of the Sun, from the oblique

defcenfion of the parallel of Venus, and the arch of direction is
13
15
Which, turned into time, gives fourteen years and about fix months,
when the Sun came to the zodiacal parallel of Venus.
The SUN direaed to the ZODIACAL PARALLEL of MERCURY.
The parallel of Mercury falls in three degrees fifty-five minutes of
Taurus.
No. 33.
8B
Declination
668
AN ILLUSTRATION
Declination of Mercury
Pole of the Sun
' ta 5 a
-438
Afcenfional difference
Add the right afcenfion to the afcenfional difference
12
31
22
39
And the oblique defcenfion of Mercury's parallel is

Oblique defccnfion of the Sun
-
44
15
r
52
28
Which, being turned into time, declares the native was thirty years,
fix months, and about twenty days, old, when the Sun came to the zo
diacal parallel of Mercury.
The SUN directed to the ZODIACAL PARALLEL of MARS.
The zodiacal parallel of Mars falls in feven degrees fifty-eight minutes
of Taurus.
Pole of the Sun
43
&
Declination of Mars
14 51
13 46
Right afceniion of Mars' s zodiacal parallel
35 35
Add the afcenfional difference, and the fum is the oblique
dcfcenfion, viz.
49 21
-1552
33
29
Which, being turned into time, produces thirty-five years and about
eleven months, when the Sun came to the zodiacal parallel of Mars.
The SUN directed to the ZODIACAL PARALLEL of SATURN.
The zodiacal parallel of Saturn falls in nine degrees thirty minutes of
Taurus.
Pole of the Sun
Declination of Saturn
43
8
*4 43
Afcenfional
OF ASTROLOGY.
Right afcenlion of the zodiacal parallel of Saturn
669
-
Add the afcenfional difference to the above right afcenfion,

and the oblique ddcenfion is
-
-
14 -ij
37
6
51
15
21
52
3529
Which, being turned into time, produces thirty-feven years, eleven

months, and about ten days, when the Sun came to the zodiacal parallel
of Saturn.
METHOD of dircaing the MOON to the various ASPECTS in the

ZODIAC, with or without LATITUDE.
The MOON dircflcd to the QUARTILE of MERCURY in the

ZODIAC, with Latitude.
A
The quartile of Mercury falls in twenty-five degrees fifteen minutes

of Capricorn ; and, by the time the Moon comes to that point in the zo
diac, Mercury will have three degrees eight minutes north latitude.
With thir latitude Mercury's quartile is to be taken under the pole of
the Moon, viz.
Pole of the Moon
Declination of twenty-five degrees fifteen minutes of Ca
pricorn, with latitude
~
11
45
18
Afcenfional difference under the pole of the Moon .

Right afcenfion of the quartile of Mercury, with three
degrees eight minutes north latitude
54
296
37
Add the right afcenfion to the afcenfional difference, and

the oblique afcenfion of the quartile of Mercury is
-
300
31
288
59
Right afcenfion of the Moon* with latitude

Declination of the Moon, without latitude
Afcenfional difference under her own pole
22 27
-
456
Add
670
ANILLUSTRATION
Add the afcenfional difference to the Moon's right afcenfion, and her oblique afcenfion will be
293
55
Then, to gain the arch of direction, fubtract the oblique afcenfion of the
Moon from the oblique afcenfion of the quartile of Mercury, thus:
Oblique afcenfion of the quartile of Mercury
Oblique afcenfion of the Moon
-
300
293
31
55
36
Which, being added to the right afcenfion of the Sun, and turned into
time, gives feven years and near four months, when the Moon came to the
quartile of Mercury, with latitude, in the zodiac.
The MOON directed to the QUINTILE of the SUN.

The quintile of the Sun falls in twenty-feven degrees of Capricorn.
Declination of that point without latitude (for the Sun never has
any)
20 50
Pole of the Moon
1 1 45
Afcenfional difference of the quintile of the Sun under the
pole of the Moon
4 32
Right afcenfion of the quintile of the Sun
299
4
Add the right afcenfion to the afcenfional difference, and it
makes the oblique afcenfion
303
Declination of the Moon, with latitude
36
26
42
6
288
o
59
Add the afcenfional difference and the right afcenfion together,

and the fum will be the oblique afcenfion
294
59
Afcenfional difference, under her own pole

Right afcenfion of the Moon, with latitude
Subtract the oblique afcenfion of the Moon from the oblique afcenfion of
the quintile of Sol, and the remainder will be the arch of direction.
Oblique afcenfion of the quintile of the Sun
Oblique afcenfion of the Moon
Arch of direction
303
294
36
49
37
Which,
'
,
' -
..-.-.
O F A S T RO L O:Q T/l A
671,
Which, turned into time, produces nine years, five months, and about
four days, when the Moon came to the quintile of theiftk&u. V.
The MOON to the TRINE of JUPITER in the ZODIAC, with
The trine of Jupiter falls in twenty-nine degrees fifty-five minutes of

Capricorn.
".
'
> '
.j .1. . i: ;>..(
'.) ', <:r ;
The latitude the Moon has at that point is fouth

The declination of that point with that latitude is
The pole of the Moon
The afcenfional difference of the above point
The right afcenfion of that point with latitude
. ; in i. .." .
'-
3
23
11
a
38
45
5*3
:'j Vfti/.joa 54
Add the afcenfional difference to the right atcenfion, and ' .

the fum will be the oblique afcenfion of the point
308
Then take the oblique afcenfion of the Moon with latitude
294
.7
59
Subtract the oblique afcenfion of the Moon from the

oblique afcenfion of Jupiter's trine, and the remainder is the
arch of direction
-138
Which, turned into time, proves the native was fourteen years, four
months, and about fix days, old, when the Moon came to the trine of
Jupiter.
."- . ., . r.
The MOON to the TRINE of JUPITER in the ZODIAC, without

.'-r... '..LATITUDE, ;j <',...
The declination of twenty-nine degrees fifty-four minutes of Capri
corn, without latitude, is
' . - i. ._
20 1.2
sioi-i .; id ^r
The afcenfional difference, under the pole
4 23
The right afcenfion of the trine of Jupiter, without latitude 302
6
No, 34.
8C
The
672
A N PL L US T R^ T I ON
The oblique afcenfioiin, .:[,'.!-. -.' -, . .... -, ,- ;.

The declination of: the Moou wjth latitude t ..,-*
306, 29
26 43
The afcenfional difference under her own pole

The right afcenfion of the Moon with latitude
60
288 <o
_
Add the afcenfional difference and the right afcenfion

together, and the fum will be the oblique afcenfion
294 59
Then fubtracl: the oblique afcenfion of the Moon from the oblique
afcenfion of the trine of Jupiter, and the remainder will be the arch of
direction.
The oblique afcenfion of the trine of Jupiter
The oblique afcenfion of the Moon
306
294
29
59
11
30
Which, turned into time, produces twelve years and about feven months,
when the Moon came to the trine of Jupiter.
i
The MOON to the SEXTILE of the SUN in the ZODIAC.
The fextile of the Sun falls in twelve degrees feventeen minutes of

Aquaries.
The declination of that point, without latitude
. .
.
The afcenfional difference
The right afcenfion
-
17
12
3
314
42
46

the fum Will be the oblique afcenfion of the point
The oblique afcenfion of the Moon, with latitude
-
318
294
28
59
Subtract the oblique afcenfion of the Moon from the oblique

afcenfion of the fextile of the Sun, and the remainder is the
arch of direction
-...-'.-.'
.,..,,
33 29
Which, being turned into time, produces twenty-five years, five .months,
and about four days, when the Moon came to the fextile of the Sun in the
zodiac.
The
OF ASTROLOGY.
673
The MOON directed to the CONJUNCTION of SATURN, with

LATITUDE.
The declination of Saturn iwith latitude
The latitude of Saturn is fouth
*
The afcenfional difference of Saturn

The right afcenfion of Saturn with latitude
n 45
14 43
i
6
i
326
8
21
Add the afcenfional difference and right afcenfion together,

and the fum will be the oblique afcenfion, viz
The oblique afcenfion of the Moon with latitude is
-
329
294
29
59
34.
30
Which, turned into time, produces thirty-fix years, eleven months, and
about eighteen days, when the Moon came to the conjunction of Saturn,
by direct direction.
The MOON direded to the SEXTILE of MERCURY in the ZODIAC,

without LATITUDE.
The fextile of Mercury falls in twenty-five degrees fifteen minutes of
Aquaries.
The declination of which point is
-
The afcenfional difference belonging to the Sextile of Mer

cury is
______
The right afcenfion of the fame point
*Add the afcenfional difference and right afcenfion together,
and the fum will be the oblique afcenfion, viz.
From which fubtradt the oblique afcenfion of the Moon,
with latitude
....
13
ix
9
45
2
327
47
33
330
2O
294
$g
35
21
Which,
674
AN ILLUSTRATION
Which, turned into time, produces thirty-feven years, nine months,

and about twenty days, when the Moon came to the Textile of Mercury
in the zodiac.
The MOON direded to the SEXTILE of MERCURY in the

ZODIAC, with LATITUDE.
.
1 1 45
The latitude the Moon has at the Textile of Mercury is
one degree twenty-five minutes fouth.
The declination of the Textile of Mercury with latitude
14
30
The aTcenfional difference

The right afcenfion of the Textile of Mercury, with latitude
3
328
6
3
Add the aTcenfional difference to the right aTcenfion, and

the oblique aTcenfion of Mercury's Textile place is obtained
From which Tubtraft the oblique aTcenfion of the Moon
with latitude
_____
The remainder is the arch of direction
331
20,4
59
36
10
Which, being turned into time, declares the native' was thirty-eight
years and about eight months old when the Moon came to the Textile of
Mercury with latitude.
The MOON direfted to the QUART1LE of JUPITER in the

ZODIAC, without LATITUDE.
-. __
The quartile of Jupiter falls in tweny-nine degrees fifty-five minutes
of Aquaries.
The declination without latitude
The aTcenfional difference

The right aTcenfion of Jupiter's quartile, no latitude
11
i*
45
13
a
332
a6
i
Add
fc fr ' A S T
AcH- the afcenfional difference' and right afcenfion
and the fum will be the oblique afcenfion
: "L''^'
declination of the Moon 'with latitude "'
, :
fV..
'i..'iji
- ir,!Y. ..;.
<!Uil(lt>:;;- 3fl^n '-ul
The afcenfional difference of the Moon
-60
The right/fcenfioiv^'t^1VloonV'^rthoTrtJiat4*r -: 'J^ s

;-i:
;-. X L/! t.i. k iif
Add-the afcenfional difference and the right afcenfion toge

ther, and theiPfiiiriv *tt fee'the dbHtJu^^fe-e^fie^'- '"pi'do ajt ^
oJ '!i/: is.
' '.')!'. "dl hiiii ,nooM ai'l-'lo
Subtract the oblique afcenfion of the Moon from the oblique afcenfion
of thetquartile of Jtipitef; "dftd. the
The oblique afcenfion of the quartile of Jupiter .
-
294
23
Which, turned into time, prdduces forty-two years eight months and
about eight days, when the Moon came to the quartile of Jupiter in th
zodiac withottt -latitude.^ . ^ ..,-. n- ^ ^M ^ nvnV.a3i v r
'j:,. ;: 3V.'.^v:, c'oi^c.i- ..J". J KI r?::--^ 3r:fi
The
wkh L^TrruDE.
, quartik ,pf..
of Aquaries ; and, by the time the Moon comes to that point in the zodiac,
Jupiter has tb^y-fe.oûtefpulhâtitwd^,^,;;, ;Bll(.iVi:)J:;.
,,^,
-,
"
'

1 1 45
i Th<?.declination of theqvwf^^fJ^fiter^^^^ha^jaît^;:^;^^^ f 6
., The afcenfional difference is
f- .-jH?^^\t ;(U10nn.vj}R *i'

l'.l"1 3
Add the
. s the obl'ue afcenfioo
4.
8 D
The
676
A N I k; L U S,,T R A T I O N
The declination, of the Moon, without latitude

. , The pole of the Moon
-

The right afcenfion of the Moon, with latitude
22 28
"45
,4
288
56
59
Add the afcenfional difference ai>d right afcenfion together,

and. the oblique afcenfion of the Moon is
293
55
Subtract the oblique afcenfion of Jupiter from the oblique

afcenfion of the Moon, and the arch of direction will be
40
51
Which, turned into time, produces forty-three years five months and
about four days, when the Moon came to the quartilc of Jupiter in the
zodiac, withJatitude.
- .
_
The MOON diretfed to the OPPOSITION of MARS in the ZODIAC,

, -,flt,j.
with LATITUDE.
*f
'.,.->,.
'
The oppofition of Mars is in forty-four minuts of Pifces.

The latitude of Mars at that point is three degrees twelve minutes
fouth.
The declination of Mars, with that latitude
14 15
.--. I Ha.v
1 1 45
The afcenfional difference, under that pole
The right afcenfion of Mars's oppofite point, with latitude
the fum will be the oblique afcenfion, viz.
The declination of the Moon, with latitude
The afcenfional difference is
The right afcenfiou of the Moon, with latitude
the oblique afcenfion of the Mooa is
(I a
3
333
.
,
JO
58
37
26
42
6
288
o
59
294
59
OFASTROLOGY.
677
Subtract the oblique afcenfion of the Moon, from the oblique afcenfioa of Mars, and the remainder is the arch of direction
42 9
Which, turned into time, produces forty-four years, eight months, and
about ten days, when the Moon came to the oppofition of Mars, with
latitude.
.
"
' i
'
'
The MOON direded to the OPPOSITION of MARS in the ZODIAC,

without LATITUDE.
The declination of Mars, without latitude, is
- ,
'-

The right afcenfion of Mars's oppofite place, no latitude
the fum will be the oblique afcenfion
-
11
11
15
45
2 22
332 49
335
11
ll
22
4$
28
Then take the oblique afcenfion of the Moon thus :

The pole of the Moon is
The declination of the Moon, without latitude
~
-

The right afcenfion of the Moon, no latitude
4 56
288 22
- The afcenfional difference, being added to the right afcenfion

of the Moon, gives the oblique afcenfion of the Moon
293
18

afcenfion of Mars's oppofite place, and the remainder is the
arch of direction
-
41
53
Which, being turned into time, produces forty-four years five months
and about twenty days, when the Moon came to the oppofition of Mars
in the zodiac, without latitude.
The MOON direfted to the ZODIACAL PARALLEL of SATURN.
The zodiacal parallel of Saturn falls in twenty degrees thirty minutes
of Aquaries.
The
678
AN ILLUSTRATION
> -
The declination of Saturn
i^
The afcenflonal difference
- i.;.. .*. ..'> n

::>-:
,::.-
The right afcenlion of the ' parallel of Saturn
:!.
45
; T-. (.114. 143

iw. .. s^
,-.-: '332 "35

the fum is the oblique afcenfion
-
326
294
59
The oblique afcenfion of the Moon with latitude

afcenfion of Saturn's parallel, and the remainder is the arch
of direction
-714
t
Which, being turned into time, produces thirty-three years four months
and about twenty-five days, when the Moon came to the zodiacal parallel
of Saturn.
The MOON direded to the ZODIACAL PARALLEL of MARS.

'
The zodiacal parallel of Mars falls in twenty-two degrees two minutes

of Aquaries.

The declination of Mars
:"id
10 ooilnaolfi naprloo arfj

The right afcenfion of the parallel of Mars
Add the right afcenfion to the afcenfional difference, and

the oblique alcenfion is
1 1 45
14 ic
;<J T
3
2
324 25
327
294
27
59
32
Which, being turned into time, produces thirty-ffbur years ad

ten months, when the Moon came to the zodiacal parallel of Mars.
"The
O F A S T R O ;L O G Y.
679
The MOON direfted to the CONJUNCTION of VENUS.

The declination of Venus, with latitude
-
- ,
-
8
n
47
57
The afcenfional difference under the pole of the Moon

The right afcenfion of Venus, with latitude
-
i
337
57
53

the fum will be the oblique afcenfion
The oblique afcenfion of the Moon, with latitude
-
339
294
50
59
Subtract the oblique afcenfion of the Moon from the ob

lique afcenfion of Venus, and the remainder is the arch
of direction
-
-
44
51
Which, turned into time, by the rules before given, produces fortyfeven years, five months, and about eight days, when the Moon came to
the conjunction of Venus.
The MOON directed to the ZODIACAL PARALLEL of JUPITER.

The zodiacal parallel of Jupiter falls in two degrees thirty-four minutes
of Aquaries.
The declination of Jupiter
11
19
45
39
4
304
15
49

the fum will be the oblique afcenfion, viz.
! -
309
294
59
14

'- '
"i;
The right afcenfion of the parallel of Jupiter
And the remainder

is the arch of direction'
. *
No. 34.
8E
i*
Which,
680
AN ILLUSTRATION
Which, being turned into time, produces fifteen years four months
and about twenty-fix days, when the Moon came to the zodiacal parallel
of Jupiter.
The MOON direded to the ZODIACAL PARALLEL of
MERCURY.
The zodiacal parallel of Mercury falls in twenty-fix degrees five
minutes of Aquaries.
The declination of Mercury

The right afcenfion of the parallel of Mercury
n
12
2 43
328 21
_~.

45
52
331
294
4
59
36
Which, turned into time, gives thirty-eight years and about feven
months, when the Moon came to the zodiacal parallel of Mercury.
'
How to direct the PART of FORTUNE to PROMITTORS.

The PART of FORTUNE directed to the O PPO S ITI O N
of SATURN.
,
The pole of the Part of Fortune is

The declination of Saturn
-
-80
14 43
The right afcenfion of Saturn's oppofite place, with latitude

The aicenfional difference
Subtract the afcenfional difference from the right afcenfion,
and the remainder will be the oblique afcenfion, viz.
-
146
2
21
7
1 44
14
Then
681
Then find the oblique afcenfion of the P*tt of Fortune, thus:

The pole of the Part of Fortune is
The declination is the fame as the Moon's, viz.
-80
-
26 42
The right afcenfion

^ -

and the remainder is the oblique afcenfion
*
141
4
44
4
1 37
40
Subtract the oblique afcenfion of the Part of Fortune from the oblique
afcenfion of the opposition of Saturn, and the remainder is the arch of
direction, thus :
The oblique afcenfion of the oppofition of Saturn
The oblique afcenfion of the Part of Fortune
-
144
1 37
14
40
34
-. .
Which, turned into time, by adding to it the right afcenfion of the Sun,
will produce feven years, two months, and about five days, when the Part
of Fortune came to the oppofition of Saturn.
The PART of FORTUNE diretfed to the CONJUNCTION

of COR LEONIS.
The place of Cor Leonis at the time of birth was in twenty-five degrees
forty minutes of Leo.
i.
The declination of that point
13
7
The pole of the Part of Fortune
-So
The right afcenfion of Cor Leonis
-
*. ,
*'
147
i
56
53

The oblique afcenfion of the Part of Fortune is
146
1 37
3
40
Subtract
684
ANIL LUSTRATION
Subtract the fmaller oblique afcenfion from the greater, and ,

the remainder is the arch of direction
-
23
Which, being turned into time, produces nine years, two months, and
about eight days, when the Part of Fortune came to the conjunction of
Cor Lconis.
The PART of FORTUNE direded to the CONJUNCTION of

MARS.
.
i
it
The pole ofr the
Part ofr TFortune
The declination of Mars, with latitude
c X*
L i
. J
The right afcenfion of Mars, with latitude

n
-80
14 15
153 58
-22
Subtraft the afcenfional difference from the right afcenfion,

-
151
1 37
56
40
'
1416
Which, being turned into time, produces fifteen years and about
feven months, when the Part of Fortune came to the conjunction of
Mars.
The PART of FORTUNE direfled to the QUARTILE of JUPITER

in the ZODIAC ; viz. twenty-nine Degrees fifty-five Minutes of the
Sign LEO.
The declination of the quartile of Jupiter
-80
- >.
1133
The right afcenfion of the quartile of Jupiter

152
i
i
39
Suhtraa
-'OF ASTROLOGY;'
Subtract the afcenfional difference from the right afcenfion, and the remainder is the oblique afcenfion
Subtract the oblique afcenfion of the Part of Fortune from
the oblique afcenfion of the quartile of Jupiter, and the re
mainder is the arch of direction
. .4
'
150
J 3.7
22
40
12
42
'
Which, turned into time, produces thirteen years ten months, and
about twenty-eight days, when the Part of Fortune came to the quartile
of Jupiter.
The PART of FORTUNE direfled to the OPPOSITION of

VENUS.
The declination of Venus, with latitude
8
8
O
47
The right afcenfion of Venus's oppofite place, with latitude

157
i
53
15

'The oblique afcenfion of the Part of Fortune
-
156
137
38
40

18 58
'
.
'*,'*',''
Which, turned into time, produces twenty years, feren months, and
about eight days, when the Part of Fortune came to the opposition of
Venus.
. . 10
No. 34.
8F
The
A N f I* ly U S T R A, T J Q N
The PART of FORTUNE direded to the CONJUNCTION of the

DRA.QOJST* TAIJU pr MOON's SOUTH NODS.
The d-esUnajion of the Dragon's Tail
T.
O
3l
162
*
19
5
161
137
14
40
23
34
The right afcenfion of the Dragon's Tail

-
Subtract the aicenfional difference from the right afcenfion,

and the refidue is the oblique afcenfion
The oblique afcenfion of the Part of Fortune is
Subtract the oblique afcenfion of the Part of Fortune from
the oblique afcenfion of the Dragon's Tail, and the remainder
is the arqh of direction
..
..
Which, turned into tirne, produces twenty-five years, fi* raqnthg, aiid
about eight days, when the Part of Fortune camq tp the conjun<3ipn Q
the Dragon's Tail.
The PART of FORTUNE direded as HYLEG to the SUN, which, in.

in this Na4yity; is A.NARETAÔF the QIRECTIQN- of

The declination of the Sun
-
The right afcenfion of the Sun's oppofite point

-
-80
4
19118
o 41
Add
OF AT$PLOGY.
...
-
10,1
137
^
40

To turn it into time, add the right afcenfion of the Sun
54
IT
19
18
And it makes
65
37
Which points in the zodiac to feven degrees twenty-ieven minutes of

Gemini ; and, referring to the Ephemeris, it will be found the Sun came
tp this point of the heavens in fifty-fix days twenty hours ; which, by
allpwjng a day's motion for a yvear, proves Mr. WITCHELL to have been
fifty-fix years and ten months old when the Part of Fortune came to the
uppotition of the Sun, at which time he died, viz. the 29th of January,
1785-'
Now to eafe the learner, ai^ to aflift the Ipeculative reader, I have
collected the whole of thefe directions prqgreffivejy into a Table, in order
that they may, be referred to with correctnef? and facility, in the follow
ing obfervations. upon their aflral effects, both as they affected the tem
poral affairs, and the health or life, of the native.
A TABLE
686
A N ILL ITS T R A T I O N
,
A TABLE of DIRECTIONS in the foregoing Nativity of Mr.
WITCHELL, with the feveral Arches thereof, the Meafure of
Time agreeing to each of them, and the Year and Month when they
began to take effect.
Arcu*
Dirrclionum
KOM1NA DIUECTIONUM.
deg.
;Midheaven to the A of Sol
mm.
Mcniur.
Directionum
Y.
'7 3
M.
Dies Menus
Anno
Domini.
^ - ^
D.
7 20 loOd. i/3i
Sol to the n of Luna -
4 43 520 21 May r733
Part of Fortune to the <? of Saturn
Luna to the rj of Mercury
6 36 740 21 July r735
Luna to the Quintile of Sol -
8 37 8
Part of Fortune to the <5 ofCorLeonis 8

Sol to the ^c of Jupiter in Mundo Sol to the Sfq. of Mars
34 725 2 6 May X735;
9 18 8 Jan. '737
23 928 29 May T737
9 7 9
10 32 ii
IO
22
1 3 Feb. 1738
6 15 5 Sept. J739
Luna to the A of Jupiter, no Latitude n
30 1270 2 I
Luna to the Parallel of Venus in Mundo "
34 12
7 28Nov '740
Part of Fortune to the Midheaven -
12
30 J3
7 28 July 1741
Part of Fortune to the Q of Jupiter
12
42
Sol to the Parallel of Jupiter in Mundo
13
36 15
O 21 1 1 Apr. 743
Part of Fortune to the Sfq. of Mercury '3
58 J5
3 ^0 3ojune '743
Luna to the Zodiacal Parallel of Jupiter '4
5 15
4 26 1 6Aug. I743|
Oft.
1740
13 10 28 1 8 Feb. 1742
oi
oa.
Part of Fortune to the d of Mars -
14
Sol to the ^ of Saturn
'4 37 1600 2 1 Mar. '744
16 15
'743i
OF ASTROLOGY.
687

WITCHELL, with the feveral Arches thereof, the Meafure oJ
Time agreeing to each of them, and the Year and Month when they
began to take effe&.
Arcus
Dirrrtionura
NOMIKA DIRECTIONUM.
Mensur.
Directionam.
deg.
nnn
Sol to the Smq. of Venus
15
26 16
Y.
Afcendant to the fj of Saturn
15 41 17
Part of Fortune to sfcof Jupiter in Mundo 1S
50 '7
7 17
Part of Fortune in A of Sol in Mundo 16
Luna to the Q. of Mercury in Mundo 16
M.
Die] Men us.
Anno
Domini.
D.
8 24 i4Dec 1744
i
7 28Apr r745
4 *5june J745
4 23i3Aug 1745
49 1840 21 July 1746
'7
7 18
8 16 6 Dec 1746
Part of Fortune to the D of 5 Mer- %

' cury in Mundo
- \ '7
38 19
2 23 i3june 747
47 19
27 20
5 26Sep '747
|Midheaven to the rj of Jupiter
'7
18
7 2 8 Apr.
Sol to the d of Mercury
'8
45 20
o 2iAug. 1748
Midheaven to the d of Cor Leonis
'8
55 20
o 21 Nov 1748
Part of Fortune to the of Venus
18
58 20
8 29Nov 1748
Afcendant to the >|< of Luna
22
43 23
23
15 25
o 21 Sep. i75i V5 26 May '753
Sol to the of the Afcendant
23
15 25
5 2 6 May 1753
Part of Fortune to the d of the S. Node 23

Luna to the * of Sol 23
34 24
29 25
8 29 Sep. 753
4 25Aug- 1753
Midheaven to the g of Saturn
Mars to the rj of Jupiter in Mundo
Afcendant to the g of Mars
No. 34.
8G
1748
688
AN ILLUSTRATION

WITCHELL, with the feveral Arches thereof, the Meafure of Time
agreeing to each of them, and the Year and Month when they began
to take effect.
Arcui
DirectioDtim
NOUINA DHUICIIONl'M.
deg.
Sol to the A of Mars
Mensor.
Dirpctionum.
min. Y.
23 5i 25
Luna to the A of Mercury in Mundo 24
24 26
M.
Anno
Diet MeatU. Domini.
D.
9 *4 4 Jan. '754
4 22 I 2 Aug.
'754
24 44 26
o 27
3 24Dec. '754
o 2i Apr. r755
Luna to the Smq. of Sol in Mundo
25 39 27
8 29Nov "755
Luna to the >|< of Venus in Mundo
25 42 27
8 29Dec. J755
23 28
o 21 Sep. J756
26 36 28
Jupiter to the n of Saturn in Mundo 26 59 29
o 2 1 May T757
27 4429 ii
7 3 Feb. 1758
Midheaven to the <5 of Mars Midheaven to the A of Mercury
25
Part of Fortune to the A of Mercury)

in Mundo
- $ 26
Afcendant in Q of Venus
Sbl to the A of Mars in Mundo
21 oa. 1756
Midheaven to the Opposition of Venus 28
1530
,Sol to the jjc of Venus
5432
4 12 2 June 1760
29
Part of Fortune to the ^ of Mercury)

in Mundo
- $ 31
Luna to the Zodiacal Parallel of Saturn 32
Luna to the Zodiacal Parallel of Mars 32
Midheaven to the Dragon's Tail
o 21 Sep. 175*
32 33 10 15 5 Feb. 1762
i
3 34
28 34 10
33 4 35
Part of Fortune in A of Venus in Mundo 33 20 35
6
9
1762
o 2i Jan. '763
o 2i Sep. 1763
2 1 Dec. 1763
o 21 July
OF A S T R O LOGY.

WITCHELL, with the feveral Arches thereof, the Meafure of Time |
agreeing to each of them, and the Year and Month when they beân
totakeeffea.
NOMINA DIRECTION UM.
Arena
Direction urn
deg.
Mensur.
Direclionum.
Di Menib.
rain. T.
M.
Luna to the Smq. of Mercury in Mundo 33
3235
9 15
Part of Fortune in fj of Jupiter in,

33
Mundo
-
35
Sol to the Q. of Saturn
34
36
Luna to the rf of Saturn
34 3036
Luna to the
Motion
of Saturn, converfe?
) 34
Luna to the ?|c of Mercury
Anno
Domir.i,
D.
Jan 1764
3 24 Feb. 1764
21 oa
8 Jan '765
3636 10 2ai2Feb '765

37
9 20 10 Jan, 1766
35
PartofFortuneSmq. ofJupiter inMundo 35
3838
829Apr. 1766
Luna to the Trine of Sol in Mundo
35
4338
021 May 1766
Lunatothe Zodiacal Parallel of Mercury 36
5138
o'2 i O6r. '1766
36
10,38
o 21
Luna to the Q. of Jupiter in Mundo 37
239
Sol totherf of Venus, by converfe Motion 38
2041
Luna to the sjc of Mercury
6 1.6
1767
o2iApr. 1769
Luna to the <? of Jupiter in Mundo
39_
41 10
o2ijan 1770
Luna to the Q of Jupiter
40
42
Parallel of Sol and Mars in Mundo
40
2443
o2iMar
Luna to the <? ofMars-
41
Part of Fortune in A of Saturn in Mundo 42
1770
5344 5 20 i2Sep 1772

2344 ll
5 Mar, ^773
690

WITCHELL, with the feveral Arches thereof, the Meafure of Time
agreeing to each of them, and the Year and Month when they began
to take effe6l.
I
Areas
DirgeUoDum
VOMINA 0IRECTIONUM.
deg.
MeDSur.
Directiogum.
mi*. Y.
M.
Diet Mcnsu.
A DUO
Domini.
D.
Sol to the $ of Mars, by Converfe ) 43

Motion
- S
ro 45
Parallel of Jupiter and Mercury in) 43

Mundo
- )
16 45 10 12 2 Feb. J774
o 2 1 Dec. r773
Luna to the <3 of Venus
44 51 47
8 29Aug. 1775
Sol to the A of Luna
45
4 47
o 21 Nov 1775
Afcendant to the c5 of Jupiter
45
ii 47 10
o 21 Jan. 1776
Luna in Q of Part of Fortune in Mundo 45
15 47 i o 1 8 8 Feb. 1776
Parallel of Saturaand Venus in Mundo 47
19 49 10
o 21 Jan. 1778
Luna to the Smq. of Jupiter in Mundo 48
o 50
7 14 4 Nov. '778_
Parallel of Sol and Moon in Mundo
48
5 50
8 1 6 6 Jan. 1779
Afcendant to the >j< of Saturn
49
6 5i
Mars to the A of Venus in Mundo
52
21
Luna to the A of Mars
52
5 55
o 2 I Aug. 1783
Afcendant to the A of Mars
53
20 55 ' i
o 2 1 Feb. 1784
Sol to the Q. of Saturn in Mundo -
53
25 56
3 24Mar. 1784
Part of Fortune to the of Sol
54
19 56 10
o 29 Jan. 1785
7 28 Sep. 1779
54 U 14 4 Mar. 1783
Parallel of Mars and Mercury in Mundo 54 46 57
5 26
The
OF ASTROLOGY.
691
The following are the ESSENTIAL and ACCIDENTAL DIGNITIES

and DEBILITIES of the Planets in this Nativity.
DIGNITIES.
DEBILITIES.
- S SATURNhath no debility.
SATURN in his own houfe

in the fourth
- 4
direct
- 4
not combuft
- S
oriental - 2
fwift in motion
- 2
in the terms of Jupiter I
Total dignities in F>

JUPITER in reception of Venus 5
free from combuftion
5
dired
- 4
fwift in motion
- 2
JUPITER in the eighth houfc

in the terms of Mars
occidental
4
I
Total debilities in
Total number
Subtract debilities
- 16
*"
Surplus of dignities in If.

MARS in reception of Venus
in the mid heaven

5 MARS retrograde
5
5
Total number Subtract debilities
- '5
- 7
Surplus of dignities in <
The SUN in exaltation

in triplicity
in the terms of Venus
4
3
i
Total nmber
Subtract debilities
8
4
Surplus of dignities in 0
No. 35.
8H
occidental
The SUN in the fixth houfe
VENDS
AN
< o,
IrJUL U,S T R A T ION

/. i T w H> > ( DEBILITIES,
VENUS' oriental *
DIGNITIES.
VENUS in exaltation
in reception of Jupiter
free from- combuftion
in the fourth houfe ;><
direct
fwift in motion
in term
-
26
2
Surplus of dignities in 9
24
Total numfrerh
5
2
5
' -*i - !;! '12
retrograde- ; under the Sun-beams

in the fixth houie
Total number
Subtradt dignities'
Surplus of debilities in
(9
MOON in triplicity
in. the third; Lcufej in the terms of Jupiter
Total number
Subtract debilities
5
5
4
4
2
Total number
Subtract debilities
MERCURY, in reception ,
,
occidental- -v
free from :Goratttuftion
5:
4
4
12
I
'
M-OON flow in motion

3
oriental
53
in detriment
I
\l
^
-<
'
i
. Total number
10
9
Surplus of dignities
>
i^T
* .TheîLMcTERiCAL YEARS, of this NATIVITY.

The Clima&erical Years, as we Have before fllown, are nothing
more than the times or periods in which the Moon makes her quarters,
or re-occupies the place me poflefled at' the time of birth, mealured by
her own motion, and applied to the years of the native's life. To acertain the climacterics of this nativity, note the exact point the Moon
occupied at the time of birth, which is fixteen degrees fifty-fix minutes
of Capricorn. Refer to the Ephemeris calculated for the year in which
the
Q-F] A S T E O L,Q G'Y.,
6936
the native was-born, and QbferveAvhafoleNgtbraf tittte (he^took in coming

to, fix< degrees; fifty-llx minutes of-, Aries, which; completed her firft
quarter. It will, be found that (he. was Jbveu days eleven hours and
thirteen minute? in going that fpace ; aadi if wei aJJow; for each dayiV
motion of the Moon one year, and' for even' two hours one month, ifwill prove that the firft ciima&erioal point or year- occurred* wihen th#
native was (eveU'vearsBvo months ald. near.' eJetveni((da.ys aid.-, i
...
* '<
.'. .: .,'.'.'i '. .,!'! ,i.'i.". '>''' /fin.:
>
To obtain the fecond pisriod^pfoceed; in the famî matwtiiea. Obfervet1

what time jthe, Moon occupied iiii pa-fling. froitv.ftvteatB'dtegrces! fiftvt-ii*minutes of Capricorn, her place at birth, to its. Qpp.e*G*e point' in tbiP
zodiac ; which will be found to be fourteen days eighteen hours and
forty-eight minutes-; fo that the .native., mtoft,,be fouft<jelil}-earsi nihe
months and -twclye, days -old; when/ his fecondic!ima6t<ericali'yean airivarflThe third quarter of the Moon, which produced t-be; th'rrdt oirmadterioifalls ia fixteen degrees fifty-fix" minutes of Libra';^ tb which point (hep
moved, from her place at birth, in twenty-one! days two Hourfe. and' thipi-!
tecU' minutes ; at. whitb, time the; uatrve was twenty4mie>year& one-month^'
and three days old. The fourth' ,clima6terieal period touk place whei^
the" Moon completed; her.revolution'jn' the>2Wi)diac,jawrt came to ? her' rfr
dical- place at theihoUriaf birth, via. in fixteen i degboosi fifty-fur rtiinuteB:
of. Capricorn; which, Evolution being formed iiv' tM/enty-cfeven-'
eight hours and twenty-three minutes, proves:ilhe naCivei tor have
been twenty-feven years four months and five .days oldc.
The enfuing climaderics are found by adding the quarters progfeffivelyi
to the firft revolution. For inftancs, if we add the Moon's firft quarter
to..the fourth, it will produce thirty-fbur years niuc;months and twenty^
three days, when the fifth climadterical period came up.' The fixth alfo,
by annexing the fucceeding quarter, will be found to take place whenthe native was forty-two years three months and feventeen days old ;
the leventh, whett he was forty-eight years five months and eight days
old: and the eighth and laft climacteric of Mr. Witchell's life, when the
Moon had meat u red two complete revolutions, and hadTetSurned'a- fecond'
time to her radical place in the figure; at which period he was fifty-four
yea*s eight, :months and ten days old.
,-'
..,.-:
-'' ' '
i.
.Thus the climaclerical years are invariably to be found by the motion*

of_the Moon, which is..<th'e only true and rational method ; and is fimilar
to that of critical days ift difeales? only the time is in one cafe- mefu redbyt d^yp* ad iiv the other by^ years. Theft climaftefical years,' arc]1
efpecially neceflary; to biej known, and confidercdy/ whenever- the- Hileg},or
694
A N
1 L;L U S T R A T I O N
or giver of life, is directed to a malefic (tar, which begins to operate in

any luch period;, for it will then have the fame etfeft oti the life of the
native as the Moon is obferved to produce upon the dileale of a fick perfon when (he pafies the ill radiations of Saturn, Mars, or the Sun, upon a
crifis or critical clay ; for a climaclerical year, and a critical day, in decumbitures, proceed from one and the fame cauie, and they haê both a power
to deftroy life, when joined with malefic configurations, no matter how
ftrong and healthy the native might externally appear to be, even at the
moment that they take eftecl. But without the concurrence of thefe
baneful afpecls, both critical days, and climadterical years, are in themfelves perfectly innocent.
Thus far I have calculated and brought up every material configura
tion and direclion of this nativity. My next bufinefs will be to conlider
each of them fcparately and diftmclly, according to the rules heretofore
laid down; and to (how, that no occurrence of Mr. Witchell's whole
life, either of iicknefs or health, of profperity or adverlity, of pleafurc or
pain, ever came to pals, but at the exprefs times and ieafons, and in the
exact order, in which thefe radiations and directions feverally came up;
and that they precilely correspond in nature and effect with the configu
rating planets that produced them. And to which 1 (hall add, that this
gentleman has publicly declared, fince his nativity has been calculated, that
there is not an incident of his life that has efcaped me, nor a fingle proof
wanting to eftablifh in his mind the certainty of aftral influence over the
temperature and animal nature of man. Hence then we deduce, from a
fource which admits of no contradiction, the natural caufe and production
of all thofe aftonilhing viciffitudes and perils of human life, which conti
nually fail in between the notions and intentions of mankind, and con
found the wifeft and beft-concerted Schemes of earthly Speculation or iagacity.
i
1
For the purpofe of rendering this ftudy as eafy and intelligible as can be
defiled, I (hall be particularly copious and minute in defcribing the quality
and effl-cl of each refpeclive configuration and direclion in this nativity;
for whoever fhall attain to the ability of comprehending and defining the
power of the frars in one nativity, will be qualified to read and determine
the principal events in the geniture of any other perfon whatfoever, be the
events of his life, and the place of his birth, ever fo extraordinary or re
mote provided the figure be correct in point of time, and properly recti
fied. I have already given the neceflary rules for this, and for every other
operation in the bufinefs. I (hall now (how the reader how to apply them,
throughout the twelve horolcopical houfes of the planetary fyftem.
CONS1-
OFASTROLOGY.
695
CONSIDERATIONS refulting from the FIRST HOUSE.

What this houfe imports, we have fully explained in the former part
of this work; and, according to the maxims there laid down, we fhall
purfue the enquiry, occafionally adding or repeating fuch rules and aphorifms as are indifpenfably neceflary to illuftrate the fubjedl.
I. Will the Native live to Years of Maturity ?
To determine this, we mull: confider what the configurations are
that early cut the thread of life, and deftroy the bloflbms of our infant
ftate. They are as follow, i. If the birth be precifely on a new or
full Moon. a. If the Moon be in conjunction of Saturn or Mars, in
the fixth, eighth, or twelfth, houfes of the figure. 3. If the Moon be
in quartile or oppofition of Saturn or Mars in the fourth houfe. 4. If
the Moon be befieged by the Sun or Mars. 5. If an eclipfe impedite
the light of time in the hour of birth. 6. If all the planets be fubterranean, and neither the Sun, Moon, nor lord of the afcendant,
effentially fortified. *.}. If the two malefics be. conjoined in the afcen
dant. 8. If an infortune in the afcendant vitiate the degrees thereof
by quartile or oppofition. 9. If the lord of the afcendant be combuft
of the Sun, and at the fame time cadent and retrograde. 10. If the
Diagon's head or tail be in conjunction of Saturn or Mars in the fourth.
TheTe configuiations, by long and invariable experience, are found to
deftroy life in infancy, unlefs the benefic rays of Jupiter or Venus interpofe, and, by joining in the afpecls, modify and remit their malignant
effeft. Byt let it always be remembered, that Mars hath greater power
of deftroy ing life, when pofited in Aries and above the earth, in a
diurnal nativity ; and Saturn when pofited, in Capricorn and above the
earth, in a nocturnal nativity.
Thefe being the teftimonies of a fiiort life, by comparing them with
the afpedls of any genethliacal figure, we may readily determine whe
ther the child born under it will live to years of maturity. If we exa
mine this geniture by the foregoing rules, we (hall not find a (ingle teftimony of a (hort life ; but, on the contrary, that the native fhould run
the common race of manfhould be nourifhed up, under the influence
of more benevolent ftars, even until the Apheta, or giver of life, fhall
come by a regular and unoppofdd .direction, to a natural union with its
Promittor, which cuts off life?, and, by the effects of a natural caufe, (ends
us in quiet to the grave. Let it therefore be remembered, as an invaria
ble maxim, that, whenever the Aphsta is thu* unobftrucled, the native
will furvive all the perils of its infant ftate.
No. 35.
8 I
II.
696
AN
ILLUSTRATION
II. The Temperature and Complexion of the Native.
Thefe are afcertained by mixing the influences of the feveral figniticators together, and by allotting to each its fpecific quality, in "order
to determine which mail predominate, and affeft the conftitution of
the native with the greateft force. For, as there are four principal
elements whereof this univerfe is compounded, viz. fire, air, earth, and
water; fo are there four principal humours in the temperature of man,
which correfpond with them, viz. choler, blood, melancholy, and
phlegm ; and according as thefe are equally mixed, or predominate
conftitutionally in the body, fo mail the temperature and complexion
of the native be. To difcover how thefe qualities are difpenfed in the
prefent inftance, we muft confider and examine the configurations at
the time of conception, as well as at the birth. By the directions
given with the Table, p. 412, we mall find the conception of this na
tivity took place on the i6th of June, yh. 3om. P. M. 17*7, at whicii
time the celeftial intelligencers were difpofed as follow :
27 33
CONCEPTIONAL
FIGURE
Of Mr. G. W.
X
0
*<r
The embryo is reprefented by Jupiter and Mars, both of which are

pofited in the fifth, the houfe of generation, at a fit time for the con
ception
OF ASTROLOGY.
697
ception of a male, as both planets are mafculine, and oriental of the Sun,
and neither of the luminaries afflifted of the infortunes ; and therefore
the figure declares that the child fliould not fuffer any injury in the
womb, but fhould be born fafe at its full time. But the moft eflential
ufe of a conceptional figure after the infant is born, is to compare the
temperature of the figns and planets which govern the conception,
with the nature and quality of_thofe that govern the birth, in order
to afcertain the predominant humour, and its offending quality, which
(hall ever after mark the temperature of the native. In the prefent
cafe we fhall decide our judgment of the temperature of the embryo,
by the following teftimonics which refult from the preceding con
ceptional figure :
Taurus, which governs the fifth houfe
is Venus, lady thereof, occidental of the Sun
- Jupiter in the fifth,. oriental
Venus pofited in Leo
Taurus poffefled of Jupiter
T
Mars in the fifth, oriental
- . , Gemini, an airy fign, pofleffed of Mars
The quarter of the year, vi?t. Summer..,; . The Moon, in her fecond quarter ^^ -i, ^ :
And pofited in Libra, an airy fign _
- ..
Saturn, Almution. of the figure
-,.
:- .,
And pofited in an airy fign
Number of teftirnonies. for a hot' temperature, are
Teftimonies for the moift ,. r, T f
r.
. Ditto for the dry
,i> " ~
- 'T, ,
Ditto for the cold
',-'
'<,- '
, -
.,* i ';>'
:.'.
.. . ,'j
: " 1
>. . !
; '
cold and dry.

moift.
hot and moift.
hot and dry.
cold and dry.
hot and dry.
hot and moift.
hot and dry.
hot and dry.
hot and moift.
cold and moift.
hot and moift.
:.1M:.:
So that the predominant humour offending before the birth, was- thp
choleric complexion ; and fuch a temperature muft naturally incline its
mother, during pregnancy, to be frequently affti&ed with complaints in
the ftomach and bowels, fuch as the cholic, heartrburn, naufea, vomitiiig,
&K. arifing from predominancy of heat ; but, as the, moift quality is fo
nearly equal, it is apparent that thefe complaints would not materially
hurt either the child or its mother.
rf
We are now to examine the temperature of the fignificators in the ra
dical figure of birth, in p. 624. which, being compared with and added
to the foregoing, wiJl at once regulate and Determine the objects of our
prefent fpeculation. The teftirnonies are to be collected in the lame
manner as above, viz.
The
A N I L L U S T R A .T I'O N*
The fign afcending being airy
- .''''-> i*
Venus, lady thereof, and oriental "''-'
r-J
Pi fees, a 'watery fign, pofiefled by Vends
Mars, co-fignificator, and occidental
And being pofited in an earthy fign
Scorpio alcending
'-;
The Moon in her laft quarter ' ;- ^
And pofited in an earthy figrr
!'^fi
The Moon beholding the Afcendant
And in an earthy fign
''"'--'
The Sun beholding the Moon in quartilc
u-:
The Sun in a fiery fign
Tne feafon of the year, viz. Spring
Venus, Almution of the figure . ; -n- r-7(
In the fign Pifces
-'
V'J -*'1
_
'Venus beholding the Afcendant
rr
t
And in. ia watery fign
Mars occidental, beholding the Afcendant !i 'f! [).'L
Mars ported in an earthy fign"
rut'
andmoift,
hot andmoift.
cold and moift.
dry.
cold and dry.
cold and moifl.
cold and moift.
cdld and dry.
cold and moift.
cold and dry.
hot and moift.
hot and dry.
hot and moift.
hot and moift.
cold and moift.
hot and motft.
cold and moift.
dry. '
cold and dry.
f)
Number of testimonies' for a

TeftirBonies for th'e cold
Ditto for the hot
Ditto for the dry
-
erature
'_'
''
r"^>
ia
ICJ
ue fl.icJi. ! i:: '^ U < .../.

"*' fH - ( ' i ' P
"~
"~t ,\t* \ . 7'
I.: .r^
%*llwl
ifI v.ff1 .* Ii ft
Hence it is apparent that the predominant humour. offetiding, at birth

is phlegm, engendered uof tfie cold 'and .rrToift affe.clioris bifth^ planets.
If we compare" the testimonies that compofe the terriperdtqTe at '(the time
of conception, with the above, we fliaH find that tf/e bufhbUr which
was then weafc is now" ftrong ;~ and that the humour which '-vâs then
ftrong is now weak ; fo that, if we confider that the formation of the
native begin? with conce'ptioii, and is completed arrhe îfth, and that
the fuperior temperatures then are ''Hie'irtftrior now ; 'Stud if we allot'tinto
(Ignificatbrs trieif
tref
ciîc qualties,, ^nd ''rnfcs ^n:rh according
each off the (Inificatbrs
to the exadl proportiops they gjve;'we fhall find h^kny'a;'rncdiocrrty of
urs iti th^^'temperatyfe^ of this native1: bu'r1, as" the phlegin-atic
humours
afFeclion
ion will:be!lftli.îtf Vc/ Have the afcendari^^ln^Wativd
afcendariln^Wativd will' of 'cobrfe
moft materially feel its aclion upon his conftitut'rori, ;b^> '-becoming fubto a depreflion
or finking of -11
thef\ fpirits,
. and other difagreeable
.
. i il tf' '. i it it ' . *> n
* .. .* (, ' : i . r
t
OF ASTROLOGY.
699
prevail in a geniture, the native will be phlegmatic; if cold and drynefs

have the fuperiority, he will acquire a referved habit, and be oppreffed
with melancholy ; if heat ami moifture predominate, he will prove of a
(anguine temperature, and of an even courteous difpofition ; if heat and
drynefs, he will be choleric, and of a furly temper ; but, where the quali
ties of the configurating liars are nearly equal, the native will be ftrongly
affecled by their temperatures refpe6livelj, when under a direction of their
own nature and quality.
The temperature being determined, we may with great eafe ascertain
the complexion by the rules heretofore laid down. Libra and Scorpio,
being the figns afcending, give a languine complexion ; but, in this na
tivity, not very fair nor clear, becaufe oppofed by the oppodte effect of
Mars, Venus, and the Moon ; and becaule phlegm was the fuperabundant
quality in the temperature at birth. The mixture of thefe fevetal fign'ifioators produce a fallow complexion, grey eyes, light fandy hair, with due
Conformity in the. other members; to which defcription this native
ftridly correfponded in every particular.
The foregoing judgment will hold good in all cafes where fim'Mar
configurations are found. Let k be remembered, that only four diftincU
colours or complexions are produced, viz. black, white, red, and yellow ;
all others proceed from a mixture of thefe, and are afcertained by affiguihg to each fignifieator its own proper colour ; then collect the whole into
one fum, and according to the quality, number, and force, of the feveral
teftimonies, judicioufly incorporated with each other, will the complexion
be accurately found. Regard muft: however be had in all cales to the
climate where the native is born; becaufe in iuch parts of the earth
where the figns and fignificators have from their aftronomical pofitiortS
greater force and energy, they will more vifibly affe6r, and more fenfi-Wy
demonftrate their influence upon, the perfons born under them. This, I
believe, has been fufficiently denionftrated in the introductory part of
this work.
HI. Fofm and Stature of the Body.
To judge of tlie form and ftature of the body, we muft note the figii
that occupies the afcendant, the lord thereof, and the planets pofited
therein, or in conjunction with the lord of the afcendant. Thefe va
rious fignificators are to be regarded in /proportion to their dignities,
tfnd as they are fituatecl with refpecl to north or Ibuth latitude, or with
the luminaries ; nor are the fixed ftars to be neglected intthis fpeculation,
No. 35.
8 K
for
700
AN ILLUSTRATION
for in many cafes they operate much, particularly thofe of the firft mag
nitude. This being premifed, and the rules heretofore laid down being
had in memory, we fhall demonftrate their certainty, by applying them
to our judgment in this figure.
Upon the afcendant we find the latter part of the degrees of Libra,
and about two thirds thereof occupied by Scorpio ; thefe figns give a
ftature fomewhat above the middling. But we muft add to thefe the
teftimony of the configurations ; that Venus is pofited in the watery
fign Pifces; that Mars and the Moon are occidental of the Sun, each
beholding the alcendant ; and that the Moon participates with the naJZ^ "* S&.JM*** turc of Capricorn, her place in the figure. Thefe are arguments of a
,?<> *<,**- mean ftature, and of a mediocrity in the component parts, uniform,
fvt.
^^j&at and duly proportioned. Libra and Scorpio declare an exact fymrnetry
^ . of features, oval face, and elegant countenance ; but Saturn, who pro**^^duces the direct contrary effects, having his exaltation in Libra, and
beholding the afcendant with a ftrong afpect, greatly mars the beauty
and comelinefs derived from thofe figns; yet we are not to fuppofe that
the delicacy and fweetnefs contributed by the firft fignificators fhall be
converted into a dark lowering vifage Saturnine ; but that the quality of
Saturn, in proportion to his ftrength of afpect, fhall be incorporated with
the oppofite qualities, leaving the impreffion firft given by Libra, but
abating its beauty and comelinefs, and making the face moderately fair,
and the features not altogether unpleafing. 1 his exactly defcribes the
^tyjjperfon of the native ; of a middle ftature, oval lively features, the ftamp
/*L _ of the figns ; dark eye-brows, the mark of Saturn ; with a fprightlinefs,
/<tAa*-refulting from Mercury conjoined with the other fignificators. We may
'remark further, that in genitures where the Sun has no afpect with the
afcendant, the native acquires the habit of bending forward in his gait ;
and, as he gradually advances in years, becomes round and ftooping
in the fhoulders. This has been remarkably verified in the prefent
nativity.
In drawing judgment from the premifes, let it be well confidered,
that, if two planets have equal dominion in the horofcope, the pre
ference muft be given to. him that beholds the afcendant moft par
tially ; but, if their configurations with the afcendant fhould be equally
dignified, regard the planet that is lord of the houfe, in preference to
that which has only his exaltation therein. Remember likewife, in the
further progrefs of this enquiry, that when the planets are fituate
in airy or fiery figns, they give large full ftatures ; but, when in earthy
or watery, they produce much fhorter and fmaller. When they have
great
OF ASTROLOGY.
701
great north latitude, they denote large corpulent bodies ; but, when
they have great fouth latitude, they induce afpare, thin, and low, figure;
and, according to the immortal Ptolemy, thole natives whofefignificators
have fouth latitude are more active and laborious ; whilft thofe whofc
ruling planets have great north latitude are ufually of a heavy, (lothful,
lupine, inactive, difpofition.
r
IV. Temper, Quality, and mental Endowments, of the Native.
This is one of the moft efiential fpeculations of the whole Science,

fince, in a general way, the fuccefs of all our worldly purfuits and acquiiitions in a great meafure depends upon our mental endowments.
And here the reader would do well to refrelh his memory with what
we have already premifed on this fubject, in p. 428, &c. where it is
laid down, as an eftablilhed maxim, that our enquiry in this particular
is chiefly to be governed by the Moon and Mercury, and by the other
fignificators only as they (hall be configurated with thefe planets, or
with the Sun, or with the angles of the figure ; of which the afcendant,
or eaftern angle, hath the greateft power. Therefore, if feveral planets
are found in the afcendant, they will all act in a certain degree upon
the bent and motions of the mind, and will become fignificators in
proportion to their refpective pofitions and dignities. Their influence
upon the fenfitive faculties of the animal fou\, will be apportioned to their
ftrength of afpect, and will operate by the lame rotation in which thofe
afpects come up. The time when they (hall reflectively begin to ope
rate, together with their duration, is known only by direction, as we
lhall prefently (how ; and their effect will be found to vary, as the
irradiations are transferred from one planet to another. For inftance,
when the M.oon is directed to the terms or afpect of the moft potent
planet in the afcendant, then the native almoft wholly participates in
the temperature and quality of that planet, and, while it operates, will
vifibly manifeft them to the world in his actions. And thus, when the
Moon varies her. term or afpect, and applies to thofe of another planet,
then will the native's inclination vary, and affume the qualities and con
ditions of fuch other planet.
By the fame force of fympathy we find, that, when the Moon comes
to the terms or afpect of Venus, the native is gay and cheerful ; when
to the terms or afpect of Jupiter, fober, indultrious, and difcreet ; to
the terms or afpect of Saturn, grave, melancholy, and referved ; to the
radiations of the Sun, proud, and inclined to vanity and oftentat ion ;
to the terms or afpect of Mercury, ftudious, laborious, and inquiiitive ;
or elfe participates in fuch other affections as may be produced by fome
other
70*
AN
ILLUSTRATION
other planet joined in body or afpeft with Mercuiy ; and, when the
Moon comes to her own terms, or in afpet with her radical place in the
figure, (provided it be in the afcendant,) it will Induce a wavering, uafettled, and mutable, dilpofition in the native.
When there are no planets to be found in the afcendant, note what
configurations are made with the Moon and Mercury; for whatever
planet is joined with them, will become fignificator, and will aQ upon
the mental endowments of the native. But if no planet be in the afcendant, nor configurated as above, then the lord of the afcendant (hall
be the fignificator, provided his difpofitor beholds him in fome bodily afpe6i ; if not, we muft have recourfe to the planet that moft partially
beholds the Moon or Mercury ; but, if no fuch be found in the figure,
then the planet whkch hath the moft effential dignities in the figns of
Mercury or the Moon, mall laftly be taken as the fignificator from
whence this judgment lhall be drawn.
According to thefe rules I examine the preceding geniture, I find
there are no planets in the afcendant, nor in configuration with the
Moon and Mercury ;*~and therefore I take Venus as the fignificator of
the native's temper and mental difpofition, becaufe he is lady of the
afcendant, and is befaeld by Jupiter her difpxifitor. Mars allo, being;
conjoined with Venus m ruling the afcendant, and in afpecl with kis
difpofitor, will in a fecondary degree affecl the native. The pofitioa
of Venus near the tail of the Swan, and thus configurated, influences
the native to a purfuit after knowledge ; and, being in the fifth houfe,
the houfe of pleafure, declares that he wiill taike much delight therein.
This fignificator being likewife near the Dragon's Head, which partici
pates of t?he nature of Jupiter^ implies a mild, jft, and peaceable,
difpofition. Being pofited in the houfe of her exaltation, it proves bis
demeanour will gain him general cfteem ; but, being in a moveable figtt,
it fliows him changeable i the objeft of his purfuits. On the other
hand, Mars will abate much of the milduefs and evetvtieis of his tem
per indicated by Venus, particularly when under a direction of Mars,.
at which times he will be unufually peevifh, fretful, and paffionate-
a circumftance which this native confefles has been frequently verified,
when neither himfelf nor any part of his family could account for his
awfterity and change of temper; but whoever infpecls his geniture by
the rules of this fcience, will find it w-as occasioned by the oppofition
of Mars with Venus. It is no leis curious to remark, that, while that
malefic planet fours the temper, he ftrengthens and expands the. define
e knowledge, endows the native with an enterprifmg fpirit, ftirs him
OFASTROLOGY.
703
up to life and action, and induces an emulation for honour and promo
tion. A ftrong inftance this, of the contrary effects of the afpects ; for,
while the firft impreffion of an even and complacent difpofition is de
ranged by the force of a partile opposition, the other laudable qualities
are enlarged, by the congenial influence of a trine afpect of the fame
planet with its dipofitor, in the exaltation of Mercury ! Thefe teftimonies
are much ftrengthened by the fefquiquadrate afpect of Mars with the
Moon, in the terms of Jupiter ; and, as the Moon is polited in the dig
nities of Saturn, it (hows that the native will be attached to the arts and
fciences, and inherit a truly honeft difpofition.
Thus far we have confidered the configurations which form the
temper, and give the firft bias to the mind, in the earlieft ftate of in
fancy J but what fliall be the refult, as they gradually ripen into
maturity ; to what fpeculations they will be directed, and to what
extent of perfection the native may arrive in mental acquirements and
ability; is determined by other confiderations. The intellectual fa
culties, in 'ALL genitures, are under the aftral influence of Mercury
and the Moon. Mercury governs the rational and animal fpirit in the
brain, but the vegetive ftrength of the brain is folely under the power
and dominion of the Moon ; therefore, whenever we infpect a nativity,
and find thefe fignificators well affected to each other in terms and
afpect, we may fafely conclude that there is a proportionable harmony
and modulation in the rational intellect, and in the other members
which contribute to a fertile genius, and to ftrong natural parts. But,
when thefe fignificators are ill affected, and in quartile or oppofition to
each other, it is altogether as lure a prefage of a dull capacity, and
a narrow contracted mind ; particularly if Mercury be combuft, flow
in motion, cadent, or peregrine, or afflicted of the infortunes, more
efpecially of Mars. And thus, the more Mercury is afflicted or im
peded in his own proper nature, the more weak and mallow we always
find the mental endowments of the native. In thofe genitures where
Mercury is occidental, and in no afpect with the Moon, or with any
bcnefic planet, it produces a deep, cunning, artful, clofe, diflfembling,
perfon, with a ftrong fhare of penetration and fagacity, but with a mind
difpofed to exercife it only in mean and felfifh purfuits, without regard
to integrity or reputation. If this planet be found in the combuft way,
i. e. in that fpace of the heavens extending from feventeen degrees of
Libra to feventeen degrees of Scorpio, and at the fame time flow in
motion, it declares a trifling fuperficial character, perpetually engaged in
unworthy objects, ftunning us with impertinent remarks, with ufelels
niceties, or with unapt difquifitious.
No. 35.
8 L
Let
704
AN ILLUSTRATION
Let us apply this reafoning in our confiderations of the prefent gcniture ; in which we find Mercury and the Moon, the grand patron*
of mental ability, are favourably fituated with refpect to each other. ^
Here is a remarkable reception between Mercury and Mars, the joint
rulers of the afcending fign ; Mercury poflefles the dignities of Mars,
and Mars the exaltation of Mercury. Thus the fignificator of the tem
per and fafhion of the mind, and the patron of lenfe, are mutually
conjoined in the fame influence ; and befpeak not only a difpofition to
fearcb after literary acquirements, but prefage a fit capacity to receive,
and an understanding capable of digefting, them. The Moon likewifc
fends her fefquiquadrate ray to Mars, from the dignities of Saturn, and
in the terms of Jupiter, which declares the favourite purfuit of the
native Shall be after Scientific knowledge ; and, as the pofition of Mars
is So highly elevated, it is evident that his endeavours Shall not only
prove fuccefsful, but Shall be manifefted in an eminent degree. We
have alfo a perfect fextile afpect of Mercury and Saturn ; which adds
a ftrong retentive memory to a folidity of mind,twhereby the early pur
fuits of the native are impelled forward, and ripened into maturity,
under the united fanction of reputation and profit. Thus the fignificators of the temper, quality, and mental endowments, of this native,
when drawn into one focus, teftify, according to the approved rules of
this Science, an acute penetrating wit, an enlarged understanding, a
retentive memory, and a ftrong predilection for Scientific knowledge;
with a folidity of mind, and a confiftency of manners, well adapted to
give vigour and fuccefs to fuch purfuits. That thefe gifts were Severally
and respectively verified in the perfonal qualifications, purfuits, and pre
ferments, of the native, the united teftimony of all his friends and rela
tives will not only prove, but the facts will hereafter be more minutely
eftabliShed, when the reSult of each afpect comes to be examined and
explained, under the various directions by which thefe events were re-;
fpectively brought to paSs.
Hence it will be feen, that Mercury, in this judgment, and in all
cafes where relation is had to the faculties of the -an imat foul, is to
be moft attentively considered, and his influence and operation regarded^- '
in proportion as they are configurated or mixed with the rays of other
planets. The importance of this enquiry, in the investigation of every
geniture, induces me to repeat to the reader, the neceSfity of bearing in
mind the obfervations I have written on this fubject, from p. 428 to
436 ; to which it is now incumbent upon me to add the following
general remarks, i . That in all cafes where Mercury occupies aw
angle of the figure, but particularly the afcendant, and at the fame
time
O <F ' A S T R O L Q G Y.
705
tune it pofited in one of his own houfes, in any of the twelve figns
except Pifces and Scorpio, take for granted the native will inherit a
good underftanding, with a capacity adapted for almofl any employment.
But if this happens in an airy fign, and the planet fwift in motion, it
denotes perpetual wavering, and great inftability of mind. 2. Mercury
in conjunction of the Moon, in any and in every fign, denotes inge
nuity of mind. The lame effeft, though in a fcnaller degree, is given
fey the Textile or triangular rays ; but, in this cafe, the Textile is
always to be preferred to the trine. 3. If there be found a conjunction
of Mercury with Venus, or Jupiter, or the Dragon's Head, in Gemini,
Libra, Aquaries, or Virgo, it beftows an excellent genius, and a mind
qualified for invention and improvement. 4. If Mercury in Aries be in
reception wkh Mars, the native will be lubtle, deep, and fagacious.
5. The Moon in conjunction with the Dragon's Head or Tail, denotes
alert and active fpirits, with a promptitude for fcience ; particularly
when increafitig in light, and near the full. 6. Mercury in reception
of the Moon, and the planets in any figns, gives an afpiring genius,
and an active volatile difpofition. 7. When Mercury is below the
horizon, in fuitable figns, he inclines the native to fcientific knowledge.
If in an airy (ign well fortified, it gives freedom of fpeech, with ftrong *
oratorical abilities. 8.-JfMefcurybe-in conjunction with Saturn, and
Saturnw-ell dignified, "the -native- aeqwes a ^r-ave and a fbber habit,
-accompanied with a pfofewdj ad gmeatîHKl-^^
9. If
in conjunction with Jupiter, unaffliiled by aoy malefic ray, Mercury
beftows an excellent capacity, let off with an eafy elegant addrefs, and
inclines the native to gencrofity and integrity. 10. Mercury and
Mars united by conjunction, in good places of the figure, free from
affliction, and well fortified, gives a moft confident and undaunted fpirit
in writing or fpeaking ; furnimes fterling wit, and beftows a prolific
invention, n. With the Sun, Mercury gives the native an afpiring
mind; and, well dignified, pronaiies fuccefs in the moft ambitious purfuits, though they are likely to be dishonoured by intemperate pride
and arrogance. 12. Mercury and Venus united, aad ftrengthened by
concurrent teftimonies, beftow an admirable conception in literary purfuits, with a mind formed for invention and ftudy, 13. Mercury in
any fituation of the figure, well fortified, and in good afpeft with the
refpeclive fignificators, forms a good and perfect underftanding; but
the different gradations of fenfe, and of the reafoning faculty, are pro
duced according to the dignity and quality of the fignificators with
which he may be configurated; always obferving, that in proportion to
the ftrength and energy of thofe feveral fignificators, and of their pofitions in refpedt to the angles of the figure, will the mental powers of
the native be formed.
Much
yo6
A N .1 L L U S T R.A T I O N
Much has been contended by the advocates for and againft this fpeculation, on the fcore of education. For my own part, I cannot but
be furprifed, that any argument or controverfy fhould have been fo long
lupported, upon inferences fo palpable and obvious. Thole who con
tend, that education fets thefe aftral influences at defiance, and pro
duces the wife man or the fool, in proportion to the extent of his aca
demic acquirements and difcipline, might as well attempt to perfuade
us, that the barren deferts of Arabia, by labour and cultivation, would
foon vie with the fertile banks of the Nile, and become a land
flowing with milk and honey. Earthly fubftances, as well animate as
inanimate, receive the ftamp of their natural quality in the. hour of
formation. This quality will remain as long as thefe fubftances endure,
in every cafe, except where the laws of nature incline them to mutation
or change. All the inventions of man are far fhort of totally removing
thefe firft qualities ; and therefore all that can be fairly deduced from
arguments in fupport of the effeds of education, is briefly this ; that it
aftonifhingly enlarges, a gopd natural understanding, and puts a fuperficial glols over the deformities of. a naturally bad one ; but, fo far from
giving vigbur to a weak mind, it too often leads to the oppofite ex
treme, for want of ability to digeft, and intellect to comprehend; the inftruclion it receives.
Hence we frequently fee inventions of the moft ingenious and com

plicated extent fpring from individuals who appear as ignorant as they
are untaught ; yet, when we come to examine their internal endow
ments, we exprefs our admiration that fo much ingenuity and fterling
fenfe mould be concealed under' the ruft. of what is termed a ftate of
nature. But let the reader regard with due attention the obfervations I
have laid down; let him, within the circle of his own acquaintance, if
he can obtain a fpeculurm of their nativities, obferve the nature of thele
configurations, and I will venture :to affirm, at the hazard of my life,
that he will be able to trace the true quality and extent of each man's
mental capacity, from the caufes which give them being.
CONSIDERATIONS refulting from the SECOND HOUSE.
The principal judgment drawn, from this part of the genethliacal
figure, is that which regards worldly riches and preferment ; or rather,
whether the native fhall be buoyed up upon the wings of profperity, or
plunged by adverfe flars info the depths of adverfity. This fpecujation has been juftly confidered one of the moft. important of the fcience ;
but on all hands it muft be admitted the firft amongft the enquiries of
thofc
OF ASTROLOGY.
707
thofe who wifh to know the outline of their future fate. For this reafon
I (hall be as copious as poffible in blending theoretical with practical ex
amples in the elucidation of this enquiry, with the humble hope of ena
bling every attentive reader to derive that information from his own laboues, which delicacy, or expence, might preclude him from obtaining in
the cuftomary way.
*
On examining this figure, I find Mars and Jupiter are the prime
fignificators of wealth and profperity, becaufe they have dominion over
the fecond houfe ; and the Moon, and the Part of Fortune, are co-fignlficators of the native's fubftance. Finding there are no planets pofited in the fecond houfe, I examine what configurations are formed with
the foregoing fignificators, and what afpects irradiate the fecond houfe.
Mars hath dominion in the tenth, the houfe of honour and preferment,
and is in 'reception of Mercury, within the terms of that planet; an
argument that the native (hall profper under fuch purfuits as are peculiarly within the dominion of Mercury, viz. offices of public truft,
literature, or fcience. This deduction is alfo corroborated by the united
teftimony of the Part of Fortune in the tenth with thofe royal fixed
ftars Hydra and Cor Leonis ; and Mercury's trine afpedt falling
the fame degree, proves that an advantageous and reputable emolument
fhould flow through this channel. This judgment has been confirmed'
in various inftances ; but in none fo confpicuoufly as in his appointment
to the Mafterftiip of the Royal Academy in his Majefty's Dock-yard at
Portfmouth, which appointment refulted, not from the good offices of
friends at court,but folely from the progrefs and improvements he had
made in the mathematics.
Thefe propitious configurations are neverthelefs impeded by ibme
latent malefic rays which hang upon his horofcope. The Part of For
tune, otherwife fo happily found, is afflicied by the mod baneful afpet
of Saturn, namely, his oppofition ; at the fame time that he be
holds the fecond houfe with a quartile ray. This in no fhape leflens
the mental faculties, nor impedes the fuccefs promifed under the bril
liant endowments of Mercury ; but it fhows, that, however fuccefsful
the native might be with refpecl to pecuniary advantages, yet that his
income fhould pafs from him in an improvident manner, and the produdion of his labours never accumulate to an amount equal to his
merit. This is further illuftrated and confirmed by the oppofition of
Venus and Mars, the fignificators of his perfon and poffeflions. I alfo
find the Moon is near the quartile ray of the Sun, a bad afpeft, and
a frefh teftimony that the native will not accumulate or lay up much
No. 35.
8 M
of
78
AN
1 L L U S T R A T 1 O N
of the goods of fortune. This, however, is in fonie meafure abated

by the intervention of the Sun, which beholds the fecond houfe with
a favourable trine ; and the configuration of Mars with the Moon, is
a further declaration in his favour. Jupiter, we find, hath diguitio t tne feconj htrafe-{-~but, being in the eighth, in the face of Saturn, with
y~ latitude in Gemini in his detriment, plainly indicates, that at certain
periods of his life, when under the influence of evil directions, the na** *'ve mould experience divers difficulties and embarraflments in money,
A/ concerns. -Eut, when we dr-aw into one view the number of planets that
j , ^
-dignify bifr-bmbydareefletttifttly-lertified-^when we confider the
excellent reception of Mercury and Mars ; the Sun in exaltation, fending a trine to the fecond ; the Part of Fortune in conjunction with emi-nent fixed (tars, exalted in the midheaven ;>we (hall find them fo many
,_ <>^ z^jf circumftances to prove, that, notwithftanding the oppofition of malefic
rys, the native will be upheld through all the difficulties and viciffitudes
of money-matters,
and eventually
a competent
flcorne^
fucn ag fôyjj afford
all the real acquire
comforts
of human and
life,liberal
and,
with ftrift oeconomy, provide a handfbme patrimony for his defcendants.
But the aftral inclination of this native is not favourable to penurious
or mercenary pradices. The bent of his mind is influenced by too
much liberality and generofity of principle, cither to withhold his purfe,
or withdraw the comforts of humanity, where friendship or charity
demand them. Thofe who knew him cannot but juftify the truth of
the obfervation ; and he has time and often acknowledged to me, upon
remarks on his nativity, the ftraits he has experienced, by improviparting with his money, and fupplying the emergencies of friends ;
as 's educible from the face of his geniture, by contemplating the fcven
erratics, and their accidental petitions.
,,,
For the further information of the reader, it will be proper to remark,

/^-^ ^yf that in giving judgment upon this queftion, we are not confined to
'
the pofition of benefic ftars ; for it frequently happens that Saturn and
'' Mars give advantage and profperity to the native, when lords of the
fecond houfe, and well configurated with the luminaries, and the other
fignificators. So likewise eminent fixed flars in good places of the figure,
well qualified, and conjoined with benefic rays, give increale of pro
fperity and riches. But, if the two malefic planets, Saturn and Mars,
occupy angles in the figure, and the benefics are pofited in fuccedent
houfes, it (hows the native will experience adverfity in the early part
of his life, but profperity in the end. The Part of Fortune conjoined
with the Dragon's Head, hath nearly the fame effect as with Jupiter,
and predicts an iucreafe of wealth. Saturn dignified in the eighth
"
OFASTROLOGY.
709
houfe, in a diurnal nativity, in afpecl with Jupiter or Venus, declares

increafe of fubftance by the death of relatives or friends. The fame
event will take place, in genitures where the lord of the eighth houfe,
in his eflential dignities, is placed in the tenth ; and again, where the
difpofitor of the tenth is well configurated with the lord of the afcendant. When Jupiter or Venus are fo pofited at birth, as to behold the
cufpofthe fecond houfe with a good afpecl, it is a certain prefage of
durable fubftance ; whereas the Sun, or Mars, pofited in the fecond
houfe and ill dignified, fcatter the native's wealth, induce to pro
digality, and eventually make him poor. So the Moon in conjunction
of Saturn, in bad places of the figure, and beheld by no benefic ray,
will reduce even the fon of a king to a ftate of infofoency ! The lord of
the fecond houfe combuft, and the part of fortune in anaretic places,
forefhows confifcation of property, bankruptcy, and ruin. When the
Part of Fortune is confederated with violent fixed ftars in evil places
of the figure, it prefages lofs of fubftance, and great poverty. To de
termine .the mode by which thefe events (hall happen, or how fub
ftance or profperity will be acquired, we are to regard the nature and
quality of the houfes over which the fignificators have dominion. Thus,
if the lord of the eleventh houfe give virtue andjnfluence to the fignifi
cators of fubftance by propitious rays, we are to conclude, that the na
tive will receive an increafe of wealth through the medium of relations
or friends. But, if the lord of the feventh be thus irradiated, his fub
ftance will be increafed by marriage, partnerihip, or fome joint concern.
Andt hus judgment is drawn in all cafes from the nature of the houfes
which the feveral fignificators govern or irradiate.
To obtain a proper idea, not only which way riches and profperity
are likely to come, but to decide alfo whether they (hall be obtained by
lawful or di(honourable means, we muft note whether the benefic pla
nets are fignificators ; and, if they are not afflicted by the malignant rays
of Saturn or Mars, nor in conjunction with any violent fixed ftar, it
(hows the native will acquire eminent profperity by fair and honourable
means. But, if a malevolent ftar be fignificator, and the benefic
planets in no afpect with him, and either retrograde or combuft, it in
duces the oppofite effect. If a benefic planet be fignificator, and placed in
the dignities of either of the malefics, it (hows wealth will be obtained
both ways. To know whether riches, when obtained, will be durable or
not, we muft confider whether the Cgnificators are fo pofited in the
heavens, as to be unimpeded by the intercourfe of the malefics; for
then profperity (hall continue during life. But, if the benefics are
fignificators, and fituated in bad places of the figure, and the infortunes
occupy
710
AN
ILLUSTRATION
occupy the good, fo as to obfcure or overcome the energy of the benefic

rays, it (hows a continual flux and reflux of wealth ; fo that what is ob
tained under a good direclion (hall be loft under a bad one. But the
time when thefe things (hall feverally come to pals, can only be
known by equating the directions of each afper, which is the only true
and rational way of difcovering when they (hall begin to operate.
CONSIDERATIONS refulting from the THIRD HOUSE.

The third houfe difcovers, by the afpects with which it is configu
rated,, whether we (hall be advantaged or injured by the confanguinity
of brethren, or by inland journeys and fojournments ; which we have
fully explained in p. 290, &c. The fignificators of brethren or fifters
are taken from five degrees preceding the cufp of the third houfe to
within five degrees of the cufp of the fourth houfe. And the lord of
the third houfe, or the planets accidentally pofited therein, (hall be
the fignificators. We are then particularly to remark the pofition of
Mars, which is the general fignificator of brethren,or the Moon, which
reprefents fifters. If Mars or the Moon be found in fruitful figns, or
hi good afpedl with the fruitful planets, which are Jupiter, Venus, or
the Dragon's Head, it is an argument that the native 'mall have brothers,
if the configurations are made with Mars ; or fifters, when made with
the Moon ; and the number (hall be according to the irradiations and
force of the afpecls. If a good and benevolent configuration is formed
between the lord of the afcendant and the lord of the third houfe, it im
plies mutual good offices, harmony, and concord, between brothers and
lifters ; but, if bad afpecls are found, then vice verfa, malice, hatred,
envy, and ill-will, exift among them. When Jupiter, Venus, or the
Dragon's Head, are pofited in the third houfe, the native will derive ad
vantage from travel, or by change of habitation ; and will be aided by
the good fellowfliip of his own family.
^** **
To determine thefe queftions in the prefent nativity, I obferve that

Capricorn has the principal rule in the third houfe; which being a fign
-not very prolific, but rather inclined to barrennefs, I conclude there
are fmall expectations of brethren. The Moon's pofition in the third
houfe declares there will be a fifter, or perhaps two; which is further
demonftrated by the fextile ray of Venus ; but, being at the fame time
under the malignant influences of Mars, it fhows that what might be
produced by the fruitful influences (hall be cut off by premature death ;
and indeed, the Moon being in an evil afpecl with the Sun, and ap
proaching to a quartile with Mercury, is no argument of durable life to
fifters.
OF
ASTROL O G Y.
711
fifters. As to brothers, we have not a (ingle teftimony to produce

them. Mars, the natural fignificator of brethren, is pofited in a barren
lign, and in no good afpect with any planet, except in reception of Mer
cury, which operates not in favour of fruitfulnefs, becaufe he alfo is po
fited in a barren (ign. Thefe are arguments to prove the native was the
only fon, or at leaft the only one that mould come to maturity, or engage
in the viciflitudes or concerns of this life.
With regard to the inland journeys of this native, his fojournments, ]f?
or change of reiidence, they are declared to produce an increafe of profit
and fubftance. The Moon's pofition, unafflicted, in the third; and Venus in Textile, having her exaltation in the fifth ; denote many journeys
that (hould produce pleafure or profit, and fometirnes both, in an eminent
degree; as is further evinced by the planet Venus being in reception
of Jupiter, the fupreme lord of the fecond, the houfe of profperity
and fubftance, as well as lord of the fifth, the houfe of pleafure and delight. And, as the third houfe is unafflicted by any malefic ray, or by
the pofition of the infortunes, or any evil configuration therein, it remains evident, beyond contradiction, that he {hould receive no injury
by means of brothers or Gfters, nor any difadvantage from travel or change
of residence.This has alfo been remarkably verified in the perfon of
the native, who has uniformly changed his fituation and refidence for
greater profit and preferment.
CONSIDERATIONS arifing from the FOURTH HOUSE.

From this houfe we obtain judgment of the native's hereditary acquifitions ; the fubftance he fhall derive from his father ; his houfes,
lands, hereditaments, &c. in which we are particularly to obferve, i .
the fituation of the lord of the fourth houfe; a. the pofition of the Sun
in a diurnal, and of Saturn in a nocturnal, nativity ; and 3. what planet
or planets are configurated in this houfe. If the major part of thefe fignificators are found ftrong and well dignified, under benefic influences,
it is an argument of much good from the father ; but, if otherwife,
contrary effects will be produced. So the lord of the afcendant, or the
Moon, in fextile or trine with the Sun by day, or with Saturn by
night, forefhows unity and concord between the native and his father;
and, if the afpecl be made with reception, it will continue unto death,
and lead to an inheritance of the father's fubftance. The fame'efFecl is
produced by the lord 'of the afcendant and the lord of the fourth houfe
in mutual reception. And again, if the lord of the afcendant be in good
No. 36.
8N
afpeft
712
AN ILLUSTRATION
afpeft with the lord of the fourth ; or the Moon apply by benefic rays
to the lord of the fourth ; thefe are ftrong arguments of concord be
tween the native and his father, and of advantage by inheritance. But,
if contrary afpecls govern this houfe, the native and his father will be
at enmity with each other ; and the more ferious and afflicting will this
enmity be, and the more injurious to the native's inheritance, in pro
portion as the figniiicators (hall be in adverfe portions, ill configurated,
void of reception, or afflicted in the angles. This rule invariably holds
good in all genitures.
On the cufp of the fourth houfe of this nativity we find almoft feven
degrees of the lign Aquaries, and Saturn in dignities pofited therein, in
fextile with Mercury. Thefe are teftimonies of longevity in the father,
as tfell as of ftrong mental endowments, and of refpedlability among
mankind. We find Saturn difpofes of the Moon ; and Mars, who is
lord of the afcendant, carting a fefquiquadrate to the Moon, in reception
of Mercury, declares the native mould be regulated by a ftrong filial
affection for his father, and that in a more eminent degree than the fa
ther for the fon. This is confirmed by Saturn, fignificator of the father,
being the fuperior planet, in a mafculine fign ; and the fignificators of the
native being inferior, and in feminine figns.
As to the father's riches, they muft be deduced from the afpecls of
the benefics to the fourth houfe and the pofition of the part of fortune,
and the planets in the fifth^ houfe, which is the father's houfe of fubftance. Now Jupiter being in quartile of Saturn, and in no afpeft "
with either of the luminaries, are arguments that the father mould not
increafe his fubftance ; and, as the part of fortune is in oppofition to
Saturn, it declares he (hould meet with many lofles. And, although
Saturn is eligibly pofited in the fourth, and might thereby promife an
inheritance of landed property at the death of his father ; yet, as the part
of fortune is in oppofition with Saturn, in the terms of Jupiter, and
Jupiter configurated yvith violent fixed ftars, it is clearly demonftrated,
that, through the eafe and freedom of the father's difpofition, accom
panied with fome heavy lofles, he (hould at his death leave but a fmall
patrimony for the fon, when it (hould happen at a very advanced time
of life ; as is predicted by the pofition of Saturn in the father's afcendant,
which invariably gives old age, particularly when pofited in his own
dignities. Thefe circumftances precifely happened both to the father
the fon,
CON-
,OF ASTROLOGY.
CONSIDERATIONS refulting from the FIFTH HOUSE.
The fpeculations upon this houfe afford the moft fatisfactory informa
tion concerning the; native's iflueWhether he (hall have children ; to
gether with their conditions, qualities and fex. Alfo whether the
native (hall derive! any fuccefs from fpeculative rifle of property, fuch
as buying and felling in the funds, adventuring in the lottery, or configning goods to the uncertainties of an unknown foreign market..
Thefe feveral enquiries are definable from the figure of every geniture,
and are fought out from the configurations in, or "relating to, the fifth
houfe ; and, as they are not of the leaft importance among the various
occurrences incident to human life, I (hall lay down fome felect rules
for the more particular information of fuch of my readers as wi(h to re
duce the theory thereof into practice.
To know whether the native (hall have iflue or not, particular regard
muft be had to the configurations in the firft, fifth, and tenth, houfes ;
and alfo to the afpects formed by the lords of thofe houfes ; as alfo the
eleventh houfe and its lord, becaufe it is the fifth from the feventh.
If thefe fignificators are in fruitful figns, then it is certain the native
will have iflue ; but, if they are in barren figns, the contrary effect will
be produced.
But, as it feldom happens that the planets are wholly pofited in thefe
oppofite extremes, I (hall (late the effect of thofe configurations which
are cafually formed, and which lead to a full explanation of all the
others. If the Sun, Saturn, or Mars, rule the afcendant, fifth, tenth,
or eleventh, houfes, without fome fruitful afpect of the benefics, they
deny children. So Saturn in the fifth, or the Sun in quartile to Jupi
ter, will be found to work the fame barren effect. If the Sun be con
figurated with Saturn and Mercury in the eleventh or fifth, in afpect
with the Moon, it (hows the native will fcarcely have children ; or if
he (hould, they will die fuddenly, in their infant (tate. The fame
planets conjoined in the midheaven, and in quartile or oppofition of
the Moon, produce the fame. Venus pofited in the firft or (eventh
houfe, in conjunction or oppofition of Saturn, or in communicative
dignities, i. e. he in her term, and (he in his; or if Saturn be in Taurus,
and Venus in Capricorn ; it argues barrennefs in a male geniture, and
abortion in that of a female ; or that what is produced (hall die ere it
hath feen the light. In like manner Saturn, if pofited in the afcendant,
will produce barrennefs, or deftroy the offspring. So Mars in oppo
fition
7i4
AN ILLUSTRATION
fition of Jupiter or Venus deftroys the hope of iffue in the native ; and
Jupiter in oppofition to Saturn deftroys whatever is produced under it,
more efpecially if Jupiter happens to be lord of the fifth. But the moft
decifive teftimony of barrennefs, is when the lord of the fifth and the lord
of the afcendant are combuft and retrograde, unaided by benefic rays,
and the Moon in detriment.
If, on the contrary, the Moon and Mercury are pofited in the fifth
houfe, and their difpofitors unafflicted, it is an argument that the na
tive (hall have iffue. So likewife if Mercury be occidental, and in good
afpedt to Jupiter or Venus, it produces children ; but if oriental, and
afflicted by Saturn, it denotes barrennefs. The Moon configurated with
Venus or the Dragon's Head in the fifth houfe, and a prolific fign on
the cufp thereof, is a certain proof of many children, and good. And
again Jupiter in trine afpect of the Moon, in moift figns, or the Moon
with Jupiter or Venus in an angle, or in good afpect with the angles ;
declares the fame, and that they will be born to preferment. When
thefe fignificators fall wholly in mafculine figns, the iffue mall be all
males ; but, when they fall wholly in feminine figns, the offspring mall
be all females. Again, if the major part of thefe fignificators fall in maf
culine figns, and the refidue in feminine, the native (hall have moft boys ;
but, if the majority be in feminine figns, and the reft in mafculine, then
will he have moftly girls.
<
The number of children the native (hall have is determined by col
lecting the number of teftimonies by which they are produced ; for the
more fruitful planets, that are found in the fifth or eleventh houfes, and
in fruitful figns, give the more children ; whereas, the fewer the planets
are that we find pofited in thofe houfes and figns, the fewer children will
be produced ; and this is a never-failing criterion whereby to judge. Let
it alfo be remembered, that fruitful planets in bicorporal figns produce
double, and in fruitful figns treble, the number.
The readieft and moft accurate way of determining the native's iffue
is to collect all the teftimonies of fruitfulnefs and fterility that appear
on the face of the geniture into one table, as in the foregoing judg
ment on the temperature and conftitution ; and according to the majority
of fignificators, let the inquiry be decided. If the fignificators and figns
of fterility exceed in number and energy the fignificators of fecundity,
the native cannot have iffue. If thefe teftimonies happen to be equal,
then regard muft be had to a good revolution and direction meeting to
gether ; and if fuch (hould occur, without any malefic influence, it may
fafely
OFASTROLOGY.
715
fafely be pronounced that the native will have one child. If thefe rules
are duly attended to, the reader will find no difficulty in obtaining fatiffaclory information upon this important enquiry, in his own or in any
genethliacal figure that is laid before him.
According to the rules I have recommended, I (hall inveftigate the
queftion in this nativity, reducing the particular quality of each fignificator into a table, and deducing from thence the effecls they refpectively give. Upon the afcendant there are two figns, both of which muft
be taken, as well as all the other afpecls.
\.
Libra afcending, in itfelf

is
indifferent. '/ '.
Venus, lady of that fign, in Pifces
fruitful.
Scorpio afcending
fruitful.
Mars, lord of that fign, in Virgo
- - barren.
ifces on the cufp of the fifth --------- fruitful.
Jupiter, lord of that fign, in Taurus
indifferent.
Jupiter, by fextile afpeft of the fifth
-fruitful.
Leo, on the cufp of the tenth --------- barren.
The Sun, lord of that fign, in Aries
indifferent.
The Moon, in Capricorn ----------- indifferent.
The Moon, by dexter ^. withffl in the afcendant - fruitful.
The Moon by finifter * with Pifces in the fifth - - fruitful.
^ * &
Virgo on the cufp of the eleventh ------- barren.
Mercury, lord of that fign, in Aries indifferent.
The Dragon's Head in the fifth gives THREE - </L ^ ^ -'* //!
teftimonies
fruitful.
Number of teftimonies for fruitfulnefs
9
Number of ditto for barrennefs -------3
Surplus in favour of fruitfulnefs ----- 6
And therefore, as the indifferent figns operate neither way, I conclude

from the above majority of fix fruitful fignificators, that the native (hall
have fix children. The next thing is, to determine their (ex, or how
many (hall be males or females. To do this, it only requires to
afcertain the quality of the figns and planets with which the Moon is
configurated, whether mafculine or feminine; and from thence judg
ment is drawn. For example. The Moon in this geniture is the firft
planet that collects mafculine rays, and is therefore to be firft taken.
She is pofited in a feminine fign, and beholds the feminine fign Scorpio,
which are two arguments in favour of a female child ; but, oppofed to
No. 36.
8 O
thefe
716
AN ILLUSTRATION
thefe we find a much more powerful influence in favour of the mafcuy'line. The Moon in fefquiquadrate afpecl with Mars, in quartile of
/
the Sun, and within orbs of a quartile configuration with Mercury,
who in this figure is conftituted a mafculine planet, by being in a maf
culine fign, in fextile of Saturn, and in reception pf Mars, which are
both mafculine planets ; and the Moon's north node falling in the fifth
houfe, and being difpofed of by Saturn ; are fo many infallible teftimo
nies of the mafculine conformation, that I pronounce the firfl iffue with
,~s <v>~- *
which this native fhall be blefled will be a fon.And fo it happened.
~
h^_
To demonftrate the fex of the fecond child, I re-confider the figure.

I find the Moon is the principal fignificator of the fecond child alfo, be
caufe fhe fends a finifter fextile to the fifth houfe, as well as a dexter fex
tile to the firft. Adopting therefore the fame mode as before, I deduce
two arguments only in Favour of a female ; but in favour of a male I
again find a confiderable majority ; the Sun, Mercury, Jupiter, and the
Moon's north node in the fifth, being all ftrong teftimonies that the
fecond child (hall be a male.And fo it proved.
We next confult the figure, and felecl the principal fignificator of the
third child. This I find to be Jupiter, becaufe he is not only lord of
the fifth houfe, but becaufe he likewife beholds the fifth with a fextile,
and the eleventh with a trine, afpecl. I am therefore to confider, as in
the foregoing cafes, how this fignificator is configurated as to mafculine
and feminine influences. The fign upon the cufp of the fifth houfe is
feminine ; Jupiter lord of the fifth, in Taurus, is alfo feminine ; Venus,
who is the difpofitor of Jupiter, is a feminine planet, and pofited like
wife in a feminine fign ; the Moon beholds the fifth houfe with a fextile
afpecl, and is a feminine planet in a feminine fign. Thefe are all ar
guments in favour pf the female conformation ; whilft we find only two
in favour of the mafculine, namely, Jupiter, a mafculine planet, and the
Dragon's Head, or fortunate node of the Moon ; fo that, the majority of
teftimonies being fo much in favour of a female child, 1 hefitated not to
affirm, that of fuch fex fhould be the next offspring ;which was abfolutely the cafe.
The other three children are defined from the Moon's fortunate node,,
or Dragon's. Head, which, falling in a fruitful fign, invariably denotes
three children ; and, as its configurations are made with mafculine or
feminine planets, fo fhall be their fex. In the prefent cafe the Dra
gon's Head falls not only in a fruitful but in a feminine fign ; Jupiter,
its difpofitor, though a mafculine planet, is in a feminine fign, and
therefore
OF ASTROLOGY.
therefore impregnates that quality ; the Moon, a feminine planet, be
holds the Dragon's Head from a feminine fign ; all which prove the fe
minine nature (hall form the quality ; and hence it is certain that the
three laft children of this native (hall be all girls.And fo it really
proved.
This account may appear miraculous to thofe unacquainted with
planetary influence ; but their action is certain, and their energy invari
ably the fame. Thus the Grand Protector of the univerfe continually
produces, by perpetual revolutions of the celeftial bodies, the fame
caufes and effects, giving life and motion to all animated nature, and
vegetative nourishment to the inanimate ; and, as the inanimate are (bine
times found imperfectly wrought, or mixed or blended with their oppofite qualities, or of a doubtful genus ; (b we find the animate are fubject to the fame mixtures and affections, according as the planets (hall be
configurated under which they are formed. And hence we conftantly
find, that^ in the generation of the human fpecies, if the mafculine influ
ence hath greatly the majority, the perfons produced under it will be proportionably ftrong, mufcular, raw-boned, and mafculine ; but, when it
hath barely the fuperiority of the female influence, the native is effemi
nate, weak, {lender, and diminutive. So likewife females, where the fe
male conformation hath greatly the afcendancy, are moft delicately and
charmingly formed, with all the grace and foftnefs of the fex, and with
due fymmetry and proportion ; but, where it hath but barely the pre
dominancy over the mafculine, it fails not to produce large, coarfe,
raw-boned, mafcul'ne, women. And, as we have before fully explained,
if the mafculine and feminine configurations are found equally ftrong at
the time of birth, if the action of the one quality (hall in no wife ob
tain predominancy over that of the other, but the degrees of power and
dignity ftand equally balanced, and neither the mafculine nor feminine
influence preponderate, then (hall the wu <PP<>&T>I, or hermaphrodite, be
produced.
i
From the fifth houfe we are alfo enabled to form a tolerably correct
judgment, whether the children born to the native (hall, in a general
way, be fortunate or unfortunate in their journey through life ; but, as
thefe children are all living,, and grown up to maturity, delicacy requires
^
that I (hould be filent on that head. I would at the fame time recom
mend to every perfon, before he decides pofitively upon the events pre
dicted by the fifth houfe, fo far as they relate to the general characters
and purfuits of children promifed to the native in any genethliacal figure,. . ^^&
to confult the radix of each child's birth, and compare it with thofe of
the parents, by which means the artift can never err.
By
718
AN ILLUSTRATION
By the fifth houfe we are likewife enabled to judge of the probable

event of every fpecies of adventure, whether by lottery, dealings in the
funds, purchafe or fale of life-annuities, or of any tranfaction where a
certain or definable rilk is to be fuftaincd : for thefe fpeculations, how
ever varied or multifarious, are governed by the fame motions of the
ir.ind, and fpring from the fame effect in our radical geniture. In the
Prc^nt figure we find tne north or fortunate node of the Moon pofited
in the fifth houfe, which is a ftrong argument of fuccefs in fuch enterprifes ; and this fuccefs is ftrengthened by the Moon's fextile afpedt
therewith. But we dare not, in any cafe, decide by one fpecies of evi
dence, without confulting what may be offered on the contrary fide.
We therefore find, that, oppofed to the foregoing propitious teftimonies,
there are feveral that produce a very oppofite effect. Jupiter, who is
lord of the fifth, and fignificator of the native's adventures, being pofited
in the eighth houfe, deftroys much of the luck promifed by the forego
ing afpect ; and, as Mars is in direct oppofition to Venus, and the part
of fortune afflicted by Saturn ; at the fame time that the Moon's un
fortunate node, or Dragon's Tail, falls in the eleventh , the houfe where
the final end of all things is determined ; we may fafely conclude, that,
though the native might occafionally derive advantage by fuch fpecula
tions, yet he would eventually be injured by them.
CONSIDERATIONS refulting from the SIXTH HOUSE.

From the fixth houfe we deduce thofe infirmities or constitutional diforders of the body, with which the native, from the. particular quality
of the ruling planets at birth, fhall from time to time be afflicted, as
the feveral directions fhall happen to come up. This houfe likewife has
relation to the good and evil occurrences that refult from our immediate
fervants or domeftics ; and likewife from our cattle.
But the moft efTential information the inquifitive reader can wifh to
acquire, is that which regards the health or ficknefs of the native, and
which, fince the days of Adam, is the promifcuous lot of all God's
children. Infirmity both of body and mind was unqueftionably occafioned by the fall, which hurled, as it were, the whole fyftem of na
ture into oppofite extremes, and gave that jarring inequality to the ele
ments which lays the foundation of every radical diforder. For, as
thefe elements are more or lefs predominant in conception, and as they
are diverfely changed and modified by the forms and properties of the
planetary influence at the time of birth, fo will the incidental oc
currences of health and ficknefs be, according to their fpecific quality
and temperature; and this is definable from the temperament and com
plexion
OF ASTROLOGY.
719
plexion of the native ; for, as his temperament is, fo (hall be his ficknete
or his health ; for ficknefs is no other than an inequality of fome pre
dominant humour offending at the time of birth; and, of whatever
element fuch predominant humour is compounded, of fuch nature and,
quality will be the difeafe. Hence then the propriety of every phyfi*
cian's confulting the radical caufe of difeafes from the geniture of the
patient, wherever it can be obtained ; for, by uniting uranical and phyfical precepts together, there cannot be a doubt but life may oftentimes
be preferved, where it is fatally deftroyed through ignorance or miftake
in the radical caufe of the complaint. Indeed the eminent progress,
and unbounded fuccefs, of the learned and ingenious Dr. Salmon in
the fcience of phyfic, he confeffes to have derived from aftrological
knowledge in decumbitures, by which means he feldom or ever loft a
patient, but where nature was totally exhaufted, and the fpnngs of life
fairly worn out. A very proper example this for modern practitioners
to follow ; dice not only fortune and fame, but the general good of
mankind, would flow from it.
}n the hope that many of my readers will be defirous of acquiring
the moft extenfive information in this part of the fcience, I (hall here
ftate the various configurations from whence the caufes of ficknefs and
health may be deduced ; as well thofe which were {elected by Dr. Salmon in the courie of his practice, as thofe which I have added by my
own experience. The fubject is interefting, and deferves attention.
If, in the figure of birth, the lord of the fixth houfe be in good afpect
with the lord of the afcendant, it is a ftrong argument that the native
will be healthy. So when the Moon is well dignified, and in good
configuration with the lord of the fixth houfe, or beholds the culp of
the (ixthwith a fextile or trine, it is another proof of the native's health.
When benefic ftars are in the fixth houle, in good configuration with
the luminaries, or with the lord of the afcendant, it farther derrionftrates
a healthy conftitution. If the lord of the fixth, the cufp of the" fixth,
or the Moon, be unafflicted by bad afpects of Saturn or Mars, or by fixed
ftars of their nature, or by the Dragon's Tail ; and neither the lord of
the fixth nor the Moon be combuft or peregrine ; the native will moft pro
bably live in perfect health all his days.
But, on the contrary, if moft or all the fignificators in a genefis be
found weak and unfortunate, or afflicted by the malignant planets in
body or afpect ; or if moft of the fignificators pofited in the twelfth,
eighth, or fixth, houfes, or the infortunes in the feventh, are in no good
No, 36.
8 P
aiped
72o
AN ILLUSTRATION
afpect of Jupiter, Venus, or the Sun, or Moon ; the native's body will
be very infirm, and become a perfect repofitum of difeafes. And ac
cording to the nature of the figns in which thofe planets are pofited,
;". e. according to the triplicity, fo will the native be continually afflicted
with fuch infirmities as proceed from the predominant quality of that
trigon ; for, if the fignificators be in watery figns, he will be afflicted
with phlegm; if in earthy, he will be oppreffed with melancholy; if
in fiery, with cholic, heat, and feverifh affections ; but, if in airy figns,
he will labour under moft or all of thofe complaints which arife from
too great an abundante of blood.
Whenever we find in a nativity the lord of the afcendant applying to
the lord of the fixth, it declares the native will be inattentive to his
own health, and often fuffer thereby. The Sun in the fixth, feventh,
eighth, or twelfth, houfes, is an argument of (hort life, of many and
bitter afflictions, and of much ficknefs ; particularly if in bad afpect
with the Moon ; but, if thefe luminaries be in conjunction of each other,
it prefages defect of underftanding, and afflictions of the head and
brain, which the phyfician can neither difcover nor cure. If the Moon
be afflicted by the quartile or oppofition of Saturn, or the Dragon's Tail,
in the firft or fecond houfes of the figure, it declares the whole life will
be infirm : and, if fixed ftars of the quality of Saturn be joined with
cither of luminaries, the native will be always lean and puny, and the
food he takes will afford but little nourimment ; fo likewife he that hath
Mars' elevated above Saturn in his birth will be of a weak and fickly ha
bit of body.
%
If Mars be in the fixth houfe, it gives fudden cafual difeafes, which

return upon the flighted occafion ; if in the twelfth, he afflicts the
body with extreme weaknefs, and forebodes cafual misfortunes. So, if
an infortune be matutine, it (hows fudden difeafes or falls ; if vefpertine, ta fickly habit or durable complaints. But, fince bodily infirmi
ties cannot be deduced entirely from the bare pofition of any one planet
when others of an oppofite nature and quality are fo fituated as to coun
terbalance its influence, fothe foregoing obfervations can only hold good
in fuch nativities where they ftand implicitly as above defcribed, with
out any other planet in configuration, and totally unimpeded by the in
fluence of other rays ; for, when thefe occur, the complaint arifes from
a compound caufe, and every feparate quality muft be confideredr and
compared with the fundamental fignificators of the temperature and conftitution of the native in his radical figure of birth ; which, being duly
alcertained, and proved by direction, will feldom fail to point out the
precifc nature and tendency^ the difeafe.
The
OFASTROLOGY.
721
The four triplicities, from whence the four complexions or tempe

ratures arife, and the figns which compofe them, muft be fully con
templated in this enquiry. If the native be found to exceed in his
temperature or complexion with the choleric humour, and Saturn
happens to be the afflicting planet, and pofited in Aries, being the houfe
of Mars, and the exaltation of the Sun, he then declares the native (hall
at times be troubled with melancholy vapours, and impofthumes in the
head, with colds, watchings, ftoppage in the ftomach and bowels, diftillations of rheum, and pains in the arms and moulders. If Jupiter be the
afflicting planet in Aries, he denotes fome affliction in the head, or
quinfey in the throat, or fumorous fwelling, with fainting or fwooning. If Mars in Aries be the afflicting fignificator, he gives extreme
pain in the head, arifing from a hot caufe ; or elfe want of deep, or hot
rheums in the eyes, or gripings in the bowels. If the Sun be the afflict
ing planet, and pofited in Aries, he then gives the megrim, reftleflhefs,
fore eyes, with pain or fwellings in the thighs and hips. If Venus be the
afflicting planet, and in Aries, (he produces heavinefs and dulnefs in the
head, proceeding of cold ; and difpofes to lethargy, and to complaints
of the kidneys and reins. If Mercury be the afflicting planet in Aries,
he caufes the vertigo, or lightnefs of the head, with all the various diforders of the womb. If the Moon be the afflicting planet in Aries, (he
gives defluxions of rheum from the head, falling ficknefs, convulfions,
dimnefs of fight by cold, (leepinefs, with pains or lamenefs in the knees.
Thefe feveral complaints are peculiar to the fituation of each of the
planets when in the fign Aries; for, in each different fign thejfe, vary
their effect upon the conftitution, by participating in the nature and qua
lity of each of the figns refpectively. It will therefore be necefiary to
trace their influence through each of the four triplicities, before their ac
tion can be precisely determined in every geniture.
Saturn in Leo, being the afflicting planet, gives violent affliction of
the nerves, confumption, or wafting of the liver, debility in the reins,
and weaknefs in the back. If Jupiter be the afflicting fignificator in
Leo, it difpofes to feverifh complaints, pleurify, pains in the inteftines,.
gripings and wind-cholici and the fciatica, or hip-gout. When Mars
is the afflicting planet in Leo, choler abounds, with a violent fever,
and pains of the ftomach and kidneys. If the Sun be the afflicting .
planet in Leo, it gives the putrid or (potted fever, (lone and gravel,
fainting fits, excruciating pains in the head, almoft to madnefe. If
Venus afflict the native in Leo, it induces the violent fever of love ;
gives obftructions at ftomach, with pain or fwelling in the legs. If
Mercury afflict in Leo, he gives faduefe of heart, tremblings, pains in
the.
ANILLUSTRATION
the back, with lamenefs in the arms, and pains in the extremities. If
the Moon afflict the patient in Leo, fhe gives ficknefs at ftomach, iacreafes
the king's evil, and all diforders of the throat.
In Sagittarius, if Saturn be the afflicting planet, he produces weaknefs
of the extremities, confumptions, pains in the legs and feet, and the
gout. If Jupiter be the fignificator of affliction in Sagittarius, he pro
duces putrefaction of blood, fevers proceeding from choler ; pains and
fwellings in the knees, and tumours in the head and neck. If Mars
afflict in Sagittarius, he gives the fciatica, or pains in the hips or thighs,
drynefs of the mouth, with extreme heat and forenefs of the throat.
If Sol afflict -in Sagittarius, it caufes choleric humour in the thighs or
hips, the fiftula, fainting fits, and ficknefs at heart. If Venus be the
afflicting planet in Sagittarius, (he produces the fciatica, corruption of
blood, lurfeits, and ficknefs of ftomach. If Mercury afflict in Sagitta
rius, we fuffer pains in the back and reins, pains in the kidneys, coughs,
and ftoppage of urine. If the Moon be the afflicting planet in Sa
gittarius, me induces weaknefs or lamenefs in the thighs, pains in the
bowels, and the wind-cholic.Thefe are the various complaints which
the planets give in the fiery triplicity, which is under the dendmination
of choler, and is compofed of the three foregoing figns. I (hall now
ftate the afflictions which arife from the pofition of the planets in the
earthy triplicity, which confifts of the three figns Taurus, Virgo, and
Capricorn.
If Saturn be the afflicting planet in the fign Taurus, he gives the king's
evil, or malignant fore throat, quartan ague, obstructions of the ftomach,
the fcurvy, and melancholy affections. If Jupiter be the afflicting
planet in Taurus, it produces the quinfey, or fwelliog of the throat,
rheumatic gout in the hands and arms, wind in the blood, obftrudtions
in the bowels, with pains and gripings. If Mars be the afflicting
planet in Taurus, he occafions tumours of the neck and throat, weaknefs
and pains in the back, the ftone in the reins, or a confumption. If
the- Sun afflict in Taurus, it endangers the quinfey or fore throat,
and gives pain and fwelling in the knees, If Venus be the afflicting
planet in Taurus, fhe produces a catarrh, or fome malignant humour
in the throat, pains in the head, colds, and defect in the fecrets.
If Mercury afflict in Taurus, he caufes diftillations in the throat, and
wheefings in the ftomach, the fciatica, or lamenefs and numbnefs in the
feet. If the Moon be the afflicting planet in Taurus, fhe occafions
fwelling and forenefs of the throat, canker in the mouth, pains in the
legs, and gout in the feet.
If
OF 'ASTROLOGY.
723
If Saturn be the afflicling planet in the fign Virgo, he occafions violeni obstructions in the bowels, which frequently end in mortification,
ana* 'terminate life ; he likewife produces laflitude and weaknefs in the
thighs, .ftoppage of urine, and the ftone. If Jupiter be the afflicting
planet, and pofited in the fign Virgo, he occafions putrified and cor
rupted blood, cold and dry liver, obftrucTions of the lungs, confumptyori,, weakuefs in the back, pain and feeblenefs in the joints; and, in
wom<-ri, fits of the mother. If Mars be the afflicting planet in Virgo, he
often occafions the bloody flux, or a confirmed dyfentery; alfo obftructions in the circulation of the animal fluids, and diforders in the legs.
If the Sun be the afflicling planet in Virgo, he gives the bloody flux,
or choleric obftru&ions in the ftomach and throat, or fome fwejling
tumours therein. If Venus afflict in Virgo, (he produces worms, windcholic, flux, pains at the heart, or illnefs proceeding from cold taken in
the feet. If'Mercury afflidt in Virgo, he gives the bilious cholic, fhortnefs of breath, obftrudtions at the ftomach, pains in the head, and diiorders of the brain. If the Moon be the afflidting planet, and fituated
in- Virgo, flie gives all kind of. obftrudtions in the bowels, lownefs of
fpirits,, deep melancholy, fudden tremors, fainting-fits, and weaknefs in
the extremities.
If 'Sit urn be the afflicting planet in the fign Capricorn, he gives the
gout iii the knees, legs, and feet ; alfo pain in the head, and obftrudrions in
the circulation. If Jupiter be the afflicling planet in Capricorn, he pro
duces melancholy blood, and running pains, or fome obftrudtion or ftop
page iii the throat. If Mars be the afflicting planet in Capricorn, he
gives violent pains in the knees, with lamenefs ; and alfb in the hands
and' arms, with hot fwellings, and violent tumours. If the Sun be the
afflicting planet in Capricorn, he gives fwellings in the knees, whitlows,
diftempers in the bowels, with fever and mortification. If Venus
afflidt in Capricorn, me produces fcrophula in the knees and thighs,
tumours or fwellings in the tefticles, debility in the reins, and coldneis
at ftomach. If Mercury be the afflicting "planet in Capricorn, he gives
the gout in the feet and knees, occafions ftoppage of urine, palpitation
of the heart, and violent heart-burn. If the Moon afflidt in Capricorn,
(he gives the gout or white fwelling in the knees, pains in the back and
reins, ftone and gravel, weaknefs of the kidneys, and the whites in wo
men.Thefe difeafes are all under the malefic configuration of the pla
nets when in the earthly triplicity. 1 (hall next ftate thofe ufually pro
duced in the airy, which triplichy is compofed of the three next figns
in order, viz. Gemini, Libra, and Aquaries.
No. 36.
8 Q
7H
AN ILLUSTRATION
If Saturn be the afflicting planet, and pofited in the fign Gemini, he

gives pains in the arms and fhoulders, pleurifies, obftructions in the
bowels, melancholy, and black jaundice. If Jupiter be the afflicting
planet in Gemini, then blood will abound, and occafion pleurifies, and
diforders of the liver and reins. If Mars be the afflicting planet in
Gemini* he often occafions breakings-out, biles and blotches, pains in
the arms, heat of blood, putrefaction, the ftrangury, and other complaints
in the fecrets. If the Sun afflict in Gemini, the native will be fubject
to fcorbutic complaints, corruption of' blood, and peftilential fevers,
with weaknefs or lamenefs in the legs. If Venus be the afflicting
planet in Gemini, fhe corrupts the blood, and brings on a dropfy ; fhe
alfo produces the king's evil, and fome diftillations of rheum' from
the head, affliding the extreme parts. If Mercury afflict in Gemini, it
produces windy blood, weaknefs in the arms, pains in the head, and the
rheumatic gout. If the Moon afflict in Gemini, fhe brings the gout in
the hands and elbows, alfo in the legs and feet. Thefe complaints are all
peculiar to Gemini.
- If Saturn be the afflicting planet in Libra, it argues a confumption of
the body, weaknefs in the back, ftrangury, corruption of blood, the
fciatica, and gouty or rheumatic pains. If Jupiter be the afflicting
planet in Libra, it occafions the dropfy, tumours in the groin, the piles,
tiftula, inflammations in the legs, fevers, and furfeits. If Mars be the
afflicting planet in Libra, he gives the ftone and gravel, violent pains in
the kidneys and bladder, fevers, and pains in the feet. If the Sun be the
afflicting planet in Libra, he produces choler, pains in the back, fharpnefs
of urine, univerfal corruption and inflammations of the blood, with laffitude
in the arms, fhoulders, and extremities. If Venus afflict in Libra,
fhe gives a weakuefs in the reins, debility of the animal functions,
'diabetes, pains in the bowels and head, with the bilious cholic. If
Mercury afflict in Libra, he gives pain in the mufcular lyftem, occafions
ftoppage of urine, faintings and palpitation of the heart, ob(rru,ctions in the throat, decay of the lungs, or phlegmatic fwellings in the
hreaft. If the Moon be the afflicting planet in Libra, (he debilitates the
reins, gives pains in the back and bowels, produces a diabetes, or brings
on the whites in woman. Thefe are the feveral complaints engendered
under Libra.
If Saturn be the afflicting planet, and pofited in Aquaries, he gives
pains in the head from melancholy 'vapours, fwellings or gatherings in
the throat, pains and cramps in the limbs and joints, pains in the ears,
and deafnefs. If Jupiter be the afflicting planet in Aquaries, he pro
duces running pains all over the body, particularly in the hands, arms,
legs,
OF ASTROLOGY.
725
]egs, and feet. If Mars be the afflicting planet in Aquaries, he begets

putrefaction and inflammation of the blood, fwelling in the legs, obftructions in the ftomach, pleurify, or intermittent fever. If the Sun be the
afflicling planet, and. in Aquaries, it occafions lamenefs and foul irruptipns in the legs, difficulty in making water, and wafting of the reins
and. kidneys. If Venus be the afflicting planet in Aquaries, fhe caufeth
gouty or rheumatic humours in the knees and feet, and fometimes
in the ftomach; but, if the blood be in a putrified ftate, (he will caufe
the dropfy. If Mercury be the afflicting planet in Aquaries, he gives
fluxes, and wind in the bowels, running pains in the extremities, and
fwellings in the feet and legs. If the Moon be the afflicting planet in
Aquaries, fhe produces dropfy in the leg, fits of the mother, diabetes,
weaknefs in the ftamina, univerfal latitude, runnings of the reins, and
impotency. Thefe are engendered of the planets when malevolently
configurated in the airy triplicity. We mail next confider the watery,
which is formed of Cancer, Scorpio, and Pifces.
If Saturn in Cancer be the afflicting planet, it occafions obftructions
of the ftomach, tertian agues, fcurvies, coughs and colds, phthyfics and
ulcerations of the lungs, cancers and ulcers in the breaft, pains and
weaknefles in the back, afthmas, and confumptions. If Jupiter be the
afflicting planet in Cancer, he caufes furfeits, dropfy, bad appetite,
obftructions in the bladder, weaknefs, and debility in the ventricle. If
Mars be the afflicting planet in Cancer, he breeds a pleurify, or occafions
the gathering of fharp acrid humours in the ftomach, whence arife the
moft violent bilious complaints. If the Sun be the afflicting planet in
Cancer, it produces hoarfenefs, and feverifh affections, inducing to the
fmall-pox or meafles. If Venus be the afflicting planet in Cancer, fhe
caufeth bad digeftion, lofs of appetite, furfeit, with vomiting, an univerfal
corruption of blood, and pains in the back and bowels. If Mercury be
the afflicting planet, and in Cancer, he declares a cold ftomach, gripings'
of wind, diftillations of cold rheum, or fome cough, with lamenefs in
the legs. If the Moon be the afflicting planet in Cancer, fhe produces
watery complaints of the ftomach, fmall-pox, dropfy, tympanies, -fall
ing ficknefs, and convulfions. Thefe are the feveral afflictions incident
to the planets when promittors under Cancer.
r
If Saturn be the planet afflicting in the fign Scorpio, he gives the

piles, fiftula, and tumours in the groin, gout in the legs and feet, obftruction of the nerves, giddinefs, and palfy. If Jupiter be the afflicting
planet in Scorpio, he gives the fcurvy or dropfy, indigeftion, ob
ftructions in the bladder, ftrangury, weaknefs, palpitation of the heart,
the
726
ANILLUStk AT ION
the fciatica, and piles. If Mars be the afflicting planet in Scorpio, he gives
violent fevers, fmall-pox, (curvy,- dropfy, fwelling in the privates,
violent pain in the head, rheum in the byes, the megrim, and -in a
woman a fuper-abundance of the menftrual flux. If the Sun be the
afflicting planet in Scorpio, it occasions violent irruptions of putrid matter
from different parts of the body in large boils or blotches ; otherwise it
brings on obftructions in the ftomach and bowels, fuppreflion of urine*
or the bilious cholic. If Venus be the afflicting planet in Scorpio, (he
produces the dropfy, fcurvy, king's evil, pains of the kidneys, running
of the reins, debility, and impotency. If Mercury be the afflicting
planet in Scorpio, he produces quartan agues, proceeding of heat and
moifture; pains in the bowels, flux or dyfentery, with pains in the arms
and (houlders. If the Moon be the afflicting planet in Scorpio, (he
deftroys the generative faculty, vitiates and impovefifhes the femen, and
finally induces an unceafing gleet; (he likewife brings on a dropfical or1
confumptive habit, which generally terminates in death. Such are the
difeafes engendered under Scorpio. We (hall laftly coufider thofe pro"
duced under Pifces.
.
'>
If Saturn be the afflicting planet in the fign Pifces, he will occafion

the gout in the hands or feet, defluxions of vifcous humours, confumptions, or dropfy. If Jupiter be the affli6Hng planet in Pifces, he impoverifheth the blood, brings on a dropfy, caufeth abundance of phlegm
in the ftomach, produces Cwellings in the face, and pains in the head.
If Mars be the afflicting planet in Pifces, he gives lamenefs in the feet,
ftops the free circulation of the blood and juices, vitiates the liver,
which comes away with frequent fpltting and retching, and ultimately
brings on a fever. If the Sun be the afflicting planet in Pifces, he
deftroys procreation, brings on all the diforders incident to barrennefs,
.with obftructions in the ftomach and bowels, ftrangury, and extreme
pain in the back and reins. If Venus be the afflicting planet in Pifces,
(he produces a cold watery ftomach, white fwellings in the knees or legs,
flux in the bowels, which terminates in a dy(entery. If Mercury, be the
afflicting planet in Pifces, it occasions weaknefs and laflitude in the.
bowels and reins, with running pains or fwellings in the knees, legs, or
feel. If- the Moon be the afflicting planet in Pifces, (he produces the
dropfy, impofthumes of the head, watery fwellings in the thighs
and legs,- uniVerfal latitude, or a phlegmatic conftitution of the
whole body.
Thus have we defined the fpecific difeafes produced under e^ch of the
twelve figns, according to the nature of their triplicity, in which any or
either of the planets are the proriittors or fignificators of the malady.
But,
OF ASTROLOGY.
717
But, as it does not always happen that the afcendant, or Part of Fortune,
is the giver of life, and a tingle planet at the fame time promittor, in
which cafes alone the foregoing rules can invariably be admitted, it will
be neceflary to demonftrate the other influences, with which the regular
enjoyment of health is impeded by ficknefs and difeafe. It is the more
necefTary to be copious in this fpeculation, fince we cannot, without a
perfect knowledge of all the configurations that induce ficknefs, either
afcertain the afflictions to which the native (hall be fubject during his
life, or difcover, with any degree of accuracy or fatisfaction, the tem
porary and curable diforders, from that laft and final malady, which
baffles the fyftem of phyfical aid, and difunites the immaterial foul from
the corruptible body. In all difeafes, the Moon is more particularly to be
regarded, fince her action upon the body is moft fenfibly felt, and her con
tiguous pofition brings her more frequently into contact with malig
nant rays. I (hall therefore demonftrate the various configurations,
under which (he tends to deftroy the native's health or life, if afflicted
by the malefic rays of Saturn or Mars, in his figure of birth.
If the Moon in Aries be afflicted by the conjunction, quartile, or
oppofition, of Saturn, the native will be remarkably fubject to coughs
and colds, impofthumes in the head, weaknefs in the eyes, diftillations
of rheum in the breaft, fwellings in the throat, loathings in the ftomach,
with irregular and profufe peripiration. But, if the affliction be by the
conjunction, quartile, or oppofition, of Mars, it caufes diforders of
the brain, violent fevers, reiUeflnefs, inflammation of the liver, and
phrenzy. If in Leo the Moon be afflicted by the evil rays of Saturn,
it produces a violent fever, putrefaction of the blood, heat and drynefs in
the ftomach, with lafluude and debility. But if the difeafe cornea by
the affliction of Mars, ftagnation of the blood, lofs of appetite,
phrenzy, and putrid or fpotted fever, will be the confequence. If
the Moon be thus configurated with Saturn in Sagittarius, it produces
a defluxion of thin, fharp, and fubtle, humours ; gives pain in the limbs
and joints, with heat and fwelling in the extremities, refulting from
the adverfe effects of heat and cold. But, if the affliction comes by Mars,
it will produce violent ficknefs at ftomach, intermittent fever, pain in
the reins and loins, inward and outward piles, and the fiftula. Thefc
difeafes are produced by the malefic afpccts of Saturn and Mars with
the Moon in the fiery triplicity.
If the Moon be afflicted in Taurus, by the quartile, oppofition, or
conjunction, of Saturn, it indicates flow fevers, proceeding from burnt
No. 36.
8R
cbokr ;
;a8
AN
ILLUSTRATION
choler ; and obftrudtions of the arteries, with inflammation of the whold

body, and exulceration of the lungs. But, if the diforder proceeds from
the quartile, oppofition, or conjunction, of Mafs, it will arife from a'
luperabundance of foul blood, inducing various obstructions of the body,
inflammations of the neck and throat, pains in the head and limbs, with
watchfulnefs and convulfive fpafms. If in Virgo the Mpotl be thus
afflicted of Saturn, it occafions crudities and indigeftions of the ftomach,
tough phlegm, obstructions of the bowels and inteftines, head-ach,
pleurify, and heat of urine. But, if the affliction be by Mars, it de
notes an exulceration of the inteftines, bloody flux, putrid fever, loathing,
retching, and violent ficknefs of the ftomach. If in Capricorn the Moon
be afflicted by Saturn, it (hows fubtle, cold, and thin, diftillations, pains
and obftructions in the neck and breaft, inflammations of the lungs, with
difficulty of breathing. But, if the Moon in Capricorn be afflicted by
Mars, it prefages illnefs arifing from bad digeftion, or from fome choleric
or acrid humour in the ftomach. It may likewife produce a fever of the
nerves, ulcerations of the throat, and fluxes of the ftomach and belly.
Thefe are the afflictions peculiar to the Moon in the earthy triplicity,
when impeded by the malefic rays of Saturn and Mars.
In the airy triplicity, if the Moon in Gemini be afflicted by the con
junction, quartile, or oppofition, of Saturn, it inclines the native to a
confumption, to diforders of the fpleen, wearinefs, watchings, with
flow fevers, pains all over the body, particularly in the joints and ar
teries. But, if the affliction be by the malefic configurations of Mars in
Gemini, it produces violent fevers, dangerous obftructions of the blood
and juices, irregular pulfe, with ficknefs and loathing. If in Libra the
Moon be afflicted by Saturn, it gives difeafes of the breaft and ftomach,
pain in the head, want of appetite, loathing of food, nocturnal fevers,
hoarfenefs, coughs, and diftillations of foul humours. But, if the evil ir
radiations are from Mars in Libra, it occafions a Superabundance of blood,
inclines to putrid fevers, breakings-out or inflammations of the whole
body. If the Moon in Aquaries be afflicted by Saturn, it occafions languor,
depreffion of fpirits, nervous affections, watchfulnefs, and an univerfal
relaxation of the nervous fyftem. If the affliction come by the coil
afpect of Mars in Aquaries, it portends difeafes which arife from hot and
(harp humours engendered in the ftomach and bowels, and even
tually produces agues, 'intermittent fevers, ulceration of the liver, and
ibmetimes mortification of the bowels. Thefe are efpecially under the
airy triplicity.
It) the watery triplicity, the Moon afflicted in Cancer, by the quar
tile, oppofition, or conjunction, of Saturn, indicates diforders resulting
" /
from
OF ASTROLOGY.
739
from violent colds, to which the native will be remarkably fubject ; it

will likewife occafion diftillations from the breaft and lungs, moift ca
tarrhs, afthma, hoarfenefs, and obftruclions of the bowels. But, if the
afflictions arife from the malignant configurations of Mars, it gives fanguine complaints* hard tough phlegm in the throat, pains in the head,
retching, ficknels of the ftomach, and putrid fever. If the Moon in
Scorpio be afflicted by Saturn, it foremows ulcerations in the legs and
thighs, fiftuala, the piles in ano, with painful fuppreflion of urine by
ftone or gravel. But, if the affliction, be of Mars in Scorpio, it {hows
violent pains in the head, with ulcerations or impbftumes; as it likewife
gives the hemorrhoids, meafles, fmall-pox, fpotted fever, thrufh, chickenpox, boils, and all bodily irruptions. If the Moon in Pifces be af
flicted by Saturn, it produces diftillations of cold rheum, flow fevers,
pains in the back and loins, mortification of the bowels, and fpeedy death.
But, if the evil come by the affliction of Mars in Pifces, it (hows au
abundance of grofs humours, violent irruptions in different parts of the
body, fudden fevers, epilepfy, ftagnation of the blood, fainting fits,
and apoplexy.
Thus I have ftated, in as brief a manner as poffible, the various difeafes
produced by the Moon in each of the twelve figns, when impregnated
with the malefic afpects of Saturn or Mars; and here let it be understood
that nearly the fame effects are produced by the quartile, oppofition,
or conjunction, of Mercury with the Moon, as by the foregoing configura
tions with Saturn ; and the- fame by the malefic irradiations of the
Sun with the Moon as refult from the evil influences of Mars. I (hall
now point out the particular diforders occafioned by the coil afpect of
Saturn and Mars with the Sun.
If the Sun be afflicted by the quartile or oppfition of Saturn in fiery
figns, he produces the megrim, laflitude of the body, quartan agues, and
confumptions. In earthy figns, cholics, cancerous tumours, rheumatifm,
and gout in all parts of the body. In airy figns, madnefs, phrenzy-fevers,
fplenetic melancholy, and violent nervous fpafms. In watery figns,
agues of all forts, fcurvy, leprofy, king's evil, and gout.
If the Sun be afflicted by the quartile or oppofition of Jupiter in fiery
figns, it produces fevers, pains in the breaft, and ulcers of the liver and
lungs. In earthy figns, the phthyfic, catarrhs, colds, coughs, hoarfenefs,
black jaundice, and inveterate cholic. In airy figns, corruption of blood,
inflammation of the lungs, fcurvy, and debility in the reins. In watery
figns, fmall-pox, meafles, ficknefs at the ftomach, and intermittent fevers.
If
730
AN ILLUSTRATION
If the Sun be afflifled by the quartile or oppofition of Mars in fiery figns,

it denotes putridity, of blood, violent fevers, fainting-fits, and epilepfy.
In earthy figns, the yellow jaundice, quinfeys and choleric tumours in
the throat, ague and fever. In airy figns, furfeits, inflammations of the
blood, ftone and gravel, weaknefs of the back and reins, debility, and
itnpotency. In watery figns, the dropfy, fcurvy, pleurify, obftrudions of
the lungs, diabetes, and (lone in the bladder.
The Sun, directed to his own quartile in any nativity, gives fainting
fits, tremors, and palpitation of the heart ; whatfoever be his fignification
in the radix, he will, phyfically coufidered, be the author of flow fevers,
and always incline the native to difeafe. But, if he be affli&ed by the
quartile or oppofition of Venus in fiery figns, it will produce pains in the
back, bowels, and reins, fluxes of the belly, tending to a confirmed
dyfentery. If in earthy figns, phlegmatic tumours, and cold defluxions
of the bread and lungs. In airy figns, putrefaction of blood, running
of the reins, pains in the fcrotum, and incurable frigidity, In watery
figns, obftrudtions of the ftomach, fmall-pox, meafles, dropfy, rheumatifm,
and gout.
If the Sun be afflicted by Mercury in fiery figns, he gives the phrenzy,
iliac paffion, and impofthumcs in the head. In earthy figns, melan
choly, king's evil, fciatica, leprofy, and gout. In airy figns, pains of the
head and ftomach, bilious cholic, ftrangury, and gravel in the reins.
In earthy figns, quotidian and tertian argues, flow fevers, defluxions of the
brain, fainting-fits, and dropfy. But, if the Sun be afflicted by the
conjunction, quartile, or oppofition, of the Moon in fiery figns, it occafions the falling ficknefs, convulfions, vertigo, and violent head-ach. If
in earthy figns, the bloody flux, hemorrhoids, fiftula, and gravel in the
kidneys. If in watery figns, the dropfy, epilepfy, fits of the mother,
obllru6tions in the bladder, debility in the reins, and crude femen. If
in airy figns, corruption of blood, violent cholic, pains of the ftomach and
bowels, (curvy, leprofy, and tumours in the feet or legs.
Difeafes produced by the Part of Fortune, when Hi/eg or Giver of Life, and
afflifted by the Jlnareta or Killing Planet.
If the Part of Fortune be in quartile or oppofition of Saturn, it brings

fevers, afthmas, and confumptions. If in quartile or oppofition of Jupiter,
putrefaction of blood, furfeits, fcurvy, and leprofy. If in quartile or
oppofition of Mars, it gives violent fevers, ulcers, and fore legs. If in
quartile or oppofition of the Sun, dead palfy, ftagnation of blood,
and epilepfy. If in quartile or oppofition of Venus, obftrudions of the
bowels,
'
731
bowels, and weaknefs of the reins. If in quartile or oppofition of Mer

cury, -diforders of the brain, head-achs, and fpafms. If in quartile or
oppofition of the Moon, the native will be affli&ed with the falling fick'icfs, dropfy, or diabetes. And here let it be particularly remembered,
that whatever part of the body the Part of Fortune governs, it will fuffer
tHore fenlibly and acutely than any other part, in proportion to the nature
a'id quality of the direction under which it operates. If the direction
in. a fign of the fame nature with the promittor, the difeafe is more
but, if the contrary, the more extreme.
'
produced by the Afcendant 'when Hi/eg, or Giver of Life, and

afflitted by the Anareta, or dejlroying Planet.
f the afcendant be afflicled by the quartile or oppofition of Saturn, in
y figns, it occafions diftillations of melancholy humours ; but, if in
ihy figns, confumptions, agues, obftruclions of the terms, afthma,
whooping cough. If in airy figns, furfeits, ficknefs of ftomach, and
ous cholic. If in watery figns, the fcurvy, gravel and ftone, leprofy,
gout. If the afcendant be afflicted by the quartile or oppofition of
iler, in fiery figns, it brings putrid fevers, pleurifies, and inflamma-s in thole parts of the body reprefented by that fign in which the direc. falls. If in earthy figns, it produces melancholy, diforders of the
<n, and cholic. If in airy figns, univerfal corruption of the blood,
Jl pox, meafl-ss, and (curvy. If in 'watery figns, impofthumes of the
d, gout, and dropfy. 'If the afce'ndant be afflicled by the quartile or
fition of Mars, in fiery figns, it corrupts the blood, induces violent
nzy-fevers, and leads to madnefs. If in earthy figns, the cholic,
-imatifm, and gout. If in airy figns, inflammations of the blood,
. e and gravel, and weaknefs in the reins. If in watery figns, the
11 pox, meafles, and dropfy. If the afcendant be afflicled by the quaror oppofition of the Sun, in fiery figns, it gives continual fevers,
cut head-achs, and weaknefs of fight. If in earthy figns, fchirrous
ours in the neck, obftrudlions in the bowels, ending in mortification.
> airy figns, the thrufh, chicken-pox, flow fevers, weaknefs in the
s, and pains in the back. If in watery figns, the king's evil, leprofy,
fcurvy. If the afcendant be afflicled by the quartile or oppofition of
aus, in fiery figns, it gives afthrnatic coughs, and hot defluxions of
!"^^~~3m. If in earthy, obftruclions of the blood, and hard painful fwelli'r^^^^-- If in airy figns, diforders of the womb, gleets, and impotency.
rL
""fli watery figns, the dropfy, diabetes, or dyfentery. If the afcendant
Afflicled by the quartile or oppofition of Mercury, in fiery figns, it
?. ^^ ^Juces catarrhs, confumptions, vertigoes, and phrenzy. If in earthy
^^^*> melancholy, fevers in the head, and quotidian agues. If in airy
-*NJo. 37.
8 S
figns,
AN
ILLUSTRATION
figns, the rheumatic gout, difeafes of the back and reins, and obftructions of the bowels. If in watery figns, fits of the mother, whoopingcough, and ftone in the bladder. If the afcendant be afflicted by the
quartile or oppofition of the Moon in fiery figns, fhe brings the vertigo,
megrim, falling ficknefs, and apoplexy. If in earthy figns, catarrhs,
palfy, putrefied blood, and obftructions of the terms. If in airy figns,
furfeits, ficknefs of ftomach, f mall pox, and meailes. If in watery figns,
fcurvy, dropfy, and difeafes in the womb and bladder. And thus, when
ever the afcendant is afflicted by the malefic rays of any promittor, the
offending humour will abound according to the nature of that fign or triplicity wherein the afpects fall : if in fiery figns, choler ; in earthy, me
lancholy ; in airy, putrefaction of blood ; in watery, corruption of the
whole animal juices.
Saturn, in conjunction, quartile, or oppofition, of Jupiter, pofited with
the lord of the afcendant, or in the fixth houfe, disorders the blood, in
duces melancholy, and gives pains and coldnefs in the extremities. In
conjunction, quartile, or oppofition, with Mars, he gives the yellow jaun
dice, quartan agues, the ftone, gravel, gout, and rheumatifm. In con
junction, quartile, or oppofition, of the Sun, he gives nervous affections,
deep melancholy, confumptions, and fainting fits. In conjunction,
quartile, or oppofition, of Venus, he gives the green ficknefs, fevers,
and quotidian agues. In conjunHon, quartile, or oppofition, of Mer
cury, he gives melancholy, madnefs, wafting of the brain, and confumptions. In conjunction, quartile,. or oppofition, of the Moonv he gives the
epilepfy, convulfions, and hyfteric fits.
If Jupiter be in conjunction, quartile, or oppofition, of Mars, he brings
putrid fevers, furfeits, inflammation of the lungs, and putrefaction of
blood. If he be in conjundtion or evil afpect with the Sun, he gives the
pleurify, meafles, fmall pox, and malignant fevers. In conjunction, quar
tile, or oppofition, of Venus, he gives putrid fevers, mortification in the
bowels, and univerfal corruption and ftagnation of the blood and juices.
In conjunction, quartile, or oppofition, of Mercury, he gives deflations
of the breaft and lungs, fluxes, and immoderate head-achs. In conjunc
tion, quartile, or oppofition, of the Moon, he gives the pleurify, bilious
cholic, ficknefs of ftomach, and fore throat. If Mars be in conjunction,
quartile, or oppofition, of the Sun, it gives a violent burning fever,
the tertian ague, carbuncles, and foul tumours. If Mars be in con
junction, quartile, or oppofition* of Venus, it produces king's evil,
fcurvy, disorders of the back, reins, and womb. If in conjunction,
quartile, or oppofition, of Mercury, it induces madnefs, phrenzy-fevers,
and:
OFASTROLOGY.
733
and watchfulnefs. If in conjun&ion, quartile, or oppofition, of the Moon,

it gives the dead palfy, epilepfv, or convulfion fits. If the Sun be in con
junction or evil afpecT: with Venus, it produces fevers, meafles, fmall
pox, and other cutaneous diforders. If the Sun be in conjunction or evil
afpecl with Mercury, it brings melancholy, confumptions, and weaknefs
of the nervous fyftem. If in conjunction, quartile, or oppofition, of
the Moon, it gives rheums, defluxions of the lungs, lamenefs, agues,
and putrefadlion of blood. Venus in conjunction or evil afpecl of Mer
cury when they are fignificators of the difeafe, gives lamenefs, fcurvy,
or iliac paffion. In conjunction, quartile, or oppofition, of the Moon,
(he induces the palfy, numbnefs of the extremities, cramps, and rheumatifm. Mercury in conjunction, quartile, or oppofition, of the Moon,
generally produces the falling ficknefs and various diftempers of the
brain..
To judge accurately of the natural force of a difeafe, great regard
muft be had to the figns wherein the fignificators of the difeafe are
pofited, both as to their nature and quality ; for earthy figns denote
colder difeafes than airy, and fiery figns hotter and drier difeafes than
watery. And hence diforders might with eafe be fought out by duly
confidering the nature of the figns, the dignity of the configurating
planets, and the quality of the houfes, in which they are pofited. In this
fpeculation it muft be always remembered, that the houfes of heaven
which denote difeafes, are the fixth; twelfth, eighth, and feventh; and
particular regard muft be had to the lords of thofe houfes, as well as to
the planets pofited therein, in acute difeafes ; and to the Sun and lord
of the afcendant in chronic. But the fixth houfe, and its lord, with
the planets pofited therein, beft defcribe the difeafe, particularly when
they afflict either of the luminaries or the lord of the afcendant. The
configurations of the Moon are in a particular manner to be noticed ;
for, in the conftitution of difeafes, (he tranflates the nature of one pla
net to that of another, the which, if well examined, with the ftate and
quality of that planet whofe virtue (he tranflates, cannot fail to difcover to us the true caufe of the ficknefs or difeafe with which the na
tive is afflicted. For according to the fign the Moon is in, to the na
ture of that planet to which he applies, and to the fign that planet is in,
fo the difeafe fhall correfpond in nature and quality to that planet,
whether it be a fortune or an infortune, mafculine or feminine, nocturnal
or diurnal, hot or cold, dry or moift ; and the fame (hall be reprefented
of the temperature, part of the body, and. difeafe, he induces ; and
whether he be angular, fuccedent, or cadent ; whatever part of the body
he
734
he governs by the houfe he is in, whether he be direct or retrograd,

fwift or flow, oriental or occidental, combuft or free, precifely fo (hall
the ftrength and duration of the malady be. And in this enquiry it will
become us to diftinguifli whether the affliction be effential or accidental.
The parts of the body effentially afflicted, are governed by the fign upon
the attendant, the cufp of the fixth houfe, and the Moon ; thofe
accidentally afflicted, are governed by the lord of the afcendant, the
lord of the fixth, and the Moon ; and by the figns in whieh they are
pofited, both according to fimple and compound llgnification. The dif
ference between the effential and accidental affliction, is this : the one
demonftrates where the root of the difeafe ledges, and where the chief
and real affliction is feated ; whilft the other (hows the fympathetic
affliction of the component parts, which, though in fact really well, yet
fuffer an acute and fenfible pain, by reafon of the extremity of the
diftemper, which eflentiaHy or radically afflicts fome other part. For
. example, when one burns his hand, that is the member or part
eflentially vitiated ; but, by reafon of the extremity of the pain, the
whole arm becomes inflamed. Thus the difeafe accidentally affects the
whole arm ; but it is eflentially feated only in the burned hand. The
fame reafoning holds good in all cafes generally ; but particularly we fay,
that Saturn in the beginning of Cancer produces pain in the left fide, as
though pierced with an awl; in Leo he afflicts the heart and back; in
Virgo, the head and bowels ; in Scorpio, the hips and reins, and caufeth
difficulty in making water. So Mars, lord of the fixth, with Aries or
Scorpio on the afcendant, afflicts the head ; though this pofition frequently
gives pain in all parts of the human body, and produces an univerfal
breaking-out, in boils, blotches, ulcers, itch, fmall pox, meafles, or the
Jike. But, if Mars in this cafe be pofited in Leo, he produces pains in
the back ; in Virgo, inflammations of the lungs ; in Libra, pains in
the back and reins ; but, if he be lord of the fixth in Scorpio, he gives
diforders of the womb and bladder.
If the lord of the fixth houfe be afflicted in a diurnal fign, the difeafe
will appear in the fore part of the body, as in the face, breafly or belly;
but, if he be afflicted in a nocturnal fign, the feat of the difeafe will be
either in the back or internal parts of the body; and this will hold good,
whether the fignifieator be above or under the earth. If the lord of the
fixth houfe be afflicted above the earth, and in a diurnal fign, the ficknefs falls in the right fide ; but if he be under the earth, and in a noctur
nal fign, it falls in the left fide. Mafculine planets alfo afflict the right
fide of the body, and feminine the left ; according to the fpecific parts
of the body which they refpectively govern; but always remember, that a
malefic
OF ASTRO L O G Y/
735
malefic ftar in the afcendant, or in oppofiton to it, in what fign foever

it be pofited, always afflidts the head. The fpecific humours and vir
tues inftilled refpeftively by the planets, abfti6iedly confidered, muft
likewife be regarded, in proportion to the ftrength of their rays, when
fignificators of difeafe. Thus Saturn of himfelf produces thick, grofs,
melancholy, and iuperfluous phlegm ; and rules the receptive virtue
which refts in the body and fpleen ; and hath rthis natural energy doubly
augmented, ( when pofited in Taurus/Virgo, or Capricorn. Jupiter's
natural influence is heat, blood, and "wind; therefore his virtue is crefcent, growing, and : quickening ; and is featedrin the liver. He go.verns the digeftive faculty in man, and hath his power much aug
mented when pofited in Gemini, Libra, or Aquaries. The humour
produced by Mars is hot,' fharp, and choleric; he therefore induces
anger, and governs the attractive quality in man ; having his power
much increated when in Aries, Leo, or Sagittarius. The Sun engenders
yellow choler, hot and dry; he governs the vital faculty, and is the be
ginning of life and motion. His aclion is upon the heart ; and with
Mars he rules the attractive quality, having his power greatly augmented
in Aries, Leo, and Sagittarius. Venus produces thin phlegm, cold and
moift, governs and excites the libidinous appetite, and with Mars and
the Sun prefides over the attractive quality, having her greatefl energy in
Aries, Leo, and Sagittarius. Mercury engenders thin melancholy, hot
and dry, hath the virtue imaginative and cogitative, and difpofes the
animal virtue refting in the brain. The Moon produces grofs, raw,
crude, phlegm, prefides over the natural virtue refting in the liver, and
governs the expullive faculty, having her greateft power and influence in
Cancer, Scorpio, or Pifces.
From thefe obfervations we are led to deduce, that, when the pla
nets in their eflential dignities are pofited at the fame time in any of the
above figns, the operation of the planet fo eflentially dignified will fo
far exceed the influence of all the other ftars, as to render its tempera
ment and quality too powerful in the conftitution of the native, and to
produce fuch disorders as are the natural confequence. For example, if
Jupiter be thus dignified in Gemini, the digeftive faculty will be ftrong ;
or, if Saturn be in Cancer, the native will have the flux, and there
fore folid food and aftringent liquors would be naturally recommended.
The fame doclrine holds in every other complaint, which muft be pro
duced by the fuper-abundance of fome one of the four qualities ; and,
when the effential caufe of complaint is once found, a remedy may be
eafily adminiftered. The following table conveys at one view, according
to the pofition of the afflicting planet, what part of the body is aggrieved.
No. 37.
8T
The
736
AN ILLUSTRATION
The TABLE.
0
J
s
ss n a r iff * K *
^ Til
Jtf
Vf
T Itl
X ^
ys
0 * <r vf
I?
r
e a as w n 0 =
n >!? a & 25 n ni
SB
iB2
TH a
25 J
n w y ~
iff a
* n?
a vf
25 SS
n x
*m
V? A
Iff SS
Vf J
TT\ & X
in
*
2: vf
H |
m. r
n
U
a x 3 T
IK v a
=> 8
IJP n
X as
r vf
J 0
a m. n
So
Vf
r H (5 *"* vf n
1*
Mft
er n H
St 25
m a .n.
wa $ m
ss r x a
~ iff
H B
So
a
i
4 a
Vf fi!
To point out the ufe of the above Table, let us fuppofe a native to fall
fick when his iignificator is in Aries, and fuppofe his fignificator to be
Jupiter ; look in the top column for Jupiter, and in the firft column on
the left hand for Aries, and in the common angle of meeting you will
find Leo and Taurus, which (how he is afflicled at the heart, and hath
fome evil fenfation in his throat, &c. for every planet in his own houfe
rules the head ; in. the fecond fign from his own houfe, the neck and
throat; in the third, the arms and (boulders; and fo on, as ftated in every
common almanac.
Having thus gone through the moft material obfervatious neceflary to
form a right underftanding of ficknefis in any nativity, I (hall now pro
ceed to examine the (ixth houfe, or houfe of (ickne(s in this geniturc.
The fixth houic, we find, is governed by the Sun, Mars, and Mercury.
Mars, in this figure, is lord of the afceudant, as well as lord of the fixth
houfe, and therefore induces in the native a perfecl indifference as to the
care of his own health. Mars being pofited in an earthy fign, inclines
him to choler ; while the Sun in the fixth, and Mercury in fextile of Sa
turn, in a fixed fign, produce chronic difeafes, eventually inclining to
palfy ; together with depreffion of fpirits, and habitual melancholy. This
is farther declared by the oppofition of Saturn to the Part of Fortune,
who
OFASTROLOGY.
737
who in this figure is hileg, or giver of life. If therefore we examine, by

the foregoing rules, what part of the native's body (hall be rnoft fenfibly
afflicted by this accidental pofition of the planets, we fhall find them re
markably fubjecl to pains in the head from melancholy, ftrumas in the
throat, aching pains in the joints, defects in the ears, with tremors and
palpitations of the heart. The fignificators being wholly in the fiery,
earthy, and airy, triplicities, denote likewife that the native (hall be very
fubjcct to fevers ; but, to difcover when thefe feveral maladies (hall befal
him, we muft direct the feveral fignificators to their promittors, which we
fhall prefently demonftrate in the directions, and thereby prove how ex
actly the feveral diforders with which Mr. Witchell was, during life,
afflicted, correfponded with the fignificators in his nativity.
The fixth houfe alfo bears relation to fervants, and points out how we
may be affected by them. Their fignificators are the planets pofited in
the fixth, with the lord thereof, and the Moon. In this figure we find
the Sun and Mercury are in the fixth houfe ; and, as the Sun is lord of
the tenth, the .houfe of honour and preferment, and in the fign of his
exaltation, it denotes that the native mould have very profitable fervants ;
and, finding Mercury in reception of Mars, it indicates that thofe placed
in a fubardinate capacity under him (hould be diligent, active, and vigi
lant in his fervice. In (hort, I find no injury likely to arife to him by
means of domeftics, except it be from females, and that no way material,
fince it arifes only from the quartile of the Moon to the fixth houfe, in a
feminine fign. The circumftances of the native's life fully confirmed this
opinion.
CONSIDERATIONS arifing from the SEVENTH HOUSE.

From this houfe we derive aftral information, concerning the native's
intercourfe with women : whether he (hall marry, or lead a life of celi
bacy; whether be (hall indulge in the delectable enjoyments of the fofter
fex, or whether the cold and frigid conformation of his nature fliall give
him an averfiou to women.
To determine the marriages of men, we muft confult their principal
fignificators, which are, Venus and the Moon, the feventh houle, the lord
thereof, and the planets pofited therein. But, to determine the marriages
of women, we muft particularly regard the Sun and Mars, the feventh
houfe, and the planet or planets pofited therein. To afcertain whether the
native will marry or not, requires a minute infpection of the nativity; for, if
Saturn be more elevated than Venus or the Moon, than Mars or the Sun, or
ftronger in dignity than all of them, the native will have a natural averfion
to a married ftate, particularly if no benefic planet collects his rays, and
conduces
738
AN ILLUSTRATION
conduces thereby to a more communicative and aftive fpirit ; for Sa

turn, being the author of habitual folitarinefs, and, when fo pofited,
the producer of cold, crude, and frigid, humours, takes away that inftijictive affeclion of the mind, and that generous warmth of the paffions,
which nature ordained to ftir up and ftimulate the fenfitive faculty to the
production of its like. When Saturn or Mars are found in afpecl with
Venus or the Moon, and in no good configuration either with the Sun,
Jupiter, or Mercury, and are at the fame time weak or peregrine, it
argues that the native fhall lead a gay and lafcivious life, indulging too
freely in the ufe of women, before he will engage in matrimony. If
thefe fignificators are in barren figns, or in cadent houfes, and dignified
in Leo or Taurus, or the Moon in Scorpio, in quartile or oppofition of
Saturn ; or if the Moon be in conjunction of the Sun in Capricorn, Aquaries, or Libra, and in oppofition to Saturn ; the perfon born under fuch
configurations will never marry. And again, the oppofition or quartile
of Venus and Saturn with the Moon, in a barren fign, or in a cadent
houfe, argues much againft a married life. But where we find the Moon
and Venus in male nativities, or the Sun and Mars in thofe of women, or
pofited in fruitful figns, and the lord of the feventh houfe fortunate, or a
benevolent planet in that houfe, or the fignificators of marriage fituated
in good parts of the figure, or a reception between the lord of the feventh
and firft houfes, or a good afpeft between any of the principal fignifica
tors, we may then fafely declare the native will not only marry, but is
well qualified to render that ftate truly blifsful and happy.
But to know whether matrimony will be contracted with eafe, /'. e.
without much trouble, anxiety, or difappointment, obferve whether
Saturn and Mars behold each other by an oppofition out of the firft or
feventh houfes, or whether Venus be pofited in Leo or Scorpio, in evil
afpedl with Mars, or whether Mars tranfits the cufp of the feventh houfe
in Capricorn, Virgo, or Taurus ; for, in any of thefe cafes, the native
will find great difficulty and embarraffment in purfuing the object of his
affeclion, and, whenever matrimony takes place, it will be on a fudden.
If, on the contrary, we find the fignificators of marriage well beheld by
benefic ftars, ftrong and in good afpeft to Saturn and Mars, and the lord
of the feventh applying to the lord of the afcendant, matrimony will be
obtained with eafe. The number of wives or hufbands the native Khali
have, is declared by the application of the Moon in men's nativities,
and by the application of the Sun in thofe of women, either in body or
afpedl; for, if the Moon or Sun be joined with or apply to but one
planet, it denotes but one wife or hufband ; except thofe fignificators
chance to be pofited in watery figns, and then the number is doubled.
Ptolomy likewife faith, that, if the 'Moon be in a fign of one form, and
apply
OF ASTROLOGY.
739
apply to one planet, il declares one wife ; but if in a bi-corporal fign,

applying to many planets, many wives. But, if none of thefe configura
tions are found, examine how many planets, are direct, and free from ^
combuftion, except fuch as are in the eflential dignities, or constituted tw7 ~""
.
between the midheaven and the planet Venus, if Venus be'fituated rn the
infant oriental quarter; and fo many wives or hufbands mail the native ?~<~<<have. But, if in the figure of birth no fuch are found, then obferVe hotf
- *> ~"~~ a'
many planets behold the lord of the feventh houle with partile afpect,^>
whether they be retrograde or combuft; and from thence determine the
number of wives. Thefe observations, according to the long-eftablifhed
evidence of caules and effects, will in all cafes enable us to determine
this important incident of life, where no oppollte teftimonies are fount!
rn the figure of birth to contradict them. We fhall now apply thefe
matrimonial rules to the elucidation of that fubjetf in the prefent nativky. The Moon and Venus are Mr. Witchell's fignificators of marriage;
the Moon is not in a barren fig nt-or- afflicted by any-maJefic ftaf, nor is ,
(he pofited in the lixth, ninth, twelfth, or eighth, houfes of the figure ;'
again, (he is not combuft of the Sun, nor-under any other evil influ
cncc. -tt-thcfefepe teftificsârâittrf^meltRaiten-itt^tfle-iMrtive-of entering
4trto-a-naaffiage-ftatfr. This judgment-k confidcrfrb4yâgmTrtcd by
-4efd-ef
and Venus being at the fame time in a fruitful fign in reception of Jupiter, produces a ftrong teftimony of radical heat, or 9-*->tr
amorous defines, in the native, to ftimulate him to the contract; but
Venus being in oppofition of Mars, declares he fhould luffer great per
plexity and dilappointmSnts in his 'matrimonial engagement, before it
Ihould absolutely take place.
>
The time when his marriage ftvould bfe completed, is determined by
the motion of the fignificators ; and that motion, or fpecial time, is
ascertained, by directing the Moon, or Venus, to a fextile, trine, or
conjunction, of the feventh or firft houfes ; or by directing* the midheaven
to the conjunction, fextile, or trine, of Venus or the Moon ; or by
directing the Sun to the fextile, quartile, or trine, of the Moon and
Venus ; or by direcluig the Moon to the fextile, quartile, trine, or
oppofition, of the Sun or Mars ; but in this cafe it nruft be particu
larly obferved, that, if marriage is brought up by a quartile or oppofi
tion of the Sun or Mars, according to which the Moon fhall be directed,
they muft be in the terms either of Jupiter or Venus, or the direction
will be of no force. Any of the above afpects thns directed, or the
Suu, Moon, midheaven, or lord of the afcendant, directed to the fextite or trine of the lord of the feventh houfe, will bring up the time
No. 37.
8U
of
740
ANILLUSTRA.TICTN
of marriage, as the cafe and configurations in the genethliacal figure

(hall happen to be. The directions that gave marriage to this native,
were the Moon to the fextile of the afcendant, and trine of the feventh
houfe, followed by Mars to the midheaven, the Sun to the feventh, and
the Moon to the fextile of the Sun, all which were reafonably fufficient
to ftir up the native's mind to the completion of the marriage-contract,
and which accordingly took place, in that exact order and point of time
defcribed by the aforefaid directions, as will be hereafter more fully proved
and explained.
As to the number of wives, if we examine the Moon by the rules al
ready given, we (hall find the native will have but one. The Moon, in
this nativity, applies but to one planet while (he is in the figti Capricorn;
and that planet is Mercury, who is in reception of Mars, lord of the
feventh houfe ; and therefore muft have pre-eminence in the defcription
of the wife, who was a perfon of a tallifh ftature, fair complexion, lightbrown hair, (harp, witty, and ingenious, and of a fanguine choleric difpofition, precifely as the fignificators imply.
The reafon Jupiter is not admitted in teftimony of a iecond wife, is
becaufe, according to his latitude, he is out of Taurus, and is verging
into the fign Gemini; and therefore the Moon cannot be faid to apply
to him while (he is pofited in the fign Capricorn ; a diftinction that
every artift muft carefully make, or his labours will be often vain,
and his judgment founded in error. Modern practitioners have in
general paid little or no attention to the latitude of the ftars, a thing
of the utmoft importance ; and hence the fuppofed uncertainty and
difgrace that has been brought upon this department of the fcience of
Aftronomy. As to the agreement of the native and his wife, I (hall only
take notice, that Mars in oppofition of Venus muft create occafional animofity ; but on what account, I (hall leave the attentive reader to difcover by the rules and aphorifms I have already laid down for the illuftration of this fubject.
We will now examine, according to the pofition of thefe afpects,
whether the native or his wife (hall live the longeft. We find firft,
that the Moon is much better fortified than Mercury, the planet to
which (He applies ; and which is therefore the fignificator of the wife.
Secondly, Venus is afflicted by an oppofitiou of Mars. Thirdly, Saturn,.
a malefic planet, is in the fourth houfe ; which threefold cord ties the
wife of the native down, according to natural caufes, to certain
death before her hufoand; and proves, by the never-ceafmg laws of
motion>
OF ASTROLOGY. ,*
741
the certain and inevitable effe6t of celeftial bodies over the terreftial ; and
that all the operations of nature are regularly produced by caufes and
effeas.
Public enemies being alfo difcovered by the configurations in the feventh
houfe, I (hall proceed to denote them. Venus in this cafe is to be confidered the principal fignificator, becaufc (he claims almoft the entire rule
of the feventh and twelfth houfes ; and therefore declares, as (he falls in
a feminine fign, and being herfelf a feminine planet, that women in gene
ral (hall be the moft dangerous enemies of this native ; at leaft fuch as
(hall eventually do him the greateft injury. To confirm this, it may be
noted that Venus is well dignified in Pifces, a watery fign, which declares
a female (hall be his avowed enemy ; but Mars being in reception of
Mercury, and in afpeft with the Moon, denotes that he will eventually ^
get the better of this and every other oppofition to his fuccefs and prefer- ,
ment through life, though he does not appear likely to be troubled with
many powerful or dangerous opponents.
\ .1 ^ }
CONSIDERATIONS refulting from the EIGHTH HOUSE.

The eighth houie has nullification of death, and of preferments and
advantages by death, as hath been fully explained in page 155. But let
it be remembered, that this houfe is not to be directed from death unlefs
it contains the anareta, or killing flar, any more than the fixth or
twelfth houfes ; for death arifes from other caufes than merely the pofition or tranfiting of the cufps of houfes, as we have abundantly (hown
in page 455. But this houfe, being under the dominion of the malefic
planets, participates moftly of the quality of death, and hath therefore
been affigned to this particular enquiry, which, indeed, is of the laft
importance.
t
The firft thing taught in our fchools, and the primary faci imprefled
upon our minds the moment we attain the maturity of reafon, is the
inevitable deftiny of our nature, that we mud once die ; a theme
that few men love to hear, or to dwell upon, although it is the exprefs
term of their exigence. How abfurd it is then, that we (hould inceffantly labour to put off all thoughts of fuch an event, until the very mo1
ment it approaches, and petrifies us with its hafty fummons ! How cow
ardly, how pufillanimous, that heart, which dares not to meet a fentence
with calmnefsand fortitude, which no power can remit, nor no entreaties
prolong, even for a moment ! It is, I think, much to be lamented,
that thofe pious perfons, who formed the Liturgy of every Chrifliau
perfuafion.
7**
',
J
AN.l&fcJBSTRATION
pcrfuafion into the morning and evening fervice, did not incorporate fo
much of that moft admirable Epiftle of Paul to the Corinthians, as nelates to death and immortality ; that kings might hear the true extent of
their dominionthat princes might know the termination of their fplendourthat men in affluence might oftener recollect the level of the grave
that their perfecuted and oppreffed fellow-mortals might be oftener
confbled under the certain termination of their fufferingand of the joy
ful hope of finking into that repbfe from whence they never fhall awakebut to a tetter world. Happy, indeed, are thofe who can indulge iu lech
fervent hopes, and whole heroic fouls can trace the dreary manfious of the
dead with no other emotions than the grandeur of the fubject atid the
loiettinity of the event muft naturally furnrlh to the mod: obdurate mind !
To fuch alone I dedicate my remarks upon thofe certain cauies of death,
. which, being ingrafted in our nature iu the moments of formation, have
a regular and progreffive motion in the fyftem of the univerle, not vague
nor undefined, but limited, certain, definable, and inevitable, as all the
other laws of nature are.
The uSortnefe or duration of life depends upon the diftance of the Meg,
or giver of life, from the evil rays of the anareta, or killing planet, which
is aicertained by direct direction, or by the motion of the primum mobile,
whereby the hileg is carried to the cu{p of the feveuith houfe ; and then,
by adding or fubtracting the teftimonies given by benefic or malefic flats
with the complexion of the anareta, thq leogth of time will be obtained
according to the faid motion, as we (hall more particularly define in bring
ing up the directions.
. ,
The Meg, or giver of life, in this nativity, is the Part of Fortune ; and
tbe anareta, or destroying planet, is the Sun. Now, when the Part of
Fortune, by direct direction, comes to the oppofition of the Sun, the na
tive will be deprived of radical moifture, and muft expire ; becaufe the
San, by obtaining that pofition, overcomes the influence of all the other
planets, and hath power to cutoff life.. The quality of death is firft to.
be taken from the nature of the malevolent planet ; jfecondly, frdni the
nature of the fign the planet is in ; thirdly, from the quality of the houle;
and, fourthly, from the petition of the two luminaries ; all of which. J
have heretofore copioufly explained. . --,
; .
^ ',;..:
*
" ".
*.
j . ,i Jil *i i
The Sun, confidered as the anareta or deftroying planet, not. being

pofited in a violent fign, nor configurated with a violent fixed ftar,
noir wkh the lord of tbe afoendant, in no aih^ct with the Moon, nor ,
with the lord of the eighth houfe, convinces me he (hall not die a violent
death.
OF ASTROLOGY.
743
death. Befides, Jupiter, a benefic ftar, being fituated in the eighth houfe,
a&s as a guard upon the native's life, to preferve him from accidental
and premature death. But, to determine by what kind of means the
native (hall be taken from this world, we muft firft confider the pofltion
of Venus lady of the eighth, and Mercury lord alfo of the fame houfe ;
fecondly, the lord of the afcendant ; thirdly, the fituation of the anareta,
or killing planet ; and fourthly, the planet pofited in the eighth houfe,
together with their eflential and accidental production of difeafes, fince
we find no violent means (hall attain the fuperior effe<5t in this nativity.
Venus and Mercury are co-fignificators of the eighth houfe ; and the difca(e Venus in her nature gives, is thick, cold, tough, phlegm, and watery,
caufing indigeftion, with quotidian phlegmatic fevers. The difeafes in
cident to the influence of Mercury in Aries, are yellow choler, and fubtile melancholy, with depreflion of fpirits, perturbation of mind, and
defeft or lofs of fpeech. Now as Mars is lord of the afcendant, in oppofition to Venus, and in reception with Mercury, it appears highly pro
bable that thefe difeafes will have much predominancy in the native's
death. But they will be in fome degree varied by other rays. The Sun
in Aries will have a moft fenfible effeft ; and the Moon being afflicted
by the Sun, under a powerful afpecl with Mars, lord of the afcendant,
and at the fame time difpofed of by Saturn, lord of the fourth, gives a
certain prefage of convulfions, apoplexy, or dead palfy. Jupiter being in
the eighth houfe, and ruling the digeftive faculty, gives tlileafes of the
blood, and will contribute not a little to the fatal tendency of the aforefaid influences, which really brought on, fome years after this nativity
had been calculated, that fudden ftroke of the palfy which carried this
worthy native to the manCons of reft and peace.
CONSIDERATIONS refulting from the NINTH HOUSE.

From this houfe we give judgment on the effects of journeys ; of the
integrity, morality, or religious temper, of the native ; and of the pro
bable import of extraordinary and ominous dreams.
The fignificators of travelling, are to be taken, firft, from the ninth
houfe and its lord ; lecondly, from the planet or planets pofited in the
ninth houfe ; and, thirdly, from the relative fituations of the Moon,
Mars, and Mercury. To determine, on the infpe&ion of a nativity,
whether the native will travel or not, obferve whether the Moon, Mars,
or Mercury, be in conjunction or reception with each other, or in con
junction or reception with the lord of the firft or ninth houfes ; or pofited
No. 37.
8 X
in
744
AN ILLUSTRATION
in the ninth, third, or firft, houfes ; or have effential dignities therein ; for
in each of thefe cafes refpeclively, the native's mind will be too reftlefs
and unfettled to continue long at a time in one place or fituation. So
likewife the lord of the firft pofited in the ninth, or the lord of the ninth
configurated in the firft, prefage the fame.
When the Sun is pofited in the proper houfe of the Moon, irradiated
by Mercury or Mars, or in reception with either of them by eflential
dignities ; or if the Sun be conjoined by any afpecl toTMcretjryT-Mars,
or the Moon, it denotes a removal of the native from one fituation to
another, as the cafe may be. So likewife many planets in a move-able
fign ; Mercury in the houfe of the Moon, or the Moon in the houfe of
^ ~&*+*<- '^ Mercury, induce the fame confequences; and planets accidentally pofited,
'
' a ^ efpecially the Moon, are obvious implicators of travelling. .Btit the
larter of the world to which the native fliall be impellejl/is afcertaineihby^cpmparing the latitude and longitude of thofeparlsof the hea
vens wherefhe-fjgnificators of travelling fall, wittrfne latitude or place
of the native's birfhûiiiformly obferyjjjg-trns ftanding maxim, that if
thefe fignificators fall itiMjie tentbfeleventh, twelfth, firft, fecond, or.
third, houfes, the native fh^lk^ravel toward the eaft ; but, if they are
found in the fourth, fiftbf'fixth, fevûth, eight, or ninth, houfes, then he
fliall travel weftwafd^; and that quarterôf the world will, in a general
way, prove mpftconducive to the native's gcJosLfprtune, where Jupiter,
Venus, tb#'"Dragon's Head, or Part of Fortune7"i5e^rjoiited, provided
thevafe dignified in good houfes of the figure, and not vitKrted_J)y ma
lefic rays.
Thefe confiderations being annexed to thofe rules laid down in page
451, will enable us to draw all neceffary conclufions concerning the
material or effective journeys of the native. In this nativity we find
Mercury a very principal fignificator of travelling, pofited in Aries,
and in reception of Mars, in the tenth houfe. This declares the na
tive fhould be impelled weftward, ftrongly urged by fcientific acquire
ments, which is the true and radical implication of this planet's nature
and influence. And as Mercury is elevated in the fixth houfe, in con
junction of the Sun in his exaltation, it is an irrefiftible argument
that, the native fhould be raifed by the events of this journey to an
advantageous poft, under the aufpices of princely authority, as the exalted
afpecl of the Sun clearly demonstrates. And again, Mercury being lord
of the eleventh houfe, and having his exaltation in Virgo, declares that
this journey fhould be taken through the medium of friends, who were
fcientific men j and, as Venus is lady of the afcendant, fituated in the
watery
OFASTROLOGY.
745
watery fign Pifces, and near the fortunate node of the Moon, it is
thereby further declared, that this journey (hall be made in that angle
which is weft from London, the place of the native's birth; and that it
fhall be terminated by fome great body of water, in the vicinity of which
the native fhall find a durable refidence. This was, in every inftance,
moft remarkably verified in the native's appointment to a fcientific office
in his Majefty's Dock- Yard at Portfmouth, upon the recommendation of
fome of the Fellows of the Royal Society ; in confequence of which, this
important journey was taken, and all the fubordinate events were really
brought to pals. -X"~
We have next to confider the exemplary or religious bent of the .na
tive's mind ; which is ufually afcertained by the following configurations:
Jupiter, Venus, or the Dragon's Head, placed in the ninth or third
houfes, or configurated with Spica Virginis, are certain prefages of. a
moral and religious perfon. The Moon, Mercury, and Part of Fortune,
in fimilar pofitions, denote the fame ; but the Sun eflentially dignified in
the ninth houfe, (hows a very ftrone; natural propenfity to moral and re
ligious practices ; and, if the native happens to be bred a clergyman, he
becomes a moft admirable preacher, and hath every profpect of confider-*
able preferment in the church.
?*ir.
.cam .
->. :;":; -, <,-A"l
A ,
i- :
Whenever it happens that no planets are found in the ninth houfe of
the figure, we muft have particular regard to the aftral pofition of Jupi
ter ; for if he be in his own houfe, or in reception with Venus or
Mercury, or with the Sun or Moon, or in conjunction, fextile, or trine,
with Venus, in angular places, they declare the native to be in principle
a ftrictly moral and conscientious man, poffefled of more fterling injegrity than thofe who make large profeflions. But Saturn, Mars, or the
Dragon's Tail, pofited in the ninth houfe, and in moveable figns, with
Jupiter peregrine, cadent, or in bad afpeft with Saturn or Mars, prefage great mutability in religious perfuafion, which generally terminates
in atheifm. Saturn pofited in a common fign, ill dignified, and retro
grade, befpeaks an hypocrite ; and Mars thus configurated, foreftiows a
mind pliable to any perfuafion that will beft ferve the purpofes of avarice
and ambition.
. ,
; , ,.
"f'"l
' -j. i: . '..' ii' { I,..
, ,
If we may prefume to fpeak of the native's moral and religious

character, according to the true implication of the fjgnificators in -his
genethliacal figure of birth, we cannot hefitate to affirm, that .the
Moon being lady of the ninth houfe, and in her own dignities, de
clares the native fhall be conftant to that faith in which he was brought
' UP
J^
'.
j'
/>.
^,
/^-
-^
^ xx
746
AN ILLUSTRATION
tip and educated, though an admirer of every other perfuafion that pays a
rigid attention to the principles and tenets by which it is governed. And
there being a moft remarkable reception between Mercury and Jupiter in
their triplicity, Mercury being in the triplicity of Jupiter, and Jupiter by
his latitude in that of Mercury, will incline the native not only to be a
man of ftri& integrity and honour himfelf, but alfo to encourage and re
ward it in others.
Let it not be fuppofcd, from the foregoing obfervations, that I would
wifh to infer that the ftars have power to make a man a faint or a de
vil, or in any (hape to govern or direct his judgment or his will. This
is not what I contend for ; but thus much I am free to aflert, that they
clearly point out our natural inclinations, whether good or evil ; and it
will generally be found that thofe inclinations carry fo ftrong a bias
over our reafon and moral intellect, that, in ninety-nine inftances out of
a hundred, the natural influence or inclination impreffed by each
maw's fignificators will be found to prevail. And yet this is no defecT: in our moral perception; for, each man having the. ability to diftinguim between right and wrong, if he choofes to do wrong in oppofition to that which he knows to be his duty, it is an open violation of his
own fenfe and reafon, and a willing facrifice of the duties of morality
and religion. Hence the excellence of that celebrated remark on ancient
philofophers ; " that wife men rule their ftars* and none but wicked men
or fools are ruled by them."
The laft confideration of this boufe, is that which refpe&s our

dreams. Of this I (hall at prefent fay but little, meaning, in its pro
per place, to give fuch an explication of that aftonifhing motion of
the foul, as hath yet never made its appearance before a enlightened
and impartial public. And this, I (hall alfo take upon me to prove,
is another means by which the all-gracious Deity has mercifully condefeefided to afford his creature, under a variety of circumftances, certain
tokens or prefages of what is about to happen, either to himfelf, or to his
relations or friends. But as it will in many cafes be neceilary to inform
perfons who have had fome ominous or extraordinary dream, the natural
import deducible from the fignificators of his nativity, as well as the pe*
riod of time when its obje& (hall be accomplished, I (hall give the foltewing rules to effed it.As foon as the perfon awakes, let him as near
as poffible note the hour of the day or night irt which it happened.
Then find what planet ruled that hour, whether it be Jupiter, Mars, the
Sttti, or any other ; and, when the Moon comes to a conjun&ion, fextile,
or trine, of that ptonet, the dream, if it hath a good fignification, will be
gin
OFASTROLOGY.
747
begin to fhow its effects ; but, if it hath an evil tendency, it will begin
to operate when the Moon comes to the conjunction, quartile, or oppofition, of the lord of the hour. And here let it be remembered, that a
dream hath not always the full completion on the firft configuration of
the Moon with the lord of the hour; but oftentimes remains unfinished
until the Moon comes in contact with another afpect of the fame nature
and fignification.
In this nativity the Moon and Venus are the principal fignificators of
dreams; the one being lady of the ninth houfe, and the other beholding */*
that houfe with a trine afpecl ; and they are ftrong arguments that the
native fhould frequently have important communications through the
medium of dreams.
CONSIDERATIONS refulting from the TENTH HOUSE.

The tenth houfe hath iignification of honour, preferment, trade, profeffion, or of any regular and accuftomed means by which men live, and
are refpeted. In treating of which, it will be necefTary to obferve the
following rules, in addition to thofe laid down in page 438.
If the Sun or Moon, in the figure of birth, fhall happen to be pofited
in the very degree of the exaltation, and at the fame time free from the
evil afpecls of the infortunes, it is a powerful indication of the moft flat
tering acquisitions to the native, in proportion to his capacity and degree
of birth. When the light of time tranfits the cufp of the mid-heaven,
and is furrounded by benefic planets in the hour of birth, and no malefic
rays of the infortunes intervene, the native fhall arrive to fome important
poft of power and authority under government ; or to a public employ
ment of dignity and honour, under fome chartered body, or princely
power, in proportion to the condition of his birth. If the Sun or Moon
are pofited in angles, though unaided by other configurations, yet the
native fhall live in much refpecT: and efteem all his days. In thofe figures
of birth where neither of the luminaries are found pofited in angles, nor
in any of their eflential dignities, nor in mafculine figns, nor configurated
with the propitious rays of Jupiter or Venus, be allured the condition of
the native will be poor and abjecl all his days, no matter what might be
his hereditary profpecls at his hour of birth. But if the planets that
have dominion in the places of the Sun and Moon, or in the degrees
afcending, fhall be orientally fixed and well dignified, the native fhall
raife himfelf to a high condition, efpecially if, by a concatenation of
fortuitous events, thofe planets are afpe&ed by either of the benefics.
No. 37.
8 Y
Jupiter
748
AN ILLUSTRATION
Jupiter pofited in the tenth houfe, in a diurnal nativity, gives a pretty

accurate testimony that the native fhall be employed in fome advantage
ous public port ; but, if either Saturn or Mars be in quartile or oppofition with that pofition of Jupiter, the native will certainly be driven
from his preferment, with lofs of reputation. But he who hath the
good fortune to be born juft at noon, when the Sun enters the me*
ridian at his place of birth, efientially dignified, and oppoied by no
vicious ray, will, in fpite of all the gloomy profpects that may attend
his infancy, certainly arrive to great fortune and preferment, and increafe
in honour and reputation all his days. If the lord of the tenth apply to
the lord of the afcendant in oriental ftations, and in their exaltation,
(uch a native (hall be profperous, and well beloved. And again, he that
hath the Moon pofited in Taurus, upon the cufp of the afcendant, the
Sun being at the fame time in Leo, will arrive to great honour. The
Moon in the firft houfe, oppoied to the Sun in the feventh, and in quar
tile of Jupiter in the fourth, gives wealth and authority, by the perquifites of magiftracy, embaffies, &c. but if the Moon be in the afcendant,
and the Sun in partile conjunction with Venus, wealth and honour will
come by ecclefiaftical preferments.
The fixed ftars, likewife, in this fpeculation, have, by accidental confi
guration, a moft important influence. If the Moon be with Cor Leonis,
and Jupiter elevated in the tenth houfe, in trine of Mars, and in eflential dignity, the Sun being at the fame time in conjunction with the
Dragon's Head, will produce thofe rapid and unexpected turns of good
fortune and preferment, that equally furprife the native and aftonifli mankind. To confirm the certainty of this obfervation, I could only wifti the
genitures of Lord Nelfon, the Duke of Wellington, Monf. Talleyrand,
Motif. Carnot, and a hundred others in fimilar circumftances, to be infpected ; and 1 will forfeit my head if the radical caufe is not found equally
the fame in them all.
: .. .
According to this hypothefis, thofe perfons (hall likewife prove for

tunate and illuftrious, in whofe nativities the Moon is in good afpect
with many planets, united with a princely ftar ; and he that hath in
other refpects but an unpromifing geniture as to riches and honour, yet
if he hath the Moon configurated with any eminent fixed ftar of the firft
magnitude, he (hall, at fome part or other of his life, be unexpectedly
promoted to fome poft of authority and advantage, though he may per
haps be dimonourably fuperfeded, and caft down to his former obfcurity.
Again/^Caput, Medufae in the midheaven, with the Sun, Jupiter, or the
Moon, gives power to the native over his enemies ; and the Pleiades or
Hyades
t-i^,
i/Z0t-*-*# <-***
is U/ t//tz+i-e.*' S^Ztsist
c^? frtst
ite*^ t*~t*s/{ ^
&t^.p
OF ASTROLOGY.
749
Hyades in the fame petition, or rifing upon the afcendant with the Suu
or Moon, mows that the native, in any military employment, according
to his port and dignity, fhall prevail over his enemy. But, if Spica Virginis is in the above configuration, it then more aptly applies to ecclefiaftical preferments.
Oculus Taurus and Cor Scorpio, with either the Sun or Moon in the
afcendant or in the midheaven, Ihows that the native, whofe geniture is
thus conftituted, will gain riches by means of violence. And if he hath
Sirius Procyon united with them, and configurated with the luminaries in
the afcendant or midheaven, the native mall rife by fimilar means to
kingly authority and preferment. But the obftaeles he will have to encounter, can only be furmounted by an unfeeling fpirit of rapine and violence. Infpecl the geniture of a late emperor and king !
Saturnine fixed ftars of the firft magnitude in conjunction of the Sun,
involve the native in a fucceffion of troubles, by repeated affliction ;
but, if the Sun be configurated with Fomahaut in forty minutes of Pifces,
or with Rigal in thirteen degrees fifty-fix minutes of Gemini, the native
will acquire an illuftrious character and fortune. Regulus, Arclurus, the
right ihoulder of Orion* or the left of the Waggoner* configurated
with the Sun, Jupiter, or the Moon* in the tenth houfe of the figilre,
give alfo ample fortune and reputation. Thus the fixed ftars, when in
angles, contribute admirable efficacy to any geniture; but, if the benefic
planets do not at the fame time contribute their influence jointly with
them, they are of but little import ; and, if malefic planets are joined
with them, they then induce much mifchief ; for, if the Hyades, Her
cules, Cor Scorpio, or Lynx Auftralis, are pofited in an angle, and con
figurated with Saturn or Mars in a quartile or oppofite afpe6r, thofe fixed
ftars, fo iltuatecl, imprefs the native with fuch defires and endeavours in
the attainment of places and ports of honour or emolument, as, by the
bad influence of the malefics, and in vexatious expences and dilappointments to the native, not only chagrin and torment his mind, but often
prove his inevitable ruin.
When the Sun in Libra or Aquarius is configurated either with good
or evil pJanets, and near forne eminent fixed ftar, it will happen, that
when the Sun comes to the ill direction of the malefic influence, and
meets with a bad revolution, at the fame time the native (hall be fuddenly plunged into forne unexpected and lafting misfortune ; but, if the
direction only prove bad, and the revolution good, though he be caft
down during the continuance of the malefic direction, yet he mail rife
again
750
AN
ILLUSTRATION
again upon the going off of its effect, and be reinstated in his former occu
pation or employment.
Upon enquiry, I found this native was mechanically brought up
to the profeflion of a watchmaker and goldfmith ; but, if we atten
tively confider the import of the proper fignificators of his prefer
ment and profeflion, we (hall find that nature had fitted him for a
more refined and elevated line of life. The cardinal and equinoctial
fign Libra is upon the cufp of his afcendant ; the Sun pofited in the car
dinal fign Aries ; the Moon in the tropical fign Capricorn ; Mercury
and Mars, the two principal fignificators of his profeflion, in reception
of each other; Mars alfo in the exaltation of Mercury, and pofited in the
tenth houfe, the houfe of honour and preferment ; the Part of Fortune
alfo in the tenth, configurated with the two royal fixed ftars, Hydra and
Cor Leonis, are fo many unequivocal arguments, not only that /the
native mould abandon every handicraft employment, in purfuit of the
more elevated and fublime ftudy of the liberal arts and Sciences, but that I
he Should eventually obtain honour, promotion, and emolument, by th*T
purfuit. Mars, befides being the principal Significator of his profeffion, is alfo lord of the afcendant, and therefore proves that the avoca
tion of the native Should be Such as he would make choice of himfelf,
and that it would be in the line of Science, as is moSt aptly declared by
the pofition of Mars in the dignities of Mercury ; whilSt the Sun being
in the houfe of his exaltation, and lord of the tenth, declares honour
and preferment Should refult from it, with durations of fuccefs ; and the
more fo, becaufe the Sun fends a trine afpe6l to the tenth houfe, as well
as Mercury, which proves his prosperity and advancement to arife from
his own intrinfic merit. .:
All this was in a moft remarkable manner verified by the wonderful
fucceffes and purSuits of the native, in opposition to every obstacle, dif
ficulty, and oppreflion, thrown in his way, by attempts to force upon him
an employment incompatible with his genius. His many curious and
valuable pieces, written at an early age, and published among other
mathematical difquifitions ; his memorable improvements and difcoveries in the longitude, for which his fovereign promoted him to the
honourable port of Agronomical MaSter of his Royal Academy in Portfmouth, which he filled with univerfal reputation ; Show us, that in thefe
caSes the influences of the Stars are not to be refifted, nor the bright
rays of genius chained to arbitrary limits. In my opinion, thefe are
genitures that afford a brilliant fcope to aftrological enquiry; becaufe
we are not only enabled to define this extraordinary impulfe of the
mind,
751
mind, which impelled this- native forward in purfuit of fame ; but we

are likewife enabled to trace this inftinclive faculty ftill farther than the
conftitution of his own figure of birth, and to difcover fomething of
it in that of his parents, which I (hall here explain. The fourth houfc
reprefents the father ; and Saturn being configurated in that houfe, in
eflential dignities, in an airy and fcientific fign, proves the father to have
inherited a fcientific turn. But the tenth houfe bears fignification of the
native's mother, whofe fpirit of generofity and elevation of foul are moft
remarkably exprefled by the two royal fixed ftars configurated in her a(~
cendant or conjunction with the part of fortune, the giver of life to the
native ; and we may obferve, that, as Mars is lord of the native's afcendant, and falls in his mother's afcendant, he mould, according to natural
efficient caufes, inherit the 'vital principles and difpofitions of his mother.
Hence too we define the caufe why children fometimes more ftrougly
referable the father, and fometimes the mother; an effect which folely
depends upon which of their llgnificators is the ftrongeft and beft dig
nified in the act of &*
o-eneration.
Upon the whole, we, may remark, that few events can more illuftrioully difplay the obvioufnefs of planetary information, or more vifibly demonftrate< the gooduefs of God in mercifully affording his creatures this
aftonifhing mode of communication, than the foregoing radical proofs of
this native's natural force of genius; who, at twelve years of age, was of
fufficient capacity to fend a moft elaborate piece for infertion in the Gen- '
tleman's Diary; and at the early age of twenty-one, was admitted a
member of the mathematical fociety in London ! A proof this, that aftral influence (hould be the firft confideration to direct us in forming the
tender minds of youth to fuch purfuits and avocations as are beft calcu
lated to place them in the high road to excellence and perfection. And
for which purpofe I cannot recommend a more ftriking example than
what is afforded in this eflential part of the nativity of my good and
worthy friend Mr. Witchell.
CONSIDERATIONS refulting from the ELEVENTH HOUSE.

The eleventh houfe is that part of the vifible heavens from which
we draw judgment- concerning friends and friendfhip ; hope, confi
dence, and truft. I (hall therefore, in addition to what 1 have com
municated in page 449, offer the following remarks. When Jupiter
or Venus (hall be found in the eleventh, fifth, tenth, feventh, firft, or
ninth, houfes of the figure, it is a fure prefage of many friends ; but,
if Saturn or Mars are peregrine in angles, or pouted in the twelfth houfe,
it denotes many enemies. Whoever is born with Cancer afcending
No. 38.
8 Z
on
752
AN ILLUSTRATION
on the caftern fincter of the heavens, fuch native will enjoy a very fmalt
(hare of friends ; and nearly the fame will be the lot of thofe in whofe
nativities the lord of the eleventh houfe and the lord of the afcendant are
found feparating from a propitious configuration.
If it be in any cafe required to know whether mutual good offices of
friendfhip (hall long exift between any two particular perfons, or be
tween lovers or fweethearts before marriage, or between hulband and
wife after, the only certain mode of obtaining this information is by
comparing the two nativities of either of the two perfons together, and,
according to their import, judge. For, if the afcendant in the figures
of both parties have the fame fign afcending, or the fame planets in the
firft houfe, or beholding each other by the fame afpeft, mutual friend(hip, love, and confidence, will long exift ; for, as affinity of manners
and likenefs are the eflence of afFeclion, fo affection, in this fpeculation,
muft be the author of agreement, of fincerity, and of friendfhip. To de~
monftrate this, let us confider the influence and condition of the lord of
the afcendant, ufider its four different configurations : viz. firft, when
in both nativities he is bonafide the fame planet ; fecondly, when he is
received of the other nativity by houfe or exaltation ; thirdly, when he
is in conjunclion with the lord of the afcendant of the other nativity ;
and, fourthly, when he is in fextile or trine of the lord of the other na
tivity. For, in all cafes where there is not a concurrence of one or other
of thefe teflimonies, the friendfhip or attachment of thofe two particular
perfons will not be found of long continuance.
When, in the nativities of any two given perfons, the one hath Venus
in the pofition where the other hath the Moon, or the Sun, the part
of fortune, or the lord of the afcendant, it is a fubftantial proof that
there will be firm and lading friendfhip between them; but, whenever it
is found, in any two nativities, that the fign upon the afcendant of the
one occupies the cufp of the twelfth, eighth, or fixth, houfes of the
other, there cannot poflibly be any durable attachment or friendfhip be
tween the parties. It bath been determined, by repeated obfervationr
that thofe perfons regard each other with the pureft friendfhip where
the lord of the afcendant in one nativity applies to the lord of the af
cendant in the other, or where the benevolent planets are found in rer
ception of each other. By the fame parity of realbning, they hate mod
inveterately where the fame number of malignant planets occupy the
afcendant of each other's nativity; or where, the lord of the afcendant in
one nativity, being of a contrary or adverfe nature with the lord of the
afcendant of the other nativity, they are thereby configurated under a conftittrtion of eternal enmity.
The
OF ASTROLOGY.
753
The concord or enmity of the planets is a moft obvious fpeculation,

comprifed in their own natural quality and a&ion ; viz. Saturn hath Sympathy with Jupiter, Mercury, and the Moon ; but a ftrong antipathy to
the Sun, Mars, and Venus. Jupiter hath affinity with Saturn, the Sun,
Venus, Mercury, and the Moon ; and is only difcordant with the planet
Mars. Mars hath pacific tendency only to Venus, and that by means
of her fuperior property in allaying his intemperate heat; for otherwise
they are contrary in nature, Mars being hot and dry, and Venus cold
and moiSt. The Sun hath friendship only to Jupiter and Venus ; and
is inimical to Saturn, Mars, Mercury, and the Moon. Venus is com
placently beheld by Jupiter, Mars, the Sun, Mercury, and the Moon ;
but rigid Saturn is her mortal enemy. Mercury hath friendship to Sarurn, Jupiter, and Venus ; but the Sun, the Moon, and Mars, are his
enemies. The Moon pacifically beholds Saturn, Jupiter, and Venus;
but hath enmity to Mars, the Sun, and Mercury. The Dragon's Head
hath fympathy with Jupiter and Venus ; but antipathy to Saturn, Mars,
the Sun, Mercury, and the Moon. The Dragon's Tail hath Saturn
and Mars in friendship ; but Jupiter, the Sun, Venus, Mercury, and the
Moon, are enemies : the Part of Fortune is in this cafe constituted pre~
cifely the fame as the Moon.
By thefe rules it will be obvious, that, where we find, in two nativi
ties, the Sun and Moon, or Mercury and the Moon, or the Sun and Me'rcury, configurated in each other's places, there will exift fome degree of
refpe& and good-will between the natives ; but, if Saturn, Jupiter, Ve
nus, or Mars, are thus found, there will be fome diflention, mixed with
adefire of friendship. If Jupiter or Saturn are found in reception of each
other's place in the different nativities, their friendship will exift merely
for purpofes of emolument or avarice; but, if Mars and Venus arc
in each other's place, the attachment of the parties will be formed for
illicit and dishonourable practices.
When, in the nativities of any two perfbns, we find the Sun or Mars in,
oppofition to Mercury or the Moon, the parties will delight to injure
and oppreSs each other ; but,, where Saturn or Mars are in opposition, the
enmity will be perpetual. Where the malefic ftars agree, the parties
will agree in the purfuit of wickedneSs, though unfaithful to each other.
The SUB in the place of any friendly planet, declares unity between the
parties for integrity ; Jupiter, for utility ; Venus, for pleafure ; and. the
Moon, according to the conSlru6tion of her nature.
The
754
A N I L LUST R A T I O N
The quality and natufe of friends are determined by the planet that
is principal fignificator. For inftance, if Saturn is pofited in the. ele
venth or firft houfes, and :in no dignities, be is the fignificator, and de
notes falfe and faithlefs friends; but* if ;tyell dignified, he declares conftant and honourable friends, according; to the particular circumftances of
his own nature and quality; as doth each of the planets refpectively,
according to which rule I examine the prelent nativity. I find the fign
occupying the eleventh houfe is Virgo, the exaltation of Mercury; and,
as there are no planets therein, we muft particularly regard the polition
of Mercury, who is lord of the eleventh houfe, from whence this judg
ment is deduced. ' I bbferve Mercury is in reception of Mars ; and Mars
being lord of the native's afcendant is a demonftrable proof that he fhould
have many and great friends; fuch as were of a fcientific turn themfelves,
and well qualified to forward the views of the native; who would admire
his afpiring genius, and take him by the hand. This was completely
verified, as the native hath often told me, even in the early part of bis
life, when his literary productions introduced him to the knowledge and
friendship of the celebrated Mr. Charles Brent, Mr. Francifco Forrecefy,
Doctor Bevis, Mr. Thomas Simplbn, and many other Fellows of the
Royal Society. And, as it was with his friends, fo we might fay of the
native's hopes, confidence, and truft ; for he was generally very fortunate
in his expectations, and fucceeded well in whatever he ardently ftrove
after, or anxioufly defired.
CONSIDERATIONS refulting*from the TWELFTH HOUSE.

From this houfe we obtain cognizance of our malignant private ene
mies, and of the calamitous misfortunes of adverfity and imprifonment.
Whether this houfe be properly under the government of malefic influence
or not, is of little importance to the objects of our prefent inquiry; fuffice it to fay, that it anfwers every purpofe for detecting thofe forked or
doubled-tongued malefics in fociety, who by every difcordant means
wound and blaft the reputation of their neighbours. And I am forry
to add, that, within my obfervation at leaft, there are very few indeed,
even among the more liberal and humane, that with a friendly hand
and compaffionate heart are forward to caft the mantle of charity over
the frailties of their fellow-mortals ; or that, like the good Samaritan,
will pour the balmy oil into the bleeding wounds of thofe who are
made the victims of relentlcfs and unfeeling flander, which ikulks be
hind
OFASTROLOGY.
755
hind the curtain, and (labs us in the dark. Metals are never fo bright as
when compleatly polifhed ; nor are enemies ever fo dangerous as when
concealed. It is therefore not the leaft important among our aftral en
quiries to inform ourfelves well of the quality and ftrengrh of our private
enemies ; and, to make this enquiry obvious to all my readers, I have, in
page 449, given ample rules to detect and to elude their malice. I
(hall now apply them in my obfervations on the prefent nativity. On
the cufp of the twelfth houle, we find the fign Libra, which is the dayhoufe of Venus, and wholly under her government, in the houfe of her
exaltation ; and, as (he is in direct oppofition to the lord of the afcen
dant, and is alfo lady of the feventh houfe, (he obvioufly declares that
fbme woman (hould become an implacable enemy to the native ; and that
this woman (hould not be of the mean or vulgar fort, is declared by
Venus being in her effential dignities. But, as neither of the lumi
naries are affected, nor the lord of the afcendant vitiated by malefic rays,
it is impoffible the malignity of this woman's refentment (hould ever
materially affect the well-being of the native. Befides, there are two
royal fixed ftars pollted in the twelfth houfe, viz. Arcturus and Spica
Virginis, which not only furnifh an argument that this female opponent
(hould do him little injury, but that no private enemies (hould ever be
able to accomplifh his ruin, or opprefs him by imprifonment. And, as
the luminaries are free from the affliction both of Saturn and Mars, and
as no malignant planet occupies the afcendant, twelfth, or fixth, houfe of
the figure, I am free to declare my opinion, that the native never will be
expofed even to the danger of imprifonment, either by civil or criminal
procefs, which might arife cither from the hand of juftice, or through
his own indifcretion.
Having thus compleatly inveftigated the various afpects of this nati
vity, according to the genuine import they bear in each of the twelve
horo(co|>ical places or hou(es of the heavens; I (hall now proceed to bring
thofe afpects rcfpectively into view, in the precife order in which they
come .up by direction, and in which they affected the mundane actions,
purfuits, and eventually the life, of the native; whence it will appear,
that the nativity of any man, when correctly and judicioufly calculated,
will in a manner difplay a compendium of the principal incidents of the
native's life, from his birth to his diflolution ; taking into view, as well
the things part as thofe which are to come. To make this the more in
telligible to thofe who mean to ftudy the fcience, as well as to the bulk
of my readers, I (hall confider the directions of this nativity exactly in
the order they occur, from the time of Mr. Witchell's birth to the day
No. 38.
9 A
of
7$6
AN ILLUSTRATION
/
of his death. And that thofe afpccls may all be feen and confidered at
one view, 1 have col'eted them into a Speculum, in the annexed Plate,
of which the following is an explanation.
The top column of the Table, from left to right, difplays in regular
fucceffion the twelve figns of the zodiac, beginning with Aries, and
eliding with Pifees ; under which are refpeclively placed thirty degrees
of the zodiac for each fign, making in the whole three hundred and
fatty degrees. The firft column on the left contains degrees and mi
nutes as far as completes one fign; and, whenever minutes are joined to
degrees, it fhows there is an afpect in the nativity that falls in that degree
and minute of the correfponding fign under which the planet ftands.
For example, under the letters D. M. at the top of the firft column,
Hand o 44. and under the fign Virgo, in the common angle of meeting,
is found the planet Mars; which fhows that Mars, in this nativity,
is pofited in forty-four minutes of the fign Virgo; and gives us at
one view every configuration made by that planet throughout the
zodiac; for at thirty degrees from his given place he forms a femifextile; at fixty degrees from the fame point he forms a fextile; at
feventy-two degrees he forms a quintile ; at ninety degrees a quartile,
at one hundred and twenty degrees a trine; at one hundred thirty-five
degrees a fefquiquadrate ; and at one hundred and eighty degrees au
opposition ; whereby every afpccl is at once fought out, as well thofe
of the other planets as of Mars. The terms and faces of the planets
are alfo denoted throughout the zodiac, by the initials T and F; the
ufe of which is to point out to the reader an eafy and concife method of
facilitating zodiacal directions ; particularly to the Sun, as the ecliptic
line is the only orb in which he moves, and wherein he meets with all
the afpecls of the erratic ftars, with their terms, faces, exaltations, &c.
1 fhall now take thefe afpecls from the Speculum, in the order they
ftand in the Table, p. 686, as well mundane as zodiacal, and explain
their repeclive fignificators, by fhowing their power and effect upon the
life and actions of the native, and how far his body and mind were in
fluenced and imprefled by them.
The firft direction in this nativity is M. C. A O, the medium cceli,
or midheaven, to the trine afpecl of the Sun; or in other words, the
Sun to the cufp of the fixth houfe. This was a direction to the native's
mother productive of a journey ; for, as the tenth houfe of the native's
figure is his mother's tenth, and the fixth her ninth, it is apparent,
that, when, the Sun, who is lord of the tenth houfe, approached the cufp
of
OF ASTROLOGY..
757
of the fixth, a journey fliould be determined on and put in execution.

' And, as Mars, the native's fignificator, is pofited in the mother's tenth
houfe, and the Sun, who reprefents the mother, being lord of the tenth,
and by accidental politico in the boufe of Mars, (hows that this direc
tion fliould carry the native a long journey with his mother, which really
happened in the month of October 1731, when the native was but three
years and feven months old ; and constitutes the firft material occurrence
of his life, after his entry into this world, under the impreffion of his
fignificators. It muft however be noted, that the effecl: of this direction
falls moft eflentially upon the parent ; and that.it adted only in an acci
dental or fecondary degree upon the perfon of the native, who was in this
cafe wholly under the influence of hia mother.
'
D > The Sun to the quartile of the Moon by direct motion.

This afpeft, being formed from the third and fixth houfcs, and the
Moon being afflicted in the houfc of Saturn, threatens the native, in
his early days, with a dangerous fit of ficknefs. The diforder implied
may be of a bilious kind accompanied with retchings and fever ; fore
watery defluxions of the eyes, irruptions of humours, meafles, or fmall
pox. This direction came up, and was at its higheft influence, when
the native was five years and two months old, at which time I have been
confidently allured that he was attacked by the meafles in a very violent
and dangerous manner.
8 b- The Part of Fortune to the oppofition of Saturn. This is
another afpecl productive of ficknefs. The Part of Fortune, in this
nativity, is giver of life ; and, being in oppofition to Saturn in a fiery
fign, and Saturn in an airy, denotes an affliction engendered of thofe
two qualities, which mould befall the native whenever the direction of
this afpedt began to operate, which, as we have already worked up and
proved, took place when the native was feven years and about two
months old ; at which time he was attacked with the fmall pox, and
was a long time before he recovered his health and Strength, as is
obvioufly implied by the flow and ponderous quality of the planet
Saturn.
J D 9- The Moon to the quartile of Mercury. The Moon, in ^
this geniture, being lady of the ninth, and "Mercury lord of the eighth
and eleventh houfes, the quartile afpecl formed between them under
thefe circumstances denotes a journey to the native, which fliould bring
him back, from the place where his mother had fojourned in the country,.
to
758
AN ILLUSTRATION
to London, the place of bis nativity. The force of the direction which
brought up this afpedl took place in feven years from the rectified time
of birth, when the fquare was completely formed by the two planets ;
and it is a well-known fact in Mr. WitchelPs family, that at feven
years of age he was brought back to town, to be prefented to fome
gentlemen, who out of refpect to the parents had profeffed their readinefs
to patronize the child.
D Q. 0 <5 C. L. The Moon to the quintile of the Sun, and
Part of Fortune to the conjunction of Cor Leonis. Thefe benignant
afpedls came up by good directions to fupport the influence of the pre
ceding ; and gave the native a confiderable (hare of favour in the eyes
of thofe gentlemen the moment he was prefented to them ; and befpeak
at the fame time a fvveet and placid appearance in the youth, with a gra
vity and fedatenefs in his manners that could not but acquire efteem and
commendation from every obferver, but more efpecially from his friends.
's|c If. in M. The Sun to the Textile of Jupiter in Mundo. This
direction follows up the former two, and participates of the fame be
nign influence ; for, inaimuch as Jupiter is lord of the fecond, and the Sun
is lord of the tenth, by their joint concurrence they not only prefage the
general approbation of his friends and teachers, but are a happy fymbol
of that early defire of learning and improvement, which was for fome
time a fubject of aftonifhment to them all, and laid the foundation-done
of profperity to the native.
_Y^__
Sfq. cJ The Sun to the (efquiquadrate of Mars. This direction

is implicative of a ftrong natural defire for the ftudy of fcience; and
lays a good foundation Tor honour refulting from knowledge; and a
very apt direction it is for that purpofe, fince the Sun is lord of the
tenth, the houfe of honour and preferment, and Mars lord of the firft
and fixth, who difpofesof the Sun and Mercury. The afpect, by fall
ing in the terms* of Mercury, quickens the fancy, and enlarges the
* Whenever judgment is drawn from a direction, particular regard muft be had to the tertni
in which the afpedfc of the planets fall ; otherwife our conclufions will be erroneous, and
oftentimes abfurd. For, if malefic directions are wrought from the evil configurations of datum
or Mars, and thofe directions fall in the terms of Jupiter or Venus, in good places of the figure, the
evil declared by fuch directions will operate with much lels force, and the effcft be fcarcely d Icerued.
For this reafon, all oppofing qualities, whether in good or evil directions, muft be duly confidered,
and their effedl allowed, before we make our judgment final. For, if there be a good direction
from the benefit rays of Jupiter or Vtnus, yer, if they fall in the terms of Saturn or Mars, (he good
prom fed will be greatly abated; and in fuch proportion as reafon and good fenfe will invariably
di&ate.
native'*
OFASTROLOGY.
;59
native's defire of learning. This and the three former directions came
up progreffively, and operated upon the mental powers of the native
by regular gradation, until he was near twelve years of age, before the
effect of the laft direction wholly fubfided.
]) A V J> P. 9 M. The Moon to the trine of Jupiter. This is a
good direction. The Moon is conftituted. lady of the ninth houfe,
the houfe of fcience ; and Jupiter is lord of the fecond and fifth, co
operating in the force of mental endowments. Under this direction
the native made his firft eflay in fcientific literature, having compiled
a fmall piece, for the Gentleman's Magazine, which was highly
approved. With this direction he had another operating, namely, the
Moon to the parallel of Venus in mundo ; which, being of the fame
quality, gave force and energy to the influence of the preceding.
M. C. Part of Fortune to the medium-coeli. This is a very re
markable, and equally potent, direction, operating upon the mental
faculties ; and it came up when the native was about thirteen years and
'four months old, as may be feen by the calculation p. 661, where thefe
directions are worked up and equated by the folar motion. Under the
influence of this direction, the native, at that early period of his life,
compiled a moft ingenious mathematical difquifition, which was printed
iu the Gentleman's Diary, and received univerfal approbation.
D !/ Part of Fortune to the quartile of Jupiter. This direction
portends evil to the native's ftate of health, and has a malefic tendency.
Japiter, though in nature the moft benignant planet, in this cafe pro
duces an evil effect, by the conftitution of the afpect he forms. He is
pofited, according to his latitude in Gemini, in the eighth houfe, among
fixed ftars of the quality of Mars, in quartile with the Part of Fortune,
which, in this nativity, is Hyleg, and ftrongly appertains to the na
tive's health, and life ; and therefore, according to the radical effect
of Jupiter in this pofition, which caufes heat and putrefaction of the
blood, I conclude that this direction mutt have brought with it a
violent fever, becaufe the quartile afpect is productive of the greateft
evil, and becaufe this direction falls in the terms and face of Mars, who
is the author of choler, and uniformly productive of putrefaction of the
animal juices ; though here are no teftimonies to (how that its violence
mould be fuch as to endanger life. This direction came up in fourteen
years from the time of birth ; and I have been allured that Mr. Witchell,
at the age of fourteen, fuffered feverely from a fever, which held him a
confiderable time, as the force of this direction obvioufly demonftrates.
No. 38.
9B
'
0 P.
760
AN ILLUSTRATION
. O P- V- M. The Sun to the parallel of Jupiter in Mundo. As this

parallel is made to the feventh houfe, it muft relate to fome contract
on the part of the native ; and as the Sun is lord of the tenth, the
houfe of trade and profeffion, I conclude this afpect governed fome
contract in bufinefs. Upon enquiry, I found the native was bound
apprentice to a watchmaker and goldfmith ; which is aptly enough
defcribed by a conjunction of the Sun and Mercury in Arks. This
direction, as we have before proved, came up in fifteen years and
twenty-one days ; at that precife age the native and his mafter, as he
hath fince informed me, executed the indenture, and he became appren
tice to a watchmaker.
Sfq. D Z. P. If. d 6- Thefe remarkable afpefts imme
diately fucceeded, and produced, as their directions feverally brought
them into effect, thefe unpleafant circumftances which are invariably
felt in all fimilar cafes. The Part of Fortune to the fefquiquadrate afpect
of Mercury, is a direction that took off the thoughts and the attention of
the native from all mechanical employment, and fixed them upon ma
thematical contemplation. The Moon to a zodiacal parallel of Jupiter,
ftrengthens and enlarges this ftudious and contemplative faculty, expands
the underftanding, and allures the mind to a purfuit of thofe acquire
ments, which render manual employments infupportable. The Part of
Fortune to the conjunction of Mars, could not fail, when the direction
came up, to produce violent contentions between the native and his mat
ter, in confequence of his total neglect of the bufinefs, and of his inatten
tion to the orders and inftructions given him therein. Upon inquiry, I
found my judgment in no refpect erroneous ; for, although the mafter was
on the one hand continually remonftrating and complaining of neglect
and inattention, the apprentice, on the other, was totally indifferent as to
the ill confequences threatened, and (till addicted himfelf to the ufe of
books, to the folving and propounding mathematical queftions, and to
the publication of anonymous pieces in the magazines.
0 >}c b This is unqueftionably a good direction. The Sun iff lord
of the tenth, the houfe of profeflional honour, and Saturn is lord of the
fourth, the houfe of hereditary acquifitions ; fo that the Textile afpect,
formed betwixt them, leads me to conceive, that the native, while un
der the influence of this direction, formed a refpectable and advantage
ous connexion with fome elderly perfons, who approved his ftudious
turn, and admired the gravity of his manner, notwithftanding its unfitnefs fo.r a life of mechanical labour, and the anger and uneafmefs it occafioned in the breaft of his mafter. Yet in fpite of all this, 1 had no
. difficulty
<^
OFASTROLOGY.
761
difficulty in declaring, that, when this direction came to operate with

its fulleft force, the native would be patronized and encouraged by ibme
perfons of eminence, who were friends to his father, or allied to his fa
mily. This I have heard repeatedly acknowledged by the native himfelf, who was at that period ftrongly patronized by his uncle.
Smq. 9 Afc. Q Tp. The Sun to the femiquartile of Venus, and
the Afcendant to the quartile of Saturn. Thefe a(pe6ts are of a baneful
quality, and exprefs much uneafinefs, anger, and affliction, in the family
with whom the native refided.All quartiles are mifchievous, when di
rected to particular perfons. The firft of thefe joint afpects relates to
the native and his miftrefs, on whofe account he mould ftand in immi
nent danger of difgrace and ruin, by means of an occurrence, which,
though of a moft destructive tendency, yet is too common to perfons
of ftrong paffions, of both fexes. I mall not, however, enter into a
detail of the matter ; it is fufficient for 'me to remark, that, as the afpecl
only forms a femiquartile, its effect, when brought up by direction,
which was in the native's feventeenth year, would be the lefs mifchiev
ous to the parties, and the difgrace be the fooner blown over. The
fecond of thefe joint afpecls acted, as it were, in concert, and relates to
the native and his mafter ; and, being a perfect quartile of the greater infortune, hath fatality annexed to it. In (hort, it argues violent anger
between the parties ; but when the direction is perfect, which happened
quickly after the above, it deprived the mafter of life, and left the ap
prentice and his miftrefs at large. #r
. A0M. Thefe afpects are both in Mundo. They
import a ftruggle between the native and his father, concerning the purluit of his butinefs. Whilft the native, on the one hand, was fedulous
to become a ftudent, the father was decifive, on the otherf to put what is
termed, "a good trade in his belly." Thefe directions came up in fevenleen years and four months, at which exact age the native was turned
over to another mafter of the fame profeffion. f
}> Q. 5 M. The Moon to the quintile of Mercury in Mundo. This
is another direction which applies to the intellectual faculty, and alfo
ftrengthens the brain. It denotes an enlargement of the underftanding,
and a fruition of rational ideas in Scientific difquifitions. Under this
direction the native turns his back upon all fubordinate Speculations, is
deaf to the calls of bufinefs, and to the remonftrances of his mafter, and
applies
762
ANILL-USTRATION
applies himfelf, itffpite of every obftacle, to rigid contemplation and ftudy.

The effect of this direction was at its utmoft height when the native
was eighteen years and four months old ; about which time, as he has
fince told me, he was fo intent upon ftudy, as to frame a contrivance to
blind up the crevices of the doors and windows, that no part of the fa
mily might have a fufpicion of his pafling the greateft part of the night
in reading and contemplating the different branches of fcience.
M. C. g T?. The medium cceli to the oppofition of Saturn. This
is a no lefs remarkable than fatal direction^ again appertaining to the
native and his mafter. It (hows an animofity between them, fo far as it
relates to the bufinefs ; but it prefages the death of the mafter, and once
more fets the apprentice at liberty ; as though fate had really ft rove
with him to obtain a different purfuit. But here, as I have been con
fidently informed, the parent again interpofed his fovereign authority,
and, in fpite of every argument, and of every importunity, fo prejudiced
was he in favour of the emoluments of trade, and fo fixed in his mind up
on that which he had before tingled out for his fon, that he loft no time in
choofing him out a new fituation. Here we perceive, in its ftrongeft
colours, the abfurdity, as well as the evil confequence, of forcing upon
the hands of youth, avocations which their nature loathes, and which
are foreign both to their ability and their inclination. Let us here for
a moment paufe; and, look which way we will, we fhall find ample tef^
timonies of the truth of this miftaken zeal for the provifion of our chil
dren. A zeal which has, more than all other caufes put together, furnifhed the world with a race of bunglers in almoft every profcffion ;
for the mind, like the temperature of the body, cannot be forced, but
will be governed by its own immediate laws; a circumftance, which if
duly attended to, and regulated by the quality of the fignificators at birth,.
would not only prove much more highly advantageous to children, but
' infinitely more beneficial to mafters of every craft and occupation.
5 <?D#- Thefe afpects are both made in the world; and
their directions are of course mundane. They are both quartiles of a
pernicious tendency, and even threaten the life of the native. Under
the influence of the firft, he is put, forely againft his will, to a new maf
ter, with whom he mows but little difpofition to attend to bufineis.
Under the fecond, which ads in contact with, or rather follows up, the
evil nature of the firft, his life is endangered by fome violent accident
of fire. This is mofl aptly denoted by the pofition of Mercury in a
fiery
OFASTROLOGY.
765
fiery fign, with the violent planet Mars, his fignificator, and the Part of
Fortune, which in this nativity is giver of life, all in quartile afpeft ;
but, whether this danger {hould occur to the native by his falling into
the fire, or by the burning of the houfe he lived in, or by what particu- ^/^ ;
lar misfortune, was impoflible to determine; but it was evident to my ^
understanding that his danger would come by means of fire. After confidering and re-confidering thefe configurations, I enquired of the native,
whether he had not, Ibme time between nineteen and twenty years of age,
had the misfortune to let his btd-curtains on fire, or his room ; for, as I
knew he had often accuftomed himfelf to read in bed, I had a ftrong
fufpicion that he had fallen afleep, and that the curtains had taken fire,
and expofed him to the danger of being burnt in bed. But this he abfolutely denied, and contended much for his carefulnefs and precaution ^
on thofe occafions. Had he by any accident fallen into the fire ? or had
the candle caught his clothes? No; he never had met with fuch an ac
cident in his life. I perfifted moft confidently that fome fuch accident
muft have befallen him, and 'at that particular time, whereby he was ex
pofed to great bodily hurt, if not to the danger of lofing his life ; and
I requefted him to reflect upon the matter, and to tell me ingenuoufly
the faci. At laft, he fatisfied my doubts, by relating the following cir
cumftance :
He had not been many days with his new mafter, before he was left
in the (hop with no other companion than a young lad, who had been
put apprentice to the fame perfon a year or two before. At the lame
time that the matter's abfence furnilhed Mr. Witchell with an oppor{unity of taking a book from his pocket to read, which was invariably
the cafe upon all fuch occafions, it afforded the other lad fit time to go
to play. A foldier's mulket ftood in one corner of the (hop, moft aptly
denoted by the quartile pofition of Mars, which the boy took up, and
began to perform the manual exercife with. When he came to that
part, " make readyprefentfire," he levelled the piece clofc to the
body of his fellow-apprentice Witchell, who fat with the utmoft
calm nets and compolure, reading his book ; a circumftance evidently
implied by the pofition of Mercury. The boy drew the trigger, the
gun mapped, and he recovered his arms. Pleafed of courle with a(ny
employment rather than with his bufiuefs, he proceeded with the ma
nual a -Second time. When he prefented the piece again, it was ele
vated fomewhat above Mr. Witchell's head ; he drew the trigger, the
guu went off, and carried away a large piece of the window, leaving
both of them, as Providence would have it, totally unhurt. With this
No. 38.
9C
I was
764
AN ILLUSTRATION
I was quite fatisfied ; it relieved me from my doubts ; and, upon equat

ing the direction, I told him this muft have happened on or very near
the a6th of September, 1747 ; for, though the other afpect came up
- (boner, yet its influence was held on by the quick fucceflion and fimilar
quality of the co-operating or fecondary afpect, which was not ripe in
its malefic tendency, until the day Mars began to feparate from his
auxiliaries, which was on the day above-mentioned, at which time the
native was near twenty years of age. After endeavouring to recollect all
the circumftances of the fact, he acknowledged I was flrictly right in
point of time, as well as in my judgment of the danger he had been expofed to by means of fire.
The aftrological reafon of this narrow but happy efcape is thus de
fined from the native's horofcopical figure of birth. In the eighthhoufe, which is the houfe of death, we find the benevolent planet Ju
piter, which is an irrefragable argument that the native (hould not die a
violent, but a natural, death. Now, had Saturn or Mars been there, the
evil had certainly touched his life. Another decifive teftimony for the
prefervation of the native's life is, that the direction operating comes
from a benefic planet ; and, though the direction be of an evil quality,
yet, as it is not governed by the anareta, nor by any crofs direction either
from Saturn, Mars, or the Sun, to the Part of Fortune, it is impoffible,
according to the radical import of the iignificators, that life mould be
deftroyed, although expofed, in this remarkable manner, to the moft
unequivocal inftrument of death.
*
I have dwelt the longer upon thefe two directions, becaufe 1 confider
them as the moft remarkable in the whole figure ; and I am fure their
effect is equally extraordinary ; befides, it tends to mow, that in genitures where the fignificators clearly demonftrate a long life and natural
death, and where no crofs malefic configuration ftrongly irradiates
the aphetic place, however the native, in his journey through life,
may be expofed to the moft imminent perils and dangers ; yet, if benefic
Iignificators, as in the prefent nativity, have the afcendancy in point of
dignity and conftitution of place, he (hall fafely overcome them all, and
enjoy life until that period of time arrives, when exhaufted nature can
no longer exercife her proper functions, and difiblution becomes the neceflary confequence.
I dp not here mean to enter into any arguments againft that abfurd
ftile of reafoning, which refting all its force upon fuppofed propolltions,
will
765
will contend, that, if the mufket had been pointed the fecond time to the
body of the native, he muft have been killed, let the ftars have been
pofited how they may. But what man would be hardy enough ferioufly
to avow this? or, if he did, it could avail nothing, fince fafts and fuppoJitions would be fHll at variance. The piece was not levelled the fecond
time at the native ; and why it was not, who can define? It is enough
for me to mow, that, by the native's figure of birth, he was not to re
ceive any fatal injury ; I will now thank the man, who, by any other
or equally reafonable hypothefis, will point out to me why the piece was
not levelled at the native the fecond time ? or, if it had, let him prove
that the piece muft of neceffity have gone off, and that the confequent
wound muft have been mortal ? When this is done, I mall be ready to
give it an anfwer.
M. C. n "If. . This afpeft imports no good ; it is a quartile between
Jupiter and the Midheaven ; and, as Jupiter is lord of the fecond and fifth
houfes, it declares lofs of fubftance to the native, by the interference of
fome religious or clerical perfon, who mould prove his enemy. This
came up by direction in twenty years and five weeks from the time of
birth; at which period of the native's life, as he hath frequently allured
me, he was prevented from receiving a fum of money from a relation who. .
had actually promifed to give it him, but for the perfuafions of thecu-,
rate of the parim, who, having taken fome offence at the native, fet every
engine at work to injure him in the opinion of his friends. This afpecl
is likewife baneful to all contracts or purchafes under it.
<> c5 9 M. C. c5 Cor Leo. S 9 The Sun to the conjunction of
Mercury, the Midheaven to the conjunction of Cor Leonis, and the Part
of Fortune to the oppofirion of Venus. Thefe directions were all opera
ting at nearly the fame time. Under the firft, he was very ftudioufly
inclined, and influenced to the regular purfuit of the mathematics. Un
der the fecond, he was introduced to the acquaintance of feveral refpeclahle characters, eminent in the line of fcience, and who mould feel a predileclion in favour of the native. And this really laid the foundation for
his being introduced into the mathematical fociety. The third direc
tion operated with the laft, and (hows, that, while he was engaged in
forming fuch connections as fhould introduce him into public life, he
Ihould fall pretty much in the way of the ladies, and that a large and
perplexing female acquaintance would be the refult, which is indicated
by the oppofition of Venus to the Part of Fortune,
Theft
766
AN ILLUSTRATION
'TheTc two taft directions have their force continued in a more or lefs
fettfible degree, until the influence of fome other direction begins to
take place ; and this, we find, by looking in the Table of Directions, p.
687, admits a fpace of almoft three years. And here let it be remembered,
that the fulfilment of any matter or thing promifed by*a direction is
completely formed when its afpect is in all refpects perfect, and the
irradiations of each contributing ftar fully complete ; though, according
to the latitude of that principal fignificator by which the direction is
brought up, the fubjeft of the matter, or thing, ib to be brought about,
may by certain gradations of influence be fome time in preparation, ere
the abfolute event is really brought to pafs. For, in the cafe of mar
riage, there is ufually fome time fpent in courtfhip and dalliance, before
the parties repair to the hymeneal altar. But, when this is performed,
or about to be performed, the exact working up of the direction fully demonftrates. So it is in all other cafes where a matter is declared to be
brought to pafs by the force of a direction ; except where a direction of
a contrary quality, and fuperior ftrength, falls in its way, and overturns
its tendency and influence ; on all which occafions the thing originally
predicted is fet afide, and a contrary effect takes place ; as we frequently
obfervc in perfons betrothed, who, even t the church-door, or before
the altar, change their fentiments, and put the marriage "afide. But, if
no fuch crofs directions interpofe, and a length of time occurs between
them, then the original afpect holds its own proper force and quality to
the full extent, and, whatever it denotes, is in a general way fully com-
plcted, with all its confequences and contingent effects.

.> /<*? - /7 y
>C v*~y* /<
Afc. %. J . Under this direction, the influence wrought by the laft is

brought to perfect maturity. A connexion with one of the ladies, which
had for fome time been formed, is now brought to its crifis; and, when
l^'s aA)ec^ was complete in all its rays, the parties were married. The
Perfnal defcriptiort which this afpect gives of the wife, is of a middle
ftature, pale dark complexion, brown hair, comely, and agreeable ; in
*0?-naen^ endowments difcreet and ingenious, rather petulant, and worldly"9 minded, and therefore fufficiently faving and frugal.
v,
.^ ^ ^
Afc.Q cT 0 Afc. Thefe are both directions of an evil designation.
'
' They import no fmall fhare of vexation and difagreemeut between the
native and his wife, through the means of detraction, and the whifpers of
falfe female friends, connected with the native's wife, who fow the feeds
of jealoufy, and lay the foundation of etimity and difcord betwixt them.
The attention of the native is thus for a time taken off from objects of
,,_ / o-&4 preferment aiad advantage; his affairs go backward in the world, and he
J,
buffers
* *&* *
OF ASTROLOGY.
767
fuffers a two-fold anxiety of mind, accompanied with a depreflion of

fpirits, conftitutional by the temperature of his fignificators at birth,
but greatly enlarged by the force of this latter direction.
]) sjc 0 0d?S- Thefe afpects are found jointly operating, after
the influence of the preceding are fpent, though of an oppofite action and
quality. Under the firft, the native afTumes his former purfuit of literary
acquisitions, and endeavours to enlarge his connexions with men of let
ters and character. He fucceeds much to his wifhes, being, at the time
this direction came up, which was in twenty-five years and nearly a
half from his birth, introduced to feveral gentlemen of the firft literary
talents and refpectability, who promifed him their patronage and friendfhip. But, in the height of thefe flattering profpects, the fecond direc
tion, viz. the Part of Fortune to a conjunction of the Dragon's Tail,,
fubjects the native to a violent fore throat and fever, occafioned by cold
taken in purfuing the objects of the other direction. This affliction was
very fevere, and ieized the native, as he hath fmce aftured me, when he
was twenty-five years and a half old, and confined him to his bed for
near a fortnight.
p
0 A 3 This direction imports much good to the native, from

thofe who are his fuperiors. Under its influence he will extend his li
terary connections; and will derive honour and estimation from the ex
tent of his own abilities, in the opinion of thofe who are difpofed to ferve
him. This direction likewife, from the prolific fituation of the fignificators in the figure of birth, imports conception to the native's wife,,
which I have no fcruple to affirm took place under its influence..
J A 5 This is a very flattering direction, and prefages much good;
to the native. Under its force he will apply very clofe to fcienLific exercifcs, and enlarge the number of his friends. It was under this direc
tion that he was introduced to the acquaintance of Dr. Bevis, who was
afterwards very much his friend> and rendered ham feveral eminent lervices. This gentleman was a great encourager of fc'ientific fpeculations ;,
and was fo perfectly mafter of aftrology, as to have calculated feveral na
tional events, which feverally came to pafs with the moft remarkable
exactness.
M. C. (5 <3 . This direction implies good to the native, becaufe
Mars is lord of the afcendant ; otherwife it would have operated to his
difadvantage. He was warmly engaged in agronomical enquiries, when
No, 38..
9D
this,
768
AN ILLUSTRATION
this direction operated, which likewife introduced him to farther acquaint

ance with gentlemen eminently diftinguimed in that line. It was at
this time that he became intimately acquainted with Mr. Charles Brent,
aftrologer to George II. under whofe royal authority and direction he
calculated the nativity of our late illuftrious monarch, King George the
Third ; a copy of which nativity he prefented to Mr. Witchell, who after
wards gave it to me, and which I have now fidereally projected, in
this work.
M. C. A 9 Under this dire6tion the native hath a ion born. It hath
likewife a ftrong intellectual operation upon the native himfelf, who is
impelled to a critical investigation of the then (rate of the feveral de
partments of fcience, and imports great honour and pecuniary advantage
from his labours therein, and accelerates his defires for attempting to im
prove them. I have had a great deal of couverfation with Mr. Witchell
on the fubject of this direction, which I confidered fomewhat remark
able ; and be allures me that it was about the time when this direction came
up, namely, whert he had completed his twenty-kventh year, that the
firir, thought of correcling and improving the longitude prefented itlelf
to his mind, and which was ever after infeparable from it, until he had
fully accomplifhed that moft invaluable difcovery.
D Smq O M. }) >|< 9 M. The Moon to the femiquartile of the
Sun in Mundo, and the Moon to the Textile of Venus in Mundo. Here
are two generally-good direclions operating together, which promife the
native health of body and felicity of mind. The affairs of his family
will profper under them, and all matters relating to fubftance and advan
tage will fucceed well. He takes feveral little journeys, which (hall
prove profitable and pleafant, and hath the plealure of receiving fome un
equivocal marks of the fincerity and confidence of his friends. And the
native has frankly acknowledged to me, that no part of his life was fo
free from the tntrufions of care and perplexity as the fpace of time oc
cupied by theie two afpects, which carry him from the twenty-feventh to
the twenty-eighth year of his age.
A??M. Afc.n9- The firft of thefe joint directions hath the
dehgnation of much good to the native; for, while it prompts him to a
laudable purfuit in the improvements of fcience, it will enlarge the circle
of his friends, and promote his reputation with the world. But, as the
brighteft day is wot without its clouds, fo this direction is united with one
not quite fo atifpicious. The qmrule of Venus to the afcendant, is produc
tive
OF ASTROLOGY.
769
tive of family broils and diflenfions. Jealoufies are renewed under this
direction ; and the native perhaps will find, that dealings with the fair
fex are not altogether fo profitable to him. On the contrary, he will ex
perience, about this time, the ftrongeit exertions of a quondam favourite
female to work his deftruction ; which, however, (he will not be able to
effect. Under this direction the native's wife conceives a fecond time
with a male child.
11- D b M. Jupiter to the quartile of Saturn in Mundo, This di
rection continues the baneful effects of the former, transferring the
malignity of his female enemy to thofe of his male, whereby a variety
of unpleafant occurrences follow, and many mean and ungenerous ad
vantages are attempted to be taken of him. This is followed by a coniequent lots of fubftance, which appears ultimately the means of ter
minating the evil machinations enforced againft him. Were the particulars of this feries of vexations and perplexity to be unfolded, with the
caufes which gave them being, it might tend to ftr6ngthen the reputa
tion of planetary preference : but the befl of people are not without
their weak fide ; and God forbid 1 fhould take pleafure in expofing the
foibles of any man, much Ie6 of one who may be ranked among the
number of the moft deferving, and to whom I am under many obli
gations. Suffice it to fay, that the party of the offended female made
head againft him, until he confented to pay a handfome douceur, which,
as he himfelf informed me, put an end to hostilities, and reftored the
olive-branch of peace.
. This direction promifee advantage to the native, the Sun
being lord of the tenth, and Mars of the afc#ndant. This denotes profperity and refpect, and fbme advantage by the fidelity and ability of good
fervants. It likewife gives the native feveral mathematical fcholars,
who become ftudents under him.
M. C. 9. Under the mal-influence of this direction, the native
feels the vindictive fhafts of private enemies, and again encounters fame
family-broils, and difingcnuous reflections, which likewife originate
from a feraaie cauie, and for a time difturb the iaternal tranquillity of
his mind.
.;.::!.:..
... ._ : ,-';. ;
$i 9 * This direction reftores peace and harmofly to his family,
gives him another pupil in the ftudy of the mathematics, and all things
go on fmoothly, and much to the native's fatisfaction and advantage.
He
770
ANILLUSTRATION
He receives pleafure in the purfuits of feveral amufements, and is on

terms of perfect amity with his wife and her friends. Under this direc
tion Hkewife Mrs. Witchell becomes pregnant with a daughter.
M. This direction operates upon the mental faculties, and
promifes much good to the native. Under its influence he writes the
Mathematical Magazine, and acquires unbounded reputation in the lite
rary world. He alfo obtains an increafe of pupils to his mathematical
fchool, and meets with encouragement and fuccefs in all his under
takings.
J Z. P. Tp. The Moon to the zodiacal parallel of Saturn. This
direction imports no pleafing occurrence to the native ; under its opera
tion his father falls fick, and his family is opprefled with vexation and
forrow, arifing from thofe evils which chequer life, and render the moft
perfect ftate of human blifs mutable and precarious. The native himfelf will be much afflicted with melancholy by this direction.
)) Z. P. cJ . The Moon to the zodiacal parallel of Mars. This gave
Mrs. Witchell another daughter, and demonftrates a bad and fickly la
bour, attended with a dangerous fever to the native, as is declared by
the conftitution of this parallel with Mars; for parallels are either good
or bad, according to the nature and quality of the planets by which they
are relpectively brought up. This judgment is likewife confirmed b'y
the petition of the Dragon's Tail in the tenth.
0 A 9 M. This configuration being in Mundo, denotes increafe
of fubftance to the native, either by legacy, or by hereditary right
to the effects of fome deceafed perfon, which happened when this direc
tion was completely wrought. It likewife indicates profperity to the
native, by means of profeffional application and perseverance in the ob
jects before him.
jSmq. 5 M. D 14- Thefe are directions which induce a fort of
chequered life to the native ; for, having an oppofite quality and influence
to each other, whatever the one impels the other counteracts, and
renders all attempts, and all endeavours, while thefe directions are ope
rating, totally abortive. The native will take fome fliort journeys under
the constitution of thefe afpects, in hopes of obtaining preferment ; but
his labours will prove fruitlefs, and all his prefent hopes terminate in
difappoiatment.
OF ASTROLOGY.
771
xlifappointment. Juft fb, as the native himfelf allured me, was the
greater part of his thirty-fixth year diftinguifhed, at which period thefe
directions yielded their influence ; and many times, when he had reafon
to expect the full completion of his wimes, fome untoward circumftance
or other conftantly intervened, to fet his hopes afide.
Q. b ' D d b- Thefe directions are fraught with no good, but
threaten great anxiety of mind and depreffion of fpirits to the native,
refulting from fome lecret enemies, who make a point of oppofing his
career, and who vilify and traduce him to fome perfons of distinction
and power. He will likewife fuffer fome affliction in his eyes, and
dizzinefs of the head, with melancholy and perturbation of mind, whilft
the fecond direction is under its operation.
> jf: Tp . The Moon to the fextile of Saturn, by converfe motion.
Under this direction the native has another daughter born ; but its in
fluence upon his temporal affairs is but little better than the former;
(luce this afpect comes up very quickly after them, and participates of
their quality and temperature. The native recovers completely from
his indifpofition ; but the viciffitudes of fortune, and the vexations of his
mind, continue with little abatement, until the effects of this direction are
wholly taken off by the fucceffion of another.
]) >fc 2 . This is a very promising direction, replete with happinefs
and good fortune to the native. The powers of fenfe, of difcernment,
and invention, arc here ftrongly combined, and the refult leads to
profperity and fame. The native's difcoveries in the longitude are here
moft aptly depicted ; and I have no doubt, but under the force of this
direction they were rendered complete. The friendly rays of the Moon
and Mercury, in elevated places of the horofcope, are uniformly pro
ductive of the moft acute intellectual endowments; but relate, in a
more peculiar manner, to an extcnfive knowledge in fcience, and to an
unbounded comprehenfion of the power and extent of figures. This
direction came up in thirty-eight years and eight months from the hour
of birth, at which period the native made his laft and final improve
ments in the longitude, for which his majefty rewarded him with a
liberal annuity during the rcfidue of his life. Let it be remembered
that this afpe6t falls in twenty-five degrees fifteen minutes of Aquarius ;
and that the nature of thefe planets being fo exactly conftituted with
the quality of the fign, clearly' demonftrates that the improvement and
difcovery, brought up by this direction, mould, in a particular manner,
No. 39.
9 E
relate
77*
relate to the fea; a circurnftance deferving the attention of every curious

reader.
0 Smq. I/. M. Part of Fortune to the femiquartile of Jupiter in
mundo. Under this direction the native fuffers a flight indifpofition.
The internal peace of his family will likewife be difturbed, from a fe
male caufe; which- however will fhortly fublide. He will likewife
experience fome fhort perplexity in money-matters, which perhaps may
make him more cautious of fupplying the neceffities of others before he
provides for his own.
J> A M. Thisafpect brings frefh honour and reputation to the na
tive; for under its influence he will experience the united recommenda
tions and good offices of his friends. The direction comes up in May
1766, and holds on to the middle of October following, as may be feen in
the Table of Directions belonging to this nativity, p. 689 ; in which
fpace Mr. Witchell has aflured me he experienced the moft remarkable
inftances of civility and friendship from feveral members of the Royal
Society, and from other gentlemen of diftinguifhed merit.
) Z. P. 5 . This direction participates much of the benevolent na
ture of the preceding, and promifes additional profperity to the native in
a moft eminent degree. It prepares and fortifies his mind for frefh
ftudies, and influences a laborious application to books, and to experi
mental philofophy. Under this direction we perceive the foundation of
ajourney, which will probably be taken in confequence of fome advan
tageous occurrence.
J) >(c 5 . This, and the foregoing direction, have in many refpects
a joint influence, as they follow in fo quick a fucceffion, and partici
pate of the fame benignant quality. This afpect completes the good
fortune begun by the former J sjc , under which he received a reward
for his difcoveries. The prefent benignant configuration, conftituted
with other rays, brings him a frefh inftance of the approbation of his
fovereign, who appoints him, under this direction, to the Mafterv
(hip of the Royal Academy at Portfmouth. This direction comes
up in November 1766, and operates until the month of October 1767,
at which time another direction fiicceeds. Mr. Witchell took pofieffion
of his new-appointed office the a6th of March, 1767, when this direction
was in its utmoft force. And we might here trace the completion of that
journeyr
Of
ASTROLOGY.
773
iourney, predicted under the laft direclion, which now conveys the native
and his family to a new refidence, in a different part of the kingdom.
And, if we contemplate the quality and pofition of the correfponding
licrnificators, with the affinity of Mercury and Venus, and the fjgn they
are pofited in, near the fortunate node of the Moon, we (hall find that
they exactly defcribe the fituation to which the native's family fliould
remove, and that their refidence mould be permanent and profperous.
> Smq. 5 M. This is likewife a profperous direclion, and ftill
continues the good effects of the former three. The native derives ad
vantage and pleafure from an acquifition of new friends and acquaintance,
addicts himfelf to literary purfuits, and is more ftudious than for a confiderable time before. Under this direclion, as I iince learn, he published
his Mathematical Queries.
s
O d 9 . The Sun to the conjunction of Venus, by converfe motion.
Although this afpecl is fraught with fome good, and gives the native
an addition to his family by the birth of a daughter, yet the effect of
its direclion will bring to pafs fbme unpleafant occurrences, particu
larly relating to the female part of his family, which is obvious in this
configuration, by Venus being conftituted lady of the eighth and
twelfth houfes.
]) If. M. This gives the native fome fruitlefs journeys to feveral
eminent perfons, from which he returns with no great (hare of con
tent. He will lofe money by fome fpeculative adventure; and, what
ever fcheme he fets on foot under this direclion, either for emolument
or fame, will prove abortive, and eventually tend to his difadvantage
and prejudice. About this time, I find Mr. Witchell loft a large fum by
adventuring in the lottery.
D n 7 This configuration is made in the zodiac, and participates
of the fame unfriendly quality with the laft. The Moon is lady of the
ninth, and Jupiter lord of the fifth and fecond, whereby this direclion
will bring up lofs of fubftance to the native, by means of the non-ability
of fome quondam friend, or clerical perfon, to fulfil his engagements in
money-concerns. It likewife argues the exertions of fome private enemy,
to blaft the native's character and reputation, with regard to his friends
and family. This occurrence, the native told me, he had too much
reafon to recollect, with heart-felt regret.
0 P.
774
AN ILLUSTRATION
0 P. J M. The Sun to the parallel of Mars in mundo. This di

rection promifes to advance the native's profeffional character; Mars
beino- the fignificator of his profeffion, exalted by a parallel from thcSun. Tranquillity and fuccefs accompany this direction, and under its
influence the native will have a fon go out to lea. Thofe in fubordinate
ftations to the native will afford him fatisfaction, and his fervants and
domeftics will be found orderly and faithful. All things how go
fmoothly on, an.d his own wifhes and defires are in almoft every fhape
completely gratified.
])<?(? Under this direction the native fuffers fome uneafinefs re
lative to his fon's voyage. He will likewife experience fome lofs by a
fpeculative adventure, which never can fucceed under this afpect. An
unpleafant difagreement appears very likely to happen in his family;
and whatever friendfliip or connection he forms under this configuration,
will prove faithlefs and vexatious.
A b M. This configuration gives folidity and ftability to the
mind, confolidates the ideas, and influences an unufual ferioufnefs of
imagination, which, confidering the phlegmatic temperature of the
native, will moft likely afflict him with lownefs of fpirits, nervous af
fections, and habitual melancholy. Under this direction, however,
the native's mind will be engaged in a defire of purchafing fome houfe
or land, which will occupy moft of the time this direction continues
in force; and whatever purchafe he makes under it will be advantage
ous and fatisfactory to himfelf and his family.
O 8 cT- The Sun to the opposition of Mars, by converfe motion.
This is a malevolent direction, and imports no good to the native, thro*
the means of fome fubordinate perfon, fervant, or domeftic, but which
the native will detect and defeat. He will fuffer a few weeks' illnefs
under a flow nervous fever, which goes off with the termination of this
difcordant afpect, and is fucceeded by an indifferently-good ftate of health,
and celerity of fpirits; which is demonftrated by the direction arifing
from the parallel of Mercury and Jupiter, which comes up immediately
upon it, abating the evil, and removing the intemperate quality, l>y
milder rays.
J rf 9 . This 'configuration is extenfwely good, and gives the na-,
tive profperity and fuccefs in all things which relate either to the ninth,
fifth, or eighth, houfes. Under this direction he takes a pleafant and
profitable.
775
profitable journey; has the fatisfa&ion of feeing all his defines profper;
and has peace, harmony, and content, in his own family, and good fellowfhip with his afibciates and neighbours.
A 3> This is a very excellent and profperous direction, in
fluencing a variety of favourable occurrences to the native, both in the
line of his profeffion and in the general approbation and regard of his
fuperiors and friends. The trine afpel of the two luminaries, in emi
nent places of the horofcope, is in all cafes to be regarded as a fymbol
of great good, and of an advantageous and honourable intercourfe, ac
cording to the birth and ftation of the native, with fome high and ele
vated perfons of rank and fortune. Had the native not been previoufly
appointed to the ftation he now filled, he would, under this direction,
in all human probability, have obtained fome fimilar preferment, from
the fimilarity of the afpecls; but, as it was the good effect of this direclion was fenfibly wrought upon him, fince it introduced him to feveral noble perfonages, who at this time placed their fons under his care
and tuition, for the purpofes of obtaining a nautical education.
H g Afc. Jupiter to an. oppofition of the afcendant. This direction
impairs the native's health, alters the ftate of his blood, and induces a
bilious complaint in the bowels. He will moft likely fufFer by fome
difputation or difagreement with an acquaintance, and perhaps experi
ence a very unpleafant embarraflment on the occafion, with lofs of
fubftance.
]) A M. The Moon to the trine of the Part of Fortune in mundo.
This configuration always forbodes increafe of fortune, fuccefsful enterprife, benefit in fpeculation, and profperity in bufinefs. Under this
direction the native experienced a great (hare of elHmation from his fupe
riors, and felt the emoluments arifing from it.
*> P. 9 M. This direction imports death to fome female in the na
tive's family; and, as Venus is conftituted lady of the feventh houfe,
with clofe affinity to the native in his radical figure, it is moft probable
he will lofe his wife; it is apparent, however, that this configuration
will produce him much anxiety and perturbation of mind, with depreffion of fpirits and deep melancholy.Upon enquiry, I found that Mrs.
Witchell really died under this direction.
> Smq. If. M. 0 M. P. J . The Moon to the femiquartile of Jupi
ter in mundo ; and the Sun to the mundane parallel of the Moon.
No. 39.
9 F
Thefc
;7
AN" ILLUSTRATION
Thefe are both propitious directions, and prefage a continuance of

much good to the native. He will profper in all undertakings in the
way of his profeflion, will receive freih marks of the approbation and
attention of his friends, and will rife in the eftimation of fome high
and noble patron; whereby his fpirits will be exhilarated and his me
lancholy removed. Thefe pleafing circumftances alternately occurred
during the time thefe directions contributed their influence, which lafted,
iu a more or lefs powerful degree, from the beginning of November
1778, to the month of September 1779, when their effects totally
fubfided.
Afc. >|< f? . This direction is armed with the moft ferious affliction
to the native of any thing that hath yet gone before it. It is the
harbinger of fome fudden difeafe that threatens life. And, if we confider the radical import of this afpect, taken collectively with the irra
diations of the other planets, and their refpective pofitions and par
ticular places in the figure, as they ftand influenced and impregnated
with the ambient quality of the figns, we can have no reafbn to hefitate
in tour judgment, that this affliction will fall as it were inftantaneoufly,
and that it will come by fome defect in the animal circulation, or in
the functions of the brain, whereby fenfation will be destroyed, me
mory obliterated, or bodily motion withheld ; but the moft probable
effect of the three arifes from the fuperior dignity of Saturn, who
governs this afpect; and, as he rules the retentive faculty of man,
it becomes pretty evident that this diforder mould be a fit of the
palfy, falling upon the brain, whereby the native mould fuffer a
privation of fenfe and motion, particularly destructive to the ideas
of the rnind, and to the force of memory. Under this direction
Mr. Witchell really had the misfortune to fall down in an apo
plectic fit, which held him for fome time in a ftate of perfect
infenfibility, deprived of fight and motion, and of every vifible ap
pearance of life. When circulation was reftored, and pulfation re
turned, the native became fenfible to pain, and re-pofiefled all the
functions of the body; but his memory continued for fome time wholly
arrefted, and was ever after greatly impaired : his whole frame felt the
(hock, and his conftitution was vifibly ftruggling with it, during the
full time of this direction. Our recovery, indeed, from all complaints
influenced by Saturn is ufually flow ; but particularly fo, when they are
occafioned almoft entirely by his own malignant influence, unabated by
milder rays.
<f A 9 M.
OF ASTROLOGY.
777
rf A 9 M. This direction is of a more grateful quality, giving the

native cheerfulnefs, and removing in fome meafure his habitual melan
choly. This direction naturally inclines the fancy to women, and in
cites amorous defires ; and I have no doubt but the native, even under
an impaired conftitution, and a confirmed nervous habit, was more
than ordinarily awakened to thefe defires during the operation of this
afpect. It was, neverthelefs, too indelicate a queftion for me to put,
however my curiofity might have been excited by the vifible defignation
of the planets, or however anxious I might have been to juftify the di
rections of a nativity which were intended for public fcrutiny.
D A cT M. This direction participates extremely of the quality of
the foregoing, and they operate in many inftances with a joint influ
ence, being both from afpects made in the world, and coming up
nearly together. The native had certainly ftrong predilections in fa
vour of fome particular female; and, if his conftitution was not fomewhat impaired, and his mind pretty much engroffed by other concerns, I
have no kind of doubt but he would have married again while this .Ji*
rectum operated; but though it gives radical import of fuch an
event, yet, when we come to confider it maturely with the quality of
other planets, whofe horofcopical places at the birth gave them a con
cern in the completion of fuch an event, we (hall find fome few argu
ments wanting to give it a complete turn in favour of a fecond matrimo
nial engagement. But that the native had ftrong prepofleflions that way
I have not the leaft doubt, and with a lady who -perhaps is now living, and
might confirm the truth of my remark.
Afc. A <$ This direction is naturally good, inclining the native to
fortitude and perfeverance, and gives animation to the fpirits, and vigour
to the mind. He will, however, be fomewhat abfolute and arbitrary
under it, particularly in his own family, and with his more immediate
domeftics and dependents. With refpect to bodily infirmity, he will
feel an affliction of choler, and feverifh tendency, induced by the qua
lity of Mars, who has borne rule in the three laft directions; and, by
thus increafing the energy of his influence upon the fpirits, will leave
them fubject to a flow nervous fever, deftructive to the radical moifture
of nature, and to the free circulation of the blood and juices.
<> Q. J? M. This direction is the forerunner of a worfe. It is not
a configuration that deftroys life; but it is one that unhinges the ner
vous fyftem, and reduces the native to a painful ftate of hypochondriacal
melancholy.
778
AN ILLUSTRATION
melancholy. It is a remarkable circumftance, that Saturn and the Sun

fhould form the laft afpeft in this nativity, which precedes that of
death; and that of the Sun, being anareta, no fooner feparates from Sa
turn, the moft malevolent planet, than he applies to and receives the
Part of Fortune, which is hyleg. Neither is it lefs curious to remark
the gradual fatality which is here brought on and announced to the na
tive. Mars, the fmaller infortune, occupies the chief influence of the three
directions which operate prior to this; and he no fooner retires, than he
is fucceeded by the greater infortune, Saturn, who gives place to the
Sun, the anareta. And thus, operating by a gradual yet fenfible influ
ence, from a lefs to a fuperior ftate of infirmity, brings on that inevita
ble and final deftiny, which gives every good and virtuous individual " a
place amongft the gods."
0 0. In this diredtion, therefore, we fee the two principal fignificators of life and death, which were conftituted in the radical figure
of birth, form that fatal configuration, which, in all countries, and
in all nativities, is uniformly the fame. The one, at the moment we
enter into this world, is conftituted Ay/eg, that is, giver or protector
of life, becaufe we are formed and nounfhed in the womb under the
influence and temperature of that particular planet, and becaufe it
guards us in every peril of our earthly pilgrimage. The other is in the
lame early period conftituted anareta, or deftroyer of life, becaufe it is
tempered by its horofcopical pofition, with qualities diametrically oppofite to the hyleg; and becaufe, whenever it can form an evil confi
guration with the hyleg, it will deprive it of all its power and efficacy,
and overcome its preferving faculty, by a fuperabundant energy of oppofing matter, which nothing lefs than a fupernatural caufe can either
alter or prevent. And therefore, when that certain caufe, that ve<*etative faculty, which fupports nature and fuftains life, is thus over
whelmed by a redundancy or fuperiority of matter or influence, incom
patible with, and contrary to, itfelf, its exiftence becomes annihilated,
and the native dies. Thus it is in the prefent cafe. The Sun, in this
nativity, being conftituted of a direct oppofite quality to the Part of
Fortune, will, whenever they form an oppofition or quartile afpeft,
abforb its power, and deftroy its influence; in which cafe, whatever
be the thing that was nourifhed or brought into being under it, will be
deftroyed likewife.
If we regard, with a critical eye, the prefent figure of birth, we
fhall find every proof of thofe oppofing qualities in thefe two fignificators,
O F
A S T R O L O G Y.
779
tors that conftitute the hyleg and anareta; but the number of days,
_weeks, months, or years, which thefe two fignificators will occupy
before they meet or form this -difcordant afpect, can only be known by
equating the arch of direction which brings them into contact. This
I have done in p. 68_ where it appears, that thefe two fignificators
were fifty-fix years and ten months in coming to this pofition iu the
heavens, from their refpective places or pofitions at the time of the na
tive's birth; and it is a fact too well eftablifhed to admit either doubt or
refutation, that the native died with a ftroke of the palfy, which this
afpect delcribes, on the 29th of January, 1785, at which time he was
exactly fifty-fix years and ten months old!
Thus it is apparent, that, however unaccountable or undennable thefe
planetary irradiations mfg'ht appear, they certainly are what the Su
preme Author of all things originally intended them to be, the natural
and efficient caufes of thole ftrange and complicated mixtures and af
fections in men, which have confounded the fpeculations of the wifeft
philofophers. And I am perfuaded that no man, unlefs it be thofe
who are wilfully obftinate, can hefitate in forming his opinion of the
truth of thefe premifes ; particularly after obferving that no remarkable
incident of this native's life ever happened, but under the uniform influ
ence, and as it were by the confent, of one or other of theie direct-oils,
the defining of which conftitutes the only true and rational mode of
predicting by, or of calculating, nativities.
But, before I difmifs this fubject, and in order to render every part
of the fcience as plain as poffible, it will be proper, in this place, to
explain what is meant by Revolutions and Tranfits.A revolution is a
returning or revolving back of any one of the celeftial bodies to the
fame place or point in the heavens from whence it firft receded; for fo
the word radically imports. But, in our application of it to explain or
illuftrate any particular circumftance in a nativity, it ufually refers only
to the return of the Sun to his radical place in the zodiac, that is," to
the fame degree and minute of the fign wherein he was pofited in the
hour of birth. For the truth is, that revolutions and tranfits more
properly appertain to the fate of empires than to the circumftances of
a nativity. It has, however, been found, by eftablimed obfervation
and long practice, that the revolutions, not only of the Sun, but of all
the other principal fignificatdrs in a nativity, to their radical places in
the horofcope, excite a very powerful additional influence in the afpects
and directions then operating, whether of a good or evil nature ; but
No. 39.
90
more
/
780
A N
I L,L USTRATION
more particularly when the planet, fo falling into its radical point,
participates ftrongly of the fame quality and temperature as the confi
guration or direction then in force. And hence it is ufual for every
judicious proficient in this art, when he is calculating and bringing up
the directions of a nativity, to erect revolutional figures through the
whole period of the native's life, in order to obtain the moft fatisfactory
information in the probable or poffible means, whereby any important
direction, whether good or bad, might be increafed or diminifhed in
its natural quality and import, by the falling-in of the revolution of
any other fignificator, or of any particular planet tranfiting the place,
under the influence of which the cuftomary effect of the direction may
be varied.
The ufual way of erecting a revolutional' Tigure is by adding five
hours and forty-eight minutes to the exact time of the native's birth
for every year's revolution ; and, when the aggregate exceeds twentyfour hours, the twenty-four are to be caft away. For example, I would
fet a revolutional figure of Mr. Witchell's birth. Now the time of
the day oil which he was born was feven hours fifty-two minutes in
the afternoon. The figure of birth, it muft be obferved, (lands for the
firft year; confequently the firft revolutional figure to be fet for the na
tive exhibits the pofitions of the luminaries and planets for the fecond
year of his age; and the feventh alfo anfwers from the feventh to the
eighth; and therefore, if we add five hours forty-eight minutes for every
year, cafting away the aggregate of twenty-four hours as often as they oc
cur, we (hall uniformly obtain the prccife fituations and pofitions of the
planets for the year required.
h. m.
Thus, feven times five hours forty-eight minutes is
40 36
From which fubtradt
24
o
And there remains '.
. To which add the hours from noon on the day of the na

tive's birth, viz.
And the fum will be
16
36
52
34
28
From this fum the twenty- four hours are again to be caft away, and
the Table of Houfes is to be entered with twenty-eight minutes, under
the title of Time from Noon, in the fame manner as before directed for
erecting the horofcope; and the heavenly bodies will be fpund to difplay themfelves in the following manner:
T T
Having
OF ASTROLOGY.
781
Revolutional Figure,
BEGINNING
March 22. 28m. P. M. 1735.

AND ENDING
March 21. 6h. 16m. P.M.

'736-
f
(Vf '
*
/^
r
^
VX
Having delineated the figure, we are to examine how it agrees with
the radix, or original figure, of birth, and whether it be in fextile,
trine, or opposition, to it; and alfo what planets make their return to
their own radical plpces, or to the radical places of others; and alfo
whether the luminaries be well beheld by the benefics, or afflicted by
the rays of noxious planets, or by the fixth, eighth, or twelfth, houfes
of the radical figure of birth; or whether Saturn or Mars afflift the
places of the Sun, Moon, or afcendant of the radix, or whether there
occur any eclipfe either upon or near the radical places of the three
Hylegiacals; for, according as thefe circumftances are found, fo will the
affairs of the native be either injured or advantaged, and his health
either impaired or eftablifhed, as the cafe (hall happen to be. For, if
unbenign occurrences in the revolution fall in with the qualities and rays
of the fame difcordant nature in the radix, evil and affliction will be
predicted in proportion to the ftrength and qualities of the fignificators ;
782
AN
ILLUSTRATION
tors; and, on the contrary, if grateful and benign influences thus con
cur, and mutually aid and unite in benevolent temperatures, then great
and lafting good, according to the different natures of the planetary
caufes and effects, will undoubtedly take place. But, to make this
fomewhat more familiar to the reader's underftanding, I mall give a few
general rules, whereby judgment may be -determined in other cafes.
Whenever the hyleg^ or giver of life, whether it be the Sun, Moon,
Part of Fortune, or Afcendant, in the radix or geneihliacal figure of
birth, is found to behold its place in the revolutional figure, by form
ing a fextile or trine afpect with each other, it is considered a vifible
argument that the native mall, during that year, enjoy health of body,
and that -his affairs will in a general way go well ; but, if this afpect ,be
made by a quartile or oppofition, the contrary effects are denoted. So
if the Moon, in both the radix and revolutional figure, be free from the
malignant rays of the infortunes, and not combuft, it is likewife an
argument of an healthful and profperous year, more efpecially if me be
configurated with benefic ftars. But, if the Moon be combuft, or af
flicted with the malefic rays of Saturn or Mars, it will prove an unlucky
and fickly year.
If, in the revolutional figure, an eclipfe or comet mould fall upon
the afcendant, it threatens a year of great trouble and anxiety to the
native. But, if the eclipfe in the revolutional figure, whether of the
Sun or Moon, mould fall exactly in the fame degree as the hyleo-, or
giver of life, in the radical figure of birth, and any violent configuration
of the malefics mould begin to operate at the fame time, it will, in
all probability, affect the native's life, by increafing the malignancy of
the afpect, and heightening the violence of the means, whatever it may
be, by which life is threatened. So, if an eclipfe of the Sun mould
in like manner fall in the fame degree and minute of the Dragon's
Head, it alfo endangers life; but, if it only falls near the fame point,
it then threatens danger or difeafe in that year, but not fuch as mould
touch life.
If in the revolution the Part of Fortune falls in the fame degree
as in the radix, it is implicative of the fame effects, and will tend to facilitate them in a more eminent and obvious manner; and, if it happens
that this pofition falls in a good afpect with its difpofitor, it will greatly
tend to increafe the native's wealth or fubftance during that year; but,
if the afpect be made with malefic rays, and the horofcopical pofition
of
> 0 r A S T R O L O G Y.
783
of the Part of Fortune in abject places, it portend* a direct contrary

effect. It is, however* always to be remembered* that any planet
ftrong and eflentially dignified in a revolution, and at the fame time in
good afpect with the Part of Fortune, or with the lord of the fecond
houfe, or with Jupiter, Venus, or the Moon in reception, uniformly
prefages good fortune to the native during that year.
If the Sun be in the firft houfe, mid-heaven, or eleventh houfe of
the revolutional figure, in good afpect with Jupiter or Venus in tho
radix, and free from the unbenign radiations of the infortunes, it de
notes an increafe of honour and reputation, of refpedt and efteem,
during that year, although no direction whatever mould be then ope
rating to increafe its influence. So Jupiter, well configurated in the
afcendant, or in Pifces, Cancer, or Sagittarius, indicates the fame, ac
cording to the quality and occupation of the native; but he denotes
honour and efteem in a much more eminent degree when pofited in th*
medium coeli. Or, if the revolutional afcendant be the place of the
Dragon's Head in the radix, and irradiated by Jupiter, it likewife pro
motes honour, and increafes worldly efteem ; and fo, vice verfa, if the
afcendant of the radical figure of birth be the place of the Dragon's
Head in the revolution, it denotes the fame.
If in the revolutional figure the luminaries are conjoined in the feventh or fourth houfe, it prefages death either to the father or mother
of the native; more elpecially if their places in the radical figure be
likewife infortunated by malignant rays. If Saturn be found to afflict
the Sun by quartile or oppohtion, or by conjunction in one of the an*
gular houles, it is an argument that the father mall make his exit; butt
if the Moon be thus afflicted by Saturn, with relative pofitions in tha
two horofcopes, it prelages death to the mother; for in thefe cafes the
Sun is natural fignificator of the father, and the Moon of the mother;
and, when, thus configurated in a revolutional figure, they foibodc
death to happen within the year.
Whenever the lord of the fifth is pofited in the afcendant, or the lord
of the afcendant in the fifth houfe of the revolutional figure, and in a
fruitful fign, with due affinity to the radix, it is a moft propitious con
figuration to give the native iflue, if married; but, if fingle, it will be a
very dangerous year to the native, by intercourfes with the other fex.
If the native be a male, he will moft probably have an illegitimate ofFfpring to provide for; bttt, if a female and a virgiu, fhe will rarely
No. 39.
9 H
efcapc
784
AN ILLUSTRATION
efcape ruin, and will probably become the unprote&ed mother of an

unfortunate orphan. This afpedl is therefore to be regarded with the
utmoft attention, and refifted with becoming fortitude and refolution by
both fexes.
If the lord of the fifth be pofited in the twelfth, (it being the eighth
from the fifth,) in fimilar afpeft to the radix, it threatens death to the
native's children. So likew fe if Saturn or Mars, or the Dragon's Tail,
be pofited in the fifth houfe of the revolutional figure, in evil afpeft
with the radix, it forbodes death to the native's iffue in the courfe of
that year. Or if Saturn or Mars afflicl the fifth houfe or its lord by
conjunction, quartile, or oppofition, it implies the fame.
Whenever the lord of the afcendant, in the revolutional figure, is po
filed in the feventh houfe, and comes by direction to the radical place of
Venus in the figure of birth; or if the lord of the feventh, in the revo
lution, is brought by direction to the afcendant of the radix; they afford
ample proofs that the native will marry in the courfe of that year. Or,
if Jupiter, Venus, the Moon, or Part of Fortune, be thus irradiated, it
denotes a propenfity in the native to contract matrimony, although circumftances might occur to prevent it.
Whenever Saturn is pofited in the feventh houfe of the radix, and
found alfo in the feventh houfe of the revolution, it threatens death to
the native's wife before the expiration of that year. Mars and the Dra
gon's Tail thus configurated, imports little lefs. Mercury, if afflicled
by the malevolents, and in the feventh houfe, declares much danger to
the native; but, if configurated with Venus, under the fame malignant
rays, it threatens mifchief both to the native and his wife.
Mars, Mercury, and Venus, being the proper fignificators of profefllon, if they are afflicted in the revolutional figure, with direcl affinity
to the fame places in the radix, prefage great icrrow and embarraffment
to the native in bis line of buimefs during that year. But a comet
or eclipfe falling upon the mid-heaven of the radix and revolution,
irradiated by the good afpecls of either the Sun or Mars, will produce
a very profperous year -to the native, and will bring him honour and
preferment.
Thus far we have confidered the general tendency and import of the
feveral fignificators in a revolutional figure, a$ they, are connected with
or.
OF ASTROLOGY.
785
or behold the radical figure of birth. There is now another effect to

be confidered, which the erratic ftars produce by their refpective motions
round the Sun, which are called tranfits, that is, a returning to or
re-afluming either their own place, or the place of any other planet in
the revolutional figure, fo as exactly to correfpond with their radical
places in the figure of birth. Thefe tranfits, when of a remarkable or
eminent nature, always produce an effect or influence of their own,
peculiar to the nature and quality of that particular ftar by which fuch
tranfits are made; but whenever they fall in places of the figure, or in
configuration with other planets, where a direction is coming up, or
any diftinct afpect then operating, they never fail to co-operate with,
and give additional force and efficacy to, fuch afpects or directions,
whether good or evil, as the cafe and quality of the feveral fignificators
fhall happen to be. And for this reafon it is highly proper, whenever
the fpeculum of a nativity is projected, and the various directions
brought up, to examine what tranfits are likely to occur in the courfe
of the native's life that may poflibly vary the effect of any particular
direction; and, confequently, of the incidents or events predicted there
by as likely to happen to the native. For this reafon I have annexed a
few general obfervations, calculated to direct the reader's judgment un
der this fpeculum.
When Saturn returns to or tranfits his own radical place in the revo
lutional figure, well dignified, he indicates profpcrity to the native ; and,
if he be lord of the afcendant either in the radical or revolutional horofcope, he will render that profperity (till more excellent and confpicuous. If Saturn tranfits the radical place of Jupiter, propitioufly confi^
gurated, it denotes increafe of fortune by the favour of eminent men;
if he tranfits the place of Mars, it gives advantages from friends or bre^
thren; and, if thefe tranfits are made with evil configurations, the con
trary evils will be produced.
When Saturn tranfits the place of the Sun, it is implicative of force
ftrong or violent contention with magiftrates, or with men in power, in
the courfe of that year; and, if accompanied with afpects of difeafc,
will produce bodily ficknefs and infirmity. If Saturn tranfits the place
of Venus, it demonstrates infelicity from a female caufe; if the place
of Mercury, it implies advantages from ftudy; if the place of the
Moon, it declares affliction both of the body and mind; if the place
of the Dragon's Head, it tends to promote the native's good fortune;
but, if Saturn tranfits the place of the Dragon's Tail, it has a moft
dangerous
;86
AN ILLUSTRATION
dangerous and malignant tendency. If the place of the Part of For

tune be tranfited by Saturn, with benevolent rays, it denotes incrcafc
of fubftance and eftate; but, if by evil rays, the contrary effect will
be produced.
Precifely the fame is the refult of all the other lignificators tranfiting their own or other planets' places in the radical or revolntional
horofcopes; with only this invariable distinction, that the effects vary
according to the nature, quality, and temperature, of each refpeclive
planet, and to the radiations and afpecls formed with them, or to the
direclions then operating ; for revolutions or tranfits of a benevolent
and friendly nature, falling in with good direclions then operating,
will viiibly increafe their propitious quality, and greatly benefit the
native; whilft, on the other hand, revolutions or tranfits of an evil defignarion, falling in with noxious and malignant directions, will in
creafe the evil, or deftroy life. But good revolutions or tranfits falling
in with bad direclions mollify their malignancy ; whillt evil ones, oppofcd
to good direclions, leflen the good fortune then operating, and deprive
the native of the full completion of thofe golden advantages which per
haps appeared almoft within his grafp.
To difcover the precife time when any event or direction fhall take
place in a revolutional figure, we direct the five hylegiacals, as in the
radix; always observing, as it is for the year enfuing, to direct the tem
porary progrefs of the zodiac for five hours forty-eight minutes. For
instance, fuppofe the cufp of the medium coeli hath one degree of Gemini,
that point is to be directed to every afpecl that falls between that one de
gree and twenty-four degrees of Leo; and aHb, if the afcendant hath at
the fame time eight degrees of Virgo, it muft be directed to all promittors between that point and nine degrees of Scorpio, becaufe that point
will be upon the cufp of the afcendant for the enfuing year, and Leo
will occupy the mid-heaven. In like manner the Sun, Moon, and
Part of Fortune, muft be directed unto their promittors, always remem
bering, that the diftance of a planet from the afcendant is found by ob
lique afcenfion, and from the mid-heaven by right afcenfion. But, when
one planet is directed to another for the purpofe of aicertaining tranfits,
their diftancej from each other are found, by oblique afcenfion or defcenfion, under the pole of that planet which is taken for fignificator ; and
the diftance which is thus given by degrees muft be converted into time,
by entering with the given denomination of degrees into the following
Table.
A RE-
OF ASTROLOGY.
!
7*7
A REVOLUTIONAL TABLE.
A Table for Degrees.
Deg Days.
i
4
8
12
4
5
6
16
7
0
9
10
ii
12
'3
14
15
16
17
18
*9
20
22
24
26
28
30
40
50
60
es?
21
25
29
33
37
42
46
50
54
58
63
6?
?i
75
79
84
92
IOO
109
117
126
1 68
2IO
252
294
336
365
No. 39.
A Table for Minutes.
h. m. i Mil). Days. h. m. Min Days. h. m'

4 56
I 41
9 52
14 48
o
o
o
3 22
19 44
o 40
5 36
3
4
5
6
13 28
36n
'5 9
16 50
18 31
39
40
4i
42
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
43
0 2O
44
45
46
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
342
5 23
2 4
845
5 3
6 44
8 25
10 6
11
12
12
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
16
21
8
4
J3
20 II
21 52
14
23 33
15
I 14
6 56
ii 52'
16 48
16
'7
18
'9
2 55
436
6 17
758
939
10
15
20
i
32
28
24
20
6 16
21 44
2 40
12 JZ
22 24
8 16
18
4 0
5 20
6 40
8 o
9 20
10 40
21
7
8
9
10
11
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
3i
32
33
34
35
36
n 47
II 20
13 I
14 42
16 23
18 4
1945
31 26
23 7
048
2 28
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
3
54 3
55
3
56
3
57
3
53
4
4
59
60
4
4 9
5 50
7
9
10
12
14
15
17
19
3i
12
52
33
14
55
36
17
20 58
22 39
I
10 26
12 7
13 48
15 29
17 10
1 8 51
20 32
22 13
23 54
i 35
31
45*
12
A TA*
AN ILLUSTRATION
788
A TABLE,
all the Days of the Year, and ferving fucceffively to findj
"
Accident.
u.
s5
rt*
eg
Q
i
-C
" r
0. 1 |
fa
6061 r1
32
2
'3
s~6
5
6
8
9
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
4o
4*
42
12
I"
M
Ij
43
44
45
46
71
72
19
20
5
5
2
2
2'
2/
25
26
27
28
29
30
78
79
80
8t
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
88
90
1 9
62
63
64
65
JO
5
1 fi
17
1
74
16 47 75
17 '48 76
18 49 77
20
i 21
1 22
23
24
1
26
27
28
11
30
u!
3'
5
54
55
56
57
58
59
O
1
>
91 121 |lS2
92 I 22 153
23 I 54
93 M
i 24 155
94 M
95 M125 M 56
70
73
6u
bO
A a
182 213
183, 214
184 215
185 216
4-1
a*
u
u
.3
O
6u
So
uu
274
245 275
246 276
247 277
248 278
249 279
250 280
25l 281
244
Q
305 335
306 336
307
308
309
310
337
338
186 217
339
340
187 218
341
311
188 219
312 342
189 2 2O
190 221 252 282 313 343
314 344
191 222 253
101 131 1 162 192 223 254 284 3*5 345;
102! 132 163 193 224 255 285 316 346
103 *33 164 194 225 256 286 317 347
104 134 165 19> 226 257 287 3^8 348
105 135 1 66 196 227 258 288 319 349
106 136 167 '97 228 259 289 320 350
107 '37 168 198 229 260 290 321 35i
1 08 138 169 199 230 261 291 322 352
109 139 170 200 231 262 292 323 353
no 140 171 20 1 232 263 293 3H 354
in 141 172 202 233 264 294 325 355
203 234 265 295 326 356
I 12 142
113 143 74 204 235 266 296 3*7 357
II4 144 '75 205 236 267 297 328 358
329 359
145 176 206 237 268
116 146 177 207 238 269 299 330 360
117 r47 178 208 239 270 300 33l 361
118 148 175 209 240 271 301 332 ' 362
119 149 i8c 2IC) 241 272 302 333 363
1 20 '50 181 211 242 273 33 334 364
151
2155 243
365
34
96 126(157
66 97 127 158
67 98 128)159
68 99 I29 1 60
69 tool 13 1 161
10
ii
I "
'3
'4
II *9
,1
t*
283
298
Whether
OF' ASTROLOGY.
789
Whether the directions be radical or revolutional, the Table in the

foregoing page will ferve equally for both, by changing the names of
the months to any other, according to the given day of the month of
any nativity, making the day of birth the firft day of the year; and
always remembering, that, when it happens to be leap-year, one day muft
be added to February, and there will then be three hundred and fixtyfixdays in that year.
1 have now completed every remark and every Jnftruction that is or
can be neceffary for the perfect Calculation of Nativities ; and I am
bold to fay, that whoever will beftow fufficient time and application to
the rules I have laid down, and that will attend properly to the colla
teral circumftances, will find no difficulty in obtaining a foreknowledge
of all material events relating to himfelf, or to any other perfon, whofe
real nativity is laid before him. I have, in the management of the
foregoing nativity of Mr. Witchell, been particularly plain and copious,
that no underftanding might go uninformed, as well of the fimplicity
and verity of the art, as of its moral tendency to promote the good of
mankind, and the certainty with which human events, might be foughtout through its means.
*
Every thing I have ftated with refpect to Mr. Witchell *s nativity is
incontrovertible fact. That gentleman, when in perfect health, and
i full vigour of mind, reforted to me for no other purpofe than to
hold difputations upon the rudiments of the fcience, and to inform
himfelf as to its hypothefis, and probability in the fcale of reafon and
fcience. The more he inquired, the more convinced he was of pla
netary influence and effect. He proceeded from theory to practice. He .
amufed himfelf with a variety of difquifitions upon the different branches
of the art ; and had the pleafure to find, that, in all cafes where truth
and perfpicuity were the bafis of his inquiries, there were no in- '
ftances of doubt or deception in the predictions refnlting from them.
Well grounded in all the common departments of aftronomy, he obtained
an extenfive theoretical knowledge of this part of it with the greater
facility; and, to reduce it to regular practice, he began with calcu
lating his own nativity. In comparing the afpects with the particular
incidents of his life, he was foon convinced they were infeparable from
each other; and hence it was that he committed the revifion and com
pletion of it to my care, with a firm and manly felicitation to have the
anaretical direction brought up and afcertained, as well as thofe of fmallcr
magnitude and importance. This was a taik I performed with the
greater
790
AN ILLUSTRATION
greater fatisfadtion, becaufe it was to undergo the fcrutiny of the

perfect mathematician of the age; and becaufe his conviction and ap
probation of it would ftamp new reputation upon a fcience, which,
having few or no real advocates, has been long borne down by popular
prejudice and obftinate declamation. Having performed every part of
the calculation with an exactitude that highly pleafed him, he made
u(e of it as a friendly monitor of the good and evil that awaited the refidue of his days; and, when he approached towards the ftated time of
his diffolution, he would mention it without the fmalleft emotion, and
confidered the knowledge of it as one of the greateft bleflings of his
life, which not only drew his attention to his Maker, and fixed his
thoughts upon celeftial defires, but raifed his mind above the contem
plation of earthly enjoyments, and gave ferenity and calmnefs to his
converfation and deportment. It was on one of thefe occafions, that
he requefted me to print his nativity in my work, which I had begun
to publifh fome little time before; obferving that the evidence of fo
recent and refpectable a proof of aftrological prediction might tend to
bring mankind to reafon, and admonifli them no longer to abandon this
fublime and interefting branch of knowledge.
And now, what need can there be of further argument in fupport of
fo felf-evident a doctrine? or what advantage could it poflibly be to
me, or to any difinterefted man, to preach up the advantages of a feience which hath no exiftence in reafon or in truth ? The facts here
laid down are unquestionable ; and fuch, I think, as no reafonable man
will attempt to refute. If farther proofs are required, I (hall at
all times be ready to furnifh them, or to explain any matter or thing
herein before laid down that might be deemed unintelligible, or that
is not thoroughly understood; at the fame time that, if any obftinate
unbeliever, or any other defcription of men, can offer a fair and candid
argument in opposition to aftral influence, I (hall be ready to hear them
with refpect and attention. Wretched indeed (hould I be, if, after
every precaution to guard myfelf againft the encroachments of enthufiafm, I (hould fall a victim to its phrenzy, or be deemed a madman
or a fool : at the fame time let me not (hut my eyes againft detnonftrable facts, merely becaufe the bulk of mankind choofe to difcountenance them, or determine to become wilfully blind. I have examined,
and am convinced ; and I truft I have iufficiently eftablifhed the reality
of this fcience; and have abundantly fhown that the ambient matter,
collected by the rays of the celeftial bodies, and communicated by a
iympathy of action to all fublunary things, is the caufe of all thofe
'
undc
OF ASTROLOGY.
791
undefcribable occurrences in human nature, which, for want of a more

clear comprehenfion of the wonderful works of creation, are frequently
attributed to caufes, which call in queftion the benign attributes of the
Deity, and difgrace the underftanding of the meaneft of his creatures
upon earth.
It hath been contended by fome, in oppofition to that part of aftrological doclrine which determines the bodily form and mental difpo
fition of the native from the feveral fignificators in his own and in
his parents' genethliacal figures, that this ifkenefs or fimilitude in body
and temper is ftamped by the energy or idea of the parents in the a6t of
copulation. Although I am willing to admit this obfervation in part,
yet I contend that the primary caufe, which furnimes that energy or
motion in the parents, is derived from their refpeclive fignificators in
the heavens ; and that they imprefs their particular quality in propor
tion as they happen to be in dignity and power at that precife time. If
the fignificators of the mother are then fuperior in force and dignity,
the mother's features and difpofition will be moft vifible ; if the fa
ther's geniture be the ftrongeft, the father's temper and fimilitude will
be moft predominant in the offspring then begotten ; but, if both their
fignificators are equally ftrong, the child then equally participates in
the likenefs and difpofition of both his parents. Let it neverthelefs be
remembered, that, however ftrong the fignificators of both or either of
the parents might be, yet thofe proper to the foetus or conceptional
matter invariably take the lead, and ftamp that peculiar form and tem
perature upon the native, which in a great meafure fupplant the firft
impreffions given by thofe of the parent, and form a perfon and mind
eflentially differing from both, though with fome veftiges of hereditary
fimilitude. And hence the reafon why fons and daughters more or lefs
depart from the ftature, features, complexion, and temper, of their
parents ; and why no two human beings, in the whole compafs of ge
neration, were ever yet formed precifely alike ! If, therefore, the man
lives, who can fairly and completely refute this argument, he fliall
have my thanks and my applaufe. And I will add further, in the em
phatic words of an unrivalled author, that " My heart is already with
u him.
I am willing to be converted. I admire his morality, and
would gladly fubfcribe to the articles of his faith. Grateful as I am
tt to the good Being whofe bounty has imparted to me this reafoning
u intellect, I hold myfelf proportionably indebted to him from whofe
*' enlightened underftanding another ray of knowledge communicates to
** mine. But neither fhould I think the moft exalted faculties of
No. 40.
9 K
"the
792
te
"
"
"
AN
ILLUSTRATION
the human mind a gift worthy of the Divinity, nor any affiftance hi
the improvement of them a fubject of gratitude to my fellow-creatures,
if I were not fatisfied, that really to inform the underftanding corrects
and enlarges the heart."

OBSERVATIONS on the NATIVITY of the Rev. GEORGE

WHITEFIELD, M. A.
I fliall now, agreeably to the plan I have before laid down, introduce,
by way of example, a number of remarkable genitures, in order to (how
that the afpects of the planets, and the influence of directions, are uni
formly and invariably the fame in all cafes, and correctly diftinguim thofe
extraordinary actions in every native's life, for which he afterwards be
comes celebrated and famous.
The well-known life and character of the Rev. Mr. Whitefield, and
his remarkable prowefs in the line he adopted, render him no unfit
fubject for our prefent purpofe. He was born at the Bell inn, in Gloucefter, on the i6th of December, 1714, as in the annexed plate of his geniture. At a very early period of his life he loft his father, and was left
unprovided for in the world. When he arrived at the age of ten years, his
mother again contracted matrimony, which turned out very unhappy :
this is demonftrated by the mid-heaven coming at this time to a contraantifcion of the Moon; and, as both are fignincators of the mother, they
prefage much trouble and anxiety as well to her as to the native., At
fourteen he was taken from fchool, and aflifted his mother in the bufinefs
of the inn; at which time the mid-heaven came to a quartile of the
Sun, which always brings difgrace and trouble. His mother quitting
the inn, it was taken by his brother; and, his fifter-in-law and himfelf
not agreeing, they frequently fell out, and he would fometimes not
fpeak tq her for three weeks together. This fullen auftere temper is
produced in the radix of his birth by the quartile of the Sun and
Mars; and, to complete the obftinate pcrfeverance of his mind, the
Moon is in the conjunction of Saturn, which invariably produces fuch a
temperature.
In fifteen years and twelve days from his birth, the Moon came to
the trine of Venus, who is the fignificatrix of joy and pleafure. It is a
remarkably-good direction, by falling in the eleventh houfe, which denotes friends; and, as Venus is in the third, it relates to kindred and
ihort
Rev.
Plniiets Daily Motion
lialitudr
\ 1E( >R<IE"WilI
ft TEn ELI* AI-.-Oj
> ^_
3cf ii
O
LD2
2
4
LO ,\1)rt//t
11 $nut?l.
O (3 \orth
O _
'i. J)e<'e////><'r
10 H
J7m. T.M.
17M.
O
1
O _^J
O
3O
latitiidc 51-52
O *A 't'/'M
Died 29? 11 Scptf.18 1I.P.M.
44 i^l 'orth
177O. at . 4 ?n>burr/ ticnt'
31 tfe>uth j ./tt>.rf<>/t. .in jVi'ii' A 'n/jfarifLu
18
(&
11
.72
OF
ASTROLOGY.
793
fhort journeys. Under this direction it was refolved to fit the native for
the univerfity ; but he went on ibme vifits of pleafure before he configned himfelf to the difcipline of a preparatory ichool. At the age 'of
feventeen years and one hundred and eighty-eight days, the Moon came
to a bodily afpect with Mars. This direction hath an evil fignification,
becaufe thefe two planets are by nature inimical to each other, as we have
already fufficiently fhown ; and it would have had a ftill more malignant
influence, had not Venus at the fame time caft her trine afpect to Mars.
Under this direction he contracted an intimate acquaintance with feveral
debauched young gentlemen, who led him into a variety of fcrapes, and
into the company of proftituted females.
At about eighteen years of age he was received into the univerfity; for
which there came up a moft fignificant direction of the afcendant to the
trine of Jupiter, which hath reference to preferment under the nobility,
clergy, religious focieties, and fuch-like. Under this direction he was
cholen fervitor to feveral gentlemen of the Univerfity, whereby he con
ducted his pecuniary affairs fo well, that he did not ftand his friends in
twenty-four pounds in three years. At the period of eighteen years two
hundred and fifty-fix days, the Sun came to the trine of Saturn ; under
which direction the native abandons, the eftablifhed doctrines of the
church, and takes up the religious tenets of Methodifm, to the utter
aftonifhment and concern of all his relations and friends. At nineteen
years two hundred and forty-four days, the Sun again came to the trine
of Saturn ; under which direction the native more vigoroufly purfued
his religious principles, and became intimately acquainted with the
Rev. John Wefley, by whofe friendly advice and exemplary conduct, he
ufed frequently to fay, " he had been delivered from the fnares of Sa" tan."
.
At nineteen years one hundred and twenty-fix days from the time of
birth, the mid-heaven came to the oppofition of Jupiter. At this
time many infelicities arife by means of clerical men. The native's
mind is tormented and opprefTed, and he is loaded with calumny and
contempt. He incurs the difpleafure of the heads of his college; his
relations alfo confpire againft him, and his mind becomes a prey to per
turbation and defpair. This laid the foundation of a violent fit of ficknefs, which lafted upwards of feven weeks, whilfl this direction
operated with its utmoft force; his life was fuppofed to be in danger,
and his enemies rejoiced in his affliction. At twenty years and two days,
the Moort came to the fextile of Mercury; under which favourable
direction
794
AN
ILLUSTRATION
direction he was reftored to health, and recovered his wonted refolution

and fpirits.
At twenty years and two hundred and eighty-fix days from his birth,
the mid-heaven came to the trine of Venus, which produced -him the
fincere regard of many perfons, with health and content, and profperity
in worldly affairs. Under this direction the native journeyed to Gloucefter, and foon afterwards to Briftol ; in the courfe of which he ex
perienced many offices of friendship from thofe whom he had confidered
his enemies. Lady Selwyn, of Gloucefter, recommended him to the pa
tronage of the bifhop, who immediately fent for him, and offered to or
dain him whenever he defired ; and at the fame time prefented him with
five guineas. And the next direction coming up at twenty years three
hundred and fixty days from the time of birth, namely, on the iath of
December, 1735, greatly increafed the good fortune promifed by the for
mer; for, under the influence of this direction, Sir John Phillips agreed
to allow him thirty pounds a-year.
At twenty-one years and eighty-feven days, I4th of March, 1736, the
afcendant came to the fextile of Venus. While this direction was ope
rating, it gave the native a pleafant and agreeable time, full of profpe
rity and content, with reputation and fuccefs in his vocation ; fo that in
May following he was ordained. What renders this direction more re
markably propitious is, that it falls in a 'good part of the horofcope,
and that Venus is no way afflicted. In Auguft following he returned to
London.
When he was twenty-one years three hundred and forty days old, i. e.
on the aad of November, 1736, the Moon came by direction to Spica
Virgirris, a fixed flar of the firft magnitude. Fixed ftars of a benevo
lent quality, in fuch conjunctions, ufually denote fudden honour and
preferment, and frequently bring men into higher repute than any finale
erratic influence; but when mixed with planets of their own nature
and quality, they give durable reputation and profperity, as was
the cafe in the prelent inftance. At twenty-two years and twentyfour days from the birth, namely, on the loth of January, 1737, the
Sun came to the trine of the Moon from the tenth houfe, the houfe of
profeflional honour; and, as the Moon is fignificatrix of the mixed mul
titude, or common people, it declares that the native fhould experience
an uncommon (hare of honour and refpect from the middle clafs of peo
ple, which every one knows was really the cafe. This afpect likewife
implies
OF-ASTROLOGY,
795
implies fome diftant journey; and we find that Mr. Whitefield now firft
formed his determination of going to America. Under this direction
the native acquired great popular applaufe, as he hath declared himfelf ;
and at this time he preached in the parim-churches. On the joth of
October following, the afcendant came to the Textile of Venus, which
promifes fuccefs ; and, by reafon that fo many benevolent directions
followed fo clofely after one another at this juncture, his fuccefs became
more rapid and confpicuous. On the loth of December, the afcendant
came to the fextile of Mars; and on the 28th of the fame month the
native embarked for Georgia. This direction brings him into the fociety
of military men, with whom harmony and attachment is moft amply
denoted by the fextile afpect. It likewife gives the native fuitable magna
nimity, fortitude, and courage.
The next direction is of a very dangerous and evil import, namely,
the medium coeli to the body of Mars, which, genethliacally confidered,
fuddenly expofes a native to the mifchance either of life or fortune ; it
ftirs up the wrath of powerful men againft him, and excites his mind
to popular tumults and commotions. This was in an extraordinary man
ner exemplified in the perfon of Mr. Whitefield ; for under this direction
he returned to England, landed at Briftol, and behaved with great arro
gance to the chancellor of that diocefe; and afterwards infulted and re
buked the Vice-chancellor of Oxford, and contemned his authority, with
that of all the other dignitaries of the church. He was now prohibited
from performing divine fervice in any of the proteftant churches ; in confequence of which he commenced field-preacher, in the neighbourhood of
Kingfwood, near Briftol. In February 1739, the afcendant came to the
conjunction of Mercury, at which time he was feized with a violent fever,
and continued very ill for upwards of fix weeks.
At twenty-four years and feventy-eight days from the native's birth,
March 5, 1739, the mid-heavencame to the body of Mercury, ruler of the
tenth-houfe; fo that, notwithftanding the oppofition and cenfure he met
with, he was remarkably fuccefsful, and received great encouragement
from the populace, as this direction obvioufly denotes. Under its opera
tion he preached openly in Ifliiigton church-yard, then in Moorfields,
afterwards on Kennington Common, and at feveral other places, in the
open fields round London. The novelty of his doctrine and deportment
excited public curiofity, and the populace flocked to hear him from all
quarters. He collected large fums of money daily, in the form of a fubicription for building the Orphan Houfe in Georgia; for which purpofe
No. 40.
9L
the
796
AN
ILLUSTRATION
the truftees had granted him five hundred acres of land for ever. This
direction likewife inclines the native to travel ; and under its influence1
he embarked for Georgia in Auguft, but returned to England again in
March 1741.
From the thirty-fecond to the thirty-fixth year of the native's age,
there happened four remarkably-good directions, viz. the Part of Fortune
to the conjunction of the Moon, the Sun to the Textile of Jupiter, the
Sun to the conjunction of Venus, and the Sun to the trine of Mars. Under
thefe feveral directions he confiderably increafed his fubftance, grew daily
into higher repute amongft his difciples, and publimed feveral tracts that
met with very great approbation. He likewife under this influence
married the widow of an apothecary in Wales, with a fmall landed eftate.
On the 27th of June, 1751, the Sun came to the trine of Mars; under
which direction he collected large fums of money, and completed his
tabernacle in Moorfields.
At the age of forty-two years and fixty-eight days, March 4, 1757, tne
afcendant came to the quartile of the Moon, an evil direction, prelaging
much mifchief. The native was now publicly molefted and abufed by the
populace. He was driven from the chapel in Long Acre with indignant
violence ; and in feveral of thefe popular tumults he narrowly efcaped with
his life. He embarked for Ireland under the evil influence of this
direction, where he in vain attempted to gain. profelytesUo his doctrine.
The populace were in a fhort time irritated againft him; and after ieveral
fruitlefs efforts to fubdue the paflions and fpirits of his auditors, and after
patiently enduring a copious (hare of infult and abufe, accompanied with
fbme fevere chaftifement, he re-landed in England, and came back to
purfue his fortune in London.
0
At the age of forty-two years two-hundred and fifty-feven days, the midheaven came to the textile of the Sun, which is an afpect denoting much
good. Under this direction he found himfelf well received by the
populace; he refumed his former places of public declamation, and
went round the country, preaching in the open fields, or public ftreets,
as befl fuited his purpofe. His collections upon thefe occafions were
generally pretty liberal, particularly in places where his doctrine and
manner were novel, and he gained over many difciples. He returned
to town, and under this benevolent direction he built his chapel in Tot
tenham-Court Road.
At
OF ASTROLOGY.
797
At forty-five years one hundred and eighteen days from the time of
birth, viz. April 17, 1760, the Moon came to the quartile of Venus.
This direction falls in the twelfth hpufe, and is the forerunner of anguifli
and affliction. At this time Foote's comedy of the Minor made its ap
pearance, which fo ftigmatifed the native's character, that he never got
the better of it. He devoted himfelf to the talk of preaching it down,
and perievered for a long while in this fruitlefs attempt ; but the infult and
fatire of the populace was fo great, that he was under the neceffity of
withdrawing himfelf from the performance of divine fervice even in his
own chapels. At this time likewife many of his principal followers deferted him, particularly a diftinguilhed lady, from whom he had received
very great fupport. This direction is immediately followed up by the
Part of Fortune to the oppofition of Jupiter, a baneful afpect, which
came up the 2Oth of May, 1760, and alfo declares a lofs of reputation and
fubftance to the native. Under this direction feveral others of his moft
opulent difciples abandoned him, and the pecuniary emoluments of his
chapels' were greatly decreafed.
In September 1764, the Part of Fortune came by direction to the
bodily afpect of Mars, which hath fignification of many violent con
tentions between the native and his adherents about the loaves and
fiihes; with lofs of property and refpect in confequence. The next
afpect came up the ^th of December following, that is, in forty-nine
years three hundred and fifty-three days from the time of birth, when
the mid-heaven, which reprefents the native's honour and reputation,
comes to the quartile of Venus in the twelfth houfe. This is a malignant
direction, calculated to blaft the native's general character, and to
produce fome fudden evil from a female quarter. Thefe fucceffive di
rections, being fraught with difappointments and infurmountable per
plexities to the native, prepared his mind to feek an afylum in the more
grateful climes of America.
At fifty years one hundred and eighteen days from the time of birth,
the afcendant came to the conjunction of the Sun, and is then brought
to a quartile afpect of Jupiter, in an equally malignant radiation of the
Moon. The union of thefe afpects is extremely fingular, as is the
manner in which the hyleg and anareta are here brought together, by
the united force of the three co-operating malevolent directions, all of
which came up in September 1770, and deprived this celebrated charac
ter of life, on the i8th day of that month, at Newbury, near Bofton, in
America.
As
798
AN ILLUSTRATION
As to the natural temper and difpofition of Mr. Whitefield, it was

none of the beft, as might be collected from his own words: "I can
"truly confefs," faith he, "that I was brutifh from my mother's
" womb; and fo brutifli, as to hate instruction. I can date fome early
" acts of uncleannefs, with flagrant proofs of an impudent temper, a
" lying and filthy talking tongue, addicted to dealing, frequently taking
" money out of my mother's pocket before me got up in the morning;
" likewife fpending money that I received in the houfe, it being a pub" lic-houfe ; joining others in roguifh tricks; but was generally detected." ,
This account agrees precifely with the temperature and bent of mind
denoted by the feveral fignificators in his nativity ; and is more mani*
feftly declared by the fign Scorpio upon his afcendant, and the evil po* '
fitions of Saturn and the Moon with refpect to Mercury, which governs
his difpofition. But, as- the meaning and radical import of all thefe fig
nificators, together with their various afpects and relative pofitions, hav* |
been fo amply defcribed, it is unueceflary to repeat them. I therefor*
mean this felection of remarkable nativities as fo many Striking examples*
whereby to exercife the underftanding and judgment of my readers, ioobtaining a perfect knowledge of the aftral fcience.
i\
-MOO .
.''.it::
l.n.'.ij ili.: I th'
..
" :. ' ; v
OBSERVATIONS on the NATIVITY of the Rev. JOHN HENDERSON, A.B. of PEMBROKE COLLEGE, OXFORD.
THIS nativity exhibits a collection of the moft remarkable configu
rations I ever faw comprifed in one horofcope during the whole courfe of
my practice ; and it is really curious to remark their oppofite defignatious,
as they refpeclively occur upon the face of the genethlical figure of birth,
illustrated in the annexed plate.
"r;
According to the rectification of parallels, this native was born when
the Sun was at its higheft meridian altitude ; at which time one degree
fifteen minutes and twenty-four feconds of the princely fign Leo afcended the eaftern finiter of the heavens, and affords the moft exalted
teflimony of a noble and generous difpofition. The fenfitiye powers
and underftanding of the native are reprefented by Mercury and th
Moon. Mercury, who rules the adive and rational part of the brain,
is pofited in the ninth, the houfe of religion and fcience; in the dig
nities of Jupiter, in conjunction of Mars, and within orbs of the
benefic planet Venus. This fharpeiiSj the wit, and furnimes the
. imagination
0 55 StmOt South
1 18 A'orfTt Sout/t
rf I 8 South Scuft
0
--MurtA
1 2.i' ,>;<///// .feulh
1
1GJ5
7 .57
-247
6 5
(i
f
'
( O X 1M)
orn
3 44 , J/w/// . IJv//> 19 .37
//i't'fi- (<'<(/(.
. -~
f'
fl, rf/ . /(rr/t'itiil
~~ 1757 -
OFASTROLOGY.
799
imagination with inexhauftible powers of reafoning ; and, if we 'add to

the foregoing teftimonies, that Mars is configurated in his own triplicity, and Venus in her exaltation, we (hall difcover the endowments of
a mind apt for invention, with an impetuofity of natural ideas fcarcely
to be equalled; which is ftill more confirmed by the ftrength and good
afpect caft by Mercury to the Moon, who rules the moiflure of the brain,
and thereby fructifies and ftrengthens the retentive faculty. This pofition
of the fignificators likewife gives the native a flrong tafte for fcientific
knowledge, impels him to the confederation of abftrufe and occult rea
foning, and to the inveftigation of myftical divinity.
It is however much to be lamented, that, in the midft of all thefe
propitious configurations, Mercury happens to be in his detriment ; for
thereby it is declared, that thefe fplendid endowments will profit the
native little or nothing. And, as five of the fignificators are pofited in
watery figns, it is too obvious a proof that he will be regardlefs of repu
tation and preferment, but will give himfelf up to the pleafures of con
viviality, and facrifice too frequently at the fhrine of Bacchus. This
failing is fo ftrongly marked, that furrounding fpectators, whilfl they
admire the brilliancy of his wit, and the acutenefs of his understanding,
will be equally furprifed that he fhould not apply them to an ufeful and
advantageous purfuit.
Nature has fo endowed his rational intellect, that he is alike qualified
for law, phyfic, or divinity; three avocations that perhaps few or none
befides himfelf can claim equal pretenfions to. Thefe extraordinary
qualities are thus denned from the horofcopical fignificators : Venus
in the ninth houfe, in trine to Jupiter lord of the ninth, infpires him
^yith a confcientious mind, formed for divinity; Mars in conjunction
t^th Mercury, gives him a depth of judgment and an acutenefs of rea
foning fitted for the law ; and as Venus is in conjunction with Mars
and the Moon, at the fame time that Jupiter beholds Mars and Mercury
with a trine afpect, and Mars being lord of the tenth houfe, with the
Sun exalted therein, thefe are fo many decifive arguments to (now, that,
had the native been profeflionally bred to the law, he would not only have
acquired an immenfe fortune, but would have increafed likewife in re
putation and character. That he would have made an excellent phyfician, is every way obvious : Jupiter, lord of the fixth, the houfe of
pharmacy and phyfic, is in Scorpio, a phyfical fign, and is dignified in.
the fifth, the houfe of profperity and pleafure ; and, being in partile
trine of Venus, and in trine alfo with his difpofitor, as well as in re
ception, at the fame time that he is forming a Textile afpect with Saturn,
lord of the feventh, thefe are evident demonftrations of a perfon born
No. 40.
9M
8oo
AN ILLUSTRATION
with'the heavenly art of healing ; and who, like the good Samaritan, not
only pofiefTes the ability, but the difpofition likewife, of affording relief
to his wounded or afflicted fellow-creatures.
This native is not only born with an extraordinary talent for either
of the foregoing ,profeffions, but hath, in a mod: eminent degree, the gift
of acquiring univerfal knowledge; pofleffing from nature a ftrong re
tentive faculty, a quick and lively perception, and a fruitful genius, apt
for every kind of ftudy, and formed for invention. In ftature he is
but fhort, as is defcribed by the Sun in Aries; brown hair, grey eyes,
full round features, and of a mild and placid difpoGtion; though given
to be fatirical upon the ladies, as is demonftrated by Mars being in con
junction with Venus and Mercury in his detriment.
That the native might obtain preferment in the church, is abundantly
evident, from the pofitions of fo many planets in his ninth houfe ; and
therefore an excellent profeflion for him to follow, provided he would
fum up refolution to fet afide the diffipating rays of Mercury. I only
fubmit this as a friendly hint to the native himfelf, who being alive,
and pofiefiing the ability of analyfing his own geniture, and of forefeeing the different events that are likely to refult from the directions,
it is my duty to leave the confequences thereof as a proper monitor to
his future conduct, meaning to difplay the figure of his birth as'an ex
ample only to my readers of the extraordinary circumftance of many
illuftrious afpects being deprived of perfect efficacy by one difcordant
configuration.
Addition by the Editor of the Twelfth Edition.Mr. Henderfon was
born near Limeric in Ireland. He was educated at a refpectable Englilh
academy,,--, By the generofity of Dean T
, who took a liking to him,
and lent him aoo/. he was entered of Pembroke-college, Oxford. After
the proper time of refidence, he took his degree of B. A. Feb. 27, 1786;
and left the univerfity, without having taken orders, a few days after.
It is fuppofed that he then retired to Briftol, where his father kept a madhoufe; and it was probably about this time that Dr. Sibly wrote the above
account, as the firft edition of his work was publifhed foon after the year
1786. About that time, alfo, there arofe an angry controversy, bet ween fomc*
perfons at Oxford and others at Briftol, upon the fubject of Henderfon 's
fingularities and eccentricities, and as to the extent of his obligations to
Dean T, &c. See Gent. Mag. 1786. p. 555, 677-9, 735-9, 861.
1788. p. 1031. He died November 2d, 1788, ill the 32d year of his age.
OBSER-
OF ASTROLOGY.
801
OBSERVATIONS on the NATIVITY of Mr. JAMES GILBERT.

148 . 16
JAMES GILBERT,
BORN
23d May, sh. 8m.-P. M.

1716.
.
,*'
,*'
LATITUDE.
Deg.
Min.
DECLINATION.
Deg.
0 21 S.
1 128.
1 20 N.
o o
20
3
c
56 S.
o N.
S.
Min.
19 30
5 5'
14
i
S.
N.
N.
22
25
N.
8
15
25
32 N.
10 N.
23 N.
I
I
This is the nativity of a perfon well known in the county of Kent;

a man who has a ftrong natural propenfity to acquire knowledge, as is
proved by the Moon's pofition in the ninth houfe, the houfe of fcience,
in fextile to Mercury, in her own dignities. The fign Scorpio afcending
802
AN ILLUSTRATION
ing in the eaft, and Mars and Leo in trine of Venus in Aries, declare
him to be of a well-formed body, and of a middling ftature ; of an open
generous difpolltion, and fair and juft in all his dealings, which is parti
cularly defcribed by Jupiter being in his own dignities, and in a good
afpect with the Sun.
With regard to the native's fubftance, if we confider his birth, we
(hall find it has increafed in a true proportion with what is promifed
by the fignificators in his genethliacal horofcope. The Part of For
tune is well fituated in the fecond houfe ; the Moon is likewife pofited
in her own houfe, increafing in light and motion ; Jupiter, who is
lord of the fecond, the houfe of fubftance, and difpofitor of the Part of
Fortune, is conjoined with the Moon's fortunate node ; and, having
dignities in the fifth and fixth houfes, prenotes that the native mould
derive advantages from fuch things as particularly relate to thofe
houfes which are fully explained in page 145, &c. but, as thefe figni
ficators are all of them either in fiery or watery figns, it is apparent that
fuch occupations as are more immediately under the government and
coutroul of thofe figns would be found moft profitable for the native to
follow.
We might eafily perceive that this native is not of a clofe and fordid
difpofition, owing principally to the remarkable configurations of the
Moon in quartile of Venus, in fextile with Mercury, and within orbs of
an oppofitioii of Saturn. The force of thefe predominant qualities,
while under the particular direction of each refpective afpec"!, will in
cline the native to be profufe, and carelefs about money-matters; will
expofe him to the imposition of the crafty and defigning, and eventu
ally to the lofs of property, and the diminution of his fubftance, unlefs a
great degree of fpirit and refolution be exerted, to modify and correct:
this good-natured but fatal propenfity. A hint to the wife is ufually
fufficient; and, as this native is ftill living, and extenfively furrounded
with friends, I would by no means wim to hurt his feelings, or draw
down upon myfelf the refentment of thofe who might have it in contem
plation to take advantage of his generofity.
But to return. The third houfe is the houfe of journeys; and here
we find the malevolent planet Saturn retrograde:- This is a fure argu
ment, that change of refidence, and journeys in general, fhould prove unfuccefsful and injurious to the native, either in the pocket or by bodily
affliction, or both, and mould therefore be avoided as much as poffible.
The
OFAS-TROLOGY.
803
The fourth houfe bears defignation of the principal fcope and end of
the native's life. In this angle we find the fixed fign Aquaries; and,
as Saturn is pofited in that fign, it is an argument that fome houfes or
land fhould devolve to the native by hereditary fucceffion; but Saturn
being retrograde (hows that this patrimony (hall not be poflefled until
the native is far advanced in years, or in the latter ftage of his life.
The fifth houfe denotes advantages to be obtained, or lofles to be fuffcred, by any fpecies of adventure; and, as the Moon's fortunate node falls
in this houfe, it is apparent that the native (hould in a general way be
fortunate upon every fuch occafion, as cards, dice, hazard, dealing in
the lottery, or fending goods upon the chance of a market to any of our
fettlements or connections abroad. I have no doubt but this petition of
the dragon's head, conjoined with the benevolent planet Jupiter, who
is lord of the fecond houfe, the houfe of fubftance, and bears rule likewife over the fifth, which relates to adventure, would prove extremely
favourable to the native, Were he to try his fortune in the lottery; more
efpecially if he would be careful to choofe his ticket under a favourable
and correfponding revolution or direction, many of which are to be
found in his nativity.
With regard to ficknefs or difeafe, and the accidents which are likely
to be moft fatal to the native, we (hall, if we regard the fixth houfe,
and the planets bearing configuration therewith, eafily difcover of what
kind and quality they (hall be. If we Carefully confult the figure, we
(hall find that choler is the moft predominant humour in the native's
conftitution; and that the effects of fire and air (hall be moft offenfive
and injurious to him; and for thefe very fubftantial reafons; namely,
becaufe we find a fiery fign occupies the cufp of the fixth houfe, with
Jupiter, who governs the fiery triplicity, and he is pofited therein.
Jupiter likewife beholds the Sun with a friendly ray, and thereby
ftrengthens his quality, becaufe the Sun bears rule over the (ame tri
plicity, and is pofited in an airy fign in the eighth houfe. We find alfo
an airy fign upon the cufp of the twelfth houfe; and Mars, the lord
of this native's afcendant, hath his feverim quality much increafed,
by being pofited in a fiery fign; and, as this malefic beholds Venus
with a trine afpedl in the fixth, at the fame time that (he is a lady of the
twelfth, and in quartile to the Moon, it renders that otherwife-benefic
planet inimical to the native's conftitution. Thefe teftimonies all confpire to (how, that the native (hould be more than ordinarily fubjecl
to hot and feverifh complaints, and to accidents from violent falls and
bruifes.
No. 40.
9N
According
804
AN
ILLUSTRATION
According to thefe petitions of the planets, and to the directions

wherewith their afpects are feverally brought up, will the infirmities
and misfortunes of this native be refpectively found. At about eigh
teen years of age, namely, when Venus perfected her mundane parallel
with the Sun and Mercury, he was afflicted with a long and violent in
termittent fever. At twenty-four years of age, he had another violent
fever, which produced the meafles. This was brought on by the bale
ful configuration of Saturn in oppofition of Mars, lord of the afcendant;
and was fo powerful and violent, owing to Saturn being in his own houie,
and coming at the fame time to a mundane parallel of Mars, that no perfon whatever expected his life ; nor could he "have furvived fo fevere an
attack, had the hylegiacal and anaretical (tars been united in the configu
ration, to the want of which we can alone attribute the prelervation and
continuance of the native's life.
At the age of thirty-four years and three months, the native is again
attacked with a violent fcorching fever, which nearly abforbed all the
humours of his body, and annihilated the blood and animal juices.
This was produced by a joint and moft remarkable oppofition of the
Sun and Jupiter to the afcendant ; whereby Jupiter partakes of the confuming heat and violence of the Sun, being in fextile afpect with him,
in the fiery fign Aries, in the fixth houfe ; at the fame time that the Sun,
being in the airy fign Gemini, in the eighth, is moft apt to corrupt the,
blood, and to promote putrefaction. This fever continued with aftonifliing violence, until the Moon's crifis. fuperfeded the force of the direction,
and abated, by its nutritive and moiftening quality, the confuming heat
of the preceding configuration.
At the age of forty years and one hundred twenty-feven days, the
Sun comes to a mundane, quartile of the ponderous malefic planet Sar
turn, which from natural defoliation portends little lefs than inevitable
deftruction, from fome fudden bruife or violent concuflion of the cir
cumambient matter. Had this afpect been formed of Mar$,ii)ftead of
Jupiter, I fhouJd have predi$ed danger of death from the fudden and
all-devouring ftroke of lightning; but the qualify of Saturn, defcribes
. it. to )>e the effect .of fome viplent blow, or fall from an eminence. And
th^ fact has really turned out, that the native moft improv;d.ently,, at
this. age, got, up into a tree, from whence he fell to the, ground, and
broke feveral of his bones, and. Jay, for. a confiderable time without .the,
leaft profpect or hopes of recpvery; but, as this malevolent afpect was
not made to the'hyleg, it was impoflible it fhould deftroy lif/e, no
- matter
\ OF
AS T R O' i; > G Y.
805
matter how much the human frame was injured and deranged by the1
violence of the fall.
From the fevenlh houfe we collect information concerning Wedlock and
marriage, and its probable confequences. This houfe therefore reprefcnts the native's wife, who is defcribed by Mercury in Taurus as a
lively but head-ftrong woman ; ingenious, quick, and penetrating, but
pofitive and felf-willed. This marriage was brought up by the mundane
fextile of the Sun and Moon, and may be rank-ed amongft the mediocrity
of the happy ones.
The eighth houfe (hows us what might be expected from the wife's fubftance, either from dowry or from legacy; and likewife what portion of
happinefs and content may probably be found in company therewith.
As to the firft of thefe, we may obferve that the Sun, in fb impeded a1 ,
pofition, rather deftroys the fortune of a wife than adds to it; and,
a* to the fecond, there does not appear, either from earthly connections,
or from heavenly configurations, any reafon to form etftfinfive expecta
tions. The beft way in all thefe cafes is wifely to learn to be content
with our lot. v
:
The ninth houfe relates to profeflional fcience, to fea-voyages, and
the like. And, as the Moon is pofited therein, it (hows that the native, in
his early days, (hould have a ftrong inclination to go to fea, and to tra
vel into foreign parts ; but Saturn being in oppofuion to the Moon, and
a fuperior planet, over-rules this difpofition; and (hows$ by his pofition,
that, if the native had gone to fea, he would have1 fuffered ar* uncommon
(hare of perita'and dangers, by ftormy weather, public etaemles, and
(hipwreck. Astfb fcience, we have already feeh the native's inclination'
aiwJ.'propenfity towards it; and, confidering his'fituat-ion, and the difficul
ties he had to encounter, he has made great proficiency 'therein; although
Saturn has often proved detrimental to him even in this purfuit, notwithftanding the vigour of his mind, and the zeal of enthufiafm ; for
Saturn, by cafting an oppofite malignant ray to the Moon, who rules the
moifture of the brain, proportionably dulls the underftanding, and caufes
the native to labour hard for every grain of knowledge he has the good
fortune to obtain.
The tenth houfe is the houfe of trade, honour, and profeffion.
In this portion of the horofcope we find Mars, lord of the afcendant,
beheld by the trine afpect of Venus; but, as Venus is in her detriment,
it
806
AN ILLUSTRATION
it is apparent flic cannot afford that eminent profperity and unimpeded

fuccefs flic otherwife might do. It is however pretty obvious that the .
native's advancement in life is not to be ranked amongft themoft inconfiderable; and that his fuccefs, in the department of phyfic and chemiftry,
fhould neither be difreputable nor unprofitable. Mars pofited in the
mid-heaven, out of all his effential dignities, generally declares the native
to be violently paflionate and rafh ; but here we find his hafty temperature
cooled by the mild trine of Venus, which meliorates the native's difpofition, and induces him to be more gentle and kind.
In the eleventh houfe we find the unfortunate node of the Moon, com
monly called the Dragon's Tail, which implies hypocritical enemies and
perfidious friends. Of thefe I make no doubt but the native has had
ample experience; and therefore, from what has already come to pafs,
1 would admonifh him of the future ; being convinced, from this pofition
of his geniture, that no part of his life will be exempted from the at
tacks of thofe alTailants. This pofition of the malefic node likewife de
clares that the native (hall fufFer great difappointments in his pecuniary
hopes and expectations. [He was a bankrupt in Jan. 1782, at which
time he refided at Walthamftow in Eflex.]
The twelfth houfe relates to public enemies, imprifonment, and great
cattle. Venus being lady thereof, pofited in the fixth, in oppofition, de
clares the native fhall be unfuccefsful in any dealings in cattle ; at the
lame time it difcovers his profefled enemies to be in too abjeft a fituatioit
to do him much injury. As to imprifonment, there does not appear to
be the leaft apprehenfions of; but that the native will live in profperity
during the remainder of his days, and yield up the ghoft upon the bed
of liberty, full of years, and amidft the good offices of his friends, I am
bold to affirm, from the confideration of thofe celeftial intelligencers that
have never yet deceived me.
CONSI-
OF ASTROLOGY.
807
CONSIDERATIONS on the NATIVITY of Mr. THOMAS
CHATTERTON.
s*\.
O
^
<P
^
%r
*V *
*v
+"
_,
^v
Vp
*^>
1iC
60
Thomas Chatterton,
*'9
BORN
aoth November, 6h. P. M.
t>
1751.
*&
' yk
^ v
o
^^
<fe
LATITUDE.
Deg. Min.
b
7^
c?
0
9
5
3)
58
o
o
o
N.
S.
26
N.!
I
I
8 S.
o S.
3 S.
This gentleman was a native of Briftol, much celebrated for his' lite
rary productions, and for the originality of his ideas, which rofe early
in the horizon of his life, and fet as prematurely upon its hemisphere,
No. 40.
9 O
without
8o8
AN
ILLUSTRATION
without e,ven allowing htm to attain its meridian altitude. In fliort,

this is a very remarkable, at the fame time that it is a moft unfortunate,
geniture. Upon the afcendant we find the fign Gemini, and Mercury
lord thereof, which lays the foundation of a fharp wit, and an acute underftanding. .But then Mercury, his principal fignificator, is policed in
the fixth houfe, in his detriment, and in combuftion of 'the Sun ; an in
fallible argument
of a wretched life and a fatal end.
o
This judgment is corroborated and confirmed in a mart extraordinary
manner, by the coalition of the Sun, Saturn, Venus, Mercury, and
the Part of Fortune, in the fixth houfe, which prefages every fpecies
of misfortune that can arife from poverty, and from the chicanery of
proftituted women ; the immediate effeft of the baleful rays of Saturn
and Venus. This fatal conjunction, to which Mars is approaching
with accumulated malevolence, hath defignation of a thoufand diftrefling
occurrences, which alternately pervade, and continually torment, the
native's mind.
We likewife find the Moon pofited in the twelfth houfe, receding
from a fextile with Jupiter, and forming an oppofition with the Sun;
that is, departing from the early good and prolific temperature, to increafe the virulence of the other malefic rays. The Moon is lady of the
fecond houfe, and therefore in a more particular manner governs his fubftance; and, by being in the twelfth houfe, the houfe of imprifontnent
and affliction, denotes a frequent want of money, and the dangers to
which the native would- be often expoled on that account; which would
have been dreadful indeed, and perhaps fecured the native for a length
of time within the iron gates of a prifon, had not the more benevo
lent planet Jupiter been in his exaltation in the fecond houfe, which
fortunate configuration lefleus the foregoing baleful influences, and is
the means of producing timely and unexpected relief, in pecuniary
matters, to the native, when nothing but the moft dull and barren
profpefh ftood before him } and But for which fortunate occurrence, he
had certainly experienced th.e moft abjecl: penury and want. And here
it is remarkable, that whatever blefling, or 'whatever abundance, mould
be thrown in his way by the genial influence of Jupiter, is either
abufed, or improvidently Squandered away, under the oppofition of the
Sun and Moon; and, by the Moou's conjunction with her unfortuoate
node, we are more; clearly convinced that the native muft experience
veryembarrafledcircumftaae.es. r.. ;. . f:
O v,
The
OFASTROLOGY.
809
The Part of Fortune unluckily falls in conjunction with Saturn and

Venus; and as Saturn is pofited in a lign out of all his dignities, and is
the lord alfo of the eighth houfe, his influence is implicative of certain
ruin by means of wicked and debauched women, defcribed by Venus,
conjoined to the worft rays of Saturn. 'This conftruclion is abundantly
confirmed by the constitution of the hylegiacal and anaretical places of
the figure, and the difpofition of the llgnificators by which they are
refpeftively irradiated. The aicendant, in this horofcope, muft be
confidered as hyleg, or giver of life, fince neither the Sun, Moon, nor
Part of Fortune, is fo pofited in the geniture, as to entitle eithî; of
them to the pre-eminence; and it is the peculiar quality of the afcendant, occupied by Gemini, and governed by Mercury, to ftamp upon
the native fo early and fo extraordinary a turn for literary purfuits ; which
are too well eftablimed to need any other proof, than that they were com
municated to the intellectual faculty by this conftruflion of the hyleg
and circumambient matter at the time of birth.
We are here likewife to remark, that Saturn is the anareta, or deftroyer of life, and is pofited in the moft noxious pofition that could
have happened, and where he ufually prenotes the fatal commiflion of
fuicide, without fo much as one friendly ray to oppofe his influence, or
to render the Shocking attempt partial, or lefs deftru&ive than a caufe
that will certainly touch life. On the contrary, here is a concatenation
of evil rays, which in a remarkable manner contribute to a premature
death. The Sun and Moon are in oppofition to houfes that are under the
influence of the worft caufes of death; and, as Venus is in conjunction
with Saturn, who rules thefe evils, and draws them as it were within the
focus of her own orb, it is evident that his death would come by his own
hand, under the preflure of defpair, heightened by meagre want, through
the perfidy of fome abandoned female.
If we inquire minutely into the life of this unfortunate man, we
fhall find every aftion and prediclion of the ftars, which were the impreflors at his birth, fully and completely verified. He was born of no
very diftinguifhed parents, and received but a fmall mare of clafiical
education ; yet his productions, at a very early period, were fuch as
excited the admiration of the firft fcholars of his day, and proved him
to inherit great natural ability and genius; infomuch that Mr. Wharton,
in his additions to his Hiftory of Poetry, vol. ii. hath taken occafion to
obferve, " that Mr. Chatterton had given a fingular inftance of prematu" rity of abilities, and that he had acquired a ftore of general information
"far
8io
AN
ILLUSTRATION
" far exceeding his years ; that he poflefled a comprehenfion of mind, and
" activity of understanding, which predominated over his fituation in
" life and his opportunities of inftruclion." But notwithstanding he was
thus gifted, and pofTefled fo eminent a (hare of Sterling fenfe, yet he com
bined with it all the vices and irregularities of youth ; and his profligacy
was at Icafl: as confpicuous as his abilities.
Finding himfelf encompafled with private enemies, furrounded with
the evils of poverty, and deftitute of every means of fubfiftence, he quit
ted Briftol, to try his fortune in the metropolis. Having fixed himfelf
in private lodgings, he fought for bread through the medium of his li
terary talent, which falling fhort of his expectations, as well as of his
merit, he moft unfortunately fell into the hands of the lower order of
proftitutes, by whom he was duped, difeafed, and finally deferted ! In
this deplorable fituation he continued a few months, occafionally
drudging for the bookfellersy who neither having the generofity to re
ward him as he deferved, nor fpirit to advance upon the credit of his
future productions, he at let.gth, opprefied with poverty and difeafe,
and overcome by defpair, put an end to his exiftence, in the month of
Auguft, 1770, by a dofe of poifon, which he prepared with his own
hand.
If we confider the quality of the direction which produced his death,
we (hall find the manner of it moft aptly defcribed in his figure of birth.
Saturn thus configurated with Venus, in that particular part of the hea
vens, and under fuch noxious irradiations, hath at all times, as well by
Ptolemy as by every other refpedtable profefTor of this fcience, been found
to occafion death by poifon; and fo many concurrent teftimonies in the
houfe of ficknefs and difeafe bear the ftricteft affinity thereto; and this
fatal direction is much ftrengthened by coming up with the revolution of
Saturn.
Mr. Chatterton, notwithftanding his foibles, and his wzuit of a more
fcholaftic education, was neverthelefs a benevolent man, and a good
fcholar. He certainly laboured hard, and combated many obftacles, in
his literary attainments; but his fuccefs was great; and, had he been
born to great profperity, and under the influence of milder ftars, he
had been an ornament to the age in which he lived, and an honour to his
country. 1 have many reafons to believe, that his knowledge of the
uranical part of Aftronomy had enabled him to forefee, by his own
geniture, the evils he had to combat, and the fatal termination of a
life,
\J
OF ASTROIvOQY.
Sir
life .which his own folly had rendered infupportable ; but which an oppofite conduct, and a more manly refolution, might confefledly have re
medied and prevented. This ferves to {how, that there certainly is a fate
in nature, which nothing but the rational means made ufe of by Hezekiah (2 Kings, 'chap, xx.) can alleviate or prevent ; namely, unfeigned
prayer, and a determined fpirit to abandon the allurements of vice, and
to walk perfect in the ways of God and. Truth; which verifies the an
cient proverb, that wife men rule the ftars, and none but the giddy and the
thoughtlefs are ruled by them,
That Mr. Chattertou's acquaintance with this fcicnce, and his ap
probation of it, may not be difputed by thofe critics who are unwilling
to admit it has ever had the function of men of fenC? or learning in the
prefent age ; I fliall conclude my remarks on his nativity by fubjoining
forne excellent verfes he wrote upon the occafion, after he had made
progrefs enough in the ftudy to be convinced of its importance and
utility.
i
The Sun revolving on his axis turns,
And with creative fire iatenfely burns;
ImpelPd by forcive air, our earth fupreme
Rolls with the planets round the folar gleam :.
Firft Mercury completes his tranfvent year,
Glowing refulgent with reflected glare ;
Bright Venus occupies a wider way,
The early harbinger of night and day;
More diftant ftill our globe terraqueous turns,
Nor chills intenfe, nor fiercely heated burns ;
Around her rolls the lunar orb of light,
Trailing her filver glories through the night.
On the earth's orbit fee the various figns
Mark where the Sun, our year completing, mines.
Firft the bright Ram his languid ray improves;
Next glaring wat'ry through the Bull he moves:
The am'rous Twins admit his genial ray ;
Now burning through the Crab he takes his way ;
No. 41-
9p
Thc
AN ILLUSTRATION
The Lion, flaming, bears the folar power ;
The Virgin faints beneath the fultry fliower.
Now the juft Balance weighs his equal force,
The flimy Serpent fwelters in his courfe ;
The fable Archer clouds his languid face ;
The Goat, with tempefr, urges on his race ;
Now in the Water his faint beams appear,
And the cold Fifties end the circling year.
Beyond our globe the fanguine Mars difplays
A ftrong reflection of primaeval rays ;
Next belted Jupiter far diftant gleams ;
Scarcely enlighten'd with the folar beams ;
With four unfix'd receptacles of light,
He tours majeftic through the fpacious height.
But farther yet the tardy Saturn lags,
And five attendant luminaries drags ;
Inverting with a double ring his pace,
He circles through immenfity of fpace. '
Thefe are thy wond'rous works, Firft Source of Good1.

Now more adroir'd IN BEING UNDERSTOOD.
BRISTOL, Dec. 23.
CONSI-
OF A S T R O L O G Y.
813
CONSIDERATIONS on the NATIVITY of JOHN COLLONS

1
65 18
JOHN COLLONS,
BORN
i4th June, toh. 8m. A. M.
Latitude.
1*5-
v
0
$
9
*
O
0
O
4
I
MID.
S.
N.
54 N.
o
47 s.
o
42 S.
36
36
Declination.
Min.
ii
45
21
46
8 16
*3 *f30
14
18
18
S.
S.
N.
N.
34
30 N
20 S.'
V
I am induced to give the foregoing horofcope a place in my work, as

a remarkable example of the influence of the ftars upon a malefactor,
whofe crimes expofed him to the forfeiture of his liberty and life by
fhe iron- hand of the law.
J" vy
This
AN ILLUSTRATION
This unfortunate man refided in Briftol. He contracted an intimacy
with a female, and lived with her in the clofeft habits of the fexes, until
they had feveral children. At length difagreements arofe, in confequencc
of his refufing to marry her, and a violent quarrel feparated them. The
woman immediately attached herfelf to another man, to whom (he was
(hortly after married, totally forfaking her former connection. The na
tive, enraged at the circumftance, took frequent opportunities of way
laying and remonftrating with her ; of claiming a prior right to her
pcrfon, and of infilling on having familiarity with her whenever he pleafed ;
but me rejected him with contempt, and threatened profecutiou when
ever he attempted to force her.
Hurt at this repulfe, and exafperated at the indifference with which
he was treated, he took an opportunity of watching the hulband from
home, who, being a labouring man, went early to his work; upon which
the native made his way into the houfe, went up-ftairs, and found the
wife in bed. Demanding familiarity with her, he was refufed, with
fevere reflections on the method he had taken to get into her bed-chamber.
He then drew his knife, and, with a degree of inhuman barbarity better
conceived than exprefied, threw himfelf upon the bed, and cut her
throat from ear to ear.
*
\. . . '^
The alarm was foon given, and the cry of innocent blood became
general. The culprit was feized, examined, and committed to New
gate for trial. He there affefted to (how marks of infanity, and for fome
confiderable time before the affifes was generally believed to have per
petrated the bloody act in a paroxyfm of madnefs, which was now be
come vifible in all his words and actions. His friends availed themfelves of this circumftance to palliate his guilt, and took every ftep to
improve the- advantage againft the day of trial, when it was generally
believed thai he would be acquitted. Different parties, however, had
taken up the matter on different grounds ; and k was at laft agreed, by
fome gentlemen of refpeflability in Briftol, that I (hould be requefted
to infpecl his nativity, and to give my judgment whether he would be
faund guilty or acquitted. 1 readily accompanied the gentleman to
Newgate, and obtained the eftimated time of the prifoner's birth, which
I rectified by the method heretofore laid down, and found the Cgnificators of his nativity difpofed as in the foregoing horofcopical figure, which
I thus explained.
f
!,.",
' '
Mercury being lord of the afccadant, irradiated fey a malefic quartile afpecl of the planet Mars, and afflicted by an oppofition with Ju
piter,
OFASTROLOGY.
815
piter, declares that the native (hall be involved in an abyfs of troubles

and afflictions, even to the hazard of his life. As to temper and propenfity of the will, he is rafh, violent, and arbitrary ; unftable in his
purfuits, and ufually difappointed in his expectations. This is denoted
jby the oppofition of Jupiter to Mercury; but the quartile of Mercury
with Mars, particularly when Mercury is conftituted principal fignificator,
hath implication of high crimes and mifdemeanours, and ufually produces
violent contention, afiaflination, murder, rapine, robbery, and bloodfhed,
as we have more particularly delineated, in p. 219, 220.
Upon a further infpection of the figure, we find a baneful 'quartile
afpect of Mars and Jupiter, with a mifchievous oppofition of Saturn
and Mars. To the firft of thefe we are to attribute the diflblute man
ners of the native, fince it influenced his mind to thofe immoral habits,
which eventually lead to perfidioufnefs and treachery; whilft the fecond
configuration not only confirms thefe vices, but fhows that they will be
the means of his death. Here is unqueftionably a favourable trine
of the Sun and Saturn; but no great good can refult from it, becaufe
the Sun is lord of the twelfth houle, pofited in the tenth, out of all his
efTential dignities; at the fame time that Saturn is lord of the fixth, lo
cated therein, and both the fignificators are under the dominion of the
evi/ genii, vitiating the mind and affections of the native, and tending to
an ignominious and premature end.
At the time the unhappy native was prompted to commit this bar
barous act, the Moon came to an oppofition of Mars by direct direction,
while (he occupied the cufp of the leventh houfe, which reprefents the
unfortunate woman; and the quartile of Jupiter lord of the fourth, with
Mercury lord of the afcendant, hath defignation of the native,- and points
out the fatal connection betwixt them.
Having confidered fo much of the horofcope, it was my next care to
afcertain the hylegiacal and anaretical ftars, and the particular influx
flowing from them. The Sun I find to be giver of life, pofited in the
tenth houfe, the houfe of juftice; Mercury lord of the afcendant, being
in Gemini, an airy fign, and the Moon likewife in an airy fign,.mow the
manner of the native's death, that he would die fufpended in the air; while
the oppofition of four planets in the radix, and the mundane quartile of
the Sun and Mars, from the tenth, the houfe of juftice, (how the quality
of it, namely, that it fhould be in due courfe of law, by the hands of the
common hangman, and not by fuicide.
No. 41 .
9 Q.
The
816
ANILLUSTRATION
The fignificators of juftice likewife, confidcred judicially from their

refpective petitions in relation to each other, give no profpect whatever
of favour from the judge, nor of any effectual interpolation after convic
tion; fo that I made no fcruple to affirm, that notwithftanding the hopes
that had been formed of faving the native's life by pleading his infanity,
and the number of perfons who appeared anxious to ferve him, yet all their
endeavours would prove abortive, fince he would certainly be found guilty,
and fuffer the fentence of the law in confequence.
It would be needlefs here to relate how much this prediction was
ridiculed by all degrees of people in Briftol ; or with what contempt
my opinion was treated by moft of the poor man's friends: and it was
with fome difficulty I could pafs without itfftjlt. I was determined,
however, to place my judgment in a more ftrikihg point of view. The
affifes were not fixed, nor could any perfon undertake to fay when they
would be, much lefs afcertaiu the day of the native's trial. I therefore
brought up the direction of death with great nicety and precifion, and
found he would be plunged into eternity when the Sun came to the
anaretical point in the midheaven, and met the noxious beams of the
Moon and Mars in oppofition, which, thus conftituled, is ever produc
tive of a violent death. Thofe, who will take the pains to equate this
direction, will find the content of its arch to be twenty-feven degrees
thirty-four minutes, which, turned into time, and reckoned from the
hour of birth, will be found to come up on the eighth day of April, 1785,
and gives the fpace of life twenty-fix years, nine months, and fome
odd days, which exactly anfwered to the native's age. I then publicly
declared, notwithftanding the popular clamour was To much againft me,
that the prifoner Would fuffer on the above day ; and, as the affifes were
not fixed, no one could charge me with having drawn myconclufions from
the probable event of the day of trial.
When the folemn hour arrived, every one appeared anxioufly interefted in the event ; and the utmoft exertions were ufed to fave the unfor
tunate prifoner from the fate impending over himbut in vain! After a
long and indulgent trial, the jury pronounced him guilty, and he fuffered
the law, as thoufands can teftify, on the very day I had predicted.
And here let me juft remark, that this geniturc not only points out,
by the constitution of the Moon and Mercury in airy figns, that the na
tive would be hanged ; but Mars being in quartile to the Sun, who is
giver of life, and upon his afcendant, defcribes the circumftance of his
difledlion, as may be feen by the rules already laid down in the former
part of this work.
CONSI-
* . 817
OF ASTROLOGY.
CONSIDERATIONS on the NATIVITY of Mrs. KEZIA LAMPARD, who died in Child-bed.

1 60 43
**/\v84f/
p^^
O*O
V\e
S?)
Mrs. Kezia Lampard,
\
/
BORN
7th O&ober, gh. igm. A. M.

i74.
S*\
6%
**
x\/
Jt-
/ s
^ 12 44 "^
LATITUDE.
V
^ ^w
\/k
b
^
<?
O
$
5
)>
****'\(^
"jT
/
>
2 9 N.
138.
15 N.
o o
o 40 S.
i o S.
a 56 S.
vx
-C^
&
Declination.
12
18
4
9
6
16
10
39 S.
28.
34 N.
52 s25 N.
i S.
57 N.
This
8i8
AN ILLUSTRATION
This geniture befpeaks a female of a fharp wit, and lively difpofition.

Mars is lord of the afcendant, pofited in Virgo, the exaltation of Mer
cury, but in no afpect with any planet in the heavens, confequently the
famion and temperature of the native will be formed principally of Mars;
who, as we have feen before, produces, when in Virgo, a middling frature, inclining to brevity, hot and fiery temper, ram and invincible in
all difputes, and ungovernably violent in hafty quarrels, yet foon appeafed by good nature and fubmiffion, which at all times induce her to
be tractable and induftrious, and for the moft part fober and frugal.
Her features are defcribed to be thin and pale, occafioned by the Moon's
conjunction with Venus ; yet of a pleafmg and agreeable vifage, owing
to the influx of the beams of Venus, who is the author of beauty. Bur,
by reafon that Venus is in her fall, the fymmetry of features will be
proportionably deranged; and, as Saturn, the author of deformity, be
holds both the Moon and Venus with a fextile ray, it becomes evident
that the native could only be moderately handfome. The mixture of
thefe fignificators gives her brown hair, and great volubility of fpeech,
from which great inconveniences arife, and fometimes loffes and inju
ries; as is particularly denoted by the reception of Mercury and Mars,
and the conjunction of Saturn with Mercury in the twelfth, the houfe of
private enemies.
This nativity might be claffed amotigft thofe of a mean and obfcure
designation, fince we find no one planet through the whole horofcope
efTentially fortified, except Mercury and Mars, and that is only by recep
tion, which, from the constitution of their places, declares good by evil
means, with a difpofition to low and vulgar purfuits. And here it may
not be improper to remark, that, whenever we find the planets, in any
nativity, out of all their effential dignities, we might fafely conclude, that
their effects will in no fhape be remarkable or extraordinary, and that
the native will lead generally a mean and obfcure life.
That this perfon mould live to years of maturity, is abundantly evi
dent from the conftitution of her horofcope ; as well as that me would
enter into the marriage-ftate. Venus and Mercury, in this figure, give
teftimony to the hufband, who is defcribed by Jupiter, in twenty de
grees of the afcendant, under the government of Saturn; fb that it
was very improbable, if not impoffible, that the native would marry
young, becaufe Saturn is above the earth, conjoined with the fignificator of her hu(band, and declares me would not enter into that ftate at
leaft under thirty years. In fact, there is but one direction within that
period, that could poffibly have brought it to pafs; and that came up
when
OF
ASTROLOGY.
819
when fhe was only about twelve years old, fo that its effect patted off in
her minority, without producing any fenfible operation. The direction
which perfected her marriage came up when fhe was thirty-one years
three months and eleven days old, namely, on the fifth of February, 1780,
when Venus came to the trine of Jupiter ; as appears by the following
calculation :
The right afcenfion of the A of V
The right afcenfion of 9 , with latitude
Arch of direction
191'
1 60
42'
43
30
59
Which, added to the right afcenfion of the Sun, and turned into time,
as before pointed out, produces exactly thirty-one years, three months,
and eleven days.
Upon a further investigation of the horofcope, we (hall find that Mars
is not only lord of the alcendant, but hath fole dominion over the fifth
and twelfth houfes, which prefages that kind or fpecies of evils to the
native as are ufually produced in thofe particular pofitions of the hea
vens. The twelfth houfe being the houfe of affliction, and Mercury
and Mars in reception therein, it declares the native fhall prove in many
refpects her own enemy ; and, as Mercury is in conjunction with Saturn,
who likewile communicates an influx of malefic rays to Venus and the
Moon, whereby they participate of his quality and nature, in the fign
Scorpio, which rules the fecret parts, it evidently demonstrates great
and imminent danger to the native by child-bearing. And the Sun being
in the eleventh houfe, oppofed to the fifth, which is the houfe of chil
dren, and being likewife the anareta, or deftroyer of life, it evidently
proves that the native's death mail arife from child-birth ; and fo it really
happened; for foon after being delivered of her fifth child, in the thirtyninth year of her age, fhe was fuddenly feized, and died in a few hours,
on the 1 3th of Auguft, 1787.
The direction under which fhe died, is the Moon, which is apheta,
or giver of life, to the conjunction of the Sun in the eleventh houfe;
at which exact time Venus came to the fame anaretical point, and Mars,
lord of the afcendant, to the twelfth houfe, where the malefic rays of
Saturn and Mercury contribute their baneful influence; all which conlidered together, denote, in the moft remarkable and decifive manner, a
child-bed death to the native.
t
No. 41.
9R
Many
AN
ILLUSTRATION
Many other confiderations might be adduced from this geniture;

but, as the only proof we wifh to eftablifli is to mow, according to na
tural caufes and effedls, the certainty with which the time and manner
of death might be afcertained by the force and influx of the ambient
and elementary matter, prefcribed by the laws and motions of the hea
venly bodies, it would be deviating from our plan, and prove deroga
tory to the good fenfe of the reader, to dwell longer upon fubordinate
(peculations.
It may not, however, be unentertaining to the ftudent, were he to com
pare the configurations formed by the planets in this horofcope, and the
particular influx of their refpe&ive beams, with thofe general rules and
obfervations heretofore laid down, for the purpofe of afcertaining the
quality of death. The wonderful harmony, order, and precision, with
which the heavenly bodies operate upon this fublunary world ; the unifor
mity with which the fame caufes are found to produce the fame effects;
and the certainty with which the time and manner of human difTolution
is fought out by them, will at once infpire the mind with the moft elevated
ideas of the omnipotence of God, and lead the foul to thofe divine con
templations, which are founded in humility, gratitude, and love!
CONSU
821
OF ASTROLOGY.
CONSIDERATIONS on the NATIVITY of the HONOURABLE

BARON EMANUEL SWEDENBORG.
1 '\>^ **'v>* I
\
0^\
r
0
V>
BARON EMANUEL
P
SWEDENBORG,
BORN
^
^^
IP
^
\^
*/
^
2gth January/5h. jom. A. M1
Oô
f
O
I O
Ij
1686.
G"
Lat- 59. 22'
'"v
J
\
1-v*
/v-\
^**
V"
.^
"VX
b'^
^
'S*
ô
The fingularity of the character and doftrine of this illuftriows native

would be a fufficient reafon for my offering a (ketch of his geniture to
the inquifitive reader, had I no other motives for taking notice of him
iu this place. But, as the literary purfuits of Baron Swedenborg have
been principally directed to an explication of the doclrine of fpirits, and
the ftate of departed Ibuls, which we (hall have occafion to advert to
in the magical part of this work, I conceive it highly proper to fpeak
of his endowments by nature, agreeable to that doclrine of fecret and
occult influence received by the terreftrial from the fpiritual world,,
which he has with fo much ability and acutenefs endeavoured to prove.
And, when I reflect that he was our co-temporary, and his perfon and
manners well known to many refpeclable perfonages now living* in this.
* The firft cditioaof this work was published
by Dr. Sibly about the year 1786.
'
country;
AN ILLUSTRA.TION
country; that he is the lateft writer upon the nature and cxiftence of im
material beings, and has thrown much new light upon the fubjecl ; it
cannot be unentertaining, nor unimportant, to illuftrate, by his nativity,
the extraordinary endowments of his mind.
But, before I fpeak of the conftitution and quality of his geniture, it will
not be amifs to introduce the reader to a nearer acquaintance with this
celebrated author, which I fliall do by quoting his own account of himfelf, as given in a letter to a friend, published in his works.
Baron Swedenborgs Anfwer to a Letterfrom a Friend, printed in his Preface
to the World of Spirits.
t
I take pleafure in the friendship you exprefs for me in your letter,

and return you thanks for the fame; but, as to the praifcs therein, I
confider them as belonging to the truths contained in my writings, and
0 refer them to the Lord our Saviour as his due, who is in himfelf the
Fountain of all Truth. It is the concluding part of your letter that
chiefly engages my attention, where you fay as follows: "As after your
" departure from England difputes may arife on the fubjecl of your
" writings, and fo give occafion to defend their author againft fuch falfe
" reports and afperfions as they who are no friends to truth may invent
*' to the prejudice of his characler, may it not be of ufe, in order to
" refute any calumnies of that kind, that you leave behind you fome
" fhort account of yourfelf, as concerning, for example, your degrees
** in the univerfity, the offices you have borne, your family and con" neclions, the honours which I am told have been conferred upon you,
" and fuch other particulars as may ferve to the vindication of your
** characler, if attacked; that fo any ill-grounded prejudices may be
" obviated or removed? For, where the honour and intereft of truth are
" concerned, it certainly behoves us to employ all lawful means in its de" fence and fuppart." After reflecting on the foregoing paflage, I was in
duced to comply with your friendly advice, by briefly communicating the
following circumftances of my life.
I was born at Stockholm, in the year of our Lord 1689, Jan. 29.
My father's name Jefper Swedberg, who was Bimop of Weftrogothia,
and of celebrated characler in his time. He was alfo a Member of
the Society for the Propagation of the Gofpel, formed on the model of
that in England, and appointed Prefident of the Swedifli Churches in
Pennfylvania and London by King Charles XII. In the year 171.0 I be
gan my travels, firft into England, and afterwards into Holland, France,
and
OFASTROLOGY.
823
and Germany; and returned home in 1714. In the year 1716, and after
wards, 1 frequently converfed with Charles XII. King of Sweden, who
was pleafed to beftow on me a large (hare of his favour; and in-that year
appointed me to the office of AfTeflbr in the Metallic College, in which
office I continued from that time till the year 1747, when 1 quitted
the office, but ftill retain the falary annexed to it as an appointment for
life. The reafon of my withdrawing from the bufinefs of that employ
ment was, that I might be more at liberty to apply myfelf to that
new function to which the Lord had called me. About this time a
place of higher dignity in the ftate was offered me, which I declined to
accept, left it (hould prove a fnare to me. In 1719, I was ennobled
by Queen Ulrica Eleonora, and named Swedenborg; from which time
I have taken my feat with the Nobles of the Equeftrian Order, in the
Triennial Afiemblies of the States. I am a Fellow, by invitation, of
the Royal Academy of Sciences at Stockholm; but have never defired
to be of any other community, as I belong to the Sqcjety__of_Ajigels^ in*
which things fpiritual and heavenly are the only fubjecls of difcourfe
and entertainment; whereas in our literary focieties the attention is
wholly taken up with things relauye tQ_the_hady aad-this woxl4 I" the
year 1 734 I published the Regnum Minerals, at Leipfic, in three volumes
folio; and in 1738 I took a journey into Italy, and ftaid a year at Venice
and Rome.
With refpet to my family-conneclions; I had four fifters. One of
them was married to Eric Benzelius, afterwards promoted to the Archbifhopric of Upfal; and thus I became related to the two fucceeding
archbifhops of that fee, both named Benzelius, and younger brothers
of the former. Another of my fifters was married to Lars Benzelftierna,
who was promoted to a provincial government; but thefe are both dead.
However, two bifhops, who are related to me, are ftill living: one of
them is named Filenius, Bifhop of Oftrogothia, who now officiates as
President of the Ecclefiaftical Order in the General Afiembly at Stock
holm, in the room of the archbilhop, who is infirm; he married the
daughter of my fifter; the other, who is named Benzelftierna, Bifhop
of Weftermannia and Dalecarlia, is the fon of my fecond fifter; not to
mention others of my family who are dignified. I converfe freely, and
am in friendfhip, with all the bifhops of my country, which are len in
number, and alfo with the fixteen fenators, and the reft of the gran
dees, who love and honour me, as knowing that I am in fellowftiip with
angels. The king and queen themfelves, as alfo the three princes
their fons, (how me all kind countenance ; and I was once invited to eat
with the king and queen at their table, (an honour granted only to the
No 4J,
98
peers
824
AN
ILLUSTRATION
peers of the realm,) and likewife fince with the hereditary prince. 11A
in my own country wim for my return home; fo far am I from the leaft
danger of perfecution there, as you feem to apprehend, and are alfo fo
kindly folicitous to provide againft; and, fhould any thing of that kind
befall me elfewhere, it will give me no concern.
Whatever of worldly honour and advantage may appear to be in the
things before-mentioned, I hold them as matters of low eftimation,
when compared to the honour of that facred office to which the Lord
himfelf hath called me, who was gracioufly pleafed to manifeft himfelf to
me, his unworthy fe/vant, in a perfonal appearance, in the year 1743; to
open in me a fight of the fpiritual world, and to enable me to converfe
with fpirits and angels ; and this privilege has been continued to me
to this day. From that time I began to print and publifh various un
known arcana, that have been cither feen by me, or revealed to me, con
cerning heaven and hell; the ftate of men after death; the true woruhip
of God; the fpiritual fenfe of the Scriptures; and many other im
portant truths tending to falvation and true wifdom : and that mankind
might receive benefit from thefe communications, was the only motive
which has induced me at different times to leave my home and vifit other
countries. As to this world's wealth, I have fufficient; and more I nei
ther feek nor wim for.
Your letter has drawn the mention of thefe things from me, in cafe,
as you fay, they may be a means to prevent or remove any falfe judg
ment or wrong prejudices with regard to my perfonal circumftances.
Farewell ; and I heartily wifh you profperity both in things fpiritual and
temporal, of which I make no doubt, if fo be you go on to pray to our
Lord, and to fet him always before you.
London, 1769.
EMAN. SWEDENBORG.
Upon the horofcope of this eminent perfon there are four planets
efientially dignified, viz. Saturn, lord of the afcendant; the Moon, lady
of the feventh; Mercury, lord of the fifth and eighth; and Mars, lord
of the third and tenth ; with Jupiter on the afcendant. Thefe are in
fallible teftimonies, not only of an high and exalted mind and character,
but of a devout and exemplary life. Venus and the Sun appear .to
give but little of their qualities in the temperature and qonftitution
of the native; firft, becaufe the Sun is fixed in his detriment upon the
cufp of the afcendant ; and, fecondly, becaufe' Venus is pofited out of
all her fortitudes and dignities; and hence we find no trait in the life
and
OFASTROLOGY.
825
and aclions of the native which defcribes his having formed any connedHon with the fofter lex, or his having been at any time ftimulated with
thofe unconquerable defires for connubial enjoyments which thofe only
who have Venus ftrongly dignified in their genitures are qualified to
explain.
/
Upon the afcendant we find fjxteen degrees of the tropical fign Ca
pricorn, with Jupiter's benign afpecl located therein. This denotes
health, and uninterrupted profperity, to the native. It is the em
blem of dignity, an infallible argument of efteem, and a ground of
lading reputation to the end of his days. And we need no farther evi
dence than the foregoing well-authenticated narrative of his own life, to
convince us of the full completion of all that thefe fortunate beams had
promifed.
-N
We muft not, however, forget to remark, that, as Jupiter hath his

fall in Capricorn, fc it denotes likewife that the native (hall feel fome
occafional indignities from the oppofition of perfons difcordant to his
own opinions and doctrine, who in the very midft of the honour and
favour he is receiving from eminent and royal perfonages, will infult
him with perfonal reflections and poignant fatire. This, I have no
doubt, was a thoufand times verified, in almoft every ftage of his life,
by thofe who confidered Baron Swedenborg fuperior to themfelves,
either in favour or abilities, or who fuppofed him touched. with infanity, among which clafs there are more to be numbered in this ifland than
in any other part of the globe.
The active planet Mercury we find likewife in the afcendant, ap
proaching his own triplicity in the fign Aquarius. The influx of this
planet's beams, and the effecl: of their predominant mixture with the
qualities of the other planets, in forming the intellectual part of man,
have been already fufficiently explained. In the prefent cafe, it is evident,
that this pofition of Mercury gives to the native an acute and penetrat
ing genius, a fharp and ready wit, with a mind apt for the fciences.
And, when we add to thefe confiderations, that Saturn is lord of the af
cendant, in his exaltation, and beholding the afcendant with triangular
beams, at the fame time that the Sun, the prince over the planetary
fyftem, beholds Saturn with a trine alfo, we fliall not be furprifed to
find this native pofleffed of a moft comprehenfive and elaborate under- '
ftanding, fraught wilh the ftrongeft and fublimeft ideas. Indeed I am
ready to confels, that out of all the long catalogue of nativities I have
hitherto infpecled, 1 never found the planet Saturn fo properly confi
gurated
826
AN
ILLUSTRATION
gurated to give an enlarged mind, nor the other fignificators at the fame
time fo happily correfpondent therewith, as in the geniture now under
confideration. How far this ability has been eftablilhed and confirmed
in the perfon of the native, let his attempts to pry into the depths of eternal
Nature, and to folve the vifions of the Deity, determine for him.
But, as there can be no large portion of good in this world, fince
the fall, without fome intermixture of evil; fo in this nativity, notvvithflanding its eminent defignation, and the high and important benefits
promifed by it in the fcale of human acquirements, ftill we mall find a
certain portion of malefic influence, of imperfection and misfortune,
whereby the feeds of difcontent and death are nourished up, until they
become predominant over all the powers and functions of our nature. Of
this tendency is the baneful oppofition of Saturn and Mars; an afpedt
which operated with uncommon ftrength and duration, both upon the
mental and bodily functions of the native, giving him the moft extra
ordinary enthufiaftic flights of imagination, and expofing him to the
cenfure of the learned, as well as of the illiterate, who charged him with
exorcifm and madnefs. But let me here embrace the opportunity of
alluring thofe who have taken up this idea, that there are not the
fmalleft traces of infanity to be found in any part of this geniture. The
native is perfectly found, and fingularly competent, in his underftanding;
but, like the man who purfues the longitude, or the philofopher's /tone,
beyond the beatrn track of other adventurers, and is elated in proportion
to the new lights he receives, or the hopes he foi^ns of furpaffing every
other competitor, precifely by the fame ratio will the world meaiure his
wits, and decide upon the competency of his underftanding and the foundnefs of his brain.
. *
We have before feen, that the native's mind was by no means formed
for fociety; for the beginning of all our defires for community with others
muft be naturally founded in our love of intercourle with the female fex.
The native (like Sir Ifaac Newton) never knew a prediledion of the kind,
but felt himfelf happieft in the uninterrupted contemplation of his own
ideas ; and to fuch a pitch has he indulged himfelf in this particular, that~~
he has remained mut up in his private chamber for two, three, and four,
days together, without admitting any perfon to make his bed, or even
to rap at his door. This uncommon difpofition can only be accounted
for by the pofition of Saturn, fo remarkably elevated, at the fame time
that both the luminaries are under the earth, which .gives a ftrong and
invariable propenfity to the native to lead a fingle folitary life.
To
OFASTROLOGY.
827
To this grave and folitary turn we are to attribute his early acquain
tance and familiarity with fpirits. He had been often heard, in houfes
where he lodged during his abode in London, for whole nights together,
in converfation with thefe miflionary beings, who become vifible to thofe
only that have refolution to devote the whole of their time and attention
to a community with them. How far Baron Swedenborg has benefited
fociety and himfelf, by the intercourfe he has had with them, let his feveral publications, now in univerfal fale, determine for him. The queftion is too delicate and abftrufe even for an aftrologer to decide upon ; and
it is a morfel which even the critics nibble at with unufual precaution,
left they (hpuld be found biting at a file.
It has been a fubject of difpute, whether the fpirits, with which
Swedenborg had familiarity, were good or evil. For my own part,
I have no difficulty in deciding, from the conftitution of the planets in
his geniture, that he had community with both; which I believe to
have been the cafe with every perfon fince the days of Adam, who has
had familiarity with fpirits. Indeed, Swedenborg himfelf tells us, that
a certain fpecies of the infernal fpirits would at times intrude themfelves
upon him; but that he was always preferved, by the goodnefs of the
Lord, from thefe infidious deceivers of men ; whofe malice and enmity
towards us is fo great, that, were it not for the watchful care and pro
tection afforded us by the clemency of God through the medium of the
good genii, or lower order of the angelic hoft, it would be utterly impoflible for man to deliver himfelf from the power of hell and the
craft of the devil. But I fhall defer entering upon an elucidation of
this fubject, until 1 come to treat of Spirits, in the magical part of ^this
work, where Baron Swedenborg's intercourfe with them will be com
pletely inveftigated.
I fhall next confider the fignificators of the temper and difpofifion of
this native, to fhow how far his general deportment correfponded with
them. As we find Jupiter, Mercury, and the Sun, in his afcendant,
and the Moon at the fame time beholding that important angle with
triangular rays, it is evident the temper and difpofition of the man muft
be formed from a due mixture of their influxive qualities, each of which
vvpuld prove vifibly predominant, as they alternately came to act
through the medium of their refpective directions. Exactly fo we find
the native agitated and imprefied. At one time his exterior would be
uncommonly pious and devout, exhorting all men, who came within
the reach of his voice, to humility, charity, and repentance. At ano
ther time he would totally feclude himfelf from all company, fhut
No. 42.
9T
himfelf
/
/
828
ANILLUSTRATI.ON
bimfelf up for whole days together, and obferve fo folemn and profound
a filence, as not even to give an anfwer when fpoken to. Yet at other
times he would enter into converfation with the utmoft vivacity and
fprightlinefs, and continue for a long time together in this communicative
humour; but always in a fttle and manner remarkably elevated and
majeftic.
The reafon of all this is abundantly obvious from the face of his
horofcope. The fupcrior planets being pofited in his afcendant, in
their full dignities, and confequently in their greateft influence and
energy, acted upon the temperature both of his mind and body, as they
refpectively came up by direction, with uncommon force and power,
whence the affections of his mind, his words, his actions, and every
motion of his frame, were wound up to an uncommon degree, and
diftinguifhed themfelves accordingly.
It will be readily feen, by any perfons acquainted with his difpofition
and character, that the fame general turn of temper and conduct was
uniformly fupported throughout the whole of his life, which might
fairly be ranked amongft thole of remarkable longevity. And it may
be feen, by any perfon who will take the pains to equate the directions
of thofe fuperior afpects, that they operated by alternate fucceflion with
equal force and influence, until the directions of death extirpated the co
incidence of their beams.
The natural caufe of diffblution in the temperament and conftitution
of Baron Swedenborg, was, as may be feen by the geniture, a decay of
vital heat, occafioned by a redundancy of cold rheum, accompanied with
the bloody flux. The direction under which he died, was the Sun to
a partile conjunction with the body of the Moon, taken under the pole of
the Sun. 1 he pole of the Sun is fifty-one degrees; the latitude of the
Moon is one degree one minute north ; then, by taking the oblique afcenfion of the Sun and the oblique afcenfion of the Moon, the arch of direc
tion will be fixed at eighty degrees feventeen minutes.
If we equate this arch or track of the aphetical and anaretical ftars,
by the rules heretofore laid down, we mall find it gives the fpace of life
to be eighty-fix years and near two months, at which time the native
emerged from this world into a world of fpirits ; namely, on the ipth day
of March, 1772.
CONSI-
OF ASTROLOGY.
829
CONSIDERATIONS on the NATIVITIES of FOUR TWINS,

whofc Geniturcs are difplayed in the annegted Plate.
Thefe four twins were the produce of twof births. The firft birth
confifted of a male and a female, who were brought into the world nearly
together; from which circumstance the reader would naturally infer, that
the influx of the Stars muft have been the fame on both of them ; and,
consequently, that the duration of life, with its incidents and events, were
infeparable from each other. This not being the cafe, however, I mall
proceed to account for it, upon the true principles and grounds of this
fcience. And firSt of
The FEMALE TWIN,

This child was born precifely at the time Specified in the plate. Leo
afcends the oriental horizon, and confequently the Sun is lord of the
afcendant; but being in the eighth houfe, the houfe of death, is an infalli
ble argument of a fhort life. The Moon, being in an aphetical place,
is the giver of life ; but (hows the deStru6tion of it, by forming a quartile
aSpecl: with the Sun in the houfe of death. No ftronger evidence of an
immediate death can well be adduced ; for, (ince the Sun is author of
vital heat, and the Moon of radical moifture, and both of them at once
deprived, by malefic rays and cadent portions, from affording a fit and
due proportion of thofe nourifhing qualities, it is impoffible that life
(hould be longer fuftained than during the time this unfortunate afpedt
was forming.
It might be contended, that the pofition of the benevolent planet Ju
piter in the medium coeli, or tenth houfe, is highly favourable to the preiervation of the child. But, when it is confidered that this planet has no
afpecl: with the luminaries, that its beams are only reflected into itfelf, and
that all communications with the afcendaut and fignificators of life and
death are cut ofly we mail find that this eligible pofition of the benign
Jupiter, is in the prefent cafe totally without the power of communicat
ing the leaft aid to the functions of life^ or of mitigating or leffeningthe
npelevolent effects of the anaretical influence. ;
t
A farther proof of this child's diffolution arifes from the Moon's

pofition in the terms of Mars, at the fame time that his fiery intempe
rate beams are conjoined with the worft irradiations of the cold planet
Saturn, and thereby aft upon the constitution wilh violent oppofite ex
tremes.
. --"*
.-v
830
AN ILLUSTRATION
tremes. We find alfo that both the Sun and Saturn are difpofed of by
Mars ; to whofe fuperior influence Mercury bends, who, with the Moon,
nourifhes and protects the brain. Hence it is obvious that the child
fhould die in its infant {late, partly from the want of natural ftamina
and ftrength, and partly from the effects of a cold lucceeded by a fever ;
and that this cold mould be of the moift kind appears from the trian
gular rays of Mercury and the Moon in the watery fign Pifces. The
child ' lived only until the quartile afpect of the Sun and Moon was
completely formed, when the weaknefs and debility of its body and
lungs gave way to the convulfive agitations of the whooping cough, fucceeded by cold chills and fever, the immediate effects of the configura
tion of Saturn and Mars; fo that nothing lefs than a fupernatural caufe,
which we juftly call a miracle, could poflibly have faved this child's life.
I (hall next confider the little offspring which accompanied it; and this
was
A MALE TWIN.
This child came into the world only about two hours after the former;
and yet it is not fubject to the fame fate. The Moon is prorogator in
this nativity, as well as in the other; but with this remarkable differ
ence, that both the luminaries are going from afpects of affliction, inftead of approaching to them. The Sun is entering into the feventh
houfe, promifing vital heat and ftrength; while the Moon, juft feparated from a noxious quartile, gives teftimony to it, by affording a due
proportion of health and nourifhment, being located in her own houfe
in the fign Cancer. So that, confidering the newly-acquired ftrength of
the Moon, and the pofition of the Sun in a fign of his own exaltation,
emerging from quadrangular beams of affliction, we are afforded the moft
fatisfactory evidence of a found and perfect conftitution in the tempera
ture of this native, with fufficient teftimonies to enfure health and
longevity.
The varied petitions of the other fignificators afford us additional reafons, of a very ftrong and decifive nature, why this twin fhould live to
years of maturity, while its little companion mould fcarcely be permitted
to fee the light of this world. The conceptional arrangement defcribes
the fuperior ftrength of this child in the womb, and declares it to have
drawn to itfelf a confiderable part of that nourifhment which fhould have
fallen to the (hare of its fifter.
As therefore the pofition of the luminaries in the other birth declared
a (hort life, fo in this they afford equal teftimonies of longevity ; and
confc
OFASTROLOGY.
831
confequently the caufe of death will be fought from different fpeculation ;

for, though the Moon be giver of life, the caufe of death will be diffe
rent. In this nativity Saturn is the anaretical planet; and the native
will in all probability be carried into the other world by the dropfv.
He will live until the Moon's body forms a mundane quartile afpecl
with Saturn and Mars ; at which time, according to natural caufes, his
thread of life will be cut in twainwhen his body will return back to
the earth, and be re-incorporated with the elements ; while his ethereal
or effential part mixes with that tormented or bleffed clafs of fpirits to
which the complexion of his condudl here mall recommend him hereafter.
The youth is living, and 1 hope will draw a friendly admonition from
thefe premifes.
Of TWINS born immediately together.
The genitures of thefe Twins are difplayed in the lower part of the
fame plate. The one was born on the i9th of June, 8h. 4001. P. M.
or afternoon, and the other at only 8h. 42m. of the fame day. The
difference of time is therefore only two minutes; which admits of to
little variation in the pofitions of the planets, and in the coincidence of
their beams, either in refpecl to the angles of the figure, or to the tem
perature of the ambient matter, that each twin muft of necefluy mare
the fame fate, in all the important confiderations attending the iflues of
life and death.
To eilablim this fa6r, we need only contemplate the horofcope, and
compare it with the circumftances of the genitures we havejuftdifmiffed ; whereby it will be feen, that the difference of two hours has
moft eflentially varied the impreffions of the fignificators at the time of
birth in the former horofcope ; while, in the prefent cafe, no fuch diftinftion can be found ; and confequently, the effects of the elementary
matter being the fame, and the beams of the ftars falling in the fame
direction, and with equal force, cannot afflift one infant without the
other feeling the fame affection ; not inftantaneoufly, but in a fpace of
time precifely equal to that in which the planetary fyftcm moves in two
minutes. This I have obferved in a variety of inflances ; and it is to
this very remarkable circumftance that the common notion of mankind
relative to twins, that when one is taken ill and expires, the other will
Jon follow, has obtained fo much confidence in every part of the uuiverfe ; though we have feen, in the foregoing geniture, that this hap
pens only where twins are born immediately together, and not where
any confiderable time intervenes between their birth, unlefs the conftiNQ. 4$j
9U
tution
832
AN
ILLUSTRATION
tution of the ftars fhould be fo configurated as to continue the fame

benefic or malefic influence during the whole of that fpace of time ;
which rarely happens, owing to the difference of velocity in each refpective planet, and the accidental circumftances of their becoming retrograde
or ftationary.
To determine the fate of thefe twins, we have only to confider the
petitions of the luminaries with the afpects of the erratic flars, and it
will be evident that their exiftence can be but of very (hort duration,
and is determined by the motion of the primum mobile ; for, when Mars
came to the oppofite point of the Moon, which in thefe genitures is
giver of life^ it is apparent they would die. This was exactly verified ;
Mars came to the firft anaretical point in two hours, and to the fecond
in two hours and a half; and the children accordingly died within half
an hour of each other, and within two hours and a half of the time of
their birth.
But, to mow that life could not be prolonged in either of thefe infants,
we will take a further view of their genitures. The Moon, we find,
is in her detriment, difpofed of by the malignant planet Saturn, within
the rays of an opposition of Jupiter and Mercury, who become fubfervient thereby to the affliction of that ponderous malefic. The Sun is
going down under the affliction of Mars, difpofed of by Mercury, in
houfes cadent and naturally evil ; whereby every thing born under their
influence is deprived of vital heat and nourishment. The Moon's
pofition, likewife, in the phafis of Mars and terms of Mercury, much
ftrengthens this judgment ; befides, Mars is dignified in his own terms,
while the Sun is received in the terms of Mars as well as of Jupiter;
fo that four planets out of feven are in the dignities of his malefic influ
ence, and partake of his temperature. Thefe are all teftimonies of a
fliort life; and, falling fo immediately together, render the fpace of life
of a frill lefs duration.
But, had it been poflible for thefe twins to have out-lived the ele
mentary influx of thele deftructive configurations, ftill they would have
died Ihortly after they had pafled their infancy, under the anaretical
affliction of the Sun directed to the oppofitional rays of the Moon, who,
being giver of life, would have had her vegetive ftrength and virtue to
tally abforbed by him, whereby vital heat and animal pulfation muft
have totally fubfided.
And
OFASTROLOGY.
833
And here we deduce a caufe .moft obvious to the fenfes, and ftriftly
conformable to the laws of nature, why the anaretical influence is fometimes baffled by the fuperior ftrength of the native's conftitution, affifted
by the rays of aphetic ftars, whereby the difeafe or accident is baffled,
though death were pronounced inevitable, both by phyficians and friends;
fb that, when the anaretic influence is thus overcome, the patient
acquires immediate ftrength and fpirits, eats and fleeps, and recovers his
health and vigour in fo furprifing a manner, that the phyflcian is cried up
to the fkies, as the finefl man in the wor/J, at the very moment when he
himfelf is as much at a lofs to account for the ckufe as the moft ignorant
of his panegyrifts.
Thus it happens in many genitures, and requires the aid of reafbn and
philofophical acquirements to decide pofitively on the effects ofconfigura-.
tions which involve fo much doubt, and appear equally undecifive in point
of life or death, though obvious and certain as to the violence of the dif
eafe or accident whereby the native mall be afflicted.
>,
The fureft way of forming our judgment in thefe cafes, is to direcl the
afpedls of the ftars which bear principal rule in the hylegiacal and anare
tical places of the horofcope, far beyond the sera of fuch undecifive malig
nant influx, at leaft till another death-like configuration is formed by
them ; and, if this appears the moft ftrong and powerful in favour of the
killing rays of the anareta, it will generally be found that abfolute death
will not happen to the native until the fecond congrefs of thefe important
figuificators is completed in the heavens, notwithftanding the danger
threatened by them in their firft configuration may make it next to a
miracle that the native efcapes with his life.
Of
AN ILLUSTRATION
834
Of GIGANTIC STATURE.
The following figure exhibits the geniture of a Child born with fix fingers
on each hand, and fix toes on each foot, and thofe double-jointed.
Thomas Beltisford,
BORN
1 8th May, 4h. 5501. in Morn.

1778.
Lat. 52'.
vx
Latitude of the Planets.
b
if.
(J
$
5
J
North 2
North i
North o
North o
North i
South 3
35'
i
19
30
10
55
This
OFASTROLOGY.
835
This nativity is of a very rare kind, affording an eminent example of

the effedl of prolific configuration, where only one foetus is produced
under the nutritive qualities nature had intended for two. The pofition
of the luminaries here, in figns fruitful and obeying, with nearly all
the planets under the earth, give the moft demonftrable proofs of large
and high fr.ar.ure that can be well adduced; but the additional fingers and
toes refult from the fecundity of four-footed figns, occupying the angles
of the figure, at the fame time that the luminaries are fuperior to all the
other planets, whofe regulating influence in this nativity is totally with
held.
The Sun being in the twelfth houfe, and in degrees increafing fortune,
fliows that the native fhall thrive in the world by the rarity of his parts ;
and fo it has in fome meafure already happened, and will in a much
more eminent manner hereafter, as this youth increafes in bulk and ftature. He has now teen mown as a natural curiofity for fome years, and
a great deal of money has been accumulated by that means.
We have, in the introductory part, already mown the radical caufe of
this fuperabundance of nature in its formatory operation; and in this
figure thofe rules are completely verified. For neither the fuperior nor
inferior planets having dignities in the afcendant or medium coeli, nor
afpedt therewith, and the principal light of time being in the twelfth
houfe, with the Moon in the mid-heaven, and in the figns Gemini, Sagit
tarius, or Pifces, in azimene degrees, is a demonftrable proof that what
is then born mall exceed the common line of nature, and be either monftroufly mifhapen, or above the common bulk of mankind. In the prefent cafe we find both have happened, as well in the excefs of members
as in the mufcular proportion and altitude.
According to the fame mixture and quality of the formative matter,
we find fimilar conceptions take place, whenever Saturn afflic~ts the Moon
in an angle poflefled by beaft-like or double-bodied figns, with the Sun's
fuperior beams increafed by figns of long afcenfion. and carried to the
fame point by fextile or triangular rays. Under fuch a fynod of planetarj^fignificators, gigantic ftature, or inconceivable corpulency, is fure to
take place. Indeed, I have been confidently informed by a gentleman
who had for many years made aftrology his amufement, that this was
nearly the pofition of the heavens in the genethliacal figure of the muchcelebrated Mr. Bright, fo famed for his corpulency and ftature.
No. 43.
9X
Again,
836
AN ILLUSTRATION
Again, whenever the afcendant, Sun, or Moon, at the time of concep

tion, is afflicted in the obfcure parts of the figure by Saturn, and in flgns
double-bodied, beaft-like, and prolific, excefs of parts and ftature will be
produced, either general, as to the whole body, or elfe in thofe particular
parts only which are under the government of the figns refpeclively occu
pying the afcendant and mid-heaven. But, to afccrtain thefe circumftanees with due precifion, we muft erecl the conceptional figure of every
nativity, to difcover the tendency and influence of the formative virtue
in the earlieft ftate of the embryo.
It may alfo be remarked, that monftrofity in brutes originates from the
fame caufe ; and, as they are deprived of the functions of reafon, it is
plain the planetary influx acts with greater force upon them, and more
frequently produces this furprifing effect.
.!!'
vfx
. ti. . T*L.
Hie
OF ASTROLOGY.
837
TheGENITURE of a DWARF.

f?
Tf.
o 40 North.
i 43 South.
<J
9
o 33 North.
i 59 North.
$
J
2 ii
4 50
South.
South.
In this nativity, Capricorn, a fign of brevity, afcends the horofcope ;

and Saturn, being lord thereof, by his cold and dry nature, oppofes the
nutritive power of the Moon, which, being in an abject place under the
earth, can afford no nourishment. This efFedt is produced through the
medium
838
ANILLUSTRATION
medium of Mercury, who, being in conjunction with Saturn, difpofes

of the Moon, and participates in the qualities both of Capricorn and
Saturn. Mercury at beft gives but a fmall ftature; but configurated
with thefe rays, he contributes all his influence to check the growth and
nourishment of whatever is conceived under it.
It is here likewife a moft remarkable circumftance, that Mars, from
a fign of brevity, beholds the Sun by a fextile ray pofited alfo in a fign
of brevity, fo that the figns occupying the principal angles in this geniture are precifely of an oppofite quality and influence with thofe in
the laft figure, and confequently have a tendency and effecl: diametrically
oppofite thereto. And fo indeed we find it ; for this native, inftead of
exceeding the common fize and ftature of man, will never grow to the
height of four feet, nor pofiefs limbs or parts larger than the common
run of boys of feven years old.
An additional teftimony in favour of this opinion is the quartile afpeft
of Jupiter and the Sun from brevious figns, which ufually demonftrate
the conception of a Dwarf. But indeed it is an univerfal maxim in this
fcience, that whoever hath an earthy fign afcending the horizon of his
nativity, with two or three planets pofited therein, will certainly be but.of
low ftature, particularly if Saturn be located amongft them ; for a cold
and dry temperature, excluded from the heat and moifture of the two
luminaries, is contrary to the natural growth of any thing, as we may fee
bytheftate of vegetation in the autumnal equinox.
Of
O IF: A S T R O L O G Y.
Of a
SHORT
LI F E," 'or
839
E MB R Y O not nourifhed.
^'w^rMMM
A Son of J. S.
BORN
igth July, 5h. 4501. in the morn.

1783.
Lat. 51. 32.
2 34
o 38
4
20
0 15
1 40
*5
North.
South.
South.
North.
South.
North.
la this figure we find both the Sun and Moon, the two great luminaries,
one the author of vital heat and motion, the other of radical nourishment
and moifture, both pofited in conjun&ion in the twelfth houfe, which is
the manfion of the evil demon, and (hows the immediate termination of
whatever is generated under it. Befides this, we find Jupiter, lord of the
No. 42.
9 Y
houfe
840
AN
ILLUSTRATION
houfe of death, in oppofitioa with the Moon ; and Mars, who beholds the
Sun with triangular beams,- hath the vivifying quality obtained thereby
totally deftroyed by the pernicious quartile configurations with Saturn,
lord of the fixth houfe.
(*J*y ^ n
Thefe qualities and temperatures of the planets cfemonftrabty fhow,

that the embryo in its original formation was void of ftamina, and that
the nourifhment, during its continuance in its mother's womb, was
fcarcely fufficient to fuftain life. It is evidently born without any par
ticular accident or indifpofition ; and yet it is as plain that it cannot
long furvive the day of its birth ; and the reafon is, becaufe the digeftive
and expulfive faculties, the motion of the lungs, Mid the vibration of the
heart, have not fufficient ftrength or ftamina to perform their refpe&ive
functions ; and the moment the ftomach comes to be furcharged with
food beyond its digeftive power, the infant wilt be feized with fpafms,
and die almoft mftantaneoufly, nearly in the fame manner as though it
were fuffbcated.
.
rf
, -
I caft this nativity foon after the child was born, and prepared the
mind of its mother to meet its lofs with refignation and fubmiffion to
the will of God and nature. The fpace of life will be feen by taking the
diftance of the Moon from that precifc point in the heavens which forms
an oppofition with Jupiter, lord of the houfe of death. This gives by
the folar motion about four days ; and the child died exadly in the way
I had dcfcribed, on the firft of Auguft following, which was four days
from Us birth.
Another
OF
ASTROLOGY.
841
Another EMBRYO not nourished.

h
I
<J
9
51
J
o 41 South.
i; 6 South.
a 6 North.
I 26. South..
. o South.
a 2$ North.
This geniture is of much the fame quality of the former; but, thei polition of the horofcope at the time of birth is much more remarkabJc
having fo many planets in the twelfth houfe. This is in all cafes an un
fortunate omen, but particularly in the prefent, where no one friendly
ray can be found to oppofe their influence. On the contrary, we find
Mars in the fecond houfe, affliding thefe ftars with a quartile irradiation,
having
842
AN
ILLUSTRATION
having dignities at the fame time in the twelfth ; which is a powerful

argument, not only of certain death, but rather of an immediate and vio
lent nature. Jupiter, being lord of the eighth houfe, is in fextile with
Mars, and both of them are lords of the twelfth. Venus, lady of the afcendant, is befieged by Mercury, lord of the fixth ; and the Sun, the only
light of time, and the Moon, lady of the fourth, afford neither nourUhment nor afliftance, whereby conception could be Strengthened, or the
functions of life fufficiently formed.
.
jp "
In the conceptional figure of this infant, both the luminaries areafflidtcd in angles, by the noxious rays of the malefics, whereby ftamina are
denied, and proper nourishment entirely prevented from reaching the
vital parts of the body. This may be feen, by comparing the figure with
thofe rules heretofore laid down in the former part of this work; from
whence the attentive reader will be fufficiently enabled to perceive, that
the duration of this child after its birth, could not exceed four days ; at
which time it was feized with convulsions at the breaft, and died in the
greateft agonies.
;
..
Many other nativities might be adduced, of this and the like kind, to
fhow the obvious power and agency of the fuperior world, in forming
earthly Man, who is an epitome of the whole lyftem, and " wonderfully
and fearfully made," paitakingôf all its eflence and parts, and comprifing the fair image of the Deity. But furely, after the facls that have
been eStabliShed, and the examples we have given, in almoft every Slate
and contingency of human nature, it can anfwer no good purpofe to mul
tiply thefe inftances of aftral influence and prediction, particularly to
minds that are wilfully deaf to reafon and argument, and who obftinately
(hut out the light of heaven, left it fhould irradiate their understanding,
and convince them they are but men of low and humble conception, no
way qualified to determine the pathlefs ways of God, or to meafure the
extent of his omnipotence. ::: .
ft
,;
v
CONSIDERATIONS on a QUESTION of MARRIAGE, deduced

from the NATIVH IES of the CONTRACTING PARTIES, and
confirmed by an horofcopical Figure of the Hetivens at the prectfe Time
of celebrating the Nuptials. . ..Much has beeti faid on the fubjecl of Matrimony ; and it muft be
confeffed, that the importance of the'/contract', and the great end of our
exiflence being involved in it, as well as, the fublunary happinefs or
mifery of the greateft part of God's children \ipoii earth, renders it a
fubjea
OFASTROLOGY.
843
fubje& of the firft magnitude, in which the hands and hearts of both fexes,
of all ages and degrees, are with one confent united. I therefore confider
myfelf in fome refpe<5ts bound to ftate the prefent queftion, as an example
whereby to render this inquiry eafy to fuch of my readers as choofe to
employ their leifure hours in this fpeculation.
The circumftances of this marriage came under my own immediate
cognizance and obfervation ; and they are fuch as, I truft, will operate
as a caution to every lingle perfon, not to enter into that holy ftate
from mere motives of advantage or convenience, when love is confeffedly wanting on the fide of either of the parties. But caution now-adays is out of date ; and the admonition of friendship is regarded
only as the fubtile declamation of hypocrify, or the bufy officioufnefs
of a marplot.
The lady, who is the fubjel of the prefent queftion, came to obtain
my opinion and advice how far the prefent marriage would prove advan
tageous and happy ; confefling, at the fame time, that fhe had no great
regard for the old gentleman. I flopped her, as is always my cuftom,
from entering into particulars, and defired her only to furnim rne with
the exadl time of her own nativity, and to procure me, if poflible, that of
the party to whom (he was engaged. This was complied with, and I
drew my judgment accordingly.
Upon comparing the radical conftitution of the two genitures, I could
not find a fingle configuration in the one that bore the leaft harmony or
fimilitude with the other. The benefic flars in the angles of one figure
were oppofed by the malefics in the angles of the other. The mafculine
temperature was ftrongeft in the female horofcope, with the Moon and
Mercury in good afpeft in the fifth houfe; while, in the man's geniture,
the effeminacy of female influence was but too apparent, with the morti
fying teftimony of Saturn, lord of the afcendant, in oppofition to Mars,
the lord of the fifth, and the Moon afflifted in a cadent houfe.
The places of marriage in both figures were occupied with the leffer
infortunes, but not difcordant ; neither were they harmonized by a fin
gle ray of benefic influence. I therefore faw the probability of marriage
taking place betwixt them, at the fame time that the warm paflions of
the woman rendered it impofllble for her to be happy in the arms of a
cold, frigid, aged, barren-, and almoft impotent, hufband. 1 clearly faw
avarice had a lhare in her compofition, and that the hope of advantage
fupplied the place of connubial affection. This I detected, and con-
;No. 43.
9Z
demned
844
AN
ILLUSTRATION
demned as highly reprehenfible ; and at the fame time candidly pointed

out the natural infirmities of the man me propofed to call hufband, which,
added to his advanced age, made it impoffible for her to enjoy the natu
ral felicities of a married life, or that they could long live and cohabit to
gether. My advice was therefore to drop all thoughts whatever of fuch
a connexion, and a refolution was apparently formed for that purpofe ;
but the contrary perfuafions of friends, added to the fordid temptations of
lucre, in a (hort time got the better of my advice ; and on the 29th of
November then next following this couple were married.
Determined to be confirmed in my judgment of this curious match, I
took down the exaft time the ceremony was performed, which was at
forty minutes pad nine in the morning, when the heavenly intelligencers
difplayed themfelves as in the annexed plate, and the llgnificators correfponded with their refpetive genitures in a manner aftonifhingly correct,
and fo as to prove, to the fatiafaclion of every reafonable mind, that the
impulfive or inftin6rive faculty within us is ftirred up and excited by the
medium or influxive agency of the celeftial bodies.
The afcendant of this matrimonial figure is given for the bridegroom,
and-the feventh houfe for the bride. Saturn we find is flill lord of the
afcendant, located in his own houfe ; and moft- aptly defcribes the perfon
of the bridegroom, viz. a tall, lean, {lender, perfon, advanced in years,
with long vifage, dark hair, meagre complexion, and peevifh difpofition ;
whilft his imbecility is moft correctly denoted by the pofition of Venus,
difpofed of by the frigid planet Saturn in Capricorn.
The Moon in Cancer, in the feventh houfe, reprefents the bride ; and
defcribes her to be of a middle ftature, round full face, brown hair, and
well proportioned ; and, as the Moon is approaching to a trine afpeft with
Mars, it (hows her to be a woman of ftrong paffions and fpirit ; hot, fiery,
and impatient, though good-natured and courteous.
Let it here be premifed, that, in all marriages where the two fignificators which reprefent the bride and bridegroom are not in good afpeci with
each other, it is impoffible the parties can live in harmony ; neither do
they come together by the impulfe of pure love, but for fome other mo
tive, which may generally be known by examining what houfe the lord of
the afcendant. or feventh houfe applies to, and the nature of the planets by
which they are then occupied ; for, if the lord of the eighth apply to the
lord of the afcendant, or if there be no reception of the luminaries in their
nativities, they are carried to the hymeneal altar, not by the force of love,
but
OF
ASTROLOGY.
845
but by motives of avarice. Sometimes indeed we find love to be on one

fide, and intereft only on the other. This is when the lord of the afcendant is a fuperior planet, and the lord of the feventh an inferior one of a
contrary nature, and yet applying to the lord of the afcendant. Again,
we find marriages take place where there is no love at all, as is the cafe
in the above figure, where Saturn, a fuperior and ponderous planet, fignificator of the man, is pofited in his own houfe ; and the Moon, a light and
inferior one, and fignificatrix of the woman, likewife in her own houfe ;
but both of them in oppofite figns; being a demonftrable proofofavari.ee
on one fide, but of love on neither.
Upon the whole, mutual convenience may be traced out as the pri
mary incentive in both thefe parties. The man was rich and old ; the
woman youngbut not rich. So Mars, being lord of the tenth houfe,
and pofited therein, collects the rays both of Saturn and the Moon ; and,
being fo much higher elevated, imprefics with a ftronger influx this difpofition upon their inclinations, and proves to us that their hands were
joined, but not their hearts.
Jupiter, in all cafes where he is free from malignant beams, hath defignation of perfect honefty. In this figure we find him juft entering
into his own houfe, in platic trine to the Moon, and in fextile with Ve
nus. But, although he thus favourably irradiates tbefe two prolific pla
nets, fo as to impel a joint inclination to have the marriage-ceremony
performed, yet, by being a quartile afpect to the Sun and Mercury in the
eleventh houfe, which is the bride's fifth, and confequently her houfe of
children, pleafure, and delight, it plainly demonftrates, that, though (he
fliould have no offspring by her huiband, fhe would take care to acquire
it by other means. '
The Sun and Mercury have dignities in the feventh houfe, and confe*;
quently have ftrong fympathy with the bride ; but, being pofited in the
eleventh, they become fignificators of enemies of the bridegroom. The
Sun having his triplicity in the twelfth, and being within five degrees
of the cufp, united at the fame time with Mercury, fhows that their
influence will be of the like nature and tendency ; and, as both of them
are in the bride's fifth, which, according to the rotation of the fphere,
is her houfe of pleafure and fecundity, they give defignation of two peribns with whom fhe would have familiarity and criminal contact ;
which is further illuftrated by their being in exact quitttil^to the Moon, *
her immediate fignificator ; which, being in no afpect whatever with
Saturn.
846
AN
ILLUSTRATION
Saturn, the fignificator of her hufband, fhows that they will feparate, and
abandon each other, without any bodily union whatever.
The extraordinary circumftances of the cafe induced me to give my
opinion of the marriage very freely, in the company I was in, the fame
day it was, if I may fo term it, confummated. Much mirth, of courfe,
refulted from my obfervations ; but very few believed the circumftances
I mentioned would fo fuddenly come to pafs ; particularly that a feparation would prove the confequence of a fingle night's embrace: and that
both parties would diftinite with fo much indifference.
The facts quickly followed the prediction. The new-married pair
were put to bedwhere love andjoy JJiould take their Jill: but fuch was
the fmgularity of the cafe, that the bride rofe up with the fun, and, hav
ing been refufed that participation of fortune her friends had blazoned
out, and finding no other allurement to fupply that defect, (he immedi
ately deferted her hufband, who never took the pains to retrieve her ; and
fhe has fince attached herfelf to two other perfons, by both of whom fhe
has had children.
Whoever contemplates the horofcope given in the annexed plate, will
eafily account for this otherwife extraordinary narration. They will
likewife perceive that we have given a lively contraft of a bad marriage,
by an emblematical reprefentation of a good one, where heart and hand,
and innocence and love, draw down the foftering hand of heaven with
fruitfulnefs and joy. Intereft and ambition ought furely never to guide
the laws of love. The fweet intercourfe of the fexes, and the ecftatic
blending of foul and body in the bonds of matrimony, becomes a crime,
when not directed by that heavenly flame. It is the attic fire of allpowerful love, which alone teaches us to be happy here, and leads to im
mortal happinefs hereafter ; for,
<
Well-chofen love on earth can never die,
But with our nobler part afcends the fky.
TRAITS
-,
OF ASTROLOGY.
S47
TRAITS of Illuftrious and Extraordinary, C H A R AC TERS,

deduced from their genethliacal Figures of Birth.
ALEXANDER the GREAT.
Born in Lat. 43.
The perfon of this illuftrious monarch is moft aptly defcribed by the

refpedtive fignificators of his geniture, in the annexed plate. We find
the lord of the afcendant, and the two luminaries, are in Cancer, Virgo,
and Ta.ursr all of which, are figns of brevity, and denote a low or mean
ftature ; and, as Saturn, lord of the afcendant, is pofited in a pitted de
gree of Taurus, it (hows that he was wry-tiecked, conftantly holding
Bis head on one fide. He was likewife hafty and. choleric ; which is
defcribed by the Moon in conjunction with Mars, a configuration that
gave him at the fame time an uncommon (hare of courage, an intrepid
i'pirit, and an unconquerable rnind. Experience hath taught, that Venus
adorns and enriches that part of the body which is governed by the fign
in which flie happens to be pofitedat the hour of birth. Jiv this nativity*
Venus is in nineteen, degrees forty minutes of Leo, which reprefents the
back and heart ; and in conjunction of Jupiter. Thefe circumffances
prove the native to have been endowed with a large, benevolent, and
courageous, heart; all of which, in tb.fi courfe of his life and actions* were
in a thoufand inftances exemplified. Nor are thefe excellent endow
ments prefigured only by the benefic irradiations of Jupiter and Venus ;
they are farther illuftrated and ftrengthened by the uorth node of the
Moon falling in the afcendant, while Saturn, the difpofitor thereof, is in
trine to the Moon and Mars, and the Sun, in the exaltation of Jupiter, in
tfitte-of them all,
*
The time of this monarch's inauguration and inveftiture of the king

dom is prefigured by the trine of the midheaven with Venus; at the fame
time that Venus is within orbs- of a conjunction with Jupiter, who is lord
of the tenth and eleventh houfes, which, have defignation of the crown,,
kingdom, and people. The direction of thefe afpects came up in about
twenty-one years, from, the native's birth, at which time his coronation
took place; when he, in every fenfe of the word, began to reign in the
hearts of his people.
In this nativity the Moon is certainly Hyleg, and is -therefore to be
directed for death. The Sun, Mars, and Mercury, are co-fignificators of
death ; and, hence it is that the learned Gadbury attributed his death to
ptrifon, which misfortune befel him when the Moon came to the quartile
No. 43.
10 A
of
AN 'ILLUSTRATION
of Mercury in the eighth houfe. This
poifoned, is unqueftionably confirmed by
his mother; who having, fix years after
caufed many fufpected perfons to be put
murder.
prediction of the native being

what is recorded of Olympias
his death, difcovered the fact,
to death, as acceflaries in the
NERO CÊSA R.
Born in Lat. 51.
This native is ufually denominated Bloody Nero ; and, indeed, if we

but caft our eye upon the horofcope of his birth, we mail find ample demonftrations of a cruel and vindictive difpofition. Mars is oppofite to
Jupiter and Venus in the twelfth houfe, an afpedt of noxious and direful
<$tK** /z X-j tendency. Jupiter, we find, is lord of the tenth, and confequently figni?<*&r<YS ficator f the native's mother. Mercury is lord of the afcendant, in exact
* JZ quartile of the Moon, which is an obvious proof that the native mould
cruelly treat and abufe his mother ; and, as Mercury is at the fame time
in fextile of Mars, it is a probable argument that he would become a
murderer. The quartile of the Sun and Saturn is a configuration produclive of every vicious inclination, and of every atrocious crime. Under
the influence of this malignant direction, which held for a confiderable
length of -time, he not only became hated by the people under his govern
ment, but exercifed thofe bloody and unparalleled cruelties that darken
and difgrace the annals of his reign.
In the black catalogue of his offences it is recorded, that he not only
murdered his mother, but firft committed inceft upon her. He poifoned
his own brother ; killed his fifter in law ; and deftroyed his wife Poppea,
by kicking her to death when pregnant. He wantonly fet fire to Rome,
and exultingly made an entertainment in fight of the flames, while the
city was burning ; and, being afterwards proclaimed by the Roman fenate
an enemy to the ftate, he, the moment he heard it, became his own exe
cutioner, and deftroyed himfelf in the thirty-fecond year of his age ; the
directions for which are the Moon to the conjunction of Mars, and Jupiter
to the oppofition of the Sun, who, in this nativity, was Hyleg, or giver of
life. Thus the configurations precifely defcribe the quality of the man,
and the directions (how the manner of his death ; all of which minutely,
came to pafs.
POPE
OF ASTROLOGY,
POPE SIXTUS V.
Tp
If.
(J
9
5
J>
849
Born in Lat. 430.

North Latitude
o
South Latitude
o
North Latitude
o
South Latitude
2
North Latitude
2
South Latitude
4
50
11
5
25
o
46
This nativity difplays a brilliant afiemblageof benignant configurations,

calculated to promote the moft exalted honour and felicity. To prefigure
the native's future greatnefs, here is a moft remarkable conjunction of the
Sun and Jupiter in the afcendant ; and, to prove that this fplendour fliall
arife from ecclefiaftical preferment, we perceive the lord of the ninth
houfe in conjunction with the lord of the tenth, alfo in the afcendant.
That an extenfive flow of wealth and riches fliall accompany this preferment, is evident from the pofition of the lord of the afcendant in the
fecond houfe, ftrong in dignity, and in trine afpecl: of the Moon, which is ;3 / /*in conjunction with the Part of Fortune. Thefe are univerfally allowed ^ +..
to be the ftrongeft arguments of future profperity and grandeur to the
native that can poflibly arife from any irradiations of the ftars whatever;
and the refult proved the certainty of the fa6h At the age of fixty-four
he was elected pope; at which time the medium coeli came to the body
of the Sun, as may be feen by equating the direction ; and is a moft apt
configuration for producing princely honour and fovereignty. The Sun,
in' this nativity, is Apheta, and the Moon is Anareta ; fo that, when the
Sun and Moon came into contact by anaretical rays, the illuftrious native
departed this life, which happened on the 24th of Auguft, 1590, at which
time the Sun came to the perfect quartile of the Moon, in fixty-nine years
from the day of birth, which was the exaft age of the native.
PHILIP II. KING of SPAIN.
Born in Lat. 420.
When the native was twenty-five years old, (which was in the year
1 630,) he was in imminent danger of being burnt to death, but was j
miraculoufly preferved. The directions at that time operating, were the ,,.
afcendant to the body of Saturn, and the Sun to the oppofition of the midheaven, and confequently to a conjunction with the fourth houfe, which
^
hath defignation of the houfe in which he dwelt. The Sun and Saturn /^ <?*** '^t^'~ 7
being in fiery figns prefage his danger to arife by means of fire; and
the
850
AN ILLUSTRATION
the oppofing irradiations of the benefic ftars defcribe the manner in

which he was preferred.
In the year 1633, a confpiracy was formed againft this prince, and he
was in the utmoft danger of being {tabbed. This is declared by the direc
tion of Mars to an oppofition with the afcendant by direct direction, and
prevented by the fuperior force of the benefic rays.
In 1649, wrien tne native was nearly forty-four years old, he was at
tacked by a fharp and violent fever, and his life was defpaired of. This
indifpofition came by 'the configuration of the Moon, which is the Apheta, or giver of life, directed to the quartile of Mars : but fatality was pre
vented by the nouarifbiug beams of Jupiter directed at the fame time to
the afcendant..
In the year 1656, a war broke out betwixt this prince and1 Oliver
Cromwell, then Lord High Protector of England; an event which is
moft aptly foretold by the body of the. Sun coming to the Builds Eye, a
violent fixed flar; at the fame time that the Part of Fortune comes by
direction to an oppofition of the Sun in violent figns.
In the year 1659, King Philip made peace with. France, and married
his daughter to the French king. Thefe events are prefigured in his geniture, exemplified in the foregoing plate, by the afcendant coming by
direction to the fextile of Mercury, lord of the feventh Iroufe; and the
Moon to a perfect textile. o the Sun.
In i66irthe afcendant came to the body of Jupiter ; and was fucceeded by the revolutional fextile, of the Moon to her own radical place in the
geniture ; at the fame time that Venus forms, a mundane trine with the
midbeaven. Thefe directions procnife much happinefs, honour, aud re
putation, to the native* and point out the tnoft prosperous, and naoft illuftrious part of his reign.
The Moon in this nativity being giver of Life, and the Sun Anareta,
foreihows the time and manner of his death. Let the direction of their
oppofite beams be equated by the rules already given ; and' it will be
found* that the perfection of the afpectm the auaretical place of the horofcope agrees precifely with the haur in which this ilhifirious prince
yielded up the ghoflL
HENRY
OF. ASTRO X,QQY.
851
HENRY VI. KING of ENGLAND.Born in Lat. 51* 32'.

This prince fucceeded to the crown of his anceftors when he was but
two months old, and was crowned King of England on the 6th of No
vember, 1429; the midheaven being then direded to a trine afpecl: of the
Moon. At ten years of age he was crowned King of France in the city
of Paris, under the influence of the afcendant directed to the body of the
Moon, which configuration participates of the fame nature and quality
with the former ; and they both moft aptly denote thefe illuftrious events,
when applied to the perfons of princes of the blood, or to heirs apparent
to the throne.
At twenty-four years of age, the afcendant is irradiated by the Textile
rays of Jupiter ; under which direction he marries the celebrated Lady
Margaret, daughter to the Duke of Anjou, a princefs of mafculine refolution and courage, which is reprefented by the fiery planet Mars, located
in the feventh houfe, in his exaltation. This violent and intrepid fpirit
of Margaret was quite oppofite to that of her confort, who imbibed from
nature a difpofition remarkably mild and meek, as is obvioufly prelaged
by the paflive qualities of feveral fignificators in his geniture difplayed in
the foregoing plate.
In his thirty-ninth year, this native was taken captive by the Earl of
March ; and, by confent of the people, ftripped of his royalties, and fent
prifoner to the Tower. This untoward event is prefaged by the Moon's
quartile application, firfttothe midheaven, and then to a malefic quartile
of Mars, both which directions came up precifely at the time thefe circum(rances took place. After he had been twelve years a cloie prifoner,
namely, on,tjie 31 ft of May, 1642, being then fifty years of age, he was
inhumanly murdered by the hand of Richard, the bloody Duke of Gloucefter. Mars then came to the quartile of the Moon, which, in this na
tivity, was Giver of Life.
If we conlider the relative pofitions of the planets in this geniture, we
ftiall not wonder that this prince was unfortunate in war, and unfuccefsful in all his enterprifes. The Moon in opposition to Mars, Strengthened
by angular places, and Mars, fignificator of public enemies, fo powerfully
located in his own houfe, at the fame time that he is constituted the
governing planet of the geniture, is an irrefragable argument that Fate and*
the Stars were combined againft this unfortunate prince. The caufeand
manner of his captivity are clearly pointed out by Venus, lady of theafcen-
No. 43.
10 B
dant,
852
AN ILLUSTRATION
dant, in quartile with Saturn ; and hy Jupiter, lord of the twelfth houfe,
the houfe of imprifonment, in quartile with the afcendant ; whereby is
mown the fuperiority and fuccefs of his enemies over him. The Moon's
oppofition to Mars, from fixed figns, and near the Pleiades, denotes the
violent and untimely death which this native fuffered ; but who inherited
fo mild and paffive a temper, that, when ftruck by a common ruftic, he
gently replied, "Forfooth you wrong yourfelf more than you do me, by
ftriking the Lord's anointed !"
.
.. : .
HENRY VHI. KING of ENGLAND.Born in Lat. $1 34'- '

The lofty fpirit and arbitrary will of this prince are demonftrably
proved by the pofition of the luminaries in cardinal figns, as difplayed in
the annexed plate. His temperature and inclinations are afcertained by
the configurations of Mercury in trine of the Moon, and in Textile to
Venus ; at the fame time that he beholds the afcendant with a fextile ray,
and forms concordant familiarities with the other fignificators. This not
only befpeaks a winning and complacent deportment, but manifefts a
luxuriancy in the gifts of nature, not commonly beftowed upon the mafculine conformation. Here are however ftrong marks of obftinate refentment, and obdurate revenge, even againft females ; whom it was not ia
his nature to forgive, when once ferioufly incenfed againft them ; as the
houfes and figns teftify, wherein Venus and Mercury are located.
The aftrological caufe of this native's defire after many women is de
duced from the fextile irradiations of Venus and the Moon with Mercury,
the Moon being at the fame time dignified in the feventh houfe. And
the reafon of his continual difagreements and contentions with them, is
becaufe Jupiter, lord of the feventh, is in quartile with Mars and the af
cendant, which ftir up the choleric humour, unallayed by fafcivioufnefs
and luft. The feverity of his treatment to them, is depicted hy the lumi
naries being in quartile to each other; the Moon in the weft angle, in.
the houfe of Mars; while Venus, the fignificatrix of his concubines, is ia
conjunction with the Dragon's Tail.
The circumftance of this monarch changing his religion, and encou
raging the reformation of Luther and Calvin, is moft admirably defcribed
by the quadrate-afpet of Jupiter and Mars, with the Dragon's Tail in
the ninth houfe. I fhall not go into detail of this remarkable event, nor
confider it aftrally in all its parts ; my purpofe here being only to mark:
out the extraordinary incidents of thefe great men's lives, and to (how the
direction*
OFASTROLOGY.
853
direclions under which they happened ; that the young ftudent, or inquifitive reader, might apply them as examples, and profit by the refult.
This prince reigned over Great Britain thirty-nine years ; and died on
the 28th of January, 1547, in the fifty-fixth year of his age. In this geniture the Sun is Hyleg, or giver of life, which, being directed to the
Anareta, will be found to correfpond exactly to the time of his diflblution.
EDWARD VI. KING of ENGLAND.Born in Lat. 51 32'.

>>
<J
5
J
North Latitude
North Latitude
North Latitude
South Latitude
i
i
o
4
50
30
4
17
It is remarkable of this native, that he was extracted by manual ope

ration from his mother's womb, and his life preferved. At ten years of
age he fucceeded to the crown of Great Britain, namely, on the 28th of
January, 1 547 ; at which time the afcendant of his nativity came by direc
tion to the conjunction afpecl: of the planet Venus, lady of the tenth houfe,
or raedium-coeli, which is the houfe of dignity, honour, and fupreme
power.
This prince reigned only fix years and five months, and expired when
he was little more than fixteen years old. The afcendant, in his geniture,
muft betaken for Hyleg, or giver of life, becaufe neither the Sun, Moon,
nor Part of Fortune, are in aphetical places. Saturn is the Anareta, or
deftroyer of life ; and confequently, when Saturn came by direction to
the afcendant, the native expired.
To prove this to be a fatal direction, we find there were operating at

the fame time, the Sun to the quartile of Mars and the Moon to the oppofition of the fame malefic planet; fo that both the luminaries were
afflicted when Saturn traverfed the afcendant, and gave frefh vigour to
the hand of death. Hence it is apparent, that this native was not defigned by nature either for a long or a happy life.
MARY,
AN ILLUSTRATION
MARY, QUEEN of ENGLAND.Born in Lat. 51 34'.
In this geniture we find Saturn lord of the afcendant, out of all his own
dignities, but in the dignities of Jupiter, and in a fiery fign. Jupiter we
find is the difpofitor of Saturn ; but is pofited in a fiery fign likewifc.
Thefe are infallible arguments of an oppreflive and rigorous government.
The Moon being in oppofition to Jupiter from angles, hath defignation
of grievous difienfions about religion. The quartile configurations of the
Sun with Mars, and Mars with Mercury, in the dignities of Jupiter, in
bicorporal figns, near Aldebaran, (how the dimonourable and bloody
reign of this princefs, and the perfecution of her fubjects in matters of
confcience and religion. Venus, being lady of the third houfe, reprefents her fifter ; and, being pofited in the twelfth, moft aptly declares her
fitter's imprifonment ; and the more fo, as Saturn is not only lord of the
afcendant, but lord likewife of the twelfth, the houfe of imprifonment
and affliction.
When the afcendant came to the Textile of the Sun, (he fucceeded to
the crown of Great Britain, namely, in the year 1553, being then near
thirty-feven years of age. In the year 1554, (he was fuddenly married
to Philip king of Spain, under the direction of the Sun to the trine of
Venus.
This native died in the forty-fecond year of her age, after fhe had
reigned about five years and a half. The time and manner of her death
are pointed out by the Sun, which is giver of life, directed to the
quartile of the Moon, in quartile to Saturn, lord of the afcendant ; and on
the day (he died the Moon came to the oppofition of Mars. Thefe direc
tions are all of a violent nature ; and whoever equates them by the Sun's
motion will find them correfpond exactly to the time and manner of her
death.
ELIZABETH, QUEEN of ENGLAND.Born in Lat. 51 33'.

Upon the afcendant we find the regal fign Sagittarius, with Jupiter*
its lord, located therein ; which declares the native to inherit a moft mafculine and intrepid fpirit, a poignant wit, and undaunted relblution ; qua
lities which are greatly heightened by the degree afcending being in the
dignities of the planet Mars.
In
855
In the twenty-firft year of her age (he was opprefTed and imprifoned,
and fuffered every fpecies of perfecution that could refult from the vin
dictive jealoufy and refentment of her enemies. During thefe troubles,
(he had operating a moft malefic direction of Saturn to the quartile of the
Sun, in the ninth houfe, which exactly defcribes the caufe for which flie
was perfecuted, namely, her hereditary right to the crown, and her attach
ment to the proteftant religion.
When this illuftrious princefs attained her twenty-fifth year, fhe
triumphed over her domeftic enemies, and was crowned Queen of Eng
land. At this time the afcendant was directed to a trine afpedt of the Sun,
who is the patron of honour and fovereignty.
In the fixty-ninth year of her age^ this celebrated princefs made her
exit, under the mortal direction of the afcendant to the quartile afpect of
the fun ; leaving pofterity to record the bleflings of her reign, in which
were laid the folid foundations of the proteftant eftablimment.
Should the young ftudent take the pains to fet a revolutional figure for
the year of the native's death, he will find there was a conjunction of the
two infortunes in the oppofite place of the Moon in her radical nativity:
and the figure itfelf nearly in quartile to that of her birth. The lord
of the afcendant was in the eighth, and the Sun was falling in the fixth
houfe; and on the day of her death, viz. the 24th of March, 1602, the
Sun and Mars were both in the place of the direction, and the Moon in
quartile of them both, as if nature herfelf fympathifed with her fubjects
in the lofs of their fovereign.
The EARL of ESSEX.
Born in Lat. 52.
i)
If.
9
North Latitude
North Latitude
North Latitude
i
i
i
o
o
o
5
])
North Latitude
North Latitude
I
i
o
o
It was not until the twenty-eighth year of his age that any thing re
markable occurred to diftinguifh the character of this celebrated noble
man. About that time he had a very eminent and powerful direction
operating, of both the luminaries to a fextile configuration of Jupiter,
under which he became powerful and elevated at court, and acquired the
efteem and confidence of the queen in a moft unlimited degree, as the
feveral fignificators very aptly teftify.
No. 43.
10 C
At
A N
I L L IS S T R A T I O N
At triirty-two years of age he was' deputed,, as the principal in commiflion, to feize the Spartifh fleet ; and foon after he was created earlmarfhal by trie queen. This latter honour begat him abundance of
enemies, and created great jealoufies and fufpicions among the nobles,
and particularly among thole who were inverted with the feveral dig
nities and offices of ftate. At this time the native had the luminaries
dire6ted to the fextile of Venus ; and, to mow the envy and malevolence
of his enemies, he had the midheaven directed to the oppofition of the Sun.
In the thirty-third year of his age this native was appointed to Ire
land, viz. on the 2yth of March, 1599. ^ne Dragon's Tail was then
on the afcendant ; and, the day he fet off, the Sun and Saturn were in
oppofition from the tenth and fourth houfes ; and, what was vvorfe, the
medium coeli came by direction to an oppofition with the Moon. It
is hence evident that he would not profper ; and the event proved the
fact ; for, on the z8th of September following, he returned to the court
of London, "the Sun being then in the place of Saturn at the time of his
letting out.
On the ad of October, 1599, he was committed to the Tower ; and in
June following he was fufpended from all his employments and offices
in the ftate. On the igih of February, 1600, he was arraigned, tried,
and condemned ; and on the 25th of the fame month, being Afh-Wednefday, at eight o'clock in the morning, he was beheaded; at which time
the midheaven came to a malefic oppofition with Mars.
The arguments of a violent or premature death, hi this nativity, are
many. The two luminaries in conjunction with Mars, in afpedt with a
violent fixed ftar; the Sun aildMoon,- and lord of the eighth houfe, in
violent figns; and Mars in Sagittarius afflicling the luminaries; are fo
many arguments, in any geniture, of an ignominious and untimely end ;
and, in the nativities of perfons of quality and diftinction, they are always
colifidered as emblems of the lofs of life, honour, and reputation.
At the moment of this unfortunate nobleman's death, the radical
place of the Dragon's Tail afcended ; the Sun and Mars were in oppofi
tion to the afcendant of the revolutic-nal figure, and Saturn was in exact
oppofition to the Dragon's Tail ; all which circumftances declare his life
to have been taken away by violence and treachery, to fatiate private re.fentment, and to appeafe the clamours of thofe who were too powerful to
be oppofed, and too fanguinary to rife in the political hemifphere but at
the price of the blood of thofe by- whom they had been eclipfcd.
JAMES
OF A S T R O L. O. G Y.
857
JAMES I. KING of ENGLAND,-Born in Lat. 56.

This geniture is remarkable, for giving a great number of teftimonies
to the honour, dignity, and pre-eminence; of the native. The Sun be
ing in xat Textile to the afcendant from the tenth houfe ; the Moon iu
partile textile of Jupiter; Jupiter in conjunction with the Part of For
tune in the fecond houfe ; Venus, lady of the tenth, located therein, hav
ing familiarity with many eminent fixed ftars, iu trine to the fecond
houfe ; the two luminaries in perfect reception of each other ; and the
lord of the afcendant in the tenth houfe in gonjuncVion with the Sun,
and in fextile to the afcendant ;are teftimonies of dignity, honour, mag
nificence, and fupreme power, rarely to be found in one and the fame ge
niture ; but which were iu the moft remarkable manner verified in the
perfon of this illuftrious prince.
v
But, notwithftanding thefe extraordinary arguments of fpleudour and
fovereignty, deduced from the influx of the ftars, yet we mall on the
other hand find, that this celebrated monarch was not without his (hare
of anxiety and trouble ; as the annals of the Britifh page abundantly
prove. In the aftral fcieuce thefe perplexities are prefaged by the famili
arity of Venus with the Dragon's Tail, in perfect quartile of Saturn and
Mars; which fufficiently accounts for every evil that befel him. Added
to which, we muft not forget to remark the difcordant rays of the Sun
and Mercury, in quartile to Jupiter, lord of the feventh houfe, and iu
cardinal figns, whereby the enmities and confpiracies againft him are moft
accurately forefeen.
The coronation of this prince took place iu London, when he was
thirty-feven years of age ; at which time the Sun came to the zodiacal
parallel of Venus, lady of the tenth houfe, which hath defignatiou of fame,
honour, magnificence and preferment.
The memorable powder-plot (memorable only for its diabolical malig
nity) happened in the thirty-ninth year of the native's age, under the moft
noxious quartile afpe<5r. of the leffer malefic, the infortune Mars ; the ten
dency of which mifchievous direction was removed by the fuperior rays
of the benevolent Jupiter.
In this nativity the Sun is Hyleg; and we find Mars, Venus, and
Saturn, all of them operating in the anaretical place of the geniture.
Hence it is obvious, that, when the Sun came to the conjunction of Mars,
; .
jointly
858
ANILLUSTRATION
jointly with the quartile of Venus and conjunction of Saturn, the native
would fuffer a violent death ; which really took place, when thefe direc
tions came up, in the fixtieth year of his age. The constitution of Venus
with the Dragon's Tail, irradiated both by Saturn and Mars, in the anaretic place, (hows the native's death to have been occafioned by poifon ;
for the immortal Ptolemy faith, that, whenever Venus is joined with the
malefics, in familiarity with the Dragon's Tail, indirections to the hylegiacal or anaretical parts of the horofcope, it portends death by poifon
and fo it really happened in the prefent inftance.
CHARLES I. KING of ENGLAND.
Born in Lat. 56.
This unfortunate monarch was crowned king of this empire in the

twenty-fifth year of his age ; and was foon after married to the daughter
of Henry IV. of France. The medium-coeli was then directed to the
triangular rays of the Moon, in the houfe of dignity.
In the twenty-ninth year of his geniture he had the medium-coeli di
rected to the oppolition of the Sun, under which influence he diflblved
his parliament. The Scotch enthufiaftic phrenzy took place in his thirtyeighth year, under the direction cf Saturn to a conjunction of the Moon.
In 1641, being in the forty-firft year of his age, he fummoned a new par
liament, in which the famous contention about the militia took place.
It likewife fermented religious jealoufies, and laid the foundation of ferious machinations againft the king's life; all which misfortunes are pre
figured by, and happened under the influence of, the afcendant directed
to the quartile of Venus, lady of the tenth houfe, and of the mediumcoeli directed to the quartile rays of Jupiter.
It was in the forty-fixth year of his geniture, that this monarch placed
his life in the hands of the Scotch army, expecting from them that*fafety
and protection they had proffered to give. But, when they had effected
their bargain with the parliament, they baiely furrendered him up, in
violation of all the ties of honour, humanity, and benevolence. This
tranfaction took place under the malevolent influence of Saturn transiting
the midheaven, a configuration in the world known to be the forerunner
of ingratitude, treachery, and deceit.
In his forty-eighth year, this unhappy monarch was beheaded, before
the front of his own palace, Whitehall. This memorable event was ef
fected under the direction of the Part of Fortune to the quartile of-the
Moon,
OF ASTROLOGY.
859
Moon, and the zodiacal parallel of Saturn to the mundane parallel of

Mars ; and might ferve as an ufeful monitor to fucceeding princes, not
to trifle with the remonftrances of a free people; nor to hold in defiance
that genuine flame of heaven-born patriotifm, which, when once ferioufly kindled through an empire, carries all before it, and breaks down
every barrier of protection, even to the facred perfon of the Lord's
anointed.
OLIVER CROMWELL, Lord High Proteclor of ENGLAND.
Born in Lat. 52 19'.
In the nativity of this enterprifing and extraordinary character, we
find fix planets eflentially fortified, and four of them in friendly trine
to each other, with the luminaries and Jupiter in Textile. Thefe confi
gurations preiage the moft important acquifitions to the perfon of the
native; at the fame time that they illuftrate the intrepidity and valour
of his fpirit, with the capacioufnefs and fagacity of his mind. The profeflors of this art, both ancient and modern, agree, that, where only
three planets are found eflentially dignified in a nativity, it is an earneft
of fingular profperity and good fortune to the native ; but, where fix teftimonies of the fame nature occur, it is an evident proof that the per
fon born under their influence will eclipfe all his contemporaries in his
advancement to glory and fame. How far this was verified in the perfon
of Oliver Cromwell, when the humble fituation of himfelf and his anceftors is confidered, I (hall leave to the decifion of the candid and intelli
gent reader.
In the year 1640, this native was elevated to a feat in the Britifh par
liament. This was his firft ftep to public fame and honour, and hap
pened under the courfe of the medium-coeli to the Dragon's Head, feconded
by a favourable revolution, in which Jupiter occupied the cufp of the tenth
houfe.
In the year 1642, Cromwell was appointed to the command of a regi
ment of horfe ; and he raifed one troop at his own expence. The Moon
was then directed to the Scorpion's Heart, an eminently martial and jovial
fixed flar. In 1643, he was elected Lieutenant-general to the Earl of
Manchefter, under the direction of the Moon to the trine afpedl of
Mars.
The memorable difpute between Cromwell and the Earl of
chefter took place in the year 1644, with uncommon acrimony on
No. 44,
iO D
both
86o
AN ILLUSTRATION
both fides. The earl conceiving himfelf the better man, and fuppofing
his intereft in parliament to be much fuperior, he preferred divers infor
mations againft his lieutenant-general, but to little or no effect. The
native quickly exculpated himfelf, and triumphed over his accufer. Dur
ing the whole of this year, Saturn occupied the afcendant of his revolutional figure ; and in his radix, or figure of birth, the afcendant was at
the fame time directed to the term of Mars.
In 1645, tne native was appointed Lieutenant General under Sir
Thomas Fairfax ; and now his fame began to fpread abroad. The
Moon was then directed to the fextile afpect of Saturn, lord of the
medium-coeli ; and under this direction he eventually took the lead of
Fairfax himfelf.
In the year 1648, he remonftrated with the parliament, and contended
with the levellers, by which he fell into difgrace. Under the influx of
the fame directions, he formed the plan of bringing his fovereign's head
to the block. Thefe malignant beams proceeded from the quartile afpect
of the Sun and Saturn, accompanied by the Part of Fortune to the oppofition of Venus.
In 1649, Cromwell attended the army in the expedition againft Ire
land. He fucceeded in the undertaking, but was fererely indifpofed with
a flux and fever. This all happened under the fucculent beams of the
Moon, directed to the parallel of Jupiter in the zodiac. The years 1650
and 1651 were employed in fubduing the oppofition in Scotland. Whereever the native turned his arms, he came off victorious. This was the
Sun directed to his own fextile, and the fortunate irradiations of the prin
cipal fignificators in the revolutional figures of thofe two years to their
radical places in the geniture ; whereby all things appertaining to the na
tive profpered well, and terminated generally to his own particular intereft and advantage.
The memorable aera of his affuming the power of Lord Protector of
England, was 1653, when he boldly poflefled himfelf of the avenues lead
ing to the Houfe of Commons, and put an end to the fittings of parlia
ment. Eying the Speaker's mace, he ordered his attendants to take away
" that idolatrous bauble" though he afterwards thought it no vanity to
have three fuch borne before him. Thefe events took place when the
Sun came to the bodily afpect of Jupiter, and to the fextile of the Moon,
at the fame time that the Part of Fortune received the fextile beams of
". i- Venus;
OF ASTROLOGY.
861
Venus ; fb that both the benefic planets concurred in the fuccefs of this
daring enterprife.*
In the year 1654, Cromwell effected an honourable peace with France,
through the medium of Cardinal Mazarine ; and he concluded a treaty of
alliance with the King of Sweden, through the indefatigable perfeverance of Mr. Whitlock. This gentleman was rewarded for his merit, by
being dignified with a title, and appointed ambaffudor to the Swedifh
court. Thefe incidents occurred under the influx of the Part of Fortune
directed to the trine of Mars.
The craft and fubtlety of the native were never more confpicuous than
when he convened a new parliament, for the purpofe of getting himfelf
confirmed in the fovereignty of the empire, under the affumed title of
Lord High Protector. This took place in the year 1656, when the Part
of Fortune came to the Textile rays of the iniidious planet Saturn, lord of
the tenth houfe, joined with a favourable revolution ; whereby is moft
aptly prefaged, the attainment of advantage and preferment under the
hypocritical mafk of piety and religion. To fuch a pitch of adulation
were fome of his creatures arifen, that they not only confirmed him in
the title of Lord High Protector, but intreated him to aflume the name
and dignity of Kinjg. This, however, he had the fagacity to refufe : deem
ing it fafer to poflefs the power, without the pomp, of majefty.
In the year 1657, when thus inverted with the fupreme jurifdiction of
the kingdom, he fent fix thoufand men upon an expedition into Flanders,
under the command of Sir John Reynolds. This valiant knight had
likewife confulted Mr. Lilly before his embarkation ; and he fhortly
afterwards reduced and took pofTeffion of Dunkirk, as that proficient in
the aftral fcience had previoufly affured him would be the cafe. The Sun
was then forming a perfect Textile of the planet Mercury in cardinal figns
applying to Mars.
In the year 1658, on the third of September, jh. 15111. P. M. this
phenomenon amongft mankind departed this life, in the natural way,
without aflaffinationwhich is perhaps the greateft wonder of the age
* It is a circurnflance worthy of remark, that, before Cromwell put this bold fcheme into execu
tion, he fent for the celebrated Mr. Lilly, (who at that time of day was Angularly eminent for his
aftrological knowledge,) and confulted him upon the occafion. Mr. Lilly only requefted to be put
in pofleffion of the hour of his nativity, and he would foon inform him of the probability of the event.
This was complied with ; the directions above fpecificd were equated and confidered, and the confequences exadly foretold. Cromwell is therefore fuppofed to have entered with more confidence into
the Houfe of Commons, and to have conducted his exterior with greater confidence and courage.
in
862
AN ILLUSTRATION
in which he lived ; and can only be attributed to the fearnot to the

loveof thofe who had ascefs to him. In the directions which produced
his death, the Sun is the Apheta, or giver of life, and Saturn the Anareta,
or deftroying planet ; and the incidence of their beams met by quartile
rays precifely at the time this illuftrious native gave up the ghoft, as any
one might perceive, by equating the arch of direction.
Thus terminated the life and actions of a man, who perhaps had never
had his equal, though he has been greatly furpafled by a conqueror of our
own dayswhofe refources were within himfelf; and whofe progrefs
through life was marked with ftrong portions of temerity and hypocrify
of perfeverance and good fortune. He attempted nothing but what he
accomplished ; and furmounted difficulties which would have plunged half
the univerfe into ruin and defpair.
CHARLES II. KING of ENGLAND.

It muft be pretty obvious to the reader, that the utmoft of my defign
in giving thefe nativities, is merely to (how the principal incidents of
each native's life, and diftinctly to point out the configurations or occurfions of the planets under which they happened ; that, by comparing the
one with the other, in every age, occupation, or diftinction, of human
life, we might be convinced, by the uniformity of facts, and the evidence
of our own fenfes, that the one is, in a limited degree, fubfervient to the
other; and that the motion of the heavenly bodies, variegated and quali
fied by a coincidence of their beams, is the real medium by which the
affairs of this world are influenced and directed ; and whereby the atten
tive reader, from obfervation alone, might be enabled to predict the prin
cipal occurrences of any man's life, from a bare infpection of his nativity.
According to this fpeculatiou, we find the Moon in earthy figns, apply
ing to the terms of Mars, near the place of the Pleiades, at the time this
prince was nine years old. The natural inference to be drawn from this
afpect is, a broken limb, a violent bruife, or fome accidental affliction ;
accordingly we find the native, when this direction came up, had the miffortune to break his arm.
Again, at ten years of age, he was afflicted with the jaundice, and
fuffered greatly by a fever. Thefe are the difeafes of Mars ; and the
Sun, being Giver of Life, and pafling the terms of Mars to a configura
tion
OF ASTROLOGY.
$63
tion with violent fixed ftars of the fame nature, evidently produced
them. The violence and duration of thefe diforders are pointed out by
the oppofition of Mars to the Sun's radical place in the geniture ia quartiie to the afcendant, with the Sun and Saturn conjoined in the fixth
houfe.
The afcendant came to an oppofition of Jupiter when this prince was
afflicted with the meafles, which happened when he was about twelve
years old. Soon after this he left London with his royal father, and
was plunged into a labyrinth of fbrrows and diftrefTes. Thefe are
pointed out in the moft aftonifhingly corre& and uniform manner, by
a chain of malefic configurations in his revolutional figure of that year.
The moft remarkable afpeds are, a quartile of the Sun and Jupiter ; a
conjunction of Saturn and Mars; a quartile of the Sun and Saturn ; a
quartile of Saturn and Mercury; a quartile of Mars and Mercury; a
quartile of Saturn and Venus ; and a quartile of Mars and Venus ; all
in progrefiive order, accompanied with feveral unpropitious- and moft
alarming tranfits.
In the year 1646, this prince left his native country, and went for
fafety to France, where he1 fell fick with a fcarlet fever, and hrs life was
defpaired of. At that time the Sun, Giver of Life, was directed to the
terms of Mars, and to the ftars of Hercules; and Saturn pafifed the
Moon's place in the radical figure of birth. But Jupiter tranfiting the
Moon and Venus, and to the afcendant, not only gave him a moft
friendly and cordial reception at the court of France, but prevented the
fatality threatened by the evil rays of Mars and Saturn.
In the twentieth year of his age, he was crowned King of Scotland.
This was under the influx of the mid-heaven to the* trine of Jtrptfer. In
his twenty-firft year, namely, in the year 1651, he entered1 England with
a considerable army ; but was quickly attacked and defeated by Oliver
Cromwell, then Lord Profe6tor of England1. At this time the afcendant
came to the quartile afpedt of the Sun ; Saturn tranfited the eleventh
houfe ; and Jupiter formed a quartile with the afcendant in his own radi
cal place in the figure of birth.
It Is very remarkable, that on the precife day the battle of Worcefter
was fought% which ended fo difgracefally to the native, the Sun came in
quartile with his radical place in the geuiture ; Jupiter formed a quartile
with tfie afcendant ; Mars was. in oppofition to the Moan and mid-heaven,
and the Moon in quartile both of Mars and Venus. Under fach inaufpiNo. 44.
10 E
cious
864
A N
I L L U) S T R A T I O N
cious ftars, what lets could be expe&ed than an inglorious defeat, and a
cowardly defalcation on the part of his troops?
,
. -i
; ;
In the year 1657, tne King f Spain affifted the native with money
to the amount of one hundred thoufand pounds. The dire&ion then
operating exactly points out the circumftance, which was the Sun to the
trine of Jupiter. In the year 1685, the native died. The direction
which produced his death, was Saturn, the Anareta, to the oppofition of
the Sun, the Giver of Life.
If we compare the geniture of this illuftrious prince with that of the
king his father, we (hall find the afcendant of that nativity to be the
place of Mars in this. Secondly, the Dragon's Tail, in the geniture
of this native, is upon the place of the Sun in the other. Thirdly, the
Sun in the geniture of the father is in oppofition to himfelf in the geni
ture of the fon. Fourthly, the Sun in this nativity is in quartile to the
place of Jupiter in the other; arguments, which ferve abundantly to
(how, that the father and the fon mould both be involved in one and
the fame unfortunate quarrel ; that the father mould fall a viclim to its
rancour, whilft the fon mould rife fuperior to the enemies of them
both, and be reinftated in the hereditary rights of the crown, and in
the hearts of his people ; which, I believe, was at laft pretty nearly
the cafe.
JAMES II. KING of ENGLAND.

The firft accident we meet with in this geniture, befel the. native in
his infancy, when he was only a year and a half old, which was an
impofthume in his head, and continued, after it broke, for five years,,
before a perfeft cure could be formed. This happened under the direc
tion of the Moon to the quartile afpeft of the Suu.; which, being in fixed
figns, declares the obftinacy and continuance of the diforder.
In the year 1646, the native was afflicle.d with a fevere ague, which
reduced him in a manner fmgularly rapid and alarming. The caufe of
this illnefs I find in a revolutional horofcope of that year, where a malefic
oppofition of the Sun and Saturn, in quartile to the Moon's radical
place, produces aguifli affedions, accompanied with a violent fever.
The ponderofity of Saturn declares the tranfit mould be accompanied
with dangerous fymptoms.. Again the afcendant came to the body
.10'
.4.,
/'
OF A S T R O L.O.G Y.
865
of Mars in the year 1 650, and the Moon to a quartile with the Part of
Fortune, which influx likewife produced a violent fever, and a remark
able laflitude of the whole human frame. The native was then in his
fevcnteenth year.
In 1653, this prince headed a wing of the army in Flanders, and re
ceived a dangerous wound. It was in its nature not mortal ; but, being
accompanied with a violent fever, the dangerous fymptoms were increafed,
and the native's life in confequence defpaired of. This was produced
by the beams of the Sun, when lord of the afcendant, directed to the
hoftile rays of a perfect quartile of Mars. Another fever was produced
by the Moon directed to the body of Mars, and the Sun to the body of
Saturn, which attacked the native in the year 1667, when no perfon
expected he would have furvived. Thefe configurations ferve to mow,
that, from the radical constitution of the feveral fignificators in the
figure of birth, the native was more liable to fevers than to any other
complaint. From the fame fource of information we likewife difcover,
that this prince was fubject to weak eyes and imperfect fight. This is
declared by the quartile pofition of the two luminaries to each other; the
one being. placed near nebulous (tars,, and the other in familiar congrefs
with ftars of a violent nature.
Anno Domini 1685, this prince fucceeded to the crown of Great
Britain. This, is predicted by the planet Jupiter to a favourable conjunc
tion of Mars in the medium- coeli, or tenth houfe, the houfe of honour,
glory, and preferment. But here the influx of Mars, who is the minor
infortune, moft aptly points out to us, that, though he is brought by the
pritnum mobile to a concidence with the benefic beams of the princely
ftar Jupiter, and bears teftimony to his coronation, yet the confequences
would favour very much of the evils wherein this malefic planet is obferved
to delight.
So many crofs and unpropitibus directions as we find in this nativity
are at firft fight fufficient to convince us, that the unhappy native would
drink deep of the bitter cup of difappointment and affliction. To juftify the remark, requires only to advert to the private and public anec
dotes of this prince, who, though he lived to the age of fixty-feven
years, enjoyed but a very moderate (hare of health, and ftill lefs of;
happinefs.
GEORGE,
866
AN ILLUSTRATION
GEORGE, DUKE of ALBEMARLE.Born in Lat. 51".
Tp
If.
cj
9
5
J>
North
North
South
South
South
South
Latitude
Latitude
Latitude
Latitude
Latitude
Latitude
o
i
O
o
i
4
17
50
49
59
20
53
This nativity is worthy the miuuteft attention of every reader, for the
fingularity of its noble and illuftrious configurations; and whereby a good
and profperous geniture might be readily diftinguifhed from thofe of an
unfortunate and adverfe deugnation.
The firft direction material for us to examine in the above geiuture,
is the afcendant to the quartilc rays of Saturn, pofited in Aries ; the
greateft dignities of Mars. Under this malefic influx the native was
taken with the fmall pox, and very narrowly efcaped With his life,
which we fee protected by the fuperior ftrength of the benevolent Jupi
ter in the afcendant, and the vivifying rays of the Sun unafflicted in the
tenth houfe.
In the twenty-firft year of his age, he was appointed to au arduous
employment in the Lo.w Countries ; in the execution of which he increafed iu reputation, honour, and fame. The Moon was then directed
to the eminent ftar Oculus Tauri ; which has the moflL uatural de
fignation of this fortunate occurrence. In his thirty-firft year, he
was made captain in the horfe-guards. He had then in his nativity
the afcendant directed to the trine afpect of Venus, in the fign Taurus,
her chief dignity and exaltation, whereby thefe two eminent promotions
are found to correfpond, and to be the refult of each other. When the
native was thirty-two years old, he was honoured with the command
of a regiment. To denote this, preferment, he had the midheavea
directed to the fextile afpect of Mars; and this in Caprrcorn* his
exaltation ; a very great argument of fuccefs in martial honours and
atchieveme.nts.
At thirty-five years of age, this native was unfortunately worfted in
an engagement, and taken prifoner. The Sun was then directed to a
conjunction of Saturn ; and the Moon had nearly formed a quartile afpect
with Mars. The firft direction fell in the twelfth houfe; and Saturn,
the jironiittor, was then lord of the twelfth.
But
: o F A s T iR OTTL:O.G YV. A
867
But in the fifty-fecond year of his age, namely, in May 1660, he

reftored Charles the Second to his crown and dignity, after he had
been twelve years in exile ; and re-eftabli(hed peace and tranquillity
in the three kingdoms, England, Ireland, and Scotland. He had then
the Moon directed to the fextile rays of Jupiter; and Jupiter being
lord of the tenth houfe of his nativity, made that adlion more emi
nent and honourable. This was not ja little augmented by the Part
of Fortune being alfo directed to the trii>e of Jupiter; and, to (how
the oppofition and ftruggles he (hould meet with in the accompliuSment
of that glorious undertaking, he had the afcendant directed to the contraantifcion of Mercury, lord of the feventh houfe, and the fignificator of
open enemies.
That this native was born fur great and illuftrions undertakings,
admits of no doubt. We find the Sun pofited in the tenth houfe; in
a noble fiery fign, and in trine afpedl of the Moon, in a figu of the fame
triplicity. Jupiter is likewife pofited in the afcendant, in trine of
Venus and Mercury in , the eleventh. Mars, being alfo upon the
afcendant, gives him intrepidity and courage ? and,, in fextile of the
planet Saturn, added deliberation to his enterprifes, and formed him not
only for the (bldier, but for the ftatefmau and patriot. He hath the
Moon likewife in the very degree of the Sun's exaltation, upon the afcen
dant of England, in the fign Ariesrwhich difpofed him to fuch great and
glorious enterprifes,, for the love and loyalty he bore to his king and
country.. .
.i.
. < ..
sab ..'.
JAMES,. I>UKE of
HAMILTON.Born
in
Lat. 56V

'
. ' i
.. r i
I f I
Tf.
<J
$
$
J>
. North
North
South
South
South
South
Latitude
Latitude
Latitude
Latitude
Latitude
Latitude
i ,a>
i o
2 o
3 o
4 o
i o
This is a glorious nativity ; there being no lefs than five planets moll
eminently dignified with the luminaries above the earth, in admirable
reception of each other. The light of time is located in the houfe or
angle of dignity; and the lord of the afcendant is in his own eflential
dignities, in the medium-coeli ; all which are fo many arguments
of martial fame and glorious atcbievements, productive of immortal
honour and renown. But, though this native's life was for the moft part
No. 44.
10 F
thus
868
A 1ST 1 L L:US T RATION
thus eminently dtftinguifhed, yet his end was tragical and unfortunate,
for he died by the hands of his enemies, in the forty-fecond year of his
age, having at that time the afcendaiit directed to the quartile of the
malefic planet Saturn, in the beginning of the fign Libra, and Saturn
radically pofited in the fourth houfe. And on the day he was routed by
Cromwell in Lancamire, namely, .on the i7th of Auguft, 1648, Mars,
in his revolution, was in the quartile place of the Moon, and Saturn
ftationary to retrogradation,, iu the place of Mercury, lord of his afceudant ; the Moon being then in opposition, and the Sun in the very oppofite place of Jupiter ; all which malicious tranfits in his êvolutional figure
were eminent tokens of difcomfitare and defeat in that ill-advifed engage
ment ; and this the rather, becaufe the mid-heaven was thus dire&ed to
the oppofition of Saturn.
in 1643, January the 3d, be was font prifoner from Oxford to Peudennis Caftle, in Cornwall, wbre he continued until the year 1646. Sa
turn was then in quartile to the Sun, and Mars in oppofition to the lord
if the afcendant, and aTry bad revolution he had for that year. But,
towards the end 'of the year 1640, King Charles entertained hita very
honourably at court, and advanced him to confiderable honours and em
ployments. He had then operating the mid-heaven to the trine afpecl of
Jupiter.
.'' i
..... r
i .
On the day he was beheaded, being March the gttv, 164'^ the Moon
was in conjunction of Saturn, whofe quartile was promittor in the direc
tion of his death ; and the Sun was upon the very degree of the eighth
houfe of his nativity, nearly in oppofition with Jupiter ; and the fiery
planet Mars had juft pafled the horofcope of his bi'rth. Hence we derive
the following arguments of a violent death ; namely, Saturn oppofingthe
Sun from angular houfes ; the Dragon's Tail on the cirfp of the eighth
houfe ; Mars on the cufp of the fotfrth, In op'pofition to the tenth, and
the Moon by her latitude in the eighth htfufe.
The EARL of STRAFFORt).fcorn m 'Lat. 51 32' viz. London.

.I-;;:, -})-..'. ..:.;;
This native was a peribii to fingularly accorapliflied, that Kitig
Charles, after bemoaning ins unfortunate end, and refleclmg upon
himfelf for confenting to his death, wrote as follows: " -I looked
Upon my lord of Strafford as a gentleman whofe abilities might mak-e a
prince rather afraid than aihamed to employ him ib die greateft arairs of
(late; for thefe high talents were prone to create in him great
OF ASTROLOGY.
deuce of undertakings, and this temper was likely enough to betray him
into great errors, and to raife him many enemies, whereof he could not
but contrail good (tore, while moving in So high a fphere, and with fo
vigorous a luftre ; he rauSr, like the fun, raife many envious exhalations,
which, condenfed by a popular odium, were capable to caft a cloud upon
the brighteft merit and integrity."
To denote the eminent accomplishments of this noble pcrSbnage for
th purpofes of government and good policy, he hath Virgo afcending,
* jfign which uniformly represents a native admirably ingenious and pru
dent. Mercury, lord of the afcendant, is in Taurus, with the Sun, the
fovcreign Jight of time, cafiing a trine afpeft to the afceudant. Mer
cury is at the fame time lord of the tenth houfe, and of the afcendant
likewise, which is a certain preiage of honour and dignity to the native
toy the natural excellencies and endowments of his mind. It is neverthelefs to be considered, that Mercury is combuft of the Sim, and the
Moon and Mars are in exaclt quartile to him ; configurations which not
only edipfed the reputation of his great abilities, but argue that his
relations and friends, as well as his enemies, Should envy him the honour
and preferments thofe great abilities procured him.
Mars, with the Sun and Moon, govern the eleventh, twelfth, and
third, houfcs of the horofcope ; and Saturn, being locally and virtu
ally in he eleventh houfe, in <jppoSitioa to Jupiter, mows the falfthood and perfidioufnefs of his friends, and the violence and maJice of
his enemies; and, to add to thefe difcordant configurations, the cufp
of the midheaven is the exa6t antifciou of Saturn and the contra-antifcion of Jupiter.
When this nobleman was near forty jears of age, he was constituted
and appointed Lord Deputy of Ireland. He had then operating in his
nativity, the Moon to the fextile Tays of the Sun, and*he midheaven to
the antifcion of Venus by direction. At forty years old, viz. November
12, 1640, he was impeached for Wgh treafen. Mars was that day in
opposition to the afcendant, and in quartile of Mercury, lord of the
medium-coeli and of -the afcendant. On the igth tof November he
applied for bail, but was refufed. The Moon was then in opposition
te Mercury, ttnrd Ae SWR in opp*>rien to'tbe tenth botrie. 'On .the 23d
^ the 'fame -month 'be *ves <corffmitted 'lo the Tewwer ; the Mo frs
then in oppofition both to Mar6 and to tier own radical place in tbe
genitofe.
870
AN ILLUSTRATION
On the a8th of January, 1641, he was firft impeached in the houfe

of commons ; the Moon was at this time in oppofition of Saturn's
place, and Mars pofiefled the Sun's place in the radix. On the 3Oth of
January he was impeached in the houfe of lords; Mars ftill occupied the
Sun's place, and the Moon continued in conjunction with the Sun in the
fixth houfe.
On the 1 5th of April, 1641, this native was declared guilty of the
treafonable practices with which he had been charged ; the Moon was
then in oppofition to the Sun, near his radical place j Saturn was in oppo^fition to the afcendant ; the Sun was in quartile of the place of Mars,
and Mars upon the place of Venus, in the tenth houfe. On the roth
of May, the king figned the warrant for his execution ; Mercury was
then ftationary, and Saturn in oppofition to the afcendant ; and the Moon
was in quartile of Mars and Venus. On the tenth day of the fame
month this native was beheaded, in the forty-eighth; year of his age.
The Moon was then in exact oppofition to the Sun, and Saturn, was in
oppofition to the afcendant. But, to fhow a more eminent defignation
of thefe afflictions, and eventually the lofs of his life by them, he had. tije
mid-heaven directed to the conjunction, of Saturn and to the oppofition of
Jupiter ; the Moon was likewife ten digits eclipfed in the very beginning
of the revolutional figure of that year, and Saturn and Mars were both
afflicting the afcendant of the geniture. Thus fell this great and diftinguifhed character, who was excelled by few in the bright ornaments of
wifdom and underftanding.
.
GEORGE VILLERS, DUKE of BUCKINGHAM..

Born in Latitude 53.
i
b
11
<J
9
$
)
South
South
North
North
North
North
Latitude
Latitude
Latitude
Latitude
Latitude
Latitude
i
i
o
i
z
4
.*
o
o
a
o
o
o
This native was a remarkable favourite of King Charles the Firft ;

and indeed, to a perfon verfed in the aflral fcience, there can be no
wonder, fince there is fuch an aftonifhing fympathy in their nativities ;
for the figns are not only pofited the fame upon cufps of the celeftial
houfes, but Jupiter's place in the one nativity is the place of the Sun.
in
OF ASTROLOGY.
871
in the other; and the Moon's place is precifely the fame in both. Such
an harmony and fimilar coincidence of matter in the temperature and
endowments of thefe two natives* could not but produce that remarkable
concurrence of judgment, and familiarity of fentiment, which was uni
formly difcovered in the actions and manners of thefe eminent perfbns.
This illuftrious native was not without his fhare of private enemies,
who ufed every means to alienate the king's good opinion and favour
from him. But vain was the attempt ; for, where the heavens form
an unity of fentiment, it is beyond the fubtlety of human invention to
diffolve it.
In the year 1627, on tne 271^ ^ Juty ^'s nat*ve being then near
thirty-five years old, embarked for the Ifle of Rhe. The fuccefs of this
undertaking by no means anfwered the expectations that had been formed
of it; and which was; before-hand but too êvident ; for, on the very day
he fet fail, Mars was in exact quartile to his afcendant at birth, and to
the Sun's place alfo ; the Moon was in quartile to the place of Mars and
Venus, and to the Sun, and in oppolition. of Jupiter ; all which unfortu
nate pofitions previoufly declared the expedition to be as unfuccefsful as
it eventually proved.
In the year 1628, on the 23d of Auguft, this native, being near thirtyfix years old, was bafely aflaffinated and ftabbed at the Crown Inn, in
Portfmouth, by a ruffian of the name of Felton. The Moon was that
day in quartile of the afcendant at birth, and the Sun in the radical place
of Mars ; and, in the revolutional figure for that year, the Moon was in
exact quartile of Mars and Jupiter. And, befides this congrefs of male
fic tranfits, which in themfelves were alone fufficient to deftroy life, there
was a fatal direction operating at the fame time, of the afcendant to the
body of Mars. The grand argument of a violent death in this nativity,
is the conjunction of the Sun and Mars in quartile to the lord of the
eighth houfe, who is in conjunction of that violent fixed ftar, the Heart
of the Scorpion.
No. 44.
io G
WILLIAM
872
AN ILLUSTRATION
WILLIAM LAUD, ARCHBISHOP of CANTERBURY.
Born in Lat. 5*.
North
South
North
South
South
South
Latitude
Latitude
Latitude
Latitude
Latitude
Latitude
i
i
59
44
o 35
o 10
o 10
4
50
Libra afcends the eaftern horizon of this nativity, which is a fign of

juftice and mercy. Mercury, the true patron of fcience and learning, is
in conjunction of Spica Virginis, in the afcendant ; and Jupiter is in the
ninth houfe, with Oculus Taurus in trine to Mercury, and the Moon and
Venus are in friendly trine with the cufp of the angle of honour and
dignity, and enjoy the fame benign configuration with each other, and
that from good places of the figure. To mow that the native would
be learned and pious, there are feveral ftars of the nature of Jupiter and
Mars culminating, which in many genitures have been found to raife the
native even from the loweft degree in the church to the higheft honours
and preferments of ecclefiaftical jurifdidion and authority.
Another argument of the epifcopal dignity of this divine, is deduced
from the circumftance of cardinal iigns pofleffing the principal angles of
the figure : for, as the greateft actions of the world depend on the car
dinal points of the heavens, viz. Aries, Cancer, Libra, and Capricorn, fo
the moft eminent perfons, fuch as rife to honour and preferment highly
fuperior to their birth and expectancies, have thofe cardinal points upon
all the angles of their nativities. Thus it was in the geniture of Cicero,
whofe parentage, if authors may be credited, was fo obfcure as fcarcely
to be known ; yet was he elevated to fuch a pitch of honour, as to be
called " the father of his country." And thus it was with Oliver Crom
well ; and may be feen in the genitures of a thoufand others, who have
rifen highly fuperior to all their contemporaries, by having thefe cardinal
figns thus fortunately pofited on the angles of their figure of birth, with
other concording teftimonies of dignity and honour.
If we carefully examine the conftitution of this figure, we (hall find
the caufe of this native's imprifonment, misfortunes, and violent death,
to be very naturally pointed out. The lord of the twelfth houfe pofited
in the afcendant, gives many malicious private enemies, and denotes
impri-
873
imprifonment, founded on the principles of falfe teftimony, of treachery,

and deceit. Befides this, the fiery planet Mars is upon the cufp of the
twelfth houfe, in oppofition to the Moon, and in quartile to her own difpofitor ; and that he fiiould die a violent and premature death, is obvious
from the pofition of Mars in oppofition to the Moon, and the lady of the
afcendant pofited in a violent fign in conjunction of Saturn, lord of the
fourth houfe.
'
The mid-heaven directed to the body of Mars, was the occafion of

this native's imprifonment ; and, according to Mr. Gadbury, from whom
moft of thefe nativities are taken, Saturn directed to the conjunction of
the afcendant was the caufe of his death. But, according to the true
Placidian method, the Sun muft be directed for death, becaufe he is
Hylegy and Mars is undoubtedly the Anareta. For a proof of this, let
the revolutional figure for the year of the native's death be examined,
whe"re we (hall find Mars in conjunction with the Sun, and Saturn lo
cated in the fixth houfe, in the fign Aries, the houfe of Mars ; fo
that the two infortunes contributed to the untimely death of this cele
brated divine, who for learning and abilities was equalled by few, and
excelled by none.
CORNELIUS AGRIPPA.
The nativity of Cornelius Agrippa, as handed to us from the ancients,
is displayed in the annexed Plate. But, as this geniture has been confidered, by all the profefibrs of the aftral fcience, not authentic, (which
indeed appears but too obvious from the difcordancy of its parts, and from
the impoffibility of its admitting the teft of rectification,) I decline giving
any remarks of my own upon it ; and (hall leave it, as he was an uncom
mon character, to the contemplation of thofe who may hereafter rife to
greater perfection in aftrological enquiries.
MARCUS TULLIUS CICERO.Born under the latitude of Rome.
.
'
We have no right, if we credit Cardan and Lyndbolt, to queftion the

time of this celebrated native's birth. The figure exactly correfponds
with the defcription of his perfon given us by Plutarch, which is that
of a lean, weak, and fickly, temperature and constitution ; and is aptly
enough declared by the Moon in Capricorn in the fixth houfe, (he being
lady of the afcendant, and Saturn her difpofitor in quartile of the Sun,
and Mercury approaching the afcendant from fixed figns. Now concern
ing his manners and gift of fpeech, Cardan defcribes him to have poffeiTed
874
AN. ILLUSTRATION
fefTed a loud and clear articulation, but that it was harrti, and the lefs
captivating, on account of the deficiencies of his perfon and manner,
which wanted grace and comelinefs. This feems well prenoted by the
conjunction of Venus and Mercury in the afcendant, afflicted by the prefence of the Dragon's Tail, accompanied with Saturn's quartile combuft
of the Sun.
The honour and reputation which this native acquired are reprefented
in a very finking manner, by the eflential dignities of the Sun, in trine
afpedt with Mercury, Venus, and Mars, in the angle of dignity, and fovereignty ; the Sun likewifc having his exaltation therein. Jupiter, who
is lord of the ninth, is in conjunction alfo of Saturn in the fifth houfe,
and thence emitting his benign rays to the afcendant, which is an addi
tional argument of very important acquifitions in the fcale of honour and
preferment.
?.!.-/
Plutarch tells us, that Cicero's nurfe was admonimed by a vifion to

beftow the utmoft care and attention upon the child then at her breafl ;
for that he mould become the moft diftinguifhed character amongfl all
the Romans ; and yet he was but the fon of a bond-woman, and of mean
extract. This prediction, however, whether imaginary or real, was lite
rally fulfilled; for he was twice made conful of Rome, and for the timely
difcovery and prevention of Catiline's confpiracy he was furnamed by
Cato " The father of his country." He died by aflaflination in the fixtyfourth year of his age, having fuffered the chief misfortunes of his life in
his grand
climaaerical year.
&
J
. .1 :!J I!;, ; ! .r.yisis
It is written of him, that, when he was fent into exile, he was forîr
warned of his death, by an uncommon flight of crows, which came and
fettled upon the maft and yards of the (hip in which he was failing.
That, when he came on-fhore, the fame flight of birds followed him to
the houfe in which he was accommodated, and even forced their way
through the chamber-windows where he lay, clofe to his bed-fide. He
was foon after betrayed by his own fervant, a youth he had bred up, into
the hands of Herrenius and Popilius Lama, who bafely murdered him.
r'/ijO. SMHf '
,,,,'K,'1
.',,..<;;.. ;r, i;:rjm. no:
NICHOLAS
OF ASTROLOGY.
875
NICHOLAS CULPEPER, Student in Phyfic and Aftrojogy.

Born in Lat. 51. 32.
Tp
If.
cJ
9
y
])
South Latitude
North Latitude
North Latitude
North Latitude
South Latitude
North Latitude
3
o
o 36
o 57
o 26
r 30
5
o
The fign afcending we find to be Capricorn, a fign of brevity ; and Sa

turn, lord of the afcendant, in Taurus, another fign of brevity; and the
Moon located in the fixth houfe, decreafing in light, are all arguments of
a middle ftature, fomewhat Ipare and lean ; a complexion dark and fwarthy ;
brown hair, long vifage, quick eyes, active nimble body, alert, and full
of agility ; which is defcribed by the Moon's pofition in the houfe of Mer
cury, in fextile of Mars, with Saturn, and the other planers in the houle
of Venus, and having fouth latitude.
As to the manners, temperature, and constitution, of this native, he
was melancholy and choleric, occafioned by an earthy fign occupying his
afcendant, and Saturn's pofition being in an eaYthy fign alfo. The Moon
with martial fixed ftars of the fame nature in the afcendant, is a further
teftimony of a choleric habit ; but the greateft proof of a fuperabundance
of choler in the native's conftitution, is the Sun's reception with Mars
from violent figns, which declares that choler mould overpower the me
lancholy humour, and become predominant. As to his underftauding
and mental acquirements, Mercury, the patron of ingenuity, &c. is the
moft potent planet in the horofcope ; and, being pofited in Scorpio,
the houfe of Mars, and fo near the invigorating beams of Venus, is
an evident demonftratiiori that the native (hould be of an excellent
wit, of a fharp acute fancy, admirable conception, and of an aftive
brilliant undemanding.
He was a very eloquent and good orator, and fpoke both fluently and
freely, but with much feverity and fatire, as'the quartile of Mars and Mer
cury very aptly denotes. In his writings, he had a ludicrous turn, fo infeparable from him, that in things of the moft ferious and important na
ture he would introduce fubjecls of levity and humour, which I prefume
was calculated more to pleafe himfelf than his readers, though perhaps it
was intended to do both. For this fingular turn he is indebted to the joint
influx of Mars, Mercury, and Venus.
No. 45.
10 H
As
876
AN ILLUSTRATION
As to matters of eftate, he had the fixed fign Aquaries on the cufp of the
fecotid houfe, and the Moon and Jupiter cafting their friendly rays to the
fame point, with the fortunate node of the Moon in the houfe of Jupiter;
all which are testimonies of a competent fortune. Yet, oppofed to this,
we find the lord of the fecond houfe retrograde, upon the cufp of the
fourth, in quartile to the fecond, and Venus his diipofitrix combuft, in
quartile of Mars, and in quartile to the fecond, al(b ; which are plain
demonftrations of the lofs of fubftance, and of the decay of his paternal
patrimony. And hence we find that Mars afflicting Mercury with the
Part of Fortune in an obfcure part of the heavens, and the Sun lord
thereof in oppofition to Saturn, influenced him to fquander away his
eftate, both carelefsly and improvidently, even to the Shocking extremity
of restraint or imprifonment. This gave occafion to that jocular faying of
his brethren of the faculty, that poor Culpeper was forely afflicted with a
confumption of the purfc.
However fevere this reflection might be confidered, its application
was but too juft. At the univerfity, he was as free with his purfe as with
his pen ; and cared not how little was left for hirnfelf, fo that he could
effect the happinefs or welfare of others. And really, if he had not
had the Dragon's Head in the fecond houfe of his geniture, he would have
been perpetually poor; for the arguments of poverty in his radix are Ib
uncommonly ftrong, through the propenfity of his will, that, had he been
born to the mofl ample eftate, he would in a fliort time have fquandered
it away, and become pennylefs.
As to the native's kindred and fhort journeys, Mars is the principal
fignificator thereof; and his pofition in the eighth is the moft unfortunate
place in the whole heavens. He is likewife in quartile of four planets,
viz. the Sun, Venus, Saturn, and Mercury ; which is a further proof
of great unhappinefs to the native from family-difputes ; and promifes no
great fuccels in his fhort and inland journeys. Again, we find Aries upon
the cufp of the third houfe, and Mars pofited in a fteril fign, which
fhows a deficiency of brothers and fifters, or no harmony with them, in
cafe of any. It were needlefs to repeat the many misfortunes this na
tive fuftained on account of his relations ; or to recount the perils and
dangers he encountered upon fome of his journeys ; it being fufficient
to confirm the verity of this art, by affirming that he never gained any ad
vantage by either.
With regard to his parents, we find Saturn the general fignificator
of fathers, and Venus the reprefentative of mothers, are in oppofition ;
and
877
and Mars, lord of the tenth houfe, in quartile to them both, from fixed
figns, which clearly mows that the parents of this native would die be
fore he was of age ; but, had they lived till he had come to years of ma
turity, I do not fee how he would have been bettered by them, fince
their fignificators are every way found fquaring and oppofing his. By
the account he himfelf gives of his parents, they died while he was
young, and his mother's relations cheated him out of a good part of his
eftate.
As to the fignificators of wife and children, we have the Moon, lady
of the feventh houfe, in a double-bodied fign, which feems to prefage
two wives ; but Venus, a general fignificatrix of wives, being combuft of
the Sun, in an evil afpecl of the infortunes, oppofes this influence fo pow
erfully, that, did (he not caft a prolific beam to the afcendant, and another
to the feventh houfe, the native would fcarcely have ever married at all.
Under thefe circumftances we deduce an argument for one wife only, which
happened in courfe.
Venus governing the fifth houfe in Scorpio, a fruitful fign, irradi
ating both the afcendant and feventh, promifes the native many chil
dren. But Caput Medufas being upon the cufp of the fifth, and Venus
combuft, in oppofition to Saturn, and in quartile of Mars, in the houfe
of death, declares that very few if any of them mould live. It afterwards
turned out, that the native had but one wife, and by her he had feven
children, but they all died young, except a daughter, who lived to years
of maturity.
The native's public and private enemies are fignified by the Moon
and Jupiter ; but principally by Jupiter himfelf, becaufe he hath great
dignities in the twelfth and feventh houfes. Mars has alfb a (hare in
the designation of his enemies, becaufe he is in trine of Jupiter, and in
fextile of the Moon, and beholds the lord of the afcendant with a quar
tile ray. Now it is well known that Mars reprefents phyficians, apo
thecaries, &c. and Jupiter divines ; and thofe two defcriptions of men
were really found to be the greatfeft enemies of the native, both public
and private : the faculty hated him for fimplifying the art of medicine ;
and the church contemned him for his fuperior knowledge in the aftral
fcience. Yet neither of them durft venture to difpute with him upon the
fimplicity of the one, or the reality of the other, notwithftan ding he
gave feveral public challenges to both the colleges, to enter the lifts with
them.
We
878
AN
ILLUSTRATION
We (hall DOW Jake notice of the reprefentatives of his friends ; and

here, I am forry tp fay, we have but few teftimonies in their favour. Marsr
lord of th.e eleventh hpufe, being in quartile to four planets, denotes that
the native's friends, or at leaft fuch as pretend to be fo, are hypocritical and
deceitful; and of fuch covetous difpofitions, that he would feldom be
bettered by them. It is well known the native often declared, that he
had a few who called tbemfelves his friends, but that he was more pre
judiced than ferved by them ; for that, when he moft flood in need of
their affiftance, and promifed himfelf the advantage of it, they generally
deceived him.
With regard to honour and preferments, Origanus tell us, that the
Sun in the tenth houfe is a certain prefage of honour and preferment ;
and that Venus, when pofited in the tenth, is a general fignificatrix of
honour by the means of women ; and alfo, that the Moon in fextile of
Mars, and the Sun io reception with him, when he is lord of the ,tenth
houfe, are evident proofs of future honour, fame, and renown. And
indeed, had not Saturn, who-is lord of the afcendant, been in oppofition
of the Sun, the general fignificator of honour, and in quartile of Mars,
the native would certainly have obtained a far higher degree of eminence
in life than he really did. But, although he was an enemy to his own pre
ferment, yet in the latter part of his life he increafed very much
in fame, hqnou.r, and reputation ; and, if we enquire by what means,.
we (hall find the fextile of the Moon, and Mars lord of the tenth, and
Venps lady of the ninth, locally pofited in the tent$, and carting a fextile
afpecl to the afcendant, in joint familiarity with Mercury lord of the
fixth, the ftrongeft planet in the figure; we mail not therefore be furprifed to fee the native arriving at a very elevated degree of fame, honour,
and .reputation, on account qf his ingenuity, ability, and knowledge in
the arts and fciences. This, however, is not likely to be obtained with
out .much difficulty and oppofition, as Appears by the quartile afpecl: of
Mars to Mercury. .It i$f I believe, very well known, that the native
grew into public efteem by mpans only of his great Abilities, and fuperior underftanding, particularly in phyfic and. furgery, and of the fciences
in ;genera4.
The caufe and manner of his death, According to the aftrologers of his
time, are pointed out as follows. The fiery planet Mars, pofited in
the eighth houfe, in quartile to Saturn, .Jprd of .{he afcendant, feems to
portend a violent death; but the Sun beipg on the cufp of the midheaven, near the body of Venus, and in reception of Mars, with the
Mon in the fixth houfe, abates much of the fury of Mars, and makes
it
OFASTROLOGY.
879
it fomewhat probable the native may die of a confumption, or by decay

of natural ftrength and ftamina. However this may be, he died on Mon
day the loth of January, 1654, when the Moon was in quartile to the
radical place of Mars, and the Sun in quartile to his own and to Saturn's
place in his nativity; Saturn and Jupiter at the fame time beholding each
other with an oppofition. From this pofition of the fignificators, it has
been thought by fome, that he was malicioufly poifoned; and indeed, by
the above configurations, it is not unlikely but fome of the Eiculapian
tribe had a hand in his death.
The accidents or events by which this nativity is rectified are thefe. At
eighteen years old, he went to the univerfity : the Sun was then directed
to the body of Mercury, and the afcendant to the fextile of the fame promittor. At twenty-four years old, he particularly applied himfelf to the
fludy of phyfic: the Moon was then directed to the trine of Mercury, her
difpofitor, in the radical figure of birth. At the age of twenty-feven
years he went into the army, and was wounded by a mulket-fhot in the
fore part of his body, of which he never recovered to the day of his death :
at the time of this accident, the afcendant came to the quartile of the Sun,
and foon afterwards to the quartile of Saturn, which prolonged and conti
nued the malady. In the thirty-eighth year of his age, he died: the af
cendant then came to the oppofition of Mars with latitude. Upon exa
mining and comparing the revolutional figure with the radical horofcope,
we find the ftricteft agreement betwixt them: Saturn pafles the radical
place of Mars, and re-occupies the afcendant; the Sun and Jupiter behold
each other with a quartile ray ; and Jupiter comes in oppofition to the
place of Mars, and in quartile to his own radical place likewife: which
evil revolutions, agreeing with malefic directions, necefiarily prefigure
approaching death.
WILLIAM LILLY, Student in Aftrology.Born in Lat. 520 38'.
F>
"if.
North Latitude
North Latitude
i
i
44
56
^
$
5
)
North
South
South
North
i
o
2
2
27
40
47
33
Latitude
Latitude
Latitude
Latitude
I (hall only give the horofcopical figure and the latitude of the pla
nets in this nativity, becaule the native has given two different times of
No. 45.
10 I
his
88o
AN
ILLUSTRATION
his own birth, which might be feen in his Ephemeris printed in the year
1645, and in another work of his, entituled The Chriftian Aftrology.
And therefore, as I am an enemy to every fpecies of double-dealing, 1 mall
content myfelf with pointing out the fraud, and leave others to make their
remarks upon a nativity, which, having no certainty for its bafis, can af
ford no amufement to intelligent minds.
JOHN HEYDON, Chemift and Aftrologer. Born in Lat. 51 3*'.
J?
If.
c?
9
5
])
North
South
South
North
North
North
Latitude
Latitude
Latitude
Latitude
Latitude
Latitude
2
o
o
o
i
3
3
18
19
38
23
15
We have here the genitureof a perfon of an uncommon defire forfearching into the occult myfteries, and for obtaining a knowledge of all the cu
rious arts. This propenfity is very aptly defcribed by the great ftrength of
Mercury, lord of the afcendant, in his exaltation, in fextile to Jupiter, and
in trine afpecl: of the Sun, whereby the mental endowments of the native
far excelled the common lot of mankind.
He wrote many curious books, which are now very fcarce and valua
ble. His Temple of Wifdom, Holy Guide, Harmony of the World,
Rofie-Crucian Phyfic, and feveral other myftical pieces equally curious,
being far above the common fcope of claflical learning, were equally ad
mired, envied, and abufed, as beft fuited the purpofe of each different
reviewer. This is aptly defcribed by the quartile of the Sun and Mars,
the Sun at the fame time beholding the afcendant with the fame afpecl,
and Saturn beholding Jupiter with a quartile from cardinal figns. Mars
pofited in the afcendant, in quartile with the Sun, very aptly denotes
imprifonment, refulting from the frowns and ill-humour of great perfons, or men in power. This difgrace really happened to the native, iiv
the troublefome times of King Charles, who detefted him for the truths
he told.
I fliall omit entering into any particulars upon his nativity, becaufe he
has published it himfelf in the completed manner in his Harmony of the
World, to which I beg leave to refer the curious reader. He married
the widow of Nicholas Culpeper.
JOHN
OF ASTROLOGY.
881
JOHN GADBURY, Student in Aftrology.Born in Lat. 51 45'.

b
Tf.
cT
9
])
South
South
South
North
South
North
Latitude
Latitude
Latitude
Latitude
Latitude
Latitude
2 29
o 47
2 11
o 50
3
8
3 30
Mr. Partridge having taken great pains in the calculation of this nativity,
and worked up its feveral directions according to the Placidian method, it
were needlefs for me to go over the fame ground, or to repeat any thing
more in this place, than a few of the principal accidents whereby the horofcope of his birth is rectified, or proved to be radically true.
At eighteen years and ten months old, the Sun came to the parallel of
Saturn in his nativity, by the rapt motion. At this time the native was
afflicted with a furfeit, accompanied with a violent intermittent fever.
In the year 1651, when the native was twenty three years and three
months old, he was married. This happened under the direction of the
Moon to the fextile of the Sun in mundo, by direct direction.
When the native was fifty-one years and eight months old, be was imprifoned. The direction that brought this up was the mid-heaven to the
body of Saturn.
At the age of fifty-nine years and ten months, the native was married
the fecond time. The direction producing this hymeneal contract was
the mid-heaven to the triangular rays of Venus.
When the native was fixty-two years and eight months old, he was in
volved in great trouble, and fuffered confinement. This was brought to
pafs under the influence of the Sun, directed to the parallel of Saturn in
the zodiac, by oblique afcenfion.
At the end of feventy-feven years and three months from the day of his
birth, viz. March 23, 1704, the native departed this life. The direc
tion which foretels his death, is Mars to the parallel of Saturn, by the
rapt motion, whereby the aphetical and anaretical beams, falling into one
focus, abforbed the vital fpirit, and feparated the eflence from the material
body.
VINCENT
882
ANILLUSTRATION
VINCENT WING, Student in Aftrology.Born in Lat. 53* 40,.

b
Tf.
<?
South Latitude
South Latitude
North Latitude
i
o
2
51
57
46
North Latitude
20
5
])
South Latitude
North Latitude
i
o
23
46
In this nativity Libra afcends the horofcope ; and Spica Virginia, an

eminent fixed ftar, is pofited in the afcendant. Venus, lady thereof, is
in Pifces, in trine of the Moon in Cancer in the ninth houfe, in an emi
nent reception of Jupiter. Mercury, the patron of arts and fciences, is
in the fign Aries, in reception of Mars ; and there are in the fcheme no
lefs than four planets eflentially dignified ; viz. the Sun, Jupiter, Venus,
and the Moon ; two of them in their exaltation, and two in their own
houfes. Thefe are teftirnonies of an admirable fignification and tendency,
which not only procure credit and fame, but conftitute the natural and
proper fupport thereof, viz. a generous mind with a competent eftate. To
render this the more eminent and durable, the Sun cafts an amicable afpecl:
to the Part of Fortune ; as doth the Moon and Venus to the cufp of the
iecond houfe.
-:*'
All the angles of the figure are poflefled by cardinal figns ; and in that
relpeft he had honour and fuccefs in his proftrffion as an aftronomer; and
was efteemed by the great, and regarded by all, as the wonder of his time,
and the prodigy of the age in which he lived, for the eminent and famous
things he did in the fcieuce of Aftrology.
ros'ShV:
:.,
! ,.
.f./rl ,%;,! ;
,-." !..:,' .liS j..':'
. . ': ..-:: ion
This native began to write for public information and utility when he
was but twenty-two years old. He had then the Sun directed to the Textile
rays of Venus, lady of the afcendant, in Taurus, her own dignities; which
is an eminent argument of the happy and deferved efteem his writings met
with in the world. ; 3;u
Many fpeculations and interefting conclufions might be drawn from this
figure; but, as my defign herein is only to give the rudiments whereby to
initiate the young ftudent into the art of bringing up directions, 1 lhall only
take notice of the manner of his death.
1 ,rijji
l-Joiol^rJ^d^'Mmr
c.Jni v:!'.'.: .'.nn-jd lc'Ji?ei,-:u hnc \-\^\nR orfrvd",: -;!.: .^tsr^MW

The Sun is without difpute the giver of life, and Mars and Saturn
are the deftroyers. The Sun is therefore to be direded to the quartile
of
883
of Mars in mundo, and to the conjunction of Saturn in the zodiac, and,

immediately after iuch conjunction was formed, heightened by the beams
of Aldebaran, it was natural to fuppofe the native would expire under the
oppreflion of a confumptive or hectical habit of body ; which really put a
peiiod to his exiftence on the aoth of September, 1668.
HENRY COLEY, Mathematician and Aftrologer.
Born in Lat, 51 42'.
b
If.
<J
9
i
o
i
i
28
22
36
13
20
59
When this native was between nine and ten years of age, he had the
fmall pox ; at which time the Moon was directed to the Virgin's Spike,
upon the cufp of the eighth houfe. This direction is found by oblique defcenfion, under the Moon's pole, viz. 50 4'.
't
"
*' ' i
'i *
** '
In the middle of Auguft, 1644, aged ten years and ten months, the na
tive was afflicted with a violent fpotted fever and fore throat: this was
produced by the afcendant to the opposition of Mars. At fourteen years
of age he had a tertian ague ; this was the afcendant to the quartile of
Saturn.
When fourteen years and fix months old, the native entered into the
army : this inclination is pointed out by the Sun to the quartile of Mars
in Scorpio. At feventeen years old, he had a dangerous fall from a
horfe, and was likewife in danger of being drowned : this is defcribed
by the conjunction of the Moon and Mercury in the eighth houfe. In
September, 1652, the native was fettled in a regular line of bufinefs; and
then the trine afpect of Mars came to the mid-heaven. In April, 1654,
the native went a journey to London, and was taken ill with a fever and
furfeit: this was produced by the conjunction of the Sun and Moon in the
eighth houfe.
On the firft of May, in the year 1656, the native entered into the
holy ftate of matrimony : this was occafioned by the force of the af
cendant directed to the oppofition of Venus; which (hows likewife, that
the marriage would not be very harmonious nor happy, nor of long
No. 45.
10 K
duration
884
AN ILLUSTRATION.
duration with refpecl to the life of the bride. This marriage, however,
produced one child, which was born in June, 1657, unêT tne afceudant
directed to the quartile of Jupiter in a fruitful fign.
On the 24th of April, 1660, the native was married the fecond time,
under the influence of the afcendant to the Dragon's Head; which, being
a good benevolent direclion, produced a good wife, and a happy marriage.
On the 3d of September, 1661, the native had a fon by this lady, born
under the afcendant direcled to tne trine of Saturn in Sagittarius and Aries,
which are both mafculine figns.
In the year 1663, the native published his Clavis Elmata, under the
direclion of the Sun in the fextile of Mercury. In May, 1673, he had a
fhort but violent fever, which feemed to threaten life. This was produced
by the afcendcint to the oppofition of the Sun. Upon his recovery, he
greatly enlarged and improved his Clavis Elmata; at which time the Moon
came by direclion to the mid-heaven. In the year 1673, the native firft
wrote and published his fo much celebrated Almanac : the mid-heaven
was then in trine,of the Moon.
Thefe are the accidents given by Mr. Coley himfelf, for the purpofe of
reclifying and difplaying his nativity; and are therefore to be relied on.
Had this eminent profeflbr of Aftrology underftood the power of mundane
afpecls and parallels, he 'would have avoided many absurdities which ap
pear in his works, and givu leis occafion for cavil and exultation to the
enemies of the fcience.
Upon the whole, this nativity promifes much on the fcore of ingenuity
and invention, and has many tefHmonies of confequcnt reputation and
eminence. Firft, Mercury is direct, and fwift of coutfe, and in reception
with the fortunate planet Venus, which argues a clear underftanding and
an upright judgment, and is the forerunner of refpecl and efteem. Secondly,
Mercury is io conjunclion of Spica Virginis, an eminent and benign fixed
flar, which adds both to the mental and worldly acquirements. Thirdly,
we find Mercury applying to a fextile configuration with Mars, in famili
arity with another eminent fixed ftar : this endows the native with a lively
imagination, and an excellent invention. Fourthly, Mercury's triangular
rays caft to the alcendant multiplies all thefe arguments, and ftrengthens
his title to public eftimation and regard.
But here are other arguments in favour of worldly honour and eftcem.
Firft, becaufe the lord of the afcendaju is upon the very cufp of the mid".- heaven,
OF ASTROLOGY,
885
heaven, which fcarcely ever fails to produce public fame and reputation;
and, being in afpecl: with an eminent fixed ftar, fliows that the native will
never live in obfcurityor difeftcem. Secondly,. Jupiter, lord of the midheaven, is in his exaltation, in trine of the Sun, which is a moft illuftrious
configuration. Belides, the Sun being in reception of Mars proves that
the native fliall be in high efteem with the public. Yet Saturn's malefic
pofition in the mid-heaven muft needs reduce the happy effecls of the fore
going indulgent flars, and give fome caufe of vexation and difappointment.
Saturn being lord of the twelfth, the houfe of private enemies and imprifonment, and being pofited in the tenth, denotes many ftrong and pow
erful enemies, and fhows fome reftraint of liberty, with temporary lofs
of honour and reputation ; yet it neverthelefs demonftrates that honour
fhall eventually court him, and the malignity of his enemies be totally
baffled.
The pofition of Mars in the feventh houfe, in oppofition to the afcendant, renders the native obnoxious to a particular defcription of men ;
which is alfo confirmed by the Sun's platic quartile to the afcendant, and
the Moon's pofition in the feventh houfe, in platic quartile to the midheaven and to Saturn. But, lince Mars and the Sun both befriend the
native in a far more powerful degree than they afflicl: him, it is apparent
that all confequent difputations will in the end turn out to the native's
honour and advantage.
It is here worthy of remark, that this pofition of Mars in the feventh
houfe is to be found in the nativities of three eminent profefTors of the
aftral fcience, who were all contemporaries in the laft age ; namely, John
Gadbury, William Lilly, and this native, Henry Coley ; all of whom
had ftrong oppofitions to encounter with their enemies ; but they lived
to triumph over them, and to fee their extirpation from the land of the
living.
JOHN PARTRIDGE, Profeffor of Aftrology.Born in Lat 5!" 32'.
b
Tl
<3
$
5
J
South
South
South
South
South
North
Latitude
Latitude
Latitude
Latitude
Latitude
Latitude
2
i
o
I
2
2
20
9
36
28
3
18
This native rofe, from a very humble fphere in life, to be phyfician

to his majefty James the Second, King of England. In the figure we
find
886
AN
ILLUSTRATION
find Mars in his exaltation, and in reception of Saturn, with the Moon iti
oppofition to one, and in quartile to the other. This configuration gave
the native a very acute and fatirical turn of mind. The ftrokes of his pen,
when directed againft his enemies, were poignant and fevere ; and, even
when drawn in behalf of his friends, he could not help expofing their in
advertencies, and attacking their weak fide.
In the grand endowments of folid fenfe and underftanding, this native
was in no refpecl deficient; as is apparent by the fituation of Mercury,
with the Sun, in the fcientific fign Aquaries ; both which fignificators
being in the trine of the Moon, and in fextile of their difpofitor Sa
turn, afford the higheft proofs of a mind enriched with every brilliant
endowment.
That the native mould be rich and fortunate, and arrive to the pinnacle
of honour and preferment in human life, is apparent, from the pofition of
the two fortunate planets, which behold each other in a fextile configura
tion, whilft the Moon, lady of the eleventh houfe, the lord of the mediumcoeli, and the vital Sun, behold each other in a benenc trine. But this
nativity hav'ng been already moft completely inveftigated, renders it unnecefiary for me to fpeak of its directions.
GEORGE PARKER, Profeflbr of Aftrology.Born in Lat. 52 N.

b
If.
$
5
})
Right afcenfion of is
North Latitude
2g
South Latitude
North Latitude
South Latitude
South Latitude
South Latitude
-
i
i
i
i
5
228
34
9
31
48
4
30
Upon the afcendant of this nativity, we find the fign Leo impedited
by the evil and malignant planet Saturn, which exactly defcribes the
native's perfon. Mercury and Jupiter being in oppofition to each other,
yet both in their own dignities, is a remarkable proof that the native's
wit and judgment fliould be vitiated ; but the Moon fending a trine
afpedt to Jupiter, and a fextile to Mercury, corrects this evil influence,
and aflifts the native greatly. Yet, as fhe is difpofed of by Mars in the
twelfth houfe, it declares his enemies would be very powerful, and but
too fuccefsfui againft him. His public enemies are defcribed by Saturn
and Mars ; and the Moon perfonates his wife, and fuch as he once
efteemed
887
efteemed his friends. After fufferinga deal of trouble and affliction, it ie

apparent he will overcome all, fince the Sun, the lord of the afcendant, is
located in the afcendant, and is the ftrongeft planet in the heavens, difpofing both of Mars and Saturn.
When between twenty-three and twenty-four years of age, the native
entered into the ftate of wedlock. This was effected by the planet Venus
directed to the fextile of the afcendant. When he was thirty-nine years
and three months old, he was taken into cuftody, and accufed with form
ing a dangerous plot; but was cleared of this charge, under the afpeft of
the Sun directed to the oppofition of Jupiter. The native wrote many
{mail traces, and was contemporary with Henry Coley, and John Partridge,
by whom he was mortally hated, and who threw out many wicked
invectives againft him. He died in the year 1741, aged eighty-eight
years.
JAMES USHER, Archbimop of Armagh in Ireland.Born in Lat. 53".
b
South Latitude
Tf.
North Latitude
<5
North Latitude
$
North Latitude
5
S^mth Latitude
n v'i ':;, j(', '"/.'Soud* LatitthJe < .;
o
o
i
<i
o
i '
ai
32
45
47
3
& <
>_
Upon this horolcope We'have Gemini attending the eaftern angle, with
Mercury, its lord, in conjunction of Saturn, lord of the tenth and ninth
houles, who is pofited in the tenth, and cafts a friendly trine to the af
cendant, and to the planetsVenos and Mar*. Thefe are eminent arguments
of ingenuity and learning; and (how 'the native will inherit a more than
ordinary capacity and underftanding, becaufe all the fignificators, which
govern the mental faculties, arc in aerial figfts,
**V
i
. 1 t
"
'; ,.-.. t. . ,j
Boetios, fpeaktng of this native, faith of him, that he excelled, with a

moft fingular judgment, in the oriental languages, and in all abftrufe and
occult knowlege. Dr. Pridearrx alfo ftiles him a rich magazine of folid
learning, poflefled of all the curious fpeculations of aotiq-uity.,
In this nativity we find fix of the planets elevated above the earth, and
Mercury, lord of the afcendant, in the moft exalted part of the heavens,
in conjun&iou with the Moon's fortunate node, and the fun-beams
No. 45.
10 L
occu-
AN
ILLUSTRATION
occupying the cufp of the ninth houfc ; which, aftrologically confidered,

portends the going forth of his glory and fame into every part of the
earth.
In the year 1600, and in the twentieth of his age, he was created Mafter
of Arts, a thing at that time of day not very common in either of the Univerfities ; it was therefore a greater demonftration of his piety and abilities,
and of the refpecl: paid him by the learned. He had then operating the
Sun directed to the Textile of Venus, and to the midheaven alfo. In the
year i6t2, aged thirty-two, he was promoted to the dignity of a Doclor
in Divinity; at which time he had the midheaven directed to the iextile of
the Moon. In the year 1634, anc^ m tne forty-fourth year of his age, he
was created Archbifhop of Armagh, and Lord Primate of all Ireland ;
though he was not put in pofleflion thereof till two years after. He had
now the Sun directed to the lextile rays of Jupiter upon the cufp of the
eleventh houfe, in the higheft dignities; and therefore moft admirably
fignificant of thele honourable preferments. ,
Soon after this native was created archbifhop, he was afflicted with a vio
lent fit of ficknefs, which continued for nine months. The afcendant was
then direded to the oppofition of the Sun, and the Sun to the quartile of
Mars, which direction, falling in Cancer and Pifces, denotes it to be of the
putrid kind, and of long continuance. In thsyear 1 640, being fixty years
of age, he came to England, under the impulfive force of the midheaven
directed to the quartile of the Moon, and the Part of Fortune to the Textile
of Mars. He was requefted, in the year 1 647, by the benchers of Lin
coln's Inn, to engage conftantly to preach before them, and they would
allow him a confiderable maintenance; it being then.the time of the.bifliop's
perfecution. At this time he had the Moon directed to theTextile of Jupi
ter, and the afcendant to the trine of Venus.!.. t- -_,r ;,-,-.!, [ j ,. , , ,.
,. ,.
In the year 1655, on the twenty-firft day of March, this learned and
pious churchman, after he had been feventy-five years a pilgrim on the
earth, and fifty-five years a preacher of the gofpel, died atRyegate in Surrey.
The directions operating were, the afcendant to the oppofition of Saturn,
lord of the eighth houfe of the nativity, and the Part of Fortune to the
oppofition of Mercury.
- ;';.;.. ''., . , <'
: 1 "..i /."' J-....I -. V /)'.'-. ..':;''.
' - ' 'i : '".- 'A.: -^ --.-.' 'i^'.-'V. \ -;';':%' -nit :^..:v, . ;-. ,;.
.;. '
? DESI-
OF ASTROLOGY.
DESIDER1US ERASMUS, of Rotterdam, in Holland. n\
Elevation of the Pole, 54.
In this nativity we^find Mercury and Venus pofited in the afcendant ;
a proof of volubility and freedom of fpeech ; and, being alfo in an airy
fign, beheld by a benefic trine of Jupiter from the ninth houfe, de
clares the native to be a perfon of ftrong natural parts, and rich mental
endowments.
The learned Cardan has fhown, that the reafon why this native aban
doned his own country, and undertook fo many complex journeys, was
becaule the luminaries were in the dignities of Mars, with the lord of the
ninth in the afcendant, in the conjunction of the lady thereof, in a
moveable fign. The fame ingenious author further obferves, that, while
the midheaven was under the direction of the Textile rays of Venus, the
native enjoyed times of happinefs and reft. This was moft completely
felt about the thirty-fourth year of his age; but its continuance was fhort.
His fifty-fixth year proved a moft dangerous and unfuccefsful one to him,
for; he then laboured under the baneful oppofition of the Moon to Jupiter,
ftimulated by the quartile irradiation of Mars. He died in the leventieth
year of his age.
.
!!...,-;
MARTIN L U T H E R.
The nativity of this celebrated divine is remarkable for having fo many
planets located in the ninth houfe. Saturn and Mercury are in conjunction
in the fign Scorpio, which affords a ftriking prcfage of the zeal and perfeverance of his mind; whilft the five planets in;the ninth houfe declare
his fuccefs in religious controverfy. There is no need of pointing out the
feveral directions; they are already confidered by the ingenious Mr. Gadbury; and it will be no improper exercife for fuch of my readers as have
an inclination to become further acquainted with this fcience, to collect
the feveral configurations and directions from the horofcope iu the annexed
plate, and to equate and bring them up, according to the rules heretofore
laid down.
The directions of all thefe nativities, which are felected from Mr.
Gadbury, by way of example, arc fo eminent and remarkable, and the
characters of the different natives (b well known, that they comprife a moft
excellent fet of EXERCISES for any perfon defirous of learning the aftral
icience.
.-.v A
BISHOP
890
ANILLUSTRATION
BISHOP HALL.-Born under the elevation of the Pole of 53-.
V>
If.
c?
9
})
North
South
South
South
South
North
Latitude
Latitude
Latitude
Latitude
Latitude
Latitude
2
o
i
3
i
o
32
39
40
19
i
8
The nativity of this eminent divine was found after his death in his
pocket-book, written by his own hand ; and, having been fpoken of by
many profeffors of the fciencc, can receive but little new light from my
pen.
This native was committed to the Tower, with eleven other biflhops,
when in the fixty-feventh year of his age. He had then operating the
Dragon's Tail to the midheaven; and the continuance of his imprifbnment is moft aptly denoted by the teftimony of the lord of the afcendant
in the twelfth houfe, which is the only light of time above the earth. His
death happened in the eighty-fecond year of his age, under the anaretic
influence of a quartile of the Sun and Moon.
PHILIP MELANCTHONBorn in Lat 49 s:

The horofcope vifibly declares this native to be of fhort ftature, and of
a hot and dry temperature : but the testimonies of his excellent endow
ments are many and various. Venus in conjunction of Saturn ; Mars in
conjunction of Jupiter; the Moon in the exaltation of Mercury; Mer
cury in the fcientific fign Aquaries ; and Saturn and Venus in trine of
Jupiter and Mars; are eminent arguments of the native's illuftrious qua
lifications.
Hiftory abundantly furnifhes us with inftances of the native's aftonilhing prowefs in the occult and refined arts, and in the doclrine of philolophy and divinity. He was a friend to every department of ufeful litera
ture ; and took great pains to purge aftrology of its grofs and miftaken parts,
by translating the books of Ptolemy out of the original Greek into pure
Latin; in his preface to which he has moft learnedly and ably defended
the icience from the lath of its ignorant and uncandid oppofer*.
GEORGE
fc :^ ) AUebaran
Xf
T*
aA
^^
.V,7
-vO_
JloniMava.j ;H.
<ii/(iifntttl l-v f/if im/fiiii'iis .11'.' (7nn-/f.t lire/it
OFASTROLOGY.
891
GEORGE III. KING OF GREAT BRITAIN.

Were I to enter minutely into a calculation of this nativity, the event
might be prejudicial to many, and draw upon me the contempt of fome
and the refentment of others. Therefore, fince it is my wifli to give
offence to no party, nor to ftir up the embers of ftrife and diflenfion
amongft the different orders, of ibciety, I mall content myfelf with
making only a few remarks, whereby the inquifitive reader may be led
to a contemplation of thofe celeftial influences, which ftimulate and
govern the actions and purfuits of men, and form the bafis of all fublunary events.
Upon the oriental horizon of this illuftrious geniture, we find the
noble and princely fign Leo afcending, with Caput Algol and the benefic Jupiter moft glorioufly elevated in the medium-coeli, the houfe of
kingly honour, eminence, and unbounded fovereignty ; which are true
emblems of that univerfal joy, of that glory, honour, and renown, where
with his majefty moft defervedly afcended the Britifh throne. As to the
fignificators of temperature and difpofition, no geniture in the world ever
produced more evident proofs of that rectitude of principle, of that bene
volence of heart and mind, of that regard to juftice, mercy, and truth,
which affimilates the human nature to the divine image of the Deity,
and forms the interior of a patriot king. That the refult uniformly
kept pace with this defignation, I am fure no good man, nor any loyal
fubjeci, will deny.
The moft remarkable circumftance in this geniture is the congrefs for
med in the eleventh houfe; which it is my wifh that every fcientific rea*
der would pay particular regard to ; and I have no doubt but they will
readily make out, by the rules heretofore given, a pretty corred prelage
of all the principal public occurrences that happened during his late
majefty 's reign.
Whoever turns to page 160 of this work, will find it laid down as a
fundamental principle in the rules of this fcience, that, by the conftitution of the eleventh houfe, that is, of the configuration formed therein,
we deduce all enquiries concerning friends and friendship, hope, truft,
expectation, or defire ; alfo whatever relates to the fidelity or perfidioufnefs of friends ; or to the councilors, advifers, aflociates, favourites,
flatterers, or fervants, of kings, princes, or men in power. The co-fignificators of which are the Sun and Aquaries.
No. 46.
JO M
I would
8o2
ANILLUSTRATION
I would now wifh the planets in the eleventh houfe to be well confidered, their tendency and defignation afcertained, and. compared with the
revolutional figures of the royal horofcope, in thofe years when any re
markable national event came to pafs. The refult would not fail to en
lighten the underftanding of moft men, and would lead the mind to an
unalienable love and attachment to the perfon and family of our moft1
gracious fovereign.
For example } let the radical horofcope,. the revolutional figure for the
thirty-eighth year of his majefty's life, and the fcheme of the American
aera of independence, be projected by the fide of each other ; let the car
dinal houfes be well confidered, with the manner in which they afpecl: or
irradiate each other ; and give the refpe&ive fignificators, as their pofitions are found to vary, their true and genuine implication, according to
the known and eftablifhed rules of the fcience ; and I am bold to fay,
that no one will be at a lofs to account for thofe unhappy events, which
have feWom been attributed to the right caufe.
The NATIVITY of our Bleffed LORD and SAVIOUR

JESUS CHRIST.
Upon this nativity I fhall not venture to give any opinion of my own..
It was calculated above a century ago, by that learned and ingenious au
thor, Dr. John Butler, chaplain to James duke of Ormond, and re&or
of Lichborough, in the county and diocefe of Lichfield. He published
it in an 8vo. volume, with a very learned and ingenious introduction^
fupported by a fet of Chronological Tables calculated to place the day
and hour of our Saviour's birth at a certainty beyond difpute; and, as
that book has been many years out of print, and is now become very
fcarce and valuable, I have thought proper to copy, that par-t of rt which
contains the immediate calculation of this nativity, in the doctor's own
words, without adding to or diminifhing from the text, or prefuming to
introduce any remarks of my own.
The geniture, or figure of birth, difplayed in the annexed Plate, was
alfo projedled by this learned author, which I have caufed to be carefully,
engraved from a copy corre&e'd by the doctor's own hand; and I flatter
myfelf, that the reputation which this trad} has acquired in every part of
Europe, added to the refpe&ability and eminence of its author,, will not
fail to render it highly acceptable to the reader. The following extract
commences with page 256 of the doctor's book.
Of
itj-f,// . !.t/i-tifi>i>r~r\f n'i'ra'titfienfJff
J**
O F
A S T R O L O G Y.
893
Of the punftual Hour of the Day, and Minute of that Hour, whereon
Jefus Chrift was born. Proved by the unerring Canons o
J
1?
If.
<$
9
5
North Latitude
South Latitude
North Latitude
North Latitude
South Latitude
South Latitude
R. a M. H.
R. a O
-
o
o
i
o
i
2
46
42
17
41
i
2
Ob.
Ob.
Ob.
Ob.
Ob.
Ob.
Afc. Afcen.
Defc. 0
Defc. ])
Defc. 9
Afc.
If.
Afc.
181
271
31
312
189
294
41
45
55
59
40
7
- 91 41
- 172 ii
That we may fee at length how fitly the nativity of Jefus Chrift fuits
with all paflages of his life, as alfo with his qualities and complexion, we
muft firft examine how the accidents of his life do lead us, as the ftar did
the wife men, to the place, and to the moment of time when he was
born. That Jefus was born at Bethlehem in Judea is part difpute. Here
the longitude is commonly reputed different from the meridian of London
in England (for which place our tables are framed) two hours and fortyfix minutes : and by fo much time, it feems, it is twelve of the clock at
midnight with them fooner than it is with us. Here alfo, as is vulgarly
efteemed, the pole is elevated at the neareft guefs fome thirty-one degrees
of north latitude and fifty minutes. Now the time, as it is efteemcd vul
garly, wherein Chrift was born under this elevation, was the night be
fore Saturday the twenty-fifth of December, in the 471 4th Julian year,
ending at what time the cycle of the fun was nine, and of the moon
one; and, the year being biflextile,"the dominical letters were DC.
Now, that out of this night we may procure the certain moment where
in the blefled birth happened, we muft firft afcertain the accidents of his
life. And thefe are as follow : Firft, his birth happened in an honour
able hour ; for on that very night both angels and men came in to adore
him. Secondly, in the fame year, and about forty days after he was
born, perfecution followed, and he was forced, young as he was, to fly
for his life into Egypt. Thirdly, his return out of Egypt happened at
almoft, or about, 'two years of age.
At twelve years of age and fome hundred days over, he had great ho
nour and praife by difputation with the doctors in the temple at Jerufalem. At about twenty-five years of age, according to Suidas, he was
conftituted a prieft of the ord,er of the four-and-twenty. At fix days
over;
AN
894
ILLUSTRATION
over twenty-nine complete years, he was baptized, and entered into his
miniftry ; and at the lame time he was forty days tempted of the devil ;
and at the end of thofe was very contemptaoufly caft out of Nazareth
by the rude rabble there. Yet, notwithftanding, he was very well re
ceived at Capernaum ; and at Jerufalem he drove the buyers and fellers
out of the temple. And laftly, after three years and three months fpent
in his miniftry, at thirty-two years of age and one hundred and one days
over, he was crucified upon Mount Calvary, between two thieves, and
died upon the crofs. But, although he lived unto that time, yet it was
about fix months fooner, at what time the Jews confpired againft him to
kill him at the feaft of tabernacles ; and about two months before the time
he was condemned by the Sanhedrim, and a proclamation was iffued out
to take him. Now may we find a time, according to the experienced
rules of art, to fuit fitly with all thefe accidents, and fuch a time as fhall
aptly defcribe him to be the man that in Holy Writ he is fet forth to be.
Then fay I, it is a certain argument that both the day, hour, and minute,
of Chrift's birth are demonftratively determined. And fb will all ac
knowledge, who know what Aftrology is.
The DIRECTIONS of this NATIVITY, whereby the genethliacal

Scheme of Birth is verified.
ob. af.
D to Algol's Head
- 32 7
M. H. to 0 - 92 ii
O to fj J)
- 294 45
to 5 with Lat.
- 271 36
To 5 without Lat.
- 272 42
M. H. to? 9 at
- 93 3
Afc. to D 3
- 183 22
D to Ter. 9 b
- 34 7
$ to Flying Vult. V? - 518 o
M. H. to
Afc. to
M. H. to
- 192 43
- 193 54
- 36 45
- 37 26
-oo
- 97 33
- '88 5
22
- 99
a. d. ye- d.
O 12 O 74")
o
o
o
0
30 o
38 o
70
57 o
185
235
40 .>The flight into Egypt.
352 I
1 27 I I72J
41 I
2 12 2
.O O O
The return.
3 3 3 35
4 14 4 108il
4 30 4 206 S-He incfeafed in wifdom
5
o
s67
3i
o
5*
24
41
5
o
S
67
208
oj
548>Bodiiy
and
8o
331$
worldly affronts.
Afc.
SSL*/.
895
OF ASTROLOGY.
ob: af.
190 i
Afc. to Tf.
XTN
334 57 ii 58 12
CA
Jt
"""
"V to * O
12 2O 12 193
12
15
i6
17
16
i6
18
21
22
5
56
42
20
8
33
43
493
12
16
i6
17
16
i6
J8
29
22
ioi61
345
214
98
278
361
52j
136 >
Gain by old folks.

His mother ill.
His father ill.
Scorned at for his piety.
Favour of great men.
A very pleafant time.
Honoured for his piety.
Scorned and hated for

2"?J 22 28 22 291
7 ?
>
f1 \\
A fr\ rnp
1 i C id ill ^
Elected intotheorderof
56 10 24 15 24 221 j the four and twenty.
340 24 27 25 27 299 More hatred for religion.
Refpecl from great men
217 16 27 36 28
o|
for his religion.
Great affronts from all
forts of people for his
piety and religion.
9 to n b
LI
46
3
37
5
43
22
24
56
48
212 35 22 55 23 92)
Tllto,? J
JtoRigel
T
52
306 15 12 6 12 119
0 0 12 14 12 138 >The difputation with
the doctors.
193 58 12 17 12 169
^ to A without Lat.
Afc. to A b Lat.
Afc. to A Tf. without Lat. 194
IXth to A It Lat. - 73
310
48
"}) to contra-an. 9
289
Oto contra-an. Tf.
77
IXth tod b 329
9 to >K O
200
Afc. to A K
to d 9
315
83
IXth to A 9 J/ tu LJ 3p
Healthful.
Slanders.
A pleafant time.
42 n 10 16 10 152
too 13 10 33 1.0 243
Tfto A 9
9 to 5|c ))
C^ tf\
^\ if
^
Â *f-
a. d. ye. d.
8 20 8 1 66
0 tO Q ])
fInJan. hewasbaptized,
oo
2i& 19 28 39 29
If. to
M. H. to
120
IXth to Carter's Head at o

}> to the Goat
- 63
M. H. to Hydr. Heart 122
Afc. to,?})
- 212
Afc. to Dwith Lat. 213
^ ) and began to preach,
25< and wasfucceful ia'
Lgathering difciples.
f He was by means of
8 28 27 28 31 7 < this affronted and caft
( out at Nazareth.
&c. His miniftry.
He was crucified.
Now,
No. 46.
896
AN ILLUSTRATION
Now, as Chrift had a real body made of a woman, fo was it no fmall

argument of the reality of his body, that it fubmitted unto the impref*.
(ions of the liars, as do thofe of other men. For, although the immeafurable power of the fpirit upon him was able to fway, and did fway, all
impreffions and inclinations of nature, fo as to fubjeft them abfolutely to
be obedient in all things unto the command of his holy will, yet were not
only the complexion of his body, but alfo the qualities of his mind and
affections, much of them preffed and wrought by the power of the
heavens. Only excepted, that, whereas he was born without fin,
neither evil planets, nor evil afpedls of any planet, could have that
advantage to work upon his manners and difpofition, fo as to incline
them with fuch command as they do by others. But, -as for the acci
dents of his life, in refpefl of what befel him, as for matter of love or
hatred, ficknefs and health, life and death, the ftars had as free and full
liberty and power over him and his body as upon any the leaft of us.
For, though he was able, by fpecial authority of his own, to force the utmoft power of ftars, or heaven, yet herein lay his humility, and his
charity in that humility, that he voluntarily fubmitted his body to be
ordered according to the courfe of nature : whereas, would he himlelf,
he might have made it lord over all that nature could do. And, though
he raifed the bodies of others from death unto life, in defpite of nature,
yet would he fuffer his own boidy quietly to be Ordered even as nature
would herfelf.
Thefe things confidered, next come we to meafare the time between
the accidents of life and time of birth. It is obferved, and a continued
experience has verified it accord-ing to ohfervation, that, (unlefs fome
fpecial interruption intervene, either by a tranfit, or fome revolution ut
terly crofling,) from the fignificator in a nativity unto the promittor of
the thing fignified, there are ordinarily fo many times one year and five
days and eight hours as there are degrees either of afcenfion or defcenfion between the one and the other. The moft remarkable accident of
ChriiVs life, that we can work by, was his death, and the manner of it
at the end of thirty-two years and an hundred and one days after birth.
To bring this about, the Moon claims nothing as a fignificator. The
Sun feems to proffer fomething, as if his direction to the quartile of the
Moon mould proclaim fome fuch matter. But then the Sun, being
neither giver of life nor years, in this noclurnal geniture, could hardly
have fuffered fo fatally by that quartile, that death mould follow upon
it. And befides, upon examination it appears, that the diretion came
up fome years too foon for thirty-two, in what pofition foever placed
under ground. And now therefore, if neither Sun nor Moon were
aclors
OF ASTROLOGY,
897
trctots in fuffering that direful fate, then it follows, that certainly it was
that point of the fcheme which is called the afcendant. And, if fo, then
it was either the direction of the afcendant to the quartile of the Sun,
{and thus it was a ten-o'clock birth, and Virgo afcended ;) or it was the
oppofition of Mars a quarter of an hour after the fame, Virgo afcending ;
or it was the oppofition of the Moon, and then was it a midnight birth,
and Libra afcended ; or it was to the oppofition of Saturn, and then was
it a birth at almoft half an hour paft eight in the morning, and Scorpio
afcended. But, of all thefe, none will fuit with a defcription of the.
perfon, and the other accidents of his life, but that of the afcendant
to the conjunction of the Moon. The Moon at midnight of the forementioned day, we find in the fign Aries, and in twenty-eight degrees
and one minute thereof, upon the cufp of that which is called the eighth
houfe of heaven, or the houfe of death ; and there is ftie nearly in con
junction with a ftar called Algol's Head, which is one of the moft ma
lignant ftars in the whole heavens, and difpofed of by the planet Mars,
who is the lord of the native's profeffed enemies, and alfo of death. The
Moon of herfelf is naturally a giver of life ; but, as (he fits upon the houfe
of death, and difpofed of as flie is, fhe fignifies a murderer: and, as for
the perfons fhe fhould work it by, they are the common people and rude
rabble, and efpecially women, whom (he naturally reprefents ; and the
chief magiftrate of the place, whom alfo fhe reprefents by accident, by
virtue of that dominion which fhe claims in the tenth houfe, or houfe
of honour and dignity; and fome eccleCaftical perfon or perfons by acci
dent alfo, as fhe has dominion in the ninth houfe ; and laflly foldiers,
as fhe is difpofed by Mars, who naturally fignifies men of war. Now,
all thefe fignifications fo fitly meeting in the Moon, and fhe fo aptly reprefenting a murderer, how readily ftands fhe to ferve our purpofe ? To
proceed therefore ; we find the oblique defcenfion of her in that degree
and minute to be two hundred and twelve degrees and fifty minutes:
but, if we confider her latitude, the oblique defcenfion will prove two
hundred and thirteen degrees and two minutes. Next, as for the time
when the afcendant fell under this direful direction, we muft allow fome
time for the ftrength of conftitution, which this fcheme, pofited after
this manner, feems to afford the native to wreftle with the ftrokes of
death. For Jupiter, a benevolent planet, lord of the fixth, and in the
afcendant, together with his antifcions in the fixth and a fextile of the
Sun lighting there alfo, befpeaks an healthful body, and of a very ftrong
conftitution, and luftily able to ftruggle with its deftinies, before de'ath
fhall get the maftery. Wherefore we muft not lay the afcendant under
the oppofition of the Moon juft upon the very day of death, but fome
weeks before it. And, feeing we have an oppofition, firfl without lati,
tude,
898
AN. ILLUSTRATION
tude, and then with it ; we therefore lay the introduction to this fatal
murder firft under the oppofition with latitude, and that was at the end
of the feaft of tabernacles, at what time the Jews firft took tip {tones to
ftone him; but he efcaped away and hid himfelf; and this was fomewhat before the very day of his nativity, at the end of thirty-two years
of age, on the 1 7th of October. Now, between the oppofition without
and the oppofition with latitude, are feventy-four days ; and during this
time, Jefus was ftruggling with crofs fates, and preached privately in
Judea, and not openly, for fear of the Jews : only at the feaft of dedica
tion, he appeared in vindication of the blind man, unto whom he had
given fight. But at that feaft again, took they up ftones to kill him ;
and they fought to take him, but he efcaped, and went away beyond
Jordan : and this was about the twenty-fifth of December, at thirtytwo years of age : and yet he lived three months ftill after that,
but then it was as a wounded perfon, all the while debating with death :
for the Jews condemned him to die abfolutely, and laid wait to take him ;
and he could not walk openly among them any more, but went away
beyond Jordan unto Ephraim on the borders of the wildernefs. To
meafure therefore from the i yth of Odtober, or the morrow after the
feaft of tabernacles, in the thirty-fecond yearofChrift almoft ended,
unto the day of his nativity, there are thirty-one years and two hundred
and ninety-feven days ; which, turned into degrees after the rate of one
year five days and eight hours to a degree, (as was before mentioned,)
do make thirty-one degrees and twenty-one minutes: and thefe again
fubtra&ed from the oblique afcenfion of the Moon's oppofition in Libra,
twenty-one degrees one minute, which is two hundred and thirteen de
grees two minutes, do make the oblique afcenfion of the afcendant to be
an hundred and eighty-one degrees forty-one minutes ; and that oblique
afcenfion, under the elevation of thirty-one degrees and fifty minutes,
places the afcendant of this nativity in the fign Libra, one degree twentyfix minutes; and from the oblique afcenfion of the afcendant, one hun
dred and eighty-one degrees forty-nine minutes, fi>btra6ling ninety de
grees, the right afcenfion of the mid-heaven muft be ninety-one degrees
and forty-one minutes ; and the right afcenfion placeth the mid-heaven
itfelf in the fign Cancer, in one degree thirty-three minutes : and now
again fubtraft we the right afcenfion of the Sun, which is two hundred
and feventy-two degrees eleven minutes, from the right afcenfion of the
mid-heaven, which is ninety-one degrees forty-one minutes; or, becaufe that cannot be, from four hundred and fifty-one degrees forty-one
minutes, which is the addition of the whole circle of heaven to the
right afcenfion of the mid-heaven ; and the remainder is one hundred
and feventy-niue degrees thirty minutes of the equator ; which, turned
into
OFASTROLO-GY.
899
into the hours and minutes of the day, do befpeak the equal time of
Chrift's birth to have happened at eleven hours and fifty-eight minutes
in the afternoon, to which add one minute and thirty-eight feconds for
equation, and the apparent time was eleven hours, fifty-nine minutes,
and thirty-eight feconds, which comes within a fmall matter of midnight.
The time of birth being thus propofed, I calculate all the "planets'
places for this time, and direct them to their protmttors, together with
the afcendant, mid-heaven, and the ninth houfe, in order to fuit all other
accidents according to this time, that by fo doing it may appear, accord
ing to the moft experienced rules of Aftrology, we have laid the time
right. And, this being done, it appears, firft, that the angels adored
him ; but this aft had nothing of the ftars in it. Then, that the fhepherds came and published his glory all over the city, and in thirteen days
after came the wife men from the eaft to worfhip him; all thefe were
nothing elfe but the fruit of famous tranfits at the time of birth : the
Virgin's Spike and Ar&urus (two great and noble ftars) were newly gone
by, and, being within orbs, drew after them a goodly race of honour
and glory ; Jupiter, who accidentally reprefented fhepherds, as he was
lord of the fixth houfe, and naturally fignified religious perfbns, or royal
priefts, being in the afcendant, and near upon the cufp, was much about
rifing, when the fhepherds entered, and drew the prieftly kings out of
the eaft to vifit him ; the Sun, alfo a fignificator of honour, was in con
junction of Venus, who had dignity in the ninth, and, with the Flying
Vulture, a royal ftar, and the famous Fomahaut, by latitude, was within
his beams, with thefe tranfits accompanying thefe honourable directions.
Firft, the mid-heaven was nearly coming up to the oppofition of the
Sun, and the afcendant was haftening after to the quartile of the fame,
and the Moon alfo was nearly in trine of the Sun and Mercury. But
that which came neareft to the purpofe, was the Moon to the con
junction of Algol's Head, at the end of twelve days and odd hours, at the
very point of time that the wife men came. Now this Algol's Head is a
ftar of Saturn and Mercury ; and, though it be a mifchievous ftar, yet
it fignifies preferment, though it be with a vengeance at the heels of it.
And fo it was here. For, the wife men being gone, Herod, by means
of their coming, plotted Chrift's murder, and forced him to flight. The
mid-heaven alfo to the oppofition, and the afcendant to the quartile, of
the Sun, a&ed much fuch another part as Algol's Head did, giving
honour of kings, though not without a mifchief in it. But the
Moon in trine of the Sun a.nd Mercury, argued an aptnefs of the native
to be honoured both of kings and priefts, and of all men in authority.
No. 46.
10 O
And,
900
AN
ILLUSTRATION
And, although thcfe directions came not up until above four years after,
yet, by means of good tranfits, the virtue of them diftilled To- long
before.
After thefe things followed the flight into Egypt within the firft year.
And this needed no more anger than from what directions gave the pre
ceding honour, as the Moon to Algol's Head, at thirteen days of age ;
for here Herod plotted his murder ; and the mid-heaven to the oppofition of the Sun at an hundred and eighty-five days end ; and the afcendant to the quartile of the Sun at two hundred and two days end ; and
to Mercury at three hundred and fifty-two days end ; for all this while
was our Lord and blefied Savour a ftranger in a ftrange land, and a
exile who durfl not fhow his head, neither durft his parents make known
who, or what, or where, he was. The Sun to Mercury, as lord of the
twelfth houfe, fignifies a rriifchief by means of private enemies ; and yet,
as Mercury was alfo lord of the ninth, it helped out of that mifchief, by
means of a long journey : with thefe alfo accompanied the Part of For
tune to a quartile of the Moon at two hundred atid ninety-three days
end ; and the mid-heaven to 'the oppofition of Mercury at one year's end
and one hundred feventy-Uvo days ; and laftly, the afcendant to the quar
tile of Mercury at one year's end and two hundred and fifty-nine days,
(for fo long continued our Saviour's exile in Egypt.) But, when the
Moon entered into terms of Venus in Taurus o O, at two years of age
and eighty-five days, he returned home with his parents. At much about
the fame time came Mercury alfo to the Flying Vulture, and Jupiter
to the North Balance with latitude : and at three years and thirty-five
days came Jupiter into his own terms : arid at four years and one
hundred and eight days, he came to a trine of Saturn : and a little after,
at four years and two hundred and fix days, the Moon gained the
trine of the Sun : and in the next year, at five years of age and two hun
dred and eighteen days, me attained to the trine of Mercury : and Saturn
about the fame time came to a trine of Venus. Now during thefe times
Jefus greatly increafed in wifdom ; and, befides that, the grace of God
was mightily upon him. Thefe things aptly furthered his great parts
by nature. But at five Vears and three hundred and forty-eight days,
the mid-heaven occurred to the quartile of Mars : and at fix years and
one hundred and eighty days, the afcendant was encountered with an
oppofition of the fame. And during thefe times Jefus wanted not his
fliare of worldly crofles: he feems to have been laden with quarrelfome
affronts; and likely enough, ft i$ that his parents fuffered in the fame way,
if they efcaped ficknefs, and IbfTes in eftatc and honour. Moreover, our.
Saviour
OFASTROLOGY.
901
Saviour feems to have tafted Ibme (harp diilempcrs of body himfelf, or

elfe very great wrongs from his enemies. But ftorms laft not for ever :
the afcendant came to Jupiter, at eight years and one hundred and fixtyflx days, and gave him a very halcyon time ; and he then lived in much
love of neighbours and kindred. At ten years and one hundred and fiftytwo days, he feems to have encountered fome more misfortunes, or elfe
his mother bore them for him, by means of the Moon falling into the
pit called the Dragon's Tail. But within three mouths after, Jupiter
coming to the trine of Venus gave him great content, whether it was by
means of fome long journey, or by reafon of the pleafure of his ftudies,
or both : however, it was a pleafant time, and the world feemed to wel
come him with fome of her favours.
But, at the end of twelve years and fome three months over, he began
to be taken notice of publicly for his great wifdom and parts. Venus
was Jady of his afcendant, and alfo principal fignificatrix of his mind.
And, at twelve years of age and fifty-two days over, me came, by direclion, to a fextile of the Moon's difpofitrefs of his honour and ad
vancement; which is as much as to fay, me brought him to be well
accepted for his inward worth, and excellency of mind, amongft men
of power and authority. And the virtue of this good direction wrought
to purpofe at the next paflbver, at the latter end of March, about
fome forty-one days after the direclion happened. From this time
forward there is no queftion but he was every year more and more noted
and admired, as he came yearly up to the feaft at Jerufalem ; for at
twelve years and one hundred and nineteen days, which was but a month
after the paflbver, the Part of Fortune came to a trine of Jupiter with
latitude, and about feventy-four days after to the fame trine without
latitude ; and at one hundred and fixty-nine days over twelve years
came up the afcendant to a trine of Saturn out of the ninth houfe, with
latitude, and eighteen days after that to the fame trine without latitude ;
and thefe are directions to credit a man amongft ancient and ferious
people. But that which hit neareft upon the very week, was the di
reclion of the ninth houfe unto the trine of Jupiter with latitude, which
happened at the end of twelve years and one hundred and one days, at
the beginning of April, prefently after the paflbver week; and the
fame houfe came to the fame trine without latitude about forty days af
ter. But, however, the directions preceding and fucceeding all con
curred to heap up the glory of his difputation amongft the dodtors. Alfb
thefe kind of directions made him dexterous at his calling too, in build
ing houfes, and following his bufmefs ferioufly, and with great induftry.
After this, at over fixteen, came the Part of Fortune to a trine of Sa
turn;
902
AN
ILLUSTRATION
turn ; and that was good, but had relation chiefly to his trade, as if he
had gained by it in dealing with elderly people. But, half a year after,
the Moon to the contra-antifcion of Venus was ill either to himfelf or
his mother, or both. And at over feventeen, the Sun fell under the
contra-antifcions of Saturn ; and that feems to have been grievous to his
reputed father. At fixteen years and ninety-eight days, the ninth houfe
came up to the body of Saturn ; and then no doubt but he was fufficiently unhappy in his grave counfels, and met with more derifion than at
tention. And they, who formerly had applauded his wifdom, would be
apt enough now to betray their own weaknefs, in changing their ftory.
Yet Venus coming to the Textile of the Sun a little after, in the fame
year, would not only allay much of that difparagement, but alfo would
be raifing friends amongft the more prudent fort of powerful perfons,
to reprove and bridle the licentious lips of envious and upbraiding
tongues. At eighteen years and three hundred and fixty-one days the
afcendant happened upon the trine of Venus, and that was an healthful
and a pleafant time, clearing off the reproaches of Saturn and envious
people. At twenty-two entering, the Part of Fortune fell into the lap
of Venus in the fifth houfe, and rendered a time religioufly pleafant.
And at twenty-two years and one hundred and thirty-fix days, the ninth
houfe got out of the clutches of envious Saturn, and encountered a trine
of Venus in the fign Gemini. And this undoubtedly gave him to
fee favoury fruits of his good counfels and grave admonition, to his
great contentment. But towards the year ending, the Moon corning
to the quartile of Venus interrupted the pleafant progrefs of his
affairs. And, in the twenty-third year well entered, he met with
great oppofition, as well from men in power as the rabble-rout,
greatly gainfaying his facred converfation ; and this by means of Jupiter
falling under the Moon's oppofition, both without and with latitude.
At twenty-four years of age and two hundred and twenty-one days,
came the Moon to the Foot of Orion, called Rigel; at what time might
poflibly happen the preferment into the order of the twenty-four, fpoken
of by Suidas, of which he never made either profit, ufe, or advantage,
unlefs it were by accident. At twenty-feven years and two hundred and
ninety-nine days, Venus, lady of the afcendant and of the ninth houfe,
fell upon the quartile of Saturn ; and this adminiftered unto him much
of trouble in his mind, and of difturbance in his religious courfes ; and
perhaps he met with fome wrong in his journey to the feaft of taberna
cles, which happened about that time. At twenty-eight years of age
complete, Jupiter attained unto the fextile of the Sun ; and that admi
niftered unto him much favour and refpeft from perfons of quality.
But the Sun being at the very bottom of heaven, it feems as if all his
greateft
O F - A S T R O L Q Q Y.
903
greateft friends favoured him, like Nicodemus, more by night than by

day. At one hundred and fifty days over twenty-eight years of age, the
Sun was encountered with the quartile of the Moon. And at this time,
John the Baptift entering into his miniftry, Jefus feems greatly to have
been affronted by people of all forts. It is very likely too, that old Jofeph,.
his reputed father, yielded unto nature about this time ; for the Sun fignifies parents. And whether it was when Saturn came to the oppofitioa
of the Sun, or now that the Sun came to the quartile of the Moon, we
cannot certainly determine ; but much about this time it feems he left
this world for a better.
But now the time draws on, wherein Jefus began to fhovv himfelf the
Chrift 5 at this time he was baptized of John in Jordan. His kingdom
was not of this world, neither was his miniftry of men, or by man's
authority, but by a divine commiffion ; and by figns and wonders it was
confirmed to be fo. We cannot therefore expecl: influence from heaven
for thole things which come from beyond heaven ; nor muft we expecl a
commiffion from the ftars for thofe miracles he adled as it were in
defiance of them. And, as for what applaufe followed by virtue of thofe
miracles, we muft look for the reafon of it from the Maker of all things,
rather than from any created being, though never fo much exceeding all
other creatures. Yet, for fuch natural paflages as amongft his mi
racles did accrue, we cannot debar nature from executing her office ftill.
And firft, we find him thruft out contemptuoufly and rudely at Nazareth,
with great fcorn unto his facred function ; infomuch that he removed his
houfehold upon it unto Capernaum. And in this great affront his mo
ther alfo feemed not a little concerned, who removed her houfehold with
him, from where fhe feems to have been bred and born, unto a ftrange
place. Now at this time the mid-heaven, the fignificator of Chrift's
honour and his mother's perfon, came to a quartile of the Moon, which
very fitly fuits with all that happened. The direction came up on the
fixth of November, before the twenty-eighth year was quite run out.
But the malice of it lafted not only unto this affront, which was aled in
March of the twenty-ninth year entered, but alfo unto the paffover fol
lowing, whereat it encountered him with much fnarling of the Jews
againft him, notwithftanding all his great miracles. And worfe would
it have proved, but that Jupiter, the natural fignificator of his divine
function, came to a trine of Mercury, lord of the ninth. This happened
at twenty-five days over twenty-nine years of age, much about the
time of his entrance into his miniftry. And, though we cannot ay
it purchafed him that honour, yet we can fafely Jay that it prompted
his human mind to comply with his divine commiffion, and facilitated
No. 46.
10 P
his
904
AN ILLUSTRATION
his reception, wherever he came; for God Almighty makes ufe of natural
inftruments to ferve divine ends. About this time alfo came the ninth
houfe to the mercurial ftar called Caftor's Head ; and the Moon en
countered the She-Goat, a ftar of Mercury and Mars, at thirty-one years
and two hundred and forty days. Thefe are ftars furthering ingenuity,
though not without troubles, and fuch our Saviour wanted not for all
the time of his miniftration, until finally the afcendantcame to the oppo
fition of the Moon, firft without latitude, at the end of thirty-one years and
two hundred and twenty-two days, about the beginning of Auguft ; at
which time his neighbours of Capernaum began to deride his miiiiftry,
and the Pharifees, complying with the Herodians, made him fly the
country ; and, laftly, the afcendant to the oppofition of the Moon, with
latitude, the afcendant being in this figure Hyleg, and the Moon, which
is Anareta, being in the eighth houfe, deprived him of life, as God had
appointed it from the beginning.
Thus we find the time propofed moft fitly agreeing with all pafTages of
his life, as well as with his death. But yet, to make lure work, we ufually
compare the fituation of a fcheme alfo with the complexion and qualities
of the native before we determine that the time is right. And now to
do as much by this; Firft, it is apparent, by the known rules of art, that
Jefus was born as it were purpofely, and that fo as may be difcerned
by the fcheme of his nativity, to die a violent death. For here we have
the Moon, the common fignificatrix of life, fitting upon the very
brink of death, upon the cufp of the eighth houfe : then we find
her in conjunction with the very worft of malignant ftars, Algol's
Head. The Dragon's Tail alfo is in the eighth, in lefs than ten degrees
of her : but as bad or worfe than all this is Mars in oppofition unto Ju
piter in the afcendant, and in quartile with Mercury, and the Sun in the
fourth. It is true indeed, that, as he came into the world without fin, fb
was he above the power of any influence of heaven to be able to hurt
him : and, had he not voluntarily fubmitted unto the infirmities of na
ture, they had never in the leaft reached him. And, though the fignificator of his enemies was ftionger and better armed than fuch ftars were
which flood for his own perfon, yet was his armour of innocency eafily
able to have overturned all, would he have ufed his mighty power to that
purpofe : but fuch was his love, that he was willing to lay down his
life ; and therefore he put himfelf under the power of nature, in order to
lofe his life. And hence, by means of this fubmiffion, Mars, in the,
houfe of enmity, the lord thereof, being ftronger than Venus, lad/
of the houfe of life, or Jupiter, her aflociate, placed in that houfe, ren
dered
O F
A S T R Or L O G Y.
905
tiered his enemies too ftrong for him, and backed them with bitter
choler, fpite, and malice, againft him. The Sun being in quartile to
Jupiter and the attendant, made the magiftrates averfe both to his
perfon and doclrine. Mercury alfo in the fame quartile inclined the
churchmen with the fame averfenefs to oppofe him. Mars in oppofition
exafperated the men of war. And, laftly, the Moon ftirred up the vul
gar people to cry him down. And all this might have been as aptly foreleen by his nativity when he entered the world, as it is now known by
his life paffed in it.
But, to purfue the refidue of his perfon, as well as his condition ; we
find, that Libra, a cardinal fign, of temper fanguine, hot, and moift, afcends ; and Jupiter is in the afcendant, near the point of rifing, at birth,
in a fign of his own nature ; and Venus, lady of the afcendant, in Aquaries, a fanguine fign too, do all befpeak him to have been a perfon of a
very level temper, and of a fanguine complexion. Venus, in trine to the
afcendant in the houfe of Saturn, endued him with a fober cheerfulnefs in
his converfation : and Saturn, being in a fanguine fign too, in trine of
Jupiter in the afcendant, from the ninth, or houfe of ingenuity and re
ligion, and in dignities of Mercury, with a reception from him in the
higheft degree by houfe, infufes melancholy into his temper, to mingle
with his mirth, and feeds him with a mighty ftrength of judgment and
deep policy : alfo he diftils gravity and ferioufnefs into all his actions : and
thus Jupiter, Venus, and Saturn, are moft excellently united in him with
the beft of afpecls. To thefe we may add the Moon, with almoft a
moiety of her orbs in her exaltation, and there in trine of the Sun and
Mercury. The Moon is the great miftrefs of life and nature, and the
trines of the Moon do gratify the native, even as ftrongly as if they fel
into the afcendant. Hence therefore is he armed from the Sun with a
majeftic and a royal prefence, and princely prudence, and from Mercury
with as great a flock of ready wit and ingenuity; and the rather, for that
he is in Cazimi with the Sun, and in fo ftrong reception with Saturn. To
gether with all thefe we find Spica Virginis, a ftar of the fweeteft influ
ence of all the fixed ftars in heaven, fitting near upon the cufp afcending, and there admirably qualifying for oratory, and that efpecially in
divinity. Arfturus is there too, a princely ftar, that adminifters courage
and a noble refolution. Laftly, the fign of juftice afcends ; and Jupiter,
the planet of religion, joins with it, to increafe devotion ; and Saturn
and Venus are both in figns humane and temperate. And, although
our Saviour was not as common people are, yet had nature wonderfully
fet him out, and adorned him.
But
906
AN ILLUSTRATION
But yet there are exceptions. For the Moon is ill placed on the eighth,
in an unlucky houfe, and joined with a peevifti and crabbed ftar, which
muft needs infed her to be fo too. Mars is alfo fet as if he flood on purpofe to deftroy a nativity fo oppofite to Jupiter and the afcendant ; and,
being ftrong withal, he Teems to threaten all good qualities with an over
turn, infufing nothing but choler, fury, and malice, into the native's
head ; and, difpofing of the Moon, he makes her fo too. The Sun alfo
looks upon the cufp afcending with an evil quadrature, and fuch as ufually renders a native much more proud and ambitious than either wife or
good-natured ; and Mercury, complying with the Sun in the fame afpecl,
endeavours to incline this facred perfon unto theft and lies. But what
now ? Was Jefus thus ? or rather does not Aftrology belie him ? No,
neither. For, had thefe evil afpecls courted an ordinary nature unto
evil manners naturally, yet would they not have forced him, but he might
have overcome all by gracious habits. But much more than this muft
we note in our ever blefled Lord Jefus Chrift. For, he being born without
fin in his nature, the heavens wrought upon him in a different man
ner of influence from what they do by us. For, feeing that the divine
nature withheld fo as no fin could enter him, the worft of afpecls (for
matter of qualification) became the beft unto him. For, by how much
an oppofition or a quartile is a ftronger afpecl than a fextile or a trine,
may they be withheld from doing harm, they muft needs afpecl with the
greateft force of their virtues. And thus the oppofition of Mars, falling
into his head, inftead of fury and choler, adminiftered the greater courage
in him ; and the quartile of the Sun, inftead of pride and ambition, gave
him the greater majefty and wifdom ; and the quartile of Mercury, in
ftead of lies, gave him the more prodigious wit ; and the Moon with Al
gol's Head, inftead of peevifh, made him the more foberly wife. But we
mnft remember, that, though Chrift could not fin, yet die he could. And
thus therefore oppofitions and trines, and evil ftars, were as evil to him,
in as high a degree, as unto the meaneft of us ; for in all things, faving
fin, was he as we are.
Next proceed we to his body, only fo as to compare that too with our
fcheme. For, though we have no proof either of his ftature or his
colour, yet may we be bold to fay (by rules of art) that, Libra afcend
ing, he was fomewhat inclined to be tall and fair: but this was the lefs,
few degrees of that fign afcending, aiid they in terms of Saturn: elfe'is
there nothing to except, unlefs the Moon, with Algol's Head, may be
thought fomewhat to abate from both. Jupiter in the afcendant
gives a handfome brown feature, hinders not tallnefs, but befpcaks
fome-
OFASTROLOGY.
907
fomewhat of corpulency ; fave that the trine of Venus from Aquaries, and
of Saturn out of Germini, forbid it. Jupiter gives a grey eye, and fo
fays Venus; and none can hinder. Venus would gladly beautify the
face, by virtue of her intereft in Libra; and fomething (he does ro
render it rather fair than brown. And Saturn from Gemini can hinder
but very little : he would pacify, but Jupiter and Venus are refolved
to keep up the complexion. Jupiter adminifters brown hair, and Venus
renders flaxen ; but Saturn would have it black ; whence, between both,
Jupiter carries it. Venus gives a pleafant fmiling look, and Jupiter
denies it: not only Saturn attempts it, but prevails no farther than to
render it foberly ferious withal. The Sun and Mercury, with their trines
fo near the cufp, would fain deform ; but Mercury in the Sun has not
power to darken. The Sun would only caft fwarth ; but Jupiter in the
afcendant on one fide, and the Virgin's Spike upon it on the other fide,
utterly defeat him. Mars in oppofition would fain fcarify, but Jupiter
fo near defies him alfo. Laftly, the Moon between Aries and Taurus
contraries but little from the reft ; efpecially for that fhe has fo few rays
falling into her bofom. The moft (he does in oppofition is only, by
means of her place in the eighth, and being with Algol's Head fo near,
to wrinkle the brows, and furrow or dent the cheeks ; but (he wants
ftrength. Jupiter would have a full face, and Venus a round ; and fo it
is concluded between them, faving that Saturn and ihe Moon together
prevail fo far as to render it oval.
Laftly, as for his other fortunes. Firft, we find his afcendant and
fixth well fitted with a very ftrong conftitution for health. The oppo
fition of Mars and a quartile of the Sun and Mercury prevail to harm
more by unlucky outward accidents than by inward diftempers. His
houfe of wealth is directly oppofed by the Moon, lady of the midheaven, and is not defended by any good afpe6t. His mid-heaven is
alfo very low ; the lady of it is fufficiently afflicted ; and, being incumbered with a croud of evil afpecls, had no help of either of the fortunes.
No, the Sun in the very bottom of heaven befpeaks that the native's
kingdom is not of this world. Only the Moon upon the houfe of
death, after void ofcourfe, is in trine of the Sun, which mows to promife his kingdom by death, or after it. His ninth houfe has the help
of both the fortunes. But Saturn bodily dwells there, and hatcheth a
world of crofles, borh in his functions and long journeys. His houfe
of enmity is very ftrong, with the lord thereof therein, and at home in
his own houfe, and threatens malice enough. The eighth houfe is
even malignant too; and fo is the lord of the twelfth, faving his trine
to the Moon. But this lord is under the Sun, weakens his force, ,
No. 47.
10 Q
and
9o8
AN
ILLUSTRATION
and difcovers all his private fpleen. His fifth houfe, or houfe of chil
dren, has a rich jewel in it ; and the lord thereof looks plealingly upon
the afcendant, which argues he had a body fufficiently fruitful for ifluc.
The lady of the afcendant alfo in the houfe of children, in trine to the
lord of that houfe, and both in good afpecl unto the houfe of marriage
and the lord thereof, do all agree, that it was no hindrance in nature
which rendered our Saviour wifelefs or childlefs. No, it was his great
gravity, or rather his infinite piety, which, for the kingdom of Heaven's
fake, led him to deipife nature's treafures. And hence came it to pafs,
that the church was his only fpoufe ; and by her hath he a numberlefs
offspring of holy faints unto his children. The lord of the fixth
is in the afcendant, and the great fortune; whence were his fervants
true and faithful ; only one Judas (when that fixth houfe came by di
rection to the quartile of Mercury, in the entrance of the houfe of en
mity) fatally betrayed him ; and the reft, more out of fear than for
falfehood, forfook him and fled. The lord of the ninth is very low, and
in quartile of Jupiter and Mars, and in conjunction of the twelfth lord ;
which rendere-1 his friends men of low condition, and befriending him
more by night than by day ; as being terrified by mighty enemies, and
not encouraged by any outward promifes from himlelf. The lord of
the third is in the houfe of enmity, and thence rendered moft of his
neighbours bitter and envious, efpecially during the times of ill direc
tions operating. Only Jupiter, having dignities in that houfe, made
others of his neighbours and kindred as much his friends. Laftly, the
Sun upon the cufp of the fourth feems fitly to comply with that fovereignty which attended upon his death, and appeared by his refurreclion
and afcenfion into heaven. When Adam entered, the Sun was juft
upon fetting. When Jefus Chrift was incarnated, he was juft upon
rifing. But at his birth he was at loweft. For it was not the Sun of the
Firmament, but the Sun of Righteoufnefs, who arofe with healing in his
wings.
Such was the fortune of our Saviour, during his progrefs through this
earthly world ; and fuch were the qualities of his human mind, even
as the ftars defcribe them ; and fuch was the complexion of his hu
man body, juft as the heavens do be'fpeak. And, though we never (aw
his perfon, or any true portraiture of the fame, yet know we, by tht
fcheme of his nativity, that he was a man fomcwhat tall of ftature, of
an oval face, of a ruddy complexion between fair and brown, of a
grey eye, yet (harp and piercing, of a bright brown hair, of an high
forehead, of much beard, of a pleafant look, fmiling, yet foberly fcrious, and of a body well compofed, and indifferently fet, between
Header
O F A S T.R O L O G Y.
909
ilender and corpulent. And all this know we by the canons of Aftrology. And that thofe canons are true, it is no fmall evidence, in that
all the known paflages of his life fo punctually comply with them'.
And, be thefe canons true, (as we know by multitude of experience that
they are certainly fo,) then it appears by thefe canons, that at midnight
of December the twenty-fifth day, was 1668* years complete, fince his
birth. And every birth-day of this our ever blefled Lord and Saviour
Jefus Chrift falls on the twenty-fifth day of December. His life points
out the very moment of time whereon he came into the light. And the
fcheme of the heavens to that moment is a true picture of his life ; and
fuch as no moment can fhow again, in any hundred years time, before
or after.
To thefe may be added, the frame of the heavens at his death, fo fitly
fuiting with the time of the great bufinefs in hand, and defcribing what
was done. And firft we note, that on the over-night of the pafibverfeaft, at what time our Saviour was apprehended, the fign of the fourth
houfe in the nativity (which always carries with it the character of death,
er the end of every matter) was then afcending; and the Sun, which
was therein at birth, was then in the bloody feat of Mars in the radix,
which was at that point of time the fourth houfe, or the bottom of hea
ven, Showing all the glory of his prefent life to be lying in the duft, and
his end of days haftening apace to overtake him. The malignant Saturn
was upon the houfe of pleafure, envioufly eclipfing all his mirth :
Jupiter, who was radically a great affiftant in the afcendant, was the lord
of the afcendant, and fignificator of life at this time, but was locally in
the houie of lervice and flavery, in conjunction of Mars, lord of enmity
in the nativity, and now lord of his end, who was greatly afflicting him
in the radical place of Saturn. The fignificator of Judas in this fcene was
Mercury in his detriment and fall in Pifces, who, as he (lands in the
third, with the lady of the mid-heaven in conjunction, and difpofes
of his mafter in the fixth, afflicts him with a malignant quartile ; and
laftly, the Moon, which was radically in the eighth, or houfe of
death, was now lady of death, and, being advanced unto the top of
heaven, feemeth to ftand there trampling on the head of the Sun in
the fourth, as it were in his grave, with her worft of rays, and they
too not a little poifoned with the nearnefs of the Dragon's Tail. Such
was the flate of heaven at his apprehenfion by Judas and his company at
twelve o'clock at night, on the evening preceding Friday the third of
April.
,
* The year in which this author (Dr. Butler) wrote, and calculated our Saviour's nativity.
Let it be remembered, that the alteration of the ftile has nothing to do with this calculation.
A&
9io
AN ILLUSTRATION
As the Sun approached the afcendant, Jefus was led before Pontius
Pilate, the Moon in the fevcnth malicioufly oppofing ; for fo the judges
at his firft apprehenfion became now his accufers, and, poflcfling the
natural fign of Chrift himfelf, which afcended at birth, and which was
the fign of juftice, as the labourers in the vineyard, under pretence of reli
gion, caft they him out of his own : and Mercury and Venus, one fignifying the traitor, and the other the magiftrate into whofe hands he was
betrayed, were then in the twelfth, acting the part of private enemies.
But, as the Sun drew into the eleventh, or houfe of hopes and friends,
and there infected by the envious place of Mars in the radix, Pilate a lib,
his fome-while friend, yielding at laft to the oppofition of the Moon, or
the rabble, and turning enemy, condemned him to be crucified.
And, by that time the Sun in the radical chair of Mars came into the
houfe of honour, the Sun of righteoulhefs was lifted up upon the crofs,
as if he was hafting towards heaven, and that in order to draw all men
after him. And here the Moon, fignifying the rabble, oppofes him with
bitter railings. Saturn upon the eleventh, and lord of enmity, complies
with them to deftroy his hopes; and Jupiter, lord of the ninth, figuifying the priefts, and Mars the foldiers, being both in the twelfth, are
private enemies. But finally, as they continue railing and reviling, lo !
at the very point of high noon, an univerfal darknefs overwhelmed all,
and the Sun himfelf blufhed to behold what curled things were acting.
The Sun was now where Mars was at birth, as it were difpofed of
by his mortal enemies. Jupiter, which afcended at birth, was in the
hands of Saturn, in his very feat of the radix, as it were in the dungeon
of bitter reflraint ; and Mars, the natural enemy, was afflicting him
there. The Moon, which was radically lady of the mid-heaven, and
placed upon the houfe of death, was now at length fettled and leated
together with the Dragon's Tail upon the afcendant, or the feat of life,
as who would fay, the utmoft period thereof is now expiring; and, even
as the darknefs fell, the Moon upon this place of life wasjuft under
ground with it,
j at three in the afternoon, the darknefs vanished, and the light
returned ; and then was the Sun falling into the houfe of death, ftill being
in oppofition of the Moon. Saturn was in the ninth, enjoying the ecclehaftical, and Mars in the tenth, ufurping the civil, authority. But, as
Chrift died, all his mifery died with him ; and that death brought light
into the world, and umered our ever-blefled Saviour in that glorious light
into his eternal glory. And finally, the Moon arofe at fun- letting; but
it was eclipfed, fignifying the fall of all fuch as thought to rife upon their
fovcreign's ruins. And the frame of all thefe things ye may behold as
follows, in the annexed fchemes.
But,
<
n
ft
"
-o
"*>
>
*
W J,,
E
[I
a
j
cur ent.
H
X
O*
C/l
hI
H-l
w
k.
S.
V*
^
"<X
w
^-
oa
n
*o
^t5 o
J.
~
5'
n
a
g
3"
g
>
_(
ia
a
s,
9
o
>
Sn
o
cS
S
rt
ET Of}
o
'
3
PO
-i
- "' 3T" " *?TW

i * <
OF
ASTROLOGY.
911
But, becaufe the life and death of St. JOHN the BAPTIST was fo nearly
related to the life and death ot our ever blefled Saviour, and the day of
his nativity appears alfo with much fliow of certainty, I have therefore
taken the pains to calculate a fcheme of his nativity alfo, as follows :
n o
St. JOHN the BAPTIST.

"V June 24. Years Julian
4713. BeforeChrift i.
At 3h. 50m. 48 sec. afternoon.
Hor. aft. O J from A <?

at 3 to vac anc and d V-
])
f>
y
(J
9
5
South Latitude
South Latitude
North Latitude
South Latitude
North Latitude
South Latitude
0 50
1 <5
3 45
i
6
Here the Dragon's Head and Antares, with latitude upon the afceiw
dant, give a very bold man. The Moon with Regulus in trine of Mars,
confirms the fame.
i
The fign Scorpio, with the contra-antifcion of Saturn in the afcendant,

give one of a furly and auftere difpofition. Saturn in opposition of Mars,
confirms the fame.
No. 47.
10 R
The
AN ILLUSTRATION
The antifcion of Saturn on the ninth, with the Moon upon the afcendant with the Dragon's Head, as alfo the Sun, Venus, and Mercury, in
Textile of Jupiter ; incline unto honcfty, gravity, and good manners.
Mercury in reception with Jupiter, and in trine to the afcendant ; alfo the Moon in trine of Mars, and in reception with the Sun, and
the Sun in the fextile of Jupiter ; give a fufficient wit, and a found
judgment.
Nothing promifes worldly wealth, but contrarily. Jupiter in the midheaven, in fextile of the Sun and Venus, promifes honour enough.
But Antares, a violent fixed ftar, upon the afcendant, with latitude, and
that within a degree, befpeaks a violent death. And Saturn in oppofition
of Mars, from angles, (the one being lord of the afcendant, and the other
of the fourth,) peremptorily threatens it. And it came to pafs, as it
feems to be umered in by thefe directions as follows.
Firft, he entered into his miniftry at the age of twenty-nine )ears and
fome little odds ; and was immediately buoyed up with wonderful applaufe. At this time were operating, the afcendant in trine of the Moon,
with latitude firft, and then without; the mid-heaven to the Virgin's
Spike, with latitude firft, and then without ; alfo the mid-heaven to
Arcturus, without latitude. Alfo the Moon to the fextile of Mercury, and
the Sun to Regulus. But the afcendant came to the conjunction of Mars
without latitude, at the fame time.
Secondly, at thirty years of age and upwards, he was imprifoned. At
which time was operating, the Moon to the quartile of Mars, and the
Sun to Hydra's Head. The afcendant to the conjunction of Mars, with
latitude, and the mid-heaven to the quartile of the Sun, were coming
up. But,
Thirdly, he was beheaded ; at which time came the afcendant to a con
junction with Mars, with latitude, at about thirty-one years of age, and
two hundred and fixty days, or thereabouts. And the mid-heaven to the
quartile of the Sun was near in action about the very fame time.
Laftly, we find how this death was brought about by a me private
enemy. And Inch a one we find Venus, lady of the twelfth, with the
Sun, lord of the mid-heaven, in the eighth.
On
OFASTROLOGY.
913
On ELECTIONS.
WHAT is meant by Elections, is nothing more than projecting a fcheme
of the heavens, to find the feveral petitions and configurations of the
planets on any given day whereon we propofe to begin any bufinefs of
importance, to take a long or interefting journey, to make overtures of
marriage, or to purfne any object of our happinefs or advantage ; for the
purpofe of choofing, what is vulgarly called, "a lucky time to begin,"
that is, when the influx of the principal fignificators is fuch as mall corrcfpond with the defines of our own mind, and with the bufinefs, what
ever it may be, we wifh to take in hand.
I purpofely declined taking notice of this fpeculation in the Firft Part,
that I might not be laughed at ; which I muftown the abfurdity and folly
of thofe, who, on every ludicrous and trivial occafion, have reforted with
religious folemnity to this cuftom, have given but too much occafion to
infpire : yet I will now take leave to hope that enough has been faid to"
mow, that in our more important concerns, and in the real and heartfelt
perturbations of our minds, upon the commencement of any arduous and
extenfive undertaking, it may be as well to choofe thofe feafons when
the beft and moft favourable influences of the heavens concur, as
when they put forth the moft noxious and difcordant irradiations.
To a thinking mind, there cannot be a moment's hefitation, fincc
no man in his fenfes would prefer a ftormy tempeftuous day to ride out
for pleafure, to thofe diftinguifhed by calmnefs and ferenity ; nor would
he choofe an intenfe frofty morning for the pleafures of a cold bath,
which is luxuriant only in a milder feafon ; and yet all thefe differences
in the weather are produced by the varied petitions and changes of the
planets, by an influx and effect upon the ambient matter, which we cau_
no more fee than we can the influx produced by the fame bodies upon
the bent of our minds, or which determines this certain order of times,
fo fitly appropriated to all human concerns, that the Scriptures pioufly
recommend a due obfervation of them, and which the Pfalmift declares,
are beautiful in theirfeafons !
Thofe therefore, who with to confult the heavens, previous to any
important undertaking, mould project the horofcope for that precile
time when they feel their inclinations moft completely bent upon en
gaging in the bufinefs. This will mow them the particular influence of
every fignificator then operating; and, being compared with the genethliacal figure of birth, and with thofe directions in the nativity which
are to operate both for our good and evil, will, upon a fair and true
com-
9i4
ANILLUSTRATION
comparifon, quickly inform us whether the bufinefs in contemplation

will generally or eventually turn out to our advantage, or not. But,
for the more particular difcovery of what relates to the good or ill fuo
cefs of the bufinefs itfelf, with all its confequences and collateral
incidents, a figure muft be projected of the exact time when that bufinefs
is begun, and the face of the heavens then operating moft particularly
and minutely confidered. The figns, the fignificators, the angles of the
figure, and the good and evil places of the horofcope, are to be allowed
their natural and accuftomed application, exactly the fame as in all the
rules heretofore laid down; and, if the two figures thus projected form
an harmony and concurrence with the figure of birth, and fall in with
the good directions and revolutions thereof, the undertaking will un
doubtedly be profperous, and the bufinefs fuccefsful. But, if thefe
figures are difcordant in themfelves, and oppoie the benevolent fignifi
cators in the geniture, it will, if purfued, prove dangerous or deftructive
lo the native, and will forward the evil events prenoted by the directions
of the geniture.
A mediocrity in the pofitions and influences of the fignificators, and
of the angular houfes of the electional figures compared with the geni
ture, will, as in all other cafes, produce a medium between the two ex
tremes, and fhow that the event of the matter in hand (hall neither
greatly ferve nor materially injure the party then about to engage in it.
END of the SECOND PART.
AN
ILLUSTRATION
OF THE
CELESTIAL SCIENCE
O F
ASTROLOGY.
PART THE THIRD.
CONTAINING
THE
METEOROLOGICAL PART of URANQLOGY;

WITH
CERTAIN
RULES for prejudging the Revolutions of every Part of the habitable WORLD.
GENERAL EFFECTS OF
Great Conjunctions, Eclipses, Comets, Blazing Stars,

And other EXTRAORDINARY PHENOMENA:
WITH THE
ART of CALCULATING ECLIPSES, TIDES, and WEATHER,

For any Number of Years to come.
THE
WHOLE
Illuftrated by a FIGURE of the SUN's Ingrefs into the Sign ARIES ;

AND
BY A
Revolutional FIGURE of the Commencement of the AMERICAN EMPIRE.
By EBENEZER SIBLY, ASTRO. PHILO.
1823.
AN
ILLUSTRATION
'. '
ASTROLOGY.
PART THE THIRD
THE Meteorological Part of Aftrology is that which enables us, by a
certain well-known influence of the planets, feconded by obfervation and experience, to afcertain the caufes of the different qualities of
the air, the generation of meteors, thunder, lightning, and all the various
phenomena of the heavens ; whence the predictions of the weather, of
the temperature and quality of the four feafons of the year, and of the
profpecl: of a healthy and plentiful time, or of plague, peftilence, and
famine, are neceflarily deduced.
This part of the fcience likewife comprehends the doctrine of eclipfes,
comets, blazing ftars, and the great conjunctions of the fuperior bodies ;
whence the revolution of empires, the fate of kingdoms, the renovation
of cuftoms, and the civil and political fluctuation of all the provinces,
ftates, principalities, and commonwealths, upon the furface of the globe,
are fought out and predicted. We (hall therefore arrange thefe {pecula
tions under their respective heads, and confider them diftindtly in the order they ftand.
Of METEORS in GENERAL.
Meteors are divided into two forts, or clafles: the one arifing from
vapours and exhalations, called imperfeftly-mixed bodies, becaufe they are
eafily reduced into their firft nature, or proper element, as into hail, fnow,
or water ; and the others are termed perfeftly-mixed, as thunderbolts, and
fuch-likc petrified fubftances, becaufe they cannot fo foon be converted
into the firft element from whence they were derived. The material
caufe-
.9i8
AN ILLUSTRATION
caufe of meteots rfr hct ajid moift vapours,, or hot and diy exhalations
from water and earth ; the efficient caufe is from the fixe'd and wander
ing ftars, by virtue of whofe,beams a light rarefied fubftance is extracted
from grofs and heavy bodiesj as vapours from Water, and exhalations from
earth. Theirqualities are heaj and moifture, which produce diverfities of
effects, efpeciilly urthofe which are. lefs perfectly mitfed, and of a light
and convertible nature.
Vapours confift of the four" elements ; but the fubitance is water ; as
the fteam of a boiling pot, which bangs like dew upon the lid or cover.
Exhalations are commonly like fmo'ke, of a hot and dry quality, as is per
ceived in a fummer's day to offufcate the air, or make it feem duiky with
the afcending of thin fumes ; and after this ufually comes thunder, which
(hows from whence thefe exhalations were extracted j for out of fire and
air only, no meteor can generate, as wanting matter, the fire of itfelf beiing an element fo fubtile, that it cannot be purified ; whereas all exhala
tions and vapours muft be refined, and confequently extracted- from Tome
groffer body. For the air, if much rarefied, will turn'tofire, as is feen in
the violent motion of wheel , and in fuch things as are fet on fire by rarefaclioi), where the matter is -dry and combuftible. When the air becomes
grofs, it turns to water; as appears from our breath in the winter feafon,
or from the inclofed air in vaults, or other hollow places, which will
quickly be condensed by oppofition of the outward air, or coldnefs of the
place, efpe?ially againft rainy; weather.
But the element of air is divided into three feveral regions, or parts,
varioufly qualified, in which are generated many imperfect and mixed bo
dies; and thefe divifions are nominated the upper, middle, and lower, re
gions of the air. The firft and uppermoft is clofe adjoining to the clement
of fire, and hath a circular motion from eaft to weft, carried about by the
pritnum mobile. This region of air is perpetually hot and dry ; and, by
reafon of its violent motion and proximity to the fire, will not admit the
generation ofclouds; becaufe of the heat, and remotenefs of the earth
from whence they are extracted. To this place are lifted up exhalations
by nature hot and dry, which eafily afcend to that height by reafonof thtir
heat and levity. Thefe imperfect bodies, by ith heat 'of the fun*; and influence of trie ftars, are conceived to be exhaled from the earth, or out
of^ lakes, rivers, leas, and other watery places; and this meteory as it
afcends, leaves the groffer parts in the loweft atxl middle regions'; and,
as it rarefies, it ele'vates itfelf into' the upper region, like- a fubtile and
thin fume.
Thefe
OF ASTROLOGY.
919
Thefe exhalations, having penetrated the middle region, and attained

unto the height of the elements, are circumvolved with a flimy matter,
oily', and apt to be inflamed. Thus having affumed a body, it is violently
carried about with the air, until with the motion and vicinity of the fire
it is inflamed; and then, nouriihccl with more exhalations continually
drawn unto it, it burns and converts itfelf into divers forms, according to
the difpofition of the matter then generated.
But others appear to fall, and flide through the air; the lighteft part
being confumed, or drawn away by fome other means, or the levity of it
being unable to fupport the grofler part, lets it defcend obliquely through
the air ; and, thus enlightened, it is termed a falling ftar. Some conceive
that this meteor afcends not fo high, being of a grofs body, (yet hot and
ftriving to afcend,) but is repulfed by a coldnefs of the middle region, or
the moiftnefs of the clouds ; and fo by reafon of its own weight, and by
the oppofition of the element, is thrown down again. The fubftance of
it is like a jelly, tranfparent, lucid, and apt to be illuminated.
Fiery meteors are ufually moved, by the region they are in, from eaft
to weft, according to the raptile motion ot the fpheres ; though Seneca
affirms that he perceived one which moved parallel to the horizon, from
the north by the weft into the fouth, and fo by the eaft into the north
again. This is by no means improbable, fmce many lucid meteors move
with the air, and are impelled by the matter which nourishes them ; as
may be feen by fire in ftubble. Another kind of meteors are feen to
remove fuddenly from one place to another, cafting forth fparks like fire,
and are by fome termed goats ; whilft others again appear fixed and immoveable, both in refpeft to latitude and longitude. Thefe are generated
in any part of the heavens, and at all times of the year; but rarely,
in cold countries, at any other time than autumn; for then the
heat is fufficient to raife up the matter, and the temperature of the air is
apt to fuffer the exhalations to draw to it a flimy matter, which cannot
exift in the fpring-time, the heat not being then fufficient to elevate
them. And, in fummer, the exhalations are not fo grofs, becaufe the
Sun's heat diflipates thofe vapours, and rarefies the air ; and, if it could be
drawn together, the middle region is fo cold, that it cannot afcend to the
upper ; and the winter-quarter is fo cold and moid, and oppugnant to
fuch exhalations, that it is quite unapt for the generation ot meteors of
this kind.
The middle part or region of the air is generally conceived to be

vehemently cold and moift, by antiperiftafis : and its effect alfo proves
No. 47.
10 T
the
930
AN
ILLUSTRATION
the fame, as we are aflured by thofe who have afcended to a confiderable

height in air-balloons. And this we fee in all things that are oppugnant,
inclofed, and comprehended by their contraries ; for that which is incloied, not being able to break forth, and at the lame time repulfed by
its oppofite quality, contracts, and, as it were, fortifies itfelf. This is
leen by experience in all living and fenfitive creatures; their inward parts
being much hotter in winter than in fummer, and their ftomachs apter
and more able to digeft their food. The caufe is, that the heat is then
repulfive to the inward parts, by the oppofition and coldnefs of the out
ward air. Befides, the fire, and all combuftible things, will burn more
violently in winter than in fummer ; and, the colder the weather is, the
more fire will fcorch. The reafon in all thefe is the fame ; fince the fire
is found to grow more violent by how much the more it is oppofed by the
contrary quality of the fubdued cold. The cafe is the fame in the middle
region of the air ; for the upper part is made hot by the violent motion of
it, and by its proximity to the element of fire ; and the lower region is
made hot by reflection of the fun-beams ; whence the cold included be
tween them becomes the more violent in proportion as the lower region is
inflamed by the fun's reflection, and by that means is colder in fummer
than in winter.
Thefe divifions or portions of the air have no determined' fpace ; nor
hath the water in refpect of quality ; for, by the motion of the celeftial
bodies, both cold and moifture being drawn together, the element of
water will increafe, by which the air muft of neceffity diminish. So, by
the conjunction of heat and moifture, the fphere of water will be
diminished, and the air as much increafed. By this means the air more
abounds in fummer than in winter, and the water more in winter than in
fummer ; and thus the middle region of the air is occasionally contracted
and dilated, and is confequently greater at one time than another.
By the heat of the fun-beams, and influence of the ftars, meteors are
elevated to the middle region of the air. Thofe which by nature are
temperately hot and moift are extracted from wet and watery places; yet
they retain as much heat as is fufficient to elevate them unto the height
of the middle region, where, by reafon of the coldnefs of that place, they
are condenfed, and there generate feveral kinds of imperfectly-mixed
bodies. The clouds, thus incorporated, are with the cold turned into
fnow, and congealed many times before it engenders water. To prove
this aflert ion, we may obferve that fnow, if compacted or beaten together,
is not fo foon diflblved into water by the fun, or any other means, as ice
will be ; which argues, that, had this fubftance been water firft, it would
101
T' -rhave
OF ASTROLOGY.
921
have been fooner reduced. Thefe vapours, or thick exhalations, drawn

up into the middle region of the air, are often digefted and turned into
water,"and from thence diftilled down like mifts, or in very fmall drops;
for the greateft rain is fuppofed not to fall far through the air, but out of
the inferior part of the lower region.
It is generally conceived, that the rain which falls from the middle
region defcends in little orbs, whereby to preferve itfelf, and to refift the
violence of the air through which it pafles ; and it becomes fmall, by
reafon of the diftance and time it occupies in falling. For hail demonftrates both the bignefs and rotundity of the drops, which, from humid
exhalations drawn up into the middle region, are there converted into
water; and, immediately as the drops diftil down, they are contracted into
ice by the coldnefsof the air, in that part which is called hall; derived from
the High Dutch hagell, or from the Hebrew ege/J, which (ignifies con
gealed drops.
In the winter-feafon it is feldom obferved to hail, becaufe the cold in
the middle region is more remifs than in warm weather; and in fummertime it is feldom obferved in any very hot day, becaufe the heat of the
lower region will not permit it to pafs, without diflblving it before it
reaches the earth. But in the fpring, and in autumn, we frequently fee,
and are fubject to, hail-ftorms ; the heat being then fufficient to elevate
the matter, and yet not fo violent as to diflblve it in its fall. Sometimes,
however, it happens that very large hail-ftones are precipitated at midfummer, or in the very hotteft feafons ; and thefe hail-ftones are then the
greater, if the elevated matter be fufficient, by how much the more its
nature is oppofed by the lower region, made hot by the reflection of the
Sun ; for in all times of the year, and in all countries, there are more and
greater ftorms of hail obferved to fall in the day than in the night.
There is unqueftionably a fiery nature included in hail-ftones, very
different from the heat of that fubtile vapour which occafions it to afcend
the middle region ; for by the force of contraries it is evidently congealed,
as may be illuftrated by the fimple quality of fait, which being hot and
dry, is made of water, whole natural temperatures are directly oppofite ;
being cold and moift in open weather, or by the fire-fide, or in the
fummer-feafon. Take a handful of fait, and mix fome fnow with it ;
ftir them together till they incorporate ; and they will immediately contrat thcmfelves into ice ; which is done by antiperiftafis, or repulfion on
every part ; fo, the middle region of the air being coW^ thefe frigid mete
ors are thereby generated.
The
AN ILLUSTRATION
The lower region of the air receives all the former qualities by neceffity, according to the feveral feafonsof the year ; and by the means already
mentioned there are exhaled from the earth moift and crude vapours.
The grofler parts being earthy, and containing but little heat, they are
unable to afcend to the middle region ; yet, by the help of that heat, and
the attractive virtue of the celeftial orbs, they are raifed above the earth,
and there oftentimes congeal before they can be diflblved into water.
Thefe are called frojls, whereof there be many kinds, according to the
matter exhaled, and the temperature of the feafon. At fome times of the
year, the ground in the mornings will be hoary, like the head of thyme,
and the grafs crifped with the froft; at other times rime-froft, or
congealed mifts, hang pendant on the branches of trees ; or elfe black or
wind frofts, which are not fo wholefome ; for they confift of grofs and
earthy vapours, exhaled out of more undigefted humours, and are not fo
eafily difcovered by the fight as by the fetife of feeling.
;;.H. sdt
There are other vapours exhaled, which are called mifts, derived from
the mixture of air and water. Of thefe there are feveral forts; fome are
thin and flerile, and have not moifture fufficient to beget water, nor is
the heat in them fufficiently prevalent to elevate the grofs humours, and
caufe them to afcend ; but they hang upon the earth until the fun rifes ;
then he ufually chafes them away, and, being diflipated, it becomes a fine
day.
Betides the above, there are grofs mifts, or fogs, which are more
earthy than the former, compofed of crude and undigefted vapours,
drawn from corrupted places, out of fens and wet marfhy grounds.
Thefe are very unwholefome, and unpleafant to the fmell ; in proportion
either to the noxious ftagnate waters from whence they were extracted,
or to the putridity of the air, occafioned by a long continuance of calm
moift weather.
There is another exhalation called Jew, which is a liquid vapour,
extracted from water or earth. This hath an affinity to froft, as rain
hath to fnow ; and are alike in the material caufe ; the efficient caufe
being attributed to the ftars, and to the coldnefs of the air. The
dews are conceived to be very earthy and ponderous ; for they do
not afcend high, but are converted into a watery fubftance almoft
as foon as extracted, being obferved much more upon low and wet
grounds than upon high and dry hills ; and thicker upon the hum
ble (hrub than upon trees of an high and exalted nature like the lofty
cedar.
The
O F
AST R O L O G Y.
933
The ufual time of thefe dews is in the evening ; the heat of the Sun,
declining, being then unable to fupport the meteors which it raifed in
the day ; and, on his deferting the hemifphere, thofe that were more
elevated muft likewife fall. The hotter the day, the greater are the
exhalations ; and the nights are then ufually colder, to convert them into
water. All dews are obferved to be greater at the Moon's increafing ;
but greateft of all at the fall. The feafon of the year is to be considered,
and the weather ; for, the hotter the day is, the colder will be the night,
by reafon of the fliadow which the terreftrial globe then makes ; as is
exemplified by the (hades of trees, or of any other interpofed body, which
are colder in fummer-time than in winter, in refpect of the air in gene
ral. For in ihadowed places, in the heat of fummer, the air, as in oppofition to the heat, is found to contract itfelf into a grofler body ; from
whence it appears that the whole element of air is by nature cold.
,
There is a dew that flies in the air like fmall untwifted filk ; which,
falling upon the ground, or on plants, converts itfelf into a form like
fpider's webs. The matter they confift of is an earthy and flimy vapour
or exhalation, fomething dry ; and they are found equally in fpring, fum
mer, and autumn ; but in thefe northern countries they are moft frequent
when the Sun is near Libra, the days being then temperately warm, the
earth not exceeding dry, nor yet overcharged with moifture.
There is alfo another fort of dew, called honey-dew, which cohfifts of
earthy exhalations mixed with watery vapours ; and many fuppofe them
to be exhalations from plants and flowers ; and this more evidently appears
from fugar-canes, and divers kinds of Indian reeds, which have, in the
morning, dews hanging upon them, in tafte refembling honey ; and argue,
by their fweetnefs, that they are extracted from the plants. Thefe
honey-dews afford plenty to the ftorcs of the induftrious bee ; nor have
their purveyors much labour or trouble to procure their loading ; but,
though thefe honey-dews are good for bees, they are deftrudtive to many
kinds of animals, as fheep, goats, deer, and the like; and are in general
injurious to all fruits and blooming flowers ; efpecially to hops, grapes,
and corn ; and often blaft them in their prime. It was for the purpofe
of diverting thefe evil effects, that Numa, one of the Roman kings,
fuperftitioufly inftituted the feafts called Rubigalia and Floralia, in the
year from the building of Rome 516 ; which feafts were obferved on the
a8th of April to the jd calend of May. This feftival, the Catholic
Church hath fince converted into Afcenfion Week, calling it Rogation,
from the circumftance of imploring a blefling upon the fruits of the
earth.
No. 48.
10 U
The
AN ILLUSTRATION
The next effccl: to be confidered is rain. Rain-water is found much
more infipid at one time than at another ; and is very often impregnated
with a brackifh tafte, yet comfortable to vegetation ; and, by reafon of
the warmth, it nourimcs more abundantly, and is more natural for that
purpofe than fpring-water, or what is drawn out of wells, which is cold,
and too earthy ; whereas, the other participates of the air, which is hot
and moid; but, by reafon of this co-mixture of the elements, it is apt to
form divers animalcules, efpecially in calm times ; which, like the air,
wanting motion, may corrupt; and fo, confequently, generates many
things, according to the undigested matter exhaled from the earth.
The loweft meteor in the air fomewhat refembles a burning candle ;

and is by fome called Ignis Fatuus. This is a hot and moift vapour,
which, driving to afcend, is repulfed by the cold, and, forced by antiperiftafis, moves clofe to the earth, and is carried along by the vapours
that feed it, always keeping in low moift places. The lucid rays are of
an exceeding pale colour, and very unwholefome to meet with, by reafon
of the noxious vapours it attracts, which nourifh the pallid flame. It is
frequently feen to afcend with a very rapid motion ; but it as fuddenly
falls, the moment it is repelled by the cold atmofphere ; from whence
its name is derived.
There are likewife vapours, hot and moift, co-mixed with exhalations
that are hot and dry, involved thus within one another, and form what
is termed eleftrical matter. They afcend, by virtue of their heat, into
the middle region of the air, where the exhalations, by antiperiftafis,
grow inflamed, and ftrive to break forth from the cloud in which they
are involved. The upper part of the cloud, where the heat would pafs,
by oppofition grows more ftrong; and the exhalation, grown over hot
by being thus conftrained, breaks forth with violence from the weakeft
place, againft the air that is in the loweft part ; and, by reafon of the
cold above it, the heat and fubtilenefs of the exhalation, with its own
violence in breaking forth, glances down upon the earth, without doing
any injury, if unrefifted ; as a confuming fword, without hurting the
fcabbard. This is the natural generation of thunder and lightning;
which Dr. Franklin, Dr. Prieftley, and other ingenious men, have
largely treated of in their electrical difquifitions.
The clap of thunder is firft, but the lightning fooneft appears ; becaufe
our fenfe of feeing is much quicker than that of hearing; as may
be exemplified by a thoufand common experiments ; particularly by the
difcharge of the gun, or cannon, where we fee the fire before we hear
the
OFASTROLOGY.
925
the report. With the conjunction of thefe compound vapours and

exhalations, ftones are generated in the air, as other minerals are in the
earth, but more fiery by nature ; and thefe are what are vulgarly called
thunder-bolts; which, in their form, are perfect cones, like the flame
of fire which generates them out of the terrene exhalations; they pervade
the earth in proportion to the projectile force of their velocity. The
prefervatives againft thunder and lightning are many. All hard things
will preferve what is foft and liquid; as iron laid upon veffels will keep
the liquor from fouring, by the former alleged reafons ; befides this, it is
naturally refifted by a cover made of feal's Ikin, which preferves any
creature by which it is covered. The like doth the laurel-tree; for
which reafon many of the Roman Emperors, in times of thunder and
lightning, were accuftomed to wear a garment made of laurel-boughs.
The pale lightning is moft unwholefome ; but the red apteft to burn ;
the beft and moft allured prefervative againft which is the protection of
Heaven.
But let it be noted, that there may be thunder without lightning, and
lightning without thunder; for, when thefe hot and dry exhalations are
inflamed, and the cloud weak in which they are involved, the incenfed
exhalation breaks forth without violence, not being reftrained ; and
the coldnefs of the middle region ftrikes the flames downward, but not
always to the earth, though its glittering and reflecting upon the watery
clouds makes it appear clofe by ; the fame as when the Sun-beams, or
any other fudden light, falling upon the water, will reverberate the
luftre, and dazzle the eye ; particularly if the water be moved with any
wind. Thefe cor rufcat ions are common in hot countries, and with us
in the heat of fummer.
Thunder without lightning alfo happens when the hot and dry exha
lations break violently through the clouds in which they are circumvolved, but not inflamed ; yet making a roaring nolle in the burft of the
cloud which reftrained it. We alfo frequently fee little bladders filled
with wind give a crack or report at the fudden and violent breaking of
them. Sometimes thunder happens, and yet no lightning will appear,
by reciprocal winds ; the clouds violently breaking themfelves in meet
ing with one another ; and this may often happen, by the infurredtion
of feveral mutinous exhalations difturbing the air with divers commo
tions. Thefe ufually happen after much calm weather ; and are very
ufeful to purify and purge the air, left with too much quietuefs it mould
corrupt.
Rainbows
926
AN ILLUSTRATION
Rainbows are generated in waterifli clouds, which are ready to be

diffolved into rain. Thefe are obferved to be always directly oppofite
the Sun or Moon : as, if the Sun be in the fouth, the rainbow will be in
the north ; and, when the Sun is in the eaft, the rainbow will be in the
weft ; and thus in every part of the globe. The lower or nearer the Sun
is to the horizon, the larger will the rainbow appear ;. though it never
can exceed a femicircle, and is the lefs in proportion to the light of the
Sun above, in any fphere ; which is the reafon that at noon-day
we fo feldom fee any rainbow, particularly when the Sun is in the fummer folftice, or near the tropic of Cancer ; except in fuch places as are
far northward, or towards the antarctic pole, where, for fome weeks,
there is continual day.
- ,
- '*"*s4*4-J fifv*'
The Sun in winter, near Capricorn, may caufe a rainbow at noon-day

in our climate ; for they are formed by the light rays of the Sun falling
upon vapours and waterifh exhalations oppoiite to him, and but little
elevated above the earth ; and, by reafon of the great diftance or remotenefs of the Sun, the illuminated beams defcribe his form after an obfcurc
and imperfect manner, portraying an arc of a circle, adorned ufually with
the colours red, green, and purple, inclining to bluifh. The diftinction
of thefe proceeds from the rays of the Sun reflecting upon the vapours ;
and thofe colours are light in it which are neareft to the Sun, and thofe
which are moft remote always tend more to obfcurity ; for a demonftration, both of the colours and form of the rainbow, it only requires to
caft water in a circular manner againft the Sun when it fliines, and the
whole is produced artificially.
Some think the red colour only is made by the Sun's rays, and fuppofe
the fecond colour is produced by reflection, and third by the fccond; and
that all are contained within one condenfed hollow cloud, co-mixed with
airy and watery exhalations. For, if more rainbows than one appear at
a time, it is certain that they are produced by reflection of one another;
but the colours in the fecond will be weaker than thofe in the firft ; and
the third rainbow will be more palid than the fecond, if there happen to
be three, which is very feldom ; then the colours in the firft will be counterchanged in the fecond, and the third again like the firft. The arches
in the clouds or rainbow ufually continue longer than the circles about
the Sun, becaufe the diftance in thefe are fo great, that his beams cannot
fo foon diffipate the exhalations which caufed them. Rainbows in the
night-time are exceeding rare, becaufe they are made by the Moon,
whofe beams are too weak to caufe fuch reflections upon any cloud at fo
great a diftance; but, though they are rare, they fometimes happen.
The
OF
ASTROLOGY.
937
The Aurora Borealis, or Northern Light, is an extraordinary meteor,

or luminous appearance, mowing itfelf in the night-time, in the northern
part of the heavens. It is ufually of a reddtth colour, inclining to yellow,
and fends out frequent corrufcations of pale light, which feem to rife
from the horizon in a pyramidal undulating form, and (hoot, with great
velocity, up to the zenith.
The Aurora Borealis appears moft commonly in form of an arch ;
chiefly in the fpring and autumn ; after a dry year. The arch is partly
bright, partly dark ; but generally tranfparent. And the matter of
which it confifts is alfo found to have no effecT: on the rays of light which
pafs through it. Dr. Hamilton obferves, that he could plainly difcern
the fmalleft fpeck in the Pleiades through the denfity of thofe clouds
which formed part of the Aurora Borealis in 1763, without the lead
diminution of its fplendour, or increafe of twinkling.
This kind of meteor never appears near the equator ; and was fo rare
in England, that none are recorded in our annals fince that remarkable
one, November 14, 1574, till the furprifing Aurora Borealis, March 6,
1716, which appeared for three nights fucceffively, and put the whole
kingdom into the utmoft confternation, terrifying brutes as well as men.
Indeed the horfes were fo frightened, that no fences could keep them in
the enclofures ; it was impoffible to travel in the evenings ; and the roadwaggons, and all other carriages, were obliged to lie by immediately as
the Sun was down. In the years 1707 and 1708, five fmall ones were
obferved in little more than eighteen months ; but they bore no comparifon with the above. Hence it fhould feem, that the air, or earth, or
both, are not at all times difpofed to produce this phenomenon, for,
though it is poffible it may happen in the day-time in bright moon-mine,
or in cloudy weather, and (b pafs unobferved ; yet that it mould appear
fo frequent at fome times, and fo feldom at others, cannot well this way
be accounted for. That in March, 1716, was vifible to the weft of IreJand, on the confines of Ruffia, and to the eaft of Poland ; extending at
leaft near thirty degrees of longitude, and from about the fiftieth degree
in latitude over almoft all the north of Europe : and in all places at the
fame time it exhibited the like wondrous appearances.
Many attempts have been made to affign the caufe of this pheno
menon. Dr. Halley imagines the watery vapours, or effluvia, rarefied
exceedingly by fubterraneous fire, and tinged with fulphureous ftreams,
which many naturalifts have fuppofed to be the caufe of earthquakes,
may alfo be the caufe of this appearance ; or that it is produced by a
No. 48.
10 X
kind
AN
ILLUSTRATION
kind of fubtile matter, freely pervading the pores of the earth, and which,
entering into it nearer the fouthern pole, paffes out again with iome
force into the aether at the fame diftance from the northern ; the obli
quity of its direction, being proportioned to its diftance from the pole.
This fubtile matter, by becoming fome way or other more dcufe, or
having its velocity increafed, may be capable of producing a fmall degree
of light, after the manner of effluvia from the electric bodies, which, by
a ftrong and quick friction, emit light in the dark: to which fort of light
this feems to have a great affinity.
The celebrated M. de Mairan, in an exprefs treatife on the Aurora
Borealis, publimed in 1731, affigns Its caufe to be the zodiacal light,
which, according to him, is no other than the Sun's atmofphere: this light
happening, on fome occafions, to meet the upper parts of our air on the
fide of the limits where univerfal gravity begins to act more forcibly
towards the Earth than towards the Sun, falls into our atmofphere to a
greater or lefs depth as its fpecific gravity is greater or lefs compared
with the air through which it pafles.Mr. Fuller thinks the cauie of the
Aurora Borealis not owing to the zodiacal light, as M. de Mairan fup
pofes ; but to particles of our atmofphere driven beyond its limits by the
impulfe of the light of the Sun. Oh this fuppofition, he endeavours to
account for the phenomena obferved concerning this light. He fuppofes
the zodiacal light, and the tails of comets, to be owing to a fimilar caufe.
This light fometimes appears remarkably red, as it happened Dec. 5,
1737 ; of which there were a variety of accounts from different parts of
Europe.
Ever fince the identity of lightning and of athe electric matter has
been alcertained, philofophers have been naturally led to leek the expli
cation of aerial meteors in the principles of eleftricity ; and they feem to
have no doubt but moft of them, and efpecially the Aurora Borealis, are
formed of electrical matter. Befides the more obvious and known
appearances which conftitute a refemblance between this meteor and the
electric matter whereby lightning is produced, it has been obferved, that
the Aurora occafions a very fenllble fluctuation in the magnetic needle ;
and that, when it has extended lower than ufual into the atmofphere,
the flames have been attended with various founds of rumbling and
hiffing, taken notice of both by Sig. Beccaria and M. Meffier. Mr.
Canton, loon after he had obtained electricity from the clouds, offered a
conjecture, that the Aurora Borealis is occafioned by the dafliitig of elec
tric fire from positive towards negative clouds at a great diftance, through
the upper part of the atmofphere where the rcfiftauce is leaft. And he
. fuppofes,
OF ASTROLOGY.
929
fuppofes, that the Aurora, which happens at the time when the mag
netic needle is difturbed by the heat of the earth, is the electricity of the
heated air above it; and this appears chiefly in the northern regions, as
the alteration in the heat of the air in thefe parts will be the greateft.
Nor is this hypothefis improbable, when it is confidered, that the clouds
being furcharged with electrical matter is the caufe of thunder and light
ning; that it has been extracled from the air at the time of an Aurora
Borealis ; that the inhabitants of the northern countries obferve it to be
remarkably ftrong when a fudden thaw fucceeds very fevere cold wea
ther ; and that the tourmalin is known to emit and abforb the electric
fluid only by the increase or diminution of its heat.
Pofitive and negative electricity in the air, with a proper quantity of
moiftureto ferve as a conductor, is fuppofed to account for this and other
meteors, fometimes feen in a ferene fky. Mr. Canton has fince con
trived to exhibit this meteor by means of the Torricellian vacuum, in a
glafs tube about three feet king, and fealed hermetically. When orre
end of the tube is held in the hand, and the other applied to the con
ductor, the whole tube will be illuminated from end to end; and will
continue luminous without interruption for a confiderable time after it
has been removed from the conductor. If, after this, it be drawn
through the hand either way, the light will be uncommonly intenfe,
and without the leaft interruption from one hand to the other, even to
its whole length. And, though a great part of the electricity is difcharged by this operation, it will ftill flafli at intervals, when held only
at one extremity, and kept quite ftill ; but, if it be grafped by the other
hand at the fame time in a different place, ftrong flafhes of light will
hardly ever fail to dart from one end to the other, and thefe will con
tinue twenty-four hours, and longer, without any frem excitation. An
arched double barometer, of a conliderable height, is an improvement of
this contrivance, for exhibiting the appearance of an Aurora Borealis by
means of the electric fire. Sig. Beccaria, who has purfued his obfervations on atmofpherical electricity farther than any of his affociates in
thefe inquiries, conjectures that there is a conftant and regular circula
tion of the electric fluid from north to fouth ; and he thinks, that the
Aurora Borealis may be this electric matter performing its circulation in
fuch a ftate of the atmofphere as renders it viable, or approaching nearer
the earth than ufual. Dr, Franklin fuppofes, that the electrical fire difcbarged into the polar regions from many leagues of vaporifed air raifed
from the ocean between the tropics, accounts for the Aurora Borealis ;
and that it appears firft where it is firft in motion, i. e. in the moft
northern part; and the appearance proceeds fouthward, though the fire
really moves northward.
All
930
AN
ILLUSTRATION
All this, however, appears to be little more than the cbnje&ural fpeculation of modern philofophers. The ancients, it is plain, never faw
this phenomenon ; nor did it ever occur in their days, fince no mention
whatever is made of it in their writings ; nor is any notice taken of it in
the records of the moderns until the year 1574, which is the firft time,
I believe, the Aurora Borealis ever made its appearance in the world ;
and, being a new phenomenon in nature, muft undoubtedly have been
produced by fbme great conjunction, or by the violent heat of fbme
invifible comet, or by a variation in the frame and fyftem of the world,
or of the heavenly bodies, which at that particular sera muft have taken
place, and which ftill continues, at times, to produce the fame luminous
and fiery appearance.
Blazing Jiars are fiery luminous appearances generated in the upper
region of the air, and formed into a body, whence they take an oblique
direction with aftonifhing velocity, and defcend to the earth. The light
they convey will fometimes exceed that of the Moon, as was the cafe a
few years fince with a very remarkable one, which pafled from north to
fouth, very near the furface of the earth, and was fuppofed to fall into
the fea. Their appearance is at once beautiful and tremendous.
Signior Beccaria, in one of his philofophical papers, makes mention of
a very remarkable one, which appeared about an hour after fun-fet, and
directed its courfe immediately towards the fpot where he and fome
friends were walking. It grew apparently larger and larger as it ap
proached, and went off very near them ; when it left their faces, hands,
and clothes, with the earth, and all the neighbpuring objects, fuddenly
illuminated with a diffufed and lambent light, without any vifible nolle.
Blazing ftars are likewife underftood by fome to mean comets, on
account of their tails, or extended train of light on fire, which is obferved
to iflue from them. But, as the do&rine of comets is an immenfe fpcculation, I fhall treat of them under a diftindt and feparate head.
Of COMETS.
A comet is now certainly defined to be a heavenly body, in the plane
tary region, appearing fuddenly, and again difappearing ; and, during
the time of its appearance, moving in a proper though very eccentric
orbit, like a planet. As to their nature, the unfrequency of their
appearing, together with the feeming irregularities of their phenomena,
have
O F A S T R O L O G Y*
have left philofophers much in the dark. Thofe ^ho.,liye4 Before Ariftotle accounted for them ,by fuppofing the hoavQpty,^ges,;fi|jr pf.an
infinite number of ftars ; and many of them too remote, or too fmall, to
have ever come tinder the notice of aftronotners ; thefe mvifible ftars they
farther fuppofed to move by their own proper motion every way.,; mlttiing their courfes in very unequal times. And a comet, according to them,
was a vaft heap or aflernblage of thefe little ftars, meeting together, by
reafon of the inequality of their motions, and uniting into a vinble mafs ;
which mud again disappear, as thofe ftars feparated, and each proceeded
in its courfe. But, how thofe ftars mould thus meet, coalefce, and form
a body, which in all pofitions of the Sun mould referable a tail, and again
feparate, is totally inexplicable. This opinion Ariftotle overturned, by
fubftituting another in its ftead : he infifted that comets were only a kind
of tranfient fires, or meteors, confifting of exhalations raifed to the upper
region of the air, and there fet on fire, far below the Moon's courfe.
But neither is this hypothefis more juft than the other; for, on this prin
ciple, the light of the comet, being independent of the Sun, would be
difperfed every way alike, without any appearance of a train, or tail,
which is contrary to the phenomena. Moreover they are obferved at
the fame time in places on the earth very remote from each other.
Befides, the modern aftronomers, who have meafured the diftance be
tween the comets and the earth, find that the comets have no fenfible
diurnal parallax ; which could not be, were they not much more remote
than the Moon, whofe parallax is fenfible : and yet, as they have a fenfi
ble annual parallax, they are not fb remote as the fixed ftars. Tycho
Brahe was the firft among the moderns, who,- after diligently obferving
the comet of 1577, and finding that it had no fenfible diurnal; parallax,
affigned it its true place in the planetary regions.
Hevelius, from a great number of obfervations, propofes it as his opi
nion, that the comets, like the fblar maculae, or fpots, are formed and
condenfed out of the grofier exhalations of his body. In which notion
he agrees nearly with Kepler, who maintains, that comets are generated
in the aether in vaft numbers, like fifties in the ocean; though they do
not all become vifible, either becaufe of their fmallnefs, or becaufe they
lie a long time under the horizon.
But Sir Ifaac Newton has fhown the fallacy of this hypothefis, by
proving that the comet of 1680, in its pafTage through the neighbour
hood of the Sun, would have been diffipated had it confifted of exhala
tions of the Sun and planets; for the heat of the Sun, it is allowed,
is as the denfity of his rays, i. e. .reciprocally as the fquares of the
No. 48.
IO Y
diftances
932
AN
ILLUSTRATION
diftances of places from the Sun. Wherefore, fince the diftance of that
comet in its perihelion, December the 8th, was obferved to be to the dif
tance of the Earth from the Sun nearly as 6 to 1000 ; the Sun's heat in
the comet, at that time, was to his heat with us at Midfummer, as
IOOOOOO to 36, or 28000 to i. And again, finding by experiment that
the heat of boiling water is little more than three times the heat of our
dry earth, when expofed to the Midfummer's Sun ; and affuming the heat
of red-hot iron to be about three or four times as great as that of boiling
water ; he thence concludes, that the heat of the dried earth, or body of
the comet in its perihelion, muft be near 2000 times as great as that of
red-hot iron.
Such an immenfe heat once acquired in its perihelion, the comet muft
he a long time in cooling again. The fame author computes, that a
globe of red-hot iron, of the dimenfions of our earth, would fcarcely be
cool in 5000 years. If then the comet be fuppofed to cool 100 times
as faft as red-hot iron, yet, fince its heat was 2OOO times greater, fuppofing it of the bignefs of the earth, it would not be cool in a million of
years.
James Bernoulli!, in his Syftema Cometarum, fuppofes fome primary
planet revolving round the Sun in the fpace of four years and one hun
dred and fifty-feven days, and at the diftauce from his body of 2583
femidiameters of the magnus orbis ; this planet, he concludes, either
from its vaft diftance or fmallnefs, to be invifible to us ; but, however,
to have, at various diftances from him, feveral fatellites moving round
him, and fomctimes defcending as low as the orbit of Saturn ; and that
thefe, becoming vifible to us when in their perigaeum, are what we call
comets.
Des Cartes advances another opinion ; he conjectures that comets are
only ftars, formerly fixed, like the reft, in the heavens ; but which, be
coming by degrees covered with maculae, or fpots, and at length wholly
robbed of their light, cannot keep their place, but are carried off by the
vortices of the circumjacent ftars ; and, in proportion to their magnitude
and folidity, moved in fuch manner as to be brought nearer the orb of
Saturn ; and thus, coming within reach of the Sun's light, rendered
vifible.
But the vanity of all thefe hypothefes abundantly appears from the
phenomena of comets ; the chief of which are as follow: jft. Thofe
comets, which move according to the order of the figns, do all, a little
before they difappear, either advance flower than ufual, or elfe go retro
grade,
OFASTROLOGY.
933
grade, if the Earth be between them and the Sun ; and more fwiftly, if
the Earth be fituate in a contrary part. On the other hand, thofe which
proceed contrary to the order of the figns, proceed more fwiftly than
ufual if the Earth be between them and the Sun ; and more flowly, or
go retrograde, when the Earth is in a contrary part. ad. So long as
their velocity is increafed, they move nearly in great circles; but,
towards the end of their courfe, they deviate from thofe circles; and, as
often as the Earth proceeds one way, they go the contrary way. ^d.
They move in ellipfes, having one of their foci in the centre of the Sun ;
and, by radii drawn to the Sun, defcribes areas proportionable to the
times. 4th. The light of their bodies, or nuclei, increafes in their recefs
from the Earth toward the Sun ; and on the contrary, decreafes in their
.recefs from the Sun. 5th. Their tails appear the largeft and brighteft
immediately after their tranfit through the region of the Sun, or after
their perihelion. 6th. The tails always decline from a juft oppofition
to the Sun towards thofe parts which the bodies, or nuclei, pafs over, in
their progrefs through their orbits. 7th. This declination, cceteris paribus, is the fmalleft, when the heads, or nuclei, approach neareft the Sun ;
and is lefs, ftill, nearer the nucleus of the comet, than towards the extre
mity of the tail. 8th. The tails are fomewhat brighter, and more diftinclly defined, in their convex than in their concave part. 9th. The
tails always appear broader at their upper extreme than near the centre
of the comet. loth. The tails are always tranfparent, and the fmalleft
ftars appear through them.
Thefe are the chief phenomena of comets ; which, it is evident, cannot
eafily be reconciled with the wild notions of the ancients, and the weak
conjectures of many of the moderns. Indeed, there were fome, Pliny
tells us, among the ancients, who, "had jufter notions; who took thefe
" ftars to be perpetual, and believed they moved in their proper orbs ;
" but were never feen, unlefs when left by the Sun." Apollonius
Myndius declared, that he took comets for regular ftars ; and ventured to
foretel, that one day the periods and laws of their motion would be
difcovered. And more fully Seneca, Quaeft. Nat. lib. vii. cap. 25. "I
** am not of the common opinion, nor do I take a comet to be a fudden
" fire, but cfteem it among the eternal works of nature." Quid outem
miramur cometas, tarn rarum mundi fpeftaculum, nondum teneri legibus
certis, nee inltia illorum Jinefque innotefcere, quorum ex ingentibus nee Interval/is recur/us ejl ? Veniet tempus quo ifta qua nunc latent in lucem dies
extrahat^ & longioris cevi diligentia. Fernet tempus quo pofteri noftri tarn
aperta nos nefciffe mirentur. Erit qui demonftret aliquando, in quibus cometae
partibus errent : cur tarn fe dufti a cateris errent^ quanti qualefque Jint.
- This
934
AN ILLUSTRATION
This prediction we have feen accomplifhed in our days, by the great Sir
Ifaac Newton; whofe do6lrine is as follows:
The comets, he fays, are com pad, folid, fixed, and durable, bodies ;
in one word, a kind of planets ; which move, in very oblique orbits,
every way with the greateft freedom ; perfevering in their motions, even
againft the courfe and direction of the planets; and their tail is a very
thin {lender vapour, emitted by the head, or nucleus, of the comet,
ignited or heated by the Sun. This at once fblves all the foregoing,
phenomena : for " It is evident, that thofe which proceed according to
" the order of the figns, a little before they difappear muft move more
" flowly, or appear retrograde, if the Earth be betwixt them and the
" Sun ; and fwifter if the Earth be in a contrary part. On the contrary,
" thofe proceeding againft the order of the figns," &c. For, fince this
courfe is not among the fixed ftars, but among the planets ; as the motion
of the Earth either confpires with them, or goes againft them ; their
appearance, with regard to the Earth, muft be changed ; and, like the
planets, they muft fometimes appear fwifter, fometimes flower, and
fometimes retrograde. " When the comets move the fwifteft, they muft
" proceed in ftraight lines ; but, in the end of their courfe, decline,"
&c. becaufe, in the end of their courfe, when they recede almoft diredlly
from the Sun, that part of the apparent motion which arifes from
the parallax muft bear a greater proportion to the whole apparent
motion.
The comets muft move in ellipfes, having one of their foci in the
centre of the Sun ; becaufe they do not wander precarioufly from one
fictitious vortex to another ; but, making a part of a folar fyftem, return
perpetually, and run a conftant round. Hence, their elliptic orbits being
very long and eccentric, they become invifible when in that part moft
remote from the Sun. From confidering the curvity of the paths of
comets, Sir Ifaac concludes, that, when they difappear, they are much
beyond the orb of Jupiter ; and that, in their perihelion, they frequently
defcend below the orbit of Mars and the inferior planets. The light of
their nuclei muft increafe in their recefs from the Sun, and vice verfa ?
becaufe, as they are in the regions of the planets, their accefs toward the
Sun bears a confiderable proportion to their whole diftance.
From obfervations of the comet of 1680, Sir Ifaac Newton found
that the vapour in the extremity of the tail, January 25th, began to
afcend from the head before December n; and had therefore fpent
more than forty-five days in its afcent ; but that all the tail which ap
peared
OF
ASTROLOGY.
935
peared December icth afcended in the fpace of thoie two days, then juft
paft, fince its perihelion. The vapour, therefore, at the beginning,
when the comet was near the Sun, afcended prodigioufly fwift ; and
afterwards continued to afcend with a motion retarded by the gravity of
its particles ; and by that afcent increafed the length of the tail; but the
tail, notwithftanding its length, confifted almoft wholly of vapours,
which had afcended from the time of its perihelion ; and the vapour
which afcended firlt, and compofed the extreme part of the tail, did not
vanifh till it was too far from the Sun to be illuminated by him, and
from us to be vifible. Hence alfo, the tails of comets that are (horter
do not afcend with a quick and continual motion from the head, and
then prefently difappear ; but are permanent columns of vapours and
exhalations, gathered from the head by a very gentle motion and a great
fpace of time; which yet, by participating of that motion of their heads
they had at the beginning, continue eafily to move along with their
heads through the celeftial regions ; whence alfo the vacuity of thofe
regions is urged.
r.;
Their tails muft appear the largeft and brighteft immediately after
their tranfit through the region of the Sun. Becaufe, then, their heads,
being the moft heated, will emit the moft vapours. From the light of
the nucleus, or apparent ftar, we infer their vicinity to the earth, and
that they are by no means in the region of the fixed ftars, as fbme have
imagined ; fince, in that cafe, their heads would be no more illuminated
by the Sun than the planets are by the fixed ftars. The tails muft ftill
decline from a diftindl oppofition to the Sun towards the parts which the
heads pafs over in their progrefs through their orbits ; becaufe all fmoke,
or vapour, emitted from a body in motion, tends upwards obliquely,
ftill receding from that part towards which the fmoking body proceeds.
That declination will be ftill the leaft near the nucleus of the comet,
and when the comet is neareft the Sun ; becaufe the vapour afcends
more fwiftly near the head of the comet than in the higher extremity of
its tail; and when the comet is at a lefs diftance from the Sun than
when at a greater. The tail is brighter and better defined in its convex
part than in its concave ; becaufe the vapour in the convex part, which
goes firft, being fomewhat nearer and denfer, reflects the light more
copioufly. The tail muft appear broader towards the higher extremity
of the comet than towards the head ; becaufe the vapour in a free fpace
is perpetually rarefied and dilated. The tails muft be tranfparent,
becaufe confifting of infinitely thin vapour, &c. Thus accurately does
the hypothefis tally to the phenomena.
r'.'ij." 'j'.\. ,
No. 48.
10 Z
5;- '
The
936
ANILLUSTRATION
The nuclei, which we occasionally call the heads and bodies of comets,
viewed through a telefcope, (how a very different face from thofe of the
fixed ftars, or planets. They are liable to apparent changes, which Sir
Ifaac Newton afcribes to changes in the atmofphere of comets ; and this
opinion was confirmed by obfervations of the comet in 1744. Sturmius
tells us, that, obferving the comet of 1680 with a telefcope, it appeared
like a coal dimly glowing, or a rude mafs of matter illuminated with a
dulky fumid light, lefs feniible at the extremes than in the middle ; rather
than as a ftar, which appears with a round dilk, and a vivid light.
Hevelius obferved of the comet of 1661, that its body was of a yellowifh colour, very bright and confpicuous, but without any glittering
light : in the middle was a denfe ruddy nucleus, almoft equal to Jupiter,
encompaffed with a much fainter thinner matter. On February the 5th,
its head was fomewhat bigger and brighter ; of a gold colour ; but its
light more dulky than the reft of the ftars : here, the nucleus appeared
divided into feveral parts. February the 6th, the difk was leflened ; the
nuclei ftill exifted, though lefs than before; one of them, on the lower
part of the difk, on the left, much denfer and brighter than the reft: its
body round, and reprefenting a very lucid little ftar : the nuclei ftill encompafTed with another kind of matter. February loth, the head fome
what more obfcure, and the nuclei more confufed, but brighter at top
than bottom. February ijth, the head diminifhed much, both in mag
nitude and brightnefs. March ad, its roundnefs a little impaired, its
edges lacerated, &c. March a8th, very pale and exceeding thin ; its
matter much difperfed ; and no diftincl nucleus at all appearing.
Weigelius, who faw the comet of 1664, the Moon, and a little cloud
illuminated by the Sun at the fame time, obferved that the Moon,
through the telefcope, appeared of a continual luminous furface ; but the
comet very different ; being perfectly like a little cloud in the horizon,
illuminated by the Sun. From thefe obfervations it was, that Hevelius
concluded comets to be like maculae, or fpots, formed out of the fblar
exhalations.
The eftimates that have been given by Tycho, Hevelius, and fome
others, of the magnitude of comets, are not fufficiently accurate to be
depended upon ; for it does not appear, that they diftinguifhed between
the nucleus and the furrounding atmofphere. Thus Tycho computes
that the true diameter of the comet in 1577 was in proportion to the
diameter of the earth as 3 is to 1 4. Hevelius made the diameter of the
comet of 1653 to that of the earth as 52 to 100. The diameter of
the
OF ASTROLOGY.
937
the atmofphere is often ten or fifteen times as great as that of the

nucleus: the former, in the comet of 1682, when meafured by Flamfteed, was found to be two minutes, but the diameter of the nucleus only
eleven feconds. Some comets, from the apparent magnitude and diftance compared, have been judged to be much larger than the Moon,
and even equal to fome of the primary planets. The diameter of that
of 1744, when at the diftance of the Sun from us, meafured about one
minute, and therefore its diameter muft be about three times the diameter
of the Earth : at another time the diameter of its nucleus was nearly
equal to that of Jupiter.
The lengths of the tails of comets are various, and depend on a variety
of circumftances. Longomontanus mentions a comet that in 1618,
December 10, had a tail above a hundred degrees in length; that of
1680, according to Sturmius, about the aoth of November, was but
fmall ; at moft, not exceeding twenty degrees in length ; in a little time
it grew to a length of iixty degrees, after which it dwindled very fenfibly. The comet of 1744 had a tail which at one time appeared to
extend above fixteen degrees from its body ; and which, allowing the
Sun's parallax ten feconds, muft have been above twenty-three millions
of miles in length.
.
Sir Ifaac Newton (hows, that the atmofphere of comets will furnifh
vapour fufficient to form their tails ; this he argues from that wonderful
rarefaclion obferved in our air at a diftance from the earth : a cubic inch
of common air, at the diftance of half the earth's diameter, or four
thoufand miles, would neceflarily expand itfelf fo far as to fill a fpace
larger than the whole region of ftars. Since then the coma or atmofphere of a comet is ten times higher than the furface of the nucleus,
counting from the centre thereof, the tail, afcending much higher, muft
neceflarily be immenfely rare ; fo that it is no wonder the ftars mould be
vifible through it.
Now, the afcent of vapours into the tail of the comet he fuppofes
occasioned by the rarefaclion of the matter of the atmofphere at the
lime of the perihelion. Smoke, it is obferved, afcends the chimney by
the impulfe of the air wherein it floats; and air, rarefied by heat, afcends
by the diminution of its fpecific gravity, taking up the fmoke along with
it ; why then mould not the tail of a comet be fuppofed to be raifed after
the fame manner by the Sun ? for the fun-beams do not aft on the
mediums they pafs through any otherwife than by reflection and rarefac
tion. The reflecting particles, then, being warmed by the a&iou, will
again
938
AN ILLUSTRATION
again warm the aether wherewith they are compounded ; and this, rare
fied by the heat, will have its fpecific gravity, whereby it before tended
to defcend, diminiflied by the rarefaction, fo as to afcetid, and carry
along with it thofe reflecting particles whereof the tail of the comet is
compofed. This afcent of the vapours will be promoted by their circu
lar motion round the Sun ; by means whereof, they will endeavour to
recede from the Sun, while the Sun's atmofphere, and the other matters
in the celeftial fpaces, are either at reft, or nearly fo ; as having no
motion but what they receive from the Sun's circumrotation. Thus are
the vapours raifed into the tails of comets in the neighbourhood of the
Sun, where the orbits are moft curve ; and where the comets, being
within the denfer atmofphere of the Sun, have their tails of the greateft
length.
The tails thus produced, by preferving that motion, and at the fame
time gravitating toward the Sun, will move round his body in ellipfes, in
like manner as their heads ; and by this means, will ever accompany,
and freely adhere to, their head. In effect, the gravitation of the vapours
towards the Sun will no more occafion the tails of the comets to forfake
their heads, and fall down towards the Sun, than the gravitation of their
heads will occafion them to fall off from their tails ; but by their com
mon gravitation they will either fall down together to the Sun, or be
together fufpended or retarded. This gravitation, therefore, does not at
all hinder but that the heads and tails of comets may receive and retain
any pofition towards each other, which either the above-mentioned
caufes or any other may occafion. The tails, therefore, thus produced
in the perihelion of comets, will go off, along with their heads, into
remote regions ; and either return thence, together with the comets, after
a long feries of years ; or rather be there loft, and vanifli by little and
little, and the comets be left bare ; till at their return, defcending towards
the Sun, fome little mort tails are gradually and flowly produced from
the heads ; which, afterwards, in the perihelion, defcending into the Sun's
atmofphere, will be immenfely increafed.
The vapours, when they are thus dilated, rarefied, and diffufed through
all the celeftial regions, the fame author obferves, may probably, by little
and little, by means of their own gravity, be attracted down to the
planets, and become intermingled with their atmofpheres. He adds likewife, that, for the confervation of the water and moifture of the planets,
comets feem abfolutely requifite; from whofe condenfed vapours and
exhalations, all that moifture, which is {pent in vegetations and putre
factions, and turned into dry earth, &c. may be re-fupplied and re
cruited.
OFASTROLOGY.
939
cruited. For all vegetables grow and increafe wholly from fluids; and,
again, as to their greateft part, turn, by putrefaflion, into earth again ;
an earthly flime being perpetually precipitated to the bottom of putrefy
ing liquors. Hence the quantity of dry earth muft continually increafe,
and the moifture of the globe decreafe, and at laft be quite evaporated,
if it had not a continual fupply from fome part or other of the univerfe.
And I fufpecl, adds our great author, that the fpirit, which makes the
fineft, fubtileft, and the beft, part of our air, and which is abfolutely
requifite for the life and being of all things, comes principally from the
comets.
On this principle, there feems to be fome foundation for the popular
opinion of prefages from comets; fince the tail of a comet, thus inter
mingled with our atmofphere, may produce changes very fenfible in ani
mal and vegetable bodies. Another ufe which he conjectures comets may
be defigned to ferve, is that of recruiting the Sun with frefh fuel, and re
pairing the confumption of his light by the ftreams continually fent forth
in every direction from that luminary. In fupport of this conjecture he
obferves, that comets in their perihelion may fuffer a diminution of their
projectile force by the refinance of the folar atmofphere ; fo that by de
grees their gravitation towards the Su.n may be fo far increafed as to pre
cipitate their fall into his body.
\
There have been various conjectures about the generation of the tails
of comets. Appian, Tycho Brahe, and fome others, apprehended that
they were produced by the Sun's rays tranfmitted through the nucleus of
the comet, which they fuppofed to be tranfparent, and there refrafted as
in a lens of glafs, fo as to form a beam of light behind the comet. Des
Cartes accounted for the phenomenon of the tail by the rarefaction of light
from the head of the comet to the eye of the fpe&ator. Mairan fuppofes
that the tails are formed out of the luminous matter that compofes the
Sun's atmofphere ; M. De la Lande combines this hypothefis with that
of Newton above recited. Mr. Rowning, who is not fatisfied with Sir
Ifaac's opinion, accounts for the tails of comets in the following manner:
It is well known, fays he, that, when the light of the Sun pafles
through the atmofphere of any body, as the Earth, that which pafles
on one fide is, by the rarefaction thereof, made to converge towards that
which paffes on the oppofite one ; and the convergency is not wholly effecled either at the entrance of the light into the atmofphere, or at its go
ing out ; but, beginning at its entrance, it increafes in every point of its
progrefs. It is alfo agreed, that the atmofpheres of the comets are very
large and denfe. He therefore fuppofes that? by fuch time as the light
JSfo. 49.
11 A
of ,
946
Atf ILLUSTRATION
of the Sun has patted through a Cottfiderable part of the atmofphere of a

comet, the rays thereof are Ib fat refracted towards each other, that they
then begin fenfibly to illuminate it, or rather the vapours floating therein,
and fo render that part they have yet to pafs through vifible to us : and
that this portion of the atrnofphere of a comet thus illuminated appears to
us in form of a beam of thfe Sun's light, and pafles under the denomina^
tion of a comet's tail.
We have an enquiry into the caufe of the tails of comets, by Mr. Euler. He thinks there is a great affinity between thefe tails, the zodiacal
light, and the Aurora Borealis ; and that the common caufe of them all
is the action of the Sun's light on the atmofphere of the comets, of the
Sun, and of the Earth. He fuppofes, that the impulfe of the rays of
light on the atmofphere of comets may drive fome of the finer particles
of that atmofphere far beyond its limits ; and that this force of impulfe,
combined with that of gravity towards the comet, would produce a tail,
which would always be in oppofition to the Sun, if the comet did not
move. But the motion of the comet in its orbit, and about its axis, muft
vary the pofition and figure of the tail, giving it a curvature, and devia
tion from a line drawn from the centre of the Sun to that of the comet ;
and that this deviation will be greater, as the orbit of the comet has the
greater curvature, and the motion of the comet more rapid. It may
even happen, that the velocity of the comet, in its perihelion, may be fo
great, that the force of the Sun's rays may produce a new tail before the
old one can fbllbvfr ; in which cafe the comet might have two or more
tails. The poltibility of this is confirmed by the comet of 1 744, which
was obferved to have feveral tails while it was in its perihelion.
Dr. Hamilton urges feveral objections againfl the Newtonian hypothefis ; and concludes that the tail of a comet is formed of matter, which hath
not the power of refracting or reflecting the rays of light : but that it is
a lucid or felf-mining fubftarice, and, from its fimilarily to the Aurora
Borealis, produced by the fame caufe, and is a proper electrical phenome
non. Dr. Halley feemed inclined to this hypothefis, when he faid, that
the ftreams of light in the Aurora Borealis ib much refembled the long
tails of comets, that at firft fight they might well be taken for fuch : this
light fcems to have a great affinity to that which electric bodies emit in
the dark.
M. Fatio has fuggefted, that fome of the comets have their nodes fo
very near the annual orbit of the earth, that, if the earth fhould hap
pen to be found in that part next the node, at the time of a comet's patting
OF ASTROLOGY.
941
the moft dreadful confequenc6s might be apprehended ; as the appa

rent motion of the comet will be incredibly fwift, ib its parallax will be
come very fenfible ; and the proportion thereof to that of the Sun will be
given : whence fuch tranfits of comets will afford the beft means of de
termining the diftance of the Earth and Sun.
The comet of 1472 had a parallax above twenty times greater than
that of the Sun; and, if that of 1618 had come down in the beginning
of March to its defcending node, it would have been much nearer to
the Earth, and its parallax much more notable. But, hitherto, none has
threatened the Earth with a nearer appulfe than that of 1 680 : for, by cal
culation, Dr. Halley finds, that November nth, i h. 6 min. P. M. that
comet was not above one femidiameter of the Earth to the northward of
the way of the Earth ; at which time, had the Earth been in that part of
its orbit, the comet would have had a parallax equal to that of the Moon.
What might have been the confequence of fo near an appulfe, a contact,
or, laftly, a fhock, of the celeftial bodies ? Whifton fays, a deluge !
If the paths of comets be fuppofed diredly parabolical, as fome have
imagined, it would follow, that, being impelled towards the Sun by a
centripetal force, they defcend as from fpaces infinitely diftant ; and by
their falls acquire fuch a velocity, as that they may again run off into the
remotefl: regions, ftill moving upwards with fuch a perpetual tendency
as never to return. But the frequency of their appearance, and their de
gree of velocity, which does not exceed what they might acquire by their
gravity towards the Sun, feems to put it part doubt that they move, planetlike, in elliptic orbits, though exceedingly eccentric ; and fo return
again, after very long periods. The apparent velocity of the comet of
1473, as obferved by Regiomontanus, was fuch as to carry it through
forty degrees of a great circle in twenty-four hours: and that of 1770
was obferved to move through more than forty-five degrees in the laft
twenty-five hours.
Newton, Flamfteed, Halley, and the Englifh aftronomers, feem fatiffiecl of the return of comets : Caffiai, and others of the French, think it
highly probable ; but De la Hire, and others, oppofe it. Thofe on the
affirmative fide fuppofe the comets to defcribe orbits prodigiously eccentric,
infomuch that we can only fee them in a very fraall part of their revo
lution ; out of this, they are loft in the immenfe fpaces ; hid not only
from our eyes, but from our telefcopes. That little part of their orbit
near us, M. Caffini, &c. have found to pafs between the orbits of Venus
and Mars. For the reafons of the return of comets, M. Caffini gives
thefe
942
AN
ILLUSTRATION
thefe which follow: i. In conddering the courfe of the comets, with

regard to the fixed ftars, they are found to keep a confiderable time in
the arch of a great circle, i. e. a circle whofe plane paffes through the
centre of the earth ; indeed, they deviate a little from it, chiefly towards
the end of their appearance ; but this deviation is common to them with
the planets. 2. Comets, as well as planets, appear to move fo much the
fafter as they are nearer the earth ; and, when they are at equal diftances
from their perigee, their velocities are nearly the fame.
By fubtrafHng from their motion the apparent inequality of velocity
occafioned by their different diftances from the earth, their equal motion
might be found ; but we fhould not be certain this motion were their true
one ; becaufe they might have confiderable inequalities, not diftinguifhable in that fmall part of their orbit vifible to us. It is indeed probable,
that their real motion, as well as that of the planets, is unequal in itfelf :
and hence we have a reafon why the obfervations made during the ap-r
pearance of a comet cannot give the juft period of its revolution.
There are no two different planets whofe orbits cut the ecliptic in the
fame angle, whofe nodes are in the fame points of the ecliptic, and whofe
apparent velocity in their perigee is the fame : confequently, two comets
feen at different times, yet agreeing with all thofe three circumftances,
can only be one and the lame comet. And this were the comets of 1577
and 1680 obferved to do, and thofe of 1652 and 1698 ; not that this ex
act agreement, in thefe circumftances, is abfolutely neceffary to deter
mine them the fame comet. M. Caffini finds the Moon herfelf irregular
in them all : accordingly, he is of opinion, there are feveral which difagree herein, and yet may be accounted the fame.
The great objection againft the return of comets, is, the rarity of their
appearance, with regard to the number of revolutions affigned to them.
In 1702, there was a comet, or rather the tail of one, feen at Rome,
which M. Caffini takes to be the fame with that obferved by Ariftotle,
and that fince feen in 1668, which would imply its period to be thirtyfour years. Now it may feem ftrange, that a ftar which has fo fhort a re
volution, and of confequence fuch frequent returns, fhould be fo feldorn
ieen.Again, in April of the fame year, 1702, a comet was obferved by
Meff. Bianchini and Maraldi, fuppofed by the latter to be the fame with
that of 1664, by reafon of its motion, velocity, and direction. M. de
la Hire took it to have fome relation to another he had obferved in 1698,
which M. Caffini refers to that of 1652. On this fuppofition, its period
appears to be forty-three months ; and the number of revolutions, between
1653
> F A S T R O L O G Y,
943
1652 and 1698, fourteen: but it is hard to fuppofe, that, in this age,
wherein the heavens are ib narrowly watched, a ftar Ihould make fourteen
appearances unperce-ived ; efpecially fuch a ftar as" this, which might ap
pear above a month together, and of confequence be frequently difengaged from the crepufcula.. For this reafon, Caffini is very referved
in maintaining the hypothefis of the return of corriets; and only propofes
thofe for planets, where the motions are eafy and fimple, and are folved
without ftrainiiig, or allowing many irregularities.
M. de la Hire propofes one general difficulty againft the whole fyftem
of the return of comets, which would feem to hinder any comet from be
ing a planet : and it is this ; that, by the difpofition necefTarily given to
their courfes, they ought to appear as large at firft as at lafl, and always
increafe till they arrive at their greateft proximity to the earth : or, if
they fhould chance not to be obferved as foon as they become yifible, for
want of attention thereto, at leaft it is impoffible but they rauft frequently
fhow themfelves before they have arrived at their full magnitude and
brightnefs. But he adds, that none were ever yet obferved till they had
arrived at it. Yet the appearance of a comet in the month of October,
1723, while at a great diftance, fo as to be too fmall and dim to be viewed
without a telefcopc, may ferve to remove this obftacle, and fet thfr
comets, ftill, on the fame footing with the planets. Sir Ifaac Newton_
fuppofes, that as thofe planets which are neareft the Sun, and revolve,
in the leaft orbits, are the fmalleft; fo, among the comets, fuch as in
their perihelion come neareft the Sun are the fmalleft, and revolve "in.
finaller orbits.
Dr. Halley has given us a Table of the aftronomical elements of all the
comets that had been obferved with due care ; whereby, whenever a
new comet fhould appear, it might be determined, by comparing it there
with, whether it were any of thofe which had yet appeared : and confequently its period, and the axis of its orbit, be determined, and its return
foretold. This Table contains the aftronomical elements of twenty-four
comets, on the fuppofition that they moved in parabolas; though he
thought it extremely probable that they really moved in very eccentric
dlipfcs, and confequently returned after long periods of time. This
Xable commences with the year 1337, and clofes with 1698.
49.
irjift; ..
TABLE
AN ILLUSTRATION
944
TABLE OF COMETS.
HALLEY's TABLE OF THE ELEMENTS OF COMETS.
Co
mets
Afcending node.
A.D.
Ini-l. nf orb
1337 II
1472 V?
1531 8
1532 n
24 21 0 32
11 46 20 5
19 25 0 17
20 27 o 32
1556
1577
1580
1585
25
25
18
7
n
V
T
Q
43
53
57
42
11
20
56
36
//
08
08
0 SX
0 ss
0 32 6 30 iff
0 74 32 45 Ji
20 64 40 0 95
30 640 r
Perihelion.
Perihelion diftance from the Equal, time of the perihel

Sun; the diftance of the
Earth heing
D. H. M.
100000.
7
5
1
21
59
33
39
7
0
30
0
0
40666
54273
56700
50910
June,
2 6 25J retrog. .
Febru. 28 22 23 retrog.
Auguft, 24 21 18 retrog.
Oaob. 19 22 12 direft.
8 50 0
9 22 0
19 5 50
66390
18342
59628
109358
April, 21 20 3 direa.
Oaob. 26 18 45 retrog.
Novem.28 15 0 direa.
Septem. 27 19 20 direa.
s 51 o
1590 r%
1596 X
1607 8
1618 H
15 30 40 29 40
12 12 30 55 12
20 21 0 17 2
16 1 0 37 34
40 n\.
0 HI
0 X.
0V
6
18
2
2
64
16
16
14
30
0
0
0
57661
51293
58680
37975
January
July.
Oaob.
Oaob.
29 3 45 retrog.
31 19 55 retrog.
16 3 50 retrog.
29 12 23 direa.
1652
1661
1664
1665
n
n
n
np
1672 y
1677 rn
1680 itf
1682 8
28 10 0 79
22 30 30 32
21 14 0 21
18 2 0 76
27 30 30 83
26 49 10 79
220 60
21 16 30 17
28
35
18
5
0V
50 ffi
30 Si
0H
28
25
10
11
18
58
41
54
40
40
25
30
84750
44851
102575^
10649
Novem.
January
Novem.
April,
2 15 40 direa.
16 23 41 direa.
24 11 52 retrog.
14 5 15 retrog.
22
3
56
56
0 1
15 &
0 f
0 yx
16
17
22
2
59
37
39
52
30
5
30
45
(W739
28059
612
58328
Febru.
April,
Decem.
Septem.
20 8 37 direa.
26 0 37 retrog.
806 direa.
4 7 39 retrog.
IG83
1684
1686
1698
23
28
20
27
0 83
0 65
40 31
15 11
11
48
21
46
0H
40 rn.
40 n
0 Vf
25
28
17
0
29
52
0
51
30
0
SO
15 .
56020
96015
32500
69129
July,
3 2
May, 29 10
Si-ptem. 6 B
Oaober, 8 16
np
H
f
J
22
15
34
44
50
16
33
57
retrog.
direa.
direa.
retrog.
Another Table was afterwards computed, from the obfervations con

tained in the Philofophical Tranfaftions, De la Caille's Aftronomy, and
De la Lande's Hiftoire de la Comete de 1 759, & Connoiflance des Mouveiens Celeftes, 1762 & ^764. This Table contained the elements of
twenty- five other comets, from the year 126410 1762. And, by com
paring thefe Tables, it will be found 'that none of thefe comets, except
that of 1759, appears to-be the fame with any other in either of the Ta
bles ; unlels we admit thofe of 1264 and 1556, and thofe of 1599 anc^
i 99, to be the fame.We have added the elements of fome of the moft
remarkable comets which have appeared fince.
SUPPLEMENT
OF ASTROLOGY.
^___^___,
945
'
-^
SUPPLEMENT TO HALLEY's TABLE OF THE ELEMENTS OF COMETS.
A.D.
D.
H.
M.
1264 July,
8 0 np
1533 tune,
16 19 30 Si
[593 July,
8 13 38 r$
1678 Auguft, 16 14 3 n?
1699 January, 3 8 22 X
19
5
14
11
21
0
44
14
40
45
II
0 36
0 35
15 37
0 8
35 69
//
30
49
58
4
20
0
0
0
20
0
Perihelion
distance
Perihelion.
Aft-ending node. [nc. of orbit
Equated time of perihelion.
Vf
&
TK
SS
//
21 0
27 16
26 19
27 46
0 44500
0 20280
0
8911
0 123802
2 31 6
2 14 12 2:
19 4 56 cy.
30 23 43 a
4
1 15 0
16 16 10 r
9 25 15 4 30 0 &
5n
22 50 29 88 37 40 n
7 55 20 31 12 53 SI
14 16 0 49 59 0 8
1729 June,
1737 anuary,
1739 une,
1742 anuary,
1742 Decem.
12 6 36 X
19 8 17 n\
6 10 0 T
28 4 21 A
30 21 15 H
10
16
27
5
8
35
22
25
34
10
15 77
0 18
14 55
45 7
48 2
1 50 Si 22 16 53 406980 direa.
20 45 SS 2$ 55 0 22282J direa.
42 44 SB 12 38 40 67358 rctrog.
7 33 44 765554 retrog.
411 111
2 58 4 8381 U direa.
15 50 25
Q
m
8
5
15
20
22
4
16
45
58
52
39
25 45
20 47
27 77
16 85
43 56
48
8
56
26
59
21 t
36 S3
55 Vf
57
3 Vf
6 33 52 52157 retrog.
17 12 55 22206 direa.
10 5 41 229388 retrog.
84066| retroi;.
6 9 24 65525} direa.
21
7 55 m.
12 13 5( 8
27 2 19 (,1
16 12 41 0
28 8 11 K
4 12 so 12
23
19
18
IB
53
40
59
37
38
SO ft
15 SS
22 8
23
13 32
3
3
23
19
14
1743 Septem. 9 21
1744 Febru. 19 8
1747 Febru. 17 11
1748 April,
17 19
1748 June,
7
1
1757 Oaober,
1759 March,
1759 Novem.
1759 Decem.
1762 May,
1797 Auguft
1807 Septem.'
1811 Septem.
1812Septem.
26
16
12
15
16
17
45
25
24
8 53 3S
G 34
9 48 Jl
1 32 8
45
39
56
33
35 17
24 78
19 4
5 85
41
36
58
26
52
direft.
retrog.
Jirecl.
iireft.
74400 retrog.
1702 March,
1706 January,
1707 Novem.
1718 January,
1723 Septem.
13 11 23 55 14
18
12
19
1
12
Sun.
3 64590 direct.
25 42686 direct.
9 886904 direft.
36 102565 retrog.
20 99865 retrog.
m 5 o so
58
8
24
2
2
0 33754 direa.
1<> 58490} retrog.
20 79851 direa.
48 96190 retrog.
0 100948 direa.
28 0 0
63 14 12
12 20 13 63 40 42 &
29 0 0 74 20 30
17
0 46
6200
64749
10224
77835
direa.
direa.
retrog.
direa.
There are many things in the comet of 1532, obferved by Peter Appian,
<vhich intimate its being the fame with that of 1607, obferved by Kepler
and Longomontanus; and which Dr. Halley himfelf again obferved in
1682. All the elements agree; and there is nothing contradifts the opinion
bat that inequality in the periodic revolution, which, however, he thinks is
no more than may be accounted for from phyfical caufes: no more in effecl:
than is obferved in Saturn ; the motion of which planet is fo difturbed by
the reft, efpecially Jupiter, that its period is uncertain for feveral days
together : to vrhat errors then may not a comet be liable," which rifes to
.
' ' '
almoft
946
AN- ILLUSTRATION
almoft four times the height of the planet Saturn ; and whofe velocity, if
but a little increafed, would change its elliptic orb into a parabolic one ?
What farther confirms the identity, is the appearance of another eqmet
in the fummer of 1456, which, though obferved by none with accuracy,
yet, by its period and the manner of its tranfit, he concludes to be the
fame ; and thence ventured to foretel its return in the year 1758, or the
beginning of the next year: and time has verified the prediction. It ap
peared in March 1759. Halley alfo thought that the comet of 1680 was
the fame that was obferved in 1106, 531, and in the forty^fourth year
before Chnft, when Julius Caefar was murdered ; and that its period was
five hundred and feventy-five years. Mr. Dunthorne, in the Philofophical Tranfaftions, vol. xlvii. has endeavoured to mow, from a MS. in
Pembroke-hall Library, that the comet of 1106 could not be the fame
with that of 1680. But M. de la Lande adopts the opinion of. Dr.
Halley.
To determine the place and courfe of a comet, obferve the diftance of
the comet from two fixed ftars whofe longitudes and latitudes are known :_
from the diftances thus found, calculate the place of the comet by trigo
nometry ; and, by repeating the obfervations and operations for feveral
days fuccefTively, the courfe of the comet will be had. We might alfo
determine the courfe of a comet mechanically, without any apparatus of
instruments, by the following ingenious method, with a thread, which
we owe to Longomontanus. Obferve four ftars round the comet, fuch
as that the comet may be in the interfedion of the right lines that join
the two oppofite ftars ; which is eafily found by means of a thread placed
before the eye, and extended over-againft the ftars and comets. Find thefe
four ftars upon a globe, and extend two threads crofsways, from one
corner to the other of the fquare fpace defcribed by the four ftars ; and the
central point, where the threads interfecT: each other, will grve the place
of the comet. This practice being repeated for feveral days, the comet's
courfe will be had on the globe ; which courfe will be found to be a great
circle, from any two points whereof it will be eafy to find its inclination
to the ecliptic, and the place of the nodes, only by obferving where a.
thread, ftretched through the two points, cuts the ecliptic.
1
/I
1*1
1-
Such is the doctrine of comets, as laid down from time to time both by
the ancient and modern philofophers ; but which, like moft other abftrufe
phenomena, is founded pretty much upon conjecture and arbitrary concep
tion. Should the comets of 1264 and 1556 (which are fuppofed to be the
fame) appear in or about the year 1848, it will confirm a great deal of
the foregoing fpeculation, as to their poffeffing a determinate place in the
fyftem;.
OF ASTROLOGY.
947
fyftem ; and will convince us that their revolutions, though extremely

eccentric, are nevertheless definable, and fuch as ma,y hereafter throw
great light upon philofophical difquifitions.
Dr. Halley conjectured, that the comet obferved by Apian in 1532
was the fame as that obferved by Hevelius in 1661 ; if fo, it ought to have
returned in 1790, but it has never been obferved. But M. Mechain, hav
ing collected all the obfervations in 1532, and calculated the orbit again,
found it to be fenfibly different from that determined by Dr. Halley, which
renders it very doubtful whether this was the comet which appeared in
1 66 1 ; and this doubt is increafed by its not appearing in 1790. The
comet in 1770, whofe periodic time M. Lexell computed to be five years
and feven months, has not been obferved fince.
Of ECLIPSES.
An ECLIPSE, from >*\ulK, of ixx, tofail^ fignifies a failure or priva
tion of the light of one of the luminaries, by the interpofition of fbme
dark or opaque body falling between it and the eye, or between it and
the Sun. The Moon, being a dark and opaque body, receives her light
from the Sun by reflection ; which is proved by her increafing and de-'
creafing in light as (he is nearer or farther off from her conjunctions with
the Sun. At the ecliptical conjunction, or New Moon, the dark body of
the Moon pafTes directly between the Sun and us, which hides that lumi
nary from our fight, and this conftitutes an eclipfe of the Sun ; but at
an ecliptical opposition, or Full Moon, the Sun, the Earth, and the
Moon, are in one direct and diametrical line ; the dark globe of the
Earth, being then between the Sun and Moon, deprives the Moon ofthe Sun's light, whereby (he becomes darkened and eclipfed, having no
Jight of her own. The line or way wherein the Moon makes her conftant periodical revolutions croffes the ecliptic wherein the Sun moves
at an angle of about five degrees; the diftance of thefe lines conftitutes
the Moon's latitude ; and the places in the ecliptic which thefe lines interiect are called the Moon's nodes, or the Dragon's Head and Dragon's
Tail. Thefe interfections do not always happen in one place of the
ecliptic, but move once through the fame, contrary to the fequel or fucceffion of the figns, in eighteen years and two hundred and twentv-five
days.
If the Moon at full be diftant from the Dragon's Head or Tail more
than fifteen degrees, there can be no eclipfe of the Moon ; and, when at
No. 49.
11 C
the
948
AN ILLUSTRATION
the time of the change the Moon is more than nineteen degrees diftant
from the Dragon's Head, according to the fucceffioti of the figns, there
can be no eclipfe of the Sun; neither can there be any eclipfe of the Sun
when the Moon at the change is above feven degrees from the Dragon's
Tail according to the fucceflion of the figns, or more than feven degrees
from the Dragon's Head contrary to the fucceflion of the figns.
Eclipfes of the Sun are various both in quantity and quality, being
beheld from different parts of the Earth ; for he will appear partially
eclipfed to a fpeclator on the north fide of his body, and totally to a
fpedlator on his fouth fide ; whilft to others he will appear at the fame
inftant not at all eclipfed. The reafon is, the Sun in his eclipfes is not
darkened, but only hidden from our fight by the interpofuion of the Moon,
whofe various parallaxes produce this diverfity in the Sun's eclipfe.
The eclipfe of the Moon, on the contrary, appears the fame to all parts
of the Earth, and to all people above whofe horizon (he is at that time
elevated ; for, when (he is deprived of the light of the Sun, (he becomes
really darkened. To eftimate the quantities of the eclipfes of either lu
minary, their diameters are fuppofedly divided into twelve equal parts,
called digits, becaufe their diameters appear to fight about a foot in
length ; fo that, when the Moon obfcures half the Sun's diameter, he is
faid to be fix digits eclipfed.
Amongft the coeleftial phenomena, the do&rine of eclipfes takes pre
cedency; becaufe from their obfervation the primary foundation of
the whole body of aftronomy is demonftrated and confirmed. Hence the
folar eclipfes manifeft the Moon to be lower and lefs than the Sun-; the
lunar eclipfes prove that the Earth is not founded infinitely below us, but
that the heavens under us are diftant from the Earth as far upwards, in
refpecl: of our antipodes, as they are here ; and consequently that the
Earth is not cubical, pyramidal, nor cylindrical, but on every fide per
fectly round, or terminated by a globular figure ; not only becaufe the
(hadow of the Earth in the Moon's body is always and on every part obferved to be round, but alfo becaufe thofe who live eaftward number
more hours from their meridian, for the beginning or ending of any eclipfe,
than fuch as live weftward, proportionably to their diftance.
Lunar eclipfes demonftrate the (hadow of the Earth to be conical, ter
minating in a (harp point ; and the fame place of the Moon's tranfits to
be fometimes thicker, and at other times more (lender, notwithftanding
a certain rule and refpeft had to the Sun's motion ; and confequeatly that
the
OF ASTROLOGY.
949
the Sun is moved, or fo feems to be, in an eccentrical orb. By eclipfes

of the Moon we alfo know that the Earth is moved or placed in the
middle of the zodiac, becaufe (he is eclipfed in the oppofite places thereof.
The lunar eclipfes beft difcover to us the longitude of places upon the
Earth, and allure us that the Earth and Water make but one globe ; and
the oriental and occidental eclipfes of the Moon inform us, that one half
of the world is always vifible, and that one half of the zodiac rifes above
the horizon.
The true and certain place of the Moon cannot be had by any inftrument whatfoever, becaufe of her parallaxes. Nature, or rather the God
of Nature, hath therefore fupplied this defeft by her eclipfes ; for the
Moon poCted in mediis tenebris is then underftood to be oppofite to the Sun,
by which means the motions and mutations of the Moon are found out
and rationally demonftrated. And, as by lunar eclipfes we gather, that
the Sun is far greater than the Earth, and the Moon lefs, fo by folar
eclipfes we demonftrate the diftance of the luminaries from the Earth to
be different, and to be moved in eccentrics or epicycles ; whence a rule is
found for meafuring the diftance of the Sun and Moon from the Earth,
together with the magnitudes of the feveral celeftial bodies.
Eclipfes of the Moon happen only in the time of Full Moon ; becaufe
it is only then the Earth is between the Sun and Moon: nor do they hap
pen every Full Moon, by reafon of the obliquity of the Moon's way with
refpe6l to the Sun's ; but only in thofe Full Moons which happen either
in the nodes or very near them, where the aggregate of the apparent
femi-diameters of the Moon and the Earth's fliadow is greater tnan the
Jatitude of the Moon, or the diftance between their centres.
The moft confiderable circumftances in the eclipfes of the Moon are,
That, as the fum of the femi-diameters of the Moon and Earth's ihadow
is greater than the aggregate of the femi-diameters of the Sun and Moon,
(that, when leaft, being 5^; and this, when greateft, fcarcely ^-f-;) it is
evident that lunar eclipfes may happen in a greater latitude of the Moou
and at a greater diftance from the nodes, and confequently are more often
obferved, in any one part of the Earth, than folar ones ; though, with
refpeft to the whole Earth, the latter are more frequent than the former,
becaufe the Sun's ecliptical limits arc greater than the Moon's.
Total eclipfes of die Moon, and thofe of the longeft duration, happen
in the very nodes of the ecliptic ; becaufe the fedtion of the Earth's
Ihadow,
950
A NIL LUSTRATION
fhadpw, then falling on the Moon, is confiderably greater than her diflc.
There may likewife^be total eclipfes within a little diftance of the nodes ;
but, the farther, the lefs their duration ; farther off ftill, there are only
partial ones, and at length none at all, as the latitude and the femi-diameter of the Moon, together, are either lefs, equal to, or greater, than
the femi-diameter of the fhadow. A lunar eclipfe, that is both total and
central, lafts three hours fifty-feven minutes fix feconds from the begin
ning to the end when the Moon is in her apogee, and three hours thirtyfeven minutes twenty-fix feconds when in perigee ; her horary motion
being floweft in the former cafe, and quickeft in the latter. In all lunar
eclipfes, the eaftern fide is what firft immerges, and alfo emerges ; fo that,
though at firft the Moon be more weflerly than the Earth's fhadow, yet,
her proper motion being fwifter than the fame, fhe overtakes and outgoes
it. The Moon, even in the middle of an eclipfe, has ufually a faint ap
pearance of light refembling tarnifhed copper; which GafTendus, Ricciolus, Kepler, &c. attribute to the light of the Sun, refiacled by the
Earth's atmofphere, and tranfmitted thither : and, laftly, (he grows fenfibly paler, and dimmer, before fhe enters within the Earth's fhadow ;
which is attributed to the Earth's penumbra.
'
Solar eclipfes, being an occultation of the Sun's body occafioned by

an interpofition of the Moon between the Sun and the Earth, are diftinguifhed, like thofe of the Moon, into total and partial, &c. to which muft
be added a third fpecies, called annular. As the Moon is found to have a
parallax of latitude, eclipfes of the Sun only happen when the latitude of
the Moon, viewed from the Earth, is lefs than the aggregate of the appa
rent femidiameters of the Sun and Moon. Solar eclipfes therefore only
happen when the Moon is in conjunction with the Sun, in or near the
nodes, i. e. at the new moons. Confequently, the memorable eclipfe
of the Sun, at our Saviour's paflion, happening at the time of full moon,
when the Sun- and Moon are in opposition, was preternatural. Befides,
the darknefs in total eclipfes of the Sun never lafts above four minutes in
one place ; whereas the darknefs at the crucifixion lafted three hours,
(Matthew xxvii. 45.) and overfpread at leaft all the land of Judea.
i i
'
; ;,;
But, though the New Moon pafs between the Sun and the Earth, yet
is not there an eclipfe every Moon ; becaufe the Moon's way is not precifely under the ecliptic, but is placed obliquely thereto, interfering it
twice in every period : fo that eclipfes can only be occafioned in fuch
New Moons as happen in thefe interfe&ions or nodes, or very near them.
In the nodes, when the Moon has no vifible latitude, the occultation is
total ;
total ; and with fome continuance, when the difk of the Moon in perigaso
appears greater than that of the Sun in apogaeo, and its fhadow is extended
beyond the furface of the Earth ; and without continuance, at moderate
diftances, when the cufp or point of the Moon's (hadow barely touches
the Earth : laftly, out of the nodes, but near them, the eclipfes arc
partial. The folar eclipfes, though total, can never he uuiverfal or
vifible throughout the whole hemifphere which the Sun is then above,
becaufe the Moon's dark (hadow covers only a fpot on the Earth's furface about one hundred and eighty Englifh miles broad, when the Sun's
diftance is greateft, and the Moon's leaft.; and thus far only can the to
tal darknefs extend ; which explains the reafon why a folar eclipfe does
not appear the fame in all parts of the earth where it is feen ; but, when
in one place it is total, in another it is only partial. And farther, that
the Moon, when, in her apogee, appears much lefs than the Sun, as hap
pens mofl fenfibly when he is in perigaso ; the cufp of the lunar fhadow
not then reaching the Earth^ (he becomes in a central conjunction
with the Sun, yet not able to cover his diflc, but lets his whole limb
appear like a lucid ring or bracelet ; this is hence called an annular eclipfe;
which does not happen at the fame time in all places where it is feen ;
but appears more early to the wefteru parts, and later to the eaftern, as
will hereafter be farther explained.
In moft folar eclipfes, the Moon's dilfc is covered with a faint dawning
light ; which is attributed to the reflection of the light from the illumi
nated part of the Earth. In total eclipfes of the Sun, the Moon's limb
is feen furrounded by a pale circle of light ; which fome aftronomers take
for a manifeft indication of a lunar atmofphere ; but which is probably
the atmofphere of the Sun ; becaufe it has been obferved to move equally
with the Sun, and not with the Moon ; and befides, the Moon is now
generally believed to have no atmofphere. The foregoing obfervations
will be farther illustrated by what follows.
TO PROJECT ECLIPSES OF THE SUN.

The Sun, being a luminous body, vaftly larger than the Earth, will
enlighten fomewhat more than one half of it, and caufe it to projecl a
long conical fhadow, as reprefented in the annexed Plate, fig. r. where S
is the Sun, E the Earth, and H B D its conical fhadow.
The height or length of this fhadow, at the mean diftance of the Sun,
may be found by this proportion : As the tangent of the angle C B D, or
No. 49.
11 D
'
952
the femi-diameter under which the Sun appears at the Earth, viz. A S
=id! : radius : : i : the length of the fhadow C 6=214*8 femi-diaroeters of the Earth: but, when the Sun is at its greateft diftance, the length
of the fhadow CB will be equal to 217 of thefe femi-diameters. Hence
it appears, that, though the height of the fhadow is near three times as
great as the mean diftance of the Moon, yet it falls far fhort of the dittance of Mars, and confequently can eclipfe none of the heavenly bodies
but the Moon.
:'-\ :%$?;-;
To find the height of the Moon's fhadow, fuppofed to be fimilar to that
of the Earth, and confequently proportional to the diameters of the bafis,
the proportion is, As the diameter of the Earth 100, is to the diameter
.of the Moon 28 ; fo is the mean altitude of the Earth's fhadow, 214*8,
to the altitude of that of the Moon, 60* 1 44 of the Earth's fe mi-diameters.
The fhacow of the Moon, therefore, will juft reach the Earth in her
.mean diftauce, which it cannot in her apogee; but in her perigee it
involve a fmall part of the Earth's furface.
'
Befides the dark fliadow of the Moon, there is another, called the pe
numbra; to icprefent which, let S, fig. 8. be the Sun, T the Earth, D
the Moon, K. C F and A B E the two lines touching the oppofite limbs
of the Sun and Moon ; then it is evident, that C F E B will be the dark
or abfolute fhadow of the Moon, in which a perfon on the Earth's furface, between F and E, is wholly deprived of the Sun's light. Again, let
KBG and ACH be two other lines touching the fides of the Sun and
Moon alternately, and Interfering each other at the point above the
Moon ; then will H C B G, a fruflum of the cone GIG, be the penum
bra above mentioned, in which a fpeftator on the Earth's furface, be
tween F and H, and E and G, will fee part of the Sun, whilft the rftft
is eclipfed.
. . ?." Jl IJii-' .!
1
To calculate the angle of the cone H1G, draw the dotted line SB ;
then, in the oblique triangle B IS, the external angle BI D is equal to
both the internal and oppofite angles IBS and I S B ; but I S B, the angle
under which the femi-diameter appears at the Sun, being inferrfibty fmall,
the angle BID will be equal to IBS or K B S, equal to the apparent
femi-diameter of the Sun. Therefore the part of the penmnbral cone
C I B is equal and fimilar to the dark fhadow of the Moon.
Next,, to find how much of the Earth's furface can be at any rime invplved in the Moon's dark fhadow, or the quantity of the arch E F, %. 2.
let
O F A. S T R O L O G Y.
953
let us fuppofe the Sun to be in apogee, and the Moon iu perigee; and,
in this cafe, the height of the Moon's fliadow will be about 61 femidiameters, and the diftance of the Moon about 56; that is, CK.=6i,
DT=56, and TEs=zi. In this cafe alfo, the half-angle of the fliadow
TK=i5' 50", as being leaft of all. Then the proportion is: As i, or
the fide TE, is to the fide of T K=5 ; fo is the fine of the'femi-angle
TKE=i5 50", to the fine of the angle T EK=i' 19' 10". Wherefore
T E K+T K E=:=A T EAE=i* 35'; the double of which FE is 3 10'
= 190', or 220 miles, the diameter of the dark fliadow on the furface
of the Earth when greateft.
After a like manner you may find the diameter of the penumbral
fliadow at the Earth, GEFH, fig. 8, when greateft of all, that is, when
the Earth is in perihelio, and the Moon in apogee ; for then will the
Sun's apparent diameter be equal to 16' 23"=T1G, the-greateft femiangle of the cone; and thence we fliall find 10=524 femi-diameters of
the Earth. In this cafe alfo, the diftance of the Moon from the Earth is
DT=64 femi-diameters. Therefore, As T G=i is to T I I22i, fo is
the fine of the angle TIG=s:i6' 23" to the fine of the angle IGN=35*
42'. But I G N=T I G+I T G ; and therefore, I T G=I G N~T I G=
35* 25'; the double of which 70 5O'=G E F H=49oo Englifli miles
nearly, for the diameter pf the penumbral fliadow when greateft.
From thfr principles of optics it is evident, that, if the plane of the
Moon's orbit coincided with that of the Earth's orbit* there would neceflarily be an eclipfe of the Sun every New Moon : thus, if S, in fig. 7,
be fuppofed to reprefent the Sun, B the Moon, and T the Earth, fince
the apparent magnitude or difk of the Sun is nearly the fame with that
of the Moon, it muft neceflarily be hid or eolipfed as often as the New
Moon came between the Earth and the Sun. But if, as is really -the
cafe, the Moon's orbit be not in the plane of the ecliptic, but -inclined
thereto under a certain angle, there may be a New Moon, and yet no
eclipfe of the Sun. To illuftrate this, let ABODE be a circle in
the plane of the ecliptic, defcribed at the diftanee of the Moon's orbit
FGJH, interfering the fame in the points B and D, and making an
angle therewith A B F, whofe meafure is the arch G G, as being ninety
degrees diftant from the angular points of nodes Band D* Now k &
evident, that, if the arch GC be Ibmewhat greater than tbe<fum of the
apparent femi-diameters of the Sun and Moon, then at G, and fome-iif-tance from G towards B, there may be a New Moon, and yet noclipfoof
the Sim; becaufe, in this cafe, the dilk of the Moon, G, is too much ele
vated
954-
AN/ILLUSTRATION
vated or depreffed above or below the apparent diflc. or face of the Sun at
C, to touch it, much lefs to hide or eclipfe any part thereof. But, at -a
certain point M in the Moon's orbit, the Moon will have a latitude only
equal to the Turn of the femi-diameters of the Sun and Moon ; and there
fore, when the Moon is new in that point, (he will appear to a fpeclatar
in the point Z, to touch the Sun only ; whence this point M is called the
ecliptic limit, inafmuch as it is impoflible there mould happen a New
Moon in any part between it and the node B on each fide, without eclipfing the Sun lefs or more : thus, in the figure, may be feen a partial
eclipfe at K, and a total one in the node itlelf B, at which point only
total eclinfes can happen.
What has hitherto been faid regards the phenomena of an eclipfe of
the Sun, as they appear to a fpeclator on the Earth's furface, in whofe
zenith the Moon then is, and when there is no refraction to alter the true
latitude of the Moon : but, when the Moon has any latitude, there the
procefs of calculating the appearances of a folar eclipfe will be fomewhat
more complex, on account of the variation of the Moon's latitude and
longitude for every different altitude, and confequently for every moment
of the eclipfe.
The beft way of reprefenting a folar eclipfe, is by a projection of th*
Earth's difk, and of the feclion of the dark and penumbral (hadows as
they appear, or would appear, to a fpeclator at a diftance of the Moon
in a right line joining the centres of the Sun and the Earth. In order to
this, we are to find the dimensions of the apparent femi-diameters of the
Earth, dark fliadow, and penumbra, at the diftance of the Moon. As to
the firft, viz. the Earth's femi-diameter, it is equal to the Moon's hori
zontal parallax. That of the dark fliadow is thus estimated ; Let C, iu
fig. 5, be the centre of the Moon, DB its diameter, DHB its dark
fliadow, and KAL the penumbral cone. Then let E F be the dia
meter of the penumbra at the Earth, and IG that of the dark fliadow,
and draw CG and CE; then is the angle CGB=BHC+GCH,
and fo GCH^=BGCBHC; that is, the apparent femi-diameter
pf the dark fliadow is equal to the difference between the apparent
femi-diameters of the Sun and Moon. And in like manner the angle
EC H=JDEC+D AC; that is the apparent femi-diameter of the
penumbra, at the Earth, is equal to the fum of the apparent femidiameters of the Moon and Sun. Now the femi-diameter of the Suu
and Moon, and alfo the Moon's horizontal parallax, are already calcu
lated far their various diftaijces from the Earth ; and for the lcaft meait,
/
and.
OF ASTROLOGY.
955
and greateft eccentricity of the lunar orbit, in the aftronomical tables.

Therefore, let JE., Ê, Ai., JfL, fig. 3, reprefent a fmall portion of the an
nual orbit, and F H the vifiblepath of the centreof the lunar lhadows, which
will exactly correfpond to the pofition of the Moon's orbit with re'fpect to
the ecliptic in the heavens; fo that the point of interfection ft will be the
node, and the angle H 8 E the angle of inclination of the lunar orbit to
the plane of the ecliptic, which is about 5. Hence, if ÊPQS repre
fent the diflc of the Earth, according to the orthographic projection, ia
the fcveral places &, B, C, D, whole femidiameter is made equal to the
number of minutes Jn the Moon's horizontal parallax at the time of the
eclipfe ; and if, in the path of the lhadows in the points &, R, N, G,
we defcribe a fmall circle whofe femidiameter is equal to the difference
of the femidiameters of the Sun and Moon, that will be the circular lec
tion of the Moon's dark lhadow at the diftance of the Earth. Again, if a
circle is defcribed on the fame centre, with a femidiameter equal to the
fum of the femidiameters of the Sun and Moon, it will reprefent the penumbral fhadow exprefied by the lhaded area. Here then it is evident,
that if the Moon, when new, be at the diftance ft G from the node, the
penumbral lhadow will not fall near the Earth's dilk, and fo there cannot
poffibly happen an eclipfe. Again, if the Moon's diftance from the node
be equal to & N, the penumbral lhadow will juft touch the dilk, and
confequently Q> C is the ecliptic limit, which may be found by the fol
lowing analogy, viz. As the fine of the angle N B C=5 30' (the angle
of inclination of the lunar orbit to the plane of the ecliptic) is to the ra
dius =90, fo is the logarithm of the fide NC=TC + NT=62; 10"
+ 1 6' 52" + 1 6' 23"=95' 25' to the logarithm of the fide a C, equal to
the ecliptic limit, which is found to be 16 36', beyond which diftance
from the node a there can be no eclipfe ; and within that diftance, if the
Moon be new, the lhadow will fall on fome part of the Earth's dilk, asat B; where all thofe places over" which the lhadows pafs will lee the
Sun eclipfed, in part only, by the dotted penumbral lhadow ; but the Sun
will be centrally eclipfed in all places over which the centre of the lha
dows pafs; and, if the Moon be new in the node, then will the centre of
the lhadows pals over the centre of the dilk, as reprefented af 8. In this
cafe, if the apparent diameter of the Moon be greater than that of the
fun, the face of the Sun will be wholly eclipfed to all places over which the
centre of the lhadow pafTes ; bur, if not, the Sun will only be centrally
eclipfed, his circumference appearing in the form of a bright annulus,
or luminous ring, the width whereof will be equal to the difference of the
diameter of the luminaries. The dilk of the Marth, here projected, reprefents the cafe of an eclipfe on an equinoctial day; A K being the eclipNo. 50.
ii E
tir,
956
ANILLUSTR AT I O N
tic, JEQ the equator, X Y the axis of the ecliptic, PS the axis of the
equator, P and S the north and fouth poles, &c. By this projection the
paflage of fhadovvs over the Earth's difk may be exhibited for any place
of the Sun, or declination of the Moon.
To find the digits eclipfed, add the apparent femidiameters of the
luminaries into one fum ; from which fubtracl: the Moon's apparent la
titude; the remainder are the fcruples, or parts of the diameter, eclipfed.
Then fay, As the fern id ia meter of the Sun is to the fcruples eclipfed, fb
are 6 digits reduced into fcruples (or 360 fcruples) to the digits eclipfed.
To determine the duration of a folar eclipfe, find the horary motion of
the Moon from the Sun for one hour before the conjunction and another
hour after : then fay, As the former horary motion is to the feconds in an
hour, fo are the fcruples of half-duration to the time of immerfion ; and,
as the latter horary motion is to the fame feconds, fb are the fame fcruples of half-duration to the time of immerfion. Laftly, adding the time
of immerfion to that emerfion, the aggregate is the total duration.
As different authors follow very different hypothefes, with regard to
the apparent diameters of the luminaries, and the greateft parallax of la
titude, they differ much in afligning the bounds at which folar eclipfes
happen. Ptolomy makes the utmoft bounds of eclipfes at 19 25' diftance
from the node; Copernicus, at 19 12'; Tycho, at 18 25'; Kepler at
17 16'; Ricciolus, at i849'. Though Ptolomy in other places judges
1 6 42' diftance from the node necefiary; Copernicus, 16 25'; Tycho,
17 9'; Kepler, 15 55'; and Ricciolus, 15 58'. Aftronomers have ge
nerally afligned 17 as the limit of folar eclipfes ; but this admits of fome
variation ; for, in apogeal eclipfes, the folar limit is but i6-J- degrees, and
in perigeal eclipfes it is 1 8f.
The Moon's apparent diameter, when largeft, exceeds the Sun's, when
leall, only one minute and thirty-eight feconds of a degree; and, in the
greateft folar eclipfe that can happen at any time and place, the total
clarknefs can continue no longer than whilft the Moon is moving through
i' 38" from the Sun in her orbit, which is about three minutes thirteen
feconds of an hour; for the motion of the fhadow on the Earth's di(k is
equal to the Moon's motion from the Sun, which, on account of the
Earth's revolution on its axis towards the fame way, or eaftward, is about
Ôj- minutes of a degree every hour, at a mean rate ; but fo much of the
Moon's orbit is equal to 30^- deg. of a great circle on the Earth, becaufe the
circumference
OF ASTROLOGY.
957
circumference of the Moon's orbit is 60 times that of the Earth ; and
therefore the Moon's fliadow goes 30^ degrees, or 1830 geographical
miles, in an hour, or 30^ miles in a minute.
To find the Moon's apparent latitude at the beginning and end of an
eclipfe, it requires only to fubtracl, from the argument of the Moon's
latitude computed for the time of the apparent conjunction, the fcruples
of half-duration, together with the motion of the Sun anfwering to the
time of incident; the remainder is the argument of latitude at the be
ginning of the eclipfe. To the fame fum arid the fame fcruples, together
with the Sun's motion anfwering to the time of emergence ; the aggre
gate is the argument of latitude at the end of the eclipfe. The argument
of the latitude given, the Moon's true latitude is found after the common
manner.
To calculate eclipfes of the Sun, the following data are requifite : i.
Find the mean New Moon, and thence the true one ; together with the
place of the luminaries for the apparent time of the true one. 2. For the
apparent time of the true New Moon, compute the latitude leen. 3. For
the apparent time of the New Moon feen, compute the latitude feen. 4.
Thence determine the digits eclipfed. 5. Find the times of the greateft
darknefs, immerfien, and emerfion. 6. Thence determine the beginning
and ending of the eclipfe. From the preceding problems it is evident,
that all the trouble and fatigue of the calculus arife from the parallaxes
of longitude and latitude ; without which the calculation of folar eclipfes
would be the fame with that of lunar ones. But eclipfes, both of the
Sun and Moon, might be calculated with much more eafe and expedition
by the help of a book of Tables, publimed for that purpofe by Mr. Fergufon, to which I beg leave to refer the reader, to fave him the trouble
of fuch calculations.
To PROJECT ECLIPSES OF THE MOON.

Thefe being occafioned by the immerfion of the Moon into the Earth's
fliadow, all that we have to do, in order to delineate a lunar eclipfe, is
to calculate the apparent femidiametcr of the Earth's fliadow at the Moon.
Thus, let A B, fig. 6, reprefent the Earth, T its centre, A E B its conical
fliadow, DC the diameter of a fedtion thereof at the Moon ; and, draw
ing DT, we have the outward angle ADT=DTE+DET; fo that
DTE=ADTDET; that is, the single DTE, under which the
femidiameter of the Earth's fliadow appears at the diftancc o/ the
Moon,
>a
958
ANILLUSTRATION
Moon, is equal to the difference between the Moon's horizontal parallax

ADT and the femidiameter of the Sun D E T. If, therefore, A E,
fig. 4, reprefent the path of the Earth's fliadow at the diftance of the
Moon near the node e, and FH a part of the lunar orbit, and the fection of the Earth's fliadow be delineated at 8, B, C, D; and the full
Moon at 8,1, N, G; then it is evident there can be no eclipfe of the
Moon where the leaft diftance of the centres of the Moon and fliadow
exceeds the fum of their femidiameters, as at D. But, where this dif
tance is lefs, the Moon muft be eclipfed either in part or wholly, as at B
and 8 ; in which latter cafe the Moon pafles over the diameter of the
fliadow. But in a certain pofition of the fliadow, as at C, the leaft dif
tance of the centres, N C, is equal to_the fum of the femidiameters; and
confequently s C is the ecliptic limit for lunar eclipses : to find which,
we have this analogy, As the fine of the angle N B C=5 (the inclina
tion of the Moon's orbit to the plane of the ecliptic) is to the radius, fo is
the logarithm of the fideN 0=63' 12" to the logarithm of the fide e C=i2
5'= the ecliptic limit. Hence, if the Moon be at a lefs diftance from
the node a than 12 5', there will be an eclipfe; otherwife none can
happen,
rr
If the Earth had no atmofphere, the fliadow would be abfolutely dark,
and the Moon involved in it quite invilible; but, by means of the atmof
phere, many of the folar rays are refracted into and mixed with the fliadow,
whereby the Moon is rendered vifible in the midft of it, and of a dulky
red colour.
For calculating eclipfes of the Moon, the following data are neceflary :
1. Her true diftance from the node, at the mean conjunction, a. The
true time of the oppofition, together with the true place of the Sun and
Moon, reduced to the ecliptic. 3. The Moon's true latitude at the time
of the true conjunct ion, and the diftance of the luminaries from the Earth :
alfo their horizontal parallaxes, and apparent femidiameters. 4. The
true horary motions of the Moon and Sun, and the apparent femidiameter
of the Earth's fliadow. With thefe data it is eafy to find the duration
beginning, middle, and quantity, of eclipfes.
The number of eclipfes, of both luminaries, in any year, cannot be
lefs than two nor more than feven ; the moft ufual number is four, and
it is rare to have more than fix. The reafon is obvious; becaufe the
Sun pafles by both the nodes but once a-year, unlefs he paffes by one of
them in the beginning of the year; in which cafe he will pafs by the
5
fame
O F A S T R O -L O G Y.
959
fame again a little before the year be finifhed ; bccauie the nodes move
backwards 19 J deg. every year, and therefore the Sun will come to either
of them 173 days after the other, And, if either node is within iy of
the Sun at the time of the New Moon, the Sun will be eclipfed ; and, at
the fubfequent oppofition, the Moon will be eclipfed in the other node,
and come round to the next conjunction before the former node is ry0 be
yond the Sun, and eclipfe him again. When three eclipfes happen about
either node, the like number generally happen about the pppofite; as the
Sun comes to it 173 days afterwards, atid fix lunations contain only four
pays more. Thus there may be two eclipfes of the Sun, and one of the
Moon, about each of the nodes. But, if the Moon changes in either />f
the nodes, me cannot be near enough the other node at the next full to be
eclipfed; and in fix lunar months afterwards flic will change near the
other node; in which cafe there can be only twa eclipfes in .a year, both
of the Sun.
In two hundred and twenty-three mean lunations after the Sun,
Moon, and nodes, have been once in a line of conjunction, they return,
fo nearly to the fame ftate again, as that the fame node, which was in
conjunction with the Sun and Moon at the beginning of the firft of thefc
lunations, will be within twenty-eight minutes twelve feconds of a degree
of a line of conjunction with the Sun and Moon again, when the laft of
thefe lunations is completed. And therefore, in that time, there ,will
be a regular fucceflion or return of the fame eclipfes for many ages.
In this period (which was firft drfcovered by :the Chaldeans) there are
eighteen Julian years, eleven days, feven hours, forty-three minutes,
twenty feconds, when the laft day of February in leap-years is four times
included; but, when it is five times included, the period confifts of only
eighteen years, ten daysi feven hours, forty-three minutes, twenty feconds.
Confequently, if to the mean time ofan eclipfe, either of the Sun or Moon,
you add eighteen Julian years, eleven days, feven hours, forty-three mi
nutes, twenty feconds, when the laft day of February in leap-years comes
in four times, or a day lefs when it comes in five times, you will have
the mean time of the return of the fame eclipfe.
But the falling back of the line of conjunctions or oppofitions of the
Sun and Moon twenty-eight minutes twelve feconds with refpect to the
line of the nodes in every period, will wear it out in process of time ;
and after that it will not return again in lefs than twelve thoufand four
hundred and ninety-two years. Thefe eclipfes of the Sun which happen
about the afcending node, and begin to come in at the north pole of the
No. 50.
"
ii F
Earth,
960
A N I L L U S T R A T 1 O N
Earth, will go a little foutherly at each return, till they go quite off the
Earth at the fouth pole ; and thofe which happen about the defcending
node, and begin to come in at the fouth pole of the Earth, will go a lit
tle northerly at each return, till at laft they quite leave the Earth at the
north pole.
To exemplify this matter, it may not here be amifs to examine fome
of the mofl remarkable circumftances of the return of an echpfe men
tioned in Mr. Smith's ingenious Diflertation, which happened July 14,
1748, about noon. This eclipfe, after traverfing the voids of fpace from
the creation, at laft began to enter the Terra Aujiralis Incognita about
eighty-eight years after the Conqueft, which was the laft of King Ste
phen's reign; every Chaldean period, namely, 1 8 years n days 7 hours
43 minutes 20 feconds, as above-mentioned, it has conftantly crept more
northerly, but was ftill invifible in Britain before the year 1622, when
on the 3Oth of April it began to touch the fouth parts of England about
two in the afternoon ; its central appearance rifing in the American South
Seas, and traverfing Peru and the Amazons country, through the Atlantic
Ocean into Africa, and fetting in the Ethiopian continent, not far from
the beginning of the Red Sea.
Its next vifiblc period was after three Chaldean revolutions, in 1676,
on the firft of June, rifing central in the Atlantic ocean, pafling us about
nine in the morning, with four digits eclipfed on the under limb ; and
fetting in the gulf of Cochin China in the Eaft Indies.
It being now near the folftice, this eclipfe was vifible the very next
return in 1694, in the evening; and in two periods more, which was in
1730, on the 4th of July, was feen above half eclipfed juft after fun-rife,
and obferved both at Wirtemberg in Germany and at Pekin in China, foon
after which it went off. Eighteen years more afforded us this eclipfe
again, which happened the i4th of July, 1748. The next vifible return
happened on the 25th of July, 1 762, in the evening, about four digits
eclipfed; and, after two periods more, it was vifible again, on the i6th
of Auguft, 1802, early in the morning, about five digits, the centre com
ing from the north frozen continent, by the capes of Norway, through
Tartary, China, and Japan, to the Ladrone Iflands, where it went off.
Again, in 1820, Auguft 26, betwixt one and two, there will be ano
ther return of this ecfipfe at London about IQ digits; but, happening fo
near the equinox, the centre will leave every part of Britain to the weft,
v rnter
OFASTROLOGY.
961
enter Germany at Embden, pafling by Venice, Naples, and Grand Cairo,

and fet in the Gulf of Baflbra near that city. It will be no more vifible
till 1874, when five digits will be obfcured (the centre being now about
to leave the Earth) on September a8. In 1892 the Sun will go down
eclipfed at London, and again in 1928 the paffage of the centre will be in
the expanfum, though there will be two digits eclipfed at London, October
the 31(1 of that year ; and about the year 2090 the whole penumbra will
be worn off; whence no more returns of this eclipfe can happen till after
a revolution of ten thoufand years.
From thefe remarks on the entire revolution of this eclipfe, we may
gather, that a thoufand years, more or lefs, (for there are fome irregulari
ties that may protract or lengthen this period 100 years,) complete the
whole terreflrial phenomena of any fingle eclipfe; and fince 20 periods of
54 years each, and about 33 days, comprehend the entire extent of their
revolution, it is evident that the times of the returns will pafs through a
circuit of one year and ten months, every Chaldean period being ten or
eleven days later, and of the equable appearances about 32 or 33 days.
Thus, though this eclipfe happens about the middle of July, no other
fubfequent eclipfe of this period will return to the middle of the fame
month again; but wear constantly each period ten or eleven days for
ward, and at laft appear in winter ; but then it begins to ceafe from af
fecting us.
Another conclufion from this revolution may be drawn, that there will
feldom be any more than two great eclipfes of the Sun in the interval of
this period, and thefe follow fometimes next return, and often at greater
diftances. That of 1715 returned again in 1733 very great ; but this
prefent eclipfe will not be great till the arrival of 1820, which is a re
volution of four Chaldean periods: fo that the regulations of their cir
cuits muft undergo new computations to affign them exadly.
i
Nor do all eclipfes come in at the fouth pole: that depends altogether
on the pofition of the lunar nodes, which will bring in as many from the
expanfum one way as the other : and fuch eclipfes will wear more foutherly
by degrees, contrary to what happens in the prefent cafe.
The eclipfe, for example, of 1736, in September, had its centre in the
expanfum, and fet about the middle of its obfcurity in Britain ; it will wear
in at the north pole, and in the year 2600, or thereabouts, go off in the
txpanfum on the fouth fide of the Earth.
''
The
963
AN ILLUSTRATION
, The eclipfes therefore which happened about the creation are little
more than half-way yet of their ethereal circuit; and will be 4000 years
before they enter the Earth any more. This grand revolution feems to
have been entirely unknown to the ancients.
It is particularly to be noted, that eclipfes which have happened many
centuries ago will not be found by our prefent Tables to agree exaftly with ancient obfervations, by reafon of the great anomalies in the
lunar motions; which appears an inconteftible demonftration of the
non-eternity of the univerfe. For it feems confirmed by undeniable
proofs, that the Moon now finifhes her period in lefs time than formerly,
and will continue by the centripetal law tp approach nearer and nearer
the Earth, and to go {boner and fooner round it: nor will the centrifugal
power be fufficient to compenfate the different gravitations of fuch an affemblage of bodies as conftitute the folar fyftem, which would come to
ruin of itfelf, without fome new regulation and adjuftment of their origi
nal motion.* We are credibly informed, from the teftimony of the
ancients, that there was a total eclipfe of the Sun predicted by Thales to
happen in the fourth year of the 48th Olympiad,-)- either at Sardis or Mi
* There are two ancient eclipfes of the Moon, recorded by Ptolomy from Hipparchus, which
afford an undeniable proof of the Moon's acceleration. The firft of thefe was obferyed at Babylon,
December the zzd, in the year before Chrift 383 : when the Moon began to be eclipfed about half
an hour before the Sun rofe, and the eclipfe was not over before the Moon fet ; but, by moft of our
Aftronornical Tables, the Moon was fet at Babylon half an hour before the eclipfe began ; in which
cafe, there could have been no poffibility of obferving it. The fecond eclipfe, wasobferved at Alex
andria, September the zzd, in the year before Chrift 201 ; where the Moon rofe fo much eclipfed,
that the eclipfe muft have begun about half an hour before the rofe: whereas, by molt of our Ta
bles, the beginning of this eclipfe was not till about ten minutes after the Moon rofe at Alex
andria. Had thefe eclipfes begun and ended while the Sun was below the horizon, we might have
imagined, that, as the ancients had no certain way of meafuring time, they might have fo far
miftaken the hours, that we could not have laid any ftrcfs on the accounts given by them. But,
as in the firft eclipfe the Moon was fet, and confequently the Sun rifen, before it was over; and
in the fecond eclipfe the Sun was fet and the Moon not rifen till fome time after it began; thefe
are fuch circumftances as the obferrers could not poffibly be miftaken in. Mr. Srruyk, in
his Catalogue, notwithftanding the exprefs words of Ptolomy, puts down thefe two eclipfes
as observed at Athens ; where they might have been feen as above, without any acceleration of
the Moon's motion ; Athens being twenty degrees weft of Babylon, and feven degrees weft of
Alexandria.
f Each Olympiad began at the time of Full Moon next after the fummer folftice, and lafted
four years, which were of unequal lengths, becaufe the time of Full Moon differs eleven days
every year ; fo that they might fometimes begin on the next day after the folftice, and at other
times not till four weeks after it. The firft Olympiad began in the year of the Julian period 3038,
which was 776 years before the firft year of Chrift, or 775 before the year or bis birth : and the
laft Olympiad* which was the 2034, began A. D. 593. At the expiration of each Olympiad, the
Olympic Games were celebrated in the Elean fields, near the river Alpheus in the Peloponnefus
(now Morea), in honour of Jupiter Olympus. See Strauchius's Breviarium Chronologium, p.
,-
Ictus
O F
A S T R O L O G Y.
963
letus in Afia, where Thales then refided. That year correfponds to the
585th year before Chrift; when accordingly there happened a very fignal
eclipfe of the Sun, on the 28th of May, anfwering to the prefent ioth of
that month,* central through North America, the fouth parts of France,
Italy, &c. as far as Athens, or the Ifles in the Êgean Sea; which is the
fartheft that even the Caroline Tables carry it ; and confequently make
it invifible to any part of Afia, in the total character; though I have good
realbns to believe that it extended to Babylon, and went down central
over that city. We are not however to imagine, that it was Cct before it
pafled Sardis and the Afiatic towns, where the predictor lived; becaufe
an invifible eclipfe could have been of no fervice to demonstrate his ability
in aftronomical fciences to his countrymen, as it could give no proof of
its reality.
For a farther illuftration, Thucydides relates, that a folar eclipfe hap
pened, on a fummer's day in the afternoon, in the firft year of the Peloponnefian war, fo great that the ftars appeared. Rhodus was victor in
the Olympic games the fourth year of the faid war, being alfo the fourth
of the 8yth Olympiad, on the 428th year before Chrift. So that the
eclipfe muft have happened in the 431 ft year before Chrift; and by com
putation it appears, that on the jd of Auguft there was a fignal eclipfe
which would have pafled over Athens central about fix in the evening,
but which our prefent Tables bring no farther than the ancient Syrtes on the
African coaft, above 400 miles from Athens; which, fuffering in that cafe
but 9 digits, could by no means exhibit the remarkable darknefs recited by
this hiftorian; the centre therefore feems to have pafled Athens about fix ia
the evening, and probably might go down about Jerufalem, or near it, con
trary to the construction of the prefent Tables. I have only mentioned
thefe things by way of caution to the aftronomers of the prefent day in
re-computing ancient eclipfes; and refer them to examine the eclipfe
The reader may probably find it difficult to underftand why Mr. Smith fhould reckon this
eclipfe to have been in the 4th year of the 48th Olympiad, as it was only in the end of the third
year ; and alfo why the iStn of May, in the 585111 year before Chrift, fhould anfwer to the prefent
ith of that month. But we hope the following explanation will remove thefe difficulties. The
month of May (when the Sun was eclipfed) in the 5851!) year before the firft year of Chrift, which
was a leap-year, fell in the latter end of the third year of the 481(1 Olympaid ; and the fourth year
of that Olympiad began at the fummer folftice following; but perhaps Mr. Smith begins the
years of the Olympiad from January, in order to make them correfpond more readily with Julian
years; and fo reckons the month of May, when the eclipfe happened, to be in the fourth year
of that Olympiad. The place or longitude of the Sun at that time was in 29 degrees 43 minutes
i/fecond* of B, to which fame place the Sun returned (after zjoo years, viz.) A. D. 1716, on
May 9 I. jh. 6m. after noon : fo that, with refpet to the Sun's place, the gth of May, 1716, anfwers
to the 8ch of May in the 5851(1 year before the firft year of Chrift ; that is, the Bun had the fame
longitude on thofe days.
No. 30.
n G
of
964
AN ILLUSTRATION
of Nicias, fo fatal to the Athenian fleet ; that which overthrew the Mace
donian army, &c.
A longer period than the above-mentioned, for comparing and examin
ing eclipfes which happened at long intervals of time, is 557 years at
days 1 8 hours 30 minutes 1 1 fecouds, in which time, there are 6890 mean
lunations; and the Sun and node meet again fo nearly as to be but 1 1
feconds diftant; but then it is not the fame eclipfe that returns, as in the
fhorter period above mentioned.
The following are the chief of the vi/ible Eclipfes, which will happen
from this time to the end of the prefent century.
Eclipfe of the Sun,
Moon,
Moon,
Sun,
Sun,
Moon,
Moon,
Moon,
Sun,
Sun,
Sun,
Sun,
Sun,
Moon,
Moon,
Sun,
Moon,
Sun,
May 5,
Aug. 3,
July 23,
April 14,
May 15,
April 20,
May 31,
Nov. 25,
May 6,
April 25,
Sept. 27,
Mar. 15,
July 1 8,
July 12,
Feb. 27,
Mar. 15,
O61. 4,
May 28,
1 8 1 8,
1822,
1823,
1828,
1836,
1837,
1844,
1844,
1845,
1846,
1848,
1858,
1860,
1870,
1877,
1877,
1884,
1900,
at 7-J-m the morning.

at 04 in the morning.
at
the morning.
at 9i in the morning.
at 2J in the afternon.
at 9 at night.
at i at night.
at
in the morning.
at lot in the morning.
at 5f in the afternoon.
at 30 m . paft noon.
at 2 in the afternoon.
at ii at night.
at 7^ in the evening.
at i Of at night.
at 3^ in the afternoon.
Central.
Partial.
Total.
Partial.
Partial.
Total.
Total.
Total.
Central.
Partial.
Partial.
Central.
Partial.
Total.
Total.
Partial.
Total.
Total.
In Aftronony, eclipfes of the Moon are of great ufe for afcertaining

the periods of her motions, efpecially fuch eclipfes 'as are obferved to be
alike in all circumftances, and have long intervals of time between them.
In Geography, the longitudes of places are found by eclipfes, as already
Ihown; but for this purpofe eclipfes of the Moon are more ufeful than
thofe of thg Sun, becaufe they are more frequently vifible, and the fame
lunar eclipfe is of equal largenefs and duration at all places where it is feen.
In Chronology, both folar and lunar eclipfes ferve to determine exactly
the time of any paft event : for there are fo many particulars obfervable
in
5
Kpkere
OFASTROLOGY.
965
in every eclipfe with refpecl to its quantity, the places where it is vifible
(if of the Suu), and the time of the day or night ; that it is impoffible
there can be two folar eclipfes in the courfe of many ages which are alike
in all circumftances.
Of the FIGURE and MOTION of the EARTH, the CHANGE of

SEASONS, the CAUSE of EARTHQUAKES, &c.
The Earth, among Aftronomers, is confidered as one of the primary
planets; and its figure was accounted by fome of the ancients to be like
that of an oblong cylinder ; by others, of the form of a drum, and by
others to be flat. But the moderns have demonftrated it to be nearly
fpherical, or rather an oblate fperoid, flatted towards the poles,
Before we enter more minutely into thefe fpeculations, it will be pro
per to defcribe the various circles of the globe, and to explain its feveral
divifions and boundaries, as well imaginary as real, in order to give all
my readers a perfect idea of the fubjedl before them. For this purpofe I
have fubjoined a plate of the Armillary Sphere, which is an artificial con
trivance, reprefenting the feveral circles proper to the theory of the
mundane world, put together in their natural order, to eafe and affift
the imagination in conceiving the conflitution of the fpheres, and the va
rious phenomena of the celeftial bodies. For this purpofe the Earth is
placed in the centre, pierced by a line fuppofed to be its axis, the
upper point of which is fixed in the arclic, or north, pole, and the lower
extremity in the antarclic, or fbuth, pole; whence the two fmall circles
defcribed near thefe points are called the arctic and antarcYic circles.
The outer circle, in which the axis or poles of the world are fixed,
reprefents the meridian, or fuppofed line over any given place, to which
when the Sun comes, it is then mid-day, or noon. The broad circle,
which crofles the whole, and divides the fphere into two equal parts, is
called the horizon; becaufe it divides the heavens and the earth into two
equal parts or hemifpheres, called the upper and the lower, the one light
and the other dark. It likevvife determines the riling and fetting of the
Sun, Moon, or ftar, in any particular latitude; for, when any of thefe
appear juft at the eaftern part of the horizon, we fay, it rifes; and, whea
it does fo at the weftern part, we fay, it fets. From hence alfo the lati
tude of the Sun and ftars is reckoned, which is their height above the
horizon. The poles of the horizon are the zenith and the nadir, or the
points immediately over our heads and under our feet, diametrically
oppofite to each other, in the upper and lower hemifpheres. The inner
wide
AN ILLUSTRATION
wide circle reprefents the zodiac, the middle line of which is the ecliptic,
or Sun's way in the zodiac, from which he never departs. It is not fo
with the Moon and the planets; for, though their eonftant way is in this
circle of the zodiac, yet they continually deviate from its centre, or
ecliptic line, from north to fouth, and from fouth to north ; which
deviations are called their latitudes, and their extent each way deter
mines the width of the zodiac. The two circles within the zodiac,
which interfecl: each other at right angles, conftitute the equinoctial colure, and the equator, or equinoctial line. The points where thefe cir
cles interfect each other, divide the quarters of the year. That which
paffes through the two equinoxial points, determines the equinoxes ;
and that which pafles through the poles of the ecliptic, determines the
folftices. When the Sun is in the firft of them, viz. in the fpring, March
2Oth, it is called the vernal equinox; and when in autumn, September
2jd, it is called the autumnal equinox; at both which times, it is equal
day and night all over the world. So likewife, when the Sun is in the other,
and at his greateft afcent above the equator, and feems to defcribe the
tropic of Cancer, it is called the fummer folftice, and makes the longeft
day; and, on the contrary, when he is at the greateft defcent below the
equator, and feems to defcribe the tropic of Capricorn, it is called the
winter folftice, or fliorteft day. Thefe tropics are two circles defcribed
one immediately under and next adjoining to the arctic circle; and the
other, that next above the antarctic circle. They are diftant from the
equinoctial twenty-three degrees twenty-nine minutes. That on the
north fide of the line is called the tropic of Cancer, and the fouthern
tropic has the name of Capricorn, as paffing through the beginning of
each of thofe figns.
jwj" - v.T
It muft here likewife be noted, that the Equator, or Equinoctial Line,
paffes through the eaft and weft points of the horizon, and at the meri
dian is raifed as much above the horizon as is the complement of the
latitude of the place. From this circle, the latitudes of places, whether
north or fouth, begin to be reckoned in degrees of the meridian ; but
the longitudes of places are reckoned in degrees of the equator itfelf. All
people living on or under this circle, which is called by geographers and
navigators the Line, have their days and nights conftantly equal : and
this is the reafon why, when the Sun enters two points where the
ecliptic interfects the equinoctial, and is exactly upon this line, namely,
in the fpring and autumn, as above-mentioned, that the days and nights
become of equal duration all over the globe. All the ftars directly under
this circle have no declination, but always rife due eaft, and fet full weft.
The hour-circles are drawn at right angles to it, paffing through every
fifteenth
OF ASTRO LOGY.
967
fifteenth degree ; and the parallels to it are called parallels of declination.

Having premifed fo much by way of explaining the fphere, I (hall now
proceed with the fubjeft immediately before us.
That the Earth is a fpherical body, may be demonftrated from the
following among other confiderations. i. All the appearances of the
heavens, both at land and at fea, are the fame as^they would be if the Earth
were a globe. 2. In eclipfes of the Moon which are caufed by the fhadow of the Earth falling upon the Moon, this fliadow is always circular,
and a body can be no other than a globe, which in all fituations cafts a
circular (hadow. 3. Several navigators have failed quite round the globe,
fleering their courfe directly fouth and weft, till they came to the Magellanic Sea, and from thence to the north and weft, till they returned
to their port from the eaft; and all the phenomena which fhould natu
rally arife from the Earth's rotundity happened to them. Befides, their
method of failing was alfo founded upon this hypothefis, which could
never have fucceeded fo happily, if the Earth had been of any other figure.
It is true, the furface of the Earth is not an exact geometrical globe, but
then the inequalities are fo inconfiderable, that the higheft mountain
bears no greater proportion to the bulk of the Earth than a grain of duft
does to a common globe. The figure of the Earth then was reckoned by
mathematicians and geographers as perfectly fpherical, excepting the fmall
inequalities on its furface of mountains and valleys, till an accident en
gaged the attention of Sir Ifaac Newton and Mr. Huygens, who de,monftrated, from the laws of hydroftatics, and the revolution of the Earth
about its axis, that its figure was not a true fphere, but an oblate fpheroid flatted towards the poles. Monfieur Richer, when at the ifland of
Cayenne, about five degrees diftant from the equator, found that his clock,
which at Paris kept true time, now loft two minutes and twenty-eight
feconds every day. Now, though heat will lengthen pendulums, and
confequently retard their motion, it is certain the heats of Cayenne were
not fufficient to folve this phasnomenon, which can flow only from a di
minution in the preflure of gravity. For, as the Earth revolves about
its axis, all its parts will endeavour to recede from the axis of motion,' and
thereby the equatoreal parts where the motion is quickeft will tend lefs
towards the centre than the reft; their endeavour to fly off from the axis
about which they revolve taking off part of their tendency that way ;
fb that thofe parts will become lighter than fuch as are nearer the poles.
The polar parts, therefore, will prefs in towards the centre, and raife
the equatoreal parts, till the quantity of matter in the latter is fo far increafed as to compenfate for its lightnefs, and an equilibrium be reftored.
On which account, the form which the Earth aflumes will be that of an
No. 50.
ii H
oblate
AN PL LUSTRATION
oblate fpheroid, whofe fhorter axis pafles through the poles. By virtue
only of the rotation of the earth about its axis, the weight of bodies at
the equator is lefs than at the poles, irt the proportion of i:88 to 289.
From hence arifes, as before obferved, a fpheroidical form of the Earth,
and from that fpheroidical form arifes another diminution of gravity at
the equator, by which, if the Earth were homogeneous throughout, bo
dies at the equator would lofe one pound in i 121 ; and fo, on both ac
counts taken together, the gravity of bodies at the poles would be to the
fame at the equator as 230 to 229. From whence, if we fuppofe the
gravity of bodies within the Earth to be direclly as their diftance from
the centre, thofe numbers will alfo exprefs the relation between its polar
and equatoreal diameter. This is upon a luppofition that the Earth was
at firft fluid, or a chaos, having its folid and fluid parts confufedly mixed
together ; but if we fuppofe it at firft partly fluid and partly dry, as it
now is, (fince we find that the land is very nearly of the fame figure with
the fea, except raifed a little to prevent its being overflowed,) the Earth
muft ftill be of the fame form ; for otherwife the major part of the water
would flow towards the equator, and fpread itfelflike an inundation over
all the land in thofe parts. This theory met with great oppofition from
Monfieur Caffini, who, having meafured the meridian of France, declared
(with great reafon likewife, if the obfervations had been correct) that the
Earth, inftead of being flattened, was lengthened towards the poles ; that
is, inftead of being an oblate it was an oblong fpheriod, higher at the
poles by about ninety-five miles. So wide a difference, between philofbphers of fo high rank, determined at length the king of France, at an
expenfe becoming a monarch, to employ two companies of mathemati
cians, the one to meafure the length of a degree of the meridian at the
equator, and the other the length of a degree at the polar circle, that, by
comparing them together, and with the length of the degree of France, it
might be known whether the Earth were oblong or flat towards the poles.
i
It is certain, if the lengths of the degrees of latitude decreafe as we
fo from the equator towards the poles, then the axis is greater, and the
gure an oblong fpheroid; but, on the contrary, if thele lengths increafe
as you remove towards the poles, the axis is lefs than a diameter at the
equator, and confequently the figure an oblate fpheriod. This laft ap
pears, as well by the theory of Sir Ifaac Newton, to be the true figure,
as it does by the refpeHve menfu rations of thefe mathematicians, which
were performed with furprifing exaclnefs. The figure of the Earth be
ing thus determined, we next proceed to (how the triple means whereby
it is agitated and governed in its motion, and whereby night and day, and
all the phenomena of the feafons, are produced.
In
/-
Summer
~VVlirter
O }fcf^
OFASTROLOGY:
969
In the firft place, the Earth is found to have a diurnal motion round
its own axis, from weft to eaft, which it performs in twenty-four hours,
and thereby occafions the perpetual fucceffion of days and nights. It is
every way agreeable to reafon, that the Earth fhould revolve about its own
axis, to account for the appearance of fuch a vaft number of liars, which
leem to perform their revolutions round the Earth in twenty-four hours;
for the motion of thefe ftars, were it real, would be incredibly fwift, and
beyond all imagination, becaufe their diftance in refpecl of us is almoft
infinite, and the orbit they have to run round fo prodigioufly great, that
they muft move at leaft 100,000 miles in a minute.
The Earth has, lecondly, an annual motion round the Sun, which it
performs every year, whereby it produces the different feafons, and the
lengthening and mortening of the days. It being now an eftablilhed
doctrine that the Sun is the centre of our fyftem, and that the Earth
moves round it, we (hall avoid entering into any difquifitions upon that
head, fince it is only neccflary we fhould explain the phenomena which
arife from the Earth's annual motion, in conjunction with the rotation
round its axis; having firft premifed, that the Earth, in its annual mo
tion, hath its axis always in the fame direction, or parallel to itfelf.
Suppofe V? T 25 * (in the annexed figure of the Earth's motion) be
the Earth's orbit, and S the Sun. Through the centre of the Sun draw
the right line "p S = parallel to the common fedtion of the equator and
the ecliptic, which will meet with the ecliptic in two points T ::. And,
when the Earth feen from the Sun is in either of the points T or =:, a
right line S T or S =, joining the centre of the Earth and Sun, will coin
cide with the common feclion of the equator and ecliptic, and will then
be perpendicular to A B, the axis of the Earth, or of the equator, becaufe
it is in the plane of the equator. But the fame line is alfo perpendicular
to the circle which bounds the light and darknefs, and therefore the axis
of the Earth will be in the plane of that circle, which will therefore pafs
through the poles of the Earth, and will cut the equator and all its pa
rallels into equal parts. When the Earth, therefore, is in the beginning
of s, the Sun will be feen in T i" the common fedlion of the equator
and ecliptic, in which pofition, the circle of illumination touches both
poles : the Sun is vertical to the equator, and the days and nights are
equal all the world over; and this is the fpring feafon, or vernal equinox.
.
The Earth in its annual motion going through =:, n\., and f , towards
Vf, and the common fedtion of the equator, and the ecliptic remaining
always parallel to itfelf, it will no longer pafs through the body of the
Sun;;
970
AN ILLUSTRATION
Sun; but, in V?, it makes a right angle with the line S P, which joins
the centre of the Sun and Earth. And, becaufe the line S P is not in the
plane of the equator, but in that of the ecliptic, the angle B P S, which
the axis of the Earth B A makes with it, will not now be a right angle,
but an oblique one of 66f degrees, which is the fame with the inclina
tion of the axis to the plane of the ecliptic. Let the angle S P L be a
right angle, and the circle, bounding light and darknefs, will pafs through
the point L, and then the arch B D, or the angle B P L, will be 234- de
grees, that is, equal to the complement of the angle B P S to a right angle.
Let the angle B P E be a right angle, and then the line P E will be in the
plane of the equator. Therefore, becaufe the arches B E and LT are equal,
each of them being quadrants, if the common arch B T be taken away,
there will remain T E equal to L B, equal to 23 degrees. Take E M equal
to E T, and through the points M and T defcribe two parallel circles, T C,
M N; the one reprefents the tropic of Cancer, and the other the tropic of
Capricorn. And, the Earth being in this fituation, the Sun will approach
the neareft that it can come to the North Pole : he will mine perpendi
cularly on the point T, and confequently will be vertical to all the in
habitants under the tropic of Cancer, when he comes to their meri
dians. It is manifeft that the circle which bounds light and darknefs
reaches beyond the North Pole B to L: but towards the fouth it falls
(hort of the South Pole A, and reaches no further than F. Through
L and F, let two parallels to the equator be defcribed. Thefe will reprefent the polar circles, and, while the Earth is in P, all that tract of
it which is included within the polar circle K L continues in the light,
notwithstanding the conftant revolution round the axis. On the contrary,
thofe that lie within the antarctic circle remain in continual darknefs.
It is alfo manifeft, that all the parallels between the equator and the
arctic circle are cut by the circle bounding light and darknefs into un
equal portions, the largeft portions of thefe circles remaining in the light,
and the fmalleft in darknefs; but thefe parallels which are towards the
antarctic circle have their greateft portions in darknefs, and their lead in
light; and the difference of thefe portions will be greater or lefs, accord
ing as the circles are nearer to the pole or to the equator. Therefore
when the Sun is feen in Cancer as, the inhabitants of the northern hemifphere will have their days at the longeft, and their nights at the
(horteft, and the feafon of the year will be fummer. The contrary of
this will happen to the inhabitants of the fbuthern hemifphere.
As the Earth moves on from vr by ss, X, the north pole returns, the
diurnal arches begin gradually to decreafe, and the nocturnal to increafe,
and
971
and of confequcnce the Sun's rays will fall more and more obliquely,
and rnYheat proportionably diminim, till the Earth comes to f, when
the Sun will appear in i, at which time, the days will again be equal
to the nights to all the inhabitants of the earth, the circle bounding light
and darknefs patting in this pofition through the poles. This will be the
feafon called autumn.
The Earth moving on' through ft y , and n , the Sun will be feen to
go in the ecliptic through ==, m, and $ , and will appear to decline from
the equator towards the fouth; fo that, when the Earth is really in 25,
the Sirn will appear-in VJ*. And, whereas the axis AB always retains its
parallelifm, the Earth will have the fame pofition and afpecl in refpecl:
to the Sun that it had when it was in VJ ; but with this difference, that,
whereas the traft within the polar circle K L was in continual light while
the Earth was in VJ, now, the Earth arriving at 25, the fame tradr. will be
altogether in darknefs; but the oppofite fpace, within the circle FG,
will be in a continual illumination, and at the pole A there will be no
night for the fpace of fix months. Here likewife, of the parallels be
tween the equator and the north pole, the illuminated portions are much
lefs than the portions which remain in darknefs, the contrary of which
happened in the former pofition ; fo likewife the Sun at mid-day will
appear vertical to all the inhabitants that live in the tropic M N ; fb that
it will appear to have defcended towards the fouth from the parallel T C
to the parallel MN, through the arch CQN, which is forty-feven de
grees. This will be the fealbn called winter.
Laftly, as the Earth journeys on from 25 through ft and ttjj to ::, the
Sun appears to pafs through xz and ^ to T> and the northern climes
begin to return, and receive more diredtly the enlivening beams of the
Sun, whofe meridian height does now each day increafe; the days now
lengthen, and the tedious nights contrail their refpeftive arches; and
every thing confpires to advance the delightful feafbn of the fpring, with
the equality of days and nights, as was ftiown when the Earth was in *,
from which point we began to trace its motion.
The third motion of the Earth is that motion by which the poles of
the world revolve about the poles of the ecliptic, and occafion what is
commonly called the preceffion of the equinoxes, which is a flow motion
of the equinoctial points towards the weft, that is, in antecedentia, or
contrary to the order of the figns. This retrogade motion, by carrying
the equinoctial points to meet the Sun in his apparent annual motion,
jnakes him arrive at them fooner every year than he would do if thofe
No. 5.
nl
points
972
ANILLUSTRATION
points continued immovcable; and this arch of rcgreflion being fifty

feconds a-year, or one degree in feventy-two years, makes the equinoxes
happen twenty minutes in time (boner each year than they would otherwile do. And, though this change be not fenfible in a few years, yet
thefe points are found to have a very different fituation from what they
had two thoufand years ago.
By reafon of this preceffion of the equinoctial points, the fixed ftars
feem to move towards the eaft, and thereby to have their longitude,
which is always reckoned upon the ecliptic, from the vernal equinoctial
point, increafed. And hence the Conftellations feem to have deferted
the places allotted them by the ancient aftronomers; for inftance, the
beginning of the fign Aries, which in Hipparchus's time was near the
vernal equinoctial point, and gave name to that point of the ecliptic, is
now removed near a whole fign, or thirty degrees, eaft ward; fo that
Aries is now where Taurus ufed to be, Taurus where Gemini ufed to be,
&c. and thus all the Conftellations of the zodiac have changed their
ancient places. But, to avoid confufion, aftronomers have thought fit
to let the leveral portions of the ecliptic, where thefe Conftellations were
at firft obferved to be, retain their old names ; fo that the vernal equi
noctial point is ftill reckoned the firft degree of Aries. However, thefe
portions of the ecliptic, where the Conftellations were at firft, are called
anaftra, to diftinguim them from the places where they now are, which
are termed JieHata.
The orbit, in which the Earth moves round the Sun, common ex
perience proves to be elliptical ; for, were it circular, the Sun's apparent
diameter would always be the fame; but we find it is not; for, if it be
ineafured with a micrometer in winter-time, it will be found confiderably larger than in fummer, and it will be greateft of all when the Sun.
is in the eighth degree of Capricorn, which fhows that is the place of
the aphelium, it being then thirty-two minutes forty-feven feconds;
whereas, when the Sun is in the eighth degree of Cancer, his diameter
is but thirty-one minutes forty feconds. Hence it is evident, that the
Sun is really nearer to us in the midft of winter than it is in the midft of
fummer: but this feems a paradox to many, who think the Sun muft
needs be hotteft when it is the neareft to us, and that the Sun is apparently
more diftant from us in December than in June. As to the Sun's being
hotter, it is true, it is fo to all thofe places which receive his rays direclly
r perpendicularly; but we find his heat abated on account of the obli
quity of the rays, and his (hort continuance above the horizon at that
time. And, as to his diftance, it is only with refpecl to the zenith of
the
OF ASTROLOGY.
973
the place, not the centre of the earth; fince it is plain the Sun may ap
proach the centre of the earth at the fame time that it recedes from the
zenith of any place. And, agreeably to the Sun's nearer diftance iti the
winter, we obferve his apparent motion is then quicker than in the fummer; for in the eighth degree of Capricorn it is about fixty-one minutes
per day, but in the eighth degree of Cancer his motion is but fifty -leven
minutes per day. Accordingly, we find the fummer half-year eight days
longer than the winter half-year, as appears by the following computa
tion, according to the new ftyle.
The Winter half-year includes
In September 7 Days.
Odober
3'
November 30
December 3i
January
31
February 28
March
The Summer half-year includes

Days.
In March
April
30
31
May
June
30
July
3*
Auguft
3'
September 23
178}
Winter half-year
The difference in the two half-years is
17848 Days.
For, the Sun's attracting force being one part of the caufe of the planet's
motion, and this force always increafing and decreafing in the inverfe
ratio of the fquares of the diftances, it is evident the velocity of the
planet will always be greater the nearer it is to the Sun, and vice verfa.
In this manner the Earth's motion round the Sun is invariably continued,
and its revolution performed in three hundred fixty-five days fix Hours
nine minutes fourteen feconds.
The Earth, in its natural and original ftate, Des Cartes, Burnet, Wood
ward, and Whifton, fuppofe to have been perfectly round, fmooth, and
equable; and they account for its prefent rude and irregular form prin
cipally from the waters of the great deluge, which inundated and over
flowed the whole furface of the globe, to the height of fifteen cubits
above the higheft hills; for to that height Mofes exprefsly faith, Gen. vii,
20, " the waters prevailed." Some have ventured to deny that there
were any mountains at all before the flood, though Mofes exprefsly men
tions them as a ftandard for the height of the water. Others have denied
the univerfality of the deluge, though the words of the text be, " That all
the hills over the whole earth were covered." Others have had recourfe
to
974
AN ILLUSTRATION
to the fliifting of the earth's centre of gravity, and therefore will have
all parts drowned fucceffively ; and our famous theorift, Dr. Bnrnet,
fancies an earth made on purpofe to be drowned at that time, which,
being in form of an orbicular cruft on the face of the fea, as we now call
it, (for he fays there was none before the deluge,) fell down into the
water, and fo drowned its inhabitants. This is the moft abfurd theory
of all.
But the Holy Scriptures tell us, that the waters of the deluge came
from two funds, " the great deep below/' and the " rains above." Again,
when we look to the internal parts of the earth, even to the greateft depth
men have ever reached, we find that the body of the terreftrial globe is
compofed of ftrata, or layers, lying over one another, which appear to
be fediments of a flood ; befules, in the bodies of thefe ftrata, though never
fo folid, nay, even inclofed within the folidity of the firmed flints, mar
ble, ftone, &c. we find a prodigious variety of the exuviae, or remains
of fifties, fuch as their (hells, teeth, &c. as well marine ones as thofe
which live in lakes and rivers; and from a due obfervation of thefe, and
repeated confiderations upon them, it was, that the learned Dr. Wood
ward founded what he delivers upon this fubjecl:, which therefore is not
fo much a theory of the earth, as neceflary deductions, and unavoidable
confequences, drawn from the matters of facl, as they are laid down in
the fecond part of his Natural Hiftory of the Earth, i . That thefe marine
bodies, and the other fpoils of frefti-water fimes, were borne forth out of the
fea by the univerlal deluge, and, on return of the water back again from off
the earth, they were left behind on land. 2. That, during the time of the
deluge, all the ftone and marble of the antediluvian earth, all the metals
in it, all the mineral concretions, and in a word, all foflils whatever,
that had before attained an} folidity, were totally diffblved ; their conftituenUcorpulcles disjoined, and their cohefion perfectly ceafed; and that
the faid corpufcles, together with the-corpuicles of thofe which were not
before folid, fuch as land, earth, and the like; as alio, all animal bodies,
teeth, fhells, vegetables, in fliort, all bodies whatever they were, either
upon the earth, or that conftituted the mafs, if not quite down to the
abyfs, yet to the greateft depths we ever dig, were affumed up promifcuoufly into the water, and fuftained therein; fo that the water and thefe
bodies made up one common mafs. 3. That at length all the mais that
was thus borne up in the water was again precipitated, and fubfided to
ward the bottom, and that this fubfidence happened generally according
to the "laws of gravity. That the matter, iubfiding thus, formed the
ftrata of ftone, earth, marble, coal, &.c. of which ftrata the terreftrial
globe, or at leaft as much of it. as hath been difplayed to human view,
doth chiefly coniift. 4. That the ftrata of marble, &c. attained their
folidity
OFASTROLOGY.
folidity as foon as the fand, or other matter, whereof they confift, was
arrived at the bottom, and well fettled there; and that all thofe ftrata
which are folid at this day, have been fo ever fince that time. 5. That
thefe ftrata were originally parallel, plane, and regular, and confequently
rendered the furface of the earth even and fpherical ; that they were
contiguous, and not broken and interrupted as we find them now ; and
that the water lay then upon them, conftituting a fluid fphere, envi
roning all the globe round. 6. That after fome time, by the force of an
agent feated within the earth, thofe flrata were broken on all fides of the
globe ; that they were diflocated, and their fituation varied; from whence
thefe elevations and depreflions on the furface of the globe, as the moun
tains, valleys, and other inequalities.
From thefe obfcrvations, he concludes, that Noah's deluje was quite
univerfal, covering the whole earth, even the higheft mountains quite
round the globe. That, at the time of the deluge, the water of the ocean
was firft brought out on the earth, and immediately fucceeded by that of
the abyfo. That, upon the difruption of the flrata, or the elevation of
fome, and the depreffion of others, towards the end of the deluge, this
tnafs of water fell back towards the loweft parts of the earth, into lakes
and other cavities, into the channel of the ocean, and through the fiffures
by which this communicates with the ocean, in the abyfs which is filled,
till it came to an equilibrium with the ocean. That the deluge com
menced in the fpring feafon, the waters coming forth upon the earth in
the month which we call May. That the deluge did not happen from
an accidental concourfe of natural caufes; but that many things then
happened, which never could poffibly happen without the affiftance of a
^Supernatural power.
Mr. Whifton, on the contrary, in his New Theory of the Earth, fuppofes the deluge began on the i8th of November, in the 2365^ year of
the Julian period, that is, 2349 years before the Chriflian aera; that a
comet defcending towards its perihelion, in the plane of the ecliptic,
palled quite near the globe of the earth the very fame day that jhe deluge
began : he afcribes to the univerfal deluge all the changes and alterations
that have happened in the furface and infide of the globe: he adopts the
. hypothefis of Dr. Woodward, and indifcriminately makes ufe of all the
observations of this author, with regard to the prefent ftate of the globe.
The terreftrial globe having once met with the tail of the comet, confifting of a transparent fog, or aqueous atmofphere, it muft, in paffing
through it, appropriate to itfelf fome part of the matter it contained.
No. 51.
n K
All
/"^c^',- '/
"'"jt.
AN ILLUSTRATION
All that was found within the fphere of attraction of the globe, muft
have fallen upon the earth, and that in form of rain, fince this tail partly
confided of aqueous vapours. This tail being " the cataracts of heaven
that were opened,'' the rain may be made as plentiful as one pleafes, even
to occafiou an univerfal deluge, the waters of which would eafily cover
the higheft mountains. However, Mr. Whifton does not attribute the
whole deluge to thefe waters only ; for, agreeably to Scripture, he affirms
that the earth, upon the approach of the comet, would no doubt feel the
force of its attraction ; fo that the fluid, contained in the great abyfs,
would be agitated by fo violent a flux and reflux, that the fuperficialcruft
of the earth could not refift it, but be broken in feveral places, and the
internal waters diffufed over the furface, ** and the fountains of the great
deep broken up." Mr. Whifton, to difpofe of all this water, fuppofes,
that as foon as the earth, in continuing its courfe, had got fome way from
the comet, the effects of its attraction, the flux and reflux, ceafed in the
great abyfs, and then the fuperior waters were violently precipitated
through the fame patfages by which they came out; the great abyfs
iwallowed up all the fuperfluous waters, and its cavity was found capable
enough to receive, not only the waters which it had already contained,
but alfo of thofe which the tail of the comet had left behind it ; fince
during the time of its agitation and the burfting of its cruft, it had en-,
larged the fpace by breaking down, on all hands, the earth that environed
it. It was, in like manner, at this time, that the earth, which till then,
was fpherical, became elliptic, occasioned not only by the effect of the
centrifugal force caufed by its diurnal revolution, but likewife by the
a.6tion of the comet; and that becaufe the earth, in paflwig through the
tail of the comet, was fituated in fuch a manner,, that it prefented itsequatorial parts to this body; and becaufe the force of the comet's attrac-.
tion, concurring with the centrifugal force of the earth, took away thofe
parts of the equator with fo much the more facility, as the cruft was
broken and disjoined in a vaft many places; and becaufe the action of
the flux and reflux of the abyfs made a more violent imprefljonupon the
parts under the equator than any where elfe.
'
Dr. Halley refolves the deluge into the fhock. of a comet, or fome other
fiich. transient body: the great agitation that muft have been occafioned
by it in die fea, he obferves, would be fufficient to account for all thofe
ftrange appearances of heaping vaft quantities of earth, and high cliffs,,
upon the beds of (hells which once were the bottom of the fea,- and
raiting- up mountains where none were before: fuch a fhock as this,
impelling the folid parts, would occafion the waters, and all fluid;
fubftances that were uncpnfined, as the fea is, . tojrun violently with an.
impetus
OF ASTRO L O G Y.
.977
impetus toward that part of the globe where the blow was received, and
that with force fufficient to take with it the very bottom of the ocean,
and would carry it upon land. There are various other fyftems of the
univerfal deluge, feveral of which may be feen in Monfieur , Buffbn's
Natural Hiftory, torn. L
Monfieur de Buffbn, arguing from the fpheroidal figure of the earth,
and the laws of hydroftatics, fuppofes that the Earth, as well as the other
planets,, are parts (truck off from the body of the Sun by the collifion of
comets, and confequently, when the earth aflumed its form, Nit was in a
ftate of liquefaction by fire. Of this, fays he, we mall be the more eafily.
convinced, when we coniider the nature of the matter contained in the
body of the earth, the greateft part of which, as fand and clays, are vi
trified, or verifiable fubftances; and, on the other hand, when we. reflect
upon the impoflibility of the earth's being ever in a ftate of fluidity pro
duced by water, fince there is infinitely more land than water; and be-,
fides, water has not the power of diflblving fands, ftones, and other
fubftances of which the earth is compofed. How far the inequalities in,,
the face of the earth, the beds of rivers, lakes, &.c. and the various ftrata.
in its internal parts, ferve to confirm this hypothefis, may be feeu iu
Hiftoire Naturelle, &c. torn. i. by; M. de Bufforu
The arguments of different philofophers and hiftorians, relative to
the deluge, and theory of the earth, have furnifhed matter of enquiry
to naturalifts how far the fame ca.ufes, which muft have produced not
only the mixtures, but the cavities and fifTures in the earth, have been,
the inlet and caufe likewife of earthquakes and volcanoes. Earthquakes
confift. of a violent agitation or trembling of the earth, generally attended
with a terrible noife like thunder, and fometimes with an eruption of
fire, water, wind, cc. Volcanoes are hollow, fubterraneous, combuftible,
mountains, which vomit forth fire, flame, afhes, cinders, &c. Earth
quakes and volcanoes are both accounted for upon the fame principles,
and may be thus explained.. Thofe countries which are hollow and
.fubterraneous, and which naturally yield great ftore of fulphur and nitret
or where fulphur is fublimated from the pyrites, are by far the mpft inr
jured and incommoded by earthquakes;, for, where there, are fuch mines,
they muft fend up exhalations, which,, meeting with fubterraneous ca
verns, muft flick to the arches of them, as foot does to the fides of our
chimneys; where they mix themfelves with the nitre or faltpetre which
comes out of thefe arches, in like manner as we fee it come out of the
infide of the arch of a bridge, and' fo makes, a kind of cruft which, will
very eafily take ftre. There are feveral ways by which this cruft may
take.
978
ANILLUSTRATION
take fire, viz. i. By the inflammable breath of the pyrites, which is a kind
of fulphur that naturally takes fire of itfelf. a. By a fermentation of va
pours to a degree of heat equal to that of fire and flame. 3. By the
falling of fome great ftone which is undermined by water, and, finking
againft another, produces fome fparks that fet fire to the neighbouring
combuftible matter, which, being a kind of natural gunpowder, at the
appulfe of the fire goes ofF with a fudden blaft or violent explofion, rum
bling in the bowels of the earth, and lifting up the ground above it, fo
as fometimes to make a miferable havock and devaftation, till it gets
vent or adifcharge. Burning mountains and volcanoes are only fo many
fpiracles ferving for the difcharge of this fubterranean fire, when it is
thus preternaturally aflembled. And where there happens to be fuch
a ftru&ure and conformation of the interior parts of the earth, that the
fire may pafs freely and without impediment from the caverns therein,
it aflembles into thefe fpirals, and then readily and eafily gets out from
time to time without making or difturbing the earth. But, where a
communication is wanting, or the paflages are not fufficiently large and
open, fo that it cannot come at the faid fpiracles without firft forcing and
removing all obftacles, it heaves up and fhocks the earth, till it hath
made its way to the mouth of the volcano; where it ruflies forth,
fometimes in mighty flames, with great velocity, and a terrible bellow*
ing noife. Earthquakes are fometimes confined to a narrow fpace, which
is properly the effect of the re-a&ion of the fire, and they make the earth
jufl as the explofion of a powder-magazine caufes a fenfible concufllon at
the diftance of feveral leagues. Thus a violent eruption of Etna will
caufe an earthquake overall the ifland of Sicily; but it never will extend
to the diftance of three or four hundred leagues. In like manner, when
fome new vents of fire have been formed in Mount Vefuvius, there are
felt at the fame time earthquakes at Naples, and in the neighbourhood
of the volcano; but thefe concuflions have never fhaken the Alps, nor
been communicated to France, or other countries remote from Vefuvius.
Sometimes they are felt at considerable diftances, and ftiake a long tra&
of ground without any eruption or volcano appearing. We have inftances of earthquakes which were felt at the fame time in England,
France, Germany, and even in Hungary, and thefe extend always a great
deal more in length than in breadth; they (hake a tracl: of ground with
more or Icfs violence in different places, in proportion as it is remote from
the fire; and they are almoft always accompanied with a dull noife like
that of a heavy carriage rolling along with great rapidity.
Dr. Woodward gives us another theory of earthquakes. He endea
vours to fhow, that the fubterraneous heat or fire, which is continually
elevating
979
elevating water out of the abyfs to furnifli the earth with rain, dew,
fpriugs, and rivers, being flopped in any part of" the earth, and fo di
verted from its ordinary courfe by fome accidental glut or obftrudlion in
the pores or paflages through which it ufcd to afcend to the furface, be
comes by fuch means preternaturally affembled in a greater quantity than
ulual into one place, and therefore caufeth a great rarefaction and intumefcence of the water of the abyfs, putting it into great commotions and
disorders, and at the fame time making the like effort on the earth ; which
being expanded upon the face of the abyfs, occafions the agitation and
concuflion which we call an earthquake.
But Dr. Stukelev has introduced a new notion in the theory of earth
quakes, and has endeavoured to prove that they are caufed by eleclricity.
He urges a variety of objections againft the foregoing hypothecs, which,
afcribes earthquakes to fubterraneous winds, fires, vapours, or any thing
that occafions an explofion, and thus heaves up the ground. He thinks
there is no evidence of the cavernous ftruclure of the earth, which this
hypothefis requires; but that, on the contrary, there is reafon to believe
that it is in a great meafure folid. Earthquakes have alfo frequently
happened without any eruption of fire, vapour, fmoke, or fmell, which
he thinks it utterly inconfiftent with the fuppofition of their being occafioned by any fubterraneous vapours; especially in cafes where the
(hock is of confiderable extent; befides, this is a caufe altogether inade
quate to fuch an effect ; for a fubterraneous power capable of moving a
iurface of earth only thirty miles in diameter, muft be lodged at leaft
fifteen or twenty miles below the furface, and move an inverted cone of
folid earth, whofe bafe is thirty miles in diameter,, and its axis fifteen or
twenty miles, which he judges to be abfolutely impoffible;. how much
more inconceivable, then, that any fuch power could produce the earth
quake of 17^5, which was felt in various parts of Europe and Africa,
and the Atlantic Ocean; or that of Afia Minor, A..D. 17, by which
thirteen great cities were deftroyed in one night, and which fliook a
mafs of earth three hundred miles in diameter, in order to which the
moving power, if it had been internal fire or vapour, muft have been
lodged two hundred miles below the furface ! Farther, in earthquakes
the effect is Lnftantaneous; whereas the operation of elaftic vapour and
the di(charge of it muft be gradual, and require a long fpace of time;
and, if they were owing to explofions, they muft alter the furface of the
country where they happened, deftroy the fountains and fprings, and
change the courfe of its rivers, which is contradicted by hiftory and obiervation. To all which it is added, that the ftrokes which (hips receive
daring an ea*tbquake muft be occafioned by fomething that could commuNo. 5.1.
ii JL
nicate.
980
AN ILLUSTRATION
nicate motion of a much greater velocity than any heaving of the earth
under the fea by the elafticity of generated vapours, which would only
produce a gradual fwell, and not an impulfe of the water, refembling a
thump againft the bottom of a. (hip, or ftriking againft a rock. Dr.
Stukeley, finding the common hypothefis infufficient, was led to con
clude that earthquakes were proper electrical (hocks ; and a particular
furvey of the phenomena, that either precede or attend them, confirmed
this opinion: he obfervcd that the weather was ufually dry and warm
for fome time before an earthquake happened, and that the furface of
the>ground is thus previoufly difpofed for that kind of electrical vibration
in which it confifts; whilft at the fame time, in fome places where earth
quakes have happened, the internal parts, at a fmall depth below the furface, are moid and boggy; and thence he infers, that they reach very
little below the furface. He adds, that the fouthern regions are more
fubject to earthquakes than the northern, on account of the greater
warmth and drynefs of the earth and air, which are qualities fo necefiary
to electricity. It was alfo obferved, that, before the earthquakes at Lon
don in 1749, all vegetables were remarkably forward; and electricity is
well known to quicken vegetation. They were likewife preceded by
frequent and fingular appearances of the aurora borealis and auftralis,
and by a variety of other meteors which indicate an electrical ftate of the
atmofphere. Dr. Stukeley apprehends, that, in this ftate of the earth and
air, nothing more is necefiary to produce an earthquake than the ap
proach of a non-electric cloud to any part of the earth, when in an
highly-electrified ftate, and the difcharge of its contents upon it; and
that, as the difcharge from an excited tube occafions a commotion in the
human body, fo the (hock, produced by the difcharge between the cloud
and many miles in compafs of folid earth, muft be an earthquake, and
the (hap from the contact be the noife attending it. He fuppofes that a
large black cloud, which fuddenly covered the hemifphere a little before
the earthquake of 1 749, might have occafioned the (hock, by the dif
charge of a (hower. The noife, it has been obferved, ufually precedes
the (hock ; whereas, if the concuffion depended upon a fubterraneous
eruption, it muft have been quite the contrary. The flames and fulphureous fmells which fometimes attend earthquakes are more eafily ac
counted for, as Dr. Stukeley thinks, from the fuppofition of their being
electrical phenomena than on any other hypothefis. The fudden extcnfive agitation, both of land and water, occafioned by earthquakes, can
only be effected by electricity. The nature of the impulfe which they
give to (hips, already taken notice of, fuggefts an argument, that they are
owing not to any convulfion in the bowels of the earth, but to an uniform
vibration along its furface, occafioned by an electrical fnap ; and that they
are
OFASTROLOGY.
981
are electrical phenomena, Dr. Stukeley farther infers, from their chiefly
affecting the fea-coaft, or places near rivers; we may add alfo, eminences;
and finally from the effects which they produce on weak conftitutions,
fuch as pains in the back, head-achs, cholics, &c. fimilar to thofe occafioned fometimes by electrification. After all, he does not prefume to
fay how the earth and atmofphere are put into that electrical and vibra
tory ftate which prepares them to give or receive that fnap, and (hock,
which is called an earthquake; but this he thinks as difficult to account
for as magnetifm, gravitation, mufcular motion, and many other fecrets
in nature.
Several circumftances have been remarked by other writers, which
confirm the theory that fuppofes earthquakes to be electrical phenomena.
Signior Beccaria, whofe name often occurs in the hiftory of electricity,
agrees with Dr. Stukely, in fuppofing, that earthquakes are electrical
phenomena; but he imagines that the electric matter which occafions
them is lodged deep in the bowels of the earth; and, if in this fituation
its equilibrium (hould by any means be deftroyed, fo that the beft method
of reftoring it (hall be by the fluid's burfting its way into the air, and traverfing feveral miles of the atmofphere to come to the place where it is
wanted, it may eafily be conceived, that violent concuflions may be given
to the earth by the fudden paflage of this powerful agent; and that the
electric fluid is fometimes collected in the bowels of the earth, he thinks
probable from the appearance of ignes fatui in mines, which fometimes
happens, and is very probably an electrical phenomenon. This ingenious
philofopher obferves, that, if two pieces of glafs, inclofed in a thin piece
of metal, be held in the hand, while a large (hock is fent through them, a
ftrong concuffion or vibration will be felt, which fometimes breaks them
to pieces. Mr. Henley, another excellent electrician, has difcovered a me
thod of increafing the effect of the explofion upon glafs, fo as to afford a
very natural idea of an earthquake. Between the ends of two wires, laid
on a piece of glafs, with their extremities pointing to each other, and
about an inch diftant, through which the difcharge is to be made, he
places a thick piece of ivory upon the glafs, and on the ivory a weight
at pleafure, from one-fourth of an ounce to fix pounds; the glafs is
broken by an explofion into innumerable fragments, and (bme of it is
reduced into an impalpable powder; the weight is (haken by the explofion,
and fometimes thrown off from the ivory. In this experiment, if the
glafs is very thick, fo that the force of the explofion is not fufficient to
break it, it will be found marked with the moft lively prifmatic colours.
The appearance of an earthquake may be alfo reprefented by caufing the
xplofion of a battery to pafs over the furface of any fubftance on which
fmall
982
ANILLUSTRATION
fmall flicks or cards are placed, which will never fail to be fliaken, and
often be thrown down, by the explofion ; or, by making a difcharge over
the lurface of water, in which cafe the report will be much louder than
when the difcharge is made through the air; and a hand plunged deep
into the water will feel the concuffion; and we may add, that the fpark
which pafics over the furface of the water in this experiment bears a
great refemblance of thole balls of fire that have fometimes been feen over
the furface of the fea or land in the time of an earthquake. Dr. Prieftley ,
contrived various methods of exhibiting the phenomena of earthquakes.
He made the eleclric flam to pafs over wet boards fwimming in water,
over either of thefe feparately, or over both at once, on which pillars,
&c. were eredted; and thus, while the board reprefented the earth, and
the water the fea, the phenomena of both during an earthquake were
exhibited at the fame time. Dr. Prieftley, the ingenious hiftorian of
electricity, after having largely recited the obfervations of Dr. Stukeley
and Signior Beccaria, does not abfolutely decide which of thefe two philofophers has advanced the more probable opinion concerning the feat
of the ele&ric matter which occafions earthquakes; but he thinks a more
probable general hypothefis than either of them may be formed out of
them both. Suppofe, fays he, the ele&ric matter to be fome way or
other accumulated on one part of the lurface of the earth, and, on ac
count of the drynefs of the feafon, not eafily to diffufe itfelf; it may,
as Signer Beccari fuppofes, force itfelf away into the higher regions of
the air, forming clouds in its paflage out of the vapours which float in
the atmofphere, and occafion a fudden mower, which may farther pro
mote the paflage of the fluid. The whole furface, thus unloaded, will
receive a concuffion, like any other conducting fubftance, on parting
with, or receiving, a quantity of the eledrric fluid ; the ruming noile
will like wife fweep over the whole extent of the country; and, upon
this fuppofition alfo, the fluid, in its difcharge from the country, will
naturally follow the courfe of the rivers, and alfo take the advantage of
any eminences to facilitate its afcent into the higher regions of the air.
See farther on this fubjeft, Phil. Tranf. vol. xli. Beccaria Lettre dell'
Eleclricifmo ; and the article Earthquake in the Encyclopaedia JLondineufis, vol. vi. p. 215, &c.
How far thefe arguments and obfervations are fufrkient to explode the
former theory of earthquakes, and to folve the various and compli
cated cffe&s of their deftrudive operation, muft be left to the determina
tion of the attentive reader, after he has maturely contemplated the fol
lowing authentic narration of fome of the moft fatal earthquakes that
ever excited terror and trepidation in the minds of men.
OF ASTROLOGY.
983
The earthquake which happened in Sicily in the year 1692-3, as re

lated by Mr. Hartop, F. Burgos, and Vin. Bonajutus, is one of the
moft fatal, and exhibits the moft lamentable cataftrophe of the kind
recorded in hiftory. It extended over the whole ifland ; and even Naples
and Malta were affected by the fhock. It was one of the fecond kind men
tioned by Ariftotle and Pliny, viz. a perpendicular pulfation or fuccuffion.
The motion was fo rapid and violent, that nobody could ftand upon
their legs; thofe who lay on the ground were tofled from fide to fide as
on a rolling billow, and high walls leaped from their foundations many
yards diftant. The mifchief it did is amazing; almoft all the buildings
in the country Were thrown down. Fifty-four cities and towns, befides
an incredible number of villages, were either deftroyed or greatly da
maged. We (hall only inftance the fate of Catania, one of the moft
famous, ancient, and flourishing, cities in the kingdom, the refidence of
feveral monarchs, and an univerfity. This once famous, now unhappy,,
Catania, to ufe the words of F. Burgos, had the greateft (hare in the
tragedy. F. Anton. Serrovita, being on his way thither, and at the diftance of a few miles, obferved a black cloud, like night, hovering over
the city; and there arofe from the mouth of Mont Gibello great fpires of
flame, which fpread all around. The fea, all of a fudden, began to
roar, and rife in billows; and there was a noife as if all the artillery in
the world had been at once difcharged. The birds flew about aflonifhed;
the cattle in the fields ran crying, &c. His and his companions' horfes
flopped fhort, trembling; fo that they were forced to alight. They
were no fooner off, but they were lifted from the ground above two palms j
when, cafting their eyes towards Catania, they with amazement faw no
thing but a thick cloud of duft in the air. This was the fcene of their
calamity; for of the magnificent Catania there was not the leaft footftepr
to be feeiu S. Bonajutus afiures us, that, of 18,914 inhabitants, i8,ooa
periflied therein. The fame author, from a computation of the inhabi
tants, before and after the earthquake, in the feveral cities and towns,
finds that near 60,000 periflied out of 2.54,900.
Jamaica is remarkable for earthquakes. The inhabitants, Sir Hans
Sloane informs us, expect one every year. This author gives us the hiftory
of one in 1687; an^ another horrible one in 1692 is deferibed by feverai
anonymous authors. In two minutes time this (hook down and drowned
nine- tenths of the town of Port Royal. The houfes funk outright, thirty
or forty fathoms deep. The earth, opening, fwallowed up people; and
they rofe in other ftreets, fome in the middle of the harbour; and yet
many were faved, though there were 2000 people loft, and LOCO acres of
land funk. All the houfes were thrown down throughout the ifland.
No* 51.
u M
One
984
AN ILLUSTRATION
One Hopkins had his plantation removed half a mile from its place.
Of all wells, from one fathom to fix or feven, the water flew out at the
top with a vehement motion. While the houfes on one fide of the ftreet
were fwallowed up, on the other they were thrown on heaps ; and the
{and in the ftreet rofe like waves in the fea, lifting up every body that
flood on it, and immediately dropping down into pits ; and at the fame
inftant a flood of water, breaking in, rolled them over and over ; fome
catching hold of beams and rafters, &c. Ships and floops in the har
bour were overfet and loft; the Swan frigate, particularly, was thrown
over by the motion of the fea and finking of the wharf, and was driven
over the tops of many houfes. The calamity was attended with a hollow
rumbling noife like thunder. In le(s than a minute, three quarters of the
houfes and the ground they ftood on, with the inhabitants, were all
funk quite underwater; and the little part left behind was no better
than a heap of rubbtfti. The (hake was fo violent, that it threw people
on their knees or their faces as they were running about for (helter.
The ground heaved and fwelled like a rolling fea; and feveral houfes, ftill
ftanding, were muffled and moved fome yards out of their places. A
whole ftreet is faid to be twice as broad now as before; and, in many
places, the earth would crack, and open and (hut quick and faft; of
which openings, two or three hundred might be feen at a time ; in fome
whereof, the people were fwallowed up; others, the earth doling, were
caught by the middle, and prefled to death; as to others, the heads only
appeared. The larger openings fwallowed up houfes; and out of fome
would iflue floods of water, fpouting up a great height into the air, and
threatening a deluge to that part the earthquake fpared. The whole
was attended with ftenches and offenfive fmells, the noife of falling
mountains at a diftance, &c. and the fky in a minute's time was turned
dull and reddi(h like a glowing oven. , Yet, as great a fufferer as Port
Royal was, more houfes were left ftanding therein than on the whole
ifland befide. Scarcely a planting-houfe or fugar-work was left ftanding
in all Jamaica. A great part of them were fwallowed up, houfes, peo
ple, trees, and all at once; in lieu of which, afterwards appeared great
pools of water, which, when dried up, left nothing but (and, without
any mark that ever tree or plant had been thereon. About twelve miles
from the fea the earth gaped, and fpouted out with a prodigious force
vaft quantities of water into the air. Yet the greateft violence was
among the mountains and rocks; and it is a general opinion, that the
nearer the mountains the greater was the (hake, and that the caufe
thereof lay there. Moft of the rivers were flopped up for twenty-four
hours, by the falling of the mountains, till, fwelling up, they made
themfelves new tracks and channels, tearing up their paflage, trees, &c.
..
After
OF ASTROLOGY,
985
After the great (hake, many of thofe people who efcaped got on-board
(hips in the harbour, where many continued above two months ; the
fhakes all that time being fo violent, and coming fo thick, fometimes two
or three in an hour, accompanied with frightful noifes like a ruftling
wind, or a hollow rumbling thunder, with brimftone blafts, that they durft
not come aihore. The confequence of the earthquake was a general
ficknefs, from the noifome vapours belched forth, which fwept away above
3000 perfons of thofe who were left.
After the detail of thefe horrible convulfions, the reader will have but
little curiofity left for the phenomena of the earthquake at Lima in 1687,
defcribed by Alvarez de Toledo, wherein above 5000 perfons were deftroyed; this being of the vibratory kind, fo that the bells in the church
rang of themfelves ; or that at Batavia, in 1699, by Witzen; that in the
north of England, in 1703, by Mr. Thorelby ; thofe in New England,
in 1663 and 1670, by Dr. Matthew ; that of Italy in 1742 ; that of Lima
and the port of Calais in Peru, in 1746, which lafted fifteen minutes,
and demoliflied moft of the buildings in the city, and deftroyed moft of the
inhabitants, and fwallowed up feveral (hips then in the port ; that of Lon
don, in 1749; thole in 1750, felt in many parts of England; that of
1777, felt in,the north of England; or that at Lifbon, in 1755, though
this deferves a more particular account than many others of much lefs
confiderable extent and duration.
The three preceding years had been remarkably dry, infomuch that
Ibme fprings of water were totally loft; and the predominant winds were
eaft and north-eaft, accompanied with various, though very fmall, mo
tions and tremblings of the earth. The fpring of the year 1755 was very
rainy and wet ; the weather on the day preceding the earthquake, which
happened on the ift of November, was clear, and uncommonly warm for
the feafon, and had continued clear and rather warmer than ufual for (evcral days before. The day of the earthquake broke with a ferene fky,
the wind continuing at eaft; but about nine o'clock the fun began to
grow dim ; and foon after was heard a rumbling noife, like that .of car
riages, which increafed to fuch a degree as to equal that of the loudeft
cannon ; upon which the firft (hock was felt, which was immediately
fucceeded by a fecond and a third, the whole duration of which was
about eight minutes ; about twelve o'clock another (hock was felt. Du
ring the firft mock, the greateft part of the public edifices and other
buildings of the city were thrown .down ; and not lefs than fixty thoufand of its inhabitants buried in the ruins. The earth opened in fiflures
in feveral parts, and feveral light flames of fire were obferved to iffue
from the fides of the mountains, refembling thofe of kindled charcoal.
7
Subterraneous
986
AN ILLUSTRATION
Subterraneous rumblings were alfo felt, attended with a difcharge of

great quantities of fmoke. The water in the fea rofe feveral times,
and in a few minutes made three fluxes and refluxes, rifing above the
greateft fpring-tides no lefs than fifteen English feet. The fhock was
fo violent fifty leagues off at fea, as greatly to injure the deck of a ftiip,
and to lead the captain to apprehend, that he had miftaken his reckoning
and ftruck on a rock. The (hock was alfo felt about the fame time at
Oporto, by which the whole city was fhaken, feveral chimneys, ftones,
and crofles, were thrown down, and fome buildings opened at top ; and
the fwelling in the river was fo confiderable, that two large mips, which
were juft got over the bar, were driven back into the harbour. The
fame mock was equally violent at Madrid, Seville, and Cadiz ; in this
laft place the fea rofe in a wave at leaft fixty feet higher than ufual, daflied
againft the rocks on the weft part of the town, and againft the walls, with
fuch violence as to beat in the breaft-work and a great part of the walls,
and feveral perlbns were drowned by it. The day when the earth
quake happened at Cadiz was as clear and fcrene as the fineft fummer-day
in England. Many other cities, both in Spain and Portugal, were confiderably damaged. The effects of this earthquake, in violently agitating
the waters, were perceived in many parts of England, Scotland, and Ire
land ; and the mock not only reached to Swifierland, Holland, and other
parts of Europe, but it was communicated to Africa, and deftroyed fe
veral cities on the coaft of Barbary; and it was alfo felt about the fame*
time in the ifland of Madeira, where the water rofe full fifteen feet
pendicular above high-water mark.
.>
The laft terrible earthquake of which we have an account happened
in Sicily and Calabria in the year 1782. It began about fix o'clock in*
the morning of the $th of February, and the (hocks continued to be felt
with more or lefs violence for near two months. The commotions firft
broke out at Mount Caulone, one of the Apennines, which traverfes
all Italy. The undulations were obferved to be in every direc
tion; but the vertical ones were the moft fatal* The towns and villages
in Calabria, that were either totally or partly deftroyed; by it, were very,
numerous: among the principal ones were Franca Villa, Batatico, Mon
teleone, Vallelonga, Francia, Mileto, Soriano, Areta, Roflano,. Palmar
Cinquefronde, Sinopoli, St. Euphemia, Scilla, Reggio^ Beva, Meffina,.
Oppido, Bagnara, Cozenza, Catanzara, Maida, Caftiglione, &.c. The
face of the whole country became entirely changed ; the courfes of?
many fprings;and rivers were either totally abforbed, or turned into new
directions; and feveral water-mills were left dry, without the leaft
veftiges of the channels by which they had been driven. A confiderable
txacî
OFASTROLOGY.
987
trat of country was entirely fwallowed up by the fea ; and that which
was before covered with water became dry land. Whole flocks of (heep
and fierds of cattle were fwallowed up as they were grazing ; the earth
opened and (hut, exhibiting chafms of the moft horrible depth, vomiting
forth fulphureous flame and vapour. Upwards of twenty-fix thoufand
fouls were either precipitated into the bowels of the earth, or mangled by
the fall of buildings, and buried in the ruins! By this no lefs fatal than
recent example of the phenomena of earthquakes, it mould feem that
the caufe or feat of them lies far below the furface of the earth, and even
beneath the depths of the ocean.
Of the TIDE S.
The Tides are two periodical motions of the waters of the fea, called /,'
alfo the flux and reflux, or the .ebb and flow. When the Moon is in
the firft and third quarter, i. e. when (he is new and full, the tides are
high and fwift, and are called fpring- tides; when (he is in the fecond and
laft quarter, the tides are lower and flower, and are called neap-tides.
In the phenomena of the tides, the fea is obferved to flow, for certain
hours, from fouth towards north; in which motion, or flux, which lafts
about fix hours, the fea gradually fwells ; fo that, entering the mouths
of rivers, it drives back the river-waters toward their heads, or fprings.
After a continual flux of fix hours, the fea feems to reft for about a
quarter of an hour; after which it begins to ebb, or retire back again,
from north to fouth, for fix hours more; in which time, the water
finking, the rivers refume their natural courfe. Then, after a feeming
paufe of a quarter of an hour, the fea again begins to flow, as before;
and thus alternately. Thus does the fea ebb twice a-day, and flow as
often ; but not in the fame hours thereof. The period of a flux and
reflux is twelve hours forty-eight minutes ; fo that the tides return later
and later each day, by forty-eight minutes, or three quarters of an hour
and three minutes. Now twejye hours forty-eight minutes is a lunar /J(
day; i. e. the Moon pafies the Earth's meridian later and later each day n
by forty-eight minutes. So that the fea flows as often as the Moon AJ^
pafics the two meridians of the world, namely, that above and that
below the horizon ; and ebbs as often as (he pafies the horizon, both
the eaftern and weftern points thereof. This farther agreement We
likewife obferve between the Moon and the fea, that the tides, though
conftant, are not equal ; but are greateft when the Moon is in conjunc
tion or oppofition, and leaft when in quartile thereto. But thofe tides
are the greateft which happen in the new and full Moon, at the time
No. 52.
ii N
of
9*8
AN
ILLUSTRATION
of the equinoxes. And thefe feme effects are obfcrved throughout moft
of the coafts of Europe ; only that the tides are fo much the lefs, and hap
pen later, as the coafts are the more northerly.
Thefe phenomena of the tides are admirably accounted for from the
principles of gravitation. All that is requifite to their folution is, that
the Earth and Moon, and every particle thereof, mutually gravitate towards
each other; the reafonablenefs of which aflumption is every way apparent.
Indeed, the fagacious Kepler, long ago, conjectured this to be the caufe of
the tides. "If (fays he) the Earth ceafes to attract its waters towards
itfelf, all the water in the ocean would rife and flow into the Moon : the
fphere of the Moon's attraction extends to our Earth, and draws up the
water." Thus thought Kepler, in his Introd. ad. Theor. Mart. This
, -furmife, for it was then no more, is now abundantly verified in the theory
firft amply deduced by Dr. Halley from the Newtonian principles. How
ever, we may obferve, with M. de la Lande, (Aftronomie, vol. iv. Paris,
178- .) that feveral of the ancients, and, among others, Pliny, Ptolomy,
and Macrobius, were acquainted with the influence of the Sun and Moon
upon the tides. And Pliny fays exprefsly, that the caufe of the ebb and
flow is in the Sun, which attracts the waters of the ocean ; and adds, that
the waters rife in proportion to the proximity of the Moon to the
Earth.
To illuftrate the foregoing obfervations, let N E S Q, in the annexed
Plate, fig. i . reprefent the Earth, covered with water A B D F ; N S the
axis of the Earth, EQthe equator, TR the tropic of Cancer, tr the
tropic of Capricorn, M the Moon in her orbit, S the Sun in his. Now,
fmce all bodies are endued with an attracting virtue, the Moon will attract
all the water in the neareft hemifphere FAB, with degrees of force which
are inverfely as the fquares of the diftances from all parts ; and therefore
with the ftrongeft force where the diftance is leaft, viz. in the point A,
directly under her : and, this attraction being in this hemifphere contrary
to that of the Earth, the water in all parts from B to F, towards A, will
have its gravity decreafing, and be higheft of all at the part A; and confequently muft there ftand higher than at the point F, where, being more
attracted by the Earth, it muft be heavier and nearer to the centre, as is
evident from the laws of hydroftatics. Again, in the hemifphere F D B,
the attraction of the Moon confpires with that of the Earth ; but, de
creafing as the fquares of the diftances increafe, the joint force of attrac
tion will every-where decreafe from F and B towards D, the point
oppofite to the Moon ; where again the waters will be lighteft, and there
fore (land higheft to preferve the equilibrium. Whence it appears, that
by
O F A S T fc. O LOGY.
by this fum and difference of the Moon's and Earth's attraction there
will neceflarily enfue a protuberance or fwelling of the waters, which
we call tides of flood, in the two points A and D diredtly under the
Moon. Alfo in the two points F and B, as the waters are there moft
attratSted, fo they will be heavieft, and confequently rife to the leaft
height from the Earth's furface, whence they are called tides of ebb,
or the ebbing of the water. If to the power of the Moon we add that
of the Sun, we (hall have the tides considerably augmented at the con
junction in S, or oppofition in H, that is, at the new and full Moons,
which are called the fpring- tides ; as thole which happen when the Sun
is at O or P are called neap-tides, the waters at A and D being then
loweft, becaufe the attraction of the Moon is then counterbalanced by
that of the Sun. It is farther to be obferved, that of the two tides of
flood, at A and D, that at A is greateft to any place T in the northern
latitude, when the Moon is in the northern figns, and above the horizon;
for the point A is then nearer the zenith of the place G than the oppofite point D is to the fame place at R twelve hours afterwards ; and con
fequently, the height of the tide T G is greater than that of the oppofite
tide R g- The contrary of this happens when the Moon is in the fouthern
figns.
That there are two tides of flood, and two of ebb, fucceeding each
other alternately at about the interval of fix hours, is obvious from the
figure : and that they happen later each day near an hour, is owing to
their exaft correfpondence to the motion of the Moon, which daily
culminates fb much later. That they happen not when the Moon is in
the meridian, but about three hours afteF,~1s owing to the force of the
Moon being then greater than when in the meridian of a#y place ; as
the "heat of the day is greater at three o'clock than at twelve ; and the
heat of fummer is greater in Auguft than at the sift of June. JLaftly,
that the greateft fpririg-tidcs happen not at the tift of March and z$d
of September, but in February and October, is becaufe, the Sun being
neareft the Earth in December, his influence is then ftrongeft, and fo
muft quicken the time of the greateft vernal tides ; and, being weakeft
in June, the time of the autumnal tides will neceflarily be retarded.
The fum of what has been faid is this: If N O P Q, fig. a. be the furface of the Earth, T its centre, IFKGLHCE a circle reprefenting
the fpherical furface of the waters covering the earth, and affefted onJy
by the attractive power of the Earth : upon placing an attracting body at
S, the waters will no longer continue their fpherical figure, but be imme
diately drawn into the fpheroidical figure A C B D, in fuch manner as
to be deprefled at C and D to M and K, and elevated from L and I to A
and
990
AN ILLUSTRATION
and B ; and the elevation A L or B I is double the deprefllon C M or

D K. That, if S be the Sun, then A PO K=A LxK 0=25 inches ;
or i if feet, if S be the Moon. That at the points E, F,G, H, (which
are called the oflans^) the water is neither elevated nor depreffed. That
if any other body be placed at O, as the Moon, in the fame right line
T S ; then, by the joint influence of both S and O, the elevation at A and
B will be increafed, and the depreffion at C and D likewife. Laftly, if
S be in the fituation S, or vertical to the point D, it is plain its action to
raife the water D will be directly contrary to that of the Moon in depreffing it there ; wherefore the depreffion will not be fo great as before; for
the fame reafon the elevation at A and B will be diminished, being now
only as the difference of the two forces, whereas before they were as
the fum.
We (hall now confider the phenomena of the tides which remain. And
firft, it is evident, that if P N be the axis of the Earth, and QO the
diameter of the equator, then the Moon fituated at O, over one of
the poles, would accumulate the water over each pole, and the fpheroid
would be fo pofited as to have its longeft axis A B coinciding with the
axis of the earth P N. In this pofition of the fpheroid, it is plain, there
could be no fuch thing as a tide in any part of the ocean over all the earth ;
for every fection of the fpheroid, parallel to the equator, would be a circle ;
confequently, in any parallel of latitude, the water would be at an equal
diftance from the Earth's furface every moment of the diurnal revolution,
or natural day. Suppofe the Moon were removed from the direction of
the Earth's axis, and pofited at S, fig. 3. then will the axis of the
aqueous fpheroid A B be turned towards S, and make an angle with the
Earth's axis, as A T P or B T N. Then we obferve, that fince C, D, are
the places of loweft water, that parallel I K which paiTes through the
point I on one fide of the equator, and LM which pafles through M on the
other, will divide the Earth into three zones, into two of which, viz. E N K
and L P M, there will be but one tide each day, of the fame kind ; for
inftance, in the parallel E F, a perfon at F will have high water, and at
E low water, for twelve hours after. Again, in all the zone I K M L
there will be two tides of the fame kind each day, as is evident from the
figure. Thefe limits, or the arch Q I or O M, is the complement of
the Moon's declination from the equator. If the Moon at S. fig. 4. be
over the equator, the longer axis of the fpheroid A B will now coincide
with the plane of the equator Q O, and the fliorter axis C D with the
axis of the Earth N P. Here it is obvious, that, in this fituation of the
fpheroid, the waters in the parts A B, with refpect to thofe at C D, will
give the greateft difference of high and low water poffible to all parts of
the
991
the Earth ; and that there is no place but thdfe two at the poles N, P, but
what has two tides of flood and two of ebb every twenty-four hours.
And this difference of the flux and reflux will decreafe from the equator
to the poles.
It has been already obferved, that the greateft elevation of the Waters
is not when the luminary is in the meridian, but about three hours after,
becaufe the motion communicated to the waters during the arrival of the
meridian is not immediately deftroyed, but remains for fome time, and
receives a farther augmentation from that which is imprefled for about
three hours after. For the fame reafon, we obferve, the greateft and
leaft tides happen not on the day of the fyzygy or quadrature, but on
the third or fourth after ; the fum or difference of the forces of the
luminaries not being till then at a maximum. Let SFEG, fig. 5, be the
orbit of the Moon about the Earth Q N O P ; but as this is not circular,
but elliptical, the centre of the Earth T will not be always at an equal
diftance from the Moon ; but the Moon will be fometimes neareft the
Earth, as when at S, and fometimes fartheft off, as at E. The point S
is called the perigaeum, or perigee ; and the point E the apogaeum,
or apogee. The power of the Moon in her perigee is to that in the
apogee nearly as T E3 to T S3 ; and confequently the greateft tides will
be on the day of the perigee, or rather a few days aftef, for the reafons
above-mentioned.
Such Would1 the tides regularly be, if the Earth were all oVet Covered
with fea very deep, fo that the water might follow the influence of the
Sun and Moon ; but by reafon of the fhoalnefs of fbme places, and
the narrownefs of the ftreights in others, by which the tides are propa
gated, there arrfes a great diverfity in the effect, not to be accounted
for without an exact knowledge of all the circumftances of the feveral
places where they happen ; as the pofition of the land, the breadth and
depth of the channels, direction of the winds, &c.
For a very flow and imperceptible motion of the whole body of water,
where it is (for example) two miles deep, will fuffice to raife its furface
ten or twelve feet in a tide's time; whereas, if the fame quantity of water
were to be conveyed through a channel forty fathoms deep, it would
require a very great ftream to effect it in fo large inlets as are the Channel
of England and the German Ocean ; whence the tide is found to fet
ftrongeft in thofe places where the fea grows narroweft, the fame quan
tity of water being, in that cafe, to pafs through a fmaller paflage. This
is moft evident in the ftreights between Portland and Cape la Hogue hi
No. 52.
11 O
Normandy,
991
AN
ILLUSTRATION
Normandy, where the tide runs like a fluice ; and would be yet more
between Dover and Calais, if the tide coming round the ifland did
not check it. This force, being once imprefled upon the water, con
tinues to carry it above the level of the ordinary height in the ocean,
particularly where the water meets a direft obftacle, as it does in St.
Maloes; and where it enters into a long channel, which running far into
the land, grows very ftrait at its extremity, as it does into the Severn Sea
at Chepftow and Briftol. This ihoalnefs of the fea, and the intercurrent continents, are the reafons that in the open ocean the tides rife but
to very fmall heights in proportion to what they do in wide-mouthed
rivers, opening in the direction of the ftream of the tide, as it is obferved
upon all the weftern coafts of Europe and Africa, from Ireland to the
Cape of Good Hope ; in all which a fouth-weft Moon makes high water;
and the fame is reported to hold in the weft of America. So that tides
happen to different places at all diftances of the Moon from the meridian,
and confequently at all hours of the lunar day.
It is to be confidered that, in order to allow the tides their full motion,
the ocean, in which they are produced, ought to be extended from eaft
to weft ninety degrees at leaft ; becaufe the places, where the Moon
raifes moft and moft deprefles the water, are at that diftance from each
other. Hence it appears, that it is only in the great oceans that fuch
tides can be produced, and why in the larger Pacific Ocean they exceed
thofe in the Atlantic Ocean. Hence alfo it is obvious, why the tides are
not fo great in the torrid zone, between Africa and America, where the
ocean is narrower, as in the temperate zones on either fide ; and we may
hence alfo underftand, why the tides are fo fmall in iflands that are very
far diftant from the fhores. It is manifeft that, in the Atlantic Ocean,
the water cannot rife on one fhore but by defcending on the other ; fo
that, at the intermediate diftant iflands, it muft continue at a mean
height betwixt its elevation on one and on the other more. But, when
tides pafs over flioals, and through ftreights, into bays of the fea, their
motion becomes more various and complicated, and their height depends
on many circumftances.
The tide that is produced on the weftern coafts of Europe, in the At
lantic, correfponds to the (ituation of the Moon already defcribed. Thus
it is high-water on the coafts of Spain, Portugal, and the weft of Ireland,
about the third hour after the Moon has pafled the meridian; and thence
it flows into the adjacent channels, as it finds the eafieft pa/fage. One
current from it, for example, runs up by the fouth of England, another
comes in by the north of Scotland ; they take a confiderable time to
move
OFASTROLOGY.
993
move all this way, and it is high- water fooneft at thofe places to which
they firft come, and it begins to fall at thofe places whilft they are flill
going on to others that are farther in their courfe. As they return, they
are not able to raife the tide, becaufe the water runs fafter off than it
returns, till, by a new tide propagated from the open ocean, the return
of the current is flopped, and the water begins to rife again. The tide
propagated by the Moou in the German Ocean, when fhe is three hours
paft the meridian, takes twelve hours to come from thence to Londonbridge ; fo that, when it is high-water there, a new tide is already come
to its height in the ocean ; and, in fome intermediate place, it muft be
low-water at the fame time. Confequently, when the Moon has north
declination, and we mould expefl the tide at London to be the greateft
when the Moon is above the horizon, we find it is lea ft ; and the con
trary when (he has fouth declination. At feveral places it is high-water
three hours before the Moon comes to the meridian ; but that tide which
the Moon pufhes, as it were, before her, is only the tide oppofite to that
which was raifed by her when (he was nine hours paft the meridian.
It would be endlefs to recount all particular folutions which are eafy
corollaries from this dodlrine ; as, why the lakes and (eas, fuch as the
Cafpian Sea and the Mediterranean, the Black Sea and the Baltic, have
no fenfible tides: for lakes are generally fo fmall, that when the Moon
is vertical (he attracts every part of them alike, and therefore no part of
the water can be raifed higher than the other; and, having no communi
cation with the Ocean, it can neither increafe nor diminim their water in
order to rife or fall ; and feas that communicate by fuch narrow inlets,
and are of fo immenfe an extent, cannot, in a few hours time, receive
and empty water enough to raife or (ink their furface any thing fenfibly.
To demonftrate the truth of this doclrine, the example of the tides in
the port of Catfha, in the kingdom of Tonquin in the Eaft-Indies, in 20
degrees 50 minutes north latitude, which are fo extraordinary and diffe
rent from all others we have yet heard of, may fuffice. The day in
which the Moon pafles the equinoctial, the water ftagnates there without
any motion ; as the Moon removes from the equinoctial, the water
begins to rife and fall once a-day ; and it is high-water at the fetting of
the Moon, and low-water at her riling. This daily tide increafes for
about feven or eight days, and then decreafes for as many days by the
Tame degrees, till this motion ceafes, when the Moon has returned to
the equinoctial. When fhe has pafled the equinoctial, and declines
toward the fouth pole, the water riles and falls again as before ; but it is
high-water now at the rifing, and low-water at the fetting, of the Moon.
Sir Ifaac Newton, in order to account for the extraordinary tide, confiders
994
AN ILLUSTRATION
ders that there are two inlets to this port of Catfha, one from the Chioeie
Ocean, betwixt the continent and the Manillas, the other from the Indian'
Ocean, betwixt the continent and Borneo. This leads him to propofe, as
a folution of this phenomenon, that a tide may arrive at Catfha, through
one of thefe inlets, at the third hour of the Moon, and another throughthe other inlet, (ix hours after, at the ninth hour of the Moon. For,
while the tides' are equal, the one flowing in as the other ebbs out, the
water muft ftagnate ; now they are equal when the Moon is in the equi*
noctial ; but, as fbon as the Moon begins to decline on the fame tide of
the equator with Catfha, it has been mown that the diurnal tide muft
exceed the nocturnal, fo that two greater and two lefs tides muft arrive
at Catfha by turns. The difference of thefe will produce an agitation of
the water, which will rife to its greateft height at the mean time betwixt
the two greateft tides, and fall loweft at a mean time betwixt the two
leaft tides ; fo that it will be high-water about the fixth hour at the fctting of the Moon, and low-water at her rifing. When the Moon has got
to the other fide of the equinoctial, the nocturnal tide will exceed the
diurnal ; and, therefore, the high-water will be at the rifing, and low-i
water at the fetting, of the Moon. The fame principles will ferve to
account for other extraordinary tides, which, we are told, are obfervcd
in places whofe fituation expofes them to fuch irregularities, and which;
appear to admit of no other folution. See Phil. Tranf. vol. xiv. xix.
When the time of high-water at any place is, in general, mentioned,
it is to be underftood on the days of the fyzygies, or days of new and full
Moon ; when the Sun and Moon pafs the meridian of the place at fhe
fame time. Among pilots, it is cuftornary to reckon the time of flood,
or high-water, by the point of the compafs the Moon bears on, allowing
three quarters of an hour for each point at that time ; thus, on the full
and change days, in places where it is flood at noon, the tide is faid to
flow north and fouth, or at twelve o'clock ; in other places, on the fame
days, where the Moon bears i, 2, 3, 4, or more, points to the eaft or
weft of the meridian, when it is high-water, the tide is faid to flow on
fuch point ; thus, if the Moon bears S. E. at flood, it is faid to flow
S. E. and N. W. or three hours before the meridian, that is, at nine
o'clock ; if it bears S. W. it flows S. W. and N. E. or at three hours
after the meridian ; and in like manner for other times of the Moon's
bearing. The times of high-water in any place fall about the fame hours
after a period of about fifteen days, or between one fpring-tide and ano
ther ; but, during that period, the times of high-water fall each day later
by about forty-eight minutes. From thefe calculations, affifted by the
bbfervations of a number of different perfons, there have been collected,
on
OF ASTROLOGY.
<fn moft of the fea-coafts of Europe, and many other places, the times when
it is high-water on the days of the new and full moon ; of which the following exhibits a correct and ufeful Table.
Abbevrak, in France
Englifh channel
Aberdeen, in Scotland
German ocean
Aldborough, England
Ditto
Ifle of Alderney, ditto
Englifli channel
River Amazon's mouth, America
Atlantic ocean
lile of Ameyland, Dutchland
German ocean
Amfterdam, ditto
Ditto
St. Andrew's, Scotland
Ditto
lile of Anholt, Denmark
Sound
Antwerp, Flanders
River ScheWe
Archangel, Ruffia
White fea
Ifle of Arran, Ireland
St. George's channel
R. Afhley, Carolina
Atlantic ocean
St. Auguftine, Florida
Ditto
Baltimore, Ireland
Weflern ocean
Cape Barfleur, France
Englifli channel
Ifle de Bas, ditto
Ditto
Bayonne, ditto
Bay of Bifcay
Beachy Head, England
Englifh channel
North Bear, 1 Labrador _
Hudfon's Bay
South Bear, J
Belfaft, Ireland
*Irifli fea
Bellifle, France
Bay of Bifcay
Ifle Bermudas, Bahama Ifles Atlantic ocean
Berwick, England
German ocean
Ifle du Bic, Acadia
River St. Lawrence
Blackney, England
German ocean
Cape Blanco, Negroland
Atlantic ocean
Bianchart Race, France
Englifh channel
Port Louis, ditto
Bay of Bifcay
Cape Bojador, Negroland
Atlantic ocean
Bourdeaux, France '
Bay of Bifcay
Boulogne, ditto
Englifh channel
Bremen, Germany
River Wefer
Breefound, .Dutchland
German ocean
Breft, France
Bay of Bifcay
Bridlington Bay, England -'
German ocean
Brill, Dutchland
Ditto
ji P
No. 52.
H. M.
- 4. 30
o 45
9 45
12 oo
6 oo
7
3
2
O
6
6
11
o
30
15
oo
00
CO
oo
oo
45
4
4
7
30
30
30
3
3
4530
00
oo
IO
00
3
7
00
6
9
o
3
o
30
30
00
00
45
oo
oo
00
3 00
10 30
6 00
4 30
3 45
3 45
i 30
Briftol,
996
AN ILLUSTRATION
Briftol, England
Buchannefs, Scotland
Button's Ifles, North Britain
Cadiz, Spain
Caen, France
Calais, ditto
Ifle of Caldy, England
Camfer, Dutchland
Ifle of Canaria, Canaries
Cape Cantin, Barbary
Cafkets, Ifle of Guernfey
Caithnefs point, Scotland Charles town, Carolina
Ifle of Charles, Labrador
Chigneclow , Nova Scotia - .
Cherbourg, France
Cape andK. Churchill, N. Wales
Cape Clear, Ireland
Concarneau, France
Conquet, ditto
Ifle of Coquet, England
Corke, Ireland
*
Cape Corfe, Guinea
Cromer, England
Dartmouth, ditto
St. David's Head, Wales
Dieppe, France
Dort, Dutchland
Dover, England
Downs, ditto
Dublin, Ireland
Dunbar, Scotland
Dundee, ditto
Dungarvan, Ireland
Dungenefs, England Dunkirk, France
Dunnofe, Ifle of Wight
Edinburgh, Scotland
Edyftone, England
R. Elbe mouth, Germany
Embden, ditto
Enchuyfen, Dutchland

German ocean
Hudfon's ftraights
Atlantic ocean
Englifh channel
Ditto
German ocean
Atlantic ocean
Ditto
Englifh channel
Weftern ocean
Afhley river
Hudfon's ftraights
Bay of Fundy
Englifh channel
Hudfon's bay
Weftern ocean
Bay of Bifcay
Englifh channel
German ocean
Ethiopian fea
German ocean
Englifh channel
Englifh channel
German ocean
Englifh channel
German ocean
Irifh fea
German ocean
Ditto
Atlantic ocean
Englifh channel
German ocean
Englifh channel
German ocean
Englifh channel
German ocean
Ditto
Zuyder fea
H.
M.
45
oo
50
30
3
6
4
9
n
5
i
00
30
30
3
o
8
00
00
9
3
10
oo
00
6
7
7
45
30
20
4
3
30
oo
3
6
3
7
6
6
10
3
i i
i
9
2
1$
'$
15
00
30
30
oo
30
oo
30
oo
30
15
15
30
15
9
o
9
4
45
oo
45
30
5
o
30
00
o
o
oo
ooEftaples,
OF ASTROLOGY.
Eflaples, France
Falmouth, England
Flamborough-head, ditto
Cape Florida, Florida
Flufhing, Dutchland
Iflc of Fly, ditto
North Foreland, England
South ditto, ditto
Foulnefs, ditto
Foye, ditto
R. Garonne, France
Gafpey bay, Arcadia
Gibraltar, Spain
Cape of Good Hope, CafFers
Granville, France
Graveline, ditto
Gravefend, England
Groine, or Cape Corunna, Spain
Ifle of Guernfey, England
Hallifax, Nova Scotia
Hamburgh, Germany
Haarlem, Dutchland
Hartlepool, England
, Harwich, ditto
Havre de Grace, France
Cape Henry, Virginia
Holyhead, Wales
Honfleur, France
Hull, England
R. Humber entrance, ditto
Ice Cove, North Main
Fort St. John's, Newfoundland
St. John de Eus, France
Port St. Julian, Patagonia
Kentifh Knock, England
Ifle of Kilduin, Lapland
-j
Kinfale, Ireland
Land's End, England
Leith, Scotland
Leoftoffe, England
Liverpool, ditto
Englifli channel
Ditto
German ocean
Gulf of Mexico
German ocean
Ditto
Ditto
Englifli channel
German ocean
Englifli channel
Bay of Bifcay
Gulf St. Lawrence
Mediterranean fea
Indian ocean
Englifli channel
Ditto
R. Thames
Bay of Bifcay
Englifli channel
Weftern ocean
&iver Elbe
German ocean
Ditto
Ditto
Englifli channel
Atlantic ocean
Irifli fea
River Seine
River Humber
German ocean
Hudfon's ftraights Atlantic ocean
Bay of Bifcay
South Atlantic ocean
German ocean
North ocean
Atlantic ocean
German ocean
Ditto
Irifli fea
Ifle of Lewis, N. Port, Scotland
Weftern ocean
H.
ii
5
4
7
o
7
9
9
6
5
3
i
o
3
7
o
i
3
i
oo
30
oo
30
45
45
45
45
oo
30
oo
00
0000
30
00
30
30
oo
00
3
ii
9
ii
i
9
6
5
10
6
oo
3
4
o
7
5
7
4
9
ii
00
30
oo
oo
00
oo
30
45
00
30
30
30
45
6 ... 30
lame,
A K ILLUSTRATION
Lime, England
Lrfbon, Portugal
Lizard, England
London, ditto
North London, New England
Long Hland, ditto
Longfand-Head, England
Ifle of Lundy, ditto
Lynn, ditto
Jfle of Madeira, Canaries
R. Maes mouth, Dutchlan-d
St. M aloe"5, France
Ifle of Man, weft end, England.
Margate, ditto
Milford, Wales
Mount's Bay, England
Nantes, France
Naze, Norway
Needles, England
Newcaflle, ditto
Nieuport, Flanders
Nore, England
North Cape, Lapland
Orfordncls, England
Orkney ifles, limits, Scotland
Oftend, Flanders
Placentia, Newfoundland
Plymouth, England
Portland, ditto
Portfmouth, ditto
Quebec, Canada
Ifle of Rhee, France
Rochefort, ditto
Roclielle, ditto
Rochefter, England
Rotterdam, Dutchland
Rouen, France
Rye, England
Sandwich, ditto
Scarborough head, ditto
Scilly iiles, ditto
R. Senegal, Negroland
EnglifH channel
River Tag-us
Englifh channel
R.Thames
Weftern ocean
Ditto
+*
German ocean
German ocean
Atlantic ocean
German channel
Englifh channel
Irifh fea
Englifh channel
Englifh channel
Bay of Bifcay
Weftern ocean
Englifh channel
German ocean
Ditto
River Thames
Northern coaft
German ocean
Weftern ocean
German ocean
Atlantic ocean
Englifh channel
Ditto
Ditto
River St. Lawrence
Bay of Bifcay
Ditto
Ditto
River Medvvay
German ocean
River Seine
Englifh. channel
Downs
German ocean
Atlantic ocean
H. M.
7 oo
2 1S
7 30
3- 00
i 30
00
10
30
oo
12
04
30
6
9
11
5
4
3
ii
10
3
12
O
3
9
3
12
9
6
8
ii
'7
3
4
3
o
3
i
ii
ii
3
?
10
oo
00
'5
30
oo
15
oo
oo
oo
4500
oo
oo
00
15
15
30
00
15
45
45
oo
15
30
45
45
30
R. Severn,
OF.. ASTROLOGY.
Serern, "R. England
Seine, R. France
Sheernefs, England
Sierra Leona, Guinea
Shorcham, England
.Ille of Shetland, limits, Scotland
Ille of Sky, ditto
Southampton, England
Spurn, ditto
Start-Point, ditto
Stockton, ditto
Strongtord Bay, Ireland
Sunderland, England
Svvin, ditto
Samarin Town, Sokotra
Tees, R. mouth, England
Ille of Teneriffe, Canaries
Itle of Texel, Dutchland
Thames, 11 mouth, England
Tin mouth, ditto
Topmam, ditto
Torbay, ditto
Hie of Torey, Ireland
St. Valery, France
Vannes, ditto
IHe of Ulhant, France
Waterford, Ireland
Weymouth, England
Whitby, ditto
Ille of Wight, N. S. E. & W. end
Winchelfea, England
"Wintertonnefs, ditto
Yarmouth, ditto
York Fort, New Wales
New York, America
Youghall, Ireland

Englilli channel
River Thames
Atlantic ocean
Englilli channel
Weitern ocean
Ditto
Englilli channel
German ocean
Engliih channel
German ocean
Irifli fea
German ocean
Entrance of the Thames
Indian ocean
German ocean
Atlantic ocean
German ocean.
Ditto
Ditto
. Englifh channel
Ditto
. Wetlern ocean
Englilli channel
Bay of Bifcay
Englifli channel
Engliih channel
German ocean
Englifli channel
Ditto
German ocean
Ditto
Hudfon's bay
Atlantic ocean
999
CO
oo
o
8
00
10
3
5
o
5
6
15
30
oo
3
oo
15
45
'5
30
3Q
12
00
9
3
oo
-3
oo
5
10
00
7'
i
3
6
30
30
15
30
30
45
30
30
5
10
3
3
6
7
3
o
o
9
9
9
34
oo
oo
oo
00
00
45
oo
45
IO
oo
30
By the foregoing Table, the times of high-water at all the places con
tained in it may be found for ever.
The firll columns contain, the
names of all the places refpeclively ; the fecond the coafts of the fea by
which they are bounded: and the figure-column the hour and minute
when it is high-water at each of thofe places on the days of every New
"
and
No.
iooo
ANILLUSTRAT1ON
and Fuji Moon, which will happen conftantly the fame for ever, becaufe
the Moonfoutbs, or comes to the meridian of the lame places, every firft
and fixteenth day, i. e. at every firft an'd third quarter, when (he is new
and full, and confequently the tides muft return at the fame intervals of
. time ; therefore, to know the time of high-water on any given day, find
the time of the Moon's fouthing, and then add the time which the Moon
has palTed the meridian at the full and change days, to make high-water
at that place ; and the fum will be the time of high-water on the given,
day. For example, at what time was it high- water at Portfmouth,
, on the 21 ft of October, 1789 ? Moon fouths at 2h. sgm. to which add
3 ; and the fum 5h. 3gm. fhows that it was high-water at thirty-nine
minutes paft five o'clock in the afternoon. And fo for any other place in
the Table.
This theory of tides has been extended fo far, as to eftimate the tides,
or elevation of the waters of the Moon, produced by the attraction of
the Earth ; thus, let us fuppofe the quantity of matter ( QJ in the Earth
to be to that in the Moon (7) as forty to one/ that is, Q^ q : : 40 : 1 ;
and let us firft fuppofe the Earth and Moon of equal bulk, and reprefented
by A I K, fig. 6. and B D E, and the force (F) of the Earth, at the furface of the Moon B, will be to the force ( f ) of the Moon at the furface of the Earth A, directly as the maffes of matter in each (Becaufe of
the equal diftances T B and L A) ; that is, F : f : : Qj q : : 40 : i .
Again, let LB be to L G as the diameter of the Earth to that of the
Moon, which is as 365 to 100, then will the force at B be to the force at C
as L B to L C, which let be as F to^ then Fry":: 365 : 100, whence
f~f; and above we have F=4of, therefore 4ocof=36$f; and fof if'.'* 365 : 4000 : : i : 1 1 nearly; that is, the power of the Earth to
raife the water at the Moon C is to that of the Moon at the. Earth A as
eleven to one, very nearly. If the Moon can raife the water here 10
feet, the Earth can raife the water there to the height of 1 10 feet ; but,
becaufe the Moon always turns about her axis in the fame time as me
revolves about the Earth, the waters (if any there be) will be raifed on
this and the oppofite fide, and always continue over the fame part of the
Moon's furface, fo that there can be no different heights of water there,
and confequently no tides, except what fmall ones may happen on account
of the Sun's attraction, and her various inequalities of motion, and ditance from the Earth.
Of
OF ASTROLOGY.
"1001
Of the W I N D S,
The Win<J, venfus, is a fenlible agitation of tbe air, whereby a large
quantity thereof flows in a current or ftrcam out of one place, or region,,
into another. The winds are divided into perennial, ftaled, and variable.
They are alfo divided into general arid particular. Winds perennial, or
conftant, are fuch as always blow the fame way: of thefe we have a
very notable one between the two tropics, blowing conftantly from eaft to
well, called the general trade-wind, ~WindsJ}afed, or periodical, are fuch
as conftantly return at certain times : fuch are the fea and land breezes,
blowing from fea to land in the evening, and from land to fea in the
morning ; fuch alfo are the Jhifting or particular trade-winds, which,
for certain months of the year blow one way, and the reft of the year
the contrary way. Winds variable, or erratic, are fuch as blow now this
now that way; and are now up, now humed, without any rule or regu
larity either as to time or place : fuch are all the winds obferved in the
inland parts of England, &c. though feveral of thefe claim their certain
times of the day \ thus, the weft wind is moft frequent about noon ;
the fouth wind in the night ; the north in the morning, &c. Wind ge
neral, is fuch a one, as at the fame time blows the fame way, ov,er a very
Jarge traft of ground, almoft all the year: fuch only is the general tradewind. But even this has its interruption; for at land it is fc'arcely fenlible
at all, as being broken by the interpofition of mountains, valleys, &c.
at fea, near the fliore, it is difturbed by vapours, exhalations, and parti
cular' winds blowing from landward; fo that it is chiefly considered as
general only at mid-fea ; and even there it is liable to be difturbed
by clouds driving from other quarters. Winds particular, include all
others, excepting the general trade-winds. Thofe peculiar to one little
canton, or part, are called topical or provincial winds : fuch is the north
wind on the weftern fide of the Alps, which does not blow above one
or two leagues lengthwife, and much lels in breadth : fuch alfo is the
pontias in France, &c.
Some philofophers, as Des Cartesv Rohault, &c. account for the
general w^nd from the diurnal rotation of the earth.; and from this ge
neral wind derive all the particular ones. The atmofphere, fay they,,
inverting the earth, and moving round it, that part will perform its cir
cuit fooneft which has the fmalleft circle to defcribej the air, therefore,,
near the equator, will require a fomewhat longer time to perform its courfe
in, from weft to eaft, than that nearer the poles. Thus, as the earth,
turns eaJftward, the particles of the air near the equinoctial, being ex
ceedingly
AN ILLUSTRATION
idy light, are left behind ; fo that, in refpecfc of the Earth's furface,
they move eaftward, and become a conllant âllerly wind. This opi
nion feems confirmed by this, that thefe winds are found only between
ihc tropics, in thofe parallels of latitude where the diurnal motion is
Iwiftcll. But. the conllant calms in the Atlantic fea near the equator,
the welterly winds near the coall of Guinea, and the periodical wellerly
monfoons under the equator in the Indian feas, declare the infufficiency
of this. Ivypothefis. Belidesrthe air, being kept clofe to the $arth by the
principle of gravity, would, in time, acquire the fame degree of velocity
that the earth's furface moves with, as well in rclped; of the diurnal
rotation as of the annual about the Sun, which is about thirty times
fvviftcr. Dr. Halley, therefore fubllitutes another cauie, capable of
producing a like conllant effccl, not liable to the fame objections, but
agreeable to the known properties of the elements of water' and air, and
the laws of the motion of fluid bodies. Such a one is the aclion of the
Sun's beams upon the air and water, as he palTes every day over the ocean,
confidered together with the quality of the foil and the fituation of the
adjoining continents.
According to the laws of ftatics, the air which is lefs rarefied, or ex
panded by heat, and confequently is more ponderous, mull have a motion
towards thofe parts thereof whichâre more rarefied, and lefs ponderous,
to bring it to an equilibrium j alfo, the prefence of the Sun continually
Uniting to the wellward, that part to which the air tends, by reafon of
the rarefaclion made by his greatell meridian heat, is, with him, carried
wethvard , and, confequently, the tendency of the whole body of the
lower air is that way. Thus a general ealterly wiod is formed, which,
being imprened on the air of a vatt ocean, the parts impel one the other,
and fo keep moving till the next return of the Sun, whereby fo much of
the motion as was loft is again rellored ; and thus the ealterly wind is
made perpetual. From the fame principle it follows, that this eallerly
wind lliould, on the north fide of the equator, be to the northward of the
call, and in fouth latitudes to the fouthward thereof; for near the line
the air is much more rarefied than at a greater diftance from it, becaufe
the Sun is twice in a year vertical there, and at no time diliant above
twenty-three degrees and a half; at which diftance the heat, being as
the fine of the angle of incidence, is but little fhort of that of the per
pendicular ray; whereas, under the tropics, though the Sun flays longer
vertical, yet he is a long time forty-feven degrees off, which is a kind of
winter, wherein the air fo cools, as that the fummer heat cannot warm it
to the fame degree with that under the equator, Wherefore, the air
towards the north and fouth being lefs rarefied than that in the middle, it
follows, that from both fides it ought to tend towards the eqoator.
This
OF ASTROLOGY.
1003
This motion, compounded with the former eafterly wind, accounts

for all the phenomena of the general trade-winds, which, if the whole
furface of the globe were fea, would undoubtedly blow quite round the
world, as they are found to do in the Atlantic and Ethiopic oceans.
But feeing that fo great continents do interpofe, and break the continuity
of the ocean, regard muft be had to the nature of the foil, and the pofition of the high mountains, which are the tvwp principal caufes of the
variations of 'the wind from the former general rule; for, if a country
lying near the Sun prove to be flat, fandy, and low land, fuch as the
deferts of Lybia are ufually reported to be, the heat occafioned by the
reflexion of the Sun's beams, and the retention thereof in the fand, is
Incredible to thofe who have not felt it ; whereby the air being extremely
rarefied, it is neceffary that the cooler and more denfe air mould run
thitherwards to reftore the equilibrium. This is fuppofed to be the caufe
why near the court of Guinea the wind always fets in upon the land,
blowing wefterly inftead of eafterly ; there being fufficient reafon to be
lieve that the inland parts of Africa are prodigioufly hot, fince the'
northern borders thereof were fo very intemperate, as to give the ancients
caufe to conclude, that all beyond the tropics was uninhabitable by excefs of heat.
Mr. Clare, in his Motion of Fluids, p. 302. mentions a familiar ex
periment, that ferves to illuftrate this matter, as well as the alternate
courfe of land and fea breezes. Fill a large dim with cold water, and
in the middle of it place a water-plate filled with warm water : the firft
will reprefent the ocean, the other an ifland, rarefying the air above it.
Then, holding a wax-candle over the cold water, blow it out, and the
fmoke will be feen, in a ftill place, to move toward the warm plate, and,
rifing over, it will point the courfe of the air, and alfo of vapour, from
fea to land. And, if the water in the difh be warmed, and the plate filled
with cold water, and the fmoking wick of a candle be held over the plate,
the contrary will happen.
From the fame caufe it happens, that there are fuch conftant calms in
that part of the ocean called the Rains ; for this tra& being placed in
the middle, between the wefterly winds blowing on the coaft of Guinea,
and the eafterly trade-winds blowing to the weftward thereof, the ten
dency of the air here is indifferent to either, and fo ftands in equilibrio
between both ; and the weight of the incumbent atmofphere being
diminished by the continual contrary winds blowing from hence, is the
reafon that the air here holds not the copious vapour it receives, but lets
it fall in fuch frequent rains. But, as the cold and denfe air, by reafon
No. 53.
ii R
of
AN ILLUSTRATION
of its greater gravity, prefles upon the hot and rarefied, it is demonftrable,
that this latter muft afcend in a continued ftream, as faft as it rarefies ; and
that, being afcended, it muft difperfe itfelf, to preferve the equilibrium;
that is, by a contrary current, the upper air muft move from thofe parts
where the greateft heat is ; fo, by a kind of circulation, the north-eaft
trade- wind below will be attended with a fouth-wefterly wind above; and
the fouth-eaft, with a north-weft wind above.
That this is more than a bare conjedhire, the almoft inftantaneous
change of the wind to the oppofite point, which is frequently found in
paffing the limits of the trade-winds, feems ftrongly to affure us ; but
that which above all confirms this hypothefis, is the phenomenon of the
monfoons, by this means moft eafily fblved, and without it hardly expli
cable. Suppofing, therefore, fuch a circulation as above, it is to be confidered that to the northward of the Indian ocean there is every-where
land, within the ufual limits of the latitude of 30,, ; viz. Arabia, Perfia,
India, &c. which, for the fame reafon as the mediterranean parts of
Africa, are fubjecl: to infufferable heats when the Sun is to the north,
paffing nearly vertical ; but yet are temperate enough when the Sun is
removed towards the other tropic, becaufe of a ridge of mountains at fome
diftance within the land, faid to be frequently, in winter, covered with
fnow, over which the air, as it pafles, muft needs be much chilled.
Hence it happens, that the air coming, according to the general rule,
out of the north-eaft, to the Indian Sea, is fometimes hotter, fometimes
colder, than that which, by this circulation, is returned out of the fouthweft ; and, by confequence, fometimes the under current, or wind, is
from the north-eaft, fometimes from the fouth-weft. That this has no
other caufe, is clear from the times wherein thefe winds fet, viz. in
April : when the Sun begins to warm thefe countries to the north, the
fouth-weft monfoons begin, and blow, during the heats, till October,
when, the Sun being retired, and all things growing cooler northward,
and the heat increafing to the fbuth, the north-eaft winds enter, and
blow all the winter, till April again. And it is, undoubtedly, from the
fame principle, that to the fouthward of the equator, in part of the Indian
ocean, the north-weft winds fucceed the fouth-eaft, when the Sun draws
near the tropic of Capricorn. Phil. Tranf. No. 183. or Abridg. vol. ii.
page 139.
Some philofophers, diflatisfied with Dr. Halley's theory above recited,
or not thinking it fufficient for explaining the various phenomena of the
wind, have had recourfe to another caufe, viz. the gravitation of the Earth
and its atmofphere towards the Sun and Moon. They allege that, though
we
OF
ASTROLOGY.
1065
we cannot difcover aerial tides, of ebb or flow, by means of the baro

meter, (becaufe columns of air of unequal height, but different denfity,
may have the fame preflure or weight ;) yet the protuberance in the atmolphere, which is continually following the Moon, muft, they fay, of
courfe produce a motion in all parts, and fb bring a wind more or lefs
to every place, which, confpiring with, or counteracted by, the winds
arifing from other caufes, makes them greater or lefs. Several diflertations to this purpofe were published, on occafion of the fubjedt propofed
by the Academy of Sciences at Berlin for the year 1746. M. Mufchenbroek, however, will not allow that the attraction of the Moon is
the caufe of the general wind ; becaufe the eaft wind does not follow the
motion of the Moon about the Earth; for in that cafe there would be
more than twenty-four changes to which it would be fubjedt in the
courfe of a year, inftead of two. Mr. Henry Eeles, apprehending that
the Sun's rarefying of the air cannot limply be the caufe of all the regular
and irregular motions which we find in the atmofphere, afcribes them to
another caufe, viz. the afcent and defcent of vapour and exhalation, at
tended by the electrical lire or fluid; and on this principle he has endea
voured to explain at large the general phenomena of the weather and of
the barometer.
The induftry of the above-mentioned, and that of fome later writers,
have brought the theory of the production and motion of winds to fomewhat of a mathematical demonftration, which is thus defined : If the
fpring of the air be weakened in any place more than in the adjoining
places, a wind will bloVv through the place where the diminution is.
For, fince the air endeavours, by its elaftic force, to expand itfelf every
way; if that force be lefs in one place than in another, the effort of the
more againft the lefs elaftic will be greater than the effort of the latter
againft the former. The lefs elaftic air, therefore, will refift with lefs
force than it is urged by the more elaftic; confequently, the lefs elaftic
will be driven out of its place, and the more elaftic will fucceed. If, now,
the excefsof the fpring of the more elaftic above that of the lefs elaftic
air, be fuch as to occaiion a little alteration in the barofcope ; the motion
both of the air expelled, and that which fucceeds it, will become fetifible,
i. e. there will be a wind. Hence, fince the fpring of the air increafes as
the compreffing weight increafes, and compreffed air is denfer than air
lefs compreffed; all winds blow into rarer air, out of a place filled with a
denfer. Wherefore, fince a denfer air is fpecifically heavier than a rarer,
an extraordinary lightnefs of the air in any place muft be attended with
extraordinary winds, or ftorms.
i
Now,
ioo6
A N I L L U S'T R A T ION
Now, an extraordinary fall of the mercury in the barometer (bowing

an extraordinary lightnefs of the atmofphere, it is no wonder if that foretels florms. For, if the air be fuddenly condenfed in any place, its fpriag
will be fuddenly diminifhed; hence, if this diminution be great enough
to affect the barometer, there will a wind blow through the condenfed
air. But, fince the air cannot be fuddenly condenfed unlefs it have
before been much rarefied, there will a wind blow through the air, as it
cools, after having been violently heated. In like manner, if air be
fuddenly rarefied, its fpring is fuddenly increafed : wherefore, it will flow
through the contiguous air, not a&ed on by the rarefying force. A
wind, therefore, will blow out of a place, in which the air is fuddenly
rarefied ; and on this principle, in all probability, it is, that, fince the
Sun's power in rarefying the air is notorious, it muft neceflarily have a
great influence on the generation of winds; which likewife penetrate
the very bowels of the earth, fince moft caves and chafms are found
to emit wind, either more or lefs. M. Mufchenbroek has enumerated
a variety of caufes that produce winds, exifting in the bowels of the
earth, on its furface, in the atmofphere, and above it. See his Intr. ad.
Phil. Nat. vol. ii.
The rifing and changing of the winds are determined experimentally,
by means of weather-cocks, placed on the tops of houfes, &c. But thefe
only indicate what pafles about their own height, or near the furface of
the earth : Wolfius aflures us, from obfervations of feveral years, that
the higher winds, which drive the clouds, are different from the lower
ones, which move the weather-cocks ; and Dr. Derham obferves fomething not unlike this, Phyf. Theol. lib. i. cap. 2. This author alfo re
lates, upon comparing feveral feries of obfervations made of the winds
in divers countries, viz. England, Ireland, Switzerland, Italy, France,
New England, &c. that the winds in thofe feveral places feldom agree ;
but, when they do, it is commonly when they are ftrong, and of long
continuance in the fame quarter ; and more, he thinks, in the northerly
and eafterly than in any other points. Alfo, that a ftrong wind in one
place is oftentimes a weak one in another, or moderate, according as the
places are nearer or more remote. Phil.Tranf. No. 267 and 321. .-xto*
Philofophers have ufed various methods for determining the velocity
of the wind, which is very different at different times. The method
ufed by Dr. Derham was that of letting light downy feathers fly in the
wind, and accurately obferving the diftance to which they were carried
in any number of half-feconds. This method he preferred to that of Dr.
Hooke's mola alata, or pneumatica, (fee Phil. Tranf. No. 24. and Birch's
Hiftory of the Royal Society, vol. iv. p. 225.) He tells us, that he
thus
O.F]
T 8. PJ. p p(Yv/
thus flieafiired the iVJe*ty of the wind in the great ftorm ,of ,
1705, and by many experiments found th.a,t it moved at the fate of
thirty-three feet per half-fecond, pr of fo^ty-jjfive milep per bpyr : whence,
he concludes, that tbe >OM>ft vehement wind (as tb#t of November I7PJJ)
does not fly at the rate of Above fifty pf ,xty miles pef hpair, and that .ty
a medium the velocity pf wind is .at fch# rate .pf jtw^lye .or jftfteett, miles,
per hour. Phil. T/aof. iNo. 313. >pr. Afcr, v^J. iy. page 4^1^. ^[r. ^ripj
obierves, that experiments vyith feathers atre fubje<a to nnce;rtainiy ;, -a^
they feJdom or never defcribe a ftr,aight Une, but .a fort of fpipaJ, moving
to the right and left, aed ri/ieg IP very d,iêrjent. altitudes in thejr pro^
gnefs. He ttxerefore x:o.ufiders the nK>ti0u <of ,a clûd, pr its fliadcxw, oe^
the furfece .of !thc .earth, as a tnsch n>ore app>}rate t&etfwe pf the. velocity
of the wmd. In this way .he found, that the \vind, ifi a confrkrabje
ftorm, amoved t the rale of ^2'9 miles p^r hopr; and that, whu it blew
a frefh gale, it moved in the lame t i me about 2 1 miles ; and that, in
a fmall breere, the wiad naoyed *t t&e ;rateiof<nnly Q;Q mites per
il. Tranf. voL IvL ipage
.
.' : . . ,- .-::
j.
'.
;.-
A TABLE of the different VelpeUiee snd Fo.rcqs of the WINP%

Velocity of -the
Wind.
Perpendicular
Force on one Square
Foot in Avoirdupoi
Common Appellations of -the

Forces of Winds.
Miles in '=:Feel in one

one Hour.1 Second. -
mv"7
r.:'
Oi
t
r f i
]. i
JO
"
t'l.
;; J
'u'-il
Is/
Juft perceptible.
3
4
5
V*
Hardly perceptibly
:I
123]
492?
7'33
14-67
22'OO
Gentle pleaÂt wind.

Pleafain brilk gale.
.'Si . 1
Very bfrflc. -'" '': '''

.25
36-(5;7 ,
' r"'j, :.:i,..' r' . ; ' : '
HiVh w-îd.
35
40
45
.
6.6'oi
* f fS
Very 'hi^h.
' ' / . ^. | ^^
J^
tfS Sfi
:>
ic. til
^' .d i r :v/
iviw ri)SflPj
.-. ,- . . ^?.^-. ,,. ...jtA-Jj.ucr.â.ne th.at,ti,rs up
trees, and carries buildings, &c. before it.
No. 53.
ii S
ITU,"
The
ioo8
A N I L1L tJf T A T I O N
The force of the wind is as the fquare of its velocity, as Mr. Fergufon
has mown by experiments on the whirling-table ; and in moderate velo
cities this will hold very nearly. It is obferved, with regard to this
Table, that the evidence for thofe numbers, where the velocity of the
wind exceeds fifty miles an hour, does not feem of equal authority with
that of thofe of fifty miles or under. Phil. Tranf. vol. li. page 165.
Dr. Hales found (Statical EfT. vol. ii. ) that the air rufhed out of a pair of
fmith's bellows at the rate of 68*73 feet in a fecond of time, when comprefled with a force equal to the weight of one inch perpendicular depth
of mercury, lying on the whole upper furface of the bellows. The velo
city of the air, as it pafled out of the trunk of his ventilators, was found
to be at the rate of three thoufand feet in a minute ; which is at the rate of
thirty-four miles in an hour. Dr. Hales fays, that the velocity with which
impelled air pafTes out at any orifice, may be determined by hanging a
light valve over the nofe of a bellows, by pliant leather hinges, which
will be much agitated and lifted up from a perpendicular to a more than
horizontal pofition by the force of the rufhing air. There is another
more accurate way, he fays, of eftimating the velocity of air ; viz. by
holding the orifice of an inverted glafs fiphon, full of water, oppofite to
the ftream of air, whereby the water will be deprefled in one leg, and
raifed in the other, in proportion to the force with which the water is
impelled by the air.
.I.I,
'
'lit I.V :.. I
:clil>ill:i<'4Ji !!'.
.;.
Si.j'Ji
'
jj
As to the qualities and effects of the wind, it is to be obferved, that

a wind blowing from the fea is always moift : in fummer it is cold ; and
in winter warm, unlefs the fea be frozen up. This is demonftrated thus:
there is a vapour continually rifing out of all water, (as appears even
hence, that a quantity of water, being left a little while in an open
veflel, is found fenfibly diminifhed,) but efpecially if it be expofed to the
Sun's rays, in which cafe the evaporation is beyond all expectation. By
this means, the air incumbent on the fea becomes impregnated with a
quantity of vapours. But the winds, blowing from off the fea, fweep
thefe vapours along with them ; and confequently they are always moift.
Again, water in fummer, &c. receives lels heat than terreftrial bodies,
expofed to the fame rays of the Sun, do; but, in winter, fea- water is
warmer than the earth covered with froft and fnow, &c. Wherefore,
as the air contiguous to any body is found to partake of its heat and cold,
the air contiguous to fea-water will be warmer in winter, and colder in
fummer, than that contiguous to the earth. Or thus ; vapours raifed
from water by the Sun's warmth in winter, are warmer than the air they
rife in, (as appears from the vapours condenfing, and becoming vifible,
almoft as foon as they are got out into air.) Frefli quantities of vapours,
therefore,
1
OF ASTROLOGY.
1009
therefore, continually warming the atmofphere over the fea, will raife its
heat beyond that of air over the land. Again, the Sun's rays refle&ed
from the earth into the air, in fummer, are much more than thofe from
the water into air ; the air, therefore, over the earth, warmed by the
refle&ion of more rays than that over water, is warmer. Hence, feawinds make thick, cloudy, hazy, weather.
Winds blowing from the continent are always dry; in fummer, warm;
and cold in winter. For there is much lefs vapour arifing from the earth
than from water; and therefore the air over the continent will be im
pregnated with much fewer vapours. Add, that the vapours, or exha
lations, raifed by a great degree of heat out of the earth, are much
finer, and lefs fenfible, than thofe from water. The wind, therefore,
blowing over the continent, carries but little vapour with it, and is there
fore dry. Farther, the earth in fummer is warmer than water expofed
to the fame rays of the Sun. Hence, as the air partakes of the heat of
contiguous bodies, that over the earth in fummer will be warmer than
that over the water. After the like manner it is fhown, that the landwinds are cold in winter. Henco, we fee why land-winds make clear,
cold, weather. Our northerly and foutherly winds, however, which are
commonly efteemed the caufes of cold and warm weather, Dr. Derham
obferves, are really rather the e/etf of the cold or warmth of the atmof
phere. Hence it is, that we frequently fee a warm foutherly wind, on a
fudden changed to the north, by the fall of fnow or hail ; and that, in a
cold frofty morning, we fee the wind north, which afterwards wheels
about toward the foutherly quarter, when the Sun has well warmed the
air ; and again, in the cold evening, turns northerly or eafterly.
The utility of winds has been univerfally acknowledged. The ancient
Perfians, Phoenicians, Greeks, and Romans, facrificed and creeled tem,ples to the winds; as we learn from Voflius, Theolog. Gentil. lib. iii.
part i. cap. i. Befides their ufe in moving bellows, mills, and other ma
chines, applied in various ways to the fervice of mankind, and the benefits
refulting from them to navigation and trade, they ferve to purify and
refrefh the air, to convey the heat or cold of one region to another, to
produce a regular circulation of vapours from the ocean to countries re
mote from it, and to fupply, by wafting them in their progrefs againft
hills, &c. fprings and rivers.
Wind has been, by many authors, made the bafis of many different
difeafes : among others, Dr. Reyn has given it as his opinion, in a
Treatife on the Gout, (De Arthritid.) that flatufes, or wind inclofed be
tween
IO1O
AN ILLUSTRATION
tween the periofteum and the bone, are the true caufe of that difeafe,
and accordingly, that all the methods of cure ought to tend to the ex
pelling of that wind. He fuppofes this wind to be of a dry, cold, and
malignant, nature, conveyed by the arteries to the place affected, where,
forcibly feparating that fenfible membrane the periofteum, and diftending it, the pain muft needs be very great. He is alfo of opinion, that
head-achs, palpitations of the heart, tooth-ach, pleurify, convulfions,
cholics, and many other difeafes, are originally owing to the fame caufe,
and only differ in regard to the place affected, and to the various mo
tions and determinations of the wind. The moveablenefs .of the pain in
gouty perfons from one part to another, he looks upon as a proof of this,
and thinks that the curing of the gout by burning moxa, or the cotton of
the :mugwort leaves, upon it, is owing to its giving way to the wind w
the part to evaporate itfelf. That thele winds are cold appears from the
ihivering fits which generally precede a paroxyfm of the gout ; and, that
the fhiverings In the 'beginning of fevers, and before all fits of agues, are
owing to the fame cauie, is fuppofed by this author ra natural conclufion
from the foiimer obfervations.
'
The winds, according to this author, and Fie-nus, are a fort of halituous
Spirits, raifed by the improper degree of our native -heat, or out of our
meat and drink ; or, finally, out of an abundance of black choJer. Their
differences, he fays, principally proceed from the various ferments, pro
ducing in us a variety of .humours ; which, acting upon one another, do
in their effervefcences create winds of various effects, and denominate dieafes from the places which are the fcenes of their action. It is on this
account that the acupuncture, or pricking with long needles, among the
Chinefe, is of ufe : the Japanefe, and other neighbouring nations, having
no other cure for moft difeafes than the pricking with the needle, and the
burning of moxa on the part.
lfii?j
The hufbaudman oftefi fufFers extremely by high winds, in many dif
ferent refpedts. .Plantations of trees, at a fmall diftance from the barns
and houfes, .are the beft fafeguard againft their fuffering by winds; but
they muft not be planted fo near as that their fall, if it fhould happen, 'would
endanger them. Yews grow very flowly, otherwife they are the hefttof
all trees for .this defenfive plantation. Trees fufFer by winds, being ei
ther broken or blown down by them ; but this may^be in a great meaiure
prevented by cutting off part of the heads and branches of them in places
where they ftand moft expofed. Hops are the m.oft fubject to be in
jured by winds of any crop; but this may :be in a great meafure pre
vented by a high pale or very thick thprn-,bedge ; this will bath keep,off
OF ASTROLOGY.
ion
the fpring-wind, which nips the young buds, and be a great fafeguard
againft other winds that would tear the plants from their poles. The
poles fhould always be very firm in the ground ; and the beft fecurity to
be added to this is a row of tall trees all round the ground. Winds at
tended with rain do great injury to the corn, by laying it flat to the
ground. The beft method of preventing this, is to keep up good enclolures ; and, if the accident happens, the corn fhould be cut immediately,
for it never grows at all afterwards. It (hould be left on the ground,
in this cafe, fbme time after the cutting, to harden the grain in the^
ear.
Many valuable obfervations on the winds, as thej relate to navigation^
have been made by fkilful feamen, and particularly by Dr. Halley. It is
found, that between the limits of 60 degrees, viz. from 30 degrees of
north latitude to 30 degrees of fouth latitude, there is a conftant eaft wind
through the year, blowing in the Atlantic and Pacific oceans, called the
trade-wind. Thefe trade-winds, near their northern, limits, blow between
the north and eaft ; and, near their fouthern limits, they blow betweeij
the fouth and eaft ; but their general motions are difturbed on the conjtinents.and near their coafts. In fome parts of the Indian Ocean there are
periodical winds, which are called moonfoons. See Ency. Lond. vol. xv.
In the Atlantic Ocean, near the coafts of Africa, at about a hundred
leagues from the fhore, between the latitude of 28 degrees and 10 degrees
north, feamen conflantly meet with a frefh gale of wind blowing from
the N. E. Thofe bound to the Caribbee iflands, acrqis the Atlantic
Ocean, find, as they approach the American fide, that the faid N. E, wind
becomes eafterly, or feldom blows more than a poiut from the eaft, either
to the northward or fouth ward. Thefe tradi-windfy on the. American
fide, are extended to 30, 31, or even to 32, degrees of N. latitude ; which
is about 4 degrees farther than they, extend to on the African fide ; alfo,
to the fouthward of the equator, the trade-winds extend three or four
degrees farther to the coaft of Bnafil, on the American fide, than they
do near the Cape of Good Hope on the African fide.
Between the latitudes of 4 degrees N. and; 4- degrees S. th<e wind al
ways blows between the fouth and eaft : on the African (id& the winds are
neareft the fouth; and, on the American fide, neareft the eaft. In thefe
leas, Dr. Halley obferved, that, when the wind was eaftward, the wea
ther was. gloomy, dark, and rainy, with hard gales of wind; but, when
the wind veered to the fouthward, the weather generally became ferene,
with gentle breezes, next to a calm. Thefe winds are fomew hat changed
No. 53.
ii T
by
ioi2
AN ILLUSTRATION
by the feafons of the year ; for, when the Sun is far northward, the Brafil S. E. wind gets to the fouth, and the N. E. wind to the eaft ; and,
when the Sun is far fouth, the S. E. wind gets to the eaft, and the N. E.
winds on this fide of the equator veer more to the north.
Along the coaft of Guinea, from Sierra Leone to the ifland of St. Tho
mas, under the equator, which is above five hundred leagues, the foutherly and fouth-weft winds blow perpetually ; for, the S. E. trade-wind,
having patted the equator, and approaching the Guinea coaft within eighty
or a hundred leagues, inclines toward the fhore, and becomes fouth, then
S. E. and by degrees, as it comes near the land, it veers about to fouth,
S. S. W. and in with the land it is S. W. and fometimes W. S. W. This
traft is troubled with frequent calms, and violent fudden gufts of wind,
called tornadoes, blowing from all points of the horizon.
Between the fourth and tenth degrees of north latitude, and between
the longitudes of Cape Verd and the eafternmoft of the Cape-Verd ifles,
there is a tract of fea fubjecl to perpetual calms, attended with frequent
thunder and lightning, and rains ; fhips, in failing thefe fix degrees, are
faid to have been fometimes detained whole months. See p. 1003.
The three laft obfervations account for two circumftances which ma
riners experience in failing from Europe to India, and in the Guinea trade.
The firft is, the difficulty which (hips, in going to the fouthward, efpecially in the months of July and Auguft, find in patting between the
coafts of Guinea and Brafil, although the breadth of the fea is more than
five hundred leagues. This happens, becaufe the S. E. winds at that
time of the year commonly extend fome degrees beyond the ordinary
limits of four degrees N. latitude ; and, befides, coming fo much foutherly
as to be fometimes fouth, fometimes a point or two to the weft ; it then
only remains to ply to windward : and if, on the one fide, they fteer
W. S. W. they get a wind more and more eafterly ; but then there is a.
danger of falling in with the Brafilian coaft, or fhoals ; and, if they fteer
E. S. E. they fall into the neighbourhood of the coaft of Guinea, from
whence they cannot depart without running eafterly as far as the ifland of
St. Thomas ; and this is the conftant practice of all the Guinea-fhips.
Secondly, all (hips departing from Guinea for Europe, their direct courfe
is northward ; but on this courfe they cannot go, becaufe, the coaft bend
ing nearly eaft and weft, the land is to the northward : therefore, as
the winds on this coaft are generally between the S. and W. S. W. they
arc obliged to fteer S. S. E. or fouth, and with thefe courfes they run ofF
the fhore ; but, in fo doing, they always find the winds more and more con
trary ;
OF ASTROLOGY*
1013
trary ; fo that, when near the fliore, they can lie fouth ; at a greater diftance they can make no better than S. E. and afterwards E. S. E. with
which courfes they commonly fetch the ifland of St. Thomas and Cape
Lopez, where, rinding the winds to the eaftward of the fouth, they fail
wefterly with it, till coming to the latitude of four degrees fouth, where
they find the S. E. winds blowing perpetually. On account of thefe
general winds, all thofe that ufe the Weft-India trade, even thofe bound
to Virginia, reckon it their beft courfe to get as foon as they can to the
fouthward, that fo they may be certain of a fair and frefh gale to run be
fore it to the weftward : and, for the fame reafon, thofe homeward bound
from America endeavour to gain the latitude of thirty degrees, where
they firft find the winds begin to be variable ; though the moft ordi
nary winds in the North Atlantic Ocean come from between the fouth
and weft.
Between the fouthern latitudes of ten and thirty degrees, in the Indian
Ocean, the general trade-wind, about the S. E. by S. is found to blow all
the year long in the ; fame manner as in the like latitude in the Ethiopic
Ocean ; and, during the fix months from May to December, thefe winds
reach to within two degrees of the equator ; but, during the other fix
months, from November to June, a N. W. wind blows in the tra6l lying
between the third and tenth degrees of fouthern latitude, in the meridian
of the north end of Madagafcar ; and, between the fecond and twelfth
degrees of fouth latitude, near the longitude of Sumatra and Java.
In the trad between Sumatra and the African coaft, and from three
degrees of fouth latitude quite northward to the Afiatic coafts, including
the Arabian Sea and the Gulf of Bengal, the monfoons blow from Septem
ber to April on the NVE. and from March to October on the S. .W. In
the former half-year the wind is more fteady and gentle, and weather
clearer, than in the latter fix months ; and the wind is more ftrong and
fteady in the Arabian Sea than in the Gulf of Bengal.
Between the ifland of Madagafcar and the coaft of Africa, and thence
northward as far as the equator, there is a tract, wherein, from April to
Odober, there is a coriftant frcfh fouth-fouth-weft wind; which to the
northward changes into the weft-fouth-weft wind ; blowing at that time
in the Arabian Sea.
To the eaftward of Sumatra and Malacca on the north of the equator,
and along the coafts of Cambodia and China, quite through the Philip
pines as far as Japan, the monfoons blow northerly and foutherly ; the
northern
AN ILLUSTRATION
northern fetting in about O&ober or November, and the fouthern about
May : the winds arc not quite fo certain as thofe in the Arabian feas.
Between Sumatra and Java to the weft, and New Guinea to the eaft,
the fame northerly and foutherly winds are obferved, but the firft halfyear monfoon inclines to the N. W. and the latter to the S. E. Thefe
winds begin a month or fix weeks after thofe in the Chinefe feas fet in,
and are quite as variable. Thefe contrary winds do not fhift from one
point to its oppofite all at once ; in fome places the time of the change is
attended with calms, in others by variable winds ; and it often happens,
on the fliores of Coromandel and China, towards the end of the monfoons, that there are moft violent ftorms, greatly refembling the hurrir
canes in the Weft-Indies ; wherein the wind is fo very ftrong, that hardly
any thing can refift its force. All navigation in the Indian ocean muft
neceflarily be regulated by thefe winds ; for, if mariners fhould delay
their voyages till the contrary monfoon begins, they muft either fail back
or go into harbour, and wait for the return of the trade-wind. See Phil.
Tranf. No. 183. or Abr. vol. ii. p. 133, &c. Robertfon's Elem. of Nav.
book vi. fed. 6.
The winds are divided, with refpecl: to the points of the horizon from
which they blow, into cardinal and collateral.Winds cardinal are thofe
blowing from the four cardinal points; Eaft, Weft, North, and South.
Winds collateral are the intermediate winds between any two cardinal
winds ; the number of thefe is infinite, as the points from which they
blow are ; but only a few of them are confidered in practice, i. e. only a
few of them have their diftinguiftung names. The ancient Greeks, at
firft, only ufed the four cardinal ones ; at length they took in four more.
Vitruvius gives us a table of twenty, befides the cardinals, which were in
ufe among the Romans. The moderns, as their navigation is much
more perfect than that of the ancients, have given names to twenty-eight
collateral winds, which they range into primary and fecondary ; and the
fecondary they fubdivide into thofe of \hcjirjl and fecond order. The
Englifh names of the primary collateral winds and points, are compounded
of the names of the cardinal ones, North and South being ftill prefixed.
The names of the fecondary collateral winds of the firft order are com
pounded of the names of the cardinals and the adjacent primary one.
Thofe of the fecond order are compounded of the names of the cardinal
or the next adjacent primary and the next cardinal, with the addition of
the word by. The Latins have diftinft names for each ; all, which arc
expreffed in the following Table.
N A MVS
1015
OF ASTROLOGY.
NAMES of the WINDS, and POINTS of the

COMPASS.
!_'
'
Diftances of
the Points, &c.
from the North.
Latin and Greek.
Englifli.
. .
i. NORTH.
Set>teti(rio, or Boreas.
2. North-by- eaft.
ttyperboreas; '
Hypaquifo.
GaWrcusr.
Aquilo.
Mefbboreai.
MdaquiJo.
Supernas. "'.'
3. North-north-eaft.
4. North-eaft-bynorth.
5. North-eaft.
i
6. North-eaft- bjeaft. 7. Eaft-north-eaft.

8. EalUby-nofth.
Arflapeliotfj.
' ':
BwapefifftCs'Jl
Grarcus.
Hypocaefias. . ;'?rî'iMlil/.1
. i .
iV
22
' v 30
"33
'45
45" '
'.'jtf!" , ,-"'.;
.: IUC ,'-',' I-,,,.
67
t ' r
7^ .
' Y>'v-
0'
' 15
,. '<.,,'
Casfias; HeflefpV)ntius.
Mefocajfias.
'
"I
r^
..-
30
,4$ .
^T^~
. '
9. EAST.
IO. Eaft-by-fouthL
ii
12.
13.
14.
15..
\ /l \"^
Solanut, Stt&fifaqitr,
Opefrtef. ':
Hypeurus, or Hypci'earur.
Eurus, or Vo'tprntis.
Eaft-foatb-eaft.
South-eaft-by-eaft.
South-eaft.
Nbtftpefifftcf, Enrafter.
South-eaft-by-fouth.
South-lbttth-eaft.
Phoenix, Phoenrcias,
Letrco-notns, Gan-
1 6. South-byueaft;
No. 53.
Mffoîr;
ii U
Front) the. Eaft.

' 6*
0*
ri
15
22
33','
45"
30
45
:- 67
-dj'\iM78
30
'
4jT f
NAMES
AN I L L;U. S T R A T I O. N
ioi6
NAMES of the WINDS, and POINTS of the

COMPASS.
Englifh.
17. SOUTH.
1 8. South-by-weft.
19. South-fouth-weft.
2O. South-weft-byfouth.
21. South-Weft.
22. South-weft-byweft.
23. Weft-fouth-weft.
24. Weft-by-fouth.
2C.1 WEST.
Diftances of
the Points, &c.
from the South.
Latin and Greek.

Aufler, Notus, Meridks.
Hypolibonotus, Alfanus.
Libonotus, Notolibycus,
Auftro-africus.
Mefolibonotus.
Noto-zephyrus.
Noto-Iibycus.
Africui.
Hypolibs.
Hypafricus.
Subvefperus.
Libs.
Mefolibs.
Mefozephyrus.
Zephyrus, Favonius, Occidens.

26. Weft-by-north.
ftypargeftes.
Hypocorus.
27. Weft-north-weft. Argeftes.
Caurus, Corus, lapix.
28. North- weft-byVIefargeftes.
Mefocorus.
weft.
Zephyro-boreas, Boro-li29. North-weft.
bycusy Olympian.
30. North-weft-byrlypocircius.
Hypothrafcias.
north.
Scirem.
31. North-north-weft. Hircius, Thrafcias.
Vlefocircius.
32. North-by-weft.
0*
11
15
22
30
33
45
45
56
15
67
7S
30
45
From the Weft.

o"
o'
ii
r5
22
33
45
45
56
15
67
7
30
45
APPLI-
OF ASTROLOGY.
1017
APPLICATION of all the foregoing PHENOMENA in NATURAL

and METEOROLOGICAL ASTROLOGY.
Having defcribed the nature and properties of mereorolic appearances,
and explained the phenomena of eclipfes, comets, &c. with the motions
and attractions of the Earth, Moon, and Sun, as they affect the tides,
winds, and atmofphere, we mall now confider their influence, jointly
with that of the other planets and ftars, in producing the continual
changes and mutations in the general affairs of ftates and empires; and
in the variations and changes of the weather, whereby plagues and
peftilences, droughts and inundations, and the confequent calamities of
fickly and diftrefsful times, are fought out and predicted ; for, all haying
the fame primitive caufe, namely, the attractive power and influence of
the planetary fyftem upon the elementary and terreftrial matter, they are
alike definable from a contemplation of the occult properties of that celeftial
influx, which this department of the aftrologic fcience has, in all ages, been
found to teach.
- From what has been premifed concerning the foregoing phenomena,
it becomes evident, that whatever affects the ftate of the air or atmof
phere muft neceflarily, in an adequate proportion, alter the ftate of the
weather ; and that, by how much the more the elements are impregnated
or charged with electrical matter, or that the motions of the winds are
increafed or diminished, or that the clouds are furcharged with moift
and difcordant vapours, by fb much the more will ftormy, tempeftuous,
and unfettled, weather, be produced. So, likewife, it is equally demonftrable, that, as the temperature of the air, and the ftate of the ambient
and elementary matter, is from time to time varied and changed, or
furcharged to a greater or lefs excefs with any particular quality, fo in a
proportionate degree will the animal functions and fpirits of men be raifed
or deprefled, their minds agitated, and their paflions inflamed ; whence
arife putrid and malignant complaints throughout whole provinces, and
difcord and malevolence among the different governments and orders of
fociety. And, feeing thefe things are fo, that their caufes are brought
about by the attractions and mutations of the Sun, Moon, and Stars, in
their different motions and pofitions, and in their conjunctions and oppofitions, and various configurations among themfelves and with the
Earth ; and fince we have feen that thefe motions and pofitions of the
planets, and all their different afpects, can be afcertained for any feries
of years to come ; fo it is manifeft, that, by knowing their influences
and effects upon the air, earth, winds, and elements, and upon the
confti-
ioi8
AN ILLUSTRATION
conftitutions and paffions of men, a prefage of times and feafons, of

famines, pcftilences, inundations, and of all great and unrverfal calamities
arifing therefrom, is fought out, and indifputably eftablifhed.
This fpeculation is therefore deftined to be, the art of prognoftication by
the rules of aflrononty. It is divided into two principal or dtftinfir. parts ;
the one whereof is called general, or univerfaj, becaufe it relates to whole
empires, nations, or provinces ; and the other focal, or particular, fince it
relates only to the -weather applicable to particular and cfiftincr. climates ;
which, from the foregoing theory of eclipfes, tides, and winds, it is tnanifeft, might be afcertained with very great degrees of exaftnefs.
In thcfe confiderations, two things are to be regarded, as the principal
ground-work of the whole ; namely, the tendency and familieuity of the
twelve figns of. the zodiac, and the planets and ftars, to the temperature
of the different climates ; and the qualities produced in certain feafons by
the ecliptical conjunctions of the Sun and Moon, and by the revolutions
and tranfits of the planets, with their rifings and ftations. The firft and
greater caufe hath refpe<5t unto whole regions, and flioweth the uncertainty
of national glory and perfection, fo liable to be difturbed by wars and inteftine broils, or deftroyed by famine, peftilence,earthquakef, or inundations.
The fecondary or inferior caufe is produced in certain times, as in the
contrariety of feafons, and their mutations more or lefs in their different
quarters ; as heats or winds more vehement or remits, out of their proper
and accuftomed times, whereby plenty, r fcarcity, or difeafes, are pro
duced, as the caufe and quality fliall happen to be. Hence are discovered
the fympathies exifting between the motions and configurations of th
planets, and between the mutations and varieties of weather obfervable in
the fame feafons of the year ; and of the general good or evil attendant on
mankind ; att which are here accounted for according to the principles of
natural reafbn. For it is an undeniable facl, that every diftiocl property
will have its diftincl effecr. ; and that the knowledge of the-fe effects points
out the property, whether it be good or evil. Thiw we know that the
property of the planets rulujg particular feafons, as the Moo doe* the tides,
wiJJ conftantly produce the fame effeci, when unimpeded with the property
or influence of other attractive bodies ; for then the effective- property is
changed, and can only be determMKed by contemplating the proper force
and mixture of the different planets, according to tfcfeir co-operation and
power, or places in the z-odiac.
In this fpeculation, likewife, not only the natures and mixtures of the
planets amongft themfelves are to be obferved, but alib the mixtures of
thofc
OF ASTROLOGY.
1019
thofe qualities which communicate their properties to the planets and

figns: (uch as the more powerful influences of the Sun and Muon, and
the parallels of attraction made with the Earth. But, when any of the
planets act diftinftly of themfeiyes, regard muft folely be had to their
own proper govsrnment and quality. Therefore, if the ftar of Saturn
fules alone, he caufeth corruptions by cold, eohfpiracies in dates, with
difcoutents and fedition. IJut the influx which properly feizelh men,
angendering cold and crude matter, produces chronical diieafes anil confumptions, colliquations, rheumacilms, cold moift diftempers, agues, epi
demic fevers, defluxions, &c. which will be the general or prevailing
complaints in thole countries over which this planet bears rule, and
where his parallels or afpecls ift mundo are vifibly made. With refyedt
to the political government of thole countries, it Airs up diffVntious
amongft. kings and princes, begets violence and contention betwixt magiftrates and rulers, and anarchy and confufion amongft the people ; it
forebodes war, forrow, and denotation, and often terminates in the over
throw of ftates, and in the death of princes. Among irrational animals,
k moftly feizeth thole of the domeftic kind, producing the diftemper in
bodes and dogs, the' rot in fheep, and the murrain amo.igft horned cattte.
Its effc& upon the atmofphere will produce mifty, dark, clofe, humid,
lowering, corrufcuous, weather; or elie turbulent, and violently intt-mperatc ; or extremely intenfe cold, durable fro ft s, and fnow, as the clime
and feaion of the year (hull chance to be. Hence will arife inundations
of waters, fliipwrecks, and diftrefs at fea, and drowning, or freezing to
death, at home. The fruits of the earth will be diminished; and chiefly
thofe wliich are moft needful for die fu-ftruance of man will totally faii,
being flruck with Wight, finut, blaft, and mildew, or overcome with
floods, rain, hail, <lno\v, or frofts ; lo that the evil begets a paucity of the
weceflaries of life, and proceeds to famine.
> If Jupiter alone be lord of the year, he influences aii things to the
greatest good. Amongft men will be a time of blcfll-dncls, vigour, and
uninterrupted heakh ; of long and happy da-ys of tranquillity and peace.
Thofe things which are neceifary for man's ufe and beiicht are nouiUhed
and augmented, and all nature tends both to mental and corporeal good,
la-political events, thofe countries more immediately uuder his dominion
Mid influx will be the mod happy and prosperous, the affairs of ftatc wiii
tend to the promotion of national wealth, magnanimity, and honour;
the government will be mild, and the laws difpenled with ju-ftice ami
moderation ; there will be mutual agreement between kings and princes,
and an univerfal dilpofition to peace; alliances will be formed for the
profperity of the people, aud trade and .commerce will flourish under
iSio. 54.
ii X
them.
1020
AN
ILLUSTRATION
them. The increafe amongft irrational animals, of the domeftic and ufeful kind, will be great ; and men will be enriched thereby, particularly
fuch as deal in flieep and black cattle. The constitution of the air will
be mild and healthful, tempered with gentle winds and refreshing (howers, whereby the fruits of the earth will be replenished, and feed-time and
harveft, and heat and cold, fucceed each other in their proper and accutomed feafons. The elements, participating in a more equal mixture of
their qualities, will be lefs difturbed ; lakes and rivers 1'well only to a
moderate height, fo as to increafe fertility and vegetation. The reftlefs
ocean, now unaflailed by turbid ftorms and winds, affords fafe paflage to
the richly-freighted mips from every quarter of the globe. In Short, un
der the unimpeded influence of this benign ftar, the productions of the
earth will be poured forth in abundance, and all things contribute their
ftore for the health and profperity of man.
Mars, having alone the dominion of the year, produces thofe evils refulting fpontaneoufly from his nature, which are intemperate heat and
drought. Mankind will hence be feized with violent corruptions of the
blood, apoplexies and fudden deaths. Spotted and fcarlet fevers will
abound principally in thofe countries over which he prefides, and where
his mundane afpe<ts moft forcibly pervade the earth; for, there will his
noxious influence prove moft fatal. Political affairs, under this influx,
are marked with violence and oppreffion. Wars break out between con
tending princes, and fire and fword defolate the country, and level all
before them. Jnteftine broils, infurre&ions, treafon, and murder, ftain
the land with innocent blood, and complete the fad catalogue of human
misfortunes. The brute creation, and particularly thole appropriated for
the food and fervice of man, will be grievoufly afflicted ; epidemic diforders will break out amongft them, and the heat and drought will prove
extremely fatal to horfes. The fruits of the earth will be burnt up, fod
der and grafs for cattle every-where deftroyed, and all vegetation in a
manner lufpended. Rivers, lakes, and ponds, will be dried up, the fprings
of the earth exhaufted ; and, at the rifing of the dog-ftar, Nature as it
were will ficken, and refpiration be difficult and faint ; dogs will run
mad, and epidemic contagion fpread throughout whole empires. The
fea, in a manner, ftagnated with calms, will put navigation and com
merce almoft to a ftand, whereby a dearth of corn, and other neceflaries
of life, will be felt in many countries, and pave the way to the ievereft
ravages of peftilence and plague.
Thefok rule and government of Venus will draw our attention from
this wafte and barren wild to a fcene more grateful and pleafing. Under
bej:
0 F ASTROLOGY.
her mild and gentle fway, all nature inclines to moderation and delight.
The influx which feizeth men will difpofe them to cultivate the bleffings
of peace, and conciliate the jarring interefts of contending dates. . Frukfulnefs and fecundity will blefs the land ; the minds of men will be foftened by the all-fubduing charms of the fmiling fair, whofe benignant
influences harmonize fociety, and prefage the golden aera of felicitous and
happy marriages, harbingers of joy, of children, and delight. Political
affairs will now grow mild and peaceful ; and the minds of monarchs
more inclined to negotiations for family-alliances, and the chains of
wedlock, than to enforce the favage rage of war, and painful fhackles of
imprifonment or flavery. All animated nature will increafe and multiply,
and the creatures which do not fly the dominion of man will be healthful
and profitable. The ftate of the air will be prolific and ferene, tempered
with refrefhing mowers and falubrious winds, producing heavy and luxu
riant crops of all the fruits of the earth. Ships fail brifkly and fafely
at fea, and the produce of different climes are wafted from more to more,
trebling their value. The fprings and rivers murmur through the groves,
pouring over their moffy banks the beverage of fatnefs on the verdant
plains, fmiling in all the variegated drefs of blooming fpring. The al
ternate feafons will fucceed, without turbulent or violent excefs; and
the delicious fruits and ripened corn, gathered into the garner in plenty
and perfection, will influence the minds of men, while fitting in fafety
and peace under their own vine and their own fig-tree, to pour out to a
bountiful and gracious PROVIDENCE the unbounded effuiions of pious
and grateful hearts !
When Mercury hath alone the dominion, and not allured to the quality
of other bodies by the force of attraction, or the mutability of his own
nature, he quickens the minds of men, and difpofes to induftry and in
vention. The conftitution of the air under him will be ative and unfettled, frequently changing in the fpace only of a few hours ; and, by
reaibn of bis proximity to the Sun, when in his fwiftefl motion, he occafions drought, and diflurbs the ambient by generating winds and va
pours, thunder, lightning, corrufcations, and dark lowering clouds ; and
on this account he induceth corruption in animals and plants, particularly
fuch as are moft ufeful and profitable to man. In matters of ftatepolicy and government, he infufes artifice and cunning into the conduct
of princes, gives iagacity to minifters, and difpatch to the deliberations
of council; he promotes the liberal arts, and forwards the improvement
of fcience, difpofing all men to fobriety, perfeverance, and labour. In
voyages and navigation, the influx of this planet is not very propitious,
fince it occafions fuddeii and violent ftorms, and. perpetual changes of the
wind,.
'fe?-
i-oaa
AN ILLUSTRATION
wind. Lakes and rivers, under this dominion, fwell on a fudden to

immoderate heights ; break down their banks, and carry away thir
bridges; inundate the country for miles round, and lay whole towns
under water ; thefe again, as fuddeoly fubfidc, and droughts frequently
enfue. Hence the difeafes engendered will be quotidian agues, violent
colds and coughs, eruptions of the blood, afthmas, and coufumptious. Ju
the occidental quadrants he diminifheth the waters, and in the oriental
he increafeth them. Under this influence, therefore, when it acls alone,
men will experience a mediocrity of good and evil; the fruits of the earth
will in general be Sufficient, but vary much in quality and value, accord
ing to the mutation of the weather, and as the blights and rains /hall
have been more or lefs general or partial. Peace will for the mod part
prevail under this governance; fince the animofities of princes will be
more likely to cool by negotiation, than be inflamed pr exhaufted by
the devastations of war.
Thus each planet, according to its nature, quality, and force, produceth thefe things, when left to its own proper action and effect, un
mixed with the influx of other bodies, and the beams and copulations
of the luminaries unoppofing or corrdpndeiil thereto. But, when OH*
ftar is mixed with another by afpecl, or by fanailiarity in iigns, then the
effecl will happen according to tine mixture and temperament arifingfrom
the communication of thole mixtures, wfaiich being as it were o
and infinite, from the u*vunber and diverfaks iof other #ars and
they can only be afcertained by attentive calculations, founded en
thematical precepts. And, in our judgment of events which appertain
to certain drftrifts, we ought oicaft attentively lo weigh th* femtli#iit*& of
thofe planets which bring up ihe event ; for, if the planets are benefics,
and conformed to the region upon which the effect fslj&, ad are
overcome by contraries, they more powjerfuidy produce itbc
ing to their proper auire ; as, ou the contrary, drey are
if any impediment happens in the familiarity,, or tUeir influence be over
come by oppoling afpeds. So again, if the ruling flars of the events arc
malefics, and have familiarity with the regions on which the accident
falls, or are overcome by contraries, they do Ids harm ; (but, if they bavc
no familiarity with thole countries, nor are overcome by them that have
familiarity therewith, they do much greater harm. As to their effefts
=pon the difeafes of 'me, they are feized by TOOKC univerial afiiQ.iofta,
having the feeds thereof in their matin/hies, and receive, by {yropaj&y itfi
their conftitvrtions, the tnore feaftble .operation of fchefe general a^cidfinls.
Thefe tonfiderations'fopm the grand outline of this depaxtmejit of ajftfp^
logy ; from which particulars are alone deducible.
Seeing
OF ASTROLOGY.
1023
Seeing, therefore, that this fpeculation comprifes two different and

diftindl fubjecls ; namely, the general flate of the weather ; and fecondly,
the mutations and revolutions of countries and empires ; it will be proper
to confider them upon the bafis already laid down, under their refpective
and particular heads ; and firft,
Of the WEATH E R.
As it is in the air or atmofphere that all plants and animals live and
breathe, and as that appears to be the great principle of moft animal and
vegetable productions, alterations, &c. there does not feem any thing,
in all1 philofophy, of more immediate concernment to us, than the ftate
of the weather. In effecl, all living things are only affemblages or
bandies of veflels, whole juices are kept moving by the preflure of the
a-tmofphere ; and which, by that motion, maintain life. So that any al
terations in the rarity or denfity, the heat, purity, &c. of that, muft
neceflarily be attended with proportionable ones in thefe. What great,
yet regular, alterations, a little change of weather makes in a tube filled
with mercury, or fpirit of wine, or in a piece of firing, &c. everybody
knows, in the common inftance of barometers, thermometers, hygrome
ters, &c. and it is owing partly to our inattention, and partly to our une
qual intemperate courfe of living, that we do not feel as great and as regular
ones in the tubes, chords, and fibres, of our own bodies. . It is certain a
great part of the brute-creation have a fenfibility and fagacity, this way,
beyond mankind; and yet, without any means or difpofition thereto, more
than we ; except that their veflels, fibres, &c. being in other refpecls in
ene equable habitude, the fame or a proportionable can fe from without has
always a like or proportionable effecl on them ; that is, their veflels are
regular barometers, &c. affedled only from one external principle, viz. the
difpofition of the atmofphere; whereas ours are acled on by divers from
within, as well as without ; fome of which check, impede, and prevent,
the action of others. But to ascertain the limits of thefe various affections
requires a theory of the weather founded on aftrological and mechanical
principles.
To obtain a proper knowledge of the weather for any given
it is requifite exactly to oblerve the iwgreis of the Son into the <irft
point of Aries, Cancer, Libra, arid Capricorn, at the change ..or com
mencement of .the four different quarters of the year ; 'together with the
conja'rwSions or oppofitions of the )l<um'iariesine'xt preceding the fame in-"
grefles, Then to the time of the iugrefs ereiSI tne foheine of heaven, and
obierve whether the places of the luminaries, at the time tf their conjunc!No. 54.
11 Y
tion
1024
AN
ILLUSTRATION
tion or oppofition, happen in a moift, dry, or cold, manfion ; and of what

planets they are afpedled, and likewife if the ruling planets be conjoined
in fuch a manfion with the lord of the fign of that conjunction or oppo
fition, and the lord of the afcendant ; as alfo the a/mufen, or general lord
of the figure, not neglecling the fixed ftars of the firft, fecond, and third,
magnitude, their rifing, fetting, and culminating, with planets of the
fame nature, or having conveniency of afpecl or radiation. Alfo, dili
gently confider the lord of the eclipfe, or ruling planet, of the great con
junction next preceding, if any do immediately precede ; which being
truly noted, obferve carefully what planet or fixed ftar he (hall be corpo
rally conjoined with, or apply to, next after the conjunction or oppofition
of the Sun and Moon ; for according to the nature thereof will the feafon
generally be inclined. If Saturn therefore be well difpofed in an angle,
and in a moift afterifm, without impediment, or applying to another
planet at the time of the Sun's ingrefs, it prefages temperate and feafonable Ihowers, and filleth the heaven with obfcure clouds, efpecially in
that lunation wherein he hath the chief dominion. But if, on the con
trary, he be impedited, or evilly difpofed, it portends turbulent ftorms of
wind and rain, and cold, denfe, and thick, clouds ; efpecially if Venus or
Mercury be in moift figns, and behold him from an angle ; for, in that
cafe, there will be much rain. Jupiter, in fuch a pofition, produceth
winds and rain, with reddim clouds; Mars engenders yellow clouds,
thunder, corrufcations, and rain, efpecially in thofe times and places proper
and convenient, and the rather if Jupiter and Mercury give any teftimony
thereto. The Sun, irradiated in that manner, produces red clouds and a
great deal of wet. The Moon applying to Venus, and a/Turning the
above prerogatives, brings gentle rain : but, if the Moon applies to Mer
cury, or if Mercury be lord and ruler of the figure with Jupiter, it
portends fhowers and violent winds, and cloudy air; yet fometimes more
violent, and fometimes more remifs, according to the figns, afterifm,
manfions of the Moon, and the conjuftions of the other ftars, either fixed
or erratic. And here note, that, if the ruling planet be oriental, his
efFefts will appear in the end ; if occidental, in the beginning, whether
it be in a revolution, a folar ingrefs, or a lunation.
A fcheme of the heavens, erected for the Sun's entrance into the firft
fcruple of Aries, will, with the help of the Moon's principal afpefts
and configurations with the Sun and other planets at her feveral changes,
determine the general ftate of the weather for that quarter. But, in this
fpecies of prediction, we muft never lofe fight of the influence and at
traction of the Earth, nor of the force and peculiarity of each climate
refpeclively, as heretofore laid down in our confideration of tides, winds,
earth
OF ASTROLOGY.
1025
earthquakes, &c. becaufe thefe peculiarities arife entirely from the particu
lar fituation of different climates or countries with refpect to the Sun, and
would have their weather fixed and certain, the fame as their increafe or
decreafe of day or night, were it not for the attractive and expulfive force
of the other celeftial bodies, which are inceflantly varying that of the Sun
and of one other, according to their different pofitions and afpects.
Hence it is neceflary, before we attempt to give judgment of the wea
ther in any particular country or climate, to be well informed of its
particular fituation with refpect to land and fea, mountains and valleys,
iflands and continents, caverns and lakes ; as well as of its geographical
pofition, with refpedt to the tropics, equinoctial, ecliptic, &c. for, as
every different climate is differently affected by the Sun's influence upon
it, as well as by the quality of its own proper foil or component parts,
fo will the action of the other celeftial bodies thereupon be more power
ful or remifs, as their nature and quality fhall be found to agree with
or oppofe the ftate and temperature of thofe climates, and the Sun's influ
ence at thofe times upon them. Hence we fee clearly the extreme diffi
culty of calculating the weather for England, Ireland, or any of the iflands,
which, being furrounded by the fea, are fubject to much greater varia
tions of weather than any of the continents or great oceans. The
caufe is apparent. In England, we find almoft every flight configura
tion of the Sun and Moon, and the rifmg and fetting of particular ftars,
will change the ftate of the atmofphere almoft inftantaneoufly ; and, from
the proximity of the fea every-way round us, and the confequent moift
vapours inceflantly drawn up into the air by the attraction of thefe bodies,
we become fubject to wet, cloudy, corrufcuous, weather, which extends
not to any of the furrounding coafts, but is peculiar only to the ifland
over which thefe vapours are engendered. And hence it is we often fee
(bowers, which, though accompanied with violent thunder, lightning,
wind, and hail, are frequently not heard of at a few miles diftance ; and
that, when in one county there has been a drought, and the land and corn
almoft dried and parched up, in the next adjoining county they fhall be
vifited with frequent fhowers, and the fruits of the earth be luxuriant and
flourifhing. This fact muft be within every man's obfervation who
refides in England ; and the caufe is entirely peculiar to the country. The
moift vapours of the contiguous ocean are drawn up into the clouds one
hour ; and, by the oppofing influence of fome planet or ftar then rifmg
or culminating, are driven down the next ; whence it is obvious, that all
attempts to foretel fuch mutations and changes as thefe are abfurd and
futile. The object of this part of Aftrology means only to afcertain thofe
great and powerful operations of the ftars, which fhall be felt generally
throughout whole provinces ; that, having their caufe in the principal
con
ioz6
AN ILLUSTRATION
conjunctions, oppositions, or quadratures, of the fuperior bodies, will raife

tempefts over a whole continent; pervade the bowels of the earth in
porous and fubterraneous countries, and produce earthquakes that fhall
clothe the whole face of nature with fleecy fnow or hoary froft; or, from
humidity and heat, (hall either parch the land, while its fainting inhabi
tants gafp for breath, or putrefy its air with peftilential qualities, which
lends them by thouliuuis to the grave.
''.
The next thing to be confidcred in relation to the weather, is the conjunCtions and afpeCts of the planets. The conjunction of Safurn and Ju
piter, which ought accurately to be obferved, produces its effects in the
mutation of the air many days before and after, in regard of the tardineis
of their motions. 7 his conjunction happening in hot and dry manfious,
or with fixed ftars of that nature, generally produces drynefs; increafeth
heat in fummer, and mitigates the cold in winter ; but in moift rigns
it portends rain and inundations. Yet this is diligently to be noted, that
the effeCts produced by this conjunction will be of the nature of the rul
ing planet ; for, if Saturn claims principal dominion in the place of the
conjunction, and is elevated above Jupiter in refpeCt of latitude, it denotes
many difeafes, and much evil in general ; but the contrary, if Jupiter
prevails. So likewife thefe two ponderous planets being in oppofition,
quartile, trine, or Textile, is a fign of continuance of lealbns ; but for the
moft part they bring forth impetuous ftorms of rain and hail ; particu
larly, if happening in the fpring-time, in moift afterifms, they produce
turbulent air; in fummer, hail and thunder; in autumn, winds and wet;
in winter, obfcure and thick clouds, and dark air. Saturn -and Mars in
conjunction, quartile, or oppofition, and Jupiter giving leftimony, ufually prelage winds and rain, hail, thunder, lightnings, and corrufcattons,
according to the feafons of the year; for, in the fpring it portends wind,
rain, and thunder ; in fummer, hail and thunder; in autumn, violent
rain ; and in winter, diminution of cold. But above all, obferve the
ruling planet, and, according to his nature,, judge. Saturn and the Sun
in conjunction, quartile, or oppofition, is aperlio pertarum, efpecially if it
happens in a moift couftellation ; for then;, in tbe fpring-time, it threa
tens dark and heavy clouds ; in fummer, hail, thunder, and rcraiflron of
heat; in autumn, rain,. and cold; in winter, froft, fnow, and cloudy
weather. Saturn and Venus in conjunction, quartile, or oppofition; ênerally produce cold, rain, and (bowers ; in iprang, they bring forth
rain and cold ; in fummer, iudden and hafty fhowcrs ; in aut<urn, cold
rain, (as, in rfpring or winter, -fwow or cold irain.) Saturn and Mefoary
in conjunction, quartile, or .oppofition, in dry fignsand manfions, bring
forth drynefs ; in moift iigoas, rain, in the airy, winds-; in 'the ardiy,
cold
OF ASTROLOGY.
1027
cold air and drynefs ; particularly in the fpring, it produces wind and
rain ; in fummer, wind and mowers ; in autumn, wind and clouds ;
and, in winter, wind and fnow. Saturn and the Moon, in conjunction,
quartile, or oppofition, affeft the air according to that part of the afterifm
wherein they are conjoined or afpecled. In the moift figns, it portends
clouds and coldnefs ; in the airy, and in Sagittarius and Capricorn, it increafeth cold, efpecially when the Moon is of full light ; and, when me
is void of courfe, it brings forth drynefs ; but, in dry figns, it begetteth
fharp air, and a frofty feafon, if it be in winter. Generally, the Moon and
Saturn ftir up thick clouds and gentle (howers. In the fpring, it is a fign
of a turbid and moift air ; in fummer, moifture, with remiffion of heat,
and fometimes hail, if there be any afpecl of Mars or Mercury ; in autumn,
it prefages a cloudy air ; in winter, clouds and fnow, with vehement
cold.
Jupiter and Mars, in conjunction, quartile, or oppofition, change the
quality of the air, according to the nature of the figns and ftars to which
they are conjoined or otherwife.afpecled. In hot and dry manfions, it
caufeth great heat ; in the moift figns, thunder and rain ; but, particularly
in the fpring-time, it produceth winds and turbulent air ; in fummer,
heat, and thunder and lightning; in autumn, tempeftuous and windy
air ; and in winter, remiffion of cold and temperature of air. But, in
this conjunction, we muft obferve the ruling planet; for, if Jupiter mall
rule and be elevated above Mars, it fignifies much good and felicity, plenty
of fruit, and fuch things as ferve for the fuftenance of mankind, accord
ing to his benevolent nature ; but, Mars ruling, produceth many difeafes,
drynefs, houfe-burnings, and the like. Alfo, Jupiter and Mars, with tem
peftuous ftars, as Arfturus, the Eagle, Tail of the Dolphin, light ftar of
the Crown, &c. ftir up wind and hail, and in fummer alfo thunder;
in winter, he inclineth the air to warmth, efpecially if Jupiter be then
ftationary. Jupiter and the Sun, in conjunction, quartile, or oppofi
tion, bring forth wholefome winds and ferenity ; particularly, in fpring
and autumn, they fignify winds ; in fummer, thunder ; and, in winter, re
miffion of cold. Jupiter and Venus, in conjunction, quartile, or oppofi
tion, do generally produce ferenity and temperature of air ; in the moift
figns they promife gentle (howers ; in other figns, fair weather, wholefome
winds, and fertility of all things. Jupiter and Mercury, in conjunction,
quartile, or oppofition, ftir up the winds, and fometimes there is apertio
portarum to winds and rain; in the fiery figns , they bring drynefs and
warm winds ; in the airy figns, fair weather ; but winds in all feafons of
the year; particularly, in the fpring and autumn, they portend hail, and
in winter fnow. Jupiter and the Moon in conjunction, quartile, or oppoNo. 54.
11 Z
fition,
1028
AN
ILLUSTRATION
fition, produce gentle winds, ferenity, and temperature of the air ; yet
they alter the weather, according to the quality of the fign and afterifm
which they poflefs ; but at all times they generally denote a mild and
temperate feafon.
Mars and the Sun, in conjunction, quartile, or oppofition, in the fiery
figns, portend heat and drynefs ; in the watery, hail, thunder, and light
ning ; in the airy, clouds ; and, in the earthy, violent winds ; in the fpring
and autumn, they excite dry winds ; in fummer, great heat, lightning,
and thunder; and, in winter, remiflion of cold. Mars and Venus, in
conjunction, quartile, or oppofition, are apertio portarum to much rain,
if it happen in moift figns, efpecially in fpring and autumn ; in fummer
it engendereth fhowers ; in winter, remiflion of cold, yet oftentimes fnow
when Saturn beholds them. Mars and Mercury, in conjunction, quar
tile, or oppofition, in winter and fpring foretel Inow ; in fummer, thun
der and hail ; in autumn, hail and great winds ; and, in fiery and dry
figns, they prefage warmth and exceflive drynefs. .Mars and the Moon,
in conjunction, quartile, or oppofition, in moift figns, demonftrate rain ;
in fiery, drynels, red clouds, and fometimes rain ; in fummer, lightning,
hail, and corrufcations. Mars, entering new figns, very often changeth
the air ; fo Mars, paffing by Succulas, or Hyades, caufeth clouds and
moifture. Mars in Cancer, with north latitude, in autumn and winter,
bringcth warm weather, with wind and rain, and fharp dileafes, if Mars
(hall afpect Saturn, Venus, or Mercury. Mars pafling by the Pleiades
maketh a cloudy feafon ; and, being accompanied with ftars of a tempeftuous nature, as Arcturus, the Eagle, bright ftar of the Crown, Bull's
Eye, Tail of the Dolphin, Procyon, Fidicula, Scorpion's Heart, Virgin's
Spike, &c. riling or fetting with them, fignifies a turbulent, windy, and
oftentimes a fultry and unwholefome, air.
The Sun and Venus in conjunction, commonly produce moifture ; in
fpring and autumn, rain; in fummer, ftiowers arid thunder; in winter,
rain. The Sun and Mercury in conjunction, in the airy figns, produce
winds; in the watery figns, rain ; in the fiery, drynefs and warm winds,
(hurtful to mankind.) 1 he Sun and Moon, in conjunction, quartile, or
oppofition, in moift figns, portend rain ; in fiery figns, fair weather ; but
generally it alters the air according to the nature of the ruling planet and
the nature of the feafon. The conjunction, in femi-fextile, and Textile, of
Venus and Mercury, infer ftore of winds, and wet ; and, in winter, fnow;
provided they be almoft equal in motion. Venus in the firft decade of
Cancer, prefageth rain ; alfo, her being with the Pleiades, Hyades, and the
Aflelli, prenotes a moift feafon.
In
OF ASTROLOGY.
10*9
In the revolution of the year, if Mars (hall be in his own fign, it por
tends much rain ; if he be in the houfe of Saturn, it fhows but little ; in
others, but a mediocrity. In the revolution of the year, when Venus,
Mercury, and the Moon, are found in moift manfions, it portends much
rain. At the ingrefs of the Sun in tropical figns, if Venus fhall afpect the
Moon from a moift place, it is a token of much rain ; or, if Mars from
Scorpio (hall afpect Venus, it portends likewife rain. When the Sun
is in Aries or Taurus, if Venus be then retrograde, the fpring will be
moift. The Sun in the terms of Mars increafeth the heat in fnrnmer,
and drynefs of the fprings in winter. In the conjunction or oppofition
preceding the entrance of the Sun into Ariesi and alfb in the ingrefs itfelf, if the Moon behold Saturn, and both be in moift figns, it is the
prefage of thick clouds, or foft and gentle fhowers continuing long ;
but, if Venus or Mercury behold Saturn, then the rain will be more
vehement, and of long continuance.
If, in the autumnal quarter, more retrograde planets be with the Sun
than in the other feafons, which in the winter following will become di
rect, it is a fign of great drynefs. When the Sun enters the eighteenth de
gree of Scorpio, if Mercury be in a moift place, it is a fign of rain ; and
obferve alfo the planet that is then almuten of the figure creeled for that
moment, and pronounce judgment according to his nature and pofition.
Venus in winter, direct and oriental of the Sun, fignifies but little rain
in the beginning of winter, and more ftore towards the end. When
Venus applies to Mars in Scorpio, it brings rain immediately. When
the Sun, Moon, Venus, and Mercury, are all conjoined together, it ar
gues continual mowers that day, if the Moon beholds them from fome
other place, or if me be in oppofition to them. When at the time of
the conjunction or oppofition of the luminaries, Venus (hall be in an an
gle, it is a certain fign of rain ; the lord of the afcendant in a watery fign
begetteth rain.
To determine judgment of the particular ftate of the air, we muft confider thefe fix things : Firft, at the time of the conjunction, quartile, or
oppofition, of the luminaries, to obferve the planet that is lord or altnuten; for, according to his quality and nature, will the feafon be inclined.
Secondly, to confider the fign which the laid lord pofTefieth, with his
nature and quality. Thirdly, to obferve the fign afcending, the nature,
and of what manfion of the Moon it is in. Fourthly, the places of the
planets, both in the zodiac and the celeftial houfes, whether they be
in angles or elfewhere. Fifthly, to obferve, next after the conjunction,
oppofition, or quartile, what planet the Moon is firft conjoined with in
afpect.
1030
AN
ILLUSTRATION
afpect. And, laftly, to confider to which of the planets, or fixed ftars,

the lord is firft joined, or of whom he is beheld. Thefe things being
well confidered, judgment may be given as follows : namely, if the lord
of the conjunction, quartile, or oppofition, be of a moift nature, and the
planets in moift places, and the faid lord alfo be joined to ftars or planets
of a moift nature, and the Moon after feparation mall conjoin or have af
pect with a moift planet, the nature of the time will be wet and rainy ;
if all incline to drynefs, it will be dry ; if to warmth, pronounce hot
weather ; if to cold, cold weather. The nature of the time will then
chiefly be moved, when the Moon, after conjunction, quartile, or oppofitiou, (hall be conjoined by body or any ftrong afpect to the fignificator.
And, when the Moon comes to the fign afcending of the conjunction,
quartile, or oppofition, the time will be changed according to the quality
and nature of the fign and afterifm.
Daily experience Ihows, that the weather is much varied by the fituation of the winds ; for, according to their different bearing is the feafon
much inclined, fometimes to hail, rain, and fnow, and again to fair wea
ther ; wherefore I mall ftate thofe afpects which are found to attract, raife,
vary, or alter, the polltion of the winds, as they alternately rife or fet in
parallels to the different bearings of the Earth. Betides thefe, there are
the lateral and collateral winds blowing between thefe points, which
partake more or lefs of the quality of the foregoing, as they approach or
recede from them. In the figure of the Sun's ingrefs into any of the car
dinal figns, or conjunction or oppofition of the luminaries preceding, or
monthly lunation, obferve carefully what planet is predominant in the
figure ; and their pofitions one to another mutually, as before ftated, will
give a near conjecture of the wind.
'
Saturn is the mover of the eaftern winds, Jupiter of the northern,
Mars of the weft and fouth, Venus of the fouthern, and Mercury accord
ing as he mail be conjoined with others ; the Sun and Moon of the
weftern winds. The quality of the winds, and their bearing, is alfo
known from their pofitions in the figure; for, the planets with latitude
and fouth declination, from the mid-heaven, move the fouthern winds to
blow ; from the imum ceeli, with latitude and northern declination, the
northern winds ; the oriental planets move the eaftern winds, but the
occidental the weftern winds; and, when they are weak, they attract or
caufe the intermediate winds to blow.
Alfo the fituation and quality of the winds are gathered from the lati
tude of the Moon, as (he inclines to the north or fouth ; fo the figns do
alfo
Pf ASTROLOQY.
alfo demonftratp the winds : for Aries, Leo, and Sagittary, ex,pjte the
north-weft winds ; Taurus, Virgo, and Capricorn, the fouth-eaft; Qpminj.
Libra, and Aquaries, the north-eaft ; Cancer, Scorpio, and Pifces, the
fouth-weft. Likewife, from the application of Mercury tp the other pla
nets, we may in fomp rqeafure prqgnofticate the quality of the wi^ds :
for, if Mercury apply to Saturn, it produces great winds, clouds, aiid rain ;
if to Jupiter, mild winc}s ; if to Mars, warm winds ; if tq ]Vfars and the
Sun, warp and hurtful winds, ; if tp Venus, cold winds.
Alfo the rifing, culminating, and fetting, of the fixed ftars, with the
Sun, Moon, and other planets, alter the ftate of the winds jn the fojlowr
ing manner : Regulus, or the Lion's Heart, fetting with the Sqn, excjtes
the weft winds to blow many days together. The rifing of Pleiades with
the Sun moveth the eaft wind. The fetting of Ardprus ftirreth up the
fouthern winds. The fetting pf Pleiades with the Sun. pxcites th.e nprthr
eaft wind. The rifing of the Dolphin with th,e Sup alfo prpduceth wind.
Thp rifing or fetting of Arclurus, (the head qf the former twin.) the fouth
ern belly of Pifces, the ftar of the Triangle \nth the Sun, Saturn, Jupife^
Mars, or Mercury, qpgetteth winds. The fetting of Hyades t.roubleth,
both fea. and }and, efpecially when Mars arid Mercury give teftimony.
Jf, at the time of the matutine fetting of the Dolphin, there be fliowers,
there will be pone 3! the rifing of Ardlurqs. Trje rifing of the Haedi
produces rajn. The matutine rifing qf the Greater Dog begetfet.h heat,
frouble^h. the feas, ajid changeth all things.
The great Ptolomy, from many years obfervation, deduced the fojlpyvr
ing effecls from the fixed ftars rifing with the Sun. Orion's Girdle rifing
with the Sun, maketh a turbid air. Tfjp fetting of the Crown prefageth
tempefts. Syrius apd Aquilo, rifing in th.e pvening, produce tempefts.
The fetting of Regulus caufeth the north wind, qnd fometjme? alfo rain.
The fetting of the Dolphirj produces wind and fnpw. The fetting of
Vindemiatpr moveth the north-eaft win.d. The rifing pf the Ram'sHorn brings forth rain and fnow. The vefpertine rifing of Afc^qrvis
portends tempefts. The rifing of the Pleiades maketh. tjip we^ wind tq
blow. The vefpertine fetting of Syrius produceth the fouth, and, north?
north-eaft winds. The matutine fetting pf the Hyades, prefageth
rain and the fonth wind. The vefpertine fetting of the Plpiades moves
the fouth wind, terminating in the weft. The fifing of th.e Siicculge brings rain. The rifing of Orion mak,eth the weft wit)^ to blow.
The matutine fetting of Ardurus promjfeth gpoq* weather, Thp m3tu
tine fetting of the Eagle caufeth great heat and the fouth wind. The
matutine rifing of Regulus moveth Aquilo. The matutine fetting of
No. 54.
12 A
Arclurus
1032
AN ILLUSTRATION
Arclurus prefageth fliowers. The matutine fetting of the Succulae begetteth rain, fnow, and winds.
The Sun, rifing with the Aflelli, troubles the air with thunder, light
ning, fliowers, and the like. The Sun rifing with the Eagle produceth
fnow, as alfo with the Tail of the Goat and Head of Medufa. His rifing
with Aldebaran and the ftars of Orion moveth wind, rain, thunder, and
lightning. When he rifeth with the cloudy ftars in Leo, with Orion,
with the tail of Leo, the light ftar of Hydra, the Crown, or the ftars
in the forehead of the Scorpion, it portends a cloudy feafon. The
Sun fetting with the Harp prefageth a cold and moift time ; with the
Pleiades, it begets wind and rain ; with Regulus, fliowers, thunder, and
lightning ; with the Greater Dog, a fair warm time, with thunder and
lightning ; with Orion and Aldebaran, a turbid, windy, and wet, air ;
with Acarnar and the flars of Jupiter, a ferene and temperate feafon ;
with the ftars of Venus, rain and moifture ; with the ftars of Mars,
thunder and lightning. Saturn, with the head of Medufa, begetteth
cold and moifture ; with the Pleiades, he troubleth the air, and engenders
clouds, rain, and fnow ; with the ftars of Orion, he produceth wind and
fhowers ; with Arclurus, wind and rain ; with the Virgin's Spike, fliow
ers and thunder ; with the Dolphin, bright ftar of the Crown, Goat's
Tail, or the Harp, it caufeth a moift and cloudy time, fometimes fnow
and rain ; with Prefepe, and the Hyades, it begetteth winds, clouds, rain,
and thunder ; with the Lion's Heart, it produceth thunder and rain, and
inftability of weather ; with the Greater Dog, it fignifies winds, rain,
thunder, and lightning.
Jupiter, rifing with Regulus, brings fair weather in winter, and miti
gates the cold, and increafeth the heat in fummer ; with the Neck of the
Lion it raifeth the winds, and with Acarnar it promifeth ferenity. Mars
rifing with the Goat's Tail foretelleth a moift time; with the ftars in' the
Scorpion's Forehead it denotes cold rain or fnow ; with Arclurus, vehe
ment winds, rain, thunder, and lightning ; with the Eagle, rain, fnow,
and great coldnefs ; with the ftars of Orion, Hyades, Regulus, and the
Dogs, it fignifies great heat. Mercury with the Pleiades begetteth winds
and rain ; with the Eagle, fnow or rain ; with the ftars of Orion, Hyades,
Regulus, and the Dogs, it produceth winds, fliowers, thunder, and light
ning ; with the Goat's Tail, cold winds, fnow, or fliowers; with the Back
and Neck of the Lion, moiftnefs with winds ; with the Lion's Tail, Spica
Virgo, the Harpr &c. it portends a fudden change to wind and rain.
The:
OF ASTROLOGY.
1033
The rifing and fetting of thefe ftars and conftellations might be known,
and their effedls in fome degree pre-determined, by the fudden alterations
and changes we perceive in the atmofphere ; from which, by diligent
obfervation, and repeated experience, we may derive pretty accurate rules
how to judge of the weather, fo as to regulate our conduct in the profecutiou of journeys, or the management of bufmefs, particularly fuch as
relates to gardening and hufbandry.
The air, in which we breathe, being co-mixt with inflammable va
pours, at which time it is hotter than ordinary, and unapt for refpiration, fhows the approach of thunder and lightning.When the ringing
of bells, or other founds, are heard loud and faint, with difcordant parti
cles, and by intervals, it fhows the air to be dilated and difturbed, prefages either wind or rain, and fometimes both.A fharp and cold wind
after rain forefhows more to come, the exhalation or vapour not be
ing fpent in the former fliower.Winds, that continue long in any one
of the cardinal points, will caufe the weather to continue the fame,
whether it be fair or foul ; but, if it fliifts often in changing its place, it
prefageth rain quickly after to enfue ; but, in times of froft, it is a figti
that the weather is about to break.Whirlwinds predict approaching
florins of rain and hail ; thefe winds are known by raifing the duft or
any light materials, and they are oftentimes forerunners of great tem
pefts, for it is a windy exhalation driven obliquely upon the horizontal
plane, and forced down by the coldnefs or moifture of the lower region ;
this repercuflion of the air caufeth chimneys to fmoke which do not at
other times, and forefliows great winds.Sometimes whirlwinds are
caufed by the meeting of one another, and fo, raifing light particles of
matter, as it were in contention with each other, hurls them to and fro at
the pleafure of the prevailing power ; and fuch as thefe ufually prefage
tempefts, and may be known by the clouds moving feveral ways at once,
from the fame caufe above as below.When the air is dilated or rarefied,
it is a fign of much heat, or elfe produces rain, which might be known
by the flench of fewers, foul places, or things corrupted,, which are
more offenfive than at other times.When the clouds are dark, deep,
and lowering, it is a fign of rain, and fometimes of tempeftuous weather,
or of violent ftorms of thunder and lightning. If there be more thunder
than lightning, it argues a ftrefs of wind from that part whence it thunder
ed, and alfo of rain.When it lightens and no clap of thunder fucceeds,
it is a fign in fummer of much heat, and fometimes of rain.When it light
ens only from the north-weft, it betokens rain the next day.Lightning
from the north prefages winds, and oftentimes great tempefts.If from
the fouth or weft it lightens, expeft both wind and rain from thofe parts.
Morning
ANILLU6TRATIQN
---Morning thunder produces winds; but mid-day, Pr in the evening,
ftorrns of rain and wind.If the lightning appears very palp, it argu.es
the air to be full of electric fluid ; if red or fiery, it fprefhQWg winds a.ncj
tempefts.When the flafhes of lightning continue long before they van.ifh,
they denote the florin to be general throu.gh.out a whole proyince.
Thunder and lightning in winter in hot climates is ufual, apd hath the
fame effects ; but in thefe northern climates it is held ominous^ a,nd
feldom occurs without being the forerunners of much mifchief.Many
Scattering clouds wandering in the air, and moving fwiftly, argue wind
or rain ; if from the north or fouth, it denotes an approaching ftorm ; but,
if the rack rides both ways, it forefhows a tempeft.If the rapk in. the
forenoon rides in the air from the eaftward, it argues rain at night; but,
if from the weft, it forefhows a cloudy morning, and rain ; and at any
time of the day, when the fun-beams and win,d meet, it may caufe the
fame effect by virtue of his rays.When the clouds feern piled upon,
heaps like fleeces of wool, it prefages wet weather to be near at baud.
Jf the clouds fly low in fummer, it is a iign of rain ; and in winter it
forefhows fnpw and cold weather will enfue.-^-When the clouds fee.qn
white and jagged, as if rent afunder, gathering together in a body, their
forces uniting, they foretel a ftorm ; the nature of the exhalation is ap
parently turbulent by the form and colour.Hollow and murmuring
winds prefage ftormy weather; for it fhows the air to tje moift and dilated,
and cannot find pafTage, but is oppofed or hindered in its motion by
hills, trees, and hollow places, which it gets into, and then evacuates
with a roaring noife.The air, being a fubtle body, infufes itfelf into
the pores of timber, boards, &c. and denotes rain, by being converted
into drops of water, or a moifture on the furface, which makes doors and
boards fwell, wainfcots crack, &c. for fome time before the rain comes
on.Paper againft wet weather will grow weak, damp, and fwell; the
reafon is the fame with the laft ; but, in writing-paper it will foouefl be
perceived, and more certainly predict the weather, becaufe it is fixed
with a thin fubftance of a gummy nature, which, with the waterifhnefs
of the air, diflblves and grows moift, giving way for the ink to foak into
the paper, which the fize in dry weather will not permit.When the
clouds feem overcharged, and collect in white fpirals or towers, expect
then rain, hail, or fnow, according to the feafbn of the year.After a ftorm
of hail, expect froft to follow the next day.Mifts defcending from the
tops of hills, and fettling in the valleys, is a fign of a fair day, efpecjally
in fummer-time, and is then an argument of heat ; for, they are exha
lations raifed by the fervour of the Sun, which by the air in the evening
are converted into mifts and dews, as a neceflary provifion for nature to
cool the earth, and refrefh her fruits, whereby to enable them that they
OF ASTROLOGY,
1035
may endure the next day's heat. White mifts are the fame, but more
waterim, and inclining to rain ; and, if they afcend, it prefages rain, and
argues that the middle region of the air is temperate, the loweft watery,
and the vapours warm.If in calm and ferene weather the rack be obferved to ride apace, expecl winds from that quarter, for it is evident
that the exhalations in the clouds are converted into wind or rain, and
will defcend ; but, if the clouds afcend, it mows the ftorm is paft, and
has happened at fome little dhtance.A thick or dark flcy, lading for
Ibme time in a morning, without either fun or rain, becomes fair to
wards the middle of the day, but foon after turns to wet rainy weather.
A change in the warmth of the weather is generally followed by a change
in the wind. Hence it is common to fee a warm foutherly wind fuddenly changed to the north by the fall of fnow or hail ; or to fee the
wind in a cold frofty morning, after the fun has well warmed the earth
and air, wheel from the north towards the fouth ; and again to the north
or eaft in the cold evening.
Mod vegetables expand their down and flowers in fair fun-mi ny wea
ther ; but clofe them previous to cold weather or rain. This is remark
ably vifible in the down of dandelion, a-nd eminently distinguished in
the flowers of pimpernel ;# the opening and (hutting of which ferve as
the hulbandman's weather-glafs, whereby he foretels the weather of the
enfuing day with aftonifhing exaclnefs. The rule is, if the blofibms are
clofely (hut up, it betokens rain and foul weather; if they be expanded
and fpread abroad, the weather will be fettled and ferene. The (talks
of trefoil -fwell againft 'rai, and become more upright and ere6t ; and
the fame may be obferved, though not fo fenfibly, in the ftaiks of aimoft every other plant.
Now, by way of example to the reader, I (hall here give the figure of
the Sun's ingrefs into the equinoctial fign Aries, which commenced the
vernal or fpring quarter in the year 1789, together with the afpecls of
the Sun, Moon, and planets, throughout that quarter; which will be
fufficient to enable any attentive reader to perform this part of the fcience
with fatisfaclion and pleafure for any length of time to come.
- ?* See thefe curious properties, amongft a thoufand others peculiar to.the herhary creation* more
particularly defcribed in my Notts and Llluitrations to the, improved edition of Cuj.pEPER.?s_ENpLISH PHYSICIAN and COMPLETE HERBAL,4to. with upwards of four hundred engravingsof the
different Bmrth plants, coloured to nature, -to be had of the fame booldeller that publishes all my
works.
.
c *-*rf-*-
ia B
".
.J
'
! '
Ij
r-r^l
The
1036
AN I L L U S T RAT I O N
2TS
V
<^
^r
THE
SUN's INGRESS
0-
Into the Equino&ial SIGN
^s-
ARIES,
MARCH 1910, ish.
52 min. P. M.
1789.
#\
\S
Such was the pofition of the heavens at the time of the Sun's en
trance into the firft point of Aries, being the commencement of the fpring
or vernal quarter of 1789, which happened that year on the igth of
March, at 15 h. 5am. or, according to civil time, at fifty-two minutes
paft three o'clock in the morning of the aoth day, for which the above
fcheme is accurately calculated.
In drawing judgment of the ftate and temperature of the weather from
this figure, we muft not only confider the afpecls and configurations of
the luminaries and planets, but note the quality of the figns and triplicities wherein they are pofited, and what will be the chief or predomi
nant influence of the fuperiors. After which, the afpecls muft be regu
larly fet down in fucceflion till the commencement of the next enfuing
quarter, when a figure of that ingrefs muft alfo be calculated, and confidered in the fame manner as the preceding, together with the place of
the Sun and quality of the feafon ; by which means we (hall find the
weather
OF ASTROLOGY.
1037
weather will be pretty accurately afcertained, for any length of time that
the calculation is made,
.
'J
At the commencement of the fpring-quarter, we find the cold ponder
ous planet Saturn juft departed from au almoft abfolute rule and govern
ment in the watery fign Pifces, and in no afpecl either with Jupiter or
the Sun. This is a demonftrable proof of the intenfe coldnefsofthe pre
ceding quarter; for, fince Saturn is of a hardening aftringent nature, the
waters muft be congealed ; and a cold durable froft evidently diftinguifhed
the Commencement of the year 1789. But the cafe was materially dif
ferent towards the approach of the vernal equinox, when the Sun entered
into the lign Aries ; at which time the cold influence of Saturn was mi
tigated by a trine afpecl of Jupiter, and by the increafing ftrength of
the beams of Sol. Neverthelefs, fince there are five planets configurated
in watery figns, and the influx of Saturn not entirely abated, and alfb
fince we find the preceding provential Full Moon in a watery fign, we
fafely concluded that the fpring-quarter muft for the firft part be cold
and wet ; the wind, leaning moflly to the north and eaft, occafioned fleet,
and fnow or hail intermingled with rain ; towards the middle, wefterly
gales of wind, and ftorms of rain and hail ; but moderate towards the
end, with the wind moftly down to the fouthern point of the compafs.
The following afpecls, particularly of the Sun and Moon, will fhow the
precife variations and general inclinations of the weather on each of thofe
days.
ASPECTS of the PLANETS operating on the WEATHER, from

the 1 7th of March to the 29th of June, 1789.
s
The Moon's laft afpecl, previous to the following, was comixt with Sa
turn, a cold aftringent planet, in a watery Cgn.
March
17, n J)
1 8, Q0
19, 6 c?
d 6
C$ 9
;fc })
^c D
ijc D
l?
J)
9
5
3
9
<?
tf
Moon
Sun
Mars
Mars
Venus
Moon
Moon
Moon
in J Saturn
in )( Moon
in ^ Venus
in X Mercury
in X Mercury
in V? Venus
in Vy Mars
in V? Mercury
20, $ J> "V- Moon in V? Jupiter
21, H< O 3> Moon in ss Sun
Thefe quartiles will produce

cold and moift weather,
fnow, fleet, and rain.
Mars having fo great rule
in thefe conjunctions,
which though made in a
watery fign, yet he will
abate the watery element,
and make the day par
ticularly fine, but cold.
AN ILLUSTRATION
1038
M237h
24',
25,
26,
27
29,
30,
}t,
Stationary
6 1? 9 Saturn in
x. D d Moon in
c? in perihelion
0 'n O
d J> b Moon in
rf }) 9 Moon in
A J) 7Z Moon in
d b d
j
A I 9 Jupiter in
Q J ^ Moon in
* D 5 Moon in
D in apogee
>|c J) If. Moon in
>|s )) c? Moon in
s]c }) 9 Moon in
^ J) b Moon in
A # d Jupiter in
* O )> Sun
in
Cold and cloudy
X Venus in X Jcold ftiarp winds, and thick

X Mars in X > atmolphere.
)
X
X
X
H
ffi
T
a
Saturn in X ) Thick dark clouds, with

Venus in X^ wind and fnow.
Jupiter in 25)
Condenfed air, but no rain.
Venus in X *Cold weather with winds
Jupiter in 25 $ *nd &";
Mercury in X Cold and cloudy.
a
a
a
a
25
T
Jupiter
Mars
Venus
Saturn
Mars
Moon
ni
in
in
in
in
in
25 j pjeafallt anj fi,,e weather

X > for the leafon.
X j
XJ
X? Unfettled, but for the mofl
H * part fine.
April
1, D D 5 Moon in H Mercury in X^
g 5 S M^:; ; ; s sr !" n w* j ^s^

2,
3,
4,
5,
7,
8,
A T/: d
D ]> 9
A D b
A }) $
d }) If.
^ }> ct
rj 3)
A }) 9
x b 5
A0 J
5 T) b
^ 74 9
* J> II.
P ]> 5
g ]> cj
<? D
Jupiter in
Moon in
Moon in
Moon in
Moon in
Moon in
Sun
in
Moon in
Saturn in
Sun
in
Moon in
Jupiter in
Moon in
Moon in
Moon in
Sun
in
25 Mars
n Venus
25 Saturn
25 Mercury
25 Jupiter
25 Mars
T Moon
25 Venus
X Mercury
T Moon
tig Saturn
25 Mercury
rt Jupiter
tr^ Mercury
tpj Mars
T Moon
'I ji 9 Moon in ^ Venus.

Q j -y Moon in ^ Jupiter
in X > Wil a y
in X
in X j
in X According to the mixture
in 251 of thefe ftars, there will
in X f be dark clouds and fleet,
in 55J
in X? Some rain and wind,
in X 5
in SI Fine dry rarefi
in X-
in X I Turblent cold winds, with
in 251 rain.
in XJ
in X Gentle fhowers.
in *]
in T>F-ine pleafant weather.

in 95^
1039
, O F ASTRO L O G Yr
April
11, A J> b Moon

12,
1-3,
14,
15*
1 6,
17,
18,
19,
21,
3
24,
25,
26,
28,
29,
30.
31.
May.
ia m, Saturn
If.
Moon
in nj. Jupiter
A 5
5
Moon
in
HI Mercury
A >
A D cT Moon in ty Ma,rs
in perigee
J>
Moon in
Venus
A D
Moon in Sun
A O
Moon in f ( Saturn
D D
Moon1 in f Mars
D D
Moon in J Mercury
D ]>
Moon in Vy Saturn
* J>
Moon
in Vy Jupiter
8 D
Moon in Vy Venus
D J>
Sun
in T Moon
D O
Mars
in ^ Mercury
d <3
Moon in Vy Mars
* )>
Moon in Vy Mercury
* D
* D 9 Moon in xs Venus
* o ]) Sun in T Moon
d ]> b Moon in ^ Saturn
A D If. Moon in % Jupiter
D If. 9 Jupiter in 25 Venus
d D c? Moon in T Mars
d D 5 Moon in T Mercury
d J> 9 Moon in f Venus
D D If. Moon in if Jupiter
d O ]) Sun in y Moon
Moon in y Saturn
* }>
in apogee
D
* D If. Moon in y Jupiter
Moon in II Saturn
D D
Moon
in n Mars
* D
Moon in n Mercury
* 3>
Jupiter
in 25 Mercury
D #
Sun
in
y Moon
* O
Moon in 25 Venus
* J>
in
in
in
in
Cold rain.
}i.i
>'f.
Much rain.
-l Co Q '
in TT Fine day.
in, "{Warm breezes.
in *l
in
I Pleafant weather.
in
r.
in
Some dark clouds, but no
in 25
rain.
in T ;
in
Good weather for the
in
.,-fcafon.
in
in
Clear iky.
in
in
Warm weather.
in
dark clouds, with,
in
mowers.
in T
in "Vs' ) A clear and pleafant day.
in
in ' > Gentle (howers. '; *
in S5> in y A pleafant day.
in
Some dark clouds.
in
in
morning, but pleafant
in
afternoon.
'
in
'/
in
Pleafant day. >
in
in ~ I Open free air.
.
i, A D b Moon in 25 Saturn
D and If.
d D If.
D J> 5 Moon in 25 Mercury
No. 55.
in ^
in 25 $ Some fhowers..
in "|T
ia C
'2,
1040
May
2, O
A
D
4, A
A
A
5, <?
^
AN 1 L L ITST R A T 1 6 N
0
D
D
0
J
D
D
D
7 D
8 J
8, 8 D
8 D
A
A
d
10, *
ii, D
'3' A
A
14, A
*
8
*
D
9
0
D
5
D
O
D
5
5
1 6, D If.
* "y
* 0
* b
d 0
19, d )
A >
* >
* 0
20, * .)
22,
24,
2^,
cj
D
*
*
d
d
:i
i
^F
>
J
J
>
>
d O
J>
c?
9
J>
9
5
b
If.
Sun
in 8 1 Moon
Moon fin .ft1 Venus
Moon in ft, Venus
Sun
in y Moon
Moon in njj Venus
Moon in TIJJ Mercury
Moon in ti Saturn
Moon in ti Jupiter
Moon in * Jupiter
Moon in =: Mars
in H], Mercury
Moon
0*
9 Moon in ity Venus
D Moon in "I Sun
in perigee
Moon in "I Saturn
Moon in l Jupiter
M Venus in
y Mercury
f^ Sun
in y Saturn
o Moon
in. $ Saturn]
9 Moon in Venus
Moon in X? Mercury
in y Moon
J Sun
Moon in Y? Saturn
tf Moon in *? Jupiter
(j Moon in Mars
<? Jupiter in' 25 Mars
5 Jupiter in 25 Mercury
"# Sun in Jupiter
9 Saturn in X Venus.
5 Sun and *
V) Moon in
Saturn
Jupiter
Tf. Moon in
9 Moon in K Venus
in Moon
j Sun
M Moon in
Mercury
/5 Moon in T Mars
Moon in T Saturn
IP Moan in y Jupiter
* Moon in y Jupiter
Moon in 5
9 Moon in 9
2 Sun and Moon and both
MAM
Mf*
x
x
4tf ni
f.
'
'
-
T'
-a ?i
nol'/. if <[ /\ ,s r
>'Warmlanl8''pleaia1ht weather.
in
ffv
.'J1. : 3d iii
nil > Serene and pleafant weather.

in 6 V .'.'{ ritio" C <3 -. . .
,L Ti ntv...l/; ^ ^ J1
in
. pome dark clouds, --j
in 25
in
; Warm (hoWers.
in
ft
,
>
8Ti
in
in Cj i r Many fliowers. , .i
in '' Windy and wet.
r"
-,-C
1 .
"
in
vy
in
in
25
-.
: ;;;
in
,
Dark
clouds
with
(howers.
in
'
in ^^
in X Dull day.
in x Condenfed air.
in'
; Some clouds, but no rain.
in' y!
1
' Fine fpring weather.
'
\
in T:
(','
"~s
in T
in y According to the mixture of
in 25 > thefe rays, fine fpring wea

ther may be expected.
in y
in y J - "
in T
in
lVj3.nv innwprQ
in y I
/ r-':
in X
in y Turbulent winds.
^'**%14T
41 1 V-* > L. I .5 ,
"
in y- i
Fine warm weather.
in'
in H]
A
in 25,
in y > Fine ferene weather.
in y
ffl
in
y]
1041
OF. ASTROLOGY.
May
6, D
*
A
d
J
D
J>
J
9, * O
D J>
f>
b
b
If.
D
c5
9
$
9
c?
$
D
Moon in
Moon .in
Moon in
Moon in
in
Sun
Moon in
Moonj in
Moon in
in
Sun
Moon in
Moon in
iu
Sun
Some clouds. (^
Fine day.
fl Saturn
n Mars
53 Saturn
25 Jupiter
n Moon
SI Mars
Si Venus
$1 Mercury
n Venus
SI Mars
njj Venus
n Moon
Some fliowers.
i Warm weather, but .unfcttled, and perhaps thun
der.
,
Pleafant day.
* D
30, * D
3X c5 0
A D
D J>
D O
June
i, ,8 > I? Moon in tJK Saturn
* D If. Moon
D D 2 Moon
a, A O ])
A D $
3 O D If.
4 <? J> cJ
A V $
5,
A
6, A
7 <?
8
8, D
D
D
*
D
9A D
<? D
10, * ]>
8 D
D b
i * D
12. A
D
A
-.1,3, Q
*
A
O
D
J>
O
D
b
y
J)
9
If.
(J
y
b
3
$
5
J>
j
9
Tp
$
in
in
Sun
in
Moon in
Moon in
Moon in
Moon in
in perigee
Moon in
Moon in
Sun
in
Moon in
Moon in
Moon in
Moon in
Moon in
Moon in
Saturn in
Mars in
Sun . in
Moon in
Moon in
Sun
in
Moon in
Moon in
rj|>
n^
n
::
=
til.
n^
Jupiter
Mercury
Moon
Venus
Jupiter
Mars
Mercury
m,
ni
EL
f
^
yy
VJ"
yy
Vy
X
y
n
xz
isn
^
^
Saturn
Jupiter
Moon
Venus
Saturn
Mars
Mercury
Saturn
Jupiter
Mercury
Mercury
Moon
Mars
Venus
Saturn
Mars
Mercury
v^
Very fine pleafant weather.
Some clouds, but mild and

fair weather.
~~i Pleafant warm weather.
A good day.
Some thunder, with ftormsof rain.
;
05
y
Dark clouds with rain.

Gentle fhowers.
Pleafant weather.
Fine day.
Warm day.
i
'
'Gentle breezes, with fome

clouds.
8 I Very pleafant weather.. ''
n)
^
Some clouds.
\J 1
05 Some gentle fliowers.
1042
AN
June
15, D
d
A
17, D
1 8, A
*
D
*
20,
*
*
*
22, *
D
23. d
d
24, A
*
25.
d
d
*6, D
27' *
*
28, 8
in n Moon
Sun
Moon in X Saturn
Moon in X Jupiter
Moon in T Mercury
Saturn in X Mercury
in n Moon
Sun
Moon in T Jupiter
9 Moon in T Venus
<J Moon in 8 Mars
in apogee
b Moon in 8 Saturn
2 Moon in 8 Jupiter
9 Moon in 8 Mercury
<j Saturn in K Mars
b Moon in n Saturn
in n Moon
> Sun
Venus
in 25 Mercury
'9
b Moon in 25 Saturn
(J Moon in 25 Mars
^ Moon in 25 Jupiter
9 Moon in 25 Mercury
6* Moon in ft Mars
J> Sun in n Moon
9 Moon in SI Venus
Moon in up Saturn
Moon in op Mars
9 Moon in R Mercury
in aphelio
in 25 Moon
D Sun
Moon
in
}
"ft Jupiter
9 Moon in b Venus
Mars in 8 Mercury
in aphelio
0 D
D b
5 H
9
b 5
0 D
D
D
D
d
D
3>
D
b
D
9
D
D
J
J>
0
j)
A j
* J
29,
* D
30, rj ])
* 6*
5
ILLUSTRATION
<J
in
in
in
in
in
in
in
in
in
y .: . " v C Q tA> Some rain with dark clouds.
*!
25
25 Fine day.
25.
r! 1. Dull mornings, but fine days.

25
i
**
n-'
.. .
"I:
_.
>
Some dark clouds, with
in X > ftorms of thunder and
lightning.
in 25
in
i
j
in 8 i) Some gentle breezes, with
in Hi> clouds.
".
in \f
7\ ( Fine morning, with much
in 255 dew in the evening.
in
Some gentle mowers.
in 8!
in 25 ]
in 25 -Some thunder and raia.
in
1
in Sli ' Fine weather.
in n *
X tt i.
in 7\
Some dark clouds. ;.
in
in 25
)
in ~ 1 > Pleafant weather.
in 25, ^
in 25 |
in 25 j Warm and pieafant weather^
3
8]
By continuing thefe afpefts, the difpofition of the weather will be

found throughout the year, paying due attention to the place and power
of the Sun, and the afpedts of the Moon, which are the principal regu
lators of the weather ; the Sun for dry, fettled, and ferene ; and the
Moon for moift, wet, and mowery. And, as the afpecls of the lumina
ries are on this account the moft effential to be known, I (hall here infert the following fhort but infallible rule how to find them for ever.
Having
OF ASTROLOGY.
1043
Having the time given of the firjl New Moon in January, all other
Afpefts of the Sun and Moon may be collected throughout the year, by
adding to
A
D. B. min. fee.
Jan. \. the Moon being New or Full, her age
OD OO OO oo
For the Sextile Afpeft take
4 22 7 20
For the firft Quartile
7 9 11
i
For the.Tie Afped
9 20 14 41 ,
Full Moon, or Oppofition
- 14 18 22 a
Full Moon's la ft Triangle
- 19 18 22 2
Second Qudi-tile'
- 22 3 33 2
Second Sextile Afpecl
- 24 14 26 42
For the next New or Full Moon
*
- 29 I a 44 3
By thefe additions, all the afpedls the Sun and Moon make with each
other may be found at any time, or for any number of years ; and cannot
fail to he extremely ufeful in all calculations of the weather; in doing
which, let particular attention be paid to the qualities and affedHons of
the figns wherein thefe afpecls are made, and judge of them according to
the following rules, which, from oblervation and experience, are found
pretty corredh
The fign Aries always inclines to thunder and hail, becaufe of its
equinoctial prefence ; but the divisions thereof; caufe fomething more or
lefs, according to the nature of fixed ftars that are in Aries ; for its fore
parts move fhowers and winds ; the middle parts are temperate ; the
latter parts are hot and peftilential. Moreover, the northern parts are
hot and corroptive ; the fouthern, freezing and cold.Taurus partici
pates of both tempers, and is fomewhat warm : the fore parts, and chiefly
about the Pleiades, produce earthquakes, clouds, and winds ; the middle,
parts moifter and cooler ; the latter parts and about the Hyades are fiery,
and caufe lightning and thunder. Further, its northern parts are tem
perate ; the fouthern, diforderly and moveable.Gemini is generally
temperate : the firft parts moift and hurtful, the middle parts temperate,
the latter parts are mixed and diforderly. Moreover, the northern parts
create earthquakes and wind ; the fouthern are dry and burning.
Cancer is gentle and warm : the firft parts and about the Prseftpe are fuffocating ; the middle parts temperate ; the laft parts windy: the northern
and fouthern parts are each of them fiery and burning;Leo is wholly
burning, furTocating, and peftilential : the middle parts temperate, the
laft parts moift and hurtful : the northern parts are moveable and burn
ing : the fouth parts moift. Virgo is moift, and caufeth thunder : the
No. 55.
12 D
firft
ji044
A KL 1 L L U S T;R AT I O N
parts are more hot and. hurtful, the middle, parts temperate^: the laft
parfs watery w Moreover, the north parts move winds, but the Couth are
temperate. Libra is generally variable and mutable : the fore and middle
parts, are temperate, the latter parts are watery : the north parts are
windy, the. fouth parts moift and. plentiful.Scorpio caufeth thunder,
and is fiery .; the fore parts produce fnow ; the middle parts are tempe
rate ; and the laft parts caufe earthquakes : its north party are hot ; the
fouth parts moift. Sagittary produces winds ; the fore parts are moift,
the middle temperate, the laft parts cauie earthquakes. The north parts
are windy, the fouth parts caufe variety and nxoifture.Capricorn is
wholly moift: the fore parts are burning and hurtful, the middle tem
perate, and the laft ftir up fliowers ; the north and fouth parts are moift
and hurtful.Aquaries is cold and watery : the firft parts are moid, the
middle temperate, and the laft windy : the north parts are heating, and
the fouth caufe fnow.Pifces is moift and a caufer of winds: the, fore
parts are temperate, the middle moift, the laft parts burning : the north.
parts ftir up wind, and the fouth parts are watery.
Of the REVOLUTIONS of KINGDOMS and STATES.

The figniflcators which take precedence in this department of the
occult fcience, and the governing afpecls, having already been amply
explained, it will in this place be only neceflary to lay down the general
ground of its theory, and to offer fbme recent examples in justification of
its practice, and in proof of its utility.
After the impreffive influx of the planetary configurations* the ;univerial and particular effecls of comets, eclipfes, and great conjunctions,
are next to be confidered in this fpeculation. Comets, indeed, rarely
appear ; but, whenever they do, fome great and fignal event has always
been rremarked to follow, and of the nature and quality of thofe fignsu
and manfions of the heavens where they form perfect afpecls with the:
Earth; but which is moft fenfibly felt in thofe countries or ftates to.
winch the nucleus or tail of the comet is at thofe times apparently diredted. There the particular effecT: becomes univerfal, and overfpreads
that whole region with defolation, diforder, or famine, according to the
ftate and quality of the comet, and its pofition with regard to the Sun.
The manifeftation of its effecT: will be in proportion to its proximity toi
the Earth; and the revolution or event will immediately follow. Hence
we have feen recorded the unhappy defolation of whole provinces, either
deluged by inundations of water, engendered and fent forth from the.
nudnw
OF ASTROLOGY,
1046
nucleus- of the comet ; or burnt up by its intemperate heat* in Us

from its perihelion, whereby the ambient becomes una.pt for respiration,
radical moifture is dried up, and all nature, as it were, fickens under iu
Hence the depopulation of ftates* the extirpation of whole families, of
difcontents and infurrections amongft the, people* and finally a change in
the politics and government of the country.
The influence of Eclipfes upon mundane affairs lias been much queftioned by fome modern authors of no fmall weight in the literary fcaie ;
but I beg leave to remark, that the moft perfect of human beings are at
beft but imperfect, and conlequently fubject to be fwayed by prejudice,
and to adopt falfe notions of whatever doctrines they oppofe.That
fuch is the cafe with thofe authors who deny the force of eclipfes, re
quires nothing more than unprejudiced enquiry and experimental obfcrvation to prove. The precifion with which they are foretold, and the
familiarity of their phenomena, feems to Jeflen their importance, and to
take off from their external awfulnefs and grandeur ; but their effect
upon the ambient, and confequently upon the affairs of the world, will
be ever found to remain the lame.
The effects of eclipfes arife not merely from the obfcu ration of light,
but from their pofition, the quality of the figns wherein they fall, and of
the (ignificators with which they are conjoined. Hence their confideration is diverfe, of which one is local, and by it we know over what
countries eclipfes will happen, and the Nations of the impulfive planets
acting with them, which will be either Saturn, Jupiter, or Mars, when
ftationary, for then they are (ignificative. Another confideration is tem
poral, by which we know the time when the event prefaged will happen,
and how long its effect will continue. Another is general, as in what
kind or quality the event will be comprehended. And laftly, fpecial, bywhich is foreknown what the event (hall be that will happen* To digeJV
thefe feveral fpeculations, we muft carefully confider the ecliptical place,
of the zodiac, and the countries or ftates which, according to that place,
have familiarity with the Trigon ; for thofe will unqueftionably be moH:
fenfiblyaffeacd.
Thofe cities and countries which fympathize with the fign of the
eclipfe, either becaufe the fame horofcope correfponds to the time of
their building and incorporating, or the irradiation of the luminaries in
both cafes to the fame place ; or the midheaven comes by direction to the
fame point of the geniture of the king, prince, or governor ; then, what
ever city or country be found in thefe familiarities, they will be firft
feized<
1046
AN
ILLUSTRATION
feized by the accident ; and with greater or lefs violence, in proportion

to the quantity of digits eclipfed over each place refpecHvely. For eclipIcs have no influence where they are invifible, and acl with the greateft
force where they are central and total; and therefore fubterranean eclipfes
have no effecl or influence whatever, notwithstanding what hath been
written to the contrary by common aftrologers, almanac-makers, and the
like.
The fecond confideration is temporal, by which we know the time
when the events fhall happen, and how long they will continue. This
we furvey after the following manner. In eclipfes which are made at
the fame time, feeing they do not fall every-where alike, nor fuftaiu univerfally the lame degrees of obfcuration, nor continue alike in point of
time at any two given places, it is neceffary to eret a figure under the ele
vation of the pole of that particular place for which its effecl is to be cal
culated. By means of this, we exactly fee the beginning, middle, and end,
of the eclipfe, and the content of its duration ; by which the time is
known when the portended event will begin to happen. If the eclipfe
be of the Sun, fo many years are allowed for the event as the obfcuration
meafured hours; but, if an eclipfe of the Moon, inftead of years fo
many months are to be accounted ; becaufe of her proximity to the Earth,
and quicker influence. The beginning of the event and the general in
tention are known from the fituation of the eclipfe with refpecl to the
ecliptical line, and the angles of the figure. If the middle time of a folar
eclipfe falls in or near the afcending horizon, its effecl will begin to appear
in that country over which it is elevated, in the firft four months after its
appearance ; but its greateft effecl will happen in the firft third-part of that
given time. Should the middle time of the Sun's eclipfe fall in or near
the midheaven, the event will not begin till the fecond four-months ;
and the intention or grand effecl: will not take place till the fecond thirdpart of the time given. And fo likewife, if the middle of the eclipfe
happens in or near the weftern horizon, the effecl will take place in the
third four-months after, and its intention or greater force in the Jaft
third-part thereof. But, in eclipfes of the Moon, the time is equated
differently ; for, if they happen in or near the eaftern horizon, their ef
fecl will fall upon the place over which they are elevated almoft imme
diately ; and, if in or near the meridian, within a week or ten days ; or,,
if in or near the weftern horizon, then their influence will be felt within
a fortnight or twenty days after ; and the general intention or moft vifible
influence will in each cale almoft inftantaneoufly fucceed.
*
From thefe confiderations it will by confequence follow, that the.

nearer any planet or ftar, alpecl or familiarity, congrefs or conjunclion,
happens
OF ASTROLOGY.
happens to the ecliptic line, the more forcibly will this influence and
efFe6l be found to operate. So likewi.Ce the planets or ftars, concerned in
the influence of celipfes or other configurations, happening in an oriental
quarter, bring a more immediate appearance of its effecl ; while an occjdental pofition retards and keeps it off. After the fame manner, by obferving the ecliptical new and full Moons, and their quartile afpe&s, and
how they unite with or behold the principal place or medium of the
eclipfe, the particular times in which the effects of eclipfes will increafe
or diminifh are fought out and difcovered. According to which we find,
that, when ftars emerge, or are relieved from the obscuration of the Sun
beams, and increafe in light and motion, their influence and power in
creafe ; but, when a planet is ftationary, and flow of motion, they caufe
the greater intenGon of the accident. And hence it is that Saturn and
Jupiter, being flower of motion than the reft of the planets, have much
more influence and power upon the particles floating in the ambient, and
confequently upon the minds and paffions of men.
The third consideration is to define what kind or fpecies will fuffer
under the effects ; and this is judged from the form of the figns and their
property ; and from the quality of the ftars, both fixed and wandering,
that are pofited in the fign where the eclipfe happens, or in the angle
preceding. The Almuten,or lord of the eclipfe, is thus to be confidered,
and may be thus taken : of the wandering ftars which ever hath moft
affinity to the place of the eclipfe and angles of the figure, and applies, or
recedes, according to vicinity and appearance ; hath more refpedt to thofc
that have familiarity of afpedr, and is either lord of the houfes, trigons,
exaltations, or terms; fuch alone is to be conftituted lord of the eclipfe.
But, if feveral planets are found nearly equal and alike in power, we
elecl that to the dominion which is moft angular, or that hath greateft
familiarity of aftion. So far it is the rule with the planets. But of
the fixed ftars, we choofe the brighteft of the firft magnitude, which at
the time of the eclipfe hath commerce with the preceding angles, and
is neareft to the ecliptical conjunction. We alfb prefer that which at
the ecliptic hour is in a vifible fituation, either riling with, or culmirnating upon, the angle fucceeding to the place of the ecliple.By the
quality of thefe, and the figns wherein they fall, the kind and quality of
the accident portended are for the moft part judged. If they fall in
figns of human fhape, the effecls will fall on the human fpecies; but, if
they are not of human fhape, but of tcrreftrial, or four-footed, it is
evident that misfortune will fall upon that fpecies of animals. If the
ftars and cpnftellations partake of the nature of thofe whiqh fly the do
minion of man, evil will occur by their means ; but, if the affinity be by
No. 55.
13 E
thole
1048
AN ILLUSTRATION
thofe which are fubfervient to man's ufe, it argues the evil will arffe
through them, as a' murrain, rot, or epidemic difeafe. Moreover, if the
ruling places fall in or near the Eagle, or fimilar conftellations, the evil
will fall on volatiles, and fuch chiefly as are apt for the food and fuftenance of man ; but if they fall in or near the Dolphin, the effects will
happen at fea, and deftruction is portended to the fleets and navies of that
country over which the influence bears the greateft rule. If they happen
in tropical or equinoxial figns, the evil comes by intemperate feafons, and
-by inundations of many waters. If in the midheaven, they threaten
evil to the reigning powers of that country over which they prefide;
and a vifible alteration either in its government or laws commonly hap
pens. But the quantity or importance of the event is known from the
great nefs of the obfcuration, confidered with regard to the fignificators
or ruling planets which have dominion of the eclipfe. For occidental
configurations made to folar eclipfes, or, oriental to lunar, diminish the
effects ; whereas, on the contrary, oriental afpects made with folar.
eclipfes, and occidental with lunar, greatly augment them.
' '""
^JftS>~T*
The fourth and laft confideration is, the knowledge and prefcience of
the effect, whether good or evil; and this we know, from the virtue of
the ftars ruling or claiming dominion over the principal places of the
figute, and from the mixture which they have with each other, and
with the influences of the eclipfes over which they have dominion. For
the Sun and Moon, as it were, rule and govern the ftars ; becaufe they have
a certain power and dominion over them. And the fpeculation of the
mixture of the ftars, as they are fubordinate to each other, manifefts the
quality of their effect ; and hence it is that the effective power is deduced,
whether good or bad, from the temperature of thofe fignificators which
hold the dominion and produce the effect, agreeable to their own proper
nature and quality, as hath been heretofore abundantly mown.
To reduce what has been faid into practical obfervation, we will re>vert back to the foregoing fcheme or figure of the heavens, erected for
the Sun"s entrance into Aries in the fpring of the year 1789. The figns
and fignificators in this horofcopc are to be confidered in the fame man
ner, and with the fame quality and influence, as in a nativity ; only their
properties, in (lead of being applied to the faculties of an individual, are
to be confidered as the reprefentatives of princes and flates, and holding
the refpective influences over them by virtue of their peculiar quality
and affinity to thofe quadrants and parts of the terreftial globej whUfh have
teen refpectrvely allotted them, and which is fully explained in the introdudtory part of this work.
The.
OF ASTROLOGY.
,1049
The fcheme being erected for the meridian of London, of courfe its
application applies moft nearly to- the affairs of this country; but in a
fecondary degree to our natural enemies and allies, and to the general af
fairs of the northern hemifphere. For, if great exactnefs be wifhed
in any particular calculation, the fcheme muft in all fuch cafes be creeled
for the precife latitude of the place or province to which the calcula
tion more immediately appertains; and, where any ftruggle exifts, or
event is foreboded, between any two particular ftates or empires, the
fafeft way is to erect a fcheme for the meridian of each, and to examine
them by the fame rules as have been laid down for comparing a revolutional
figure with the radix of a nativity.
In the figure before us, we find twenty-feven degrees fifty-twa minutes
of Capricorn afcend .the eaftern horizon ; with thirty minutes of Sa
gittarius upon the cufp of the midheaven ; which imports in a general
view peace and honour to the government of Great Britain. Saturn we
find is lord of the afcendant, in conjunction with Mars, lord of the ninth
and fecond houfes ; and Venus, lady of the third and eighth, in fa
miliar congrefs with Mercury, lord of the fourth, fifth, and eighth,
houfes. Thefe are configurations particularly interefting and important;
and, being in the watery fign Pifces, they forebode amazing ftruggles and
contentions upon the continent ; in which France, Qermany, Ruflia, and.
Turkey, will be moft eflentially concerned,
- Now, if we examine the introductory part of this work, page 90, &c.
we (hall find Great Tartary, Sweden, Ruflia, &c. under the fign Aquaries'; and that Mufcovy, Saxony, . Turkey,. &c. are under the fign Capri
corn ; and are confequently reprefented by the afcendant of thi& figure,
and by the ponderous planet Saturn. The countries under the fign Scor-pio and Aries, which are the houfes of Mars, are England, France, Ger
many, Poland, Denmark, &c. and therefore Mars becomes fignificator
of them, and, being in conjunction with Saturn, forefhows violent debate
and contention between them. Thofe countries that are under Taurus
and Libra are Ireland, Ruflia, Poland, the South of France, Auftria, &c.
and therefore under the planet Venus ; and the places under Virgo and
Gemini are Flanders, America, &c. with the cities of London, Paris,
Verfailles, Lyons, &c. and Mercury,. being lord of thefefigns, muft of neceflity more or lefs unite thofe powers in this counfel of ftate, held in the
watery triplicity. And, as Jupiter difpofes of all of them, and is in his
own exaltation in the fign Cancer, and in the fixth houfe, it reprefents
in a moft extraordinary and pleafing manner the peculiar ftate of Great
.Britain, which he difpofes to peace and amity with all the contending
ftates ; particularly as Jupiter is in his eflential dignities.
1050
AN ILLUSTRATION
The fign Cancer, wherein Jupiter is policed, is the fign under which
the city of Conftantinople is feated, and therefore reprefents the Grand
Signior ; and, as Jupiter is pofited therein, it declares he will not be
overthrown or conquered, though aflailed on ail fides by powerful ene
mies ; but, what is worfe, I find there will be occafional infurre&ions
amongft themfelves, which is declared by the Moon's approach to th4
oppofition of Jupiter; but, as the Moon is difpofed of by Saturn, and
in fextile to her dtfpofitor, and her difpofitor beholding Jupiter with the
good trine afpect, it declares that the evil which hath been ftirred up bj
the enemies of the prcfent Signior fliall be defeated and eventually done
away by his fucceflbr, who will commence his reign in the midftof thole
troubles, with the moft vigorous preparations for war, though his incli
nation is for peace ; which will be at length brought about by the aid
and interpofition of thofe powers pointed out by Mercury, Venus, Mars,
and Saturn, who are all in conjunction in the afcendant in the dignities
of Jupiter, Mars, and Venus ; and thefe three planets declare that Great
Britain fhall be the principal actor in bringing all animofity to a coiiclufion between Sweden, France, Ruflia, Denmark, and the Grand Turk,
This appears to be the natural interpretation of the effect of thefe four
planets in the afcendant, in the vernal equinox ; but, to know when thefe
matters will come to pafs, we muft have recourfe to new figures for the
Sun's entrance into the next two tropical points, and the equinoctial
Cgn Libra ; and muft likewife obferve the preceding full Moon, and the
new Moon fucceeding, according to the doctrine of the immortal Ptolotny, heretofore laid down ; as well as to obferve the dignities and debili
ties of the planets, whence particular judgment will arife the fame as from
the directions in a nativity, and afford pleafure and fatisfaction to the
fpecalative mind.
.
The frgnificator* which reprefent the court of France fhow a difpofition to diftorb the peace of Great Britain, through the Lnfidious and amfcitnorus views of a female, who takes the lead in ftate-affairs. The
a&ire pofition of Vemis and Mercury, conjoined in this fchcme, denotes
much reft'kflnris and ififtabilky in the counfels of that country, which
fcems diffracted by the arbitrary will of the Gallic Queen, here reprefented
<by Venus, upheld and aflifted by light, volatile, time-ferving, men, premrted by Mercwy, fhe creatures of the Queen, who, from motives of avatice, and views of anvbitien;, will be forward to raife cabals to oppofc
-the comttron hopes and interefts of the people ; to plunge the nation into
tJifcord and contention, and eventually to bring about difputes with their
'neighbours, or waflefiH war anxMig tbemfelves. Saturn, the fignificaw
of the French1 King, being united in a friendly conjunction with Mart,
the
OF ASTROLOGY.
1051
the co-fignificator of Great Britain, and difpofed of by Jupiter, the

princely fignificator of George the Third, mows that amity and concord
will flill exift between the two powers, notwithftanding their domeftic
broils, and the endeavours of reftlefs fpirits to ftir up the minds of the
people to rapine and war. Hence will probably follow great clifturbances
amongft the heads of the church, and lead to new difcoveries in the annals
of popim fuperftition and religious perfecution, which the people of that
unhappy country feem inclined to make off, with the fhackles of flavery,
mifery, and want. In fine, here is every profpecl, from the difpofition
of the fignificators in this fcheme, that fome very important events will
happen in the politics of France, fuch as may dethrone, or very nearly
touch the life of, the king, and make viclims of many great and illuftrious men in church and ftate, preparatory to a revolution or change in
the affairs of that empire, which will at once aftonim and furprife the
furrounding nations.
1
England, I am happy to fay, has every profpecl of harmony and peace ;

and, from the fuperior ftrength and elevation of her fignificators, will give
laws to her enemies, and peace and profperity to her allies. She will
be looked up to from the belligerent powers in the north, to interpofe her
potent arm to bring about a reftoration of peace amongft them, and to
awe, with her thunder, thofe who afpire to extend their dominion by the
ravages of war. In the internal management of her affairs, the prefent
epoch will be glorious ; and, fave a few anxieties amongft party-men, and
a temporary alarm for the fcarcity of corn, which will be augmented by
the uncommon continuance of wet weather, occafioned by the long
ftations of the Moon and other fignificators in the watery trigon, I do
not fee any probability of the peace and harmony of Great Britain being
difturbed by the prefent contentions between other ftates, but, on the con
trary, me will acl as a mediator between them, and will advance in glory
and renown over every part of the habitable globe.*
Having faid thus much upon the vernal fcheme, or figure of the heavens,
for the year 1789, I mail in this place call the attention of my reader to
that remarkable aera in the Britim hiftory, which gave independence to
America, and reared up a new empire, that mail foon or late give laws
to the whole world. This revolution carries with it fomething fo remark
able, and the event is fo important in this country, that I mall make no
apology for introducing the fcheme of the heavens for the fpring and
* Let the reader compare the foregoing remarks with the events that have happened, particularly
in France, fince the firft editions of this work were published ; and I truft 1 (hall obtain credit for other
matters which I have predicted, but which are as yet in the womb of time. Note to the edition oftjgz*
No. 56.
12 F
fummer
1052
AN ILLUSTRATION
fummer quarters of the year 1776, when this revolution happened, and
for examining and explaining the fame, according to the rules I have to
amply laid down for that purpofe. The Sun's revolutional ingrefs into
the fign Aries in the year 1776, under which the independence of America
was eilablifhed, and the face of the heavens at the fummer folftice, may
be fccn in the annexed figures, which were calculated with great accu
racy and precifion for this purpofe.
In the vernal equinox, we find Jupiter is lord of the afcendant, and in
his detriment. Mars we find in Aries, which is the afcendant of England,
ftrong and powerful in his own houfe, but under the Earth. The Moon,
who reprefents the common people, we find under affliction, being cornbull of the Sun ; and Mars, being combuft alfo, forefliows that England,
though her internal ftrength is great and permanent, yet flic will this
year be accidentally afflicted and deprefled ; more efpecially as we find
Mars going to an oppofition of Saturn, and Saturn uncommonly ftrong in
the midheaven, in his exaltation, and beheld by the two fortunes Jupiter
and Venus ; and confequently fuperior to Mars in power and dignity, who
is under the Earth, and combuft of the Sun, though located iu his own
houfe ; which in this cafe ferves however to (how the permanency and ftability of Great Britain during the whole of this trying conflict.
In this figure the planet Saturn is the iignificator of America, and Mars
reprefents the people of Great Britain ; as may very eafily be feen by taking
down the dignities of Saturn and Mars, according to the Table in page
1 2O of this work. That Saturn hath the fuperiority of power, and that
Mars and Saturn are inimical in their nature to each other, are facts too
evident to be denied; and, as the afpect which is about to be formed be
tween them is a malevolent one, namely, a partile oppofition, it declares
the event (hall be fuch as to caufe a total and eternal feparation of the two
countries from each other ; and that the congrefs, which is reprefented by
Saturn, will eftablifh an independent and complete revolution, which mall
be built upon a firm and durable foundation; and the iticreafing ftrength
and durability of the new ftate is reprefented by Saturn in his exaltation,
fupported by the benefic rays of the two fortunes. And fince there is a
remarkable reception between the two planets Saturn and Venus, i. .
Venus in the houfe of Saturn, and Saturn in the houfe of Venus, fup
ported by a propitious trine afpect of Venus and Jupiter, while Jupiter
and Saturn, and Saturn and Venus, with the three preceding planets,
occupy and poflefs the whole expanfe of the heavens; it is hence de
clared, that whatever is effected under this revolution of the Sun's ingrefs
into Aries by the Americans, fhall not only be permanent and durable, but
ftiall be fupported by thofe three grand pillars of ftate, wifdom, ftrength,
and
</.
U-
xv
oo
-i1 n -
^X
~) S
>
'** *O
3-
5O
>t
ti
i^*
21
f;
Z
"
c Kra
C_
3'
T*
s?
' 5. cn
ft
O O
CO
n>
>
03
Oq
o O
en
.^
CO
o
3
F
G
Z
PI
OQ
3
>
a
25
^" M -5
i-j Z X
^^
t*J
-^
7^ ^( - ^^ l^J
o M-*
i o. ^ ^
!*
vi a- tn n"b;
JO
*-ri
N
O
5~
2:
f
i~
'^
CO
CO
X
.o
7^
fc?f .?>N
~VV:- ,
----'';.^
V O F A S T R O L O G YC
1053
and unanimity; wîch are pointed out by- thofe-'tbre* planets, agreeable
to their tendency and nature, viz. Saturn, ftrengtbVand durability; Ju
piter, wifdom and juftice ; and Venus, unanimity and perfeverianee.
And their mutual trine afpe& to each other is expreffive of future per
fection and harmony ; fo that, if we attentively contemplate the above pofition of the heavenly bodies, we fhall find no point ftrained, to (how
their natural tendency towards the good forWne and fuccefs of the Ame
ricans ; and confequently the difappointment and prejudice of the Britifli
arms and adminiftration.
We (hall now take notice of the time in which this extraordinary re
volution fhould come to its crifis, or completely take place* as pointed out
by the feveral fignificators in the figure. To <fo this,' we muft equate
the diftance of Mars from Saturn, they being the two principal actors in
this revolution. Their diftance is taken by right afcenfion, according to
their latitude ; becaufe Mars, which is the fignificator of Great Britain, is
within three degrees of the cufp of the fourth houfe. .
deg. min.
The -right afcenfion of Saturn is
'*
-" ^ - '
>
18
52
The right afcenfion of Mars is : ': J .'^ ., -'
A-;
ra
30
Subtract, and the remainder is the diftance ofMar's from

Saturn - - - ; l ; - -'';'* ''' + ' '-' ' - "i6
22
of direction ttraft be converted into time, by adding to it the

right afcenfion of the Sun, as taught in the Doctrine of Nativities; by
which rule we are to examine how many days ifoe Sun takes in going that
fpace in the ecliptic ; and this being an annual revolution, -with the two
fignificators in common figns, which denote we6ks, we muft therefore
aMow for each day's motion of tfhe 'Sun one week: by which it will ap
pear that the crifis or effect of the oppofition of Mars and Saturn came up
5n 'fifteen weeks and two days from the time the Sun came into the firft
fcruple of the equinoctial fign Aries ; at which titne to a day the Ameri
cans declared themfelves independent of the Britim government, and
became a free ftate.
'
At this time the heavenly intelligencers were pofited as in the fcroll

prefented by the hand of Fame in the annexed Plate ; and from whence
the following conclufions naturally arife. So many fjgnificators being
pofited in the -fifth houfe, in the watery and fruitful fign Cancer, the fign or
houfe of the Moon, with the Moon in the afcendant ; and Venus, Jupiter,
Sol, and Mercury, all beholding the afcendant with a trine afpeft ; cleady
evince that the ftate of America fliall in time have an extenfive and flourifhing
1054
AN ILLUSTRATION
riming commerce; an advantageous and univerfal traffic to every quarter

of the globe, with great fecundity and profperity amongft the people. At
this period we are in fome meafure enabled to fpeak experimentally of the
truth of this prefcience ; though the ftars point out thefe particulars, with
all other important incidents relative to the rife and progrefs of the United
States, with as much certainty and precifion as by the Moon we calculate
the ebbing and flowing of the fea, the times and periods of eclipfes, the
courfes and effects of comets, or any other extraordinary phaenomena,
wherein Nature, and the ordinations of God, the great and primary caufe
of all things, are at the bottom.
The better to fatisfy the curious in thefe mundane revolutions, and to
enable them to draw conclufions with greater exa&nefs, I have fubjoined
the figure of the Sun's ingrefs into the tropical fign Cancer, .which took
place near fourteen days before the Americans declared their indepen
dence ; and, what is very remarkable, Mars, who is the fignificator of
Great Britain, is difppfed of in the imum cceli by Mercury, the fignificator
of the French king, who, when the Sun entered into Aries, was lord of
the feventh houfe, the houfe of public enemies, of falfehood, and deceit.
He likewife difpofes of Jupiter, lord of the afcendant at that time, which
had co-fignification with Mars, in reprefenting the people of England.
From thefe remarkable pofitions and effeds, we may fairly conclude, that
the Americans had not only the F_rench. nation to aflift them, but had many
ftrong and powerful friends in Great Britain, who would fupport the caufe
and fecond the exertions of the French in eftablifhing their independence.
It is to be noted, that^ in the preceding figure of the Sun's entrance
into Cancer, Mars is found in conjunction of Venus ; and although Venus
is a fortune, and declares England mould not be ruined by the ftrong in
fluence of Mercury, their difpofitor, yet (he foftens and takes off the war
like courage and intrepid impetuofity of Mars, and inclines him more to
amity and peace than to bloodmed and {laughter. Befides, we find the
"Sun, who is king amongft the planets, inftead of being in conjunction of
Mars, the implicative afpe& of war and conqueft, is in conjunction with
Jupiter, who is the natural fignificator of peace and concord ; fo that
the Sun's ingrefs into Cancer declares that the counfels of his Britannic
majefty mould not prove effective, nor his arms victorious ; but inclined
only to punS on a defenfive war with the Americans, as the nature of
their fituation and the neceffity of the times might require, though an
unlimited thirft for conqueft was predominant ; which exactly correfponds with the fituation of the heavenly ordinances at the time the Ame
ricans chofe to declare their defection from the mother-country.
At
L.
A OF A S T R Q L O G Y.
1055
At this time Jupiter and Venus wefer.in Conjunction, and appeared to

meet as counfel with the Sun and Mercury in the celeftial Crab, in that
part of the heavens appropriated to the manfions of the Moon. The
Moon was then alfo arrived at the oppofite point of that particular place
in the heavens where Ihe was poiited at the time of the ingrefs, and difpofed of by Saturn, the fignificator of America. ; Hence it will appear,
that, if we read the hiftory of the American war, and examine with at
tention the various tranfadtions of thofe who were the principal aftors in
the bufinefs, and compare the refult with what is prenoted by the fore
going figures, according to the rules heretofore laid down to determine
planetary influx, we fhall find no difficulty in tracing every important
event, with aftonifhing exaclnefs and precifion, that can in any fhape re
late to this department of the aftral fcience.
I could here add a variety of other examples, in fupport of aftral influ
ence upon fynods and ftates, and in promoting, as fecond caufes under
heaven, the rife and fall of empires, and the revolutions of the world.
But enough has furely been faid to illuftrate this enquiry' to the fulleft
extent, and to render it obvious to the meaneft capacity, particularly as
the nature of the planets and figns, and the houfes and manfions of the
heavens, continue unalterably the fame in all cafeS, with refpeft to their
influence and tendency ; and require only to be applied to the nature of
the queftion, nativity, or revolution, whichever it may chance to be,
agreeable to the rules fo amply given for that purpofe ; and I will be
bold to fay, that the utmoft fatisfaclion will refult to every fober enquirer,
the more he purfues, and the deeper he contemplates, this incomparable
ftudy.
I am not, however, to expec> that all men will be converts to my
opinion, or fubfcribe to the evidence I have fo abundantly brought in
defence of my doftrine. The felf-willed, and the claflically obftinate^
are not to be moved by any fpecies of reafoning, incompatible with their
own way of thinking ; and it would be the extreme of folly, after the
arguments I have adduced, to attempt to remove that mift from before
their eyes, which blinds their reafon, and contaminates their fenfe. If
proofs of ail denominations, and the experience of every day and hour we
live, are incapable of imprefling the mind with the truths of elementary
influx and fidereal affections, it is not all my faint ideas can furnifh
through the medium of my pen that will either penetrate the heart or
operate to convince on this occafion. Others there are, who moft cordi
ally believe whatever their own eyes and their own ears can demonftrate ; but who are infidels to every occult property,, and to the fecret
No. 56.
ia G
influence
AN
I L L U 3 T R A T I ON, &c.
influence and efteclt of fecond caufes. Yet/ they know there is a fecret
power in the magnet, which they can neither fee nor comprehend. They
are fenfible of all the phenomena and lurprifing properties of air, though
they cannot fee it, nor demonftrate its particlea. They admit the ebbing
and flowing of the tides, and allow that the Moon produces the effedr ;
yet ia the fame moment they deny her influence, and queftion the ordi
nations of Providence. To contend with fuch men would be ridiculous
and abfurd, fmce it could neither fupport arguments, nor alter fa&s ; nor
would the lan&ion or applaufe of fuch u delcription of beings add cither
to the merit or reputation of the fcience.
I bnn .Jus) AC
.
no ,Z
END of the THIRD PART.

:
'..' . : i. '
.11
,-jIiri Jill
.< .!J JcdJ .vat
oJ blod
*.
rhiiq off aiorn adi
.
:
.:'.-.
:.' . ..
. ... i .
, .. '..;.,.
' y rn i >
i
i
.. ..
.v . - :
AN
ILLUSTRATION
OF
THE
CELESTIAL SCIENCE
of
ASTROLOGY.
PART the FOURTH.
CONTAINING THE
DISTINCTION between ASTROLOGY

i
AND
THE
WICKED PRACTICE of EXORCISM.

WITH A GENERAL DISPLAY OF
WITCHCRAFT, MAGIC, and DIVINATION,

FOUNDED UPON THE
EXISTENCE OF SPIRITS GOOD and BAD, and their

AFFINITY with the Affairs of this WORLD.
-

By EBENEZER
SIBLY, ASTRO. PHILO.
RE-PRINTED IN THE YEAR MDCCCXX.
:;;
.MA.'!
. '.'.,
.v'.- /
'' 'i
1 >i i ';' ''.
.-, i-: - ;- e-i.-i: ' -. '!"/. . . r'
AN
ILLUSTRATION
ASTROLOGY.
PART the FOURTH.
FROM what has been premifed in the foregoing parts of this work,
it will now become manifeft to every unprejudiced reader, that
Aftrology and Magic, how much foever they have been confounded with
each other, and confidered by the vulgar as one and the fame doctrine,
are neverthelefs two very oppofite and diftin6t purfuits. Tfie one not
only fuppofes, but in truth is, an attainment of the contingencies and
events of futurity from a natural caufe implanted in the motion and in
fluence of the fpheres, which it is at once honourable and praifeworthy
to ftudy ; the other, an acquirement of particular events to come, or mifchiefs to be performed, by means of occult fpells, diabolical incantations,
the agency of fpirits, or confederacy with the devil. This constitutes
what is termed Magic, Exorcilm, Witchcraft, and Divination, very aptly
termed " The Black Art," which it (hall be the principal object of the
following pages to illuftrate ; as well to give the reader fome rational idea
of that very ancient but mifchievous practice, as to clear the fublime con
templation and fludy of the ftars from the grofs imputations it hath oil
that account fuftained.
I have no doubt but the greater part of my readers, and perhaps the
bulk of mankind at this day, totally difbelieve the poflibility of witch
craft, magic, or divination ; becaufe, they deny the very exiftence of
fpirits, the agency of the devil, and the appearance of ghofts or Ipirits of
deceafed men, upon which belief the practice of the black art entirely
depends. But, however incredulous the wifeft man may be, as to what
has been related on this fubjeft, certain it is, that fuch fpirits really do
exift, and that confederacy and compact with .them was in former times
,No. 56.
12 H
no
1060
AN ILLUSTRATION
no uncommon thing. Blackftone feems to have eftablifhed this fa6r. in a

very fatisfa&bry manner, where he fpeaks of the laws formerly provided
in this country againft witches, and thofe who held confederacy with
fpirits ; which to difbelieve, would not only be found to militate againft
numerous important panages of Scripture, but would call fti queftion the
exprefs words of our Saviour himfelf, and give the lie to authors and atteftators of the firft reputation and character. Indeed, the force of reve
lation, an'd the doctrine of C-hrift, depends very much u'pon our opinion of
the exifte'nce of fpirits ; for that, being confeffed or doubted, either affirms
or denies the eternity of the foul.
Thofe perfons, who have taken pains to contemplate the nature and
ftruclure of man, w'ill have no difficulty 4:o believe, from the principles
of reafon and common ienfe, that a foul, eflence, or fpirit, abfolutely
exifts within his body, totally independent of all material functions or
defires ; that flies in his face upon the commiffion of every unjuft or im
proper ac~t, and that leads the human ideas to a ftate of being infinitely
beyond the hounds of the terreftrial globe, and unconstrained by the limits
of time. This applies to the 'effence, foul, or fpirit, of man ; whereas
the body, being compounded of the elements of this world, is fwayed,
"ruled, and eventually overcome, by them, 'in proportion as the elements
operate upon one another, fo as to produce difeafes, imbecility, and death.
As it is agreed by all authors, and admitted in the creed of all feels
and perfuafions of people, that, before the fall, the feafons and elements
were in one unalterable ftate of perfection and harmony ; fo the condi
tion of man was not then under the power of the elements, but he was
clothed with purity and immortality as with a garment. The external
grofs elements had then no fway ; and the aftral powers, inftead of in
flaming his defires, contributed unto him the influences of like Unto
like, forming an union of deleclable ideas between foul and body, which
led to the unabated praife and adoration of his beneficent Creator. The
pure elements were then congeneal to his ftate of immortality, and 'the
aftral powers were turned upon his back, while innocence and incorrupti
bility ihiiled on his brow. 'His food was not limited to palpable matter,
but was combined with the 'pure ethereal fpirit of the univerfe, which
perfumed the air, and enriched the feat of paradife.
-Such Was the primeval hap'py rtate' bf Man. 'But departing frorn '
iflnocency, by the fecret infintaations ' mfufed into his mind by the fallen
fpirit Satan, he lufted after palpability in the flefh, turned his \firtfe
to' the elements, deferted bis rcafoh and his God, arid fell frorti feis etbe'real
-A.nJ>>n> o
:zn in
arrisffaneriir
iTtrtjiectlfil7i7i0H'?rT>y7vi>(rea1urlo
ihav cmitanunated' VvliT
<rfJiidfral
1061
real ftate into all the perils of mortality and death. Having no longer
all powers under his fubjection, he became fubject to fidereal and elemen
tary influx, with his underftanding darkened, and his mental faculties
abridged ; which I have exhibited by the four figures in the annexed
Plate. The firft reprefents the primeval ftate of man, with his hand
lifted up to his head, denoting the feat of comprehensive fenfibility, to
which the light of reafon and fenfe flowed from the mirror of the Deity,
in whofe image he was formed. The fecond figure (hows the elemen
tary and aftral influence in the primeval ftate of man, as having no action
whatever internally, but falling on his exterior or back parts; whilft his
face, turned to the light, received the beatific vifion of immortality and
life from the gate of heaven. The third figure (hows the internal action
of the elementary and planetary influx after the fall, upon the vital parts
of man, whence difeafes and death follow in a direct and regular courfe.
For, as the action of the ftars on man are agents, and the elements of
which he is compofed patients, the fame as in the outward world ; fo we
find, as they are fituated in the outward world at the time of birth, either
as to ftrength or imbecility, fo (hall be the inward weaknefs or vigour of
the vital parts of man born under them ; and of fuch (hall be the inbred
quality of the difeafe thus implanted in our fallen nature to bring on cor
ruptibility and death. The fourth figure is intended to (how a faint refemblance of an abandoned and more degenerated ftate of fallen human
nature, when the will and paflions of man are given up to vice, and con
taminated with the grofs or beftial quality of deadly fin and wickednefs. ,
He is led captive by an evil fpirit, the agent of Lucifer, having his will
darkened, and every fpark of light extinguimed, that could flow from the
intellectual faculties of the foul, or from the collifion of virtue and fenfe.
Such are the men defcribed by St. Paul in his Epiftle to the Romans, ,
chap. i. ver. 28, 29, 30.
In this action of the ftars upon man, it leaves the will and the foul to
tally unconftrained ; whilft the body or corruptible part only is influenced, ,
which allures and attracts the will; and, as obfervation and experience
Hioto us, too commonly leads it captive to all the excefles and intempe
rance of the paflions. But, as this is the utmoft effect the force of the
ftars, or the power of the elements, is found to produce in our nature;
fo the doctrine of Aftrology goes no further than to define and explain
them through all the tracks of occult fpeculation and fcience. Whereas
the art of Magic, of Divination, and Exorcifm, forms an alliance with
the agents of the devil, lufts after compact with damned fouls, and holds
cdnverfe with the departed fpirits of men.
To
1062
AN
ILLUSTRATION
To illuftrate this extraordinary practice of the ancients, I (hall here

confider the nature of the World of Spirits, their quality and office, and
the affinity which they bear to this world, agreeably to the doclrines laid
down by thofe ancient authors whofe works are now rarely to be
feen, though fanclioned by the moft remarkable experiments, and
confirmed by the ftrongeft evidence that can be collected at fo difiant
a period.
The noble and learned Swcdenborg, whofe nativity we have confidered in the foregoing part of this work, has with great ingenuity
explained the nature and fituation of the departed fpirits of men, after
their recels from this life, " The world of fpirits," fays this author, " is
neither heaven nor hell, but a place or ftate betwixt both, into which
man immediately enters after -death; and, after flaying there a certain
time, longer or fhorter, according to what his pad: life had been in this
world, he is either received up into heaven, or caft down into hell. It
muft be noted here, that this intermediate ftatc has nothing in it of the
probationary kind; for that is all over with the life of this world; but
is a ftate -of feforation, or reducing every one to his own proper pre
vailing principle, and as fuch finally preparatory for an eternal happinefs
or milery.
'" In the world of fpirits is always a very great number of them, as be
ing the firft fort of all, in order to their examination and preparation ;
but there is no fixed time for their ftay ; for fome are tranflated to
heaven, and others configned to hell, foon after their arrival; whilfl fbme
continue there for weeks, and others for feveral years, though none more
than thirty, this depending on the correfpondence or non-correfpondence
between the interior and exterior of men. As foon as they arrive in
the world of fpirits, they are clafled according to their feveral qualities,
inclinations, and difpofitions : the evil, with fuch infernal focieties as
they had communication with in this world, in the ruling pafiion ; and
the good, with fuch heavenly focieties as they had communicated with,
in love, charity, and faith. But, however they are diverfely clafTed,
they all meet and converfe together in that world, when they have a defire fb to do, who have been friends and acquaintances in this life; more
efpecially hufbands and wives, brothers and fitters, &c. But if they are,
according to their different ways of life, of different inclinations and
habits of mind, they are foon parted ; and it may -be obferved, both con
cerning thofe who finally go to heaven, and thofe that go to hell, that,
after their arrival in thofe two different kingdoms, they no more fee or
know one another, unlefs they are of like minds and affections. The
reafou
1063
reafon why they meet and know one another in the world of fpirits, and
not fo in heaven or hell, is, becaufe in the world of fpirits they pals
through the fame ftate they were in in this life, and fo from one to
another ; but afterwards all are fixed in one permanent ftate refpeclwely,
according to the ftate of that love which prevails in them, in which one
knows another from fimi larity of condition ; for fimilitude joins, bat diffimilitude feparatcs.
." As the world of fpirits is a middle \jlate with man, between heaven
and bell, fo it is sub- a. middle place, having the hells underneath and the
heavens above ; .all :thp hells are (hut rtext to that world, except that
forae holes or clefts, like thofe in rocks fir caverns* are left open; and
thefe fo guarded, that none can pafs through them but by pcrmiflion,
which is granted .on particular occafious. Heaven likewife. appears as
fenced all round, fo that there is iioipaffing to any of the heavenly
iocictics but by a narrow way, which is likewife guarded; Thefe out
lets and inlets are what in Scripture are called the dborj.and gates of
heaven and hell.
..;'<< ,.
" The world, of fpirits appears like a valley, between mountains and
rocks, here and there finking and riling; the doors and gates opening to
the heavenly focieties are only feen by thofe whoiare in their preparation
for heaven ; nor are they to be found by. any others. t To every foeiety
in heaven there is an entrance from the world of fpirits ; after pairing
which, there is a way, which as it rifes branches into ;feverai others : nor
are the doors and gates of the hells vifible to ;mv but thofe that are going
to enter therein, to whom they are tbeji opened ; at which time thcfe
appear like, as it were, dark and fopty caverns, leading obliquely down
to the infernal abyfs, where there. are alfo more, gates. Through, thofe
dark and difmal caverns exhale certain; foetid . vapouirs, which are moft
offensive to the good fpirits ; hut which the- eyil ones are greedily rfoud
of; for, as were the evils which any one took moft delight in when in:
this world, fuch is the ftink correfpohding thereto which moft pleafeB hiov
in the other ; in which they may be aptly compared to thofe birds or beafts
of prey, as ravens, wolves, and fwine, which are attracted by the rank
cfrKivia emitted from carrion and putrid carcaffes.:.-, .:
*' There are alfo in every man two gates, the one of which opens
towards hell., and to all that is evil and "fatfg proceeding 'therefrom r
the other gate opens towards heaven, and to all the good and truth i fining
thence. The infernal gate is open to thofe who are in evil, and they
receive from above only fome glimmering of heavenly light, juft fuffiNo. 56.
12 I
cient
1064
AN ILLUSTRATION
cient to ferve them to think, reafon, and talk of heavenly things; but
the gate of heaven ftands open in thole who are good and in truth. There
are alfo two ways leading to the rational mind in man ; the fuperior or
internal, by which good and truth are communicated from the Lord ; and
the inferior or external way, by which evil and falfehood are communi
cated from hell : and the rational mind is in the midft of thefe two ways ;
hence it is, that as much of the heavenly light as any man receiveth into
his mind, fo far is he truly rational ; and (b much as he admits not of it,
in fuch proportion he is not rational, however he may think himfelf fo.
Thefe things here offered, (how the correfpondence that fubfifts between
man and heaven and hell ; for his rational mind, during the formation
of it, correfponds to the world of fpirits, things above it being in heaven,,
and things beneath it in hell ; the former are opened, and the latter (as
to all influx of evil and the falfe) are (hut, with refpect to thofe who
are in their preparation for heaven ; but, on the other hand, the things
from beneath are opened, and the things above are (hut (as to all influx
of good and truth) with refpect to thofe who are in their preparation for
hell; confequently the latter can only look down to the things beneath
them, or to hell, and the former only to things above them, or to heaven.
Now to look up is by correfpondence, to look to the Lord, who is the
common centre to which all heavenly things point their afpedt- and. ten-,
dency ; but to look downwards is to turn from the Lord to the oppofite.
centre of attraction, and confequently to all things of a hellifli nature.
** Thefe confederations are applied only to the immediate after-ftate of
the foul and fpirit of man, as the confequence of the mortality of this
world. Many there are, however, who entirely disbelieve the faculty of
the (bul, or the exiftence of the fpirit ; but whoever rightly confiders the
matter, cannot but know, that it is not the body, or material part, but
the foul, or fpiritual part, that thinks within him. Now the foul is his
fpirit, immortal in all its properties, and receptive of what is fpiritnal,
as having a fpiritual life, which confifts in thinking and willing ; confe
quently, the whole of the rational life appertains thereto, and not to
the body, though manifefted therein: for the body is only thoughtlels.
matter, and an adjunct or inftrument to the fpirit of man, whereby
it may manifeft its vital powers and functions in this natural world,
where all things are material, and as fuch void of life ; it is indeed cuftomary to afcribe action, motion, and power, to the body, in the com
mon forms of fpeaking ; but to fuppofe that the properties belong to the
inftrument, and not folely to the principle that actuates it, is erroneous
and abfurd.
"As.
OF ASTROLOGY.
1065
" As all vital power, both of acting and thinking, appertains folely to
the fpirit, and in no wife to the body, it follows, that the fpirit is truly
and properly the man, and that without its influence and operation there
is neither thought-nor life from the crown of the head to the fole of the
foot: confequently, that the feparation of the body from the fpiritr*
Vwhich we call death, takes nothing from that which in reality conftitutes the man. For man would not be capable of thinking and willing,
unlefs there were in him a fubftance to ferve as the fubjecT: of thefe opera
tions ; and to fuppofe otherwife would be afcribing exiftence to non
entity, as may appear from man's not being able to fee without that organ
which is the fubjecl: of vifion, or to hear without the organ of hearing;
thefe fenfes being nothing without fuch fubjecls of their operations.
Now thought is internal vifioh, or the fight of the iind, as perception
is the internal hearing ; and thefe without internal organized fubftances,
as their proper fubjecls, cannot exift: fb that the fpirit of a man has
equally a form, and that a human one, as alfo its fenfory and fenfes, when
diverted of its material body, as it had before; for all the perceptive life
of the eye and the ear, and of every other fenfe that appertains to man,
is not from his material body, but from his fpirit and the vital powers
thereof, in all and fingular the organs and parts of his body : hence it is
that fpirits fee, hear, and feel, as well as men> in the fpiritual world,*
though not in this natural world after their feparation from this mortal
body. That the fpirit had natural fenfations in this world, was owing
to its union with a- natural or material body ; but then alfo it had its.
fpiritual fenfes in various modes of thinking and willing."
The foregoing doctrine is here offered to convince the rational reader,,
that man, confidered in himfelf, is a fpirit, and that the corporeal part of
his competition annexed to him in this natural and material world is in
order to his relation thereto, and what he has to do therein, but is not
the man himfelf, but only defigned to be inftrumental to the operations
of his fpirit : but, as few are capable of receiving abftract reafonings,.
* To fuppofea human fpirit void of a human form and fenfeSjis to annihilate the very idea of fpirit;
for, as every eflence has its proper form, and every form its own effence, (they being necefTary cor
relatives,) Jo every fpirit has its body fuited to, the world it belongs.to,.according to that diftin&ion
laid down by the apoftles : There it a natural body, and tJJere is afpiritual btdy, i Cor. xv. 44.
And indeed, it is as rational to conclude, that a human fpirit fhould have a human organized body
endued with fpiritual fenfes in a fpiritual world, as that the fame fpirit Qiould be inverted with a ma
terial organized body with natural fenfes in this natural world. It is to be lamented, and the more
for its tendency to .promote infidelity, that many of the learned, fo called, have in a manner defined
and refined fpiritual nature into nothing, by diverting it of fubftantiality, to which it has a more pe
culiar right by far than matter; nor is the body of an angel lefs fubftantial in a proper fenfe of the
word than a folid rock, though not according to the condition of material nature. Upon the whole,
the common ideas of the vulgar and illiterate come much nearer to the truth and reality of heavenly'
things, than the vain conceits of fuch fpeculating fcioliits.
and
io66
AN ILLUSTRATION
and many are apt to run them into matter of doubtful difputation. by
arguments drawn from fallacious appearances of fenfe, I choofe, for con
firmation of the doctrine in hand, to appeal to truths founded on expe
rience. Such as have confirmed themfelves in the belief of the contrary
fide, arc ;;i\ <. to think, thai, as the beads have life and fenfatious as well
as men, lo they have both the fame fpirit and the fame end ; but this 1$
a grofs error, as the fpirit of a beaft inamenely differs from that of a man,
as being deftitute of that fublime principle of a heavenly life, by which,
the latter is made receptive of the divine influx, and capable of being
exalted to a participation of the divine nature ; and therefore it is that
man is fb highly privileged above the beads, that he can think of God,
and the things pertaining to his kingdom both in heaven and earth, and
be led thereby to love the Creator, and to he united to him: now that
which is in the capacity of fuch union is not liable to perifh, like that
which is not. For r.here is in every angel and in every man an inmoft
and fupreme degree or part ; which more immediately admits the divine
influx from heaven, whereby ail that is within man in the inferior de
grees are orderly difpofed and regulated. This inmoft or fupreme part
of the fpirit or foul, may be called the Lord's entrance into angels and
men, nay, his very habitation in them ; and hereby it is that man is diltiuguiuSed from the brute animals, which have it not, and is rendered
capable of near communications with heaven in the inner man, of be
lieving in the deity, of loving him, and of feeing him : nay, from hence
it is that man is a recipient of underftanding and wifdom, and alfo that
he is endowed with a rational life, and an heir of immortality : but how
or what the Creator operates in this inmoft recefs or fupreme part of
man, exceeds the capacity of an angel to comprehend.
When the body of a man is no longer able to perform its natural
functions correfponding to the thoughts and affections of his fpirit, and
which are derived to him from the fpiritual world, then he is faid to die ;
which comes to pafs when the lungs and the heart ceafe their refpiratory
and contractile motions. Not that man then fuffers extinction of life,
but only is feparated from that corporeal part of his compofition which
ferved him for an inftrument of ufefulnefe in fhis world ; but he ftilj
continues a living man, and that in a proper and literal fenfe of the expreffion, inafmucn as man receives his denomination not from his body,
but from his fpirit, fince it is the latter that thinks iu him, and that
thought with affection effentially conftitutes the man; fo that, when any
man is faid to die, it means no more than that he pailcs from one world
into another: and hence- it is, that by death in the Scripture, according
to the internal (Swedenborgian) fenfe of the word, is. figtn|ed refarreftiou,
and continuation of life.
There
OF ASTROLOGY.
1067
There is a very near communication and correfpondence betwixt the

fpirit and refpiration, and the motion of the heart (fyjlole), betwixt
thinking and refpiration, and betwixt the affection of love and the heart;
fo that, when thefe two motions ceafe in the body, a feparation prefently
enfues; for rtiefe two motions, viz. that which is refpiratory in the
lungs, and that which is called the fyftole or contractile power of the
heart, are the two bonds of union, which when broken, the fpirit is
left to itfelf, and the body, being deftttute of life from the fpirit, be
comes cold and putrifies. That fo intimate a communication fubfifts
between the human fpirit and refpiration, and the heart, is, becaufe all
the vital motions in this world depend thereon, not only in common,
but alfo in every particular part of the body.
The fpirit of a man remains fome little time in the body afte'r all figns
of life difappear, but not longer than till a total ceffation of all power in
the heart enfues, which varies according to the nature of the difeafe he
.dies of; for the motion of the heart continues long after in fome, but
not fo in others ; but, as foon as the total ceffation of it happens, the refufcitation of man commences, and this by the fole power of the Lord.
By refufcitatton here is meant the liberation of the fpirit of a man from
his body, and the introduction of it into the world of fpirits, and com
monly called refurrection. That the fpirit of a man is not feparatgd
from his body before all motion and power in the heart entirely ceafes,
is becaufe the heart correfponds to the affection of love, which is the
very life of man, for it is fi'QmJgv.e that every one derives his vital heat ;
therefore, fo long as this conjunction lafts, fo long the correfpondence
continues, and it is from correfpondence that the fpirit actuates and com
municates life to the body.
That the form of the fpirit of a man is a human form, or, in other
words, that the fpirit is the true-formed man, may be evinced from many
arguments; particularly from thefe; viz. That every angel is in a perfect
human form ; that every man is a fpirit as to his inner man ; and
that angels in heaven are from the human race. This alfo more evidently
appears from man's being denominated man from his fpirit, and not from
his body, and becaufe the corporeal form is an adjunct to the fpirit after
its form, amd not contrariwife, the former being but the clothing of the
latter. Moreover, the fpirit is the fole moving power in man, acting
upon and actuating every the moft minute part of the body, infomuch
that, when any part no longer derives vital influence therefrom, it pre
fently dies. Now, the ruling powers, which govern the body as their fubject, are the thought and the will ; but thefe arc from the fpirit only,
nay conftitute its ve^y eflence. The reafon why we do not fee any feNo. 57.
ia K
parate
io68
AN
ILLUSTRATION
parate fpirit, nor yet that of another man whilft in his body, in its hu
man form, with our prefcnt organs of fight, is becaufe thefe organs of vifion are material, and therefore only capable of difcerning objects of a ma
terial nature, whereas fpiritual things muft be feen by a fpiritual eye;*
but, when the corporeal fight is extingnimed by the death of the body,
and the fpirit's eye is opened, then fpirits appear to one another in their
human
of thofeform,
who yet
not live
onlyhere
in the
in fpiritual
the body.world, but they alfo fee the fpirits
That a human form is proper to a human fpirit, follows from man's

being created in the form of heaven, and alfo receptive of all things of a
heavenly nature and order, confequently with the faculty of receiving
underftanding and wifdom; for, whether we exprefs it by the words, " fa
culty of receiving underftanding and wifdom," or "the faculty of receiving
heaven," it comes to one and the fame thing. So that what has hitherto
been faid on this fubje6t, may be underftood by the rational man, from
his view of caufes and their effedb, of premifes and their confequences ;
but not fo by the obftinately irrational, and that for many aflignable reafons ; but principally, becaufe he is averfe to all doctrines which are con
trary to the falfe principles that he has adopted in the room of truths ;
and he that has thus (hut up his mind hath (hut the gate of heaven
apainft himfelf, fo that no light from thence can illuminate his rational
faculties ; and yet that gate might be opened, if his will did not relift.
This makes it evident, that they, who are in falfe thinking from an evil
principle, might be poflefied of a rational underftanding, if they were in
a willing difpofition for it; and that the reafon why they are not fo, is
becaufe they love the falfe above the true, as more agreeing with the evil
they have adopted, and which they choofe to follow. It is to be obferved,
that to love and to will a thing is the fame ; for, what a man wills he
loves, and what he loves he alfo wills.
fj
When the fpirit of a man enters into the world of fpirits, which
is foon after his refufcitation, (of which mention has been made before,)
he as yet retains the fame face and voice that he had in this world, as be
ing hitherto in his exterior ftate, that of his interior being yet unmanifeued ; and this is his firft ftate after death ; byt fome time_.a.ftejv_his_
face becomes, entirely changed, fo as to correfpond with the particular
afFeclion or love that poflefled his fpirit when in the body ; for the face
of a man's fpirit differs greatly from that of his body, the latter being
* It is to be noted here, that, when fpirits are feen by any one in the body, they are not feen with
the corporeal organs of vifion, but by the fpirit of the beholder abftrafledly from the body, though the
appearance is exadtly the fame in both cafes, as implied in thofe words of the apoftle, where, fpeaking
of his vifions, he fays, Whether in the body or tut ofthe body, I cannot tell- 2 Cor. xii. ^
derived
OF. ASTROLOGY.
1069
derived from his parents, but the former a correfpondent to his predo
minant affection, of which it is the fignature or image, and which be
comes appropriated to man in the other world, upon the manifeftation of
his interior ftate; for the fpirit of a man, rightly confidered, is the fame
with his predominant affection or love, and his face is the external fortn
of it. This change reflecting faces, in thole who pafs from hence into
the other world, is founded on this law, that no diflimulation or coun
terfeiting is there allowed, but all muft appear to be what they really are,
and consequently exprefs their thoughts in their words, and their affec
tions and defires in their looks and actions, fo that the, faces of all there
reprefent their minds reflectively. Hence it is, that, though all who
know one another in this world are alike mutually acquainted in the world
of fpirits, yet it is otherwife in heaven and hell.
The faces of hypocrites undergo not their proper change fo foon as the
faces of others, and that becaufe they .have by cuftom contracted a habit
of forming their minds to a kind of imitation of good fentiments and af
fections, and therefore they appear not uncomely for fome time; but, as
the difguife gradually wears off, and their inmoft thoughts and affections
manifeft themfelves, they appear more ugly than others. The hypocrites
here fpoken of, are fuch as know how to talk like angels upon divine
fubjects, and yet in their .hearts exalt Nature on God's throne, and dilbelieve all heavenly truths acknowledged in the Chriftian church.
It is to be obferved, that the human form of every man after death is
beautiful in proportion to the love he had for divine truths, and a life ac
cording to the fame, for by this ftandard things within receive their out
ward manifeftation and form ; fo that, the deeper grounded the affection for
what is good, the more conformable it is to the divine order in heaven,
and confequently the more beauty the face derives from its influx. Hence
it is, that the angels of the third or inmoft heaven, vvhofe love is of the
third or higheft degree, are the moft beautiful of all the angels ; whereas
they whofe love for divine things had been in a lower degree, or more
external than that of the celeftial or higheft angels, poflefs an inferior
degree of beauty ; and the tranflucent luftre in their faces, as proceeding
from a fmaller degree of divine virtue within them, is comparatively dim ;
for, as all perfection rifes in degrees from the inward to the inmoft, fo
the external beauty, to which it gives life and vigour, has its degrees in
the fame proportion.
When a man pafles from this natural world into the fpiritual, which
is at the time of his death, he takes with him all that belonged to him as
man.
1070
AN
ILLUSTRATION
man, and pofleffes every fenfe, both external and internal, that he pofTcfTed
before. Thus, for inftance, all in heaven have their fight, their hearing,
and all their fenfes, in far greater perfection than when in this world,
and alfo their minds more abundantly replete with wifdom : for they fee
by the light of heaven, which greatly exceeds that of this world, and they
hear through the medium of a Ipiritual atmpfphere, to which that of our
earth is not comparable. The comparative difference between thefe two
fenfes there and here, is as that of a bright fky to a thick fog, or as the
luftre of the meridian fun to the duflc of the evening. Now the light of
heaven, which is the divine truth, makes manifeft the minuteft things to
the perception of angels ; and, as their external correfponds to their inter
nal or intellectual fight, fo by mutual influx they co-operate in forming
the high perfection of an-gelic perfpicuity. In like manner their fenfe of
hearing correfponds to their perception, both in the understanding and
will ; fo that, in the found of the voice, and in the words of the fpeaker,
they can trace the minute particulars of his affections and thoughts; in
the found what relates to his affections, and in the words what concerns
his mind or thoughts ; but it is to be obferved, that the other fenfes of
the angels are not in the fame high degree of perfection with thofe of
fight and hearing, and that becaufe the latter are fubfervient inftruments
to their underftanding and wifdom, and not fo the others, which, if equal
in power, would leflen their preference to intellectual delights over and
above thofe of their fpiritual bodies, as we find to be the cafe with men
in this world, who, according to their greater relifh and indulgence as to
their grofler fenfes, have the lefs appetite and fenfibility with refpect to
fpiritu^l things.
A few words (hail here IDC fpoken concerning the cultivation of the rationtrl faculty in man. Genuine rationality con(ifts in- truths, not in falfehoods. Now truths are of three kinds ; civil, moral, and fpiritual. Civil
truths relate to judicial matters, and fuch as refpect public government,
and, in a general confideration, juftice and equity : moral truths have
relation to the conduct of life with refpect to fbcieties and inferior con
nections; in general, to fincerity and rectitude; and in particular, to
virtues of every clafs ; but fpiritual truths relate to the things of heaven,
and of the church on earth ; and in general to the good of love, and the
truths of faith. There are three decrees of life in every man : the ra
tional part in man is opened to the firft degree by civil truths ; to the fecond by moral truths ; and to the third by fpiritual truths. But let it
here be obferved, that man's rational part is not opened and formed mere
ly by his knowing fuch truths, but by living according to them when
known ;
OF ASTROLOGY.
1071
known ; that is, by loving them with a fpiritual affection, or the affection
of his fpirit, or, In other words, by loving juftice and equity as fuch,
Sincerity and reclitude of manners as fuch, and good and truth as fuch ;
whereas, to love them only from external regards, is loving them for the
fake of felf, for one's own character, honour, or profit; and therefore fuch
a love, as it terminates in felf, gives not a man any right to the charac
ter of rational, as fuch a one ufes truths as a lordly mafter ufes his fervants, viz. for his pleafure or intereft : and where this is the cafe, they
make no part of the man, nor open fo much as the firft degree of life in
him, but only have a place in his memory, like other fcientific ideas,
under a material form, where they unite with the love of felf in mere ani
mal nature. Hence it may appear how man becomes truly and properly
rational, viz. in the third or higheft degree, by the fpiritual love of
good and truth, or the things of heaven, and its reprefentative the church;
in the fecond degree, by the love of fmcerity and re6Htude ; and in the
firft degree, by the love of juftice and equity; which two laft loves be
come fpiritual by influx of the fpiritual love of good and truth from the
higheft degree, by joining itfelf to the inferior loves, and forming in them
its own likenefs. There are three degrees in man correfponding to the
three heavens ; and, as the third or higheft heaven does, as it were, fanctify the two inferior heavens by the defcending influx of its celeftial fuperior virtue, fo the fpiritual love of all that is good and true in man (cor
refponding to the third heaven) fpiritualizes or fa notifies his virtues,
though of an inferior clafs; thus, to give a cup of cold water to another
is a little thing ; but when it is the moft we can do, and love is in the
doing of it, the act has in it the effence of Chriftian charity. Matth. x. 42.
There are three ftates which man goes through after death, before he
enters into heaven or hell ; the firft refpecls his exterior part ; the fecond
his interior; and the third is his ftate of final preparation. Thefe ftates
man palTes through in the world of fpirits. However there are exceptions,
as fome are immediately after death taken up into heaven, or caft into
hell. Of the former clafs are they who are regenerated, and fb prepared
for heaven in this world, and that in fb high a degree as to need only the
putting off all their natural impurities, in order to be carried by the
angels into heaven. On the other band, fuch as. have been internally evil,
under the mafic of externally-apparent goodnefs, and fo have filled up the
meafure of their iniquities by hypocrify and deceit, ufing the cloak of
goodnefs as a means whereby to deceive others ; thefe are immediately
caft into hell. There are alfb fome who are committed to caverns im
mediately after their deceafe, and fo feparated from others in the world of
fpirits, but afterwards releafed, and remanded thither by turns; fuch
are they who, under civil pretexts, deal fraudulently with their neighNo. 57.
iA L
hours;;
AN
ILLUSTRATION
hours; but the fore-mentioned are very few compared to the many claffes
of thofe who are detained in the world of fpirits, in order t,o their pre
paration for heaven or hell, according to the eftablifhed arêr of divine
economy.
As to the firft ftate before-mentioned, qr that whi;h refpeds the exte
rior, this man enters upon immediately after death. Every one's fpir it
has belonging to it properties exterior and interior: the former are thole
by which he governs and. accommodates the corporeal functions in this
world, more efpecially the face, fpeech, and bodily geftures, according to
his focial connections; the latter are proper to his will and free thoughts,
which are feldom made manifeft by the face, fpeech, and outward be
haviour, man being accuftomed through education and example to coun
terfeit friendftiip, fincerity, and benevolence, and to conceal his true
thoughts, even from his infancy. Hence it is, that fo many learn the ex
ternal praclice of morality and good manners, however different they may
in reality be within, and fb, miftaking.cuftom for principle, know not
themfelves, nor enter into any examination concerning the matter.
As the life of men newly become fpirits is fo like to their natural life
in this world, and as they are at firft ftrangers to their new ftate, without
knowing any thing more of heaven and hell than what they have learned
from the letter of icripture, and their preachers ; therefore, after wonder
ing for fome time at their being clothed .with a body, and pofTefling every
fenfe as in this world, and alfo at their feeing things under jthe like ap
pearance as before, they find themfelves urged by a defire of knowing
what and where heaven and hell are; upon which they are inftrucled by
their friends in things relating to eternal life, and are conducted to various
places, and different locieties, and fome into cities, gardens, and beauti
ful plantations, and more particularly to fee magnificent buildings, as
fuch external objeGs fuit with the prefent external , ftate of their minds.
Then they are led to infpe<5l thofe interior fentiments and ideas, which
they had in this 'life concerning the ftate of fouls after, death, and con
cerning heaven and hell, not without indignation to think of their own
paft ignorance, and alio that of the church, in relation to thefe important
fubjecls. Alnaoft all in the world of fpirits are defirous to know whe
ther they fhall go to heaven or not ; and the greater part judge in favour
of themfelves as to this particular, efpecially fuch as had lived by the
external rules of morality and civil obligation here; not confidering that
both good and bad do the fame to outward appearance, as alfo do many
good offices to others, and in like manner go to church, hear fermons,
and bear a part in the public worship ; not reflecting that thefe external
OF, ASTROLOGY.
1073
.f\-Cl
a6is, and this outward form of worflvip, avail nothing in themfelyes, cqn-__
fidered ieparately'frbrh;ifhe difpofition and principle of the worftiipper,
and that it is the interior of inner man that ftamps the character and value
upon the outward work and form ; but fcarcely one in a thoufand knows
what is meant by the interior, and, even after being taught it, place- all
in the words and bodily fe'rvfce; and fuch is the greater part of thofe who
at this day pafs from1 the Chriftian world into the other.
.The fecond ftate of man after death is called his interior ftate, as he
then pafTes into the more recondite things of 'his mind, or of his will
and thoughts, whilft the more1 external functions of it, as exercifed in
his firft ftate, are then quiefc'ent and dormant. Whoever carefully attends
to the lives, words', and acTions, of men, may foon find that every one
has both his exterior and interior thoughts and intentions -, thus, for ex
ample, the man of civil connections and manners forms his judgment -of
others by what he knows of them by character and conversation ; and,
Chough he ftiould find them to be far otherwife than men of probity and
worth, yet he does'not fpeak and "behave to them according to his real
:fentiments 'of them, butjwith fomething of feeming refpedYand civility :
and this is ftill more ftr.dhgly exdrnplified ; in the behaviour of perfons
addicted to diffimulatioh and flattery, who^fpeak and acY quite contrary
t6 what they think and mean ; and alfo in1 hypocrites, who can talk of
God, of heaven, and fpintual' things, arid attb of their country and neigh
bour, as if from faith arid loVe, when at the fame time they have neither
the one nor the other, awHdve' none but themfelves. This evinces that
thdre are thoughts1' in "the- Tame tnind of -tAW) different complexions, the
one interior, 'and the: pthtir'exteriori and that it is common for men to
fpeak from the latter, whvHHrieir real fentiments in the interior are con
trary thereto; and that thefe two arrangements of thoughts are of diftindfc
and feparate apartments in the mind, appears from the pains fuch perfons
take to prevent thofe that are interior from flowing into the exterior to
manifeftation. 'Now man'1 Was fo formed by his original creation, that
both thefe were as one by correfpbndence and confent, as is the cafe now
with the good, who both think and fpeak what is good and true ; whereas,
in the evil the interior and the exterior are divided, for they think evil,
and fpeak good, thus inverting the order of things, whilft the evil is innermoft, and the good outermdft, the former exercifing rule over the
latter, and ufing its fervices for temporal and felfim ends; fo that the
feeming good which they fay and do is corrupted and changed into evil,
however the undifcerning may be deceived by its outward appearance.
On the other hand, they who are in the good principle ftand in the divine
order of God's creation, whilft the good in their interior flows into the
:''"'-'
~> I-, exterior
1074
AN
ILLUSTRATION
''-''" '
;' ' [' ' l.i tii : "i: :\
'.' f>.":
exterior of their minds, and thence into their words and actions. This
is the ftate in which man was created, and thus they have communication
with heaven, and have the Lord for their leader. Thus much may ferve
to (how, that man thinks from two diftindt grounds, the one called the
interior, the other the exterior ; and, when we fpeak here of his thinking,
we include likewife his faculty of willing, as his thoughts are from his will,
neither can they exift feparately.
, ...--
'
'-
>
After that man, now become a fpirit, has gone through his firft
ftate, which is that of his exterior thoughts and will, he then pafles
into his fecond or interior ftate, and this he enters upon infenfibly,
which refembles that of a man of this world, who, finding himfelf at
liberty from every reftraint and diflipation, recollects himfelf, and enters
into the moft fee ret recefles of his foul. Now in this ftate of introverfion,
when he thinks freely from his inmoft difpofition and affections, he is
properly himfelf, or in his true life. All without exception enter into
this ftate in the other world, as proper to fpirit, for the former is afTumed
and pradtifed in accommodation to fociety and tranfactions in this world;
and therefore, though if; remains with man for fome time after death, yet
it is not longr continued; in,, :as,not being fuitable to the nature of a fpirit,
for the following reafons;' firft, becaufe. a fpirit thinks and fpeaks from
the governing principle of life without difguife; nay, the fame is the cafe
of man in this world, when he enters into his inmoft felf, and takes an
intuitive view of his inward man, in which kind of furvey he fees more
.in a minute than he coujd utter in an hour. Secondly, becaufe in his
converfatio.il and dealings in this woi^ld, he fpeaks and acts under the re
ftraint of thofe rules which fociety nas eftablifhed for the maintenance of
civility and decorum. Thirdly, becaufe man, when he enters into the
interior recefies of his fpirit, exercifes rule over his outward economy,.
prefcribing laws thereto, how to fpeak and act in order to conciliate the
good will and favour of others, and that by a conftrained external beha
viour. Thefe confiderations may ferve to fhow, that this interior ftate
of liberty is not only the proper ftate of the fpirit of a man after death,
but even in this life. When a fpirit has pafled into this fecond or interior
ftate, it then appears outwardly what manner of man he had been in this
world, as he now acts from his proper felf; thus, if he had been a wife
and good man before, he now manifefts ftill higher degrees of rationality
and wifdom in his words and actions, as being freed from thofe corporeal
and earthly embarrafTments which bad fettered and obfcured the inward
operations of his mind, whereas the bad man evidences greater folly than
before ; for, whilft in this world, he fafhioned his external behaviour by
the rules of prudence, in order to fave appearances ; but, not being under
the like reftraints now, he gives full fcope to his infanity.
All.
OF ASTROLOGY.
All who in this world lived uprightly, and preferved a good confcience,
walking in the fear of God, and in the love of divine truths, applying
the fame to practical ufe, feem to themfelves as men awaked out of fleep,
and as having pafled from darknefs to light, when they firft enter upon
their fecond or interior ftate ; for they think upon the light of pure wildom, and they do all things from the love of goodnefs ; heaven influ
ences their thoughts and affections, and they are in communication with
angels. But the condition of the evil in this ftate is according to his par
ticular concupifcence. They who had been abforbed in felf-love, fo as
not to attend to the good ufes of their refpective offices and functions, but
difcharged them only with a view to their own eftimation and honour,
appear more ftupid than others ; for, in proportion to the degree of felf-<
love in any one is his diftance from heaven, and confequently from wifdom ;
but they, who to the evil of felf-love had added crafty devices, and by
means thereof advanced themfelves to worldly honours, aflociate them
felves to the worft of fpirits, and addict themfelves to the magical
arts, which are profane abufes of the divine order, by means of which
they moleft and vex all that pay them not honour. The practifing of
infidious wiles, and to kindle ftrife and hatred, yield them the higheft
pleafure; they burn with revenge, and long for nothing. :more than to
tyraunife over all that fubmit not to their will; and all thefe wicked paffions they gratify as far as their evil aflbciates give them affiftance; nay,
fo far does madnefs hurry them on, as to make them wifh to fcale heaven,
either to fubvert the government of the holy kingdom, or to caufe them
felves to be worshipped for gods therein. As to thofe who in this world
afcribed all creation to nature, and fo in effect denied a God, and confe
quently all divine truths, fuch herd together in this ftate, calling: every
one a god who excelled in fubtlety of reafoiung, and giving him divine
honour. Such in the world of fpirits are feen in their conventicle worfhipping a magician, holding conferences concerning nature, and be
having more like brute beafts than human creatures ; and among them
fome who were dignitaries in this world, and had the reputation of being
learned and wife, and others of a different character. From this much
we may gather what they are, the interior of whofe minds is fhut againft
divine things, as theirs is, who receive no influx from heaven through,
looking up to God and a life of faith.
The third ftate of man, or of his fpirit, after death, is the ftate of in-,
ftruction, which is appointed for thofe that go to heaven, and become
angels ; but not for thofe that go to hell, as fuch are not in a capacity of"
inftruction, and therefore their fecond ftate is their laft, and anfwers to
the third in others, as it terminates in their total change into that pre
vailing love which conftitutes their proper principle, and confequently
No. 57.
i.^M,
into,
1076
AN
ILLUSTRATION
into a conformity to that infernal fociety with which they have fellowship.
When this is accomplished, their will and thoughts flow fpontaneoufly
from their predominant love, which being infernal, they can only choofe
the evil and falfe, and reject all that apparent good and truth which be
fore they had adopted, Solely as means fubfervient to the gratification of
their ruling paSJion. On the other hand, the good fpirits are introduced
from their Second into their third State, whic.h is that of preparation for
heaven by the means of instruction ; for none can be qualified for heaven
but through the knowledge of fpiritual good and truth, and their oppofites, evil and falsehood, which can only come from previous instruction.
As to good and truth in a civil and moral fenfe, commonly called
juftice and Sincerity, thefe may be learned from the laws of nations, 'and
from converfation in, virtuous company ; but fpiritual good and truth, as
ingrafted principles in the heart, are only received by the teachings of a
divine light : for, though they are literally Set forth in the Scripture, and
the doctrines of the Christian churches founded thereon, yet they only
gain the efficacy of a vital principle from a celeStial influence manifesting
itfelf in a confcientious obedience to the divine laws, as promulgated in
the written word, and that in refpect to the divine authority of them, and
not from SelfiSh and worldly motives ; then a man is in the heavenly life,
or io heaven, even whilSt in this world.
The way of conveying instruction in the other world differs from that
on earth, inafmuchas truths there are committed not to the memory, but
to the life; for the memory of fpirits is in their life's; principle, and they
receive and imbibe only what is conformable thereto; for fpirits are So
many human forms of their own affections. As the nature of fpirits is
fuch, therefore they are continually infpired with an affection for truth
for the ufes of life; for the Lord has fo ordered it, that every one Should
love the ufes that accord with their particular gifts and qualities: which
love is likewife heightened by the hope of their becoming angels; for in
heaven all particular and Singular ufes have relation to the general ufe or
good of the Lord's kingdom, and may be confidered as fo many parts of
one whole, fo that the truths which they learn are both truths and the
ufes of truths conjunctly : thus the angelical fpirits are prepared for hea
ven. The affection or love of truth for the purpofes of uSe is insinuated
into them by many ways not known in this world, more particularly by
various representations of ufe under fuch delightful forms as affect both
their minds and fenfes with unfpeakable pleafure; fo that, when any Spirit
is joined to the fociety for which he was prepared, he then enjoys life
rooft when he is in the exercife of its proper uSes, Hence it may appear,
that not the ideal knowledge of truths, as things without us, but an im
plantation
OF ASTROLOGY.
plantation of them in the affections and life for the purpofe Of Ufee, is that
which qualifies for the kingdom of heaven.
After that the angels are duly prepared for heaven irt manner defcribdd,
which comes to pals in a (hort time, as fprritual minds are of quick cotttprehenfion, they are then clothed in angelical garments, which, for1 the"
moft part, are white, as of fine linen, and conducted to the way whteh
leads up to heaven, and delivered to the guardian angels theYe; after"
which they are received by other angels, and introduced to different focieties, where they partake of various delights: after this every ofi6 is
fed by the Lord's guidance to his particular propel* fociety, and thfe By*
various ways, fbmetimes direct, fometimes otherwife, not known W arty
of the angels, but to the Lord only. Laftly, when they ate dome td theif
own fbciety, their inmoft thoughts and affections open arid1 expand thertvfelves; which meeting with the like returns of cordial fympathy frofn
their fellow-angels, they are immediately known and received by therti
with a joyful welcome.
An equilibrium is neceffary to the exigence and fbbfiftfertce of all thing*,
and confifts in the equality of action and re-action between two oppofite
powers, producing reft or equilibrium; and this according to ati eftablifhed law through the natural world, obferved in the very atmofpheres,
in which the lower and denfer air re-aclson the fuperincumbent cdlumn*;
nay, even betwixt heat and cold, light and darknefs, dry and moift; and
the middle point is the temperature or equilibrium; The fame law ob
tains throughout the three great kingdoms of this world, the mineral,
vegetable, and animal ; wherein all things proceed and are regulated adcording to action and re-action, or actives and paflives, producing or reftoring an equilibrium in nature. In the phyfical world, the agent and
re-agent are called power and conatus ; and in the fpiritual world, life
and will, as being living power and conatus ; and here the equilibrium is
called liberty. Thus there exifts a fpiritual equilibrium or liberty be
twixt good and evil, by the action of one, and the re-action of the othef;
for example, in good men this equilibrium is effected by the action of the
good principle, and the re-action of the evil principle ; but in bad men,
evil is the agent, and good is but the re-agent. That there is a- fpiritual
equilibrium betwixt good and evil, is becaufe every thing appertaining to
the vital principle in man has relation to good or evil, and the will is
the receptacle of both. There is likewift an equilibrium betwixt true
aid falfe; but this depends on thr equilibrium betwixt good and evil, ac
cording to their kinds refpeflively. The equilibrium1 bettvixt' truth and
falfehood is fimilar to that which is betwixt light and darkucfs (umbtarfi),
which
1078
AN ILLUSTRATION
which operates, according to the heat and cold therein, on the fubjects of
the vegetable kingdom ; for, that light and darknefs have no fuch operation
in themfelves alone, but only through the heat in them, may appear from
the fimilarity there is betwixt the light and darknefs in winter and in
fpring. The comparifon of truth and falfehood with light and darknefs
is from correfpondency ; for truth correfponds to light, and falfehood to
darknefs, and heat to the good of love. Spiritual light alfo is the fame
with truth; and fpiritual darknefs is the fame with falfehood.
There is a perpetual equilibrium betwixt heaven and hell; from the
latter continually exhales and afcends a conatus of doing evil ; and from
the former continually emanes and defcends a conatus (tendency to or
will) of doing good. In this equilibrium is the world of fpirits, which
is fituated in the midft betwixt heaven and hell ; and this may appear
from hence, that every man immediately after death enters into the world
of fpirits, and there continues in the fame ftate in which he died; is ex
amined and proved thereby, as a touchftone of his principles; and re
mains under the fame free will, which all indicate an equilibrium ; for,
fuch a fpiritual equilibrium there is in every man and fpirit, as obferved
before. The particular kind and tendency of this liberty or free will is
well known by the angels in heaven, by the communication of thoughts
and affections; and it appears vifibly to the evangelical fpirits, by the
paths and ways which they choofe to walk in, as the good fpirits take
thofe which lead to heaven, and the evil fpirits thofe which lead to hell ;
for fuch ways and walks have actually a vifible appearance in that world ;
and this is the reafon that the word way or ways in Scripture fignifies
thofe truths which lead to good, and, in an oppofite fenfe, thofe falfehoods which lead to evil ; and hence alfo it is, that "to go, walk, or jour
ney," fignify the progreflions of life in the fame facred writings.
That evil continually inhales and afcenda from hell, and that good con
tinually flows and defcends from heaven, is becaufe every one isfurrourttled by a fpiritual fphere, flowing or tranfpiring from his vifal affections
and thoughts, and conlequently the lame from every fociety celefHal or
infernal, and collectively from the whole heaven and the whole hell.
This univerfal efflux of good from heaven originates in the Lord, and
pafies through the angels without any mixture of their property or felfhood ; for this is fupprefled in them by the Lord, who grants them
to live in his own divine property ; whereas the infernal fpirits are in their
property of felfifh nature, or what only belongs to themfelves, which, as.
unblefled with divine communications from the fole fountain of all good,
is only evil in every one continually.
The
O F i A S T IR O L O G W A
1679
The heavens,, in the; general, are diftinguifhed in-tO' two 'kingdoms ; the
one of which is called the celeftial, the other the ipirrtuaJ^ k'tngdotiv. The
hells likewife are diftingurfhed into two kingdoms';1 the btw of which is
oppofite to the celeftial, the other to the fpifitual. That which is Oppo
fite to the celefttal is in the weft, and they who belong to it are called
genii; and that which is oppolite >to the fpiritual 'kingdom is in ; the
north and fouth; and they who belong td ;it iare called evil fpirits. All
in the celeftial kingdom, excel in lovd to the Lord, 'and all that are in
the hells oppofite to that [kingdom arenfluier the prevailing power of
felf-love; all that belongitoithe fpiritual kingdonv are 'diftinguifliecl in ex
cellence by love to their neighbour, and all that are in the bells oppofite
to this kingdom are (laves to .the love of: the witold; fo that love to the
Lord and the love of i~elf ia're in the fame diametrical oppofition to each
other as the love of our neighbour and the love of the world. , Effectual
provilion is made by the:Lord, that no poxver of 'evil, from the hells that
are in oppofition to the celeftial kingdom, may -reach the fubjecls of the
fpiritual kingdom, as the confequence in that cafe would be the fubverfion of the latter. Thus <doe& the Lord keep the balance betwixt good
and evil in his own hand for the prefervatibn of his kingdoms.
As good and evil, truth and;falfehood, are of a fpiritual 'Mature, fo alfo
is that equilibrium in which'Confifts.the power of thinking and willing the
one or the other, and the liberty of choofing or refufing accordingly.
This liberty, or freedom of the willj .originates in the divine nature, but
is given to every man byrthe Lord for a property of his life, nor does he
ever take it back again. This good gift to man is to the end that he may
be regenerated and faved, for without free will there is no falvation for
him ; but that he actually poflefles it, he may know from the operations
of his own mind, and what pafles inwardly in his ipirit, he being able to
think and choofe either good or evil, whatever reftraints he may be under
from uttering or .acting the latter part in refpecl: to laws divine or human.
Now this inward experience evinces, beyond a thoufand arguments, that
liberty belongs to man, as his I'pirit is his proper felf, and it is that which
freely thinks, wills, and choofes-, coniequently, liberty is to be eftimated
according to the inner man, .and not from what he may be outwardly
through fear, human refpeds^ or other external reftraints.
, ..:i. ;: ; .3 tii i
: . V.
That man would1 not be< capable of being refjormed or regenerated with
out free, will,; is becaufe he:,is by tho:original conftitution of his nature
born to evils of every kind, w.hich mufl be removed in order to his fal
vation; and that:can:only be by his knowing, owning, renouncing, and
abhorring,' them. . .To this, end, he rriuft be intruded in the nature of
No. 57.
12 N
good;,
-
io8o
AN
ILLUSTRATION
good ; for it is by good only that he can fee the evil, but by evil he cannot
fee the good: .accordingly, he muft be early educated in the knowledge
of fpiritual truths, by teaching, by reading the fcriptures, and by the
preaching of the word, that fo he may attain to the right underftanding of
what is good; as he is likewife to cultivate his mind with the knowledge
of moral and civil truths from his intercourfe with fociety in the different
relations of life; all which imply the ufe and exercife of freedom. An
other thing to be confidered is, that nothing becomes appropriated to man,
or can be called his own, that is not received into the affectionate part ;
other things he may apprehend or form an ideal knowledge of, but what
enters not his will or love, which is the lame thing, (for what a man
wills he loves,) that, makes no part of him, nor abides with him. Now,
man being naturally prone to evil, he could not receive its contrary,
the good, int6 his will or love, fo as to become appropriated to him,
unlet* he were endowed with liberty or freedom of will, feeing that the
good is oppofite to the evil of his nature.
As man is poflefled of liberty or free will, in order to be capable of re
generation, therefore he can have communication in fpint with heaven
or with hell; for evil fpirits from the one, and angels from the other,
are prefent with him; by the former he pofiefles his own evil ; by the
latter he is in the principle of good from the Lord; and herein frauds his
equilibrium or liberty. Not that this conjunction of man with heaven
or hell is an immediate conjuuclian, but mediate only, and that through
the fpirits that belong to the world of .fpirits; for thefc are the fpirits
that attend on man, and not any immediately from heaven or hell. By
the evil fpirits belonging to the world of fpirits, man joins himfelf to
hell; and by the good fpirits of the fame world he has communication
with heaven ; for the world of fpirits is intermediate between heaven and
hell, and constitutes the true equilibrium. Let it be obferved, as touch
ing thofe fpirits that are appointed to be man's aflbciates here, that a
whole fociety may hold.' .-communication with another fociety, and alfo
with any individual wherefoever, by means of an emiflary fpirit, which
fpirit is called, The fuhjefl. of many. The cafe is fimilar with refpecl to
man's communication with the focieties in heaven and in hell, by the
intervention of his aflbciate fpirit from the world of fpirits. The good
fpirits belonging to the world of fpirits, being in their final preparation
for the angelical ftate, are called angelical fpirits ; and, as they have im
mediate communication with the heavenly angels, fo has man, through
them, a mediate communication with the fame. And the bad fpirits
viceverfa. Thus all communications, between man and the highefi and
loweft in heaven and hell, arc conducted through the mediums adapted to
his nature and ftates refpe&ively. , : .1
~:
What
OF ASTROLOGY.
1081
What has been delivered concerning heaven, the world of fpirits, and
hell, will appear obfcure to thofe who have no relifti for fpiritual truths,
but clear to fuch as take delight therein, more efpecially to all who are
in the love of truth for its own fake. What we love, we readily receive
and underftand; and, where truth is the object of our affections, it re
commends itfelf to the mind by the evidence it brings with it; for truth
is the light, by which all things are known and diftinguifhed.
Such are the doctrines of Baron Emanuel Swedenborg, with refpect to
the fpirits and departed fouls of men. But the Magi\ or wile men of the
Eaft, have defined fpirits, good and bad, of a great variety of kinds and
orders, whereof fome are fuited to the purpofes of witchcraft and exorcifm, and others not. The form and nature of fpirits, fay they, are to
be confulered according to the fource to which each caterva doth belong;
for fome, being altogether of a divine and celeftial nature, arc not fubject
to the abominable conjurations and enchantments of vicious men; whilft
others, of a diabolical and infernal nature, are not only ready upon all
occafions to become fubfervient to exorcifts and magicians, but are ever
watching opportunities of exciting evil affections in the mind, and of ftirring up the wickedly-inclined to the commifljon of every fpecies of ini
quity and vice. As to the fhapes and various likenefles of thefe wicked
Jpirits or devils, it is generally believed, that, according to their different
capacities in wickednefs, fo their fhapes are an fwerable after a magical
manner, refembling fpiritually fome horrid and ugly monfters, as their
confpiracies againft the power of God were hih and monftrous when
they fell from heaven. For the condition of fome of them is nothing
but continual horror and defpair, whilft others triumph in fiery might
and pomp, attempting to pluck the Almighty from his throne; but the
quality of heaven is (hut from them, and they can never reach it, which
acts upon them as an eternal Iburce of torment and mifery. But that
they are materially vexed and fcorched in flames of fire, is only a figura
tive idea, adapted to our external fenfe, and by no means to be literally
underftood ; for their fubftance is fpirirual, and their eflence too fubtile
for any external torment. Their mifery is unqueftionably great and in
finite; but not througl) the effect of outward flames; for their bodies
are capable of piercing through wood and iron, (tone and all terreftrial
things. Neither is all the fire or fuel of this world able to torment
them ; for in a moment they can pierce it through and through. The
endlefs fource of their mifery is in themfelves, and ftands continually
before them, fb that they can never enjoy any reft, being abfent from
the prelence of God ; which torment is greater to them than all the tor
tures of this world combined together.
The
io8a
AN
ILLUSTRATION
The wicked fouls that are departed this life, are alfo capable of ap
pearing again, and of anfwering the conjurations and magical questions of
exorcifts, becaufe the quality of their minds, and the bent of their incli
nation-, being fimilar to thofe of the fallen angels or devils, it cannot be
conceived that their torment and purfuits hereafter are much different;
for the Scripture faith, that every one is rewarded according to his works ;
and," that which a man fows, that he Jhall reap. Hence it follows, that, as
the damned fpirits of departed men, while they lived on earth, heaped up
vanity, and loaded their fouls with iniquity and vice; fo, when they en
ter the next world, the fame abominations which here they committed
fcrve them to ruminate and feed upon, and, the greater thefe offences have
been, the greater is the torment arifing from them every moment. But
very contrary to this is the ftate of the righteous fouls, departed, who
are entered into eternal reft ; and of the different degrees and orders
of the angelic hoft, which appertain to heaven, and have places in the
manfions of the blefTed. Nor is it poffible for any one, how expert fbever in magical experiments, to compel thefe blefled fpirits, of any de
gree, order, or quality, of creation, to be exorcifed, or called up, or made
appear, at the will of the magician, by any forms of convocation or com
munication, or by the power of magical rites and ceremonies of any clafs
or defcription whatsoever. It may indeed be believed, and it is by moft
authors admitted, that infinite numbers of the angelic hoft are employed
for the glory of God, in watching over and protecting the purfuits of
good men; but they are not fubjeft to fpells cr conjurations of any kind
let on foot by the impious profeflbrs of the Black Art.
i
Of a different opinion, however, are fome of thofe who attempt to

juftify the magic art under fanclion of the holy Scriptures, and for this
purpofe inftance the fupplication of Saul to the witch of Endor. This
pafTage undoubtedly ferves to fhow how greatly the practice of exorcifm
reigned amongft the Jews, and proves the poffibility of raifing up fpirits
in thofe ancient times ; but that the exorcift never meant to bring up
the fpirit or ghoft of Samuel, but that of an evil demon to repr.efe.nt him,
is apparent from her exclamations to Saul, when fhe accufes him of hav
ing deceived her; and is a convincing proof, that this particular inftance,
of the fimilitude of a blefTed fpirit being called up by a profeflor of fpells
and incantations, was owing to the immediate permiffion of the Deity,
for the purpofes of forwarding the Jewifh difpenfation, and manifefting
his peculiar regard to the perfcii of David, through whofe loins the
Mefiiah was to come. See I Sam. xxviii. 7, & feq.
Such fpirits as are termed ajlral /pints, which belong to this out
ward world, and are compounded of the elemental quality, having their
fourcc
Q F ASTROLOGY. ,
1083
fource from the ftars, and being fubjecT: to a beginning and ending, may
be folicited and brought into league, with magicians and witches ; and
can alfo inform them of many wonderful and occult properties in nature,
and of many important concerns relating to the ftate and affairs of men
in this terreftrial world. This defcription of fpirits is faid to occupy
various places of the earth ; as woods, mountains, waters, air, fiery flames,
clouds, ftars, mines, fea-fhores, ancient buildings and ruins, and places of
the flain. They are capable of hunger, grief, paffion, and vexation, being
in fome meafure temporal, and compounded of the moft fpiritual part of
the elements, into which they are eventually refolved, as ice into water;
and have been more or lefs celebrated by hiftorians and poets in all ages
of the world.
There are likewife another fpecies, called Jgneous or Fiery Spirits,
that inhabit the burning mountains of Hecla, Vefuvius, Êtna, Poconzi,
&c. which fome authors have affirmed to be infernal Spirits, and damned
fouls, who for a term of years are confined to thefe burning mountains
for their iniquities. But the moft received opinion is, that they are of a
middle vegetative nature, and perifhable, which, at the diffolution of the
media nafura, (hall be again reduced into their primary aether. And from
natural caufes it may be ealily demonftrated, that there is great correfpondence betwixt fuch fubftances and the element of fire, by reafon of
the internal flagrat and central life proceeding from the quintefTence of
one only element, which upholds them in motion, life, and nourishment;
as every natural and fupernatural being is upheld and maintained out of
the felf-fame root from whence it had its original. So the angels feed v
upon the celeftial manna; the devils upon the fruits of hell, which is~
natural to the propenjity of their appetites; the aftral fpirits upon the
fource of the ftars, and the gas of the air ; upon a principle that every
thing is nourished by its mother, as infants at the breaft, or chickens from
the egg, &c. The proper nounmment . of fiery fpirits, however, is
radical heat, and the influence of the airy region ; nor is it to be won
dered at that they are fo much delighted with the fiery quality, in regard
of their affinity and near approach to the effence and quality of infernal
.fpirits or devils, whpfe ftate and being is altogether damnable and deplo
rable; for, although they have not the ability of attaining either the
heavenly or infernal quality, by reafon that they are utterly void of the
inner mod centre, and may be rather termed monfters than rational anirnajs ; yet, becaufe they are compounded of the outermoft principle, fuch
jis their innate affinity and unity with the dark, world, or infernal king
dom, t;bat they often become the devil's agents, to propagate his works
.upon the face of the earth. Thus by the inftigation of infernal fpirits, and
No. 58.
12 O
fheir
1084
AN ILLUSTRATION
their own promptitude, they often terrify men with nofturnal vifions ;
provoke melancholy people to fuicide ; tempt drunkards and incendiaries
to fet houfes on fire, to burn thofe who are in them, and allure carelefs
fervants and others to found and incautious fleep, that fuch unlucky
accidents might happen ; befides innumerable other ways they have of
executing the devices of iniquitous fpirits through malicious inftigations,
or fecret ftratagems, projected for the overthrow and deftru&ion of mortal
men ; efpecially when the work to be effected by the devil is too hard for
his fubtle and fpiritual nature to effecl, becaufe the fame belongs to the
outward fource or principle to which thefe dubious fpirits more imme
diately belong. For, being compounded of the fiery element, they are
moft officious in this kind of fervice, being fuch as the antecedent mat
ter hath fufficiently demonftrated ; but according to their different ranks
and orders fome of them are much more inveterate and malicious in their
agency than the reft. Thefe, as well as every other kind of aftral fpirits,
are more or lefs obfequious to the kingdom of darknefs ; and the devil,
it feems, can effect little or nothing without their afliftance in this out
ward or elementary world, upon the paflions of mankind ; becaufe their
bodies are too crude for the direct conveyance of their influence, either
in dreams, charms, vifions, raptures, or other foft and alluring means.
Thefe fiery fpirits are likewife apt for conjuration, and are always ready
at the call of the magician, for the execution of any cruel or diabolical
purpofe.
Diftinct from fiery fpirits, are a fpecies which properly belong to the
metallic kingdom, abiding in mountains, caves, dens, deeps, hiatas or
chafms of the earth, hovering over hidden gold, tombs, vaults, and fe^
pultures of the dead. Thefe fpirits are termed by the ancient philofophers " protectors of hidden treafure," from a principle or quality in
their nature, whence they exceedingly delight in mines of gold, filver,
and places of hidden treafure; but are violently inimical to man, and envy
his benefit or accommodation in the difcovery thereof; ever haunting
thofe places where money is concealed, and retaining malevolent and
poifonous influences to blaft the lives and limbs of thofe who attempt to
make fuch difcoveries ; and therefore extremely dangerous for magicians
to exorcife or call them up. It is recorded in feveral of the ancient Britifh authors, that Peters, the celebrated magician of Devonfhire, together
with his affociates, having exorcifed one of thefe malicious fpirits to conduel them to a fubterranean vault, where a confiderable quantity of treafure
was known to be hid, they had no fooner quitted the magic circle, than
they were inflantaneoufly crufhed into atoms, as it were in the twinkling
of an eye. And in this particular we have too many fatal examples
upon
OF ASTROLOGY.
1085
upon record, of the fudden deftruclion of thofe who by magical fpells had
called up this defcription of fpirits, for the purpofe of difcovering hidden
'gold; which examples feemtoprove, that thefe fpirits have moreaffinity with
the infernal than with the aftral hierarchy ; and that they are the diabo
lical agents of Mammon, bringing about all the evils of this world, which
fpring from an infatiable luft after gold; whence the faying in fcripture,
that We cannot ferve God and Mammon ; and that // is eajlerfor a camel
to pafs through the eye of a needle^ thanfor a rich man to enter into the king
dom of heaven; hyperbolically fpoken, in reference to the innumerable
fins and wickednefles committed by mankind, for the fake of temporary
wealth and riches ! Hence too a reafons offers, why of all other fubordinate fpirits, thefe are the moft pernicious to mortal men. The nature of
them is fo violent, that, in the hiftories of the gold and filver mines
abroad, it is recorded that whole companies of labourers have been deftroyed by them at once ; and that their delight is in tormenting, killing,
and crufhing to death, thofe who moft greedily luft after and feek for fuch
treafures. The richeft and largeft filver-mine in Germany was haunted
by one of thefe fpirits, who fometimes ufed to appear in the fhape of a
he-goat, with golden horns, pufhingdown the workmen with uncommon
violence ; and at others in the fhape of a horfe, breathing fiery flames
and peftilential vapours at his noftrils, till by continual deftruclion, fear,
and alarm, they were obliged to defift from working that mine any longer ;
and it continues fhut to this day.
Thus far we have confidered fpirits fubordinate, or fuch as properly
belong to the elementary or outward world. We will now take a view
of the infernal fpirits or devils, and damned fouls; which are to be
clafled according to their refpedive ranks and orders, exactly correfpondent.or appofite to the choirs and hierarchies of the angels, or blefTed
fpirits in heaven.
The origin of devils and infernal fpirits, as Scripture-revelation hath
confirmed and eftablifhed, proceeded from confpiracy and rebellion in
heaven, under the arch-fiend Lucifer, who was originally of the higheft
order of the angelic hofr, ; becaufe it is written of him, In Cherubim
extentus protegeus pofuite monte fanclo Dei; "Extended upon a Che
rubim and protecting, I have put thee in the holy mountain of God." And
further, becaufe it is alfo written, Quomodo enim mane oriebaris, Luci
fer ; " For then didft thou rife in the morning, O Lucifer." Various are
the opinions as to the exprefs occafion of his fall. Some fay, it was for
fpeaking thefe words : Ponemfedem meam in aquilone,Jimilis era Altijfimo ;
" I will
.-
id86
AN ILLUSTRATION
"I will putmjfeatifc1 the North, and I will be like the Moft -High."
Others affirm, that it proceeded from his utterly refuting felicity, and
holding the bleffings of heaven in derijion. Some again, beeaufe he offerted
that all his Jlrength proceeded from Aimfe/f, and not from God. Others,
beeaufe he attempted to effect that by himfelf and his own ftrength, which was
alone the proper gift of God. Other opinions fay, That his condemnation
proceededfrom his challenging the place of the MeJJiah; whilft others infiir,
that it was beeaufe he tmpioujly challenged the omnipotency ofGod^\^wth
ivhom he claimed equal power. But the Chriftian church in all countries
agree, that it was for all thefe crimes put together, and many more ; exclufive of his drawing afide the allegiance- of' Other -angels^ and fuborning
the whole of his own legion in confpiracy, to attempt to pluck the Al
mighty from his Throne; whereupon a dreadful conflict enfued' between
Michael the archangel with the heavenly hoft on one fide, and Lucifer
and his rebellious tribes on the other, which ended in their total extermi
nation from the manfions and light of heaven, to fuffer eternal 'torment in
the dark abodes of the infernal regions.
Here began the kingdom of darknefs,' and the devil's enmity to mortal
man ; who being created of a nature inferior to the angels, but, by a
ftate of probation, capable of arriving to the fame degree of excellence,
and of filling up the vacancy in heaven occafioned by the fall of Lucifer
and his legions, it excited his envy ftill the more, and laid the ground of
that ceafelefs warfare, which, from the fall of Adam to the prefent hour,
hath exifted between the king of darknefs and the fouls of men. And,
though this conflict is not conducted by outward and vifible means, yet
it is effected by fecret fnares and ambufcades, which take us at unawares,
and when we are moft off our guard. For the devil, while we feed^_L_ .
allures us to fin by gluttony ; he thrufteth luft into our generation, and
floth into our exercife ; into our converfation, envy ; into our traffic,
avarice; into our correction, wrath; into our government, pride; he
putteth into our hearts evil cogitations; and into our mouths, Jies.
When we awake, he moveth us to evil works ; when we fleep, to evil
and filthy dreams ; he provokes the jocund to la^civiouihefs, and the fad
to defpair; whence fpring the various evils with which frail human na
ture is furrounded ; and which nothing, but a full confidence in iieaven
and the gofpel-difpenfation, can alleviate or remove.
But as to the locality or circumfcription of the kingdom of darknefs,
it is far otherwife to be coniidered than the common and vulgar idea of
it, which efteems the infernal habitation as a diftinct chafm or gulph in a
certain place, either above, under, or in the centre of, the earth, where
innu-
O F lA'.S.rr R O LiO?G Y... A
1087
innumerable devils and wicked fouls inhabit* ahd*fle'.perpetually fcorched

and tormented with material flames of fire. This is the opinion which
the vulgar are naturally addicted and prone to believe. But, if we rightly
confider the kingdoms of heaven and hell, in refpeft of each other, we
muft look upon the fimilitude of.light and darknefs, in this outward world,
which is not circumfcribed, nor feparate, as to locality, from i one ano
ther ; for, when the Sun rifes, the darknefs of the night difappears ; not
that it removes itfelf to fome: other place or country, but the brightnefs
of the light overpowers and fwallows it up, fo.that, though it difappears,
yet it is as abfolutely there as the light itfelf. The fame fimilitude is
alfo to be confidered in the defcription of the habitations of good evil
beings, that are really in one another, yet not comprehended of one
another; neither indeed can they be, for the evil fpirits, though they
ihould remove ten thoufand miles, yet are they in the fame quality and
fource, never able to find out or difcover where the kingdom of heaven
is, though it be really through and through with the dark kingdom ; but
in another oppofite quality, which feparates and makes them eternal ftrangers to each other. . A fimilitude hereof we have in the faculties of hu
man life, confidered with refpeft td the endowments of the foul in the
juft, and in the wicked ; for to be good, pure, and holy, is really prelent as a quality in potentia with the depraved foul,' although at that inftaut the loul be clothed with abomination, fo.that the eye which fhould
behold God* or gooduefs, is pbt out. Yet,/ if the foul would but come
out of itfolf, and/enter intoianother fource, or principle, it might come
toifee the kingdom of heaven within itfelf, according, to the Scripture and
Mofes, The <woirdis>'*igh.thee, .in thy heart, and in thy mouth. Deut. xxx.
14. Rottl. X. 8. ' ilJJT.V v'j ,-;.. !.--. ":,'! J ;. >,i "..> . .: '. , . :>
.<
.LI. ' -:.:: ' ., '-; -: i .-:- 7-'j ,.:
. . ,; -,
.i True it is that the devils, or1 fallen angels, cannot all alike manifeft
themfelves in -this aftral world; becaufe the nature of fome of them ap
proaches nearer to the external quality than others ; fo that, although
properly the very mnermoft and outermoft darknefs be their proximate
abodd, y; they frequently flourifh, live, move, and germinate, in the airy
region. But, according to the fiery nature, it is very difficult for them
to appear ifiM'this outward world, becaufe there is a whole principle or
gulf betwixt therrty narftely, they are (hut up in another quality or exiftence, fo'thaMhey ca* with: greater difficulty find out the being of this
world, or come with full pretence uuto.it, than we can remove into the
kingdom of heaven or hell with our intellectual man. For, if it were
otherwife, and the devils had power to appear unto mortals as they lift,
how many towns, cities, &c. would be deftroyed, and burnt to the ground !
how many infants would be pluckt away in their innocency, and unoffend:No. 58.
12 P
'
ing
io88
AN
I L L1U;S T.R,A T I O N
ing creatures be deftroyed by their malicious power $ Indeed few or none

would 'dcape with their lives, or pofTeffions, or found minds; whereas now
all thefe enjoyments are free amongft mankind ; which proves that it is
extremely hard for infernal fpirits to appear in the third principle of this
world ; and as difficult as for a man to live under water, or fifties on the
fhore. Yet we muft grant, that, when the imaginations and earneft defires of the wicked have ftirred up the centre of hell within themfelves,
then the devil hath accefs to this world in their defires, and continues here
to vex and torment them, fo long as the ftrength of thofe defires remain,
which was the firft attractive caufe. ,;,; :
''-.
'-t i -''.'
. .'
The caufe of the paucity of appearances of evil fpirits in thefe days,

is the fulnefs of time, and the brightnefs of Chriftianity, difpelling the
mifts of herefy and idolatry, as the Sun doth the fogs, which vanifti on
its appearance ; not by any violence or compulfion, but from a caufe im
planted in the nature of things and their oppofites. Even fo the king
dom of light, as it overfpreads the foul in power and dominion, clofes up
the centre of darknefs, and fcatters the influences of the devil before it,
who becomes as it were entirely pajfive as to the works and wilLof man.
In the time of the law, when the wrath and jealoufy of the Father had
the dominion in the kingdom of nature, infernal fpirits had more eafy
accefs to mankind than they now have ; for, before the incarnation of
Chrift, the anger of God was unappeafed, and had more dominion over
the foul of man, which was then at greater diftance from the. divine goodnels; confequently the devils could with more facility fpring up in the:ele*
mentof wrath, and manifeft themfelves in this outward principle; becaufe
the very idea and bafis of hell is founded on the wrath of God, .which is
the only channel by which the devil is conveyed into this world. So,
when the miracles of Chrift began to manifeft themfelves in the world,
the multiplicity of diabolical appearances, and poflefled with, the devil,
began infenfibly to decay and vanifti. It is true, that the greateft inftaaces
known of the temptations and power of Satan, wereexercifed in that fpacc
of time betwixt the incarnation and crucifixion of our Saviour) ; yet it is as
certain, that the devil knew he had but a fhort time longer to uphold his
kingdom here, and therefore he employed all his ftrength and forces to
torment thofe captive and miferable fouls to whom Chrift came to preach
deliverance. But, after the partition-wall was broken down, and the vail
of Mofes, and the wrath of God, were removed, there was a fenfible and
vifible decay of Satan's power in the world ; lb that, though it be poffible, even in thefe days, by a renunciation of the falvation of Chrift,
and by becoming a difciple of the devil, to hold correfpondence with,
or to be wholly pofTeficd by, him; yet thefe things happen fo rarely, and
h> require
OF. ASTROLOGY.
1089
require fo depraved a State of mind and conduit, that;, whenever they are
pretended fo to be, there is great room to doubt the truth of fuch aflertions, though apparently well authenticated.
' '
But, notwithstanding that the coming of Chrift has thus curtailed

the power of the devil over all Chriftian countries, yet fuch nations as
have never embraced the Chriftian faith, but purfue the ancient fuperftition
and idolatry, are ftill deluded and bewitched by him, becaufe the centre
of truth and light never having been awakened in them, the power of
Satan eafily prevails to feduce them to worShip things vifible, inftead of
the true God : for where moft darknefs and fuperftition is found, whe
ther in religion or perfonal underftanding, there his power is always moft
predominant. Thus it is now with the miserable inhabitants of the
greateft part of Ada, and the uncultivated and ferocious parts of Africa
and America ; yet we have hopes that the goodnefs of providence, in his
own fit and appointed feafon, will, through fome favourable channel,
communicate the light of the Gofpel to thole miferable beings, whereby
the Shocking idea of feeding on human fleSh, of devoting one another
to deftrudtion and Slavery, and of purfuing the insinuations and works
of the devil, may be totally abolished, and every part of the habitable
globe be united in the acknowledgement of one God, of one Saviour, and
of one liberal, candid, and impartial, Chriftian perfuaSion.
As to the different Shapes and forms of the devils, it is fuggefted by
Scripture, and admitted by all writers upon the Subject, that they were
anfwerable in monftrofity and hideoufnefs to the fuperior rank they held
in heaven, and to the enormity of the offence which was the caufe of their
fall. Thus, in Revelation, Lucifer, as the leader and prime apoftate,- is
termed the great dragon, and king of the devils. And hence it is con
ceived, that thofe who belonged to the fupreme hierarchies in heaven,
and were the foremoft to rebel, were, immediately on their expulsion
from the realms of blifs, transformed from angels of fplendour and glory
to devils in the Shape of dragons, crocodiles, ferpents, tigers, and the
like ; So that the moft perverle and potent among the devils poffeSs the
moft ugly and frightful of the beftial Shapes, but a thoufand times more
terrific and frightful than can poffibly be conceived from the moft fero
cious of thofe animals. In this consideration, however, there is a mate
rial diftinclion to be made between the apoftate angels and the damned
fouls, which have deferted God in this world, and become inhabitants of
the infernal regions in the other. For the moft part, thefe unhappy crea
tures retain the human Shape, but with afpecls difmal and melancholy,
and expreffive of the unfpeakable torments they are doomed tofuffer; for
in
1090
AN ILLUSTRATION
in themfelves they reft not, neither are they capable of the fhortnefs or
duration of time, nor of the alternate courfes of day and night. The fins
and wickednefs they committed in this life is the fourceof their continual
torment, which gnaws and corrodes them, rifing and boiling up con
tinually in their minds, without reft or intermiffion. All the refri
geration they have, is by intercourfe with the devils, when the height of
wickednefs ftirs them up to blafphemies againft God, and towering up
above heaven and omnipotence in their adulterated and deluded imagina
tions, which, figuratively fpeaking, ferves as fport and paftime amongft
one another, but of a fhort and certain duration. Not that this is of the
fmalleft advantage, or the leaft mitigation of their torments ; for pain difcontinued returns the greater ; neither would vexation be vexation, if
it had no refpite nor forbearance, that the contrary might be alfo manifeft,
nam contraria juxtafe pojita ma/us elucefcunt. Yet is their torment exceed
ingly different ; fo that the fuffering of one in refpeft to that of another
is but a mere dream or phantafy. I mean, amongft the damned fouls,
and not the devils ; for the pain and torment of the devils is greater than
the greateft of the loft fouls by many million degrees, according to the
courfe of nature and reafon ; for that which falls higheft fuffers moft, and
optima corrupta Jiunt pefjlma.
But wonderful and manifeft are the torments which loft fouls en
dure, according to the various lufts and licentioufnefs they indulged in
whilft they lived upon earth, or died in without expiation or repentance.
The cruel murderers, who died in the boiling fource of blood and envy,
fufFer the greateft torment, becaufe they are continually murdering in
their imaginations, and feeking, like dreaming men, to effect what the
want of the correfpondent organ will not permit them to do. For, ac
cording to Scripture, and the wifeft authors upon this fubjeft, the prin-*
cipal torment and mifery of damned fouls proceeds from their continu
ally wifhing and willing; whence they generate ideas and reprefentations founded on impoffibility, which is the fource of their continual
aggravation, difappointment, and mifery. By the fame reafoning, thofe
who died in luft and gluttony, lafcivioufnefs and inebriety, are over
whelmed with correfpondent torments, though much inferior to the firft.
They are continually imagining their former pleafures in the tnagia as in
a dream, which, when they awake, torments them cruelly ; as with us,
when we awake from a frightful dream, and find it is only a dream, our
pleafure is more fufceptiblewhereas, with them, the cafe is reverfed ;
for, as their time is fpent in eternal torment, fo their dreams of blifs,
when they awake, or become more fenfible to their mifery, but aggra
vate their misfortunes, and give frefh poignancy to the torments they
endure.
mi-
OF ASTROLOGY.
1091
endure. Such fouls, in whom the boiling fource of anger and revenge
hath had a dwelling or receptacle here, if they depart this life in their
(ins, do likewife endure a moft dreadful kind of torment, which arifes
continually as a biting worm and hungry fire, to double and accumulate
an excefs of defpair upon them. Thofe alfo who reigned in pride and
oftentation upon earth, treading under foot the meek and humble in
heart, are tortured with the utmoft reverie of their defires, which are ever
uppermoft in their infatuated imaginations. They are ever feeking to
pull the Almighty from his throne, and towering up in the pride of their
hearts, hoping to gain the kingdom of heaven to infult and boaft in.
But the quality of the beatific fource is utterly occult and eftranged from
them, fo that they can never find, tafte, hear, nor fee, it, though it be
wrapt round and round with their own peculiar fource and principle.
This adds eternally to their mifery, and rifes upon their fenfes with hor
rible pangs and bitter gnawings, like the irkfome and vexatious pains
and aches of man's body, only a thoufand times more acute and infupportable. The nature alfb of their habitation is fuch, that their punifhment is exceedingly aggravated that way ; becaufe the extremity of the
four elements is there converted into a whole principle of wrath and tor
ment. The excefs of cold and heat, drought and moifture, are alternately
raging amongft them by intercourfe ; nor is there any light or luftre
within their courts, but that which is emitted from their fiery eyes, or
flaming noftrils, as a deadly glance or glimmering, which ferves only to
render the momentary fight of their miferable habitation ten times more
difgufting and intolerable. And, as every kind of being feeds upon iomething proper to his own nature or element, whether it be plant, animal,
or metallic production, fo the devils are neither destitute of meat nor
drink, according to their own kingdom and quality, having fruits
fpringing up, and growing before them, of heliifh, four, and poifonous, natures, which are real and palpable to them, and not imagi
nary or typical, though to us magical and invifible. Neither is this
at all to be wondered at, if we confider the nature of man's foul in media
naiura ; for, if it feed not upon the internal and fubftantial Word, which
is the very head of life itfelf, it muft and will of neceffity ruminate on
fomething elfe, viz. the fruits of iniquity ; which it takes in and fwallows up, even as an ox drinks the water; fo that to the foul the fin be
comes palpable, glutting, and fatiating, from which it never can be freed
but by works of expiation and repentance. Alfo, in the aftrai fource,
when called up by magical fpells and incantations, or otherwife, they are
not destitute of food, but receive the influences of the air and water into
their tim&us, which they convert into food, according to their own poifonous quality ; as of fweet and wholelbme herbs the filthy toads and
other venomous reptiles form their poifon, converting them into a nature
No. 58.
12 Q
- like
1092
AN ILLUSTRATION
like their own. And fo likewife thefe infernal fpirits, confidered in refpedtofthe four elements, have a tone or language peculiar to themfelves,
which they exercife and fpeak one amongft another, as mortals do ; but
they have utterly loft the dignity of their founds according to the eternal
nature, and are totally corrupted in their pronunciation or dialed!, fince
they fell from their firft celeftial glory ; fo that their articulation is harfh,
doleful, fierce, and terrible, like the fruits they feed upon, and place
they dwell in. This deprivation is very apparent in the kingdom of
this world, in the divided languages of every region, according to the conftellation under which they are fituated ; the true and magical language
of nature, notwithftanding the induflrious lexicographers, ftill remaining
hidden from the knowledge of every country in the habitable world.
Thus far I have endeavoured to illuftrate the caufes, natures, and punifhments, of infernal fpirits; which, notwithftanding, is a fubjecl fb
intricate and copious in itfelf, by reafon of the variety of their qualities
in the fource of darknefs, wherein they live, mov.e, eat, breathe, and
inhabit, having qualities, adliofis, and paffions, innumerable, and which
are to mankind almoft utterly unknown and incomprehenfible,that
to attempt an ample demonftration of the matter, would require deeper
fpeculation than the fubjecl deferves, or than I am mafter of; particu
larly as the inhabitants of that gloomy kingdom are never in one regular
ftay, continuance, or property ; but from one hour to another are conti
nually floating and changing, like the fwiftnefs of the winds, or the gliding
along of running waters, which pafs away as a thought, and are no
more remembered. So it is with the devils and damned fpirits in that
lachrymable ftate of darknefs, where their exiftence is a continual
anguifh and torment, fhifting from the pangs of one forrow to the bitternefs of another, unto all eternity !
Now according to the fpirit of Chriftian Revelation, there hath, been
always oppofed to the machinations of the devil and his imps upon earth,,
who go about like roaring lions feeking whom they may devour, a certain
defcription of good and holy fpirits; whofe province it is to watch over
the affairs of men, and to guard them from the invifible aflaults of
the devil; exclufive of the miniftration of God's holy angels, which hath
been manifefted in a thoufand different inftances in Scripture, but whofe
appearances and manifeftations to the eyes of mortal man never have
been nor can be permitted but on the moft important difpenlations
of divine Providence. The received opinion however is, as to the
former dodirine, that there is, according to the difpofition of the mind
or foul, a good or evil Genius, that accompanies invifibly every per*,
fon.
OF ASTROLOGY.
1093
fon born into the world. Their office is principally that of forewarning
the perfons they attend of any imminent impending danger, fometimes
by inward inftincl, or by outward appearances ; and fometimes by dreams
in the night. Thefe Genii change their quality and office as the perfon
or party change their's; if from good we degenerate to evil, then by de
grees the good genius is eftranged from us, and an evil demon naturally
Succeeds, according to that fympathy'of things, wherein each draws af
ter it that which is its like. There have been likewife defined, by the
learned doctors and rabbis, who have written on this intricate fubjecl,
feven good Angels, who watch over and fuperintend the general affairs of
mankind, and who are ever ready to forward, by intellectual affociation,
mental inftigation, or Strong nocturnal vifionary manifestation, the gene
ral profperity and fuccefs of all men's affairs who are governed by the Jaws
of integrity and religion, and who are, by fome one or other of thefe
means, allured or prompted to fuch particular conducl or determination
as (hall tend ultimately to their honour and preferment, to the good of
fociety, and to the glory of God and true religion, which is the grand
office of thefe feven good fpirits to promote. And oppofed to thefe are
feven evil Spirits, or Demons, proper to the infernal world, whofe office is.
to infufe evil into thofe men's minds who are naturally lo addicted, and
who never fail to join in aSTbciation, though invifibly, with depraved
perfons of every description, whofe paffions they influence, and whofe
defires they lead to the commiSfion of all the abominations of this world.
The names of the feven good angels orfprits are, \.Jubanladace, diftinguifhed in the dominion of thrones, as the appointed guardian of all public and
national enterprises, where the good of fociety, and the honour of God, are
unitedly concerned. He is delineated in all the brightneSs of a celeftial
meSTenger, bearing a flaming fword, girded about the loins, with an hel
met on his head ; and this is the magical character by which he is diftinguiShed, and which is worn by many, as a lamin round the neck, for a
prefervative againft putrid infection and fudden death.
The fecond is Pah-li-Pah, one of the celeftial powers whofe peculiar

office it is to guard and forewarn fuch as are virgins and uncontaminated
youth againft all the evils of debauchery and proftitution ; and to elevate
the mind to a love of virtue, honour, and revealed religion. He perfonifics the character of an illuftrious angel, of a bright but mofl compla-.
cent
1094
AN
ILLUSTRATION
cent countenance; and is known by the following magical fymbol,

which is worn about the neck of virgins as a protection from all the aflaultsofevil demons, and it is faid to be infallible againft the powers of
fedu&ion.
i
.
;
The third is Na/-ga/i, devoted to the protection of thofe who are alfaulted by evil fprits or witches, and whofe minds are funk by fearful
and melancholy apprehenlions of the aflaults of the devil, and the power
of death. His proper office is to fortify the mind, and to lead the fenfes
to a contemplation of the attributes of God, and the joys of heaven, the
reward of all good works. His appearance is reprefentcd as perfectly celeftial, having a crown of gold upon his head, with a fhield and Ipear in
his hands, for the protection of thofe over whom he preficles. The fol
lowing is his magical character, which is worn round the neck as a prelervation againft witchcraft and fuicide.
<
The fourth is Maynom, one of the powers who hath the ability of fubfervient adminiftration and protection ; that is, at one and the fame time to
be prefent with many. His prefence muft be fought by humility and
prayer. The fifth good Genius is Gaottim, an angel of celeftial brightnefs,
who hath the peculiar ability of rendering his pupil invifible to any vil
ipirits whatfoever, as often as attacked by them. The fixth is Halanu,
the guardian and promoter of all good and great ideas, by whom Bezeliah
and Aholiab were divinely infpired for the ftrufture of the tabernacle.
The leventh is Ramah-umi^ the genius of geometrical proportion, and the
power of numbers ; the fecrets and extent of which are not yet half
known, even to the moft favoured of thofe whofe capacities are enlight
ened by his fuperior aid.
^
Now the office of the feven evil demons or fpirits is to counteract and
deftroy the effedr. of the good ; for, as the power and capacity of the
good proceeds from the omnipotence of God in the quality of heaven, fo
is the force of the evil Genii, in the infernal quality, made correfpondent
thereto, from a principle of contraries ; for it is to be noted that thcfc
feven evil angels, before their fall, enjoyed the fame places and degrees of
that now belong to the feven good angels or Genii ; fo that, as
their
OF ASTROLOGY.
1095
their office is to inftrucl and allure mankind to the purfuit of every thing
that is good, great, virtuous, and honourable, it is the bufinefs of the
others to tempt and feduce the mind to a purfuit of whatever is vile,
vicious, and abominable, and that may be instrumental in extending the
kingdom of darknefs and the power of the devil. The names of thefe
feven evil fpirits or Genii (land upon record as follow : i. Panalcarp, in
the likenefs of a crocodile with two heads. 2. Baratron, appearing like
a magician in a folemn prieftly habit. 3. Sondennah, in the caparifbn and
fimilitude of an Indian huntfman. 4. GreizmoJa/, in the fawning fliape
of a large fpaniel dog. 5. Ballifargon, in the fimilitude of a covetous
mifer, lufting after gold ; he is the grand enticer to thieving and robbery,
and ufually brings his followers to an ignominious and deftrudtive end. 6.
Morborgran, who, under various likenefles of a friendly ferving-man, in
duces the worft examples of hypocrify and deceit. This daemon, it is
faid, was the conftant attendant of Judas Ifcariot. The jth is Barman,
ready to enter into league with any conjurer, witch, or wizard ; but who
moft commonly pofTefies the foul of whomfoever he is in league with.
Thefe good and evil fpirits, it feems, are the moft eafy to be invoked or
called up, agreeably to the defires and lituation of the magician's mind
and inclination, becaufe they are moft near and familiar to the aclions
and purfuits of men, and officially attendant upon them.
Different from every fpecies of all the foregoing orders of fpirits, are
the ghofts and apparitions of deceafed perfons, which have been known
for many years to furvive and continue ; particularly where the deceafed
perfon hath departed this life in difcontent, melancholy, or unquiet mind;
for in thefe cafes they have been often known to return again, and, with
out a defire of caufing terror and alarm to houfes and families, feek only
for an opportunity of diiburthening themfelves, that at length they may
come into their defired reft. Such perfons as are fecretly murdered, or
that fecretly murder themfelves, are moft apt to appear again, wandering
near the place where the cataftrophe happened, till the radical moifture
of the body be totally confumed. After which, according to the opinion
of Paracelfus, and many other learned writers, they can appear no more,
but are refolved into their firft being or aftum, after a certain term of
years, when the humidum radicale becomes exficcate and dried up, accord
ing to the vigour or force of that firft attraction, which was the only
caufe of their returning. And hence was derived the cuftom of urns and
funeral piles amongft the Romans, who ufed to reduce the corpfes of their
deceafed friends to aflies, left their ghofts fliould return and wander ;
which it was fuppofed they could not do when the body was burnt, and
all moifture totally exterminated and confumed thereby*
No. 58.
13 R
The
AN ILLUSTRATION
The manner and feafons wherein apparitions and ghofts appear are as
various as they are uncertain. Sometimes, before the perfon to whom
they properly belong departs this life, they will, by external vitible prefentation of themfelves, forewarn him of the time or day wherein death IhaU
approach him. Sometimes the apparition of a perion will appear to its
beloved friend, hufband, wife, or relation, at many thoufand miles diftance, to acquaint them of its departure from this life, whilft otherwife
the party would be totally ignorant of this event. And it has often been
known, that when no one individual of the kindred or family of the deceafed perfon has been vifited or difturbed by it, or even made fenfible of
its appearing, yet to fome of its mod intimate or beloved acquaintance
it difcovers itfelf, and importunes them to perform fome ceremony: or
promife, that it may be admitted into- reft. At other times it difcovers
ibme treafure which was hidden by the deceafed party; or clfe lome
murder which it had committed. But the moft frequent caufe of their
returning, is when the party himfelf hath been privately murdered ; for
fuch is the poilbnous malice and rancorous fpirit of murderers, that in
nocent blood, thus inhumanly ipilt, crieth up to heaven, and the departed
fpirit cannot reft till the murder be made manifeft to the world, after
which difcovery it is received into reft, Thrs is the reafon whv,
for
J *
many years together, ghofts continue to be feen in one particular place,
ever watching for fit opportunity to difcover or make known the caufe of
their appearing; but which is often attended with great difficulty and
delay, as well on account of the natural timidity of human beings, as for
want of the proper organs of corporeal voice and touch in the fpirir,
which, being no part of their quality or eflence, is procured with great
difficulty, and at belt but inarticulate, doleful, and in broken accents.
That this is true, the ufual manner of their appearance in a great meafure proves ; for all that they are able to effecl, if they have been mur
dered, is to appear near the place where the body lies, and to feem a* if
they funk down or vanimed in the fame; or elfc to appear in the form
of a murdered corpfe, with mangled body and bleeding wounds, dimeveiled hair and convulfive countenance ; but it is rarely known that
fuch apparitions have plainly fpoken, or uttered, by words, cither the
time and place of their murder, or the caufe, manner, or perfon's name-;
unlefs the perpetration of the deed be marked with circumftances uncom
monly horrid and execrable, in which cafes, I am told, the remembrance
of the fame doth fo much more powerfully operate upon the faculties- of
the apparition, as to enable it to frame the fimilirude of a; voke, fo as to
difcover the fa&, and give fome leading clue to detect and punifh the wicked
perpetrator.
But,
OF ASTROLOGY.
#097
But, to give a reafon why apparitions are fo feldom feen, and why thofe
which do appear cannot without man's afliftance accomplifh their defign,
it may eafily be conceived, that all fpirits, or fpiritual fubftances, of what
denomination foever, have their life, breath, and vital motion, in another
ifource, very different from the elements of this external world; and coufeqfleiitly that their manifestation and continuance in this fource, when
ever they appear, muft be both painful and irkfome; as it would be for
a man fo continue with his head under water, or for the inhabitant's of
the watery ebment to be placed upon dry land. But it is only the appa*
ritions of perfbns thus tuddenly taken off in their fins, or of fuch as die in
confirmed and habitual wickednefs, that, in the natural courle of things,
are fubjeft to return into the terreftrial fource, and manifeuV themlelves to
human- eyes. Fur thole who die in perfect peace, with minds diverted^
hyi true repentance <H every turbulent and finful delire, enter at once into,
their defired refl, without the poflibility of returnitig to this fublunarjj
world again, but in the capacity of angels of light, to execute the divine
miflions of the Derty.
In the writings of Plato, there are many flrang and n'ngular reprefentations of the apparitions or departed fouls of men, rt'ith accounts of tneif
torments and purgations, the caule of their returning, what their nature"
and employment are,, their fubftance and property, food and nourifhment;
from all which that great philo(opher and hiftorian was induced to be
lieve,, that, when the fpirits of good and exemplary men returned, it
was to perfonaof-a like habit and difpofition with tbemfelves, warning
them in their fleep of certain dangers or malevolent defigns forming
againft them; or elfe conveying heavenly doclrines or ingenious inven
tions to their mind, for the honour of religion or the good of focfety.
And in like manner, if the ghoft of a wicked and execrable character re-*,
turned, it was to thole of a profligate and abandoned courfe of life, whom
it inrtigates, afleep or awake, to the invention and exercife of notorious
villanies, to bla-tphemies againft God, and to fedition, rapine, and mur
der,, amongfl: men. The difciples of Pythagoras efta<blimed an opinion
not very different from this. They held that there was a continual
traduclion and tranfmigration of fouls from one ftate to another, till they
became deified at laft ;. and that they frequently appeared to perfons
of the fame bent of mind and inclination, to iuftrucl and forewarn them,
It was alfo the opinion of many great and wife philofophers, that tha
Oracles of old proceeded from' fuch fpirits as had been the ghofts or
departed fouls of wife and excellent men; as the oracle of Apollo, th
oraele of Pallas,, or Minerva, and the like. And,- upon the whole, the
variety of examples throughout the writings of wife and learned men, in
all
1098
AN ILLUSTRATION
all ages of the world, in all countries, and in the facred as well as the
profane hiftory, of the various appearances of ghofts and apparitions of
departed men, as well as of fpirits of other kinds and properties, afford
a ftronger inducement to our belief of their exiftence and agency in
this fublunary world, than we fliould, in this more learned and enlight
ened age, be otherwife willing to admit as an article of our belief.
But, feeing thcfe things are abfolutely.fo, we will now give fome particu
lars of the mode and manner in which magicians. and other profeflbrs of
the Black Art obtain an intercourfe with them; from which it will ap
pear, that the Science of Aftrology is an art founded on philofophy and
mathematical demonstration, and totally unconnected with any agency
but what proceeds from fecond caufes under God and Nature; whereas
.the other is a wicked confederation with evil fpirits, which ought to be
difcouraged and fupprefled by the utmoft exertions of the iron arm of the
law.
To the honour of the prefent century, we have had but few inftances
of perfons openly and publicly entering into compadt with fpirits, or of
profefling to refolve queftions in futurity by means of their agency; but,
prior to that iera, it was no uncommon thing ; and thofe who had an op
portunity of blending claflical learning and icicntific fpeculation with it
were efteemed the moft elevated characters of their day, and were fre
quently honoured with the protection and confidence of princes and other
men of rank and fortune. I mall here mention a few of thofc characters
who were efteemed the moft confiderable magicians of their time.
dpolloniut Tyatieus, in the time of the Emperor Domitian, from the
wonderful and miraculous things he did through the agency of fpirits,
added to the great appearance of fanclity and fimplicity with which his
exterior was endowed by nature, occafioned all ranks of people to regard
him with a mixture of reverential awe and refpecl. Even the Chriftians,
who lived within the circle of his fame, thought him fomething more
than human, and looked up to him with confidence and efteem. From
a variety of circumftances, and accounts in different authors, it appears
that this fingular character had not only the faculty of knowing what was
tranfacling at many hundred miles diftance, but had the means alfo of
being conveyed almoft inftantaneoufly from one place to another, where
he was feen, known, and converted with many of his acquaintance.
It is alfo recorded of him, that, at the inftant the Emperor Domitian
was afiaflinated at Rome, he fpoke of it in a public affembly at Ephefus,
and declared the mode and manner of his death ; which, upon enquiry,
was found to happen at the precife moment of time he fpoke of it, and
in the exact manner he had defcribed. See p. 40.
Dofior
fn/hirali
/>/ Hmnitiarir Time.
EOGF.R BACO3T an JngVshman
J). Z>EE mviufutfi fiirJ^-ovE iflrrrvpttt iy , -Ingr/i'm?

Afinirtry
. t TT
;i/p Bri/lrf
MA HOAfE T refflVGf farj,au> fy Jnfoiralien
KELLY Pfafful or Seer toJi'DSE .
PARACELSUS Rcceilrfnon Mr Tnftnraticn
OF ASTROLOGY.
1099
Doflor Dee was another very extraordinary character of the fame clals,
and a native of this ifland. He was not only a famous magician, but a
great author, having written upwards of forty-eight different volumes,
the firft of which was publifhed in 1594. A full account of his converfation and intercourfe with fpirits is now extant, written with his
own hand, and efteemed a very curious and fingular performance. His
company and acquaintance were much fought by the Emperor Charles V.
and by Ferdinand his brother; and, during his travels over the conti
nent, he had not only every refpeft and attention paid him, but his com
pany was courted by all the learned and religious people wherever he
went. He was certainly one of the moft learned men of the age in
which he lived; and had collected a library of upwards of 4000 volumes
of curious and valuable writings, moftly upon phyfical, theological, and
occult, fubjefts, which he had the misfortune to fee burnt by the fury of
a mob, who affailed his houfe, and confpired againft his life, under an
idea that by magical fpells and incantations he had altered the natural
courfe of the weather, and brought on ftorms, hurricanes, tempefts, and
continual rain, in order to ruin the harveft; and deflroy the fruits of the
earth. Yet he bore the torrent and fury of this infatuated multitude with
the greateft compofure, faying, "They would fee their error foon enough
to treat him with greater kindnefs hereafter, than their perfecution was
now cruel." And fo it happened ; for, having by means of his confeder
acy with fpirits, foretold and detected a fatal confpiracy againft his country,
he was then as much honoured and careffed as he had before been ftigmatized and abufed by the hafty multitude. He wrote the mathematical
preface to Euclid's Elements, and has left tables of the harmony and ex
tent of numbers infinitely beyond the capacity of the prefent times, though
fo much more learned and refined.
Edward Kelly was alfo a famous magician, and the companion and
aflbciate of Dr. Dee in moft of his magical operations and exploits ;
having been brought in unifon with him (as the doclor himfelf declares,
in the preface to his work upon the miniftration of fpirits) by mediation
of the angel Uriel. But Dr. Dee was undoubtedly deceived in his opi
nion, that the fpirits which miniftered to him were executing the divine
will, and were the meflengers and tervants of the Deity. Throughout
his writings on the fubjeft, he evidently confiders them in this light, which
is ftill more indifputably confirmed by the piety and devotion invariably
obferved at all times when thefe fpirits had intercourfe with him. And
further, when he found His coadjutor Kelly was degenerating into the
loweft and worft fpecies of the magic art, for the purpofes of fraud
and avaricious gain, he broke off all manner of connexion with him, and
No. 59.
12 S
would
i ioo
AN ILLUSTRATION
would never after be feen in his company. But it is believed, that the
doctor, a little before his death, became feufible that he had been impofed upon by thefe invifible agents, and that all their pretences of acting
under the aufpices of the angel Uriel, and for the honour and glory, of
(iod, were but mere hypocrify, and the delufions of the devil. Kelly,
being thus rejected and difcountenanced by the doctor, betook himfelf to
the meaneft and moft vile practices of the magic-art ; in all which purluits money, and the works of the devil, appear to have been his chief
aim. Many wicked and abominable tranfactions are recorded of him,
which were performed by witchcraft, and the mediation of infernal fpirits ; but nothing more curious, or more d propos to the prefent fubject,
than what is mentioned by Weaver, in his Funeral Monuments. He
there records, that Edward Kelly the magician, with one Paul Waring,
who acted in capacity of companion and aflbciate in all his conjurations,
went together to the church-yard of Walton Ledale, in the county of
Lancafter, where they had information of a perfon being interred, who
was fuppofed to have hidden or buried a confiderable fum of money, and
to have died without difclofing to any perfon where it was deported.
They entered the church-yard exactly at twelve o'clock at night; and
having had the grave pointed out to them the preceding day, they exorcifed the fpirit of the deceafed by magical fpells and incantations, till it
appeared before them, and not only fatisfied their wicked defires, and en
quiries, but delivered feveral ftrange predictions concerning perfons in
that neighbourhood, which were literally and exactly fulfilled. It was
vulgarly reported of Kelly, that he outlived the time of his compact with
the devil, and was feized at midnight by fome infernal (pints, who car
ried him off in fight of his own wife and children, at the inftant he was
meditating a mifchievous fcheme againft the miniflcr of his parifli, with
whom he was greatly at enmity.
The character of Mahomet is too well known throughout all the world,
as the inftitutor of the Turkifh Alcoran, to need much comment from
me in this place. It is fufficient if I only remark, that all his wonderful
miracles were wrought by the aid and confederacy of familiar fpirits,
which he called the miniftration of angels from heaven, from whence he
pretended to have been fcnt, to perform the commands of the Deity, and
to correct and reform the manners and religion of mankind. He had the
peculiar addrefs to eftablifh this idea amongft his cotitemporaries, and to
lay the foundation of the prefent faith at Conftantinople, and throughout
the vaft extent of the Turkim territory.
Roger Bacon was another very famous aflbciate with familiar fpirits, and
performed many aftonifliing exploits through their means. He was bora
at
O F A S T R -O JL fQia YH A
at Ilchefter in Somerfetflvire, where nfftudied phildfuphy, alcbytby}
aftrology ; and wrote feveral learned and ingenious /books, the manuicripts1
of which are now preferved as valuable curiofities in the British Mufeum.
I attempted to make fbme interefting extradls from them, for the further
amufement and information of my readers in this part of my work; but
I was prevented from going on with my plan, under an idea that .the
information it would convey might be productive of mifchicvoui conie-<
quences to fociety, by putting too much in the power of evil-minded1 aad>'
vindictive men.
Paracelfus was a great cabalift, phyficiati^ aftrotoger, and
appears to1 have been intimately acquairvtedMvitlvall the fecret and occult
properties of nature. He was the firft we'know of who ever treated upon
animal magnetifm ; -and his performances in that line were fuch/as,to
aftonifh the world, and to draw upon him -the united gratulations.'of;ihci
difealcd and infirm. His method, not withstanding it is :fo clearly laid
down by himfelf, and demonftrated by a variety of pleafingêxarnples'irv
his works, has lain dormant till the prefent time ; and now it ; begins.
again, under the fuccefsful endeavours of a few perfevering individuals,
to convince mankind that the fecret and occult properties of nature are
not yet half known or underftood ; nor their advantages received \vith
that thankfulnefs and regard which ought tnceflantly to be poured forth
to the great Author of our being, for the bleflings that may fo caiily be
derived from them. This was the'Opinion and nearly the words of/ Para
celfus himfelf, who hath been recorded by alt our biographers, ad a-lcarn*
ed, judicious, and ingenious, philofopher. -Yet his having, been fa much
addicled to magical rites and ceremonies, 'and1 having hadrfamHiarity
with fpirits and devils, and performed fo many wonderful conjuration*
through their means, caufed him to have been ever fuppofed to have done
by the agency of fpirits what was really the. true and genuine effe6H;-of
nature only.In the annexed engraving I have given portraits of the above
fix extraordinary perfonages.
As to the particular forms, manner, method1, fcites, ceremonies,
orations, time, place, and ability, requifite to call up and enter into cornpad or familiarity with fpirits, it is nekher fafe' nor prudent, nor '.con*
fiftent with the well-being 'of fociety in genera'),! that I Ihould dwel^lft
exterrfivelyxipon it, or give fach explanations, îs to put a weapoiutntd fcloc
hand^ t>f the blood-thirfty or revengeful* to dtffpite their enemies or neighs
bours, or to enable thofe who are prone to fuch ttealings; from idle curio-o
fity, completely to put in execution this fpecies of league with the devil,
or his fubordinaterlagenfsf; which- ife a*flri6tly';fiafbiidden!ti>y the rrodfdJof
God a* by the 'laws #f 'thc^tuM;" t:et ft f<Wffiee;)rtJyersforciwthiit'liudiniy
give
x roz
A N ' I >L L !U S ,T R A T I O N
give fuch an oujtline of it, as may enable the inquifitive reader fufficiently
to judge of its merits, without enabling the vicioufly-inclined to adopt its
practice.
Magicians and conjurors who have written upon and followed the Black
Art, contend, that it is poffible to raife up and hold an intercom fe with
fpirits, and make them fubfervient to their commands, without any abtolutc compact or bargain with the devil, either for body, foul, or works;
though they are ready to adît, that fuch a fnare is eventually intended
for them, by their officioufnefs upon every occafion, and they are as
willing to believe that it has induced many of its practitioners to form
fuch a league. Many inftances indeed have been adduced in proof of
this, where, at the expiration of a certain term, the devoted wretch has
been carried off in the height of his fin and wickednefs, by fome of the
infernal meflengers. Such is recorded to have been the cafe with feveral
in this ifland ; fuch alfo was the cafe with Lewis Gaufridi, a French prieft,
who, to be revenged of fome of his fuperiors for not promoting him to
the extent of his ambition, compacted with the devil for fourteen yearspower, to commit whatever deteftable works he pleafed without detec
tion or difcovery. So likewife, a certain execrable character, who a few
centuries back overran this country, was at length publicly taken off in
fire and flame, before the eyes of a vaft multitude, having covenanted for
body, foul, and works. It is to be noted, that, where a compact is formed,
the devil, or familiar fpirit, is ever at hand, and ready to obey the magi
cian's will, without ceremony or trouble ; but where no fuch league or
compact exifts, and the magician is defirous of bringing up or conftraining
fome particular fpirit or ghoft to appear before him, there are many rites
and ceremonies to be performed. In the firft place they are to fix upon
a fpot proper for fuch a purpofe ; which muft be either in a fubterraneous
vault hung round with black, and lighted with a magical torch ; or elfe
in the centre of fome thick wood or defert, or upon fome extenfwe unfre
quented plain, where feveral roads meet ; or amidft the ruins of ancient
caftles, abbeys, monafteries, &c. or amongft the rocks on the fea-fhore ;
in fome private detached church-yard, or any other folemn melancholy
place, between the hours of twelve and one in the night, either when the
moon (nines very bright, or elfe when the elements are difturbed with,
dorms of thunder, lightning, wind, and rain ; for in thefe places, times,
and feafons, it is contended, that fpirits can with lefs difficulty manifeft
themfelves to mortal eyes, and continue vifible with the leaft pain, in this
elemental external world.
When the proper time and place are fixed on, a magic circle is to
be formed, within which, the matter and his affociate (for in. all thefe
cafes
-OF ASTROLOGY.
1103
cafes there muft be two perfons) are carefully to retire. The dimenfions
of the circle are as follow : A piece of ground is generally chofen nine feet
fquare, at the full extent of which parallel lines are drawn one within
another, having fundry crofTes and triangles defcribed between them,
clofe to which is formed the firft or outer circle ; then, about half a foot
within the fame, a fecond circle is defcribed; and within that another
fquare correfpondent with the firft, the centre of which is the feat or fpot
where the mafter and aflociate are to be placed. The vacancies formed
by the various lines and angles of the figureâr? filled up with all theholy names of God, having crofies and triangles defcribed between them,
agreeable to a iketch I have given in the annexed plate, where likewife I.
have projected the form of magic feals, pentacles, &c. &c. juft to give
the reader an idea of what is meant when we have occafion to fpeak of
them in the following difcourfe. The reafons affigned by magicians and
others for the inftitution and ufe of circles, is, that fo much ground being
blefled and confecrated by fuch holy words and ceremonies as they make
ufe of in forming it, hath a fecret force to expel all evil fpirits from the
bounds thereof; and, being fprinkled with pure fanclined water, . the
ground is purified fronvall uncieaniiefs ; befides, the holy name of God
being written over every part qf it, its force becomes fo powerful, .that no
evil fpirit hath ability to break through it, or to get at :the magician or
his companion, by reafon of the antipathy in nature they bear to thefe
facred names. And the reafon they give for the triangles is, that, .if the
fpirit be not eafily brought to fpeak the truth, they may by the Exorcife
by conjured to enter the fame, where, .by virtue of the names ofithe EfTence
and Divinity. of. God,,-they car> fpeak. nothing. but what is true and right.
The circle therefore, according to this account of if,, is the principal fort
and ihield of the magician, from which he is not,, at the peril of his life,
to depart^ till he has completely difmifled the fpirit, particularly if he be
of a fiery or infernal nature. Inftances are recorded of many who perimed
by this means ; particularly Chiancungi, the famous Egyptian fortune
teller, who in the laft century was fo famous in England. He under
took, for a wager, to raife up the fpirit Bokim ; and, having defcribed the
circle, he feated his fifter Napala by him as his aflociate. After fre
quently repeating the forms of exorcifm, and calling upon the fpirit
to appear, and nothing as yet anfwering his demand, they grew impatient
of the bufinefs, and quitted the circle, but it coft them their lives; for
they were inftantaneoufly feized and crufhed to death by that infernal
fpirit, who happened not to be fufficiently conftrained till that moment
to manifeft himfelf to human eyes.The ufual form of confecrating the
circle, is as follows :
No. 59.
1 104
AN ILLUSTRATION
/, who am thefervant ofthe Higheft do, by the virtue ofhis Holy Name Immanuel, fanflify unto myfelf the circumference of nine feet round about me,
fr + 3? from the eajl, Glaurah ; from the weft, Garron ; from the north,
Gabon ; from the fouth, Berith ; which ground I takefor my proper defence
from all malignant fpirits, that they may have no power over my foul or body,
nor come beyond thefe limitation^ but anfwer truly, being fummoned, without
daring to tranfgrefs their bounds . Worrh- worrah . harcot, Gambalon.*!- * *K
The proper attire or pontijicalibus of a magician, is an ephod made of
fine white linen, over that a prieftly robe of black bombazine, reaching
to the ground, with the two feals of the -earth, drawn correctly upon
virgin parchment, and affixed to the breaft of his outer veftment. Round
his waift is tied a broad -confecrated girdle, with the names Ya, Ya, %
Aie, Aaie, *f- Elibra $ E/sAim % Sadai % Pah Adonai { tuo robore 4cincJus fum 4* . Upon his (hoes muft be written Tetragrammaton, with
crofles -round-about; upon his head a high-crown cap of fable filk; and
in iiis .'hands a holy bible, printed or written in pure Hebrew. When
;all thefe things aie .prepared, the circle drawn, the ground confecrated,
=and the Exorcift feearely placed within the circle, he proceeds to call up
or -conjure the fpirit by his proper name, -under a form fomewhat fimilar
-to the following-:
>I exorcife and conjure thee, t-hou fpirit of (here naming the fpirit), by the
'holy and wonderful names of the Almighty jehovah, Athanato -fc Aionos %
Dominus fempiternus 4* Aletheios + Sadat f ydtovah, Kedejh, El gabor
f- Deus fortijjimus 4 Anapheraton, Amorule^ Ameron ! + 4* Panthon -fCraton 4 Muridon 4- J#h, Jehovah, Elohim pentejjaron -J- + trinus et unus.
^ 4. 4. e I exorcife and conjure, I invocate and command, thee, thou aforefaidfpirit, by the power of angels and archangels, cherubim and Seraphim, by
the mighty Prince Caramon, by the blood of Abel, by the righteoufnefs of Seth
and the prayers of Noah, by i-he voices of Thunder and dreadful day ofJudg
ment ; by all thefe powerful and royal words abovefaid, that without delay or
malicious intent thou do come before me here, at the circumference of this confe
crated circle, to anfwer my propofals anddejires, without any manner ofterrible
form, either of thyfeIfor attendants ; but only obediently,Jairly, and with good
intent, to prefent thyfelf before me, this circle being my defence, through his
power who is Almighty, and hath fanclifed the name of the Father> Son, and
Holy Ghojl. Amen.
After thefe forms of conjuration, and juft before appearances arc ex
pected, the infernal fpirits make ftrange and frightful noifes, bowlings,
tremblings, flathes, and moil dreadful (hrieks and yells, as forerunners of
their
OFASTROLOGY.
1105
their preferrtly becoming vifible. Their firft appearance is generally in

the form of fierce and terrible lions or tigers, vomiting forth fire, and
roaring hideoufly about the circle ; all which time the Exorcift muft not
fuffer any tremor or difmay ; for in that cafe they will gain the afcendency, and the coufequences may touch his life. On the contrary, he
muft fummon up a (hare of refolution, and continue repeating all the
forms of conftri&ion and confinement, until they are drawn nearer to the
influence of the triangle, when their forms will change to appearances lefs
ferocious and frightful, and become more fubmiflive and traceable. When
the forms of conjuration have in this manner been fufficiently repeated,
the fpirits forlake their beftial fhapes, and endow the human form, ap
pearing like naked men of gentle countenance and behaviour. Yet is the
magician to be warily on his guard that they deceive him not by fuch
mild geftures ; for they are exceedingly fraudulent and deceitful in their
dealings with thofe who conftrain them to appear without compact ; hav
ing nothing in view but to fuborn his mind, or accomplifli his deftruction. But with fuch as they have entered into agreement with, they are
frequent and officious ; yet they more or lefs require certain oblations,
which are frequently made to them, fuch as fumigations, odours, of
ferings or facrifices of blood, fire, wine, ointments, incenfe, fruits, ex
crements, herbs, gums, minerals, and other ingredients ; by which, from
a magical caufe, they have more influence and authority over the de
generated fouls of men, and can infinuate into their inmoft fource and
affe&ion, piercing even through their bones and marrow, till they have
fb 'habituated them to their fervice, that it becom.es their daily and fole
delight to accomplifh every villany and abomination which the malicious
and fubtle inftigations of Satan might purpofe to lead them to. So that
the Exorcift muft be greatly upon his guard ; and, when he has com
pleted the exorcifm, and made fuch enquiries as he wiflied to obtain from
the fpirit, he muft carefully difcharge him by fome form or ceremony
like the following :
Becaufe thou hafl diligently anfwered my demands, and been ready to come
at my Jirjl callj I do here licenfe thee to depart unto thy proper place', without
injury or danger to man or beafl ; depart', Ifay, andoe ever ready at my call,
being duly exorcifed and conjured by facred rites of Magic. I charge thee to
withdraw with quiet andpeace ; and peace be continued betwixt thee and met
in the name ofthe Father, >on, and Holy Ghoft. Amen.
After this ceremony is finished, the fpirit will begin to depart, refuming again the fhrieks and noifes, with flames of fire, fulphur, and fmokc,
which the magician is to endure with patience, until it is entirely gone off,
and
no6
AN ILLUSTRATION
and no figns whatever of fuch a procedure left. Then he may venture to

withdraw from the circle, repeating the Lord's Prayer ; after which he
may take up the various utenfils, and, having deftroyed all traces of the
circle, may return in fafety to his proper home.
But if, inftead of infernal or familiar fpirits, the ghoft or apparition of
a departed perfon is to be exorcifed, the procefs is materially different.
The perfon being fixed on, whofe apparition is to be brought up, the
magician, with his affiftant, muft repair to the church-yard or tomb
where the decealed was buried, exaclly at midnight ; as the ceremony
can only be performed in the night, between the hours of twelve and
one. The grave is firft to be opened, or an aperture made, by which,
accefs may be had to the naked body. The magician having defcribed
the circle, and holding a magic wand in his right hand, while his com
panion or affiftant beareth a confecrated torch, he turns himfelf to all the
four winds, and, touching the dead body three times with the magical
wand,' repeats
as follows :
r
By the "virtue of the holy refurrefiion, and the torments of the damned", I
conjure and exorcife thee, fpirit o/~N. deceased, to anfwer my liege demands,
being obedient unto thefe Jacred ceremonies, on pain of everlafling torment and
di/irefs. Then let him fay, Berald, Beroa/a1, Balbin gab gabor agaba ;
Arife, arife, I charge and command thee.
After which forms and ceremonies, the ghoft or apparition will become
vifible, and anfwer to any queftions put to it by the Exorcift.
But if it be defired to put interrogatories to the fpirit of any corpfe that
hath hanged, drowned, or otherwife made away with, itielf, the conjura
tion muft be performed while the body hangs, or on the fpot where it is
firft found after the fuicide hath been committed, and before it is touched
or removed by the coroner's jury. The ceremony is as follows : The
Exorcift binds upon the top of his wand a bundle of St. John's wort, or
mtilies perforatum, with the head of an owl; and having repaired to the
fpot where the corpfe lies, at twelve o'clock at night, he draws the circle,
and (blemnly repeats the following words :
By the myfleries ofthe deep. By theflames ofBanal, by the power of the Eafty
and thejilence of the night, by the holy rites of Hecate, I conjure and exorcife
thee, thou diftrejjedfpirit, to prefent thyfelf here, and reveal unto, me the caufe
of thy calamity, why thou didft offer violence to thy own liege lifet where thou
art now in 6eing, and where thou wilt hereafter be. He then, gently fruit
ing
y?s?.
OF ASTROLOGY.
1107
ing the carcafe nine times with the rod, fays, I conjure thee, thou fpirit of
this N. deceafed, to anfwer my demands that I am to propound unto thee,
as thou ever hopcjl for the reft of the holy ones, and eafe of all thy mifery ;
by the blood of Jefu which he Jhed for thy foul, I conjure and bind thee to
utter unto me what I jliall ajk ihee.
Then, cutting down the carcafe from the tree, they lay his head to
wards the eaft ; and in the fpace that this following conjuration is repeat
ing, they fet a chaffing-difh of fire at his right hand, into which they pour
a little wine, fome maftic, and gum aromatic, and laftly a vial full of the
fweeteft oil, having alfo a pair of bellows, and fome unkindled charcoal
to make the fire burn bright at the inftant of the careafe's rifing. The
conjuration is thus :
I conjure thee, thou fpirit of N. that thou do Immediately enter into thy
ancient body again, and anfwer to my demands, by -virtue of the holy refurrecJion, and by the pofture of the body of the Saviour of the ivor/J, I charge
thee, I conjure thee, I command thee on pain of the torments and wandering
of thrice feven years, which I, by the force offacred magic rites, have powerto infticJ upon thee; by thyftghs and groans, I conjure the to utter thy voice;
fo help thee God and the prayers of the holy church. Amen.
Which ceremony being thrice repeated, while the fire is burning with
maftic and gum aromatic, the body will begin to rife, and at laft will
{land upright before the Exorcift, anfwering, with a faint and hollow
voice, the queftions propounded unto it: Why it deftroyed itfelf, where
its dwelling is, what its food and life are, how long it will be ere it enter
into reft, and by what means the magician may afllft it to come to reft :
Alfo, of the treafures of this world, where they are hid : Moreover, it caa
anfwer very punctually of the places where ghofts refide, and how to com
municate with them; teaching the nature of aftral fpirits and hellifh be
ings, fo far as its capacity reacheth. All which when the ghoft hath fully
anfwered, the magician ought, out of commiferation and reverence to
the deceafed, to ufe what means can poflibly be ufed for the procuring
reft unto the fpirit. To which effe6t he muft dig a grave, and filling the
fame half full of quick-lime, and a little fait and common fulphur, put
the carcafe naked into it; which experiment, next to the burning of
the body into afhes, is of great force to quiet and end the difturbance of
the aftral fpirit.
But in this, and in all cafes where the ghofts or apparitions of deceafed
perfons are raifed up and confulted, great caution is to be obferved by the
No. 59.
12U
m gician
i io8
AN
ILLUSTRATION
magician to keep clofe within the circle ; for if the magician, by the
conftellation and pofition of the ftars at his nativity, be in the predica
ment of thofe who follow the Black Art for iniquitous purpofes, and are
fo diftinguifhed by the pofitions of their radical figure of birth, it is very
dangerous for fuch men to conjure any fpirits without defcribing the
circle after the form already given, and wearing upon their breaft, or hold
ing in their hand, the Pentacle of Solomon. For the ghofts of men deceafcd can eafily effect fudden death to the magician born under fuch a
conformation of the planets, even whilft in the act of being exorcifed ;
and it is yet more remarkable, that the genethliacal figures of all perfons
who are naturally addicted to the purfuit of magical incantations and fami
liarity with fpirits, do almoft without exception portend fudden death, or
an infamous termination of their exiftence.
Such are the rites, ceremonies, and modes, by which Exorcifts and
Magicians obtain familiarity with fpirits, and carry on a vifible and pal
pable correfpondence with the devil. But, befides thefe means of work
ing wonders, they have others, of an invifible or occult property, as
charms, fpells, periapts, and the like, which operate both on the body
and mind, by the agency of fome fecret power which the patient can
neither feel nor comprehend. They are of various names, forms, and
qualities, according to the ufe for which they are intended. Firft, Amu
lets, which are moulded and engraved in the form of money or coin, un
der certain forms of confecration ; and are hung about the neck in cer
tain planetary hours, for the purpose of provoking to love and familiarity
with iome certain perfon defired. Secondly, Spells or Charms, confifting
of various forms of words, and magical characters, written on virgin
parchment, either with human blood, or ink of a particular quality, and
confecrated under certain magical forms and ceremonies, to be worn as
Periapts to cure difeafes, to drive away evil fpirits, to preferve from petilence and infection, to make the party valiant and intrepid, and for a
thoufand other purpofes. Thirdly, Corfelets, which are the ancient
Danifh charm, being a kind of necklaces compofed of thunder- ftones,
upon which are engraven certain magical characters, which refift all
noxious influences, and all danger from thunder and lightning. Pentacles
are a fourth fort of appendix, which conjurors and magicians ufe, being
made with five corners, correfponding to the five fenles of man, with
their virtue and operation inscribed upon the five corners refpectively.
They are compofed of fine linen doubled up, and done with cerecloth
between. This figure the magician holds in his hand, lifting it up from
the fkirt of his garment, to which it is annexed, whenever fpirits that are
raifed become ftubborn and rebellious, refufing to conform to the rites
and
OFASTROLOGY.
1109
and requifitions of exorcifm, and offering menacing looks and aclions to

the magician ; but when thefe Pentacles are held out to the fpirits, with
the words Glauron, Amor, Amorula, Bear, Beorka, Beroald, Anepheraton,
infcribed upon them, they become exceedingly tortured and amazed, and
are more mild and traceable. There is likewife another fort of charm
called Telefms, which is ufed by magicians when they perform any con
juration or exorcifm by moon-light in the mountains or valleys ; upon
which occafions they ufually bury them towards the north, eaft, weft, and
fouth, within a hundred yards of the place where the circle is defcribed ;
for thefe Telefms have the occult power of preventing any living crea
ture coming near them until the incantation be performed, except the
Ipirit itfelf whofe prefence they ardently defire, and are preparing to fummon before them.
But to make fiery and infernal fpirits more familiar, magicians have
claffed them into feven diftinct orders, anfwerable to the nature and qua
lities of the feven planets; under which thay refpedtively make offerings
to them of aromatic fumigations, previous to invoking or calling them
up ; whereby they conceive the information or afliftance required from
them will be more eafily and expeditioufly obtained. Thus the fumiga
tions for fpirits under Saturn are made of frankincenfe-tree, pepper-wort
roots, ftorax, and galbanum ; by thefe the fpirits Marbas, Corban, Stilkon, Idas, &c. and all of the firft order in the aftringency, are appeafed
and provoked, when the fumes are put upon a tripod in the hour of Sa
turn according to the planetary divifion. For fpirits under Jupiter, they
take lignum aloes, aflitree-keys, benjamin, ftorax, peacocks-feathers, and
Japis lazuli, mixing the fame with the blood of a ftork, a fwallow, or a
hart ; the brains being alfo added ; the fumes are kindled in Jupiter's
hour, and in a place appropriate to his nature. They make fumigations
unto fuch fpirits of the order of powers as are under Mars, in the plane
tary divifion, with aromatic gum, bdellium, euphorbium, loadftone, helle
bore white and black, and an addition of fulphur to make them into an
amalgama, with man's blood, and the blood of a black cat ; which mix
tures are faid to be fo exceeding magical, that, without any other addi
tion, this fumigation is able of itfelf to make fpirits under Mars appear
before the Exorcift. To the fpirits under Sol, being of the order of
thrones, they likewife fuffumigate faffron, mufk, laurel, cinnamon, ambergrife, cloves, myrrh, and frankincenfe, mulk, and the balfamic tree,
mixed up together with the brains of an eagle and the blood of a white
cock, being made up like pills, or little balls, and put upon the tripod.
The fumigations appropriate to fpirits under Venus, are rofes, coral,
lignum aloes, and fpermaceti, made up with fparrows brains, and blood
of
mo
AN ILLUSTRATION
of pigeons. To thofe under Mercury, they fumigate frankincenfe,

maftic, cinquefoil, incorporated with the brains of a fox, and the blood of
a magpye. To fpirits under Luna, fumigations are offered of frogs dried,
white poppy-feed, bull's eyes, camphire, and frankincenfe, incorporated
with goofe's blood, and fluxus muliebris. Thefeare the divifions of fpirits
under the feven planets, with their fumigations ; neither can it be denied,
but that in many ceremonies of this kind, there is great inherent virtue,
according to the doctrine of fympathy and antipathy, whereby every
thing is drawn by its like in the idea, whether by words or actions, ac
cording to the faying, In verbis, herbis, ? lapididus, latet virtus; fo that
the ceremonies and charms, with other circumftances ufed by magicians,
are-doubtlefs prevalent to the accomplifhment of that work which they
undertake ; to wit, The calling up and exorcifing of infernal fpirits by
conjurations.
And as by natural reafon every magical charm or receipt had its firft
institution ; in like manner have magicians difpofed the matter and manner
together with the times of their utenfils and inftruments according to the
principles of nature ; as, the hour wherein they compofe their garments
muft either be in the hour of Luna, or elfe of Saturn, in the Moon's increafe. Their garments they compofe of white linen, black cloth, black
cat-fkins, wolves, bears, or fwine's, fk'ms. The linen, becaufe of its abftracled quality for magic, delights not to have any utenfils that are put to
common ufes. The fkins of the aforefaid animals are by reafon of the
Saturnine and magical qualities in the particles of thefe beafts. Their
fewing-thread is of filk, cat's-gut, man's nerves, affes hair, thongs of Ikins
from men, cats, bats, owls, and moles; all which are enjoined from the
like magical caufe. Their needles are made of hedge-hog prickles, or
bones of any of the above-mentioned animals ; their writing-pens are of
owls or ravens, their ink of man's blood : their ointment is man's fat, blood,
ufnea, hog's greafe, or oil of whales. Their charadlers are ancient Hebrew
or Samaritan: their fpeech is Hebrew or Latin. Their paper muft be of
the membranes of infants, which they call virgin parchment, or of the
(kins of cats, or kids. They compofe their fires of fweet wood, oil, or
rofin : and their candles of the fat or marrow of men or children : their
veffelsare earthern, their candlefticks with three feet, of dead mens bones:
Their fwords are fteel, without guards, the points being reverfed. Thefe
are their materials, which they particularly choofe from the magical qua
lities whereof they are compofed. Neither are the peculiar (hapes with
out a natural caufe. Their caps are oval, or like pyramids, with lappets
on each fide, and fur within : their gowns reach to the ground, being
furred with white fox-lkins ; under which they have a linen garment reach
ing
OF ASTROLOGY,
nn
ing to their knees. Their girdles are three inches broad ; and have, ac
cording to its ufe, many caballiftieal names, with croffes, trines, and cir
cles, infcribed thereon. Their knives are dagger-fafhion ; and the circles
by which they defend themfelves are commonly nine feet in breadth,
though the eaftern magicians allow but feven ; for both of which a natu
ral caufe is pretended, in the force and fympathy of numbers.
Such fpells or charms as are compounded of fome edible matter, with
magical characters engraven upon them, are fuccefsfully given for agues,
head-achs, epilepfy, fits of the mother, and the like; and it is remarkable
that they operate with moft efFecl on thofe patients who are ignorant of
the charm, or its properties. There are alfo particular magical charac
ters attributed to the planets, whereof Te/efms, Periapts^ Amulets^ and
PhtJtres, are compofed by buryings under ground, writings, bindings, engravjogs, -allegations, &c. which, done in certain aftrological hours, are
Je-conquer enemies, cure difeafes, remove obftru6iions, provoke love, and
preferve from evil both the body and the foul, which they contend are
effected by mediums of this kind, aflifted by the force of imagination.
But as for philtres, potion-s, love-cups, and the like, they unqueftionably
proceed from a natural caufe, and ought not to be clafled with the occult
properties of charms. There are many natural compofitions of herbs
and minerals, which have a forprifiivg effe6t in tfaemfelves, without the
Jeaft afliftance from fuperfthious impreflions, or the afliftance of fupernatural agency. For, in the commixture of bodies of a fimitar nature,
there is a two-fold power and virtue ; firft, when the celeftial properties
are duly difpofed in any natural fubftance, then under one form divers
influences of fuperior powers are combined ; and fecondly, when, from
artificial mixtures and compolitions of natural things combined amongft
themfelves in a due and harmonical proportion, they agree with the
quality and force of the heavens, under certain correfpondent conftellations. This proceeds from the occult affinity of natural things amongft
themfeives, by the force and fympathy of which many aftoniihing effects
are produced.
In the writings of Paracelfus we find many furpriirng examples of the
power of fympathy and antipathy, by means of images, telefms, and
amulets, compounded of nothing more than natural ingredients. And
he particularly defcribes an infallible method, by the image of any bird
or beaft, to deftroy it, or to effedt its death, though at a diftance. So likewife, by the hair, fat, blood, excrements, or excrefcences, of any animal,
the difeafes of that 'animal might be cured, and its life preferved or deftroyed. This is feen in the armary unguent', and fympathetical powder ; and
.No. 59.
12 X
there
"
ni2
AN
ILLUSTRATION
there are multiplied inftances and hiftories, both at home and abroad, of
thofe who have been burut, hanged, or otherwife puniflied, for the ufe of
waxen images, which they compofed in divers poftures, under certain conftellations, whereby the perfons they were made to reprefent have beert
feverely tormented, or macerated to death. For, according to the la
ment or punifliment the magician, witch, or wizard, may intend to in
flict upon the object of their refentment, fo they difpofe the hour of the
conftellation, the quality of the compound, and the pofture or fembfence
of the image ; for, if they intend to confume and pine away the health
and life of any perfon they are offended with, they mould his image in
wax, of fuch an ominous form and afpect as may conduce to the extent of
their defign, making feveral magical characters upon the fides of the head,
defcribing the chara6ter of the planetary hour upon the breaft of the
image ; the name of the perfecuted perfon on its forehead ; and the in
tended effect to be wrought upon him, on its back. If they mean to pro
duce violent pains and tortures in the flefli or finews, they ftick pins or
thorns in divers places of the arms, legs, or breaft, of the image. If to
caft them into violent fevers and confumptions, they fpenxl a certain hour
every day to warm and turn the image before a doleful and lingering fire,
compofed of divers exotic gums and magical ingredients, of fweet odours,
and roots of particular mrubs, efficient and conducive to their purpofe ;
and, when the whole operation has been performed, and the image is com
pleted, it is aftonifhing to human comprehenfion what furprifing effects
they are capable of producing upon the body they are intended to repre
fent ; and the reader can only attain a competent idea of it by reading
the accounts of the trials and confeflions of many witches and wizards
who fuffered the law in the jyth and commencement of the i8th century
for tranfadlions of this kind ; an incredible number of which are not only
recorded in the notes and memorandums of the judges, but attefted by
a great variety of noblemen, gentlemen, clergy, phyficians, apothecaries,,
and others, who have been eye-witneffes of thcie diabolical proceedings;
and for which reafon I (hall on no account mention the moft perfect and
effectual part of the compofition and preparation of thefe magical images,
left the evil-minded and malicious part of my readers fliould attempt to
work abominable fpecies of revenge upon the perfbns or property of their
unfufpecting neighbours.
Thoufands of other ftrange and uncouth inventions might be- here defcribed, according to the exact form in which tradition hath> left them ;
but,, for the reafon. above affigned, the reader muft be content with the
general outline only. And, as Europeans have the ability of effetting
fuch aftoniflhing things by the medium of images, telefms, periapts, &c.
fix
OF ASTROLOGY.
iu3
fo the Tartars have a faculty of producing fimilar effects by bottles, ivo/vesfkins, rods, ba/ins, letters, or mijfives, unto certain familiar fpirits, who are
the agents in their magic rites. As to the old and favourite trick of
witches in the laft century, that of tying of the point, we have reafon
to hope it has long fmce died away ; for it is a eha'rm which produces fo
ftrong an impediment to conjugal embraces, as totally to reftrain the act
of confummation betwixt married people ; and the tying of this knot or
ligament, under certain magical ceremonies or incantations, was ftr
notorious, both in practice and effect, throughout England, France, Spain,
Italy, and the eaftern countries, that laws were enacted by the legiflature
in each of thofe kingdoms exprefsly to prohibit the performance of it, on
pain of death. The form and manner of it is in part mentioned in the
ftatutes, though by no means fit to be openly defcribed here. The art
of Tran/plantation is alfo reckoned amongft charms and fygils ; and in
deed one part of it, viz. the transferring of difeafes, is really magical, and
was much in practice amongft witches and wizards ; and I am confidently
informed is now frequently done in the more remote and unpolimed parts
of this aland. The method is, by giving certain baits or preparations to
any domeftic animal, they remove fevers, agues, coughs, confumptions,
afthmas, &c. from any perfon applying to them for that purpofe ; or they
can tratifplant or remove them from one perfon to another, by burying
certain images in their ground, or againft their houfes, with certain
ominous infcriptions and Hebrew words; yet, though thefe things are
fuppofed to be done by magic, ftill the effects are derived more from
the fympathies and antipathies in nature, than from magical characters
and conjurations; for many perfons, without knowing any thing of the
caufe, how or why it is effecled, more than the 'external forms of words
or touch, which is moft fimple, can remove difeafes, take off warts and
other excrefcences, and perform many furprifing cures at a diftance from
the patient* and even without feeing or knowing hittt ; fb by a fimilar'
property in the fympathy and antipathy of nature, certain leaves, roots,
or juices, rubbed upon warts-, or' cafnous fubftances, or upon the'hands,
breaft, legs, or other difeafed part of the body, and buried under ground,
remove or cure the fame; which experiments take effect according to
the mediums, and their confumption and putrefaction in the mother-earth,,
of which the human fource is principally compounded. Nor is it to be
wondered that natural things* being fitted to the times and conftellations;
and compounded of correfpondent or fympathetic ingredients, fhould
produce fuch effects, without fupernatural aid, or the agency of fpirits.
This is perfectly exemplified in that extraordinary preparation, called a
magical candle, which being lighted, foretels the death of the party of
whofe blbod it was prepared. It is compounded after the following
manner:.
1 1 14
AN
ILLUSTRATION
manner; They take a good quantity of the venal blood luke-warm as iE

came out of the vein, which, being chemically prepared with fpirits of
wine and other ingredients, is at laft made up into a candle, which, being
once kindled, never goes out till the death of the party whofe blood it is
compofed of; for when he is fick, or in danger, it burns dim and troubled;
and when he is dead, it is quite extinguished ; of which compaction a
learned philofopher hath written an entire tracl ; viz. De Biolychnio; or,
The Lamp of Life.
^ In the fimple operations of nature many wonderful things are wrought,
which upon a fuperficial view appear impoflible, or elfe to be the work of
the devil. Thele certainl) ought to be confidered in a far different light
from magical performances, and Ihould be clafled among the furprifmg
phaenomeua of nature. Thus lamps or torches made of lerpents' Ikins,
and compounded of the fat and fpirit of vipers, when lighted in a daik
room, will -bring th fioulitude of fhakes or lerpents writhing and twifting upon the walls. So oil compounded of grapes, being put into a lamp
and lighted, will make the -room appear to be full of grapes, though in
reality it is nothing more than the idea or fimilitude. The fame thing
is to be done with all the plants and -flowers throughout the vegetable
fyftem, by means of a chemical analyfis, whereby a fimple fpirit is pro
duced, which will reprefent the herb or flower from which it is extracted,
in full bloom. And as the procefs is eafy, fimple, pleafing, and curious,
I will heie ftate it in fuch a manner as might enable any perlon to put it
in practice at pleafure.
Take any whole herb, or flower, with its root, make it very clean, and
bruife it in a Irone mortar quite fmall ; then put it into a glafs veffel her
metically fealed ; but be fure the veflel be two parts in three empty.
Then place it for putrefaction in a gentle heat in balneo, not more than
blood warm, for fix months, by which it will be all refolved into water,
Take this water, and pour it into a glafs retort, and place a receiver there
unto, the joints of which muft be well clofed ; \diftil it into a fand-heat
until there come forth a water and an oil ; and in the upper part of the
veflel will hang a volatile fait. Separate the oil from the water, and
keep it by itfelf, but with the water purify the volatile fait by diflblving,
filtering, and coagulating. When the fait is thus purified, imbibe with
it the faid oil, until it is well combined. Then digeft them well to
gether for a month in a veflel hermetically fealed ; and by this means
will be obtained a moft fubtile eflence, which being held over a gentle
heat of a candle, the fpirit will fly up into the glafs where it is confined,
and reprefent the perfect idea or fimilitude of that vegetable whereof it
is
*ro.#.
A IAABORATOKY
(i.fimfi/r.('}nri7.imry-7>e
OP ASTROLOGY.
1-115
is theeflencc : and in this manner will that thin fubftance, which is like
impalpable afhes or fait, fend forth from the bottom of the glafs the ,
manifeft form of whatever herb it is the menjlruum, .in perfect vegetation,
growing by little and little, and putting on fo fully the form of {talks,
leaves, and flowers, in full and perfect appearance, that any one would
believe the fame to be natural and corporeal ; though at the fame time it
is nothing more than the fpiritual idea endued with a fpiritual eflence.
This fhadowed figure, as foon as the veflel is taken from the heat or candle,
returns to its caput mortuum, or allies, again, and vanifhes away like an
apparition, becoming a chaos, or confufed matter. For more on the me
dicinal virtues of decoction of fait, or eflence of herbs, flowers, roots, or
feeds, fee my new edition of CULPEPER'S COMPLETE HERBAL, juft publifhed, with Notes, Additions, and Illuftrations, in quarto, with upwards (2of 400 elegant engravings of Britifli Herbs, Plants, and Flowers., coloured
to Nature.
; ,
To make a vegetable more quickly yield its fpirit, take of what vege
table you pleafe, whether it be the feed, flower, root, fruit, or leaves;
cut or bruife them final), put them into warm water, put upon them
yeaft or barm, and cover them up warm, and let them work three days,
in the fame manner as beer; then diftil them, and they will yield their
fpirit very eafily. Or elfe take of what herbs, flowers, feeds, &c. you
pleafe, fill the 'head of a ilill therewith, then cover the mouth with
coarfe canvas, and fet on the flill, having firft put into it a proportionable
quantity of fack or low wine ; then give it fire, and it will quickly yield
its fpirit ; but obferve, that, if the colour of the vegetable is wanted, you
muft take fome of its dried flowers, and fill the nofe of the ftill therewith,
and you will have the exact colour of the herb.
To elucidate this procefs with better effect, I have fubjoined a Plate
of the Elaboratory, where a perfon is in the aft of producing thefe flowery
apparitions; in which fig. i reprefents a ftone peftle and mortar, where
in the herbs, &c. are to be bruifed before they are placed for putrefaction.
Fig. a, 2, are glafs veflels hermetically fealed, containing the bruifed
herbs for putrefaction . Fig. 3, an empty glafs retort. Fig. 4, a retort
filled with the cHence of an herb, and put into a fend-heat for diftillation. Fig. 5, a glafs receiver joined to the retort, to receive the oil
and fpirit. Fig. 6, a ftool on which refts the receiver. Fig. 7, the
furnace, made with different conveniences, either for fand-heat, or balnea.
Fig. 8, 8, the furnace-holes wherein the fire is placed. Fig. 9, a table
whereon are placed the glafs veflels hermetically fealed. Fig. 10, a
veflel containing the reprefentation or fimilitude of a pink in full bloom.
No. 60.
la Y
Fig.
1116
AN iLLt/STRATiON
Fig. 1 1, the reprefetuatiotl bF 4 fprig rjf rbfemarV. Fig\ U> thfe reprc(ehtatibri of a Ibhg of foaurri. Fig. 1 3, a calidleftlek with a batidlb light
ed fdr the pui-pbfc of heatllig the fpirit. Fig. 14, a chemift iH the aft
of holding the glafs veJTel over the lighted candle ; whereby fig*. 1$ ttprefents the idea oF & rofe in Full bloom.
Now thife bffccl, though very furprifillg^ will not appear ft> much a
fubjedl bF dur aftdnlmmeilt, if we tio but Confider the wonderful power
of fyrbpathy, which exifts throughout the whole fyftem bF natures where
every thing is excited to beget or lore it* like, and is drawn after it, as
the loadftntie dra'Vs irori ; the male after the female; the evil after the
evil ; thfe gdod after the gdbd; which is alfo Ifeeti in wicked men and
their pbrfuits, and in birds and beafts bf prey ; where the lamb delight*
not With thfe libh, nor the fheep in the fdciety of the wolf; neither do
men whofe minds are totally depraved and eftranged from God* care to
adopt the oppofite qualities, which are virtuous, innocent, and juft.
Without contemplating thefe principles, we fhould think it incredible
that thfc grunting or Tqueaking of a little pig, or the light of a fimple
fheep, fhoiiltf terrify a mighty elephant ! and yet by that means the Ro
mans put to flight Pyrrhus and all his hoft. One would hardly fuppofe
that the crowing of a cock, or the fight of his comb, ftvould abafh a
puilTant lion ; but experience has pit>ved the truth of it to all the world.
Who would imagine that a poifonbuS ferpent could not live under the
fhadc bf ah a(h-tree ; or that fome men, deficient neither in couragey
ftrength^ 'or toiiftitutiorii fhbiiTd "not Bfc able tb endure the fight of it
cat? and yet thefe things are feen and known tbbe fo, by frequent obfervatiort and experience. The friendly intercourfe betwixt a fox and a
ferpent is almoft incredible ; ahd how fblid and toving the lizard is te
man we read in every treatife on natural hiftory ; which is not far, if
any ihing, behind the fidelity of a fpaniel, and many other fpfccies of dogs,,
whofe fagacity and attention to their mafter is celebrated in an infirtite
variety bf well-founded though almoft-incredible ftbries. The amity bfti
twixt a caftrel 4nd a pigeon is remarked by tnany authors; particularly
how ftiriouily the baftrel will defend a pigebh from the fparrbwi4)awkj arid
other inimkal birds. In the vegetable fyftem, the operatidri aitd virtue of
herbs is at onee a tubjfea df admiratfett aftd gratttude? atftJ Vfe^H It êf*
almoft cndlefs to repeat.* There Is among them (uch natural accord and
For the wonderful virtues and properties of herbs and plants, ftfth iHefr alRiiftfift^ rid ftfcdicinal qualities; and how to prevpnt or cure all difeafes incident to the haman body, at the lea#
txptnct, and at the greatefl ctrtaitrty, fee alfoi mjr new edition of CuLPEPER's BRITISH HERBAL,
ami DOMESTIC PHYSICIAN, printed uniformly with this work, in > vbls. 410.
UifLoio,
OF ASTROLOGY.
fn;
that frime will profper more luxuriantly iri another's compariy ;

Vvhilc fdtfle again will droop and die away, being planted near each other.
The lily and the rbfe rejoice by each other's fide ; whilft the flag and the
fern abhbr one another, and Will not live together. The cucumber Ibyeth
water, but hateth oil ; and fruits will neither ripen nor grow in afc
jieCli that are inimical to them. In ftones likewife, in minerals, and in
earth bf mould, the fatiie fytnpathies and antipathies are preferved. Ani
mated nature, in every clime, in every corner of the globe, is alfo p'rfc<yhant Vîth fimilar qualities j and that in a moft wonderful and admirable'
degree. Thus <ve find that one particular bone taken out of a carp'S
head will ftop an hemorrhage of blood, when no other part or thing in
the fame creature hath any fimilar effect. The bone alib in a hare's foot
ihftantly mitigates the moft excruciating tortures- of the cramp ; yet nd a.
other bone ttor part of that anunal can do the like. I might alfo'recife"~~
infinite properties wRh Which it has pleafed God to endue the form and
body of man; which are no fels worthy of admiration, and fit for this
had We but limits to recount them. Indeed 1 do iiot know a much
ihore remarkable thing, (were it as rare as it is now fliamerully prevalent,)
or that would more puzzle our fenfes, than the effecls of intoxication,
by which We fee a man lo totally overthrown, that not a /ingle part or
member of his body can perform its function or office ; aud his underftanding, memory, and judgment, fo arrefted or depraved,, that in every
thing except the Khape, he becomes a very beaft ! But we find, from.
obftrvatiottS how'evcr important, however wonderful, how! ineiplicable bf miraculous^ ftoever any thing may be, yet if it is common, or familiar to our fenfes, the wonder ceafes, and but enquiries end. And
hence it is, that we look not with half the admiration upon the fun,,
moon, and ftars, that we db updn the mechanifm. bf a globe, which
ibes bAit cbtihterffeit their bfdttf, and i^ a meft bauble, the work of men's
bands ! whence 1 mteht almbft be juftitted in remal-king^ that, if Chrift;
himfelf had continued long in the habit bF working miracles^ and had
teft that power perman'erit and herdditai-y ih the thttrch, they Would have
king fince grown into cbtttempt, dnd rrdt have been. tKga'rdfed; as events.
' of our attention.
From ^fcat has been pr.ettiifW, we ?ttdy readily fetjncllidfe thkt there are
o dtftinft fpecies of Magic ; otifc wbcrfedlT being inhereiit in the occult
prbperties of Nature, is called Nnthra! Afagit ; and the btfler, beiiig obnbxibtii ahd ctttittafy to NfUttre, is ttsrtiied thferttil Magfe, becaufe it is
accompliflied by infernal agenty tfr co'dip^ft tHrfi the I>eVi!. Each o^
thefe we will conficjer feparately, with the good and evil confequences.
likely to refult from then),.
Undec
ni8
AN ILLUSTRATION
Under the veil of Natural Magic, it hath pleafed the Almighty to con
ceal many valuable and excellent gifts, which common people either
think miraculous or next to impoflible. And yet in truth, natural ma
gic is nothing more than the workmanmip of nature, made manifest by
art ; for in tillage, as nature produceth com and herbs, fb art, being
nature's handmaid, prepareth and helpeth it forward; in which times
and feafons are materially to be considered ; for annus, non arvus,producit
art/las. And, though tbcfe things, while they lie hid in nature, do many
of them feem impoflible and miraculous, yet, when they are known
and their fimplicity revealed, our difficulty of apprehenfion ceafes, and the
wonder is at an end; for that only is wonderful to the beholder whereof
he can conceive no caule nor reafon, according to the faying of Ephefius,
Mlraculum fohitur unde viJetur ejfe miraculum ; yet we often fee perfons
take great pains, and put themfelves to vaft expence, to difcover thefe
impalpable tracks of nature, from whence pecuniary advantages leldom
refult ; fo that a man rnuft not learn philofophy to grow rich ; but muft
get riches to learn phiilofophy. There is unqueftionably much praife
due, and great induftry required, for obtaining a competent knowledge of
natural magic; for to fluggards, niggards, and narrow-minded men, the
fecrets of nature are never opened, though the ftudy of them is certainly
conducive to the glory of God, and to the good of iociety, by more vifibly manifefting the omnipotency of his works, and by fkilfully applying
them to man's ufe and benefit. Many philofophers of the firft eminence,
as Plato, Pythagoras, Bmpedocles, Democritus, &c. travelled through
every region of the known world for the accomplifliment of this kind of
knowledge ; and at their return, they publicly preached and taught it.
But, above all, we learn from facred and profane hiftory, that Solomon was
the greateft proficient in this art of any either before or fince his time ;
as he himfelf hath declared in Ecclefiaftes and the book of Wifdom, where
he faith, " God hath given me the true fcience of things, fo as to know
* how the world was made, and the power of the elements, the beginV ning, and the end, and the midft of times, the change of feafons, the
" coui fes of the year, and the fituation of the ftars, the nature of human
" beings, and the quality of beads, the power of winds, and the ima" ginations of the mind ; the diverfities of plants, the virtues of roots,
" and all things whatfoever, whether fecret or known, manifeft or in** vifible." And hence it was that the magi, or followers of natural
magic, were accounted wife, and the ftudy honourable ; becaufe it confids in nothing more than the moft profound and perfect part of natural
philofophy, which defines the nature, caufes, and effects, of things.
How
OF ASTROLOGY.
1119
How far fuch inventions as are called charms, amulets, periapts,

and the like, have any foundation in natural magic, may be worth our
enquiry ; becaufe, if cures are to be effected through their medium, and
that without any thing derogatory to the attributes of the Deity, or the
principles of religion, I fee no reafon why they mould be rejected with
that inexorable contempt, which .levels the works of God with the
folly and weaknefs of men. Not that I would encourage fuperftition,
or become an advocate for a farrago of absurdities ; but when the fimplicity of natural things, and their effects, are rejected merely to encourage
profeflional artifice and emolument, it is prudent for us to diftinguifh
between the extremes of bigotted fuperftition and total unbelief.
It was the opinion of many eminent phyficians, of the firft ability and
learning, that fuch kind of charms or periapts as confifted of certain odo
riferous herbs, balfamic roots, mineral concretions, and metallic fubftances, might have, and moft probably poflTefled, by means of their
ftrong medicinal properties, the virtue of curing or removing fuch com
plaints as external applications might effeft, and which are often ufed
with fuccefs, though without the leaft furprife or admiration ; becaufe
the one appears in a great meafure to be the confequence of manual ope
ration, which is perceptible and vtjible to the fenfes, whilft the other
acls by an innate or occult power, whifch the ejrd cannot fee, nor the
mind fo readily comprehend ; yet, in both cafes, perhaps, the effecl is
produced by a fimilar caufe ; and confequently all fuch remedies, let them
be applied under what form or ftyle they may, are worthy of our regard,
and ought to excite in us not only a veneration for the fimple practice of
the ancients in their medical experiments, but a due fenfe of gratitude
to the wife Author of our being, who enables us, by fuch eafy means, to
remove the infirmities incident to mankind. Many reputable authors,
particularly A. Ferrarius, Alexander Trallianus, Aetius, Oclavianus, Marcellus, Philodotus, Archigines, Philoftratus, Pliny, and Diofcorides, con
tend that not only fuch phyfical alligations, appenfions, periapts, amulets,
charms, &c. which from their materials appear to imbibe and to diffufe
the medical properties above defcribed, ought in certain obftinate and
equivocal diforders to be applied ; but thofe likewife, which from their
external form and compofition have no fuch inherent virtues to recom
mend them; for harm they can do none, and good they might do;
either by accident, or through the force of imagination. And it is affcrted, with very great truth, that through the medium of hope and
fear, fufficiently imprefled upon the mind or imagination, whether by
charms, or any other homerical contrivance or device, the moft wonder
ful and inftantaueous cures arc fomctimes wrought. They are called
No. 60.
12 Z
\xomerical.
**-.: :. _rLji
1 1 20
*
''*J
A JST I L L U S T R A T I O N
bomerical devices, or homenca medtcatio, becaufe Homer was the firft

who difcovered the blood to be fupprefled, or its motion accelerated, by
the force of imagination ; and that difeafes were to be removed or ter
minated thereby. Of the truth of this we have the ftrongeft and moll
infallible evidence in the hiccough, which is inftantaneoufly cured by
any fudden effect of fear or furprife ; fo likewife agues and many other ma
ladies are removed ; and to the fame caufe we might -attribute the only
certain cure known for the bite of a mad dog, which is the effecl: of fear
and ftagnation wrought upon the mafs of blood by im merging the bodv
in the fea. Nor are the inftances few, where perfons lying bed-ridden,
and unable to move either hand or foot, have, through the Hidden fright
of fire, or the houfe falling in upon them, forgot their infirmity, and run
away with as much activity as though no fuch malady hadexifted. See
ing, therefore, that fuch virtues lie hid in the occult properties of na
ture, united with the fenfe or imagination of man, where one is the
agent, and the other the patient; where the one is aftive, and the other
paflive, without any compact with fpirits, or dealings with the devil ; we
furely ought to receive them into our practice, and to adopt them as
often as occafion ferioufly requires, although profeflional emolument, and
pecuniary advantage, might in fome inftances be narrowed by it.
But, though I might be an advocate for fuch charms or occult reme
dies as are in themfelves perfectly innocent and fimple, I by no means
wifh it to be underftood, that I either approve or recommend any thing
bordering upon fuch inventions as are obvioufly founded in magical
confederacy, and aft by the medium of aerial or infernal fpirits. To that
mind, which has but (lightly contemplated the works of nature, it muft
be abundantly evident, that the great and good God which fuftains and
governs the univerfe, hath in the works of creation mercifully afforded
us a natural remedy for all our infirmities ; and it is repugnant to common
fenfe, and incompatible with religion and morality ; nay, it would im
ply a deficiency either in the goodnefs or power of the Deity, were we
for a moment to admit the neceffity of charms, amulet?, or any other
inventive cures or benefits to men, refuhing from a compaft with fpi
rits, in which all the powers and performances of witchcraft had their
beginning; and therefore we may withdut'the fmalleft hefitation con
clude, that whatever hath its foundation in fuch confederacy, let
the external objecl or pretence be what it mav, it is not onlv con
trary to nature, but highly offenfive to the Deity ; and nearly allied
to the mocking fin of idolatry, by applying the. works of God to
the power of the devil. For this reafon, it is impoffible to be too cau
tious how the ufe of fuch defcriptions of charms or lamins is adopted,
where,
OF ASTROLOGY.
i.i.ai
where, inftead of natural medicaments, magical characters, incantations,

and nocturnal ceremonies, conftitute the component parts. A very wife
and learned author, who has written largely upon this fubject, afTerts,
that in thofe very charms and fignatures compacts themfelves are virtually
contained, which evil fpirits at rirft fubtilly devifed or invented to blind
men's eyes, that thereby they might lead them lefs fcrupuloufly into the
fnares of the devil. And hence we have good ground to believe, that
none are able abfolutely, and bona fide, to call up any fpirits, without
fome fuch compact firft formed ; and that whofoever has fo far ventured
in the art of magic or conjuration, hath, though to himfelf perhaps
unknown, compacted with and worfliipped the devil, under fome' fuch
form of myftical words and characters wherewith infernal charms and
amulets are compofed; neither is it to be thought a matter of furprile,
that fuch a compact mould unwittingly be made through the medium of
thofe myftical characters, which, with the devil's aid, have in themfelves
a power to enchant, infect, allure, preferve, or deftroy. And to (how,
in ftriking colour?, the danger of being drawn away by fuch allurements,
I mall inftancethe extraordinary cafe of a very harmlefs and well-mean
ing young man, which was publifhed to the world at the commencement
of the prefent century, by the Bi(hop of Gloucefter, in the following
well-authenticated letter to that prelate.
AUTHENTIC COPY of a LETTER fent to the BiJJiop of Gloucefter, by the
Reverend Mr. Arthur Bedford, Mlnifter of Temple Church, in Brijlol.
MY LORD,
Bn/lol, Augufl 2, 1703.
Being informed by Mr. Shute of your lordfliip's defire that I fhould
communicate to you what I had known concerning a certain perfon, who
was acquainted with fpirits to his own deftruction, I have made bold to
give you the trouble of this letter, hoping my defire to gratify your
lordfliip in" every particular may be an apology for the length thereof. I
had formerly given an account to the late Bilhop of Hereford, in which
there are probably fome things contained, which I do not now remember,
which, if your lordfhip could procure from his lady, (who now lives near
Gloucefter,) would be more authentic.
About thirteen years ago, whilft I was curate to Dr. Read, rector of
St. Nicholas in this city, I began to be acquainted with one Thomas
Perks, a man about twenty years of age, who lived with his father at
Mongatsfield, a gunfmith ; and contracted an intimacy with him, he
being not only a very good-natured man, but extremely {killed in mathe
matical ftudies, which were his conftant delight, viz. arithmetic, geo
metry,
AN ILLUSTRATION
metry, gauging, furveying, aftronomy, and algebra ; he had a notion
of the perpetual motion, much like that wheel in Archimedes's Mathe
matical Magic, in which he had made fome improvements, and which
he has held was dcmonftrable from mathematical principles, though I
could never believe it. I have feen an iron wheel, to which he intended
to add feveral things of his own invention, in order to finifh the fame ;
but, thinking it of no \ife, and being otherwife unfortunately engaged,
it was never perfected. He gave himlelf fo much to aftronony, that he
could not only calculate the motions of the planets, but an eclipfe alfo,
and demonftrate any problem in fpherical trigonometry from mathema
tical principles, in which he difcovered a clear force of reafon. When
one Mr. Bailey, minifter of St. James's in this city, endeavoured to fet
up a mathematical fchool, I advifed him to this Thomas Perks, for an
acquaintance, in whom, as he told me, he found a greater proficiency
in thofe ftudies than he expected or could have imagined. After this he
applied himfelf to aftrology, and would ibmctimes calculate nativities and
refolve horary queftions. When by the providence of God I was fettled
ia Temple-parifh, and had not feen him for fbme time, he came to
me, and, we being in private, he alked my opinion very ferioufly con
cerning the lawfulnefs of converfing with fpirits ; and, after I had given
;ny thoughts in the negative, and confirmed them with the heft reafons
1 could, he told me he had confidered all thefe arguments, and believed
they only related to conjurations, but there was an innocent fociety with
them which a man might ufe, if he made no compacts with them, did
no harm by their means, and were not curious in prying into hidden
things ; and that he himfelf had difcourfed with them, and heard them
(ing to his great fatisfaction ; and gave an offer to me and Mr. Bayley at
another time, that, if we would go with him one night to Kingfwood,
we fhould fee them, and hear them both talk and fing, and talk with them
whenever we had a mind, and we mould return very fafe ; but neither
of us had the courage to venture. I told him the fubtilty of the devil
to delude mankind, and to transform himfelf into an angel of light ; but
he would not believe it was the devil. I had feveral conferences with
him upon this fubject, but could never convince him, in all which 1
could never obferve the leaft diforder of mind, his difcourfe being very
rational ; and I propofed (to try him) a queftion in aftronomy relating
to the projection, of the fphere, which he projected and refolved, and
did afterwards demonftrate from the mathematics, fo as to fhow at
the fame time that his brain was free from the leaft tincture of madnefs
and diftraction.Having this opportunity of aflung him feveral particu
lars, concerning the methods he ufed, and the difcourfes he. had with
them, he told me he had a book whole directions he followed, and ac
cordingly
OF ASTROLOGY.
1123
cordingly, in the dead time of the night, he went out to a crofs way, with
a lanthorn and candle confecrated for this purpofe with feveral incanta
tions. He had alfo confecrated chalk, confifting of feveral mixtures, with
which he made a circle at what diftance he thought fit, within which no
fpirit had power to enter. After this he invoked the fpirit by feveral
forms of words, (fome of which he told me were taken out of the holy
Scriptures, and therefore he thought them lawful, without confidering
how they might be wrefted to his deilruction ;) accordingly the fpirits ap
peared to him which he called for, in the fhape of little maidens, about
a foot and half high, and played about a circle. At firft he was fbme- what affrighted ; but, after fome fmall acquaintance, this antipathy in
nature wore off, and he became pleafed with their company. He told
me they fpoke with a very fhrill voice, like an ancient woman. He afked
them if there^ was a heaven or hell ? they faid there was. He afked them
what place heaven was? which they defcribed as a place of great glory
and happinefs ; and he afked them what hell was ? and they bade him afk
no queftions of that nature, for it was a dreadful thing to relate, and the
devils believe and tremble. He further afked them what method or order
they had among themfelves ? they told him they were divided into three
orders ; that they had a chief whqfe refidence was in the air; that he had
feveral coimfellors which were placed By him in T6Tm"$f!XgIbBe~,~aifd Ke~
in the centre, which was the chiefeft order; anotSeV order was'empToyetl"
in going to and from thence to the earth, to carry intelligence from thole
lower fpirits ; and their own order was on the earth, according to the
directions they mould receive from thofe in the air.
,
i .
' This defcription was very furprifing, but, being contrary to the account
we have in Scripture of the hierarchy of the bleffed angels, made me con
clude they were devils, but I could not convince him of it. He told me
he had bade them fing, and they went to fome diftance behind a bum,
from whence he could hear a perfect: concert of fuch exquifite mufic as
he never before heard ; and in the upper part he heard Ibmething very
harm and fh rill like a reed, but, as it was managed, did give a particular
grace to the reft.
About a quarter of a year after he came again to me, and wimed he had
taken my advice, for h6 thought he had done that which would coft him
his life, and which he did heartily repent of; and indeed /his eyes and
countenance fhowed a great alteration. I alked him what he had done.
He told me that, being bewitched to his acquaintance, he refolved to pro
ceed farther in this art, .and' to have fome familiar fpirit at his command>
according to the directions of his book* which were as follows:
No. 60.
13 A
He
ii24
AN
ILLUSTRATION
He was to have a book made of virgin parchment confecrated with feveral

incantations; likewife a particular ink-horn, ink, &c. for his purpofe ;
with thele he was to go out as ufual to a crofs way, and call up a fpirit,
and aik him his name, which he was to put in the firfl page of his book,
and this was to be his familiar. Thus he was to do by as many as he
pleafed, writing their names in difKncl pages, only one in a leaf; and
then, whenever he took the book and opened it, the fpirit whofe name
appeared fhould appear alfo ; and, putting this in practice, the familiar
he had. was called Malchi, a word in Hebrew of an unknown fignification. After this they appeared fafter than he defired, and in moil;
difmal fhapes, like ferpents, lions, bears, &c. biffing at him, and attempt
ing to throw fpears and balls of fire, which did very much affright him,
and the more when he found it not in his power to flay them, infomuch
that his hair (as he told me) flood upright, and he expected every moment
to be torn in pieces ; this happened in December about midnight, when he
continued there in a fvveat till break of day, and then they left him, and
from that time he was never well as long as he lived. In his ficknefs he
came frequently to Briflol, to confult with Mr. Jacob, an apothecary in
Broad-ftreet, concerning a cure, but I know not whether he told him
the origin of his ficknefs or not ; he alfb came to me at the fame time,
and owned every matter of fact until the laft, and infifted that, when he
did any thing of this nature, he was deluded in his conscience to think it
lawful, but he was fince convinced to the contrary. He declared he made
no compacts with any of thofe fpirits, and never did any harm by their
means, nor ever pryed into the future fortune of himfelf or others, and
exprelfed a hearty repentance and deteftation of his fins ; fo that, though
thofe methods coft him his life in this world, yet I have great reafon to
believe him happy in the other. I am not certain that he gave this account
to any other perfon but myfelf, though he communicated fomething of it
to Mr. Baylcy, minifter of St. James's, in this city ; perhaps your lordfhip may be further informed by his relations and neighbours of Mangotsfield, which lies in Gloucefterihire, not above a mile out of the road
to Bath.
I have frequently told this ftory, but never mentioned his name before,
and therefore, if your lordfhip hath any defign of printing fuch accounts
as thefe, I defire it may be with fuch tendernefs to his memory as he deferved, and fo as may not be the leaft prejudice to his relations, who have
the deferred character of honeft and fober people. I am
Your Lordfhip's dutiful
Son and Servant,
ARTHUR BEDFORD.
This
OFASTROLOGY.
M a$
This poor deluded young man, it is very apparent, had no evil defign,
but entered into this infernal aflbciation for no other motive than to gra
tify an idle curiofity ; the confequence of which was that he underwent
the moft indefcribable terror and fright, which at firft deprived him
of his health, and eventually of his life. I have no doubt but the circumftance of dijbelieving the exiflence of fpirifs (which 1 apprehend
is more or lefs the caie with moft people) was the firft, if not the
only, inducement that urged him to make the experiment. There are
many inftances of a fimilar kind, equally well founded, and as fatal
in their confequences, which might be here adduced, to fhow the dread
ful effects of being led away by a prefumptuous or a hardened mind, to
difbelieve the word of God revealed in a thoufand paflages of fcripture,
where this infernal intercourle is ferioufly forbidden ; but I fincerely hope,
and have reafon to believe, that this example will operate as a fufficient
bar againft all fimilar enquiries, where it is once read, and the melan
choly confequences duly confidered. Wherefore let me entreat all my
readers to ftifle every inordinate defire, which might unguardedly prompt
them to folicit an intercourfe with fuch dangerous company; not_to attempt the conjuration of fpjrits__qf any defcription or order ; no, not" even
out of joke or bravado, or for fun or frolic ; for tBe devils are continu
ally going about "fee&ing whom they may devour ;" they are ever on the
watch, and ready at hand to catch at every thought that might be turned
to their purpofe ; and, when they have once fo far fucceeded as to occupy
the fmalleft place in the mind, 1 fear it will prove no eafy tafk to difpoffefs them.
/ ,. ''.'./,^Let it ever be remembered, that the firft aflkults of wicked fpirits
are_ufually made uponiour_feniiiai dcjkes, )whereby they infinuate themfelves into our very appetites, enticing our inclinations, and depraving
the moral faculties of the mind ; until they become, as it were, incorpo
rated with our nature, leading us infenfibly from folly to vice, until a
depravity of heart and an obftinate will betray us into a corporal as well
as fpiritual compact with the devil. Thefe confiderations, feconded by
an anxious wim to refcue the aftrai fcience from the imputation of
magical and diabolical connection, and which, I truft, I have fully and
effectually accomplifhed, were the grand inducements that led me to ex
plore the fpiritual and infernal kingdoms, and to expofe the iniquity, as
well as to explain the theory, of familiarity or compat with them. And
in doing this, I have fcrupuloufly avoided giving the efTential forms and
particular confecrations adapted to myftical performances, left the unwary
fpeculator might carry his experiments too far, and, as in the example
before us, unwittingly feek his own deftru&ion. Yet I have, as far as
fafetv
1 1 26
AN ILLUSTRATION OF ASTROLOGY.
fafety or conveniency would permit, explained the fpeculative part ; referving only thofe fpecial forms and incantations, which, being not only
very facile but of wonderful occult power, would be dangerous to difclofe ; and at beft could only ferve to ftrengthen the hands of the mali
cious and evil-minded, or to extend more widely the infernal empire ;
againft which we ought to put on the whole armour of God; for we
wrejlle not againft faJJi and blood, but againft principalities onei powers* for
which caufe wejliould refolutely with/land the ajffaufis~of the devil, our loins
being girt about with "verity, and having on the breaji-plate of righteouf~
nefs. Nor let us vainly feek to know the myfteries of the other world,
farther than it hath pleafed God to reveal them to us by his divine word ;
for, infiniti adfinitum nulla eft froportio, necque loci potejl circumfcribi ; " of
that which is finite to that which is infinite, there is no proportion ; nei
ther can that which is immeafurable be contained within the limits of
fpace, or be defined by human coroprehenfion !"
'
INDEX.
A.
Page
ABSENT fon, whether dead or alive ... 33*
Agentsof the world are angels and men 15
Anaretical, or killing planet, of the quality of
' death...
4S4
Apheta, Hyleg, or fignificator of life, and
v the places proper thereto
" 4JJ
Ap'horifms for guiding the judgment upon
24I
" -nativities and horary queftions
Apollonius of Tyana
Art of calculating nativities made plain and
380
eafy
267
Art of refolving horary queftions
A rpedb of the planets operating on the wea
ther, from March 17 to June 29, in the
year 1790
."...1037
Aftrology implanted in the frame of nature 13
B.
Bent and quality of the mind as fixed by
nature
~
ti...... 428
111 -
c.
Caufe of blemiflies and bodily difeafes

425
Characters reprefenting th& iigns, planets,
&c
....;
'44
Climaclerical years of a nativity
692
Comets,; Halley'i Table of, and Supplement
to Halley's Table
-...-.
944
Confiderations refulting from the firft houfe 695
exceptional figure
I.....Y... 696
Cdnfiderations refulting from the fecond *
houfe ...........
> 76
. f.< i
refulting from the third houfe 710
arifing from the fourth houfe 7 1 1
refulting from the fifth houfe 713

.- refulting from the fixth houfe 718
arifing from the fcventh houfe 737
refulting fromtheeighth houfe 741
refulting from the ninth houfe 743
--refulting from the tenth houfe 747
- refulting from the
eleventh
" 7S1
houfe
refultingfromthet welfth houfe 754
on a queftion of -marriage... 42
on Comets
934
Conftellations
CuHieP('ri Nicholas
No. 60.
X.
D.
Page
Deluge, accounted for
973
Dignities and honours
437
Dignities and debilities of the planets in a nativity
691
Directions for creeling the figure of heaven
and placing the planets in the horofcope 161
Directions zodiacal
~ 4f7
, ' i
i of. the fun being near the horo- ,
fcope on the feventh houfe....;........... 458
^
1- of the fun above the earth
458
under the pole of pofition, or cir

cle of pofition of the fun
459
- of the fun to any afpeft, being
under the earth ,
460
of the fun being found beyond the >,
parallel of twilight upon the earth.
.of the fun to zodiacal parallels
being in any part of the heavens ......... 462
fignificator having latitude to any _ _
conjunction or afpecl ..................... ibid
of a fignificator having latitude
to parallels
-- of a fignificator to his own pro- .
perafpecSb
mundane
..
of the midheaven, or the afcendant, to the fextile, quartile, or trine, of
any War ................... ....... .....*...*.. ibid
of the afcendant, or medium coeli,
to the conjunction or oppofition of any
ftar ................................. ....... 46$
i- of the medium coeli to a f. xtile, .
quartile, or trine .............................. 460"
r-- of the afcendant... .................. 407
to a quartile afped.. . .............. ibid
of the at :ciul m or medium coeli
tofemiquartiiejquintrlejfefquiquadrateôr
.biquintile, afpea ....................... _ 467
.-- of a fignificator to any alptct or
promittor, either direct or converfe ...... 468
. .. ,. of a fignificator being above
three degrees diftant from the cufp of any
houfe .......... .... .......... .................. 469
--- another way of the fame ......... 48
of the fun, being under the earth,
to any srfptft ......... .................... ibid
Directions
,,
1 1 28
fl
X.
Page
Directions of a figr.ificator to his own afpect
470
fignificator to parallels in the world ibid
ofthe fun out of the fpare of twi
light
of a fignificator to ail afpedts con- 473

verfe that are made in the world
ibid
how to equate the arches, where
by to afcertain the hngtb of time in
which the events denoted by them will
be in coming to pafs
474
fecondary
ibid
to the angles of the figure in thi
horofcope
656
of the alcendant to the various alpect! of the planets
ibid
of all the planets to their afpects
in mundo
631 to 663
of all the planets to their afpccts

in the zodiac
669 to 680
Difeafes incident to the mind by nature ... 433
Dili-ales produced by the Part of Fortune,
when Hileg, or giver of life, and afflicted
by the Angela, or killing planet
730
Oifeafes produced by the Afcendant, when
Hileg, or giver of life, and afflicted by the
Anartta, or deftroy ing planet
731
| Dragon's head and tail, their fuuation and
influence
12
E.
Earthquakes, theory of.
977
Eclipfes, the theory of
947
of the fun
951
ofthe moon
957
vilible which will happen from
this time to the year 1900
964
Effects (general) of the planets, in each of
the 12 ngns of the zodiac
202
from the pofuion of the lords of
the houfes
204
- (general ) produced by the afpedls

ofthe conjunction
207
ofthe houfes of children
447
Elections
913
Explanation of the technical words and
terms of art ufed in aftrology
137
Explanation of the twelve houfes of heaven,
with directions for erecting the horofcope 145
F.
Figure of the horofcope, or iz houfes of
heaven
146
Form and temperature of the body
424
Friends and enemies
449
G.
General judgments to be inferred from di
rections
226
Ghoft, to raife
.,
1106
X.
Page
HHeadon, John
880
Hileg, or giver of life
731
Horary Queftions
267
Horofcope,towhat,
directand
itshow
angles
erected, 14J, 147, 6j6
161
I.
.Jamaica, earthquake there
inclinations, natural or profcffional.
natural for travelling
Judgments to be inferred from Jupiter's
tranfits
from revolutions in genera!
proper for the firft houfe
.
proper for the fecond houfe
':
proper to the third houfe
;
proper to the fourth ho'ufe
proper to the fifth houfe .'.
proper to the fixth houfe
-.
proper to the feventh houfe
proper to the eighth houfe
proper to the ninth houfe
proper to the tenth houfe
proper to the eleventh houfe
;
proper to the twelfth houfe
Jupiter, his fituation, appearance, and in
fluence
difeafes under him
herbs and plants
ftOIKS, metals and minerals
animal', weather, and wind

countries and colours
L.
Letterfrom the Reverend Mr. Arthur Bed
ford, cninifter of Temple church in Briftol, to the iiifhop of Gloucefter, on the
fubject of converfing with fpirits
Lilly William
Lifbon, dreadful earthquake there
Loadftone, its virtues
Logiliic.il logarithms
98?
438
453
231
213
280
287
290
294
299
303
307
3'5
318
32C
3*3
3*$
100
101
ibid
ibid
ibid
102
II2I
879
985
M.
Magic, and the doctrine of exorcifm, 1098 to
1 1 20
Mars, his place and orbit
103
his difeafes, herbs, plants, -ft >nes, itc. 104
Mercury, his fituation and orbit
1 10
difeafes, herbs, and plants, under 1 1 r
ftones,metals,animals,weather,&c. 112
regions governed by
m,
Meteors, their nature, fubftance, form, and
caufe
Moles on the human body, curious parti-.
culars relating to
278
Moon's influence on tides, animals, vege
tables, &C
42
Moon,
X.
1129
;..Page
Page
Moon, its fituation and description.. ....... 105 Part of Fortune, direfled to the quartile of
Jupiter in the zodiac
ibid
difeafes under it
106
- to the oppoficion
herbs, plants, Hones, metals, and

683
of Venus
animals, under it
107
to the conjunction
.. i - winds, weather, and regions
ibid
of the dragon's tail or moon's fouth node 684
N.
-asHilegtothe-fun,
Nativities, Judgments thereupon, 241. Art of
which in this nativity is Anareta, or the
calculating
380
directicn of death
.684
Nativity of John Collons, 813. Of Mrt.Kczia Perfons, how to defcribe their fhape, form, fize,
Lampard, 817. Of Baron Emanuel Swedencomplexion, conftitution, &c, by the planets,
borg, 821. Of twins, 829. Of Thomas Bel309 to 377
lisford, a giant, 834. Ot a dwarf, 837. Of Planets, their influences and effects, 97. Their
a ftort life, or embryo, 839. Of Alexander
terms,triplicities, exaltations, orbs, mutions, and
the Great, 847. Of Nero Caefar, 848. Of
all their natural and effentiaiqualities,iZ2 to 135
Pope Sextus, 849. Of Philip 11. king of Poles of the different planets, how to find, 626
Spain, 849. Ot Henrv IV. king of Eng
to 629
land, 851. Of Edward VI. 853. Of Queen Power of magical charms, nn.
Mary, 854. Of Queen Elizabeth, 855. Of
the Earl of Eflex, 855. Of James I. king
of England, 857. Of Charles 1. king of Queftions proper to the twelve houfcs of heaven,
280 to 287.
England, 858. Of Oliver Cromwell, 859.
horary, on the length of life, 337. On
Of Charles II. king of England, 861. Of
the fate of a fliip at fea, 329. An abtent fon,
James II. king of England, 864. Of George
whether dead or alive, 331. On the profpedt
duke of Albemarle, 866. Of James duke of
of riches, 333. On the fuccefs of a journey,
Hamilton^ 867. Ot the Earl of Strafford, 868.
3J5- On paternal inheritance, 337. On a
Of George Villers duke of Buckingham,
change of fituation, 339, On child-bearing,
870. Of William Laud archbifhop of Can
340. On hiring fervants, 344. Oncourtfhip
terbury, 872. Ôf Cornelius Agrippa, 873.
and marriage, 346. On war and battle, 348.
Of Nicholas Culpeper, ftudent in phyfic and
On theft, 351. On legacies, 354. On the
aftrology, 875. Of William Lilly, ftuJent
fuccefs of a fleet, 356. On places of prefer
in sftrology, 879. Of John.Headon, chemift
ment, 359. On imprifonment, 361.
and aftrologer, 880. Of John Gadbury, ftu
dent in aftrology, 881. Of Vincent Wing,
R.
ftudent in ditto, 88z. Of Henry Colley, ma- Revolutions of kingdoms and Mates, 1044.
thematician and aftrologer, 83. Of John Rudimentsof the doctrine of horary queft ions, 257
Partridge, profeflbr of "aftrology, 88$. Of
S.
George Parker, profeflor of ditto, 886. Of
James Uihci, Bifhop ot Armagh, in Ireland, Saturn, his description an I fituation, 97. Dif
eafes under him, 98. Herbs, plants, ftones,
887. Of Nafc-Erafmus, of Rotterdam, in
metal-, minerals, animals, weather, wind, and
Holland, 889. Oi Martin Luther, 889. Of
regions, under him, 99.
Bifhop Hall, 889. Of M lancthon, 889.
Of George HI. king of Great Britain, 891. Scheme of the folar ingrefs governing the year
1776, 1052. Of the fun's ingtefs governing
Of our bUffed Lotd and Saviour Jefus Chnif,
the
year 1789, 1036.
892. Of the Rev. George Wr.ufield, A. M.
792. Of the Rev. John Henderfon, A. B. of Spirits, their diiferent orders, natures, and power,
1097. To raife up and exorcife, 1 1 10.
Pembroke College, Oxford, 798. Of Mr.
Stars
hxed, their influence, 26; fignification in
James Gilbert, 800. Of Mr. T. Chatterton,
nitivitie;, 234.
807.
Sun, his fituation, dtmenfions, and motion, 112.
P.
Dikafes, herbs, and plants, governed by him,
Part of Fortune, its fituation and influence 1 13
113. Stones, metals, animals, weather, winds,
directed to pronmtors... 680
aha regions, 114.
to theoppofition
T.
of Saturn
ibid Table of the ancient Conftellations, 81. Of the
to the conjuncunformed ftars, by Hevelius, 83% Exhibit
tion of Cor Leonis
63i
ing the affections and figmficatioits of the de
> to the conjuncgrees in each fign of the zodiac, 88 to 96.
tionolMars
682
Of the periods, revolutions, magnitude, &c.
X.
cVS
arch, to every degree of the ecliptic, calcu

lated f"r the latitude of 51 'egrecvjz minutes,
'490. Shmvirt'g the feminocturnal arrh to every
degree oftbe 'ecliptic for the latitude of T "de
gree 32-minutes^ 491. Oftnlighr,froTn lati*.
tudeto 44 tn 56,491 to 500. Ot MundaneAfpets, 501, 502. Of R'ght Afcrnfion--, 503 to
J4O. Of Afcenfional Differences, 543 t>i 552.
Of the Oblique Afcenfion of (he Pianos for
the latitu'dept London, 555 m 578. Of Logiftical Logarithm?, 585 to 6oz. Of directions
in the nativity of Mr. Wuchell, 686 to 690.
A revolutional one, 787. Collecting the ,jfpefts of all the days of the year, 788. Of
winds, 1007.
Tides, the theory and caufe of, 9*7.
of the planets, 116. Of the eflential dignitios of (he planets, 118. Of the fortitudes
and debilrtiei of the planets, rzo;: Of the fotv
titudes and -debilities of the part of fortune,
jzi'. Of the planetary hours for every day of
the week, beginning at fun^nfingj 162. Of
(he platretafy hours for every day and night
th the Week, 165, To reduce the motion of
planets to 'any hour of the day or night, 166.
Of Houfcs, calculated for the latitude of ; i de
grees 32 mintrres for double horary time?,
17010 181. Ot the principal Fixed Stars near
the ecliptic, fh wing their true longitude, la
titude, and nature, 188. Showing the places
of the fixed ftars, at any time paftor to come,
19!- Of the circles of pofitions of the ele
venth, third, twelfth, and fecond, houfes, from
31 to 60 degrees 'of latitude, 192. For con
verting mean folar time into degrees and parts
of the terreftrial equator, and alfo for convert
ing degrees and parts'of the equator into mean
foTar'timr, 196. Of the latitude and longitude
of the principal cities and towns- in England,
19^. For calculating Nativities, 412 Ot femidii/:nal and feminn&urnal arches, 481. Of twi
light, 482. Of Mundane Afpeb,ib. Of Right
Afonfions, 483. Of Declinations, ib. Of
th? Afcenfioual Differences of the Planets, 484.
Of Oblique Afceofions for the latitude of Lon
don, 485. Of Semidiurnal end Semino&urnal
Arches, 487 to 489. Snowing the Semidiurnal
Weather, how to calculate, 92.

Wind", their theory and caule, 1001- Table of
t-ieir different force and velocity, 1007- Their
nam.'s, an<l points from the com p^fs, 1015.
Witchell, George, his nativity, 624
World, elementary, 465 ceJeftial,6p; etheria!6i.
Venus, her fituntion and orbit, 108. Difeafes
under Venus, 109. Herbs, plants, and ani
mals, ib. Scones, metals, weather, and wind,
no. .1
.
v>
v i
Z.
Zodiac, its twelve figns confldered and explained,
85;
M î 1
LIST of the PLATES, and DirecTions for Placing them.

TjiRONTISPlECE to face the Title Page
f- Harmony of the World
60
Table, exhibiting the n uure, dignities, triplicities, and affedliohs, of the figns and
planets
Head oftheAuthor,as FrontifpiecetoVol.il
'Mr. Witchell, diredtfy after the Title ...
Speculum Phenomenorimi of G. Witchell
Head of the Rev. Mr. Wh'tfield... ....'.....
~
the Rev. Mr. J. H^nderfon
Horofcopes of Twins
'
Marriage of Bt-njirnin Brownfel
Head of Alexander the Greal, &c
-!
Henry" Vlil.&c
James I. & II Charles I. & II. .
James culce of Hamilton, &c. ...

Cicero, &c.
I
W. Lewis, Printer, St. John's-squarc,
-: .V . ClerJtcnwell,
^
Page
Head of Vincent Wing, &c

^Martin Luther, &c.
**^ K.mg Genrge III
97 Nativity. of JvfuvChnft
Scheme of the Hiavtris at the Crucifixion
.V.....M.VJ.. ......
619 Plate of Eclipfes ,
*
,.
756 Armillary Sphere
792 Annual Motion of the Earth
798 jlar Ingri ffes, governing the year 1776...
829 Revolution of America
v.'.. ..
844 Four Figures of M n
847 Six H'-ads of. the> Infpirati
852 Magical Circle, Seals, and Clwacieri ...
857 Kdward Kelly raifing up a Spirit
867 Plate of the ^laboratory
-891
' 892
969
1052
-1054
1061
1098
1103
1 106
1115
:= 1
S,
,.? -m
4
m-
THE NEW YORK PUBLIC LIBRARY

REFERENCE DEPARTMENT
This book is under no circumstances to be
taken from the Building

Sibly Ebenezer - A New and Complete Illustration of The Celestial Astrology V2

Transféré par

Informations du document

Titre original

Copyright

Formats disponibles

Partager ce document

Partager ou intégrer le document

Options de partage

Avez-vous trouvé ce document utile ?

Ce contenu est-il inapproprié ?

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

Sibly Ebenezer - A New and Complete Illustration of The Celestial Astrology V2

Transféré par

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

This is a reproduction of a library book that was digitized

by Google as part of an ongoing effort to preserve the

.)/. /.>. /: J:. 77. .'/.

I.-.,.- nf I'livsi.-ianv in \li.-i-.|i

A NEW AND COMPLETE

Art of foretelling future Events and Contingencies

ASPECTS, POSITIONS," and INFLUENCES, of:, tlie HEAVENLY BODIES.

NATURAL PHILOSOPHY, SCRIPTURE, REASON, and the MATHEMATICS.

Am, or,. Asm. Lib. ii. Cap. 8.

OF THE -KING'S COLLEGE IN ABERDEEN; AND FELLOW OF THE HARMONIC PHILOSOPHICAL

VOLUME THE SECOND.

THE NEW YORK

.ifi-ari Soffit Fort?

0..59-8 0.59 -'2

VOL. II, No. 31.

^'^-^^^..u Firft take the right afcenfion of Saturn (no latitude)

Subtracl, and the difference is the diftance of Saturn)

Then fay, by the rule of proportion, If feventy-fix degrees twenty mi

The next thing to be obferved in the copper-plate figure is the Part

S& Mtf* frf

Ptolemy fays, in his Quadripartite, that the Sun, if he be in an aphetic

A SPECULUM OF THE FOREGOING FIGURE.

Right ACSemidiurnal and Seinicenlion

'leg. min deg.

2o 358 19 39N 27 26 q, y 2 24 SI ~ 34 55 57 5i 7 50117

$o 5S 8 47S 730^*2230^ T J9 43 337 53 6 49 i 02

The firft and feventh

The 2d, 8th, 1 2th, and 6th

N. B. The oblique Afceufion of tlir

The above exhibits a fpeculum of fome neceflary calculations at one

To GAIN THE POLE OF SATURN.

This remainder I feek among the logarithms, and find, by cafting my

Jupiter is in twenty-nine degrees fifty-five minutes of Taurus.

The oblique defcenfion of Jupiter with latitude

Subtract, and Jupiter's diftance from the feventh is

Then by the rule of proportion, If feventy-eight degrees twenty-five

To FIND THE POLE OF MARS.

Turned into degrees by the Table, gives

Subtract one from the other, and the remainder is?

Then by the rule of proportion, If thirty-four degrees fifty minutes,

Venus is in five degrees twenty-one minutes of Pifces.

Subtract, and the diftance of Venus from the fourth is

Then, by the rule of proportion, If thirty-four degrees five minutes,

To OBTAIN THE POLE OF MERCURY.

Subtract, and the diftance of Mercury from the feventh is o

Then, by the rule of proportion, If twenty-five degrees fifty minutes

THE METHOD OF OBTAINING THE POLE OF THE MOON.

THE METHOD OF OBTAINING THE POLE OF THE PART OF

Which was found to be feven degrees fix minutes.

The place of Saturn in the zodiac is twenty-three degrees thirty-eight

In the fame manner is found the antifcion or zodiacal parallel of Jupi

Semidiurnal arch of StrtHtnSeminoclurnal arch of Mercmy, #>**"'-

Diftance of Venus from the fourth houfe, by right

Then, by the rule of proportion, If the femidiurnal arch $f Mars, viz.

To turn this arch of direction into time, add the Sun's

Which feek in the Tables of Right Afcenfions, in order to find what

The SUN to the PARALLEL of JUPITER in MUNDO.

Diftance of Jupiter from the feventh

Which is to be fubtracled from Jupiter's diftance, and

The M O O N to the P A R A L L E L of V E N U S in MUNDO.

Seminofturnal arch of the Moon

Then, by the rale of proportion, If eight hours five minutes give

This proportional part is to be fubtracled from the diftance of Venus,